Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at|http: //books .google .com/I
r
HARVARD
COLLEGE
LIBRARY
\-
VERGIL- ( Raphael.)
o
SIX BOOKS
OF THE
AENEID OF VERGl
Art thou that Vergil then, the mighty spring
Who form'st of language that majestic stream ?
0 light and glory of the race who sing !
Let it avail me that with love extreme
And zeal unwearied, I have searched thy book:
Thou my choice author art and master, thou.
Dante, Inferno, I., 79-85.
BY
WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph.D.
PRESIDENT OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO
AND
FRANK J. MILLER, Ph.D.
INSTRUCTOR IN LATIN IN THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO
NEW YORK :• CINerNNATI :• CHICAGO
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY
.0 r^
aj.
% r
^'^/r, K>^
COUEGC
JUL IS 1910
Copyright, 1892, by
AxMERicAN Book Company.
All rights reserved.
WUUfam fvi0on
•Hew j|?orft, XII. S. H.
/■■
\''
PREFACE.
THE object . 6i a text-book on Vergil should be twofold :
to presei;it the facts in the Latinity of the author in as
suggestive and Jtciessible a form as possible ; and to afford
stimulus and material for the study of the poet from a literary
point of view. For, on the one hand, the average student of
Vergil is still in the formative period of his Latin study, and
must devote himself to the most careful grammatical work ;
while, on the other hand, he is sufficiently advanced to ap-
preciate the beauty of the thoughts and style of such a poet as
Vergil, whose every page furnishes ample material for literary
study.
The present edition of Vergil is designed to meet this two-
fold object. In the General Introduction there is a series of
studies that develop all the important principles of Syntax
. which are met with in the first six books of the Aeneid. The
Introduction also includes a new presentation of the Vergilian
verse and principles of quantity. The plan of the studies is
inductive throughout, following, as closely as possible, the plan
of the earlier books of this series. Although references to the
* best Grammars of the day are given in the Inductive Studies for
\ purposes of verification, the chief grammatical study on the text
is conducted by means of references to these studies themselves.
This plan gives the student his grammar, notes, and lexicon,
all in one volume.
iv PREFACE.
Material for the literary study of Vergil is supplied by the
following special features : —
1. A bibliography. This does not claim to be a life of Vergil,
but aims, by presenting the salient facts, to lead the student to
further investigation by means of the numerous references to
different writers which are supplied him.
2. A list of topics for investigation. It is suggested that,
at the beginning of the course, each member of the class
be assigned one of these topics, upon which,' as the reading
advances, to collect material to be presented in the form of an
essay at the end of the course.
3. An account of the Royal House of Troy. This account,
as presented in the second study, with a complete genealogical
table so far as Vergil's mention is concerned, will be found
helpful to the student.
4. Rhetorical Studies. All figures of speech which are used
in the first six books of the Aeneid (with the exception of
concealed metaphors) are presented in the twelfth study, and
will be of assistance in the rlietorical study of Vergil.
5. Notes. The most important help to the literary study of
Vergil will be found in the first set of notes beneath the text
on each page. These notes may be classified as follows :
(a) Notes of explanation, intended to present such facts as may
enable the reader to obtain a complete understanding of all
mythological, archaeological, and historical references in the text.
(b) Notes for the study of especial themes as developed by
Vergil himself, by means of cross-references to different parts
of the text, to which are often added references to other
writers. Examples of these groupings are the studies of the
consecrations of arms (I. 248), the effect of climate upon
PREFACE. Y
character (I. 568), the comparative size of men and gods (II.
773), the relation of guest-friendship (J II. 15), etc.
(c) Notes for the interpretation of difficult passages ; this
is effected, not by translating the text, but by throwing suffi-
cient light upon the passage to make its meaning clear.
(rf) Notes giving copious quotations from Greek, Latin,
Italian, and English authors who have any intimate relation
to Vergil's Aeneid^ either as being the model for his own
imitation (as notably Homer, Ennius, Lucretius, Catullus, and
others) ; or as obtaining from Vergil models for direct and
wholesale imitation (as Ariosto, Tasso, and Spenser, and to a
less extent, Milton and Falconer) ; from some, of whom he was
the confessed source of inspiration (as Dante and Dryden) ;
and from others who have mare or less unconsciously im-
itated him in more minute details of thought or expression.
These quotations, covering a wide range of literature, are given
in full in connection with the Vergilian passage to which they
are in any way related. A careful study of these cannot fail
to give the student not only a more thorough understanding
and appreciation of Vergil's text, but also an introduction to
much that is best in the world's classical literature. In these
quotations, translations of all foreign languages except Latin
have been employed, and the references by book and line are
to these translations. The translators of the more frequently
quoted authors are Bryant (Homer), Longfellow (Dante), Rose
(Ariosto), and Wiffen (Tasso).
The text has been made up by a careful comparison of the
editions of Conington and other commentators ; much reliance
has also been placed upon Brambach's decisions as to the best
spelling of Latin words.
vi PREFACE.
A carefully constructed map presents all the places men-
tioned by Vergil,' and shows by a clearly defined line the
course of Aeneas from Troy to his final landing in Italy.
An entirely new feature in school text-books is furnished
by the twelve full-page illustrations, reproduced from carefully
selected photographs of famous paintings and statues. It is
hoped that this feature will add much to the artistic and aesthetic
value of the book, serving both to illustrate the text and to rest
and relieve the mind. These illustrations are supplemented by
numerous woodcuts gathered from various sources.
Especial pains has been expended upon the Vocabulary, in
orderthat.it might be the most efficient tool possible in the
translation of Vergil. It contains in most cases the first
meafting of the words, whether so used in Vergil or not, and
all shades of meaning found in the six books of the Aeneid^
together with a reference to the place in the text where each
such use first occurs. The Vocabulary thus becomes a partial
concordance, which will be of value in finding many desired
passages. Following the Vocabulary is a list of all words which
occur ten times or more in these books of the Aeneid.
Thanks are due to Prof. Charles Chandler, of the University
of Chicago, for his critical reading of the work in MS., and
for his many valuable suggestions ; also to Prof. F. F. Abbott,
of the University of Chicago, and to Dr. Herbert C. Tolman,
of the University of Wisconsin, for valuable assistance in the
work of proof-reading.
William R. Harper.
Frank J. Miller.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
GENERAL INTRODUCTION: page
Bibliography of Vergil 1
List of Topics for Investigation 10
Testimonia de Vergilio 11
Inductive Studies 13
1. Vergilian Verse 13
2. The Royal House of Troy 26
3. Uses of the Genitive 37
4. Uses of the Dative 40
6. Uses of the Accusative 43
6. Uses of the Ablative 46
7. Uses of the Infinitive 52
8. Uses of Subordinate Clauses 54
9. Uses of the Subjunctive Mode in Principal Clauses ... 65
10. Recapitulation of Expressions of Purpose 66
11. The Middle Voice 67
12. Figures of Speech 67
SIX BOOKS OF THE AENEID WITH NOTES:
Book 1 77
Book II 131
Book III .179
Book IV 221
Book V - 259
Book VI 297
VOCABULARY 345
WORD LIST ^^^
X
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
pers personal.
pi plural.
P. L "Paradise Lost."
Plaut Plautus.
poet poetical.
po88 possessive.
P.R "Paradise Regained."
prep. .... preposition.
prin principal.
pron pronoun, pronominal.
Prop. . . . Propertius.
Purg " Purgatorio."
q,v quod vide.
reflex reflexive.
rel relative.
Rev Review.
Rom Komau.
Sat "Satires."
sc scilicet.
seq sequentia.
Shak Shakspeare.
sing singular.
sp speech.
subj subjunctive.
subs substantive.
Theog. . . . "Theogony."
trans transitive, translation.
Trist "Tristia."
V vide.
Verg Vergil.
vocah vocabulary.
vol volume.
w with.
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF VERGIL.
It is not the object of the present work to give a complete life of Vergil, but
rather to present the material in outline in such form that the student may most
easily obtain for himself the facts in the poet's life and the opinions of other writers.
It is thus intended to encourage the student to read widely in the literature which
clusters around the works of Vergil, — a literature so extensive that, as Burmann
has said, a volume would be required merely to name all the books that have been
written. Perhaps no author will better repay a wide study of this nature than
Vergil; and no school should be without its well-selected Vergilian library. The
following is an alphabetical list of the books mentioned in this Bibliography, the
more important of which are printed in black-faced type.*
Addison : Tattler ^ Guardian, Spectator.
BoissiER : La Religion Romaine.
Browne : History of Roman Classical
Literature. London : Richard Bentley,
New Burlington St.
CoNiNGTON : Works of Virgil (Com-
mentary).
Works of Virgil (Translation).
Cruttwell : History of Roman Literature.
New York : Charles Scribner's Sons.
Dante : Divina Comedia.
Davis : Carthage and her Remains.
Fleckeisen: JahrbOcher.
Frieze : Vergil.
GossRAu: j^neid.
Lord : The Old Roman World.
Montaigne : Essays.
Myers : in Fortnightly Review.
Nettleship : Classical Writers — Vergil.
New York : D. Appleton & Co.
Nettleship : Essay on the Poetry of Ver-
gil in Connection with his Life and
Times. New York : D. Appleton & Co.
Palgrave : in Macmillan's Magazine.
Sellar : Roman Poets of the Augustan Age
— Virgil. Oxford : Clarendon Press.
Shairp : The Poetic Interpretation of
Nature.
Aspects of Poetry. Boston: Hough-
ton, Mifflin, & Co.
Simcoz : History of Latin Literature.
2 vols. New York : Harper and
Brothers.
Teuffel : History of Roman Literature.
2 vols. London : George Bell & Sons.
1891.
Tunison : Master Virgil. Cincinnati :
Robert Clark & Co.
1 These twelve volumes cost at publishers* list prices about $28.00.
school libraries can procure them at varying discounts from. lYiftae TaiXfe*.
Teachers asjA.
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
THE AUGUSTAN" AGE - GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS.
The Augustan Age in Latin literature may be considered as falling between the
dates 44 b. c. and 17 a. d., i. e., from the death of Julius Caesar to the death of Ovid
and Livy. Its poets whose writings have come down to us were Vergil, Horace,
TibuUus, Propertius, and Ovid. The Age was peculiarly favorable to literary activity,
due largely to the following causes : ( 1 ) The formative period in letters had been
passed during the time of the Republic ; and the poets of the Augustan Age inherited
the results of the pioneer labors of Ennius, Lucilius, Lucretius, and others ; so that it
remained for the later writers only to polish aud perfect. (2) It was an age of peace,
under the quiet influences of which literature finds its highest development possible.
(3) Joined to this was the peculiar fostering care exercised toward men of letters by
the emperor himself and the leading statesmen. (4) It was preeminently the age
of the power and glory of Rome, which formed the theme and inspiration of much
of the best poetry of this period. (5) With increase of power and wealth, the
external appearance of Rome and the cities throughout Italy became increasingly
beautiful, and by this beauty the imagination of the poet would be fired. (6) The
influx of Greek art aud letters, which had begun in the previous period, had con-
tinued in this, contributing more and more of its softness and grace to the Roman
strength. For the further development of this theme see the following works:
Sellar : Roman Poets of the Augustan
Age, 1-57.
SiMCOx : Hist. Lat. Lit., 1. 244-252.
CoNiNGTON : Works of Virgil, I. xxi.
Myers: Essay on Vergil, Fortnightly
Review, Feb., 1879.
Nettleship; Vergil, 14-19.
Essay on the Poetry of Vergil
in Connection with his Life and
Times.
Browne : Hist. Rom. Class. Lit., 237.
Teuffel: Hist. Rom. Lit., I. 403-412.
VERGIL THE MAN -HIS LIFE.
1. Original Sources.
The original sources for the facts in the life of Vergil are: (1) His own works.
Unlike Horace, Vergil is almost completely hidden in his works so far as any state-
ment about himself is concerned ; but his cliaracter and spirit are constantly revealed
in the tone of his works. (2) Casual references by writers of his own and later
times. For a few of these references see below Testimonia de Vergilio, p. 7.
(3) Ancient Lives of Vergil. These are three in number, prefixed respectively to
the commentaries of Valerius Probus, a grammarian of the first century of our era,
Aelius Donatus, of the fourth century, and Servius also of the fourth century.
There is strong probability that these are all based upon a life by Suetonius, which
has not come down to us.
Teuffel : Hist. Rom. Lit., I. 425.
Nettleship: Ancient Lives of Vergil.
CoNiNGTON : Works of Virgil, I. xvii.
Sellar : Roman Poets of the Augustan
Age, 93-99.
GENERAL INTRODUCTION. 3
2. His Name — Its Spelling and Origin-
The following article by Professor Frieze presents the arguments in favor of the
spelling of the poet's name as adopted in this book.
" The monks of the cloisters who devoted themselves to the copying of classical
manuscripts, and were, so to speak, the editors and publishers of the mediaeval
period, took a fancy to change the name of Vergilius into Virgilius. They thought
there was little difference between e and i in sound, and that their new spelling
of the poet's name was more in keeping with some of their notions about its origin
and significance. He had been called * Parthenius,* they said, the virgin-like; he
had sung in his fourth Eclogue of the Divine Son of the Virgin Mary ; moreover,
the Messiah prophesied in this poem was the virga^ or branch of Jesse and David ;
and he was also the poet-magician of the golden branch, the aurea virga of the sixth
book of the Aeneid. Hence he was undoubtedly Virg-ilius.
" As to the fact that the poet called himself Vergilius, scholars are now universally
agreed. It is the form found in all the earliest manuscripts and inscriptions,
while Greek writers uniformly represented the name by the corresponding form
Ov€pyi\ios or BtpyiXios. In Mommsen's 'Inscriptions' it is everywhere Vergilius.
The most notable of these inscriptions is that of the * baker's tomb,' a monument
pertaining to the age of the poet himself. On this appears the name of the baker
in the genitive form, Vergili Eurysacis.
" As to the manuscripts, both of Vergil and of other Latin authors in whicli his name
occnrs, none earlier than the ninth century change the e to i ; while many of that cen-
tury, and even some of the tenth, retain the correct form ; but about the end of the
tenth century the latter seems to have entirely yielded its place.
" Nearly half a century ago German philologists began once more to write the name
in its proper form. The earliest examples I have foimd are in Fickert's Pliny, 1842,
and Obbarius's Prudentius, 1845. The German philological magazines soon adopted
both Vergilius and Vergil ; Vergilian editors ventured to use the correct form, and
the example was followed by the editors of Latin classics generally.
" In England and America the corrected Latin form is used by all the best authori-
ties, such as the Latin Grammars of Roby, Harkness, Allen and Greenough, and
Gildersleeve, the Harpers' Latin Dictionary, the Conington edition of Vergil, by
far the foremost English edition of the present century, and by the American
Journal of Philology. Many, indeed, still adhere to the English form of Virgil^
while admitting the proper spelling in Latin. But, of course, the incongruity of
Vergilius and Virgil cannot long be tolerated ; and the latter, as in Germany, must
speedily follow its cognate of the Dark Ages." \
Teuffel : Hist. Lit. I. 425.
Browne : Hist. Rom. Class. Lit., 238.
Sellar: Roman Poets of the Augustan
Age, 99.
GosBRAU : ^neid.
Frieze . Vergil, Preface.
Fleckeisen Jahrbiicher, 97, 294-296.
Conington : Works of Virgil, I. xviii.
SiMCOx: Hist. Lat. Lit., L^5>?>,
GENERAL mTRODUCTION.
3. His Parentage and Bducation.
Pnblius Vergilius Maro was born October 15, b. c. 70 at the village of Andes
in the neighborhood of Mantua. His father was of humble origin, being said by
some accounts to have been a potter by trade, by others a hired servant of a certain
Magius, a courier, whose daughter he afterwards married. The elder Vergil is also
said to have amassed a small fortune by buying up tracts of wood-land and by keeping
bees. These country scenes of his childhood the poet seems never to have forgotten.
He spent his boyhood at Cremona until his fifteenth year. Thence he went to Milan,
and soon afterwards to Rome, where he pursued the study of rhetoric and philosophy
under the best masters.
Teuffel ; Hist. Rom. Lit , I. 426.
Cruttwell. Hist. Rom. Lit., 252.
Browne ; Hist. Rom. Lit., 238.
Nettleship Vergil, 21-26.
CoNiNGTON : Works of Virg., I. xvii-xxi.
SiMCOx : Hist. Lat. Lit., I. 255-258.
Sellar : Roman Poets of the Augustan
Age, 99-J21.
4. His Personal Appearance.
Suetonius says that the poet was tall, of dark complexion, and of rustic and
awkward appearance. He was halting and shy in conversation and of studious
habits. On account of his modest looks and bearing he gained the nickname of
Parthenius.
Teuffel : Hist. Rom. Lit., I. 426.
Cruttwell: Hist. Rom. Lit., 256, 257.
CoNiNGTON Works of VirgU, L xxvii.
BoissiER : La Religion Romaine, I. 252.
Sellar : Roman Poets of the Augustan
Age, 123.
6. His Character.
Gentleness and shyness seem to have been his most prominent characteristics. He
never courted popular favor, but strove to avoid the notice which his admiring fellow-
citizens were disposed to force upon him. That he was pure-minded and noble-spirited
his whole work shows.
Myers: Fortnightly Rev., Feb., 1879,
158-162.
Boissier : La Religion Romaine, I. 250,
251.
Dante: Divina Comedia, ;>as.s/m.
Sellar : Roman Poets of the Augustan
Age, 121-129.
Nettleship : Vergil, 74-77.
Browne : Hist. Rom. Lit , 241.
Cruttwell : Hist. Rom. Lit., 256.
Teuffel • Hist. Rom. Lit , I. 427, 428.
VERGIL THE POET.
1. Literary Criticisms.
His style is his chief charm as a poet. Says Nettleship : " Unquestionably it was
Vergil's style which more than anything else gave him his preeminence among
Roman poets. The great power of his style lies in the haunting music of his verse,
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
in the rhythm and fall of his language." He is full of Greek learning. '* Not only
is he fond of filling his verses with Greek forms and Greek cadences, but his lines
are rich and harmonious with a new music manifold in its capacity ; it is as if the
sound of the Greek language had awakened a sympathetic string in Italian."
His poems have a Christian tone, so nmch so indeed that he was canonized by the
early Christian church. His impersonality has already been noticed. *' It is not
the impersonality of Homer or of Shakspeare, who simply shows us the world as it
stands; Vergil yearns over the spectacle which he spreads before us."
a. Style and diction in general.
Sellar ; Roman Poets of the Augustan
Age, 408-423.
Myers : Essay on Vergil, Fortnightly
Rev., Feb., 1879.
Lord : The Old Roman World, 273.
London Quarterly Rev., CI. 46.
b. General characteristics of Vergil's
poetry.
Nettleship : Vergil, 89-99.
Montaigne : Essays, Bk. II. chap. 10.
c. His poems have a Christian tone.
Boissier : La Religion Romaine, I. 286,
287.
d. His simplicity y unworldliness, and
impersonality.
SiMCOx : Hist. Lat. Lit., I. 253, 254.
e. His supreme importance as a represen-
tative writer.
Sellar : .Augustan Poets, 77-87.
f. His claim to rank among the greatest
poets of the world,
Sellar : 87-92.
g. Some of the ancient criticisms of
Vergil's poetry.
CoNiNGTON : Works of Virgil, I. xxix-
Ivi.
2. Certain Literary Features.
The following mentioned features and others may best be observed by a careful
study of the text and comments which are to follow.
a. Vergil as a poet of Nature.
Shairp : The Poetic Interpretation of
Nature, 136-169.
Nettleship: Vergil, 99-104.
SiMcox : Hist. Lat. Lit , I. 267, 268.
Littell's Living Age, CXXIII. 434-
444.
b. Vergil as a religious poet.
Shairp : Aspects of Poetry, 136-163.
Cf. also under The Aeneid, 3, d.
c. Vergil's Similes, original and imitated.
Crdttwell : Hist. Rom. Lit , 435.
d. Vergil's Onomatopoeias.
Browne : Hist. Rom. Class. Lit., 262,
263.
e. Vergil's Archaism — its purpose.
Cruttwell : Hist. Rom. Lit., 274.
f. Vergil's Parallelisms.
Cruttwell : Hist. Rom. Lit., 277.
g. Alliterations and Assonances.
Cruttwell: 238.
3. Vergil as an Imitator.
That Vergil imitated and borrowed largely from other writers, notably Homer,
Theocritus, Ennius, Lucretius, and Catullus, is sufficiently evVCi^ikX. ixota. ^ «X>3A*?3 '5»\
6 GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
his works. Somewhat of the extent aud manner of his imitations may be gathered
from a comparison of Vergil with his originals as presented later in the text and
notes. It will be seen that if he borrows, it is generally as a master. To the critics
of his own day who charged him with stealing from Homer, he is said to have re-
plied, " You will find it easier to rob Hercules of his club than Homer of a single
verse."
Cruttwell : History Rom. Lit., 273, Conington : Works of Vir., 11. xix-xliv.
274.
SiMCOX : Hist. Lat. Lit., 1. 273.
4. Some Famous Quotations of Vergil.
Myers : Essay on Vergil, Fortnightly Rev., Feb., 1879.
5. The Joint Influence of Vergil and Horace on Boman Literature.
CoNiNGTON : Works of Virgil, I. xxiii.
6. Barly Estimates of Vergil's Poems.
The scholars of Vergil's time and later were severe in their criticisms, on the
ground (1) that he affected an undue simplicity of style; (2) that he coined new
words, and used old words with new meanings; (3) that he borrowed too freely
from Homer; (4) that his Aeneid was not written in chronological order; (5) that
his work contained anachronisms, etc. But tlie puets were his ardent defenders, and
if the anecdotes may be believed he was held in veneration by the common people.
See Testimonial p. 7. The popularity of his works is attested by the fact that they
very early became a text-book for the Roman youth, that extensive commentaries
were written upon them, and that they remained for all time the model of Roman
verse, and the highest authority on points of grammar.
Teuffel : Hist. Rom. Lit., I. 446. I Sellar : Roman Poets of the Augustan
Nbttleship : Vergil, 77-86. I Age, 61.
7. Later and Mediaeval Estimates of the Man and the Poet.
Admired even to reverence in his own time, Vergil became more and more popular
as the centuries passed. In the later years of the empire, as scholarship waned, the
mvsterious reverence for his works continued to increase, until under tlie Antonines
the Sors Verffiliana came into vogue ; that is, the leaves of tlie Aeneid were opened
at random, and the first ])as8age that caught the eye was interpreted as a good or a
bad omen. As tlie mcdijvval [leriod approached, the Vergil of history had become
transformed into the Vergil of magic, and an enormous mass of extravagant fable
accumulated ronnd him who was then considered a mighty wizard. The supersti-
tious regard for liim amounted to a cult. " The medisBval world looked upon him
as a poet of prophetic insight, who contained within himself all the potentialities of
wisdom. He was called the Poetj as if no other existed ; the Roman, as if the ideal
of the commonwealth were embodied in him; the perfect in style, with whom no
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
other writer could be compared ; the Philosopher , who grasped the ideas of all thiogs ;
the Wise One, whose compreheiision seemed to other mortals unlimited. His writ-
ings became the Bible of a race. The mysteries of Roman priestcraft, the processes
of divination, the science of the stars, were all found in his works.''
Dante : Divina Comedia, passim.
TuNisoN : Master Virgil. •
Virgil in Literary tradition, 39-63.
Virgil's Book of Magic, 64-83.
Virgil the Man of Science, 84-112.
Virgil the Prophet, 156-190.
Virgil in Later Literature, 191-230.
BoissiER : La Religion Romaine, 1. 288-
Myers : P)ssay on Vergil, Fortnightly
Rev., Feb., 1879.
Sellar : Roman Poets of the Augustan
Age, 64-67.
Cruttwell : Hist. Rom. Lit., 278.
Teuffel : Hist. Rom. Lit., I. 446-450.
London Quarterly Rev., CXXXIX.
41-56.
291.
8. Estimates of Vergril in the Present Century.
Sellar : Roman Poets of the Augustan Age, 68-77.
THE AENEID.
1. Outside Facts about the Aeneid, and Vergil's Method of Composition.
Vergil was engaged during the last ten years of his life upon the composition of
the Aeneid, the final revision of which was prevented by the poet's untimely death on
the 20th of September, 19 b. c. Conscious that his great work was incomplete, he
directed his literary executors, Varius and Tucca, to burn the manuscript. But this
act was fortunately prevented by the emperor himself. (See Testimonia, p. 7.) As
to the manner of composition, Suetonius tells us that Vergil drafted his poem in
prose, and then wrote the different books just as his fancy directed. Thus it is that
lack of harmony between the different books in various small details may be dis-
cerned. The poet's care in polishing and perfecting was of the most laborious kind,
and it is said that he expected to spend the next three years, had his life been
spared, in a careful revision of the Aeneid.
Teuffel : Hist. Rom. Lit , I. 434.
CoNiNGTON : Works of Virgil, II. Ixvi-
Ixviii, and xxi.
SiMCOX : Hist. Lat. Lit., L 271, 272, 274.
Nettleshift Vergil, 71-74.
CoNiNGTON : Works of Virgil, I. xxv-
xxvii.
2. General Characteristics and Features.
a. Moral aspects.
Cruttwell : Hist. Rom. Lit., 272.
b. Public aspects.
Myers : Essay on Virgil, Fortnightly
Rev., Feb., 1879.
c. Certain shortcomings.
SiMCOX : Hist. Lat. Lit., I. 273-277.
d. The storji as treated hjj the Greeks. —
Latin elements embodied in it. — The
story as handled by Roman writers be-
fore Vert^il. — The story as handled by
Vergil, compared with the versions of
Livy and Dionysius. — Difficulties with
which Vergil had to contend.
Nettleship *. Yei^X, Ar^-1^.
8
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
e. The stor If of Aeneas* wander incfs. The I f. Some determining elemefUs as to the form
Aeneid and the epic ci/r.le.
CoNiNGTON : Works of Virgil, II. xlv-
Ixv.
and spirit of the Aeneid,
Nettleship: Essays in Lat. Lit., 119-
142.
3. The Elements which enter into its Flan and Purpose.
a. The Aeneid a sequel and counterpart of
the Iliad.
Cruttwell : Hist. Rom. Lit., 268.
1). The Aeneid centers in Augustus^ with
all its characters prototypes of historic
characters of the Augustan Age.
Crutxwell : Hist. Rom. Lit., 268.
RiiowNE : Hist. Rom. Class. Lit., 261.
London Quarterly Rev., CI. 45.
Addison : Guardian, No. 138.
SiMCOx : Hist. Lat. Lit., I. 273.
Sellar : Roman Poets of the Augustan
Age, 347-354.
c. The Aeneid celebrates the greatness and
glorg of Rome.
Cruttwell : Hist. Rom. Lit., 269.
CoNiNGTON : Works of Virgil, II. xxiii.
Myers: Essay on Vergil, Fortnightk
Rev., Feb., 1879.
Sellar : Roman Poets of the Augustan
Age, 325-335.
Nettleship : Essays in Lat. Lit., 101-
119.
d. The Aeneid was written with a religious
object, and must be regarded mainly as
a religious poem.
Cruttwell : Hist. Rom. Lit., 269.
Nettleship : Vergil, 69, 70.
Shairp : Aspects of Poetry, 136-163.
Myers : Fortnightly Rev., Feb., 1879,
152-154.
Boissier : La Religion Romaine, I. 259
seq.
Sellar : Roman Poets of the Augustan
Age, 336-347.
4. The Character of Aeneas.
Teuffel : Hist. Rom. Lit., I. 437.
Cruttwell : Hist. Rom. Lit., 272.
Browne : Hist. Rom. Class. Lit., 261.
London Quarterly Rev., CI. 47.
Myers : Fortnightly Rev., Feb., 1 879, 1 55.
CoNiNGTON : Works of Virgil, II. xxviii,
xxix.
Boissier • La Religion Romaine, I. 271-
275.
5. Other Characters of the Poem.
Cruttwell : Hist. Rom. Lit., 272, 273. I Sellar : Homan I'oets of the Augustan
CoNiNGTON : Works of Virgil, II. xxx. | Age, 395-408.
6. The Topography of the Poem.
Davis : Carthage and lier Hemaius.
Consideration of the date of the
founding of Cartilage ; Virgil's
anachronism in the case of Dido;
Dido's history as given by Virgil
to a large extent authentic. (Chap-
ter I.
Virgil has good authority for his
picture of the condition of Car-
thage at the time of Aeneas' visit,
Cha])ter VI.
Discovery and description of the re-
mains of the temple of Astarte,
Virgil's temple to Juno. Chap-
ter X.
An attempt to locate exactly the
places mentioned by Virgil in
Aen. I., 159 seq. Chapter XV.
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
7. The Aeneid Considered in Connection with Epic Poetry in General.
a. Two kinds of epics, with remarks upon
and examples of each.
Crdttwell : Hist. Rom. Lit., 266.
b. Homer, Vergil, and Milton compared.
London Quarterly Rev., CL 44.
Myers: Fortnightly Rev., Feb., 1879,
137.
CoNiNGTON : Works of Virgil, II. xxii.
Addison : Spectator, Nos. 267, 273, 279,
285, 297, 303.
Tattler, No. 6.
c. The Roman epic before the time of Vergil.
Sellar : Roiuau Poets of the Augostan
Age, 280-294.
8. The Manuscripts, Commentators, and Translators.
There are six ancient manuscripts of Vergil, written in capitals, and dating from
about the fifth century. Those are : —
1. The Medicean, in the Laureutian library at Florence.
2. The Palatine, in the Vatican library at Rome. (It was formerly in the Pala-
tine library in Heidelberg.)
3. The Roman, in the Vatican library.
4. The Vatican fragment, in the Vatican library.
5. The St. Gall fragment, in the Stiftsbibliothek at St. Gall.
6. The Verona palimpsest, in the capitular library in Verona.
To these the so-called Aiigustean fragment, consisting of a few leaves only, should
be added.
The cursive manuscripts, dating from the tenth century on, are very numerous,
and are to be found in libraries in Florence, Rome, Milan, Trent, Hamburg, Breslau,
Leipsic, Dresden, Paris, Dublin, Oxford, and elsewhere.
Of the ancient commentators the following may be mentioned : Aemilius Asper,
M Valerius Probus, Nonius, Aelius Donatus, Tiberius Claudius Donatus, and Servius.
There are two scholia, the Verona and the Berne.
The prominent names among more modern commentators are Daniel and Nicholas
Heinsius, Wagner, Ribbeck, Forbiger, Gossrau, and Heyne (the best of the German
critics), and Conington, the leader among English commentators.
Of the very numerous translations since the first crude attempt by Caxton, the
best yet produced are probably those of Dryden (poetical) and Conington (prose).
a. The manuscripts.
Tedfpel : Hist. Rom. Lit., I. 448.
Nettleship ; Vergil, 87-89.
WiLSTACH : Virgil, I. 7-13.
Conington : Works of Virgil, I. cx-cxv.
b. The commentators.
Teuffel : Hist. Rom. Lit., I. 449.
WiLSTACH ; Virgil, I. 13-18.
Conington ; Works of Virgil, I. Ivii-cix.
c. The translators.
WiLSTACH : Virgil, I. 19-42.
Conington : Works of Virgil translated
into English Prose, i-lxiv.
Palgrave : Macmillan's Mag., XV. 196-
206, 401-412.
London Quarterly Rev., CX. 38-60.
LIST OF TOPICS FOR INVESTIGATION IN CONNECTION
' WITH THE STUDY OF VEEGIL.
1. Vergilian Proverbs.
2. A Word Study.
3. Eatalisin in Vergil.
4. Vergil's Tictures of Roman Customs.
5. Pen Pictures, — Striking Scenes.
6. Astronomy in Vergil.
7. Vergil's Debt to Homer
8. Milton's Debt to Vergil.
9. Dante, the Later Vergil.
10. Vergil's Influence upon Literature in General.
11. Vergil's Gods and their Worship.
12. Omens and Oracles.
13. Vergilian Herbarium, — the Flora of Vergil.
14. Tlie Figures in Vergil.
15. Detailed Account of tlie Wanderings of Aeneas.
16. The Geography of Vergil.
17. Vergil as a Poet of Nature.
18. Vergil's Life and Cliaracter as Revealed in his Works.
19. History of the Manuscript Texts of Vergil.
20. The Vergilians, — Translators and Commentators.
21 . Some Noted Passages. — Why "^
22. The Platonisni of the Sixth Book.
23. Dryden's Dictum Discussed.
24. The Prosody of Vergil.
2.5. Dido, — A Psychological Study.
26. Aeneas, — A Character Study.
27. Testimonia de Vergi'lio.
28. Vergil and Theocritus. — Pastoral Poetry.
29. Vergil's Creations.
30. Epithets of Aeneas.
31. The Vergilian Birds.
32. Was \'ergil acquainted with the Hebrew Scriptures'*
33. Visions and Dreams. — Supernatural Means of Spirit Commnnication.
34. Night Scenes in Vergil.
35. Different Names for Trojans and Greeks and their Significance.
36. The Story of the Aeneid.
GENERAL INTRODUCTION. 11
TESTIMONIA DE VERGlLlO.
Forte epos acer,
Ut Demo, Varius ducit ; molle atque facetuin
Vergilio annueruut gaudeutes rure Cameuae (Hor., Sat. I. X. 43).
Et profugum Aeneau, altae primordia Roiiiae,
Quo uullum Latio clarius extat opus (Ovid, Ars A mat. III. 337)
Tityrus et fruges Aenei'aque arma legentur,
Roma triumphati dum caput orbis erit (Id., Amores, I. 15, 2.5).
Mautua Vergilio gaudet, Verona Catullo ;
Pelignae dicar gloria gentia ego (Id., Amores, III. 15, 7).
Mantua Musarum donnis, atcjuc ad sidera cantu
Evecta Andino, et Smyrnaeis aemula plectris (Silius, Lib. 8).
Vive precor, nee tu diviuani Aerieida tenta
Sed louge sequere, et vestigia semper adora (Statius, Thebaid).
Conditor Iliados cautabitur atque Maronis
Altisoui dubiam facicutia carmiua palmam (Joyenal, Sat. XI. 180).
Temporibus nostris aetas cum cedat avorum,
Creverit et maior cum duce Roma suo ;
Ingenium sacri miraris abesse Maronis,
Nee quemquam tanta bella souare tuba ?
Sint Maecenates ; nou deerunt, Flacce, Marones :
Vergiliumque tibi vel tua rura dabunt, etc. (Martial, Epiq.).
D. Augustus carmina Vergilii cremari contra testamenti eins verecundiam vetuit:
maiusque ita vati testimonium coutigit, quam si ipso sua carmiua probavisset ( Pliny,
Hist. 7, 30).
Vergilii ante omnes [imaginem venerabatur Silius,) cuius natalem religiosius quam
suum celebrabat, Neapoli maxime, ubi monumentum eius adire ut templum solebat
(Pliny, Epiat. 3, 7, 8).
Malo securum et secretum Vergilii secessum ; in quo tamen, neque apud D Augus-
tum' gratia caruit, neque apud populum Romanum notitia. Testes Augusti Epistolae;
testis ipse populus, qui auditis in theatro versibus Vergilii surrexit universus, et forte
praesentem spectantemque Vergilium veneratus est sic quasi Augustum (^TAG\T\i'a»»
Dialog, de Orat,),
12 GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
Utar verbis iisdem, quae ab Afro Domitio iuvenis accepi : qui mihi iuterroganti,
quern Iloniero crederet maxime accedere : Secundus, inquit, est Vergilius; propior
taineu priiiio quam tertio (Quintilian, 10).
Ib certe poetarum omnium princeps Vergilius est ; cuius tot numero editiones. et
»iiJO commcutariis, et cum adnotatiouibus veteruin et recentium interpretum prodi-
erunt, nt qui singulas euuuierare vellet, libellum pleuum taedii et fastidii conficere
cogeretur (Burman).
And Virgil ; shade of Mantuan beech
Did help the shade of bay to reach
And knit around his forehead high ;
For his gods wore less majesty
Than his brown bees hummed deathlessly.
(Mrs. Browning, Vision of Poets.)
Oh, were it mine with sacred Maro's art
To wake to sympathy the feeling heart,
Like him, the smooth and mournful verse to dress
In all the pomp of exquisite distress (Falconer, Shipwreck, III.).
Roman Virgil, thou that singest Ilion's lofty temples robed in fire,
Ilion falling, Rome arising, wars, and filial faith, and Dido's pyre ;
Landscape lover, lord of language more than he that sang the Works and Days,
All the chosen coin of fancy flashing out from many a golden phrase ;
Thou that singest wheat and woodland, tilth and vineyard, hive and horse and herd,
All the charm of all the Muses often flowering in a lonely word ;
Poet of the happy Tityrus piping underneath his beechen bowers ;
Poet of the poet-satyr whom the laughing shepherds bound with flowers;
Chanter of the Pollio, glorying in the blissful years again to be,
Summers of the snakeless meadow, unlaborious eartli and oarless sea;
Thou that seest Universal Nature moved bv Universal Mind ;
Thou majestic in thy sadness at the doubtful doom of human kind ;
Light among the vanished ages ; star that gildest yet this phantom shore;
Golden branch amid the shadows, kings and realms that pass to rise no more;
Now thy Forum roars no longer ; fallen every purple Caesar's dome —
Tho' thine ocean-roll of rhythm sound forever of Imperial Rome —
Now the Rome of slaves hath perished, and the Rome of freemen holds her place;
I, from out the Northern Island, sundered once from all the human race,
' I salute thee, Mantovano, I that loved thee since my day began,
Wielder of the stateliest measure ever moulded by the lips of man.
(Tennyson, On the Nineteenth Centenary of Virgil's Death.)
t
■,v»
MAP OF THE ANC\EKT ■>«0»Va,aW:
■INC THE WANDERINGS OF >ENEAS
i
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
I. VERGILIAN VERSE.
1. THE PRINCIPIiES OF RHYTHM AND THE STRUCTURE OF
THE DAOTYIilC HEXAMETER.
1. Pronounce the following English lines^ emphasizing the accented
syllables :
This' is the | for'est pri|me'val. The | mur'muriug | pines' and the | hem'locks,
Beard'ed with | moss', and in | gar'meuts | green', indis|tinct' in the f twi'light,
Stand' like | Drn'ida of | ehl', with | voi'ces | sad' and pro|phet'ic,
Stand' like [ harp'ers | hoar', with | beards' that | rest' on their | bo'soms.
Loud' from its | rock'y | cav'erns, the | deep'-voiced | neigh'borin^ | o'cean
Speaks', and in | ac'ceuts dislcon'solate | au'swers the | wail' of the | for'est.
Observe: 1. That each of the above lines is divided into regularly recurring
cadences, or sound-waves, each containing an accented and an unaccented part.
2. 'I'hat, in order to produce this rhythmical effect, it is only necessary to pro-
nounce the words of the verse, each with its proper accent.
It will he found by further comparison that the rhythm of English verse depends
upon the proper accent of the words in the verse.
Pronounce now, in the same manner as above, the following Latin lines :
I. L Ar'nift vI'rQin'qu6 ca|n6', || Tr6|iae' qui | pri'ratts ftb | o'ris
2. itall am, fa'to proftt|gus, La|vinaqu6 | venit
3. Llt5rft, I mult(un)) il|l(e) et tenris iac|tatiis dt \ alto
4. Vi sttp6|rum, 8ae|vae m6m6|rera Iu|u6nts 6b | ir&ra,
5. Mult& quo|qu(e) et beljld pas|sus, dum | condCr6t | urbgm,
6. infer|retqu6 d6|os Lfttl.o, ggutLs | undS L&|tiuiira
7. Alba|uiquC pa|tres at|qu(e) altae | moenlft | Komiie.
Observe : 3. That tlie rhythmical effect produced by these verses is the same
as that produced by the English verses above.
4. That, in order to produce this rhythmical effect in the Latin verses, it is
necessary to accent many of the words on the wrong syllable.
It is therefore apparent that the rhythm of Latin verse does not^ as does that of the
English^ depend upon the proper accent of the words. But —
Observe : 5. That the accented part of each cadence is a long syllable, and that
the unaccented part is either two short syllables or their equivalent in time, one /on^
Sjflltible.
14 GENERAL INTRODUCTION
It is therefore apparent that the rhythm of Latin verse depends upon the quantity of the
syllables composing the verse.
It thus becomes necessary for the student to learn the quantity of the syllables
of a line before he is able to read the line rhythmically (i. e. to scan it). Below
will be given material from which the principles of quantity may be deiived.
Meanwhile notice
The Structure of Verg^il's Verse.
2. Observe : 6. That each line is composed of six cadences, feet, or measures ;
and that the feet are composed of either a long and two short syllables (a dactyl), or
two long syllables (a spondee).
7. That the dactyl is the most prominent foot, that is, it determines the position
of the stress in the different feet of the line. From these two facts — the number
of feet and the controlling dactyl — the verse in which Vergil writes is called Dactylic
Hexameter.
8. That the sixth foot of each line is composed of two syllables, either two long,
or a long and a short syllable (a trochee).
9. That the fifth foot in a line is almost invariably a dactyl. But observe that in
the following lines the fifth foot is a spondee : I. 617 ; II. 68 ; III. 12, 74, 517, 549;
V. 320, 761. From this unusual circumstance, these lines are called spondaic lines.
10. That the first, second, third, and fourth feet are either dactyls or spondees.
11. That line 1 is rhetorically broken after cano, and that this rhetorical pause
falls within the foot. This is called the caesural pause, and should be marked by a
longer pause in reading than elsewhere in the line.
12. That in nearly every line such a pause occurs, and that in many, as in line 2,
after Italiam and profugus, there are two such pauses.
13. That this pause most frequently comes after the accented part of the foot.
This, having the strongest effect possible, is called the masculine caesura. In a
few instances (as I. 81), the rhetorical pause falls between the two short syllables
of the foot, and is called feminine caesura, from its weaker effect.
By careful observation from many lines, learn in what foot the caesura
most frequently falls.
r V
Recapitulation. 1. What is the principle of rhythm in English verse ? 2. In .
Latin verse ? 3. The structure of Vergil's verse 1 its name ? 4. Caesura, mas-
culine and feminine 1 5. In what foot generally found ?
Note to the Student. Master carefully the principles to be deduced below,
and put them into practice by attempting to scan Latin verse at once. Do not wait
until you have mastered all, but use the principled as you learn them. Get the
swing of the Hexameter by reading over and over again the English and Latin
verses in 1.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES. 16
2. FUBTHEB TEBMS AND FBINCIFIiES OF FBOSODY.
3. I. 3. Literal, miilt(um) il|l(e) et ter|ris iacjtatus et | alto.
6. Multa quo|qu{e) et beljlo paslsus, dum | conderet | urbem.
13. Kartha|g(o), Itali|am con|tra Tibe|rinaque | longe.
25. Necd(uiii) eti|am caa|8(ae) irajrum sae|vique do|lores.
48. Bella ge|r(o).j Et quislquam nulmen Iu,uoni8 ad|orat.
78. Tu mihi|, quodcnm|qu(e) hoc reg|ni, tu | sceptra lojvemque.
98. Non potujisse, tu|aqu(e) ani|m(ara) banc ef|fundere | dextra.
ni. 658. Moiistr(um) horirend(um), in',form(e), in gens, cui | lumen adjemptum.
Observe that the rhythm of the preceding lines requires the slurring or
partial suppression of certain letters. Note carefully what those letters are,
and what their position is.
The slurring of a letter or letters, as in the above words, is called elision.
Under what circumstances does elision occur ?
4. I. 16. Posthabi|ta colu isse Sa{7no; hie \ illius | arraa
405. Et ve|r(a) inceslsu patu|it dea|. 7/l(e) ubi | raatrem.
617. Tun(e) il|l(e) Aeiie|as, quern | Dardanijo ^n|chi8ae.
ni. 74. Nerei dum ma|tn et \ Neptu|no ^e|gaeo.
211. In8ul(ae) \\oxi(b \ in mag|uo, quas | dira Ce|laeno.
IV. 235. Quid struit? I aut qua | spc mi|mic(a) in | gente mo ratur?
667. Lamen|tis gemi,tuqu(e) et | femine|o w/u|latu.
V. 261. Victor a|pud rapi|dum Simo|enta sub | ILo | alto.
Observe from the preceding examples that elision does not always take
place where it is possible. This omission of elision is, however, quite rare,
these being the only instances in the first six books of the Aeneid.
The omission of elision, where it would regularly occur, is called hiatus.
5. I. 332. lacte'raur, docejas : ig|nar(i) homi|numque lo|corum qu(e)
333. Erramus.
448. Aerea | cui gradi|bus sur|gebant | limina | nexae|qu(e)
449. Aere trabes.
n. 745. Quern non | incu|8av(i) a^mens homi|numque de|orum'qu(e),
746. Aut quid.
IV. 558. Omnia | Mercuri|o simi|lis, vo|cemque co|lorem|qu(e)
559. Et crines.
629. Imprecor|, arm(a) arjmis; pug nent ip|sique ne potes'qufe) !
630. Haec ait.
V. 422. Et magjnos mem|bror(um) arjtus, mag|n(a) ossa lal^certo^xo^^"^
423. Exoit.
16 GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
I
I
V. 753. Robora | uavigi|is, apjtaut re| mosque ru|dente8|qu(e),
754. Exigui uumero.
VI. 602. Quos super | atra si|lex iam | iam lap|8ura ca|deiiti|qu(e)
603. Imminet.
Observe the unusual position of the elided letter or letters in these lines.
The elision of a letter or letters at the end of a line, before a vowel at the
beginning of the next line, is called synapheia. What is the letter which, in
all the preceding examples, is thus elided ? But cf .
VII. 160. lamqu(e) iter | emen|si turris ac | tecta Lajtinojr(um)
161. Ardua, etc.
6. I. 41. Oilfii ; 73. comil)/o; 120. Ilionf / ; 131. dehi'uc (et passim, but cf. III. 464,
and V. 722, where dehinc is pronounced as two syllables) ; 195. c/e/nde (et passim);
698. aurea ; 726. aure/s ; II. 16. ab/ete; 442. par/etihus ; 492. anVte; 735. nescio;
III. 244. semifsam ; 578. semtMStum ; IV. 686. sem/animem ; V. 269. taeniVs;
352. aure/s; 432. genwa ; 589. par/Vtibus ; VI. 33. omn/a ; 201. gravcolentis ;
280. ferre/que; 412. alveo; 653. curr*/ura.
Observe that, in the above words, two vowels are pronounced as one syllable,
each vowel retaining its own sound. Observe, also, that this does not affect
the quantity of the resultant syllable, as in cases of contraction (cf. 13).
By reading these words in the lines in which they occur, note which of the
vowels gives the (juantity to the syllable.
This pronunciation of two vowels in one syllable, the sound of both vowels
being retained, is called synaeresis.
IIow does synaeresis differ from elision ? from contraction ? (Cf. 3, 13.)
7. V. 186. Nee to|ta tamen | ille pri|oryj)oee|unte ca|rina.
VI. 507. Nomen et | arma l()|cum ser|vant; /^ajmice ne quivi.
(For the usual (juantity of ie cf. 14, and for prae cf. 13.) Cf. also steterunt
and constiterunt, referred to under 32.
Observe that, in the above instances, a syllable regularly long is made short
by the requirements of the rhythm of the verse.
The shortening of a syllable regularly long is called systole.
8. I. 308. videt (of. 25); 478. pulvis (cf. 22): 651. peteret ; 668. iactetur; II.
.563. domus (of. 24) ; HI. 91. liminaque (cf. 14 r/) ; 112. nemus ; 464. gravia (cf. 15);
504. casus; IV. 64. pectoribus ; 146. Cretesque ; 222. alloquitur; V. 284. datur;
VI. 254. 8Ui)cr ; 640. aether ; 768. Numitor.
Observe that, in the above words, a syllable regularly short is lengthened by
the rerjulrements of the rhythm of the verse.
The lenjijthenino: of a short svllable is called diastole.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES. 17
3. PRINCIPIiES OP QUANTITY.
General Remarks. The different kinds of syllables to be noted are
grouped in much the same order as is usual in the grammars. In no instance,
however, will a rule for quantity be given. Material carefully selected from
the first six books of the Aeneid is given, from which may be deduced all
principles and modifications of the same which are necessary for use in this
portion of Vergil. It will be found, however, that after carefully scanning
even one book, any dactylic hexameter may be scanned at sight.
Let the pupil in each case, after examining the examples given, frame his
own rule complete, in the most concise language possible, without atii/ reference
to a grammar. His conclusion, however, may be verified, when made, by
reference to the grammar.
It is of great importance that as many as possible of the examples given
below should be committed to memory.
I. Fosition before two Consonants, i (consonant), x, or z.
9. I, 1. arma viruinque; 2. Italiam fato profugus Lavina; 3. multum ille et
terris iactatus et alto ; 4. memorem luuonis ; 5. conderet urhem ; 6.
iuferretque uude ; 9. quidve volvere ; 10. iiisignem pietate.
I. 1. Troiae; 19. Troiano; 41. Aiacis; 34. vix ; 41. noxaiii ; 44. trausfixo;
45. infixit ; 49. supple x ; 63. laxas ; 89. uox ; 108. saxa; 119. gaza;
490. Amazonidum
What is the quantity of the marked syllables in the above words, and what
is the position of the vowel in these syllables ?
Compare the position and fjuantity of these with the position and quantity
of the following marked syllables :
10. I. 63. darC iussus ; 102. talia iactanti ; III. 270. nemerosa Zacynthos
What, then, is the quantity of the syllable whose vowel is followed by i
(consonant), x, z, or two consonants ; and what must be the position of these
consonants ?
But cf . the following marked syllables.
U. I. 7. patres; 51. pfttriam ; 60. atris ; 130. fratrem ; 176. nutrimenta; 243.
penfitrare; 319. venatrix ; 323. phar^tra ; 336. pharetram ; 493.
bellatrix ; 590. genfitrix ; 90. crebris ; II. 38. latebras ; 92. ten6-
bris; 225. delubra; I. 196. Trinacrio ; 220. acris ; 228. lacrimis;
317. volttcrem.
Observe that the syllable is marked long in some of the «.\non^ ^ort^^, ^^v^
short in others ; and observe also what class of coii80i\*Aiit^ io^o^ ^^ nqtw^'^
2
18 GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
In the following examples, what do you notice as to the power of A to make
position ?
I. 30. Achilli; 214. pSr herbam.
State in full the principles which you have deduced.
II. Fosition before a Vowel or Diphthong.
12. I. 2. Itallani ; 6. dCos ; Latio ; 7. inoen!a; 9. ddum ; 10. pletate ; 12. fttit;
Tyrii ; tentlere ; 20. audXerat ; 22. Librae; 23. mettiens ; Satarnla;
25. ettam ; 27. iudicium ; 30. Danaum.
What is the quantity of the marked vowels in the above syllables, and what
is the position of these vowels ?
But cf . the following examples :
a. I. 16. illius; 11.361. illius; I. 41. unius; 251. uuius; 114. ipslus; V. 55. ipsins.
6.1. 30. Troas (Greek TptSos) ; 72. Deiopea (Gr. Ari'ioveia); 92. Aeneae (Or.
Alvelas) ; 257. Cytherea (Gr. KvSfpeia) ; 284. Phthiam (Gr. *efa) ; 300 aera
(Gr. ctipa); 316. Threissa (Gr. ©pi^io-o-a) ; 474. Tro'ilus (Gr. Tp<^«Aos) ;
489. Eoas (Gr. 'Hcpas) ; 535. Orion (Gr. Clptuv) ; 665. Typlioia (adj. fr.
Gr. Tv<pcif€vs).
c. I. 499. Diana (but cf. III. 681 et passim, Diauae).
Frame a general rule from the above facts.
III. Quantity of DipbthonR:s and Contracted Syllables.
13. I. 1. Troiae; 7. moeuia; 8. caiisas; 38. Teucrorum ; 343. hiiic; III. 212.
Ilarpyiae; II. 274. Ei ; III. 564. idem (=iidem); IV. 412. cogis
(= coagis).
But cf. V. 186. praeeunte.
Frame a general rule for the quantity of diphthongs and contracted syllables.
IV. Quantity of Monosyllables.
14. I. 1. qui; 4. vi; 8. quo ; 18. si ; qua (of. also qua in I. 83 ; II. 701, 753 ; III.
151); 19. a; 24. pro ; 34. e ; 37. me; 58. ni; 76.o; 78. tu; 140.se;
318.de; 352. spe ; 413. nc; 555. te; IF. 691. da; 1. 16. hie (et passim,
but cf. htc, IV. 22); 29. his; 77. fas; 142. sic; 229. res; 238.
hoc; 315. OS (oris); 479. non; 529. vis; 555. sin; 753. die; II. 768.
quin; III. 155. en.
Compare with these the following words :
a. I. 1. -qu6; 9. -v6; 26. r6-; 132. -n6.
b. I. 1. ab; 4.6b; 100. stlb; 19. s6d ; 24. quOd ; 76. quid; II. 49. Id; 550. ad;
'^. v«l; I. 3. 6t; 10. tot; 454. sit; 554. ttt; II. 103. sat; V. 264. at.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES. 19
c. V. 307. bl-; IV. 577. fis; ITT. 462. ffir; I. 34. In; n. 430. n6c; I. 31. pCr;
II. 606. qua (cf. also L 603. qua, and cf. above qua); I. 413. quis; VI.
791. vir; IV. 22. hic (but cf. hie above).
Frame a general rule for the quantity of monosyllables ; commit to memory
lists a and c ; note the final letter of the words in list b,
V. Quantity of Final Vowels.
15. Fined a.
I. 1. arma; 3. litora; 5. mnlta; 7. moeuia; 8. Musa; 9 regina; 12. antiqna;
13. Tiberina; 14. ostia; asperrima; 17. dea; 43. aequora; 56. claustra; 181.
Anthea; 300. aera.
a. I. 8. memora; II. 691. da.
6. I. 16. posthabita; 26. alta; 47. una; 56. celsa; 611. dextra.
c. I. 13. contra; 124. interea; 269. trigiuta; 673. quocirca; II. 33. intra; 672.
extra; V. 64. praeterea. But cf. II. 84. quia; 147. ita.
16. Fined e»
I. 6. undS; 8. numinS; 10. adirS; 12. tenuerS; 16. colnissS; 39. quipp€; 65. AeolS;
69. incuts ; 110. imman^; 133. sinS; 145. ipsS;148. saepS; 195. deindS;
235. for6; 257. parcC; 356. omnC; 673. ante ; V. 80. salvetfi.
a. II. 607. time ; V. 80. salve.
6. I. 21. late; 220. praecipne; 337. altc; III. 135. fere; IV. 248. assidue; V. 86.
placide. But cf. IV. 317. ben^; and II. 23. mal6.
c. I. 352. spe ; II. 30. acie ; 670. hodie.
d. I. 97. Tydide; 144. Cymothoe; 317. Harpalyce; 653. Ilione; II. 456. Andro-
mache; III. 271. Same; 475. Anchise; VI. 118. Hecate.
All the examples under d are Greek words, the final e representing in each
case rj.
17. Final I.
I. 7. Albani; 12. Tyrii; 71. praestanti; 78. regni; 84. marl; 138. pelagi; 381.
conscendi; 466. uti; 592. ebori; 669. doluisti ; 713. expleri; II. 6. fui.
a, I. 8. mihi (cf. 71. miht) ; 65. tibi (cf. 261. tibi) ; IV. 467. sibi (cf. I. 604. sibi) ;
IL 792. ibi (cf. VI. 897. ibi) ; I. 601. ubi (cf. 81. ubi).
b. V. 49. nisi.
la Final 0.
I. l.cano; 2. fato; 5. bello; 15. Inno; 46. incedo; 88. subito; 149. seditid;
327. virgo; 379. vehd; 449. cardo ; 600. domo ; II. 169. illo ; retn") ; 309.
vero; IV. 228. ideo; V. 680. idcirco; III. 459 and V. 599. raodvi.
a. n. 160. mod6, et passim ; I. 46. ego, et passim; 111. fe^^. CkXiti, ^'t^^a^vKv.
20 GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
19. Final u,
I. 34. conspectu; 106. fluctu; 156. curru; 159. secessu; 351. diQ; II. 322. Panthu.
Frame general rules for final vowels, with all the modifications of each rule.
VI. Quantity of Final Syllables in s, or any Consonant.
20. Final as.
I. 20. Tyrias; 41. furias; 77. ]K,s; 79. das; 121. Abas; 140. vestras; 332. doceas;
438. Aeneas; 456. Diacas; II. 436. Pelias; III. 687. Boreas; 703. Acragas;
V. 118. Gyas.
a. III. 127. Cycladas (Gr. Ku/cAaSos); IV. 302. Thyifis (Gr. QvilSa).
21. Final es.
I. 7. patres; 229. res; 258. cernes; 259. feres; 292. fides; 489. acies; 639. vestes;
688. inspires; 723. quies; II. 97. labes; 133. fruges; 137. spes; 324. dies;
III. 139. lues; 167. sedes; IV. 312. peteres; 578. iuves.
a. I. 14. divfis; 394. alCs; 753. hospfis; II. 7. mil6s; 704. com6s; III. 46. segSs.
6. V. 613. Troadgs (Gr. TpuaBes) ; VI. 225 eraterSs (Gr. Kparripes).
c. I. 387. 6s ; IV. 560. pot6s.
22. Final is.
I. 4. lunonls; 15. magis; 30. immitis; 33. molls; 34. tellurls; 220. acris; 324. spn-
mantis; 369. venistis; 387, quisquis ; 408. ludXs; 413. quis; 679. fortes;
III. 653. satis; IV. 565. fugls.
a. 1.29. his; 49. aris; 54. viuclis ; 447. donis ; 579. dictis; VI. 187. nobis.
6. III. 387. possis; IV. 541. iiesds; 578. adsis; V. 166. abis.
23. Final os.
I. 29. iactatos , 57. aiiimos ; 253. nOs ; 315. os (oris) ; 511. quos; IV. 484. cnstds.
a. III. 271. Neritos (Gr. N^tos).
24. Final us and ys.
I. 1. primus; 6. gentts; 11. caelestibiis ; 16. illiUs; 52. Aeoltis; 107. aestCis ; 167.
inttts; 229. Ventts; 435. pecOs ; 441. luctls ; 528. venimfis; 633. mintls;
737. tentis; II. .522. tempfis; 746. crudelids; VI. 768. Cap^s.
a. I. 107. fluctus; 173. artus; 243. sinus; 11. 706. aestus; 793. manus.
6. I. 555 salus (salutis) ; II. 69. tellfis (telluris) ; IV. 3. virtus (virtutis).
c. II. 319. Panthus (Or. UdvBovs).
Frame general rules for the (quantity of final syllables in s, with modifications
of these rules.
25. Final si/Uable ending in a consonant other than s.
I. 17. futt ; 26 manCt; 47. sorSr; 49. imponfit;. 60. patCr; 82. veltit; 116. volvittir;
capgt; 144. siniQl; 171. subXt; 183. Capjn; 203. forsftn; 24-7 tam6n ; 267.
^^^i|^|6. nomgn; 454. sit; II. 49. quidquld ; III. 173. illdd ; 431. semSl;
/ ^BWlt; V. 364. adslt.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES. 21
a. I. 142. 81C ; 238. hoc ; 753. die.
6. I. 144. Triton; 631. Aeuean; 11.41. Laocoon ; III. 710. Auchiseu ; V.372. Buten .
VI. 326. Charon.
All the examples under h are Greek words, -on representing Gr. -©i;, -an
representing Gr. -ov, and -en representing Gr. -i;i;.
VII. Quantity of Noun Increments.
The marked syllables in the following words are increments. After observa-
tion, define the term increment,
26. Increment in a.
I. 10. pietate; 25. irarum ; 41. Aiacis; 53. tempcstates ; 72. quarnni ; 249. pace;
536. procacibus ; 726. laquearlbus ; II. 80. mendacem ; 90. pellacis ; IV.
615. audacis; VI 3. tenaci.
a. I. 35. salis; 150. f ftces ; 210. dftplbus; 449. tribes; 705. p&res.
6. I. 433. nectare; IV. 130. iubftre.
c. I. 479. Pallftdis (Or. naA\(£8oj) ; 480. Iliides (Or. 'lAiciSes) ; 500. ( Veftdes (Gr.
'0/>€i(i8€s) ; III. 637. lainp&dis (Gr. Kafnralos).
27. Increment in e.
I. 23.vet6ri8; 54. carc6re ; 62. foedgre ; 93. sidCra; 112. aggQre; 122. latSrum;
125. hiSmem; 232. funCra ; 347. scelCre ; 434. ongra; 531. ubCre ; 714.
pufiro; 740. procfires; II. 16. abifite; 85. nCci ; 304. segfitem; 787. Veneris;
III. 233. pfidtbus; 361. praepCtis ; 437. prCce ; IV. 58. CerCri.
a. II. 765. crateres (KpaTTJpes) ; IV. 146. Cretes (KprJTes) ; V. 460. Dareta {^aprJTa).
h. I. 21. regera; 507. leges; IV. 5. quietem; 274. heredis.
c. I. 178. rerum.
28. Increment in i.
I. 8. numlne ; 11. caelestlbns ; 19. sanguine ; 27. Parldis ; 65. homtnum ; 81. cus-
pTde ; 93. dupllces (duplex); 109. flucttbus; 151. virum ; 174. silTci (silex);
189. capita; 286. origtne; 672. cardine; 686. latlcem (latex) ; 722. resides;
II. 20. millte; III. 33 torttce (cortex) ; 500. Thybridis; 667. suppllce (snp-
plex); 694. Elldis.
a. I. 275. nutricis (nutrix) ; 402. cen'ice (cervix); 689. genetrlcis (genetrix) ;
n. 587. ultricis (ultrix) ; III. 27. radictbus (radix); 273 altricem (altrix) ,
467. trillcera (trilix) ; 493. felTces (felix) ; IV. 632. nutricem (nutrix). But
cf. VI. 631. fornlce (fornix).
6. I. 214. vires; IV. 702. Diti.
29. Increment in o.
1.4. lunonis; 10. labores; 51. nimlHirum ; 64. voclbus ; 95. ora; 102. Aquilone;
143. solem ; 199. graviora; 264. mores; 364. Pygmalionis; 403. odorera ;
458. ambobus; 564. custode; 619. Sidcnia; 622. dicioue; 694. flC\x\.VroL"6,\ "V^^.
Trioues ; III. 569. Cyclopum ; V. 183. duobua.
22 GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
a. I. 3. litora; 29. aequore; 36. pect5re; 70. corpOra; 92. frigOie; 623. tempSre.
6. I. 4. niemOrem ; 14. opum ; IV. 485. arbdre.
c. I. 338. Ageiittris ; 483. Ilectora; 489. Memn5ui8; II. 7. Myniiid5niim ; 616. Go^
g(^ne; III. 360. trii)odas; V. 359. Didyma5uis.
All the c^xaniples under c are Greek words, the penultimate o in each case
represent! n«i; Gr o.
30. IncrvmeM in u and y.
I. 55. niuriniire ; 354. conitlgis ; 390. redtlces ; 533. dticis ; 570. Er^cis ; 743. pe-
c-ndcs ; II. 698. sulphQre ; V. 250. chlaraj^dem ; VI. 421. gnttara.
a. I. 34. telluris (tellus) ; 293. iura (ius) ; 385. plura (plus); 417. ture (tus);
430. rura (rfis) ; 451. snlutem (salus) ; 566. virtutes (virtus).
b. I. 178. frfigos; 588. luce.
Kranu' general rules for the quantity of noun increments, with all the mod-
ifications of these rules.
VIII. Quantity of Verbal Increments.
Observe from the marked syllables in the following words what is meant by
verbal increments.
31. Increment in a.
I. 3. iactatufl ; 32. errabant ; 73 dicabo ; 77. explorare ; 137. maturate ; 247. loca-
vit; 468. instaret; 561. profatur ; 675. teneatur ; 11.353. moriamur; ruar
ums; IV. 625. exoriare ; 626 sequare.
a. I. 35. dabant; 63. dare; 83. data; 199. dabit ; 409. datur; 368. circumd&re.
32. Increment in e.
I. 12. tonuere; 31. arcebat ; 35. ruebant; 66. nmlcere ; 84. incubuere ; 90. intO"
nuere; 113. vehebat; 124. misceri; 130. latuere; 134. audetis; 136. luetic*
1.52. couspexere ; 236. tenerent; 262. movebo; 286. nascetur; 332. iact^
mur; 398. dedere ; 404. spiravere; 419. ascendebant ; 605. tulcrunt; X^
113. sonuerunt; 389. mntenius ; IV. 313. peteretnr ; V. 524. cecinerun*' '
763. straverunt; VI. 242. dixeruut.
a. I. 5. condCret; 9. volvCre; 467. fugCroiit; prcmCret ; IV. 381. sequ6re.
b. I. 11. iuipulCrit; 20. audiCrat; 33. 6rat ; 196. dedCrat; 265. vidfirit; 26^'
transieriiit.
c. II. 774. stetCruut; 111. 681. constitCnmt.
33. Increment in i.
I. 16. poHthabTta; 87. inseipiltur ; 137. dictte; 205. tendtmns ; 237. pollicttus; 25^'
prodlmur; 291.po8Tti8; 515. incognita ; 528. venimus (perf. iud.); 53^-
jwlnavtmus ; 584. vidimus ; 730. soltti ; II. 90. gesslmus ; 325. fulmus ; III-
56 and IV. 217. potltur (used in Vergil as of the third conj.) ; III. 254"
INDUCTIVE STUDIES. 23
a. I. 10. adire; 63. sciret; 194. partitur; 326. audita; III. 278. potiti ; IV. 528.
lenibant.
6. IV. 647. quaesitum; 692. qoaesivit; V. 668. petivit, etc.
34. Increment in o.
No examples of this increment exist in the first six books. It occurs only in
the future imperative, active, second, plural, and is always long.
35. Increment in u.
I. 22. venturam; 210. futuris; 382. secatus; II. 47. inspectura; IV. 691. revoluta;
V. 108. visuri.
a. I. 198. stlmus; V. 57. adstimus.
Frame general rules for the quantity of verbal increments, together with all
modifications of these rules.
- IX. Quantity of the Penult of Dissyllabic Perfects and Supines.
36. I. 2. venit; 27. spretae; 122. vicit ; 326. visa; 352. lusit ; 407. natum ; 412.
fudit; 422. strata; 584. vidimus; II. 10. casus; 17. votum; 50. fatus;
74. cretus; 87. misit; 156. fugi; III. 213. liquere; V. 192. usi ; 510.
rupit ; 516. figit.
I. 43. dis-iecit; 126. re-fusa; com-m5tus; 175. sus-cepit; 390. re-latam; 443.
ef-fodere ; II. 12. re-fugit; 616. in-sedit ; 637. ex-cisa; III. 46. in-crevit ;
IV. 518. ex-uta; 653. per-egi; V. 264. in-dutus.
a. I. 62. dgdit; 268. stfitit ; 314. tttlit; 473. bibissent ; 60. ab-d!dit; 127. ex-tttlit;
301. arstltit (from asto).
b. I. 83. data; 11. 25. rftti ; 306. s&ta; III. 451. sttus ; V. 824. citi ; 449. e-rttta;
I. 470. pro-dlta; 11. 17. reditu; IV. 301. ex-clta; but cf. III. 676.
ex-citum.
Frame general rule, and learn lists a and b.
S. Quantity of Reduplicated Syllables.
37. I. 154. c6cidit; 203. mgminisse; 715. pependit; 728. p6poscit; II. 120. ciicur-
rit; 534. pgpercit; 688. tfitendit; 744. ffifelht; III. 662. tfitigit ; V.
524. cecinerunt.
Prame general rule for the quantity of reduplicated syllables.
^I. Quantity before Certain Endings.
38. -nuSy -na.
I. 6. Latinum; 7. Albani; 9. regina; 12. coloni; 13. Tiberina; 15. uuam; 19. Tro-
iano; 33. Romanam ; 63. habenas ; 67. Tyrrhenum ; 107. harenis ; 115.
prdnus; 125. Neptunus; 129. ruina; 213. aena; 2! 5. ferm«jfc\ ^V^.
fortuna; 262. arcana; 284. Myceuas; 292. caua.*, Q}OM\Ti\j*.^ \ ^\^. ^V*x-
24 GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
•
tanae; 341. germanum ; 352. vana; 368. taurlno; 403. divinam; 449.
aenis; 460. pleua; 476. resupinus; 502. Latonae ; 599. egenos; 655. coio-
nam ; 688. veiieuo ; 724. viua ; 742. luuam ; III. 92. cortina ; 506. vicina ;
580. caminis; IV. 579. vagina; V. 85. septeua; 104. sereua; 440. mon-
tana; 857. iuopina; VI. .558. catenae,
a. I. 161. sinus; 162. gemtni ; 195. bonus; 282. domtnos; 287. Oce&uo ; 364. fe-
mtna; 633. minus; 704. p^num ; II. 46. machlna; IV. 591. advgna; 698.
Proserpina.
39. -muSf -ma.
I. 1. primus; 35. spumas; 84. imis; 123. rimis; 577. extrema; 621. opimam;
II. 11. supremum.
a. I. 14. asperrima; 72. pulcherrima; 96. fortisslme ; 157. proxima; 243. intiina;
305. plurima; 343. ditisslmus ; V. 317. ultima.
b. I. 11. animis; 165. uCmus; 193. htlmi; 228. lacrlmis; 319. c5mam; 755. sep-
tima.
40. -ruSy -ra.
I, 11. irae; 24. caris ; 53. sonoras; 104. prora; 109. Aras; 198. ignari ; 227.
curas; 350. securus; 3.54. miris; 363. avuri; 405. vera; 411. obscuro; 464.
pictura; 550. clams; 563. dura; 744. Arcturum ; 751. Aurorae^ cf. also
verbal increments in u.
a. I. 131. Zephyrum ; 169. anc5ra; 171. numSro; 318. umSris ; 344. misSrae;
729. pat€ram ; 740. cithftra; 11. 51. f6ri.
41. 'tuSj -ta.
I. 29. toto; 45. acQto; 51. feta; 94. beati ; 101. scuta; 126. commotus ; 164. tuta;
2.56. natae; 257. immota; 326. audita; 379. notus; 426. magistratus ; se-
natum ; 495. obtiitu ; 740. crinitus.
a. I. 82. latus ; 85. Notus ; 200. penitus ; 257. mfitu ; 315. habltum ; 422. strepl-
tum ; II. 82. incltlta ; V. 426. digitos.
42. -sua, -sn.
I. 323. maculosae ; 535. nimlxwns; II. 1.35. limoso ; 365. religiosa; IV. .52. aqno-
sus; 2.55. piscosos; 257. harenosum ; 313. undosum ; 44l.annoso; V. 87.
maculosua ; 252. frondosa ; I. 595. improvisus ; II. 428. visum, etc.
a. IV. 417. carb&sus.
43. -vus, -va.
I. 242. Achivis ; 244 Timavi ; 482. diva ; 592. flavo ; V. 309. oliva.
a. T. 298. nflvae ; V. 677. conc&va.
44. 'ffiis, -(J (I.
I. 42 rapidura; 120. validam ; 127. placldum ; 142. tumida; 175. artda; 296. hor-
palUda; modis; 637. splendida; II. 8. nmlda; III. 30. gell-
INDUCTIVE STUDIES. 26
dns; 585. lucldus; IV. 421. perftdus; 642. treptda; 700. rosclda; V. 179.
iiiadlda; 200 arida; 754. viv^da; VI. 102. rablda.
a. I. 320. nuda ; uOdo ; II. 23. fida.
45. -lus, -la.
I. 21. popQlum; 34. Sictllae; 45. scopillo; 89. ocdlis; 90. pOli ; 105. cumtllo;
109. It&li; 119. tabQlae; 130. doli; 159. insala; 168. vinctaa; 216. epiilis;
2.56. oscala; 266. RutQlis; 291. saecQla ; 352. m&lus ; 412. nebtilae; 453.
singGla; 492. cingOla; 701. famttli ; 706. pocGla; IV. 177. nublla; 328.
parvtllas; V. 93. tumtQo; 163. palmQla; 187. aemtlla; 277. sibtla; 559.
circQlas ; 566. mactilis ; 772. vitalos ; cf . also below, the eudings -bUlum
and -dUum.
a. I. 99. telo; 267. lulo; 268! Ilus ; 597. sola; V. 842. loijuelas.
46. -bulam, -culum.
I. 473. pabtila; 615. peric&la; II. 114. oractlla; IV. 87. propugnacala ; 131. vena-
btLla ; 580. retinacQla ; 636. piacdla ; V. 307. spictila ; VI. 37. spectacQla.
47. -CM«, -ca.
I. 51. 16ca; 86. Afrlcus ; 97. Iliftcis ; 243. Illyricos ; 284. Assarftci ; II. 104. Ith&-
^cus; IV. 493. maglcas; V. 84. lubricas; 141. nautlcus; 314. ArgoWca;
VI. 134. lacus.
a. 1.67. inimica; 450. luco; 610. amicum; III. 619. opaca; IV. 402. forinicae ;
V. 128. apricis; 260. loricam.
48. -do, -go, -ga.
I. 13. Karthago; 280. fatigat; 353. imago; 372. origtne ; 505 testudlne; 658. Cu-
pido; II. 76. formidlne; V. 146. aurigae; 387. ^stigat.
a. I. 389. m6do ; 394. plftga; III. 160. ffigae ; IV. 536. 6go.
6. I. 67. navlgat; 75. exigat ; 153. r^git ; 197. divldit; 11.426. cftdit ; III. 171.
nfigat ; IV. 534. ago ; V. 783. mitlgat.
49. -men, -mentum.
I. 48. numen; 176. nutrimeuta; 248. nomen ; 428. fundamenta ; 649. velamen ;
III. 661. solamen ; 709. levamen ; V. 262. tntamen ; 316. liinen ; 596. certa-
mina; 684. flumina; 832. flamina; VI. 6. semina; 137. vimine.
a. VI. 26. moniimenta.
50. -le, -lis.
I. 167. sedilia; 177. Cerealia; 221. crudelia; 274. prolem ; 316. qualis ; 328. mor-
talis ; 335. tali ; 373. anuales ; 388. vitales ; 654. monile ; 686. regales ;
727. funalia; II. 31. exitiale ; 165. fatale; 518. iuvenalilms : III. 285. gla-
cialis ; 324. cubile; 538 nivali ; IV. 16. iugali ; 73. letalia ; 104. dotales;
462. ferali; 593. navalibus; 635 fluviali; 641.anili; V. 548. puerile ; 557.
hastilia.
26 GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
a. I. 136. simili; 318. habllem; 445. facllem ; II. 510. inutile: V. 271. debHis;
559. flexllis ; cf. also the penult of the ending -Mlis, below.
51. -bills.
I. 111. miserablle; 149. ignoblle ; 339. intractablle ; 439. mirablle ; II. 4. lamen-
tabile ; 154. violablle ; 324. ineluctabile ; 583. memorablle ; III. COO. spiwr
bile; 621. adfabllis; 707. inlaetabllis ; IV. 53. tractabile ; V. 591. irremea-
bllis; 768. tolerablle ; 781. exsaturabile; VI. 27. inextricabllis.
a, I. 73. stabtli.
52. 'tor,
II. 476. agitator; III. 704. generator; IV. 269. regnator ; V. 12. gubernator;
275. viator ; VI. 432. quaesitor.
a. 1.254. sator; 621. genltor; 734. dator; V. 799. domltor ; VI. 326. portltor;
400. ianitor.
53. -ter.
I. 126. gravlter; 399. allter; 481. suppliclter; 522. lupplter; 561. brevlter; 572.
pariter.
Frame general rules from the above facts.
2. THE ROYAL HOUSE OF TROY.
54. In the Iliad of Homer (xx. 200 seq.), Achilles and Aeneas are represented
as confronting each other, about to engage in deadly conflict. But before the
war of blows begins, the heroes engage in a war of words, in which Aeneas
takes occasion to recount his lineage, beginning with Jove, the divine founder
of his race :
Jove was the father, cloud-compelling Jove,
Of Dardauus, by whom Dardania first
Was peopled, ere our sacred Troy was built
On the great plain, — a populous town ; for men
Dwelt still upon the roots of Ida fresh
With many springs. To Dardanus was born
King Erichthonius, richest in his day
Of mortal men, and in his meadows grazed
Three thousand mares, exulting in their brood
Of tender foals
To Erichthonius Tros was bom, who ruled
The Trojans, and from Tros there sprang three sons
Of high renown, — Tlus, Assaracus,
And godlike Ganymede, most beautiful
O
H
O
w
GO
P
O
a
h^
<i
O
P^
w
H
o
o
o
<1
^1
S
»4
-p
pq
OQ
a
•2
O
a
o
CD
CD
.2
'S
o
2
-J
Ii4
cm
a
CD
. s
1^
-a
.a
.00
"O
a
o
'6
OQ
a
CD
<:
O
o
rn
-S
CO
es
(D
e
0)
>
a
M
-t;^
»
a
es
a
o
o
■
o
a
o
-a
a
-.2
Oh
2
2
II —
CD
a
.o
o
a
a
-:3
£
-I
a
o
CD
o
cm
c
CD
a
00
CD
.2
'5
- eS
X
'o
Oh
^1
O
a
.§
O
s 8
OQ
a
es
-a
CO
P
CO
P
^1
O
'o
CD
a
.2 H
^1
_ o
^1
a
o
C
!l
c
CD
a
a
a
in
<
28 GENERAL INTRODUCTION^.
Of men ; the gods beheld and caught him up
To heaven, so beautiful was he, to pour *
The wine to Jove, and ever dwell with them.
And Ilus had a son, Laomedon,
Of mighty fame, to whom five sons were bom,
Tithenus, Priam, Lampus, Clytius,
And Hicetaon, trained to war by Mars.
Assaracus begat my ancestor,
Capys, to whom Anchises owes his birth.
Anchises is my father ; Priam's son
Is noble Hector. Such I claim to be
My lineage and my blood.
In the same connection he also boasts of a divine mother :
I boast
My birth from brave Anchises, aud can claim
Venus as mother.
55. Ovid thus reviews the Royal line of Troy (Fast. IV. 31-40) :
Dardanon Electra nesciret Atlantide natum
Scilicet, Electram coucubuisse lovi ?
Huius Erichthonius : Tros est generatus ab illo :
Assaracon creat hie, Assaracusque Capyn.
Proximus Anchises, cum quo commune parentis
Non dedignata est nomen habere Venus.
Hinc satus Aeneas, pietas spectata per ignes,
Sacra patremque umeris, altera sacra, tulit.
Veuimus ad felix aliquando nomen luli,
Unde domus Teucros lulia tangit avos.
It will be observed that Ovid, selecting that portion of the story most inte^
esting to a Roman audience and especially to the house of Caesar, follows the
line down through Assaracus, the second son of Tros, through Capys, Anchises,
and Aeneas.
56. Vergil in no one place gives the complete genealogy; but by comparing
different passages in his works, an almost complete history of the rOyal line may
be obtained. This history is here given, as far as possible in Vergil's words.
Dardonus' parentage :
Dardauns, Iliacae primus pater urbis et auctor,
Electra, ut Graii perhibent, Atlantide crotiis,
^^^HUtur Teucros ; Electram maximus Atlas
/ ^fctetherios umero qui sustinet orbes (Aen. VIII. 134-137).
tr I
INDUCTIVE STUDIES. 29
His native land :
Est locus, Hesperiam Grail cognomine dicnnt ;
• ••••••
Hae nobis propriae sedes ; hinc Dardanus ortus,
lasiusque pater, genus a quo principe nostrum {Aen. III. 163 seq.).
He journeys to Thrace and Phrygia, the kingdom of Teucer :
Atque equidem memini ....
his ortus ut agris [Italy] %
Dardanus Idaeas Phrygiae penetrarit ad urbes
Threiciamque Samon, quae nunc Samothracia fertur {Aen. VII. 205 seq ).
Cf. also supra, VIII. 136. Advehitur Teucros.
Here he marries Batea, the daughter of Teucer, king of a part of Troas.
From this wife of the great Dardanus is probably named the mound mentioned
by Homer (//. 11. 1019) :
In the great plain before the city stands
A mound of steep ascent on every side ;
Men named it Batiea.
57. Teucer ceded a part of his kingdom to Dardanus, who built a city called
Dardania (cf. Homer, //. XX. 272). Vergil seems toconfound this city with
Troy, for he calls Dardanus lliacae urbis auctor (Aen. VIII. 134), and IVoiae
auctor (VI. 650) ; and he also calls Troy Dardania (III. 156).
From Dardanus, their great founder (cf . supra " genus a quo principe nos-
trum"), the Trojans are called Dardanidae {Aen. I. 560 et passim).
58. But Teucer, also, is worthy of note, since from his blood, through the
descendants of his daughter and Dardanus, the Trojans and their descendants,
the Romans, sprung :
Certe hinc Romanos olim, volventibus annis,
Hinc fore ductores, revocato a sanguine Teueri (Aen. I. 234).
Teucer came originally from Crete, hence the error as to the fates into
which Anchises and Aeneas fell {Aen. III. 104) :
Creta lovis magni medio iacet insula ponto ;
Mons Idaeus ubi, et gentis cunabula nostrae.
Maximus unde pater ....
Teucrus Rhoeteas primum est advectus ad ora.s,
Optavitque locum regno.
From Teucer the Trojans are called Teueri {Aen. II. 252 et passim"! \ a.wcL
Troy is once called Teucria (II. 26).
30 GENERAL mXRODUCTION.
59. From Dardanus sprang Erichthonius (cf. supra, Homer and Ovid). He
is not mentioned in Vergil, the Erichthonius mentioned in Geo. III. 113 being
one of the early Attic kings.
Erichthonius had a son, Tros^ that ancestor {Tros parens, Geo. III. 36) from
whom the country Troas or Troia, and afterwards the city Troy, were named.
From him also the Trojans are named {Aen. I. 574), and the Trojan women
(Troad€s,Y. 613).
Tros had three^sons, Ilus, Assaracus, and Ganymedes.
60. Ilus built the city of Troy, which he called Ilium (I. 68 et passim).
From his name Vergil has the adjective Iliacus (III. 336), and a name
for the Trojan women, Iliades (I. 480). According to tradition, it was he
who received from Juppiter the Palladium (II. 166).
61. Of Assaracus, Vergil makes the following mention :
. Cum domus Assaraci Phthiam Clarasque Mycenas
Servitio premet ac victis dominabitur Argis (I. 284).
Romulus, Assaraci quern sanguinis Ilia mater
Educet (VI. 778).
Magnanimi heroes, nati melioribus annis,
Ilusque Assaracusque et Troiae Dardanus auctor (VI. 649).
Per magnos, Nise, Penates
Assaracitiue Larem et canae penetralia Vestae
Obtestor (IX. 258).
Gente sub Assaraci (IX. 643); genus Assaraci (Xll. 127).
62. Ganymedes, remarkable for his beauty, was carried off by an eagle to be
the cup-bearer to the gods (cf. Homer, supra), and in so doing displaced Hebe,
the daughter of Juno. Hence one cause of Juno's hatred to the whole race of
Trojans (A en I. 28).
Vergil vividly pictures the scene of the rape of Ganymedes (V. 252 seq.) :
Intextusque puer frondosa regius Ida
Velocis iaculo cervos cursuque fatigat,
Acer, anhelanti similis, quem praepes ab Ida
Sublimem pedibus rapuit lovis armiger uncis ;
Longaevi palmas nequiquam ad sidera tendunt
Custodes, saevitque canum latratus in auras.
63. Ilus had a daughter Themis, who married Capys, the son of Assaracus,
and who be^mae the mother of Anchises ; and a son Laomedon whose name
be(!am^^^^^|pa for falsehood and treachery :
INDUCTIVE STUDIES. 81
Satis iam pridem sanguine npstro
Laomedouteae luimus periuria Troiae {Geo. I. 501).
Nescis heu, perdita, necdum
Laomedonteae sentis periuria gentis? (Aen. IV. 541.)
Laomedontiadae, bellumne inferre paratis
Et patrio Harpyias insontes pellere regno ? (Aen. III. 248.)
Apollo and Neptune were engaged to build a wall around Troy for a stated
reward. But when the wall had been built, Laomedon refused to fulfill his part
of the contract (cf. Geo. III. 36. Troiae Cynthius auctor, and Aen. II. 625.
Neptunia Troia). Neptune, to punish the perfidious Laomedon, sent a sea-
monster to ravage his country. The oracle declared that in order to rid him-
self of it Laomedon must expose to the monster his own daughter, Hesione.
He did so. She was afterwards rescued by Hercules, who imposed the condi-
tion that Laomedon should give him the mares which Tros had received from
Juppiter in exchange for his son Ganymedes. Laomedon was again faithless to
his word. Hercules thereupon raised a band of followers, sacked Troy (cf.
Aen. II. 642 :
Satis una superqne
Vidimus excidia et captae superavimus urbi),
and slew Laomedon and all his children except Priam and Hesione. Hercules
placed Priam on the throne of his father, and gave Hesione to his follower
Telamon, who became by her the father of Teucer. After the Trojan war,
Teucer (on the Greek side), was banished by his father from Salamis because
he did not avenge the death of his half-brother Ajax. He went to Cyprus and
sought the aid of Belus :
Atque equidem Teucrum memini Sidona venire
Finibus expulsum patriis, nova regna petentem
Auxiho Beli
Ipse hostis Teucros insigni laude ferebat,
Seque ortum antiqua Teucrorum ab stirpe volebat (Aen. I. 619).
64. Laomedon's son Tithonus was beloved by the goddess Aurora, and was,
at her request, made immortal. Vergil thus beautifully alludes to Aurora and
Tithonus :
Ant ubi pallida surget
Tithoni croceum linquens Aurora cubile (Geo. I. 446).
Et iara prima novo spargebat lumine terras
Tithoni croceum linquens Aurora cubile (^Aen. W. b%\V
32 GEN^ERAL INTRODUCTION^.
65. Memnon was the son of Tithonus and Aurora :
Nunc, quibus Aurorae veuisset filius armis (Aen. I. 751).
He was leader of the Aethiopian allies of Troy :
Eoasque acies et nigri Memnonis arma {Aen. I. 489).
According to mythology Aethiopia was in the East ; hence eoas. He is
supposed to have been slain by Achilles.
66. Priam, the only surviving son of Laomedon, married Hecuba, and had
nineteen sons by her, though he had in all fifty sons (cf. Homer, //. XXIV.
G23):
Vidi Hecubam, centumque nurus, Priamumque per aras
Sanguine foedantem, quos ipse sacraverat, ignes.
Quinquaginta illi thalami, spes tanta nepotum {Aen. H. 501).
Cf. also Homer, //. VI. 319 :
And then he came to Priam's noble hall, —
A palace built with graceful porticos,
And fifty chambers near each other, walled
With polished stone, the rooms of Priam's sons
And of their wives.
For the tragic death of Priam, cf. Aen. II. 533-558.
67. Of the sons and daughters of Priam, Vergil makes the following mention.
Hector is in Vergil only the slain and outraged hero :
Saevus ubi Aeacidae telo iacet Hector {Aen. I. 99).
Ter circum Iliacos raptaverat Hectora miiros,
Exanimumque auro corpus vendebat Achilles {Aen. I. 483).
In aomnis, ecce, ante oculos maestissimus Hector
Visus adesse mihi, largosque effundere flatus,
Raptatus bigis, ut quondam, aterque cruento
Pulvere, perque pedes traiectus lora tumentes.
Ei niihi, qualis erat ! quantum mutatus cab illo
Ilectore, qui redit exuvias indutus Achilli,
Vel Danaum Phrygios iaculatus puppibus ignis! {Aen. II. 270 seq )
68. Hector had a wife, Andromache {coniugls Ileclorene, Aen. III. 488), and
a son, Aiityanax, who after the fall of Troy was slain by the Greeks. Thus
Andromache to Ascanius (Aen. III. 489) :
lihi sola mei super Astyanactis imago.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES. 88
Andromache was given, after the fall of Troy, to Pyrrhus, who took her for
his wife, and afterward gave her to Helenus, the brother of Hector. At the
deathrof Pyrrhus, Helenas was made ruler of a part of Epirus, where he was
reigning with his wife when visited by Aeneas {Aen, HI. 294 seq.) :
Hie incredi bills rerum fama occupat aures
Priamiden Helenum Graias regnare per urbes,
Coniugio Aeacidae Pyrrhi sceptrisque potitum,
£t patrio Andromacheu iterum cessisse marito.
69. Helentts was an eminent soothsayer (Aen. HI. 359 seq.):
Troiugena, interpres divCim, qui numina Phoebi,
Qui tripodas, Clarii laurus, qui sidera sentis
£t volucrum linguas et praepetis omina pennae,
Fare age.
70 Chaon was the mythic ancestor of the Chaones {Aen, III. 335) :
Chaoniamque omnem Troiano a Chaone dixit.
Laocoon was a priest of Neptune. His tragic death is described in Aen. II.
201-231.
71. Polites, another son of Priam, was slain by Pyrrhus in his father's pres-
ence {Aen, II. 526):
Ecce autem elapsus Pyrrhi de caede Polites,
Unus natorum Priami, ....
Saucius : ilium ardeus infesto vulnere Pyrrhus
Insequitur, iam iamque manu tenet et premit hasta:
Ut tandem ante oculos evasit et ora parentum,
Coficidit, ac multo vitam cum sanguine fudit.
72. Paris was originally a shepherd on Mount Ida {EcL II. 60) :
Habitarunt di quoque silvas
Dardaniusque Paris.
Here he decided the contest of the goddesses (cf. Tennyson's Oenone)
and thereby won for himself and the whole Trojan race the enmity of Juno
{Aen. I. 26) :
Manet alta mente repostnm
ludicium Paridia spretaeque iniuria forniae,
Et genus invisum.
3
34 GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
His sin against the hospitality of Menelaus in carrying off Helen is alluded
to in Aen. IV. 215, where Aeneas is reproachfully likened to Paris by larbas:
Et nunc ille Paris cum semiviro comitatu,
Maeonia mentum mitra crinemque madentem
Subnexus, rapto potitur.
Quin idem Veneri partus suus et Paris alter,
Funestaeque iterum recidiva in Pergama taedae {Aen. VII. 321).
Paris was the instrument, in the hands of Phoebus, for the destruction of
Achilles :
Phoebe, graves Troiae semper miserate labores,
Dardana qui Paridis direxti tela manusque
Corpus in Aeacidae {Aen. VI. 56).
73. TroiUis was slain by Achilles {Aen. T. 474) :
Parte alia fugiens amiasis Troilus armis,
Infelix puer atque impar congressus AchiUi,
Fertur equis, curruque haeret resupinus inani,
Lora tenens tamen ; huic cervixque comaeque trahuntur
Per terram, et versa pulvis inscribitur hasta.
74. Polydorus was entrusted by Priam to his son-in-law, Polymnestor,
king of Thrace, and treacherously slain by him (Aen. III. 49-56) :
Hunc Polydorum auri quondam cum pondere magno
Infelix Priamus furtim mandarat alendum
Thre'icio regi, cum iam diffideret armis
Dardaniae cingique urbem obsidione videret. ^
Ille
Polydorum obtruncat, et auro
Vi potitur.
75. Delphobus, after the death of Paris, had received Helen as his wife.
She, on the night of the fall of Troy, betrayed him to her former husband
Menelaus (Aen. VI. 494-530), who, having horribly mutilated, slew him.
Diores is once mentioned in Vergil as a son of Priam (V. 297).
76. Of the daughters of Priam mentioned by Vergil, Polyxena was sacrificed
to the shade of Achilles by Pyrrhus (Aen. III. 321-324) :
O felix una ante alias Priameia virgo,
Hostilem ad tumulum Troiae sub moenibus altis
lussa mori, quae sortitus non pertulit uUos,
victoris eri tetigit captiva cubile !
INDUCTIVE STUDIES. 85
«
77. Cassandra was beloved by Apollo, and promised to yield to his suit if he
would give her a knowledge of future events. Tliis the god did, but she was
unfaithful to her promise. Apollo, to punish her, decreed that she should
never be believed :
Tunc etiam fatis apcrit Cassandra futuris
Ora, dei iussu non umquam credita Teucris {Aen. II. 246).
Infelix, qui non sponsae praecepta furentis
Audierit (Aen. II. 345).
Sed quis ad Hesperiae veuturos litora Teucros
Crederet ? aut quem tum vates Cassandra moveret? {Aen. III. 186.)
At the fall of Troy, she fled for protection to the temple of Minerva, but
was brutally seized by Ajax, the son of Oileus :
£cce trahebatur passis Priameia Virgo
Crinibus a templo Cassandra adytisque Minervae,
Ad caelum tendeus ardentia lumina frustra,
Lumiua, nam teneras arcebant vincula palmas {Aen. II. 403).
Pallasue exurere classem
Argivdm atque ipsos potuit submergere ponto,
Unius ob noxam et furias Aiacis Oilei 1 {Aen. I. 39).
78. CreUsa was the wife of Aeneas {coniunx CreUsa, Aen. II. 597) In
the flight from Troy in the night Aeneas lost her, and, returning to seek her,
was met by her shade, who comforted him by revealing the fates in store
for him:
Infelix simulacrum atque ipsius umbra Creiisae
Visa mihi ante oculos et nota maior imago.
Tum sic adfari et cnras bis dercere dictis {Aen. II. 772).
She tells him that Cybele has taken her for her own (II. 788) :
Sed me magna deum Genetrix his detinet oris.
llione is briefly mentioned as the eldest daughter of Priam (^Aen. I. 653).
She married Polymnestor (cf. 74).
79. Assaracus had a son Capy.% who is not mentioned in Vergil. Capys
married Themis, the sister of Laomedon, and became the father of Anchlses.
From the union of Anchises and Venus was born Aeneas (Aen. I. 617) :
Tune ille Aeneas, quem Dardanio Ancbisae
Alma Venus Phrygii genuit Simoentis ad undaisi'^
86 GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
Anchises, boasting of this union, was smitten and maimed by a stroke of
lightning from Juppiter {Aen. II. 647) :
lam pridem invisus divis et inutilis annos
Denioror, ex qao me divCira pater atque hominum rex
Fulmiuis adflavit ventis et contigit igni.
He was borne from the flames of Troy on the shoulders of Aeneas (A en. II.
721):
Haec fatus, latos umeros subiectaque colla
Veste super fulvique insternor pelle leonis,
Succedoque oneri ;
but died in Sicily, before the destined Italy was reached (Aen. III. 708) :
Hie, pelagi tot tempestatibus actus,
Heu genitorem, omnis curae casusque levamen,
Amitto Anchiseu.
Aeneas visits his father in the world of spirits, and is minutely instructed by
him in the history of his posterity (of. Aen. VI. et passim).
80. This lofty lineage of heroes and divinities, Vergil, with extravagant, but
delicate and beautiful flattery, ascribes to his mighty patron, the Emperor
Augustus Caesar :
Hue geminas nunc flecte acies, banc aspice gentem
Romanosque tuos. Hie Caesar et omnis luli
Progenies, magnum caeli ventura sub axeni.
Hie vir, hie est, tibi quem promitti saepius audis,
Augustus Caesar, Divi genus, aurea condet
Saecula qui rursus Latio regnata per arva
Saturno (|uoudam ; super et Garamantas et Indus
Proferet imperium ; iacet extra sidera tellus,
Extra anni Solisque vias, ubi caelifer Atlas
Axem umero torquet stellis ardeutibus aptum {Aen. VI. 788-797).
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
37
[Note. In many of the following instances other constructions than those given are
possible. Those are given which seem, od the. whole, the must natural.]
3. USES OF THE GENITIVE.
1. Gkenitive with Nouns.
81. L 4. Vi super um.
lunonis iram.
30. reliquias Danaum.
41. f arias Aiacis.
55. murmure inontis.
II. 554 haec tiuis (erat) Priami /o/oni/n.
Cf. note on this pas8age.
Observe that each of the above genitives limits a noun denoting either an
emotion or an act; and that if this noun were made a verb, the sense would
require that the genitive be made the subject of that verb. It is therefore
called the subjective genitive, A. & G. 213, 1 ; H. 39G, ii.
82. I. 1 . Troiae oris.
7. moenia Romae.
16. illius arma.
42. lovts ignem.
601. grates persulvere non opis est
nostrae.
III. 319. Hector is (uxorem) Audroma-
chen.
IV. 654. mngna mei imago.
V. 633. nulla Troiae dicentur moenia ?
VI. 36. Deiphobe (uxor) Glauci.
Observe that, in the above examples, the substantive in the jjenitive pos-
sesses that on which it depends. This is called the possessive genitive.
A. & G. 214, a; b, 0, d; H. 396, i., 398, x. 2.
83. III. 67. sanguinis sacri patcras.
220. bourn armenta.
V. 559. obtorti circulus auri.
Observe that the above genitives denote material or contents. A. & G. 214, e.
II.
81. !• 72. quarum pulcherrima.
78. quodcumque hoc regni.
96. O Danaum fortissime gentis!
322. quam sororum.
602. quidquid gentis Dardaniae.
654. maxima nntarum.
7. quis Myrmidonum.
314. sat ration} s.
745. quern hominnm.
IV. 576. saucte c/eoruw (A.&G. 216, b).
V. 112. argenti tulenta.
616. tantum marts.
Observe that each of the above genitives denotes the whole of which a
peart is taken. This use is called the partitive genitive or gcnitivje oj \\v,e.
88
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
whole. Note on what classes of words this genitive depends. A. & G. 216 ;
11. 397.
83. 1. 27. spretae iniuria /or mac.
244. fontem Timavi,
247. urbem Patavi.
270. sede Lavini.
III. 350. Xanthi cognomine.
VI. 381. Palinuri nomen.
Observe that the above genitives are used instead of nouns in apposition
with the nouns which the genitives limit. A. & G. 214, f ; H. 396, vi.
86. 1. 33. tantae molls erat coudere. | VI. 249. atri velleris agnam.
Observe in the above examples that the genitive denotes some qualify of the
noun on which it depends, and that the genitive is modified by an adjective.
A. & G. 215 ; H. 396, v.
87. 1. 14. studiis belli,
25. causae irarum.
34. conspectu telluris.
132. generis fiducia.
138. imperium pelagi.
171. telluris auiore.
358. auxilium viae (the genitive here
lias the idea of purpose).
462. lacrimae rerum.
556. spes luli.
734. laetitiae dator.
II. 31. donum Minervae.
413. ereptae virginis ira.
595. nostri cura.
584 . feminea poena ( A . & G. 21 7 a;
H. 396, III., N. 2).
III. 393. requies laborum.
IV. 237. nostri nuutius.
Observe that each of the above genitives limits a noun denoting either
an emotion or an act; and that if this noun were made a verb, the sense
would re(iuire that the genitive be made the object of that verb in a more
or loss direct relation. This use is called the objective genitive, A. & G. 217;
11. 396, 111.
2. Genitive with Adjectives.
88. I.
604. couscia recti.
III. 629. oblitus sui.
IV. 550. thalnmi expertem.
VI. 66. praescia venturi.
428. dulcis vitae exsortes.
23. veteris memor belli.
80. tempestatum potentem.
198. ignari malorum.
460. plena laborfs.
599. omnium egenos.
Observe that, in the alxjve examples, the genitive limits adjectives of knofd'
edge, memorg, fulnes.^, power, sharing, etc., or their opposites, and is an objective
genitive. A. & G. 218, a; H. 899, i.
89. II. 427. servantissimus aequi.
IV. 188. Jicti tenax.
Observe that the words on which these genitives depend are verbals in
and participles in -ns, used as adjectives. A. & G. 218, b ; H. 399, ii.
I VI. 77. Phoebi patiens.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES. 39
90. I. 14. dives opum, rich in resources
178. fessi rerum.
343. ditissimus agri.
350. seciirus amorum.
II. 61. fidens animi.
IV. 203. ameus animi.
300. inops animi.
529. infelix animi.
V. 73. aevi maturus.
202 furens animi.
Observe that the above genitives specify that to which the quality expressed
in the adjectives applies. It is a poetic and late use of the genitive. A. & G.
218, c; H. 399, in. 1.
This use is found once with a noun instead of an adjective, in. 181. errore
locorum.
Several of the above genitives have also a locatival force, especially ii. 61 ;
IV. 203, 800, 529 ; v. 202. Cf. 95.
3. Genitive with Verbs.
91. I. 733. huius meminisse.
Observe that the genitive is here used with a verb of remembering. A. & G.
219, 1 ; H. 406, ii.
92. V. 237. voti reus, hound by my void. \ VI. 430. damnati mortis.
Observe that the above genitives are used with verbs of accitsing, condemn-
ing, etc. A. & G. 220, a; H. 410, in. n. 2.
93. II. 143. miserere laborum.
rV. 18. pertaesum thalami fuisset.
V. 354. te /a/)soru wi miseret (cf. ace).
678. piget incepti lucisque.
714. quus pertaesum incepti est (cf.
ace).
I. 548. nee te certasse paeiiiteat (cf.
159).
Observe that the above genitives are used with verbs ol feeling. A. & G. 221,
a, b, c; H. 409, in., 410, iv.
94. I. 215. implentur Bacchi. V. 751. viagnae laudis egentes.
II. 587. animum explesse ultricis
flammae.
Observe that the above genitives are used with verbs of plenty and want.
A. & G. 223, 248, c, R. ; H. 410, v. 1.
95. I. 193. fundar humi.
III. 162. Cretae considere.
IV. 36. nonZ/6ya6nonTyro(cf.abl.)
V. 795. socios linquere terrae.
Observe that, in the above examples, the locatival idea is expressed by the
form of the genitive. Note the words whose locative case is similar in form
to the genitive. A. & G. 258, 4, c, 2 and d ; H. 425, n.
40
GENERAL INTRODUCTION
4. Peculiar Genitives.
96. 11. 15. mstar montis, of mountainous
size.
V. 119. M/-6is opus (=instar).
VI. 670. illius ergo, on his account.
Observe upon what words the above anomalous genitives depend. A. & G.
228, e; H. 398, 4, 5.
4. USES OF THE DATIVE.
97. I. 8. mihi causas memora.
65. tibi mulcere dedit.
^ 78. mihi sceptra concilias.
136. mihi commiHsa luetis.
137. regi haec dicite.
156. curru dat lora.
232. quihus clauditur orbis.
264. mores virts ponet.
408. dextrae iungere dextram.
446. teniplum lunoni condebat.
633. sociis ad litora mittit tamos
(cf. A. &G. 225, b; U. 384,
II. 3).
701. dant manibus lymphas.
II. 186. cae/o(molem)educere(cf.A.&
G. 225, b; H. 384, ll. 3).
218. collo circum terga dati (A. &
G. 225, d; H. 384, li. 2). '
510. arma circumdat umeris. (**)
784. coniunx parta (est) tibi.
IV. 234. Ascanio pater iiividet arces.
617. queiu Anchisae Venus geuuit.
Observe that, in the above examples, the dative is used as the indirect
object of transitive verbs. A. & G. 225; H. 384, ii.
98. I. 95. quis con ti git.
254. olli subridens (poetic).
448. cui surgcbant.
585. dictis respondent.
II. 643. captae superavimus urbi.
729. comiti onerique timentem.
III. 63. stant Manibus arae.
139. veuit arbor ibus lues.
279. lustramur lovi.
V. 358. risit o/li (poetic).
821. sternitur aequor aqttis (or ab-
lative).
730. propinquabam portis.
Observe that, in the above examples, the dative is used as the indirect object
of intransitive and passive verbs. A. & G. 226; H. .'>84, i.
786. servitum matribus ibo.
99.1. 257. parce metu.
526. parce pio generi.
689. paret dictis.
II. 48. equo ne credite.
402. invitis Mere divis (or ablative).
534. vori iraeque pepercit.
III. 51. diffiderct a/7;</s.
IV. 103. servire marito.
478. gratare sorori.
V. 541. invidit honori. (But cf. 97,
last example.)
VI. 694. tibi uocerent.
776. indulgere dotori.
Observe that, in the above examples, the dative is used with certain verbs
apparently transitive^ and is to be rendered in English as if it were a direct
object. Observe, however, that, literally translated, these verbs require the
indirect object to complete their meaning. A. & G. 227; H. 385.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
41
100. !• 309. sociis exacta referre.
377. nos appulit oris.
616. qaaevis (te) applicatonsf
696. donaportabat rynVs(cf.97).
II. 36. pelago insidias praecipitare.
47. Ventura urbi.
86. {/// me pater misit.
398. demittimus Oreo.
548. nuntios ibis genitori.
.553. lateri abdidit ensem.
688. caelo palmas tetendit.
V. 290. 86 consessu medium tulit.
VI. 126. descensus Averno.
297. Cocyto erttctat.
Observe that, in the above examples, the dative is used as an indirect object,
with the adverbial idea of motion towards (a poetic and late use). A. & G.
225, 3; H. 380, 4.
101. n. 735. mihi eripuit mentem.
III. 28. huic liquuntur guttae.
IV. 38. placitone pugnabis amort f
(A. &G 229,0).
516. matri praereptus amor.
698. i7/i Proserpina verticecrinem
Observe that the preposition is omitted
with vertice.
V. 260. quam Demo/eo detraxerat.
726. classibus ignem depulit.
VI. 272. rebus abstulit colorem.
342. quis te eripuit nobis ?
523. arma tectis amovet.
abstulerat ( A. & G. 229, b).
Observe that, in the above examples, the dative is used as an indirect object,
toith the adverbial idea of separation. A. & G. 229 ; H. 386, 2.
102. I. 17. hoc regnum gentibus esse.
77. mihi capessere fas est.
102. iactanti procella velum ad-
versa ferit.
336. virginibus mos est gestare.
449. foribus cardo stridebat.
477. huic comae trahuntur.
607. dum montibus umbrae lustra-
bunt convexa.
691. Ascanio per membra quietem
irrigat = membra Ascani
irrigat.
II. 30. classibns hie locus (erat).
146. viro manicas levari iubet.
274. ei mihi ( A. & G. 235, e).
595. tibi cura recessit.
601. tibi ever tit opes.
605. hebetat visus tibi.
713. est urbe egressis tumulus.
III. 29. mihi horror membra quatit.
1 94. mihi supra caput astitit imber.
489. mihi sola (quae) super (est)
imago.
IV. 15. si jnihi non fixum sederet.
V. 172. exarsit imperii dolor.
431. trementi genua labant.
Observe that, in the above examples, the dative is used as a remote indirect
object y or dative of reference. A. & G. 235; fl. 384, 4, and n. 3.
103. I. 22. ventumm excidio Libyae.
210. se praedae accingunt.
425. optare locum tecto.
429. scaenis decora alta.
654. ferre collo monile.
II. 315. fflomerare manum bello.
334. parata neci.
542. corpus sepulcro reddidit.
798. collectam exsilio pubem.
III. 540. bello armantur equi.
IV. 59. cui vincla curae (sunt).
521. amantes curae habet.
Observe that, in the above example?, the dative is used as a remote indirect
object, with the adverbial idea of purpose, A. & G. 233, a, b ; H. 390.^ i. axivk w
42
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
104. I. 6. inferret deos Latio.
45. ilium sco/)u/oiufixit (or abl.).
49. aris imponet houorem (or
abl.).
69. incute vim ventis.
79. epulis accumbere.
91. viris intentant mortem.
314. cui sese tulit obvia (A. & G.
228, b).
383. undis Euroque supersunt.
475. congressus A chilli,
492. subnectens cingola mamvMie,
493. viris concurrere.
504. instans operi,
538. adnavirous oris.
590. caesariem nato adfiarat.
627. tectis succedite nostns,
630. miseris succurrere.
685. te gremio accipiet
746. noctibus obstet.
Observe that, in the above examples, the dative is governed by a preposition
in composition with the verb ; and note the prepositions so used. A. & G.
228; H. 386.
454. quae fortuna sit urbu
461. suut sua praemia laudi.
723. prima quies (fuit) epulis.
105- I. II. ani mis caelestibus aunt iraB.
71. sunt mihi nymphae.
343. huic coniunx Sychaeus erat.
361. quihus odium ej'at.
Observe that, in the above examples, the dative is used in the predicate to
^GiiOtQ possession. A. & G. 231 ; H. 387.
106. I. 39. yetorfatis.
326. nulla audita mihi.
440. cernitur ulli.
476. fertur equis.
494. haec Aeneae miranda videntur.
II. 247. credita Teucris.
III. 14. regnata Lycurgo.
398. habitantur Graiis.
Observe that, in the above examples, the dative is used to denote agency;
and note with what form of the verb the dative is so used. A. & G. 232, a, b;
H. 388, 1 and 4.
II. 794. par ventis.
simillima somno.
IV. 294. rebus dexter.
V. 301. assueti silvis (or abl.).
107. I. 67. inimica mihi.
387. invisus caelestibus.
458. saevum ambobus.
589. t/eosimilis. (But of. V. 594.
deiphinum similes. A. & G.
234, d, 2; H. 391, ii. 4.)
Observe that, in the above examples, the dative is used to complete the mean-
ing of an adjective. A. & G. 234 ; H. 391, 1.
391. ubi nunc nobis deus ille ma-
gister ?
646. non Beroe vobis (est).
108. III. 477. ecce iibi tellus.
IV. 125. tua si mihi certa voluntas.
676. hoc rogus iste mihi?
V. 162. quo mihi abis ?
Observe that the above datives cannot be rendered literally into English;
they nmst be either omitted or periphrased. This dative is called the ethical
dative. A. & G. 236 ; H. 389/
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
43
109. I- 267 cni cognomen lulo additnr.
Observe that, in this example, the dative lulo is attracted from a nominative
apposition with cognomen to a dative apposition with the person, cut. A. & G.
231, b; H. 887, N. 1.
6. USES OF THE AOOUSATIVE.
110. I. 5. multa passns.
conderet urbem,
6. inferret deo8.
8. cau8a8 memora.
9. quid dolens (A. & G. 237, b;
H. 371, in.),
volvere casus.
15. quam colaisse.
130. latnere doli fratrem. (A. &
G. 239,d.)
341. germanum fugiens.
II. 85. iquem) cassum lugent (A. & G.
237, b; H. 371, in.).
93. casum indignabar
148. obliviscere Graios (A. & G.
219, 2; H. 407).
229. scelus expendisse.
471. mala gramina pastas.
III. 107. audita recorder (A. & G. 219,
2 b ; H. 407).
IV. 370. miseratus amantem est (A. &
G., 221,a).
418. compuere vtam.
Observe that, in the above examples, the accusative is used as the direct
object of a transitive verb. A. &G. 237; H. 371.
111. I. 1 . arma virumque cano.
328. voxAomin^msonat. (Poetic. A.
&G.238, a; H. 371, ii. n.)
385. plura querentem passa (Greek
construction = passa eum
qneri).
524. maria omnia vecti.
742. canit errantem lunam.
II. 161. si magna rependam.
IV. 382. quid possnnt.
468. ire viam.
VI. 50. nee mortale sonans (cf. I. 328).
117. potes ovinia.
122. itque reditque viam.
Observe in the above examples that the accusative is related in thought to
the action expressed in the verb. This is called the cognate accusative.
A. &G. 238; H. 371, ii.
112. I. 75. faciat te parentem.
109. vocaut Itali quae Aras.
533. Italiam dixisse gentem.
546. l^em si virum servant.
II. 79. miserum Sinonem finxit.
86. me comitem pater misit.
357. quos exegit caecos rabies.
540. satum te mentiris.
III. 179. Anchisen facio certum.
IV. 11. quem sese ferens !
IV. 50. posce decs veniam.
113. II. 139. quos illi poeno.^ reposcent.
III. 56. quid pectora cogis (after
analogy of doces).
Observe that each of the above verbs takes two accusative.^ ; that in 112
tihese accusatives are a direct object of person or thiu^, ^.iv^i ^\i ^jc<i,u's>'a>JC\N^i
44
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
III. 47. mentem prcssns.
594. cetera Grains.
IV. 558. omnia si mills.
644. mteriu&Ji genas.
either noun or adjective, prediccUed of the direct object. Observe in 113 that
the two accusatives are a direct object of person and a secondary object of
thing. Note in each case the verbs used. A. & G. 239, 1, 2; H. 373, 374.
114. 1. 228. oculos soffosa.
320. nuda ^6i2u.
589. OS umerosque similis.
11.221. perfusns t'{7tos.
273. pedes traiectus lora (A. & G.
239, b; 2, b).
Observe that the above accusatives specif tj the application of the verbs or
adjectives with which they are used. This is a poetic use of the accusative.
A. &G. 240, c; H. 378.
115. L 320. sinus colLectSL
481. tnnsae pec/ora.
561. vultuni demissa.
579. animum arrecti.
658. Jaciem mutatns.
III. 65. crinem solutae.
81. redimitos tempora.
405. velare comas.
IV. 518. unnm exutSL j)edem.
589. pectus pcrcossa.
590. abscissa comas.
11.721. umeros iustemor pelle.
Observe that, in the above examples, the accusative may be regarded as the
direct object of a verb in the middle voice. Thus, " tunsae pectora,' " beating
themselves their breasts," i. e. beating their breasts. A. & G. 240, c, n.
116. 1.407. quid naturn ludis ?
745. quid properent soles.
11.664. hoc erat, quod me eripis?
693. intoDuit laevum (cf. HI).
776. quid iuvat ?
V. 688. si quid pietas labores respicit
Observe that, in the above examples, the accusative is u?cd adverbiali^.
A. & Ct. 240, a; H. 378, 2.
117 I. 47. totannos bella gero ; but of. 31.
muJtos per annos errabaut.
272. centum regnabitur annos.
683. nortem non amplius unam
falle. (A. & G. 247, c ; H.
417, N. 2.) I
Observe that, in the above examples, the accusative expresses duration of
time. A. & G. 240, e, 256 ; H. 379.
11. 126. bis quinos silet dies.
II 1 . 203 tres soles erramus.
583. noctem itlam moustra
mus.
perferi-
22. volvere Parcas.
37. me desistere nee posse 1
461. liceat te moneri.
118.1. 10 volvere virum impulerit.
17. hoc regnum esse tendit.
19. progeniem duel andierat. III.
21. poputum venturum (esse).
Observe that the above accusatives are used as subjects of infinitives* But
cf. 167. A. & G. 240, f ; H. 536.
/
7. A. &G. :
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
45
119. L 34. in altum vela dabant.
52. in patriam venit.
644. ad naves praemittit
120. L 415. Paphum abit.
619. Sidona venire.
IL 326. Argos transtalit.
121. I. 2. Italiam venit.
388. adveneris urbem.
512. avexerat oras.
553. (cursum) Italiam tendere.
II. 117. venistis a«^ oras.
III. 143. ad oraclum ire.
756. domum me refero.
I II., 154. delato Ortygiam.
II. 742. tumulum venimas.
111. 440. Jines Italos inittere.
507. iter Italiam.
601. quascumque abducite terras.
Cf. II. 786. non servitum ibo, and observe that the supine in um denoting
purpose expresses the limit of motion.
Observe that the above accusatives are used with verbs of motion, and denote
the limit or end q/'that motion. Observe in 119 that the accusative is u&cd with
a preposition ; in 120 that the accusative is used alone, and is the name of a
town or small island, and the word domum ; and in 121 that other words than
those found in 120 are used in the same way, — a poetic use.
From all the above examples, formulate a principle for the expression of
limit of motion. A. & G. 258, b, and N. 5 ; H. 380, i., ir., and ii. 3.
122. 1. 4. ob iram.
13. Italiam contra.
24. ad Troiam.
31. multos per aunos.
32. maria omnia circum.
34. in altum.
59. per auras
64. ad quem.
95. ante ora.
191. nemora inter frondea.
218. spemque metumque inter.
296. post tergum.
379. super aethera notus.
II. 33. duci intra mures.
71, apud Danaos.
466. super agniina incidit.
III. 599. per sidera tester.
IV. 513. messae ad lunam.
Observe from the above examples that the accusatives are governed by
certain prepositions. Xote these prepositions, and for complete list, cf. A. &
G. 152, a, c; H. 433.
123. Accusative and Genitive. A. & G. 221, b; H. 409 in., and cf. 93.
124. VI. 21. miserum!
Observe that, in this example, the accusative is used in an exclamation.
A. &G. 240, d; H. 381.
46
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
125. VI. 363. quod te per lumen oro.
458. per sidera iuro.
324. Di cuius iurare timent et fal-
lere numen,
351. maria aspera iuro (poetic).
Observe from the abdve examples two ways in which oaths are expressed.
126. II. 275. exuvias indutus (=ifiduere
sibi).
392. insigne decorum induitur
(= induit sibi).
510. ferrum cingitur (= sibi cin-
git).
510. arma circumdat umeris,
520. cingi (=cingere te) telis.
IV. 137. cUamydem circumdata (=cir-
cumdare sibi).
V. 282. Sergestum munere donat.
674. qua indutus (=se iuduerat).
Observe that, in the above, are used a dative of person and accusative of thing,
or an accusative of person and ablative of thing, A. & G. 225, d, 240, c, N.;
H. 377.
6. USES OF THE ABLATIVE.
1. Ablative of Place from which.
127. I. I. ab oris venit.
42. iaculata e nubibus.
84. a sedibus ruunt.
270. regnum ab sede transferet.
128. I- 650. Mycenis extulerat.
732. Troia profectis.
129. I. 38. Ttalia avertere.
1 27 . summa extulit unda (prose).
340. urbe profecta.
130. I. 26. exciderant animo.
37. incepto desistere.
242. elapsus Achivis.
297. demittit aft a/^o.
378. raptos ex hoste.
II. 41. decurrit a6 arce.
IV. 164. ruunt de montibus.
II. 331. venere Mycenis.
357. patria excedere (prose).
394. lapsa plaga.
535. assurgens^Mc^M.
679. flammis restautia.
II. 302. excutior so/nno
Observe that, in all the above examples, the ablative is used to express the
place from which, with verbs of motion. Observe, further, that this place from
which is expressed in 127 by the ablative and a preposition of source (A. & G.
258 ; H. 412, i.); in 128 by the ablative alone, and note the words so used in
the ablative (A. & G. 258, a; H. 412, ii.); in 129 by the ablative alone, and
note the class of words so used in the ablative, — a poetic use (A. & G. 258, a,
N. 8; H. 412, II. 2) ; in 130 by the ablative alone, and observe that the verbs
with which these ablatives are used are compounded with certain prepositions
of source, and that these compound verbs are used in a derived, not literal place
meaning (A. & G. 243, b; H. 413, n. 2 and 3).
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
47
131. L 300. Jinihu8 arceret.
385. Asia pulsus.
MO. hospitio prohibemur
But cf. 525, prohibe a navibus.
562. solvite corde metum.
II. 44. carere dolis.
85. cassum lumine.
521. non tali auxUio eget
III. 123. ho8te vacare domos.
IV. 355. quern regno fraudo.
V. 224. spoliata magistro.
VI. 201. animis opus (est).
Observe that the above ablatives denote that from which one is separated, or
of which one is deprived, A. & G. 243, a, e; H. 414, i. iv.
132. L Id. a sanguine duel.
171. collectis omni ex numero.
288. a magno demissum lulo,
372. repetens ah origine.
380. genus ab love.
133. I. 44. exspirantem pectore.
126. imis refusa vadis.
297. Maia genitum.
582. nate dea.
626 ortum ab stirpe,
II. 2. turo orsus ab alto.
78. me (esse) Argolica de gente.
III. 98. nascentur ab ill is.
V. 44. ex aggere fatur.
II. 74. quo sanguine cretus.
540. satum qtio.
V. 61. Troia generatus.
VI. 131. Z>/s geniti.
726. dependent laquearibus.
Observe that, in the above examples, the ablatives denote source or place
from which -^ith verbs not of motion, either with or without a preposition.
A. & G. 244 and a; H. 413.
134. III. 28. atro sanguine guttae-
84. templa saxo strueta vetusto.
286. aere cavo clipeum.
304. viridi quern caespite.
IV. 138. pharetra ex auro.
457. de marmore templum.
V. 129. frondenti ex Hire nietam.
266. ex aere lebetas.
Observe that, in the above examples, the ablative denotes the material of
which anything consists, or out of which anything is made. A. & G. 244, 2,
N. 1 and 2; H. 415 and in.
135. III. 623. duo de numero. \ V. 644. una e multis.
Observe in these two examples that the partitive idea usually denoted by the
genitive is here expressed by the ablative and a preposition. Note the prej)-
osition. How does this use differ from the partitive genitive ? (q. v.) A. & G.
216, c; H. 397, n. 3.
136. !• 2. fato profugus.
4. iactatus vi superum.
10. insignem pietafe.
102. stridens Aquilone.
190. capita alta cornibus.
208. cur is aeger
275. tegmine laetus.
335. tali me dignor honore.
349. caecus a more.
417. ture calent.
514. percussus laetitia.
613. obstipuit aspectu.
637. regal i splendida 1ux!ti.
669 nostro doluisti dolore.
48
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
11. 12. luctu rofugit.
556. populis terrisque suporbum.
765. crateres auro solid! (=ex anio
solido).
IV. 42. deserta siti regio.
Obiicrvo that, in the above examples, the ablative denotes the cause or motive
from which an act or state proceeds. A. & G. 245 ; H. 416.
137. I. 15, f ortur /«ms magis coluisse.
142. divio\^\Wm (A. & G. 247 b;
11.417, N. 5).
544. quo iuHtiur.
II. 773. nota {imagine) maior.
IV. 31. O luce magis dilecta.
174. qiM velocius.
Cf. L 347. ante alios immanior omnes.
ObHerve that, in the above e.\amples, '^the ablative furnishes the standard
of comparinofif — that from whieh one starts ; ** it is ordinarily rendered in
Knglinh by than. A. & G. 247; II. 417.
OhHcrva that all the above ablatives in groups 127-137 express in some sense the
source^ or place from which. This is the true ablative in its original meaning.
2. The Instrumental Ablative.
138 I
37 haoo (loquitur) serum.
47. rum gvnte bolhi gero.
74. tecum annos exigat.
II. 532. vitam cum sanguine fudit.
()bHtTV(^ in i\n* above examples that accompaniment is expressed by the abla-
tive and the preposition cum. A. & G. 248, a; H. 419, i, and 1.
Hii! C!f. the dative with the following words.
570. nocti se inimisoiiit.
V. 429 immiscent uiauus manibus.
139. I. 488. principibus porniixtum.
II. 396. inimixti fhnais.
IV. 28. (lui me sihi iunxit.
Observe in the, above examples that accompaniment is expressed by the ab-
lative or dative, and note the verbs upon which these cases depend. A. & 6.
248 a, Kern.; H. 385,4,3).
140. I. 71. praestanti corpore "i^ym^hsie.
164. stluis sc&eua coruscis.
165. hoirenti nemus imminet
umbra.
286. pulchra origine Caesar.
490. lunatis agmina peltis.
639. vestes ostro superbo.
702. tonsis mantelia vUlis.
III. 427. immani corpore pistrix.
656. vasta mole Polyphemum.
IV. 1 1 . qnam forti pectore !
131. lato venabnla yerro.
V 401. immani pondere caestus.
VI. 299. terribili squalore Charon.
Observe in the above examples that the ablative expresses some characterit
tic or quality which exists in company with or in the substantive on which it
depends. A. & G. 251 ; H. 419, ii. and 2.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
49
X41. L 55. magno cum murmure montis
fremunt.
152. arrectis auribus astant.
171. magno amove egressi.
217. iongosermone requiront.
296. fremet ore cruento.
354. mod 18 pallida miris.
395. ordine lontjo capere.
397. ludimt stridentibus alls.
400. pleno sabit velo.
574. nullo discrimine agetur.
751. quihua yeuisset armis.
Observe that the above ablatives indicate the manner of the act expressed by
the verbs which they modify ; that all the ablatives are modified by adjectives',
and, with the exception of the first example, are used without the preposition
cum. A. & G. 248 ; H. 419, in.
142. 1. 105. insequitur cumulo.
123. rimis fatisennt.
299. pateant hospitio.
523. itistitia frenare.
II. 129. composito rumpit vocem (A. &
G. 248, Rem.).
225. lapsu effugiunt.
708. subibo umeris.
Observe that, in the above examples, manner is expressed by the unmodified
ablative, also without cum. This is a poetic use. A. & G. 248, Rem.
143. 1. 35. aere ruebant.
43. evertit ventis.
45. turbine corripnit.
51. ietsijurentibus austris. (A. &
G. 248, 0,2; U. 421, ii.)
54. imperio premit.
62. foedere certo sciret.
73. conubio iungam.
75. faciat prole pareu'tem. *
85. CTober procellis (cf. 51).
90. micat ignihus.
441. lactissimus umhrd.
447. donis opulentum.
506. solio snbnixa.
II. 118. an/ma litanclum (est).
298. misceutur moeuia luctu,
486. tumtdtu miscetur.
III. 66. spumantia cymbia lacte,
630. expletus dapibus (cf. I. 51).
V. 311. plenam sagittis (cf, I. 51).
144. 1. 64. his vocibus usa est.
172. potiuntur harena.
546. vescitur aura.
Observe in the above examples that the ablative expresses the means in com-
pany with which or by which an act is performed. A. & G. 248, c; H. 420.
III. 352. urhe fruuntur.
VI. 83. defuncts /?enc//s.
886. fuugar inani munere.
Observe that the above ablatives are used with certain verbs, which, trans-
lated as deponents, would require a direct object ; but which, regarded as in the
middle voice, would naturally be followed by an expression of means. Thus,
his vocibus usa est, she employed herself hy means of these words, i. e. she used
these words. Note the verbs which take this construction. A. & G. 249 ; H.
421, I.
145. 1. 484. auro corpus vendebat. | II. 104. magno mercentur.
Observe in the above examples that the price by or with which a thing is ob-
tained is expressed by the ablative. A. & G. 252; H. 422.
4
50
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
146 11. 199. mu/^o tremendum magis.
219. superaut capite,
V. 186. tola prior carina.
Observe in the above examples that the ablative expresses the degree
difference or the amount by which
250 ; H. 423.
147. I. 8. quo numine laeso.
14. stud Us asperrima.
72. forma pulcherrima.
149. saevit animis.
347. scelere immanior.
320. longo proximns intervallo,
VI. 79. tanto magis.
668. umeris exstantem altia.
one thing differs from another. A. &'(
439. mirabile dictu.
445. facilem victu. ,
548. officio prioreni.
705. pares aetaie.
Observe in the above examples that the ablative expresses that in respect
which something is or is done. A. & G. 253 ; H. 424. Cf. 90 and 114.
Observe that all the above ablatives in groups 138-147 express that in compai
with which or by which anything is, or is done. This is the second general u
of the ablative, — the instrumental ablative.
3. The Ijocatival Ablative.
148. I. 36. servans sub pectore vulnus.
95. sub moenihus oppetere.
700. strato super discumbitur
(rare poetic use of super).
149. I. 3. terris iactatus et alto.
40. submergere ponto.
3^4. portautur /?e/a^o.
150. L 26. alta mente repostum.
50. corde volutans.
209. premit corde.
151. I. 29. iactatos aequore toto.
128. disiectam toto aequore.
314. media tulit silva.
152.1V 245. ilia fretus.
V. 314. hac galea conteutus.
397. quaque fidens.
153. I. 52. vasto antro premit.
56. celsa sedet orce.
60. speluncis abdidit atris.
110. dorsum mar i summo.
141. clauso carcere legnet.
184. litore errantes.
TI. 24. in litore condunt.
472. sub terra tegebat.
• 501. fert umero,
715. complexu colloque pependit
(cf. I. 726).
227. iactantem pectore.
582. animo surgit.
657 pectore versat.
505. media testudine resedit.
638. mediis parant tectis.
756. omnibus errantem terris,
430. fretus iuventa.
VI. 120. fretus cithara Jidibusque.
760. nititur hasta.
195. on erarat /iVorc.
225. vertice constitit.
301. astitit oris.
395. turbabat cnelo.
476. curru haeret.
552. silvis apt^re.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
51
Observe that, in all the above examples, the ablative is used to express the
place where a thing is, or is done. Observe, further, that in the first five exam-
ples the ablative is used in connection with a place preposition ; and that in all
the other cases the preposition is omitted. In these five groups, observe that
in 149 the ablative denotes place in connection with some other adverbial idea,
notably means or manner (H. 425, ii, 1, 1) ) ; that in 150 the ablatives are
used with verbs which have a derived, not literal meaning (H. 425, ii.
1,2)); that in 151 the ablatives are modified by the adjectives totus, tnedius,
and omnis (H. 425, ii. 2, and N. 2) ; that in 152 the ablatives depend upon
the yerhs fretus, contentus, fidens^ and nititur (A. & G. 254, b, 1 and 2; H.
425, II. 1, 1), N.). All of these uses of the ablative might be found in prose as
' well as in poetry. But observe thai in 153 the preposition is freely omitted
in the expression of place. This is a poetic use (A. & G. 258, f, 3; H. 425,
2, N. 8).
154 I. 430. aestate nova exercet.
672. tanto cessabit cardine rerum.
II. 342. i7//s diebus venerat
Observe that, in the above examples, the ablative expresses the time at which
the action of the verb is performed. This ablative is analogous to the ablative
of place. A. & G. 250 ; H. 429.
155. I. 8. nnmine laeso.
16. posthabita Same.
81. conversa cuspide.
266. Ratnlis subactis.
382. matre monstraute.
537. snperante sale.
737. libato (255, c ; H.431,N. 2).
II. 14. labentihns aimis.
37. subiectis flammis.
V.
40. magna comitante caterva.
76. deposita formidine.
100. Chalchante ministro.
108. Troia relicta.
181. pelage remenso.
295. pererrato ponto.
311. Vulcano superante.
449. strictis mucronibus.
5. maguo amore polluto.
Observe that, in the above examples, the ablatives are used in an absolute
construction, i. e. that they have no grammatical relation with the rest of tlie
sentence; and observe that the prevailing idea is that of time or place.
Note (1) of what words each phrase is composed; (2) what adverbial , idea
it contains; and (3) by what phrase or clause it may best be translated.
A. &G. 255; H. 481.
Observe that all the above ablatives in groups 148-155 express the place or time
at which anything is, or is done. This is the third general tise of the ablative, —
the locatival ablative.
52
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
7. USES OF THE INFINITIVE.
156. I. 33. tantae molis erat condere
gentem.
77. explorare labor (est).
mihi capessere fas est.
135. praestat componere fl actus.
336. mos est gestare pharetram.
157. II. 354. Una salus (est) vietis, nul-
1am sperare snlutem.
III. 60. omnibus (est) animus, ex-
cedere.
158. I. 408. iungere dextram non datur.
II. 27. invat ire et videre,
159. I. 96. contigit oppetere.
548. nee te certasse priorem
paenitent.
551. liceat subducere classem.
II. 317. pulchrum (cssf) >nori(mihi)
succurrit in armis.
533. fama (est) minores Italiam dix-
isse gentem.
600. persdvere uon opis est nostrae.
704. cura (est) struere.
II. 103. id audire sat est.
750. Stat renovare.
374. te ire per altum manifesta (est)
fides.
V. 184. spes acceusa est, Gyan su/Tcrare.
Cf. also III. 241 . proelia teutantyoet/are.
IV. 97. nee roe fallit te habuisse.
659. si nihil placet relinqui.
IV. 335. nee me meminisse pigebit.
451. taedet convexa tueri,
613. adnare necesse est.
V. 196. extremes pudeat reeftVsse.
384. me decet teneri.
Observe that, in all the above examples, the infinitive is used as subject of a
verb ; that in 156 the verb is est or some similar verb; that in 157 the infinitive
is in apposition with the subject ; that in 158 the infinitive is the subject of
verbs of action^ — a poetic and loose use (A. & G. 270, a, 2) ; that in 160 the
infinitive is used with certain impersonal verbs, partly as subject, partly as
complement (A. & G. 270, b; H. 538, 1, (2) ).
160. I. 16. luno fertur ro/j//ssc.
39. exurere elassem potuit.
63. premere sciret.
134. miscere audetis.
179. torrere parant.
309. quaerere eonstituit.
396. capere videntur.
514. con iungere ardebant.
630. succurrere disco.
673. cinqere meditor.
708. iussi discumbere.
720. abolere incipit.
721. tentfit praeveriere
n. 12. meminisse horret.
109, cupiere moliri.
127. revuHiit prof fere.
165. aggressi ate//ere.
220. tend it di veil ere.
239. contingere gaudent.
451. instaurati (suutj succurrere.
456. ferre solebat.
492. sufferre valent.
549. narrorr memento.
635. tollere optabam.
792. conatus dare.
III. 4. quaerere agimur.
42. parcc scclerare.
IV. 305. dissimulare 8])orsisti posset
V. 194. neqne vincere certo.
VI. 376. desiue sperare.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
53
Observe that, in the above examples, the infinitive completes the meaning
of the verb with which it is used. Note the class of verbs so complemented.
A. & G. 271 ; 533.
522. cai condere lappiter dedit
V. 262. loricam donat habere viro.
(Cf. also III. 77 ; V. 248, 307, 538.)
527. non populate venimus.
161 !• 66. tibi pater mvlcere dedit.
79. mibi das accumbere.
319. dederat comam diffundere
ventis.
162. 1. 373. si vacet audire.
423. instant, pars ducere mures.
Observe that the above infinitives denote purpose^ in 161 with transitive
verbs, in 162 with intransitive verbs. The infinitive of purpose is a poetic
use. A. & G. 273; H. 533, ii.
Cf. a similar use of the infinitive, denoting cause.
II. 585. exstinxisse laudabor.
163. II. 10. amor cognoscere,
64. certant inludere,
350. cupido sequi.
576. snbit ira ulciscL
III. 299. amore compellare.
670. adfectare potestas.
rV. 192. se dignetur iungere.
564. certa mori ; but cf. 554, certus
eundi.
V. 638. tempus agi res.
VI. 49. maior videri (= visu).
134. cupido innare.
1 65. praestantior ciere.
173. credere dignum est.
Observe that the above infinitives are used with the force of a gerund or
gerundive, — a poetic use. A. & G. 273, d, 295, Rem. 298, n. ; H. 533, ii. 3.
For IV. 192 and VT. 173, cf. A & G. 245, a; H. 421, in. But cf. also A.
&G. 320, f,N. ; H..503, ir. 2.
164. I. 1 9. progeniem duel audierat.
124. misceri pontum sensit.
218. sen (illos) vivere credant.
235. hinc/breductorespoUicitus.
444. (monstrarat)/orc egregiam
gentem.
619. Teucrum memini venire.
(For tense cf. A. & G.
336, A. N. 1; H. 537, 1.)
731 . te dare iura loquuntur.
733. bunc laetura diem esse velis.
XL 25. (eos) abiisse rati (sumus).
III.
IV.
44. putatis dona carere ?
78. nie (esse) negabo.
96. me [fore) promisi ultorem.
176. tentanda [esse) canit aequora.
191. (dixit) exitiiimy*M^MrMm [esse).
347. quos audere in proelia vidi.
433. tester (me) vitavisse.
657. mene efferre posse sperasti ?
696. illam cernimns se condere.
184. repete (eam) portendere.
112. w /seen probet pepulos.
64
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
Z65. I. 9. volvere virum impulerit.
357. (earn) celerare f ugam suadet.
541. vetant (nos) consistere.
563. me talia cogunt moliri.
II. 74. hortamur (eum )yan. (But
cf. in 1. 75. (hortamur utj
memoret.)
538. me cemere fecisti.
IV. 158. dari optat aprum.
540 fac (me) velle.
V. 342. reddi sibi poscit houorem.
(But cf. 1. 59. poscamus (nt)
velit.)
631. quis prohibet muros iacere f
Observe that, in the above examples, the infinitive, with its subject, is used
as the object, in 164 of verbs denoting a thought or an expression of a thought;
in 165 of verbs which (in prose) usually take the subjunctive, A. & G. 272;
H. 534, 535.
166. I. 37. mene iucepto desistere nee
posse ?
98. mene occumbere non potuisse f
V. 616. tantum superesse maris!
Observe that the above infinitives are used independently, in exclamations.
A. &G. 274; H. 539, in.
775. tum sic o^/an (imago).
IV. 422. ille te colercy tibi credere senses.
V. 655. matres ambiguae spectare.
685. Aeneas abscindere.
167. II. 98. hinc Ulixes teirere.
132. mihi sacra paran.
169. fluere 2JC referri spes.
685. nos pavidi trepidare metu.
Observe that the above infinitives are used as principal verbs in direct
statement, that they refer to past events, and that their subjects are in the
nominative case. These are called historical infinitives. A. & G. 275; H.
536, 1.
From the above examples observe (1) that the subject infinitive may or may
not have a subject; (2) that the complementary infinitive does not have a sub-
ject; (3) that the object infinitive regularly takes a subject; (4) that the
subjects of all infinitives, except the historical, are in the accusative case.
8. USES OF SUBORDINATE CLAUSES.
1. Substantive Clauses.
168.1. 9. Cansas memora, quid dolens,
regina drum impulerit.
Direct question, Quid dolens,
regina impulit ?
76. Tims, quid optes, explorare
labor.
Direct question, Quid optas ?
182. Prospectum petit {sc. ut se
certiorem faciat) si quem
videat (A. & G. 334, f).
Direct question, Quemne Anthea
videre possum ?
218. Dubii, seu vivere credant, sice
extrema pati.
Direct question, Utrura vivere
credamus, an, etc. (cf. 208 and
A. &G. 334, b).
307. Quas accesserit oraSy^ quaerere
constituit.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
55
Direct qaestion, Quas access!
oras?
467. Videbat tUi fugerent Gran,
premeret Troiana iuventus.
Direct questiou, Uti fugiunt
Graii, etc ?
668. Ut Aeneas iactetur nota tibi.
Direct question, Ut Aeneas
iactatur ?
671. Vereor, quo se lunonia vertant
hospitia.
Direct question, Quo se ver-
tent?
676. Quafncere id possis, nostrain
accipe mentem.
Direct question. Qua (rati-
one) facere id potes ?
719. Inscia, insideat guantus nuse-
rae deus.
Direct question, quantus deus
insidet ?
II. 596. Non prius aspicies, ubi ligue-
ris Anchisen f superet con-
iunxne Creusa ?
Direct question, Ubi liquisti ?
superatne coniunx ?
V. 6. Dolores (noti) uotumque,y«-
rens guidfeminn possit.
Direct question. Quid femina
potest ?
Observe that, in the above examples, a question^ indirectly stated, is used aa
the subject or object of a verb, or has some other substantive relation.
Note also, and state the direct question in the following: I. 331, 454, 517,
745; II. 5 (sc. nan^ando, and see I. 667, above), 74, 75, 121 (so. a verb oifear-
ing implied in tremor)^ 123, 506, 756 (cf. 1. 1 82, above) ; IV. 39, 85 (cf. I. 182),
110, 116; VI. 78 (cf. I. 182).
In the above examples, note (1) what word introduces the indirect question;
(2) what mode is used in the indirect question ; (3) what particular relation
it sustains to the main sentence ; (4) what effect the tetise of the main verb
has upon the tense of the verb in the indirect question. A. & G. 334 ; H.
529, I.
169. n. 75. hortamur (ut) memoret.
(Cf. also 74tfari).
434. si fata fuissent (=voluis-
sent) ut caderem.
653. effusi (sumus) lacrimis
(=oravimus) ne vertere
cuncta vellet.
669. sinite (ut) revisam.
ILL 36. Nymphas venerabar {ut)
secundarent visus.
234. sociis, [ut) arma capessnnt,
edico, et bellum gereii-
dum (esse).
457. precibus poscas, {ut) ipsa
canat.
686. monent ni teneant cursus.
IV. 24. sed tellus optem (ut) dehis-
cat.
289. Mnesthea Sergestumque vo-
cat, (nionens) (ut) classetn
aptent.
432. non oro, ut Lath careat.
635. die (ut) properet et ducat.
684. date, [nt) vulnera Ii/mphis
abluam.
(Cf. this same verb with the
infinitive as object.)
V. 60. poscamus ventos atque (ut)
velit,
163. {ut) stringat sine palmula.
VI. 694. metui ne tibi regna nocerent.
56
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
Observe that, in the above sentences, a clause introduced by ut or ne is used as
the object of a verb. What kind of verbs are those which take such an object;
and what is the mode of the verb in the subordinate clause V Note that in many
instances the ut is omitted. What are the verbs after which ut is omitted?
A. &G. 331, f,R.; H. 499, 2.
X70' IV. 16. si non sederet ne cui me
vellem sociare.
VI. 401. licet (ut) ianitor terreat um-
bras.
Observe that, in the above examples, the ut or ne clause is used as the sub-
ject of a verb.
171. II. 664. hoc erat, quod me per tela eripis, ut hostem cemam?
Observe that here the ut clause is used in opposition with hoc.
In all the above clauses what effect does the tense of the verb of the main
clause have upon the tense of the subordinate verb ? Observe that in the last
example (ii. G64), cemam follows the tense of eripis rather than of erat^ upon
which it grammatically depends.
Observe that, in all the above examples, a clause introduced by ut or ne is
used in some substantive relation. A. & G. 331, 332 ; H. 498.
172. II. 180. quod petiere Mycenas anna
parant.
643. satis snperqne (est quod) vidimus
excidia.
Observe in the above examples that a clause introduced by quodj statmg »
fact, is used in a substantive relation ; that in the first example the qxiod clause
is used as an accusative of specification, and in the second as the subject of esL
Note the mode of the verb in these clauses. A. & G. 333 ; H. 540, iv.
2. Adjective Clauses.
173. 1. 1. virum cano, qui Italiam venit.
46. Ego, quae incedo regina, bella
gero.
72. Quarum, quae forma (est) put-
cheii'ima Deiopeia, iungam.
(Here Deiopeia is attracted
into the case of quae, and
should grammaticsJly read
Deiopeiam, the direct object
of iungam).
95. 0 beati, quis (^quibus) contigit
oppetere !
Observe that the above relative clauses are used with the simple adjective
idea, de|^Ug|( &fact ; and note the mode of the verb in these clauses.
INDUCTIVE STttl)IEg,
67
174. I. 20. progeniem daci audierat
quae verteret arces.
63. legem dedit, qui premere
sciret.
706. ministri (sunt) qui mensas
onerent.
II. 184. effigiem statuere, ne/a5 ^uae
piaret.^
III. 487. accipehaec, ^uoemonumen/a
sint,
175. II. 142. si qua est, quae restet mor-
talibus, fides.
536. si qaa est pietas, quae talia
curet.
176. I. 388. hand invisus aaras carpis,
qui adveneris urbem.
II. 231. scelusexpendisseLaocoonta
ferunt, qui rohur laeserit.
346. iufelix, qui non praer.epta
audierit,
177. n. 248. nos delabra, quihus ultimus
esset dies J velamns.
IV. 536. Nomadum petam conubia,
IV. 329. si quis parvulns luderet Ae-
ueas, ^ui te re/erret.
v. 131. constituit siguum, unde {=
quo) reverti scirent.
489. colambam, quo {=ad quam)
tendant ferrum^ saspeudit.
VI. 200. illae prodire, quantum acie pos-
sent oculi servare.
III. 461 haec sunt, quae liceat te moneri.
IV. 479. iuveni viam, quae reddat eum.
V. 291. qui velint contendere, invitat
animos.
V. 621. fit Beroe, cm genus et nomen
fuissent.
624. O miscrae, quas non manus
traxeril ad let urn.
VI. 591 demens ! qui nimhos et fulmen
simularet.
quos sim totiens tarn dedig-
nata ?
In the above examples, observe that the clauses are adjective in /o;*7W, but
in thought have an adverbial idea ; that in 174 this idea is that of purpose : in
175, of result; in 176, of cause; in 177, of concession. In each of these
clauses, note what the mode of the verb is, and how its tense is affected by the
tense of the principal verb. A. & G. 317, 2, 320, e, 319, 2 and 320; 11. 497,
I., 517, 500, 1.
178.1.368. mercati {8xmt)ao\vLm, quantum
possent circumdare. (Here
the original stipulation is
quoted, although there is
no verb of saying to in-
troduce it. The original
statement would be quan-
tum possumus or possunt.)
Observe from the above examples what changes take place in the simple
relative clause when it is indirectly stated.
IV. 192. (Fama) canebat : venisse Ae-
nean, cui se dignetur iungere
Dido.
The direct statement is, Venit
Aeneas, cui se dignatur Dido.
How explain the tense of
dignetur ?
58
GENERAL iNTRODUCTIOJf.
X79. I. 78. tu, quodcumque hoc regni
(est)^ concilias.
330. sis ieliK, quaecumque (es).
II. 49. quldquid id est, timeo
Danaos.
77. cnnctSLyfuerit quodcumque, &te-
bor.
148. quisquis es, obliviscere Graios.
709. quo res cumque cadent, unam
periclum erit.
Observe that the above clauses are introduced by an indefinite relative.
What mode is used in these clauses ? But observe that the following clauses
are indirectly stated.
180. II. 800. animis parati, in quascum-
que uelim deducere ter-
ras. (This is a quotatioii
of their thought im-
plied in animis parati.
The direct statement
would he, Parati sumus,
in quascumque voles deducere
terras.)
III. 652. Huic me, qnaecumque fuisset,
addixi.
The direct statement, qnae-
cumque J'uer it.
How are the mode and tense of these indirectly stated clauses affected by
the tense of the verb on which they depend ?
3. Adverbial Clauses.
181. I. 431. apes exercet labor, cum edu-
cunt fetus.
685. ut, cum te accipiet Dido, in-
spires ignem.
II. 117. placastis ventos, cum pri-
7num venistis.
I. 651 quos ilia, cum peteret Hif
menaeos, extulerat.
II. 113. cum hie staret equus, sonii-
erunt nimbi.
III. 625. vidi, cum corpora frangerti
ad saxum.
IV. 453. vidit, cum dona imponeret.
Observe that the above dauses denote the time at which the action in the
main verb took place, and that they are introduced by cum.
182. I. 226. et iam finis erat, cum /M/>pi<er
ronstitit.
536. hie cursus fuit: cum Orion
in vada tulit.
587. vix ea fatns erat, cum sctn-
dit se nuhes.
II. 257. phalanx ibat a Tenedo, cum
flammas regia puppis extu-
lerat. (The pluperfect i*
here used to denote instao-
tan eons action.)
569. super unus eram, cum T^h-
darida aspic io.
Observe that the above clauses, introduced by cum^ while inform subordinate}
really contain the main idea of the sentence; and that the conjunction cum is
egual in each case to a coordinate conjunction. A. & G. 325, b ; H. 521, ii. 1.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
59
183. Compare with these the following, showing still more clearly that cum
is equal to el or -que in such relations as the last five examples illustrated.
III.
II. 172. vix positum erat simulacrum ,
{et) arsere flammae.
693. vix ea fatus erat, subitoque
intonuit laevum.
8. vix inceperat aestas, et pater
iuhehat.
90. vix ea fatus eram ; tremere
omnia visa (sunt).
Examine carefully all the above clauses, and deduce a principle for the use
of modes in clauses introduced by quum.
184. H. 68. ut constitit et circumspexit,
inquit.
119. quae vox ut venit ad aures,
obstipuere animi.
507. urbis uti casum vidit, senior
cireumdat.
531 . ut ante oculos evasit, concidit.
I. 715. ubi collo pependit, reginam
petit.
II. 347. quos ubi conj'ertos vidi, incipio.
III. 403. ubi steterint trans aequora
classes, velare comas.
IV. 352. quotiens nox operit terras^ me
terret imago.
Observe that the above clauses denote the time at which the action in the
principal verb takes place, and that they are introduced by w<,i/6/, and quoliens.
Note the mode in these clauses.
185. II. 743. nee prius respexi, quam IV. 27. tellusoptem/jnusdehiscatj^Mam
tumutum venimus. te violo^ aut iura re.soho.
Observe that the above clauses denote the time before which the action in
the main verb takes place, and that one action is represented simply as hap-
pening before another.
III. 257. non ante cingetis urbem, quam
vos fames subigat absumere
mensas.
387. ante leiitandns est ramus, quam
possis urbem componere.
Contrast these la^t four examples with the two preceding, and observe that
here the subordinate clause is used not merely to denote time, but is repre-
sented as something desired or intended.
Formulate a principle for the use of clauses introduced by antequam and
priusquam.
I. 193. nee prius 2AiS\9>tit, quam septem
corpora fundat.
473. avertit equos in eastra, prius-
quam pabula gustassent Tro-
iae.
186. I. 265. moenia ponet, terfia dum
regnantem viderit aestas.
268. Ilus erat, dum res stefit Ilia.
607. in freta dum fluvii current,
landes manebunt.
II. 22. dives opum (fuit), dum regna
manebant.
Observe that the above clauses denote simply the time or duration of the act,
and that dum, has the meaning of until or while*
60
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
I. 5. mnlta hello passus, dum con- IV. 326. quid moror '^ an dum wtoaki
deret urbein. /rater destruat t
If. 136. deiitm, dum vela darent. 434. tempua jteto, dum me doceett for-
tuna dolere.
Make a (](;(lu(;tion from the clauses in 186 similar to that obtained from the
claufM'.H introduced by antequam and pritisquam, and formulate a principle for
the use of niodcH in clauses introduced by dum.
IV. 259. ut primum tetigit magalia, oon-
spicit.
187. III. 631. simul iacuit per antrum^
lumen terebramus.
IV, 90. Himulac pcrsensity aggredi-
tur Veiierem.
I. 306. ut primum lux data est,
oxiro.
n. 90. jmstquam concessit^ vitam trahe-
bam.
HI. 1. postquam evertere visum (est),
agimur.
ObHtTvc that the above clauses denote the time as soon as or a/ier which
the action in the main verb took place.
Formulate a principle for the use of clauses introduced by simtU, simul ac,
ut prirHUJiif and postquam.
188 I. 261. tibi fabor, quando te cura
remordet.
II. 446. quando ultima cernunt, pa-
rant se defoiidere.
IV. 315. per dextraiii tuam te, quan-
do aliud mihi nihil reliqui,
ore.
VI. 106. quando hie itmun diritur, ire
contingat.
II. 84. qnem Pelasgi, quia beUa vetO'
bat, demisere.
IV. 538. iussa sequar ? quiane iuvat (eos)
levatos (esse)?
696. quia nee fata perihat, ncmdom
Proserpina abstulerat.
324. hospes, hoc solum nomen quoniam
restat.
V. 22. superat quoniam Fortuna, 86-
quamur.
Observe that the above clauses express a cause or reason for the action
in the main verb.
189. IV. 292. (d'lc'it) Be!^e,qnando Dido ne-
sciat, tentatnrum aditus.
V. 651. Ego Beroen reliqui, indig-
nantem, quod so/a careret
munere. (Here the speaker
really quotes Beroe's reason.)
Observe that the reason in the last two clauses is stated indirectly.
From the above examples, formulate a principle for the use of modes in
causal clauses. A. & G. 321 ; H. 516.
190. I. 75. propriani dicabo, ut tecum
annos eTifjat.
298. gcnitum demittit, ut terrae
pateant.
554. lieeat stringere remos, ut
Italiam petamus.
645. praemittit Achaten, (vt)
Ascanio ferut haec.
659. versat cousilia, ut Cupids
pro Ascanio venial,
II. 60. qui se, hoc ipsum ut siruertt,
obtulerat.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
61
19L L 300. genitum demittit, ne Dido
Jimbus arceret.
413. circam dea fudit, cernere
ne quis eos posset.
674. capere ante regiuam medi-
tor, ne se mutet.
682. hunc recondam, ne scire
dolos possit.
192. Ill 378. pauca tibi, quo fiuior lustres
aequorUy expediam.
IV. 106. sensit (earn) locutam, quo
reynuin averteret.
452. quo mayis inceptum peragat,
vidit latices uigrescere.
(The regular form here
would be perayeret ; what
is the force of the present
subjunctive?)
VI. 718. prolem cupio enumerare,
quo mayis laetere.
Observe that the above clauses denote the purpose of the act in the principal
verb.
From observation of the above examples, state (ij what words are used to
introduce final clauses ; (2) what the mode of the verb in final clauses is ; (3)
how the tense of this verb is affected by the tense of the principal verb.
Cf. 210-214. A. & G. 317 ; H. 497, ii.
193 The following subordinate clauses express the condition upon which
the statement in the principal verb is or would be true ; and this condition is
stated in various ways according to the degree of probability or improbability
attending it.
194 1. 152. si virum conspexere, silent.
322. monstrate, uidistis si quam
sororum,
542. si genus humanum temwtis,
sperate deos memores (esse) .
II. 102. quid moror, si omnes uno ordine
' habetis ?
675. SI periturus abis, nos rape tecum.
V. 49. iamque dies, nisi fal/or, adest.
Observe that in the above sentences the condition is stated as SLfact^ relat-
ing either to the present or the past time, nothing being implied as to its truth
or falsity.
195. 1. 372 si repetens ah origine peryaniy
ante diem compouet Ves-
per.
196 IV. 669. non ah'ter (resonat) qiiam
(resonetj si mat oinnis
Karthago,
V. 18. non, si luppiter auctor
spondeat, sperem.
Observe that in the above sentences the condition is stated as ?i future con-
tingency, in 195 with a vivid expectation of its bein^ Y^ialvz.^d \ m 1.^^ ^\\}a. -^
less vivid, or with slight expectation of its beinw realized.
III. 460. cursus dabit veneratn {=si ve-
nerabitur) secuudos.
VI. 471. nee magis movetur, quam (mo-
veatur) si dura silex stet.
625. mihi si linguae centum sinf, omnes
compreh6udere non possim.
62
GENERAL LSTKODUCTION.
197.11. 522. noD (egeret),^/ meusadforet
Heciur.
IV. 312. si non area aiiena peteres,
Troia peteretur ?
To this class belong also, —
II. 439. mgentem pognam, ceu ce-
tera nusquaia beila J'orent.
329. si parvulus Indent Aeneas, DOfi
deserta viderer.
(Cf.A.&G. 312; H. 513, ii.
aud N. 2.)
I. 58. ni facial, maria ac terras ■ VI. 293. ni docla comes admoneat, irrnat
ferant.
IL 599. Tit mea cura resistat, iam
flammae tulerint.
et diverberet.
Observe in the last three examples that the condition is of the same cha^
aeter with the first three^ but vividly staled.
1S8- IL C41. me si oaelicolae voluissent du-
cere vitom,servassent sedes.
V. 232. cepissent praemia, ni Cloan-
thusfudisset preces.
VI. 31. tn qnoqne partem, (si) sine-
ret ddor^ haberes.
VI. 871. nimiam propago visa (esset)
poteus, propria haec si dona
fuissent.
34. omnia perlegerent, ni Achates
adforet.
Observe in the last two examples that the condition is of the same character
with the first three, but vividly slated.
Even more vividly stated is the following, where the writer puts himself so
vividly on the scene of action that to him the event becomes y'a/urg rather than
past.
V. 325. spatia et si plura supersint, transeat elapsas prior.
Observe that in the above sentences the condition is stated as ^ fact, but
with the implication that it is untrue ; in 197 with reference to present time,
and in 198 with reference to past time.
Review all the above conditions, and observe (I) that in simple conditions,
nothing Iwing implied as to their reality, the present or perfect indicative is
used in the subordinate clause; and the same mode and tense, or the imperative
is used in the principal verb ; (2) that in future conditions, those more vividly
stated take the future indicative in both clauses, and those less vividly stated
tak<j the present subjunctive in both clauses ; (3) that those conditions stated
as facts, with the implication that they are untrue, take the imperfect subjunctive
in l)oth clauses to cxi)rcss present time, and the pluperfect subjunctive to express
past time ; with this variation, that the present contrary to fact condition mar
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
68
be expressed by the present subjunctive for vivid statement, and that the past
contrary to fact condition may be expressed by the imperfect or even by the
present subjunctive for vivid statement.
X99. II. 10. 81 tantus amor (est) casus cog-
noscere, incipiam.
54 si mens non laeva fuisset, im-
pulerat (= impidissety for
lively narration) foedare,
Troiacjue nunc stares.
79. si miserum Jbrtuna Sinonem
Jinxitf vanam non finget.
161. tu modo promissis maueas
(= mane), si veraferam.
292. si Perguma defendi possent,
defensa fnisseut.
IV. 15. si non animo Jixum sederet, si
non pertaesum thalami fu-
isset, hnic potui snccum-
here culpae. (Here the
conclusion is expressed as if
her yielding were an actual
fact.)
419. «i potui sperare, et perferre
potero.
V. 347. qui frustra ad praemia veuit, si
primi Salio reddantur honores.
356. qui merui coronam (et ea poti-
tus essem) ni me fortuna ini-
mic.a tul'isset.
VI. 361. iam tuta tenebam (et servatus
essem), ni yens crudelis inca-
sisset.
537. et fors traherent tempus ; sed
comes admonuit {= si comes
non admonuisset).
Observe that, in these last three sentences, the real condition (in the last),
and the real conclusion (in the first two) are not expressed, but must be sup-
plied from the context.
VI. 882. si fata aspera rumpas, Marcellns eris.
Here the poet begins as if the condition were but a remote contingency ; but,
the event growing more vivid in his mind, he concludes with an expression of
positive certainty.
The above, examples have the condition expressed in one form, while the
principal clause or conclusion is expressed in another. These may be termed
mixed conditional sentences. Let the student decide to what forms of con-
dition these belonor*
200 1. 1 8. hoc regnum esse, si qua fata
sinantf iam turn tend it.
Here a verb of saying , or think-
ing, is implied in tendit. The
goddess' thought would be,
directly stated, either si qua
fata sinent (more vivid) or si
qua fata cinant (less vivid).
II. 94. me^fors si qua tulisset, ])romisi
'ultorem.
The direct statement, ultor ero,
fore si qua tulerit.
136. delitui, dum vela darent, si
forte dedissent.
The thought in his mind would
be, hie delitescam, dum vela
dahunt {or dent), si forte de-
derint.
178. nee posse exscindi Pergama,
omlna ni repetant.
The direct statement, nee pos-
sunt exscindi Pergama, omina
ni repetant (or repetent).
64
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
189. nam (dixit) si vestra manus vio-
lasset donUy magnum exitium
futurum (esse).
The same change would be made in lines 192-4.
433. tester, si fata fuissent^ ut cade-
rem, meruisse.
The direct statement, si fata
fuissent, ut caderem, merui,
{et cecidissem). Here the
The direct statement, si vestra
manus violaverit dona, mag-
num exitium erit.
seeming conclusion is merui,
but the real conclusion is
cecidissem^ supplied from
caderem.
Note, from the above examples, what changes take place when the different
forms of conditional sentence are stated indirectly, A. & G. 337 ; H. 527.
201. III. 116. modo luppiteradsit, tertia IV. 109. simodofactumfortunasequatur.
lux classem sistet.
The above clauses should be classed with conditional clauses. Note what
is the introductory word, and what mode is used in the verb. Observe that
in each instance a. proviso is expressed. A. & G. 314 ; II. 513, i.
Consult for reference on conditional sentences A. & G. 306, 307, 308, 310;
H. 508, 509, 510, 511.
202.1)-II. 12. r/uam^t/am animus horret,
incipiam.
300. quamquam domus recessit,
clarescunt souitus.
533. quamquam 'm morte tenetur,
non tamen abstinuit. (This
is the usual construction
with quamquam, but cf. the
following poetic and later
prose construction.)
VI. 394. iiec laetatns sum, quam-
quam invicti essent.
2). III. 454. ne qua fuerint dispendia,
quamvis increpitent socii.
(This is the regular con-
struction with quamvis,
but cf. the following po-
etic and late prose con-
struction.)
V. 542. nee l?urytioninvidit,7Mam-
uis solus avem deiecit.
3). VI. 802. nee Alcides tantum obivit,
frerit aeripedem cervam
licet. (Cf. subst. cl.)
4). V. 810. Aenean nube rapui, cupe-
rem cum vertere moenia
Troiae.
III. 417. haec loca dissiluisse ferunt,
cum protmvs tellus una
foret^ (This clause is in-
directly quoted, although
the form would be the
same in the direct state-
ment.)
III. 712. nee Helenus, cum moneret,
praedixit.
5). II. 583. etsi nullum nomen in poena
est, tamen laudabor. (It
will be found that etsi,
and all compounds of si,
follow the constructions
of si J
Observe that, in the above clauses, something is granted or conceded, A. & G.
ai3 ; U. 615.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
66
203. 1.397. vt reduces illi ludunt, haud
aliter pubes portuni tenet.
^ V. 330. labitar infelix, ut forte fusus
humum super madefecerat.
Observe that the above clauses express comparison or manner. A. & G.
208 a; H. 555, ii.
In all the foregoing subordinate clauses, note those that are indirectly stated,
and fonntdate principles for the use of the mode\nd tense of the subordinate verb
in indirect discourse. These clauses are found in 168, 178, 180, 189, 200,
202, 4), second example.
0. THE USES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE MODE IN THE
PRINCIPAL CLAUSE.
204. 1. 140. ilia se iactet in anla Aeolus.
n. 353. moriamur, et in media arma
ruamus.
388. quaque ostendit se dextra,
seguamur.
m. 409. casti maneant in religione nepo-
tes.
453. ne qua morae fuerint dispendia
tanti.
V. 195. sed superentf quibus hoc dedisti.
Observe that the above examples contain an exhortation or mild command.
With what person or persons is the exhortation thus expressed?
Note, however, the following poetic usage :
625. exoriare aliquis ultor.
VI. 109. doceas iter, et ostia pandas.
407. ramnm banc agnoscas.
205. 1. 330. sis felix, nostrumque leves la-
borem.
n. 160. tu modo promissis maneas.
rV. 497. exuvias omnes su/>6nm/7onas.
How is the command usually expressed to the second person ? Observe in
III. 453, that ne is the negative that is used with the hortatory subjunctive.
A. & G. 266 ; H. 484, ii.
206. n. 48. ne credite (= ne credideritis) ;
607. ne time (= ne timneris) ;
III. 160. ne linqae; 316. ne
dnbita : 394. nee horresce ; IV. 338 ;
VI. 74, 95, 196, 465, 544, 614, 698,
832, 868.
Observe from the above examples that prohibitions are expressed freely in
poetry by the imperative with ne, a use not allowable in classical prose.
207. 1. 551. liceat snbducere classem.
576. utinam rex adforet Aeneas !
605. Di tibi praemia digna^eran^
II. 110. fecissent utinam !
191. quod di prius omen in ipsam
convertant !
III. 615. mansissetque utinam ioTtnna, I
IV. 678. (utinam) me ad fata Docasses.
VI. 62. hac Troiana tenns fuerit Fortu-
na secuta.
188. si nunc se aareus ramus osten-
dat !
Observe that the above examples contain a wish or prayer, and that some
of these wishes are, in the nature of the case, obtainable, while others are not.
How do these two classes of wishes differ in tense of verb?
5
66
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
'Jlio subjunctive as used above is called the optative subjunctive. A. & 6.
267; H. 484, i.
208.11. 8. quia Myrmidonum temperet a
lac'riiiiis ^
362. quis eladem illius noctis ex-
plicet f •
390. dolus, an virtus, quis in hoste
requirat f
III. 39. eloquar, an silemnf
187. quis venturos Teucros cre-
deret f aut quern turn Cas-
sandra move ret ?
IV. 43. quid bella Tyro sargentiaflficamf
283. hen quid ay at ? quo nunc regi-
nam ambire audeat adfatal
quae prima exordia sumatt
296. quis fallere possit amantem ?
V. 28. an sit mihi gratior uUa (tellns) 1
8.50. Aenean credam quid fallacibns
auris ?
VI. 123. quid memorem Alciden ?
Note that in the above sentences a question is asked with emotion, impljring
anxious hesitation, anger, or a sense of impossibility.
This subjunctive is called the deliberative or dubitative subjunctive. A. & G.
268; H. 484, V.
209. II. 104. hoc Ithacus velit, et magno
mercentur Atridae.
506. forsitan requiras.
III. 491 . et nunc aequali tecum pube-
sceret aevo.
IV. 24. sed opfem (ut) tell us de-
hiscat.
401 . migrantes cernas {= cerne-
res), totaque ex nrbe ru-
entes.
fortuna (for the sake of viv-
idness used for fuisset).
604. faces in castra tulissem, etc.
V. 788. causas tanti sciat ilia f uroris.
VI. 39. septem mactare iuvencos prae-
stiterit.
436. quam vellent duros perferre
labores !
879. non illi se quisquam impnne
tulisset obvius armato.
603. verum anceps pugnae/wcra/
Note that in the above sentences the statement is made not as a fact, but
as a possibility.
This subjunctive is called the potential subjunctive. It is in reality only the
conclusion of the less vivid future, and the present and past contrary to fact
conditions. A. & G. 311 ; H. 485, 486.
ID. RECAPITULATION OF EXPRESSIONS OF PURPOSE.
210. 1). Dative of Purpose ; cf. 103.
2). Infinitive of Purpose ; cf. 161, 162.
3). Substantive clause of Purpose ; cf. 169.
4). Relative clause of Purpose ; cf. 174.
5). Adverbial clause of Purpose ; cf. 190, 191, 192.
Add to these the following :
6). The Gerundive.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
67
211. n. 589. cum mihi se videndam ob- 329. me Heleno transmisit haben-
tulit. dam.
III. 50. Polydorum Priamus mau- IV. 212. cui litus arandum dedimus.
darat alendum regi.
Observe that the gerundive is in agreement with the object of the verb.
What are the verbs after which the gerundive is so used?
7). The Supine in -um.
212. II. 7S6. non Graiis servitum matri- IV. 117. venatum Aeneas unaque Dido
bus ibo. ' ire parant.
Observe that the supine is used in connection with a verb of motion ; cf.
119, 120, 121.
8). The Future Active Participle. (Poetic and late prose.)
213.11. 47. haec est machina ms/)ec?«ra 511. iertnr moritur us in hostea.
domes. V. 108. complebant litora, visuri Aenea-
408. sese medium iniecit peritu- das.
rus in agmen.
9). The Present Active Participle. (Poetic and late prose.)
214. I. 519. ibant orantes veniam.
II. 114. Eurypylum scitantem oracula mittimus.
II. THE MIDDLE VOICE.
215. I. 215. implentur (=:seimplent); II.
227. teguntur (= se tegunt) ;
383. circumfundimur (= nos
circumfundimus) ; 401. con-
duutur (=se conduut) ; 511.
cingitur (=:sibi cingit); 671. accin-
gor (= me accingo) ; 707. iinponere
(= te impone) ; 722. iusteruor (= me
insterno) ; cf. also, 749; III. 279, 284,
405, 509, 545, 635 ; IV. 32, 493, 545.
In the above words will be seen a survival of the Greek middle iJoice, a use
very frequent in Vergil. The form is that of the passive voice, but the subject
is represented as acting upon itself, or for itself.
216. I.
n.
12. FIGURES OF SPEECH.
I. Grammatical Figrures.
4. superura for superorum.
9. denm for deorum.
26. repostum for repositum.
46. divum for divorum.
54. vinclis for vinculis.
195. onerarat for oneraverat.
201. accestis for accessistis.
§5. remeassem for remeavis-
semu
379. aspris for asperis.
586. explesse for explevisse.
in. 143. oraclum for oraculum.
501. intraro for intravero.
IV. 33. noris for noveris.
367. admorunt for admoverunt.
V. 786. traxe for traxisse.
VI. 514. nosti for novisti.
641. nOTUUt iot xiOv^xxMoX..
68
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
217. nL 319. Pyrrhin* for Pyrrhine.
218. L 95. qiiis for quibus.
254. uUi for illi.
636. dii for diei.
n. 663. gnatuin for Datum.
VL 779. Tiden' for Tidesne.
III. 354. aula! for aulae.
IV. 493. at'ciiigier for accingL
VL 104. mi for mihL
868. gnate for nate.
In all the above examples, observe that there is some variation from the
usual form of the word ; that in 216 this variation consists in the omission of
a letter or letters from the middle of a word (syncope) ; that in 217 the vari-
ation consists in the cutting off of a letter at the end of a word (apocope) ;
that in 218 the variation consists in the use of an older form of the word (archa-
ism). These are figures of etymology.
219. 1. 16. hie illius arma (fuernnt).
316. vel (talis) qnali^ (est) Harpa-
lyce (cum) equos fatigat.
II. 25. DOS (eos)abiisse rati (sumus).
35. et (illi) menti qnomm (erat)
melior sententia.
IV. 10. qnis (est) hie novns hospes (qui)
successit.
Observe that, in the above examples, there is a variation from the normal
structure of the sentence, and that this variation consists in the omission of
one or more words necessary to the structure of the sentence.
This omission of a word or words is called ellipsis.
The ellipsis of a conjunction, as in the following examples, is called asyndeton.
220. III. 207. vela cadnnt, remis iusurgi- V. 112. vestes, argenti talenta.
mns. I VI. 225. tarea dona, dapes, crateres olivo.
233. turba circumvolat, poUuit. I
What is the effect of asyndeton upon the thought of the sentence ?
221. 1. 264. mores viris et moenia ponet.
426. lura mngi strut usque leguiit.
n. 258. inclusos Danaos et laxat
claustra.
320. sacra manu victosqne deos
parvumque nepotem traliit.
III. 386. lustrandum aequor, infemiqne
lac us insulaqne.
IV. 132. retia, plagae, Massyliqne mnnt
equites.
y. 366. velatum aura vittisqne iuven-
cum.
Observe in the above examples that the variation from the normal structure
consists in compactness or brevity of expression ; and that this brevity is secured
by the use of a verb in connection with two nouns, though strictly applicable
to only one. This figure is called zeugma.
222.11. 251. involvens terramque po-
Inmque.
284. hominumqneurbisquelabo-
res.
313 exoritur clamorque clangorqne.
IV. 438. fertque refertque.
589. terque quaterque. '
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
69
23. I. 41. noxam et fnrias = Doxias
furias.
78. 8ceptraIovemque=sceptra
lovis.
648. siguis auroqae=sigiiis au-
reis.
II. 116. sangaine et virgi lie caesa = san-
guine virgin is caesae.
470. telis et lace coruscus aena = te-
lorum luce coruscus aena.
So also, II. 722 ; III. 223, 467 ; V. 431.
24. I. 421-2. mlratur molem Aeneas,
miratur portas-
II. 32.5. fuimus Troes,/Mi7 Ilium.
792-3. Ter conatus ibi coUo dare
bracchia circum ;
In IV. 433, a slightly different combination is presented :
requiem spatiumque = spatium ad requiesccndum.
Ter frustra comprensa man us
effugit imago.
V. 433-4. multa viri inter se vuluera iac-
tant,
multa lateri ingemiuant.
Observe that, in the last three groups, the variation from the normal struc-
re consists in a redundancy of words {pleonasm). Observe that in 222 there
a pleonastiq use of conjunctions {polysyndeton) ; that in 223 two nouns are
ed in coordinate construction instead of a single noun modified by an
Ijective or a limiting genitive (hendiadys) : that in 224 a word is repeated
the beginning of two or more coordinate phrases for the sake of greater
aphasis {anaphora).
!5. I. 21. late regem=la.te regnan-
tem.
198. ante maloTnm = praeterito-
rum malorum.
56. I. 195. quae cadis onerarat, instead
of quibus cados onerarat.
339. sed fines (^unt) Libyci, ge-
nus, etc. ( Here genus is
in grammatical apposition
with Jines, though really
referring to the noun
idea implied in Libyci,)
57. I. 212. pars secant.
II. 401 . pars scandunt.
477, omnis pubes succedunt.
V. 122. Centauro magna. (Here,
328. nee vox hominem sonat.
(Hominem is here used in an
adverbial sense. Cf. 111.)
352. multa malus simulnns.
III. 280. celebramus litora ludis, in-
stead of celebramus ludos in
1 1 tore.
IV. 40. Gaetulae urbes, genus, etc. (Cf.
on I. 339.)
V. 774. tonsae foliis evinctus olivae, in-
stead of tonsis foliis olivae.
though Centauro is a mascu-^
line noun, it is treated as
feminine because it is the
name of a ship.)
!8. I. 237. Hinc Romanos (fore) etc., pollicitus, quae te sententia vertit "? Here
jyollicitus is left without construction, owing to the change of thought in the
author's mind.
J9. 1). As instances of Greek forms^ notice Vergil's proper names generally,
and such accusative singular forms as III. 514. aeraii', 5*2.?). e.T^\.^"^^» ^^»
also the neuter plural, V. 822. iramania cete.
70
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
2). As instances of Vergil's use of Greek constructions, note the following:
L 669. at Aeneas iactetnr, nota (snut)
= notum (est). (Cf. H. 438,
3, note.)
II. 377. sensit deiapsus = aensit se eat
delapsum, (Cf. A. & G. 272,
b.)
Cf. also the accusative of specification (114) ; and the infinitive with force
of gerund (163).
Observe in groups 225-229 that the variation from the normal structure
consists in the substitution of one part of speech for another, or of one
grammatical construction for another {enallage). Observe, further, that in
225 one part of speech is used for another {antimerid) ; that in 226 one
grammaticat construction is substituted for another (hjpallage) ; that in 227
the construction is accordinoj to sense and not accordini; to <n*ammatical form
(synesis) ; that in 228 the thought in the author*s mind has changed, causing
a break in the regular construction {(.inacoluthon) ; that in 229 the author has
used a Greek form or construction {Graecism or Hellenism).
230. I. 348. quos inter; 700. strato super.
231. IL 258. inclusos Danaos et pinea
laxat claustra Siuou.
353. moriamur, et iu media arma
ruamus.
232. n. 234. dividimus muroset moenia
paiidimus.
IIL 193. caelum undique et uudiqae
poDtus.
233. L 192. nec/>r2usabsistit, gt/amfun-
dat.
412. circum de2^ fudit.
II. 218. circum terga dati.
567. super unus eram.
234. I. 69. submersns obrue puppes.
659. furentem incendat reginam.
IL 4. lamentabile regnum.
610. emota fundamenta quatit.
736. ronfusam eripuit mentem.
III. 141. sterilesexnrere Sirmsagros.
236. tectos disponnnt enses.
III. 662. postquam altos tetigit fluctus et
ad aequora venit.
V. 9. maria uudique et nndique cae-
lum.
792. dare bracchia circum.
V. 384. quo me decet usque 9
603. hac celebrata tenus.
VI. 709. circum \\\\2kfunduntur.
237. scuta latentia condunt.
257. ambesas absumere mensas.
267. excussos laxare rudentes.
707. inlaetabiiis era.
IV. 22. animum labantem impulit.
V. 476. servetis revocatum Dareta.
VI. 316. alios submotos arcet.
Observe in groups 230-234 that the variation from the normal structure
consists in the transposition of words or clauses in a sentence (JiyperbcUony
Observe, further, that in 230 the transposition is one of words only (M-
strophe) ; that in 231 there is a transposition of phrases or clauses (hystent
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
71
proteron), and that, in each of these exami)les, the more important thought is
placed first, though it may be second in natural sequence; that in 232 the
order of the words in contrasted groups is inverted after the manner of the
parts of a Greek X (^chiasmus); that in 233 the two parts of a compound
word are separated by some other word or words (tinssis) ; that in 234 a
transposition of the order of thoughts is effected by anticipating the use of an
epithet ( prolepsis) .
All the figures in groups 219-234 are figures of syntax,
II. Bhetorical Figures.
veluti demens videt agmina
Pentheus.
non alifer, quam si ruat omuis
Karthayo.
ceu arcus mille iacit colores.
quaJis cdumba fertur iii arva
volans.
qualis serpens, quem rota trans-
iit, fugieus dat corpore tortus.
velut celsam oppuynat qui urbem.
tit quondam cava concidit pinus.
quam multa grand ine nimbi cre-
pitant,
caelo ceu transcurrunt crinem-
que volantia sidera ducunt.
ut quondam fertur Labt/rinthus
mille viis habuisse dolum.
delphinum similes, qui per iiiaria
secant.
quale solet silvis brnmali frigore
viscum fronde v ire re nova.
quale per incertam Itinam est
iter in silvis.
quam multa in silvis antumni
frigore lapsa cadunt folia
quam multae glonierantur aves.
qualem qui aut videt aut vidisse
putat per nubila lunam.
ac velut ubi apes floribus inai-
dunt et circum lilia fundun-
tur.
qualis Bereci/ntia mater invehi-
tur turrita per urbes, laeta
deQm partu.
235. I. 148.
veluti cum coorta est seditio.
469.
430.
qualis apes exercet labor.
498.
qualis exercet Diana chores.
669.
592.
quale manns addunt ebori
decus.
V. 88.
11. 223.
quales mugitus fugit cum
taurns.
213.
304.
in segetem t^eluti cumflamma
incidit, aut torrens sternit.
273.
355.
lupi ceu raptores quos exegit
439.
rabies.
448.
379.
improvisum veluti qui anguem
pressit.
458.
416.
adversi ceu venti confligunt.
527.
471.
qualis ubi in lucem coluber
convolvit.
588.
496.
non sic cum spumeus amnis
exiit.
594.
516.
praecipites ceu cdumbae.
626.
ac veluti omum cum instant
eruere agricolae.
VI. 205.
794.
par ventis, simillima somno.
270.
III. 637.
Argolici clipei instar.
679.
quales cum quercus aut cypa-
rissi constiterunt.
309.
IV. 69.
qualis coniecta cerva sagitta.
311.
143.
qucdis ubi Delum invisit
Apollo.
453.
254.
avi similis, quae volat.
707.
301.
qualis Thyias, ubi stimulant
orgia.
402.
ac velut formicae acervum
cum populant.
784.
441.
ac velut cum quercum Boreae
emere certAnt.
.
72
GENERAL DTTRODUCTIOy.
IT. 215. « none i7?f Parisi
V. ^i. JliXiifUtdro dnfrfici.
66± fozir {aajj4u Vokamus Aoftoni.
IV. 173. it /a MO per nrbea.
V. 721 ec Aox pc^m tenelimt.
SS-S. S<i!tkums aera dimovit
VI. 275-3SO. liorbi, Semectms^ etc.
Ilimm, el inclaU moemia Da^
daniJnm.
IIL 321. O felix ante alias, PnamOa,
rirgol
710. Hie me, pater optiwke, femm
deseris.
V. 632. O patria, et lapti Deqoiqiiam
ex hoste Ptmates I
L 164. bItS i/^<?]|rj COnLKL?.
60h. p*>Ia« -iiim ud-tr-i f,»zictiz.
n. 573. i.Ia. pacriie onMsni*
237. n. 154. !"<«», Qft^mi rT^.*. et non
TioiaSIle ve:3cnLm cescor
Lmnen.
3*5- asptrat jortmM'j larion.
ILL 44. foge cnuUles ten-'H, fnge
^cf!U ara.'-tfm.
238l L 555. sin abeumpta sains. €t tt,
pater oyf-me Teucmmf
pontns habet.
IL 56. ZroiOz/iK, nnnc staivs. Fri-
amiqne arx a^ta, manenrs.
160. Ta modo promiasis ma-
neas, Troia.
241. O patria, o divnm domns
Observe in groaps 235-238 that there is a variation from the normal or
liieral mode of expression of thought, the end being to obtain vividness or
cUarriess. Observe, further, that vividness is obtained in 235-236 hy means
of comparwn. and that this comparison is either asserted^ as in 235, or im-
plied f as in 236. Asserted comparison is called simile. As this is the moflt
important figure in Vergil, it should be studied with especial care.
In the alx)ve similes obsen-e :
(1.) That there is always some word introducing the comparison. Wbaft-
are th^; wonls so used ?
(2.) That there is always some main or central point of comparison. In
each simile, as it is met with in the text, try to ascertain exactly what was the
main fK>int of comparison in the poet's mind.
An implied comparison is called metaphor. How does this differ froii
j«imilrf?
Ob«fn'e in 237 that vividness is gained by attributing to an impersonU
thing Hit: element of personality {pemonificatioii) ; and in 238 that vividnett
is gaini'd by addressing some absent person or thing as if present (apastrophey
239. I. 465. lnrgtx\ViQ nmectat flumine
vultum.
240. T. 136. non simili = <//Ww»7i.
479. non ae(|uae = iniquae.
II. 154. non violabile = /nr/o/a6//e.
247. noil nmquam = nnmquam.
359. band dnbiara = certam.
II. 488. ferit aurea sidera clamor.
V. 200. sudor fluit undiqne rivis,
396. baud nostro = alieno.
IV. 53. non tractahile = intractabile.
V. 39. non immemor = memor,
781. nee exsaturabile = ef tnexsetbt
rabile.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES.
73
241.. IV. 93-6. Egregiam vero taudem et
spolia amph refertis
Tuque puerque tuus ;
magnum et memorabite
nomen,
242. I. 569. Seu vos Uesperiam mag-
Dam Saturniaque arva.
n. 554. Haec finis Priami fato-
mm; hie exitus ilium
Sorte tulit.
Una dolo divum si femina vic-
ta duorum est.
379. Scilicet is Superis labor est, ea
cura quietos
Sollicitat,
III. 336. Pergamaque Iliacamque iugis
banc addidit arcem.
IV. 511. Tergeminamque Hecaten, tria
virginis ora Dianae.
Very similar to this form of expression is one quite frequently used by Vergil,
where two lines, different in expression, are yet quite parallel in thought. Ob-
serve in the text the following :
243. I. 411-412; IT. 624-625; III. 122-123, 161-162, 375-376, 448-449,
585-586; V. 304, 646, 734-735; VI. 120, 369, 374-375.
244. I. 134. Miscereet tantas audetis
tollere moles ?
Quos ego — ! sed motos
praestat, etc.
II. 100. Nee requievit enim, donee
Calchante ministro —
Sed quid haec revolve ?
III. 340. Superatue et vescitur aura,
Quem tibi iam Troia —
V. 195. Quamquamo! — sed superent.
Observe in groups 239-244 that there is a variation from the normal
mode of expression of thought, the end being to obtain emphasis or strength.
Observe, further, that in 239 emphasis or added strength is gained by
exaggeration or a statement far in excess of the truth (hyperbole) ; that in 240
an emphatic affirmation of a fact is gained by denying its opposite (litotes) ;
that in 241 emphasis in expressions of reproach is gained by the statement of a
fact with the manifest intention of expressing its opposite (irony) ; that in 242,
243 the poet strives to emphasize a phrase by repeating the same thought
in other terms, the last half of a line often reinforcing the first half (epexe-
gesis) ; that in 244 the attention is arrested, and hence emphasis gained by a
sudden break in the expression of the thought (nposiopesis) .
245. 1 )- I. 24. Argis = Graiis. 375. Pergama = Trolam,
II. 95. Argos = Graeciam.
2). II. 312. Ucalegon ardet = rfoOTMs Ucalegontis.
I. 284. domns Assaraci = gens^ etc.
Cf. also 356 ; III. 97. So we in English say the " House of Stuart"
3). I. 22. Libyae. | 68. Ilium.
74
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.
4) I. 35. aere = aerea carina.
739. auro = aurea patera.
5). I. 177. Cererem = frumentum.
215. Bacchi= vini.
701. Cererem = pane»i.
II. 311. Volcano = igni.
335. Murte = proeiio.
440. Martem = proelium.
III. 275. Apollo = /ew/>/M»i Apol-
linis.
354. Bacchi, ef. I. 215.
V. 153. pinus = ptnea nam's.
817. axiio =: aureo iugo,
552. diva Licinia = templuw, etc.
588. primo Koo = prima luce.
IV. 119. Titau = so/.
V. 77. Baccho, cf. I. 215.
105. AvLT0T3.m =z auroram.
662. Volcanus, cf. II. 311.
679. luDO = auctoritas lunonis,
VI. 26. Veneris = amoris,
165. Martem, cf. II. 335.
6), II. 107. ficto pectore —Jicto timore,
7). Instrument for action (anna = bella) ; symbol for thing signified
{sceptra = imperium) ; noun or adjective denoting single attribute of a thing
for the thing itself (altum and sal = mare) ; general for special (genus =Jilitis') ;
concrete for abstract (robur = oaklike strength) ; abstract for concrete (inventus
= invents) ; cause or agent for effect wrought (perhaps manes =z poenaSf Vl.
743); etc.
Observe that, in all the examples under 245, variety of expression is sought
by suggesting a word rather than by using the word itself. Observe, further,
that a word is suggested in 1) by the use of a special term for a general, or a
part for the whole ; in 2) by the use of a man's name for his house, or his house
for his race c family ; in 3) by the use of a city, or country for the institutions
and people ; in 4) by the use of the material or source of a thing for the thing
itself; in 5) by the use of the name of a god (or a goddess) for that which he
represents or is distinguished for, or for his temple ; in 6) by the use of an
organ of the body for the quality supposed to reside there ; and observe that in
7) various other examples of the same general nature are given.
This use of one name for another suggested by it, as in the above examples,
is called metonymy ; a more specific name for the use of a part for the whole
being synecdoche.
246. Observe that, in the followinjif passages, there is a representation in
sound of the struggling irinds^ I. 53 ; the peaceful course of a herd of deer
feeding, I. 186 ; compare with this, the flight of a herd of deer down the moun-
tain side, TV. 155; the sound of a stream, bursting from its undergroond
passage, I. 245-6; the eruption of Ml. Aetna, III. 571-7; the slow, heavy tread
of the Cyclopes, III. 655-9 ; the peace of nightfall, IV. 522-8; the boxing Cftn^
test, V. 458-60; the sudden storm and dispersion of the hunting party, IV.
INDUCTIVE STUDIES. 75
161-2. As an example of the numerous cases of single words which represent
the sense by their sound may be mentioned mnrmure montis, I. 55.
In all the above examples under 246 observe that beauty and a striking
effect are gained by adapting the sound of a word or a passage to the sense
that is intended to be represented.
The adaptation of sound to sense is called onomatopoeia.
In the above figures of all kinds observe (1) that there is a variation from
the normal; (2) that in grammatical figures the variation is from the normal
form and structure; (3) that in rhetorical figures the variation is from the
normal mode of expression of thought, the end in rhetorical figures being to
obtain
1. vividness OT clearness, 235-238;
2. emphasis or strength, 239-244 ;
8. variety and beauty, 245-246.
" Anchyses soniie, begott of Venus fayre,"
Said lie, "out of the Hames for safegard fled,
And with a remnant did to sea repayre;
Where he, tlirougli fatall errour, long was led
Full many yeares, and weetlesse wandered
From shore to shore emongst the Lybick sandes.
Ere rest he fownd."
Spenser, F. Q. III., IX. 41.
IJBBR PRIMUS.
Van. All irDrdg which u
^lU-taoed type-]
Aru& viramqiie cano, Troiae qui primus ab oris
Itaiiam, fato profngtw. Laviiiaque venit
Litora, multiim ille et terris iactatus et alto
Vi superflm, saeyae memorem luiionia ob iram,
Multa quoque et bello passus, dura conderet urbem,
Itifenetqoe deos Latio, genus unde Latinum
Albanique patres^atque altee inoenia Roinae.
Masa, luilii causas memora, quo niimine laeso,
t. Mnlta quoque et bello paaaus.
Much there lie suffered,
111 iDADy perillu past in furreiiie landes,
save his people sad from victoarq
vengefnll bandes.
Spbmskr, /'. Q. m. IX. 41.
8. Miua. Th«!Mii!>eanereccrtaingod-
desBes who presided over pnetrv, music,
and nil the liberal arts and sciences, and
who were the daughters of Jupiter bj the
nymph Mnemosyne. No definite number
of the Miisen in pven hy Homer. The
1, Arma rirvmgHe, 111. — 2. Italinm,
S. — Svper«m, 81, 216.— /unon/j, 81.
J. — JVamine Inem, 166.
78
p. VEllGILll MAROXIS
Quidve dolens, regina deAra tot volvere casus
Insigiieiu pietate viruui, tot adire labores
^ Impulerit. Taiitaene aiiimis caelestibus irae?
Urbs aiitiqua fuit, Tyrii teiiuere coloui,
Knrtliago, Italiam contra Tiberinaque longe
Ostia, dives opum studiisque asperrima belli;
Qiiam Tuno fertuu. terris magis omnibus unam
Posthabita coluisjie Samo; hie illius arma^
Hie ciirrus fuit ;" hoc regnuni dea gentibus esse.
Si qua fata sinant, iam turn tenditque fovetque. ,
Progeniem sed enim Troiano a sanguine duci
Audierat, Tyrias olim quae verteret arces ; v
Hinc populum. late regain belloque suj)erbum
Venturum ezcidio Jjibyae : sic volvere Farcas.
10
15
20
received o])ini<)ii makes tliein niue in num-
ber. Their njinies were ('{illiope, Clio,
Mel]>omene, Kuterpe, Erato, 'Feriisicliore,
Urania, Thalia, and l*olvhvmnia. — Class.
JMc.
\'ergil here invoked Calliojie, the mu.^e
of epic poetry.
11. Tantaene aiiimis caelestibus
irae?
Can sucli sensations heavenlv bosoms
move ! — Falconkk, S/iijncn'cli-.
And in soft bosoms <l\vells such nii<^hty
rnire i — INh'K, /ia/tf <>/ f.ork.
In li(^;ivenly si)irits could sucli ])erverse-
ness dwell i — Milton, P. L. VI.
16. Samos was an island of the Ae-
gean. The temple and woi-ship <»f .Juno
contriliiited not a little to its fame and
aflluence. Pausanias asserts I hat this edi-
fice was of very great antiquity ; this, he
says, was appjirent from the statue of
the goddess, which was of wood, and the
work of Smilis, an artist coutemponir
with Daedalus. In Scrabo's time, thb
tem])le was adorued ^'ith a profusioii of
the finest works of art, especially paiiit-
ings. The outside was equally decorated
with beautiful stiitues. — CUtss, Oic.
20. Audierat, Tyriaa olim quae
verteret arces. Wheu the heail of
Ilasdrubal was thrown into the Pnnic
lines. Hannibal said,'' Agiiosco fortnnain
Karthaginis."— LivY, XXVII. 51.
22. Parcas. The religious tenden-
cies of the Aeneid are preemiuentlr
fatalistic. It is true that a marked ref-
erence for the gods is manifest through-
out ; numerous sacrifices to the different
». r^w/J, 110. — 10. riitntt.l^Q. - l7/7/w,118. — 11. /in/Hilerit, 168.— ^nimw, lOS.
- 14. O/mtn, 00.-- Studih, 147.— //.///, 87.— lo. Tern\ 137. — 10. Cohtisse^ 160.-
PnHthnhlta So mo, 155. -- /ffiiin. 82.- - \7. Hoc ref/num, 118. —fntttibus, 102. — 18. Sinnnt.
200. -li». /Vm/<«*'w*, 118.-20. Vrrteret, 174. — 21. Rrytm,225 22. /i«eu/itf, 108.
THE FATES. ( Michael AnESlo.)
AENEIDOS LIB. L
79
*-^ Tinetuens veterisque memor Satumia belli,
"^^Tia quod ad Troiam pro caris gesserat Argis
^^cdum etiarn causae irarum saevique dolores
^^ciderant animo : manet alta mente repostum
^^dicium Paridis spretaeque iniuria fonnae,
25
gods are made, and they are frequently
vnvoked. But stiU, behind the gods and
"*P^id their power, is constantly seen the*
grim hand of Fate, silently but surely
gniQing every act and' leading every
«^ent to its destined end. This Fate, as
seen in Vergil, is generally a blind, im-
personal force, — a theoretical first cause.
^ ^ine places, however, we find it rep-
'esented in the persons of the three sis-
"^•"^the terrible Parcae j or Destinies.
neir names, according to Hesiod, were
®'^o, Lnchesis, and Atropos. They are
represented as spinning, measuring, and
*'^Uing off the tliread of human life.
Spenser {F. Q. IV. II. 47, 48) gives a
Sophie picture of the abode and work
°^ the Parcae .
^'herefore desirous th'end of all their
dayes
To know, and them t' enlarge with long
extent.
By wondrous skill and many hidden waves
To the Three Fatall Sisters house she
went.
Farre underground from tract of living
went [way],
Downe in the bottome of the deepe abysse,
Where Demogorgon, in dull darknesse
pent,
Farre from the view of gods and heavens
blis
The hideous Chaos keepes. their dread-
full dwelling is. "
There she them found, all sitting round
about
A direfull distaff e standing in the mid,
And with unwearied fingers drawing out
The lines of life, from living knowledge
hid.
Sad Clotho held the rocke [distaff], the
whiles the thrid
By griesly Lachesis was spun with paine.
That cruell Atropos eftaoones undid,
With cursed knife cutting the twist in
twaine :
Most wretched men, whose dayes depend
on thrids so vaine !
See also The Fatal Sisters of Grny,
Ariosto's fine description of the same
{Orl. Fur. XXXIV. 88-92), and that of
Goethe {Faust).
Catullus also gives a description and
song of the Parcae (LXIV. 305-381).
27. ludicium Paridis. Cf. Tenny-
son's Oenone.
Here eke that famous golden apple grew.
The which emongest the gods, false Ate
threw ;
For which th' I<laean Ladies disagreed,
Till partiall Paris dempt it Venus dew,
And had of her fayre Helen for his
meed.
Spenser, F. Q. II. VII. 55.
And sad Ilion,
For memorie of which on high there
hong
23. Belli, 88.-24. Argis, 245, 1). — 25. Irarum, 87.— 2(\. iiuimo,\^0.— MeuUA^^<
— Bepostum, 216.— 27, Faiidis, 72.— Format, ^b.
^
80
p. VERGILII MARONIS
Et genus invisum, et rapti Ganymedis honores;
His accensa super iactatos aequore toto
Troas, reliquias Daiiaum atque immitis Achilli,
Arcebat longe Latio, niultosque per aunos
Errabant, acti fatis, niaria omnia circum.
Tantae molis erat llomaiiam condere gentem. ^ —
Yix e coiispectu Siculae telluiis in altuni \
Yela dabant laeti, et spumas sails aere ruebant.
30
The Golden Apple, cause of all tlieir
wrong,
For which the three faire goddesses did
strive.
Ibid., F. Q IV. I. 22
At the marriage of Peleus and Thetis,
Ate, the goddess of Discord, who had not
been invited to partake of the entertain-
ment, showed her displeasure by throw-
ing into the assembly of tlie gods a golden
apple, on which were written the words
'H Ka\^ Aa/3€T«, — "Let the beouti/ take
me." Since Juno, Minerva, and Venus
claimed it, and Jove was unwilling to
decide, the decision of the affair was re-
ferred to Paris, the son of Priam, and at
that time a shepherd on Mt. Ida. Juno
endeavored to secure his preference by
the promise of a kingdom, Minerva by
the gift of intellectual superiority and
martial renown, and Venus by offering
him the fairest woman in the world for
his wife. To Venus he assigned the prize,
and in consequence brought upon him-
self and the whole Trojan r.ace the un-
relenting enmity of her two disappointed
rivals. — (^/ass. Die.
28. Ganymedis honores. Gany-
me<le was the son of Tros, and hence in
the line of Trojan descent. He was made >
cup-bearer of the gods, in place of Ilebe,
the daughter of Judo, and hence another
cause of Juno's wrath against the Trojan
race:
And god-like Ganymede, most beantifol
Gf men ; the gods beheld and caught him
up
To heaven, so beautiful was he, to pour
The wine to Jove, and ever dwell with
them. — Hosier, //. XX. 293.
Againe, when as the Troiane boy so fayre
He snatcht from Ida hill, and with him
bare ;
Wondrous delight it was, there to behoold
How the rude shepheards after him did
stare.
Trembling tlirough feare lest down he
fallen should,
And often to him calling to take sorer
hould.— Spenser, F, Q. HI. XL 84.
Ros. — I '11 have no worse a name than
Jove's own page ;
And therefore look you call me Ganjf'
mefie. — Siiak. As You Like It, I. 3.
34. Clironologicnlly, the succeeding
narrative should follow III. 715. This
line is ])artially repeated in XL 90S:
Vix e conspectu exierat campumqne
tenebat.
28. Ganymediti^ 62.-20. Aequm-e, 161. — 30. Dnnaum, 81. — :j.3. Afolis, 86.— Om<f<rt,
166 — 34. Telluris, 87. — 3b, Aere, 143-, 246,4).
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
81
Cum luno, aeternum servans sub pectore vulnus,
Haec secum : M^ne iucepto desistere victam,
Nee posse Italia Teucroruin avertere regem ?
Quippe vetor fatis. Pallasue exurere classem
ArgivAra atque ipsos potuit subinergere ponto^
Unius ob nojceun et furias Aiacis Oilei ?
Ipsa^ lovis rapidum iaculata e nubibua ignem^
Disiecitque rates evertitque aequo ra ventis,
Ilium ezspirantem transfixo pectore flammas
Turbine corripuit scopuloque infixit acuto ;
Ast ego, qui divAm incedo regina, lovisque
40
45
41. Aiacis Oilei. The night that
Troy was taken, Ajax offered violence
to Cassandra, who hsid fled into Minerva's
temple (cf. II. 403) ; and W this offense,
as he returned home, the goddess de-
stroyed his ship in a storm, and, seizing
him in a whirlwind, dashed him against
a rock, where he expired, consumed by
the flames of the lightning which the
goddess had obtained from Jove.
Class. Die.
According to Homer's account, he was
killed by Neptune :
Amid his well-oared galleys Ajax died.
For Neptune first had driven him on the
rocks
Of Gyrae, yet had saved him from the sea ;
And he, though Pallas hated him, had yet
Been rescued, but for uttering boastful
words.
Which drew his fate upon him. He had
said
That he, in spite of all the gods, would
come
Safe from those mountain waves. When
Neptune heard
The boaster's challenge, instantly he laid
His strong hand on the trident, smote the
rock
And cleft it to the base. There Ajax sat,
And felt the shock, and with the falling
mass
Was carried headlong to the billowy
depths
Below, and drank the brine and perished
there {Od. IV. 641-.55).
Horace thus alludes to the incident :
Quietiore nee feratur aequore,
Quam Graia victorum man us,
Cum Pallas usto vertit iram ab II io
In impiam Aiacis ratem (Ep. X. 11-14).
45. Milton imitates this passage :
While we perhaps,
Designing or exhorting glorious war,
Caught in a fiery tempest, shall be hurled,
Each on his rock transfixed.
P.L. 11.178.
46. Incedo. Cf. vocab. Propertius
has a similar use of incedo :
Et iucedit vel Jove digna soror (II. 2, 6).
37. Me, 118. — Incepto, 130. — Desistere, 160. — 38. Ttnlin, 129. — 39. Fatis, 106.
— 40. PontOy 149. — 41. Noxam et furias, 223.-43. F«n<i«, 143. — 44. Pectore, 133.
— 45. Turbine, 143. — Scopulo, 104.
82
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Et soror et coniiinx, una cum gente tot annos
l^ella gero. Et quisquam iiumen lunonis adorat
Prjietorea, aut supplex aris impoiiet honorem ?
Talia ttainmato secum dea corde volutans
Nimborum in patriani, loca feta furentibus austris^
Aeoliani venit. Hie vasto rex xleolus antro
Luctantes ventos tt'mpestatesque sonoras
iinperio premit ac vinclis et carcere frenat.
[Hi indignantes mngno cum murmure montis
Oircuin claustra fremunt ; celsa sedet Aeolus arce,
Sceptra tenens, nioUitque aiiiinos et temperat iras;
Ni I'aciat, inaria ac terras caelumque profundum
Quij)pe ferant rapidi secum verrantque per auras.
50
55
48-0. ('f. Ovid, M(t. II. .518-19:
E»t vero, cur (pii.s luiionem laederc nolit
OffoiiHainqiu^ truiiiat { (juae j)r(>sum sola
nocciuh) {
52. Aeoliam. Acolia, thehonieof the-
windH, waH srveii islands off the north coast
of Sifily, HO callixl fri)ni their having heen
th(! fahh'd (huninion of Aeolus, the god of
the winds. Tlu* island in whieii lie re-
Mith'd is, aceording to tlie majority of
unthorities, Strongylf, modern Stromboli.
'I'hes(^ islands ar(> all mountainous and
volcanic, Stmmholi having an active vol-
cano to this day. A passage in IMiny (.3,
{), 14) contains the germ of the whole
fable respecting Ae<dns, whcnun it is
Htated that the inhabitants of the adja-
cent islands c<mld tell from the smoke of
Strongylc what winds were going to blow
for three davs to con»e. — Class. Dir.
Aeolus. The office of directing and
controlling the winds hiid been confcrrcjl
on Aeolus by Jupiter. Homer, in the
beginning of Od. X., gives a fine descrip-
tion of the kingdom of Aeolus.
54. Ovid (Met. IV. 663) has:
Clauserat Hippotades aeterno careen
ventos.
55. Cf. Lucr. VI. 198:
In caveisque ferarum more minantur,
Nunc hinc nunc illinc fremitus pernnbila
mittunt,
Quaerentesque viam cin'umveroantnr.
Indignantes.
In a cavern under is fettered the thundflr,
It struggles and howls by fits.
SiiKLLEV, The Cloud.
59. Cf . Lucr. I. 277-9 :
Sunt igitur venti. nimirum, corpora caeca,
Cjua(> mare, (piae terras, quae deiiiqoe
nubila caeli
Verrunt ac subito vexantia turbine rap*
tant.
47. Annos, 117. — 50. Ctmh, 150. — 51. Austris, 143. — 52. Antro, 153 M. M6.
— 54. fmpen'o, 143. — Vmrlig, 216. — 55. Cum murmure, 141. — 56. Arce, 153. — • 58-S.
Ni facial —ferant, 197.
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
Sed pater omnipotens speluncis abdidit atris,
Hoc uietueus, iiioleinque et moiites insuper altos
Imposuit, regemque dcdit, qui foedere certo
Et premere et laxas sciret dare iussus habenas.
Ad quein turn luno supplex his vocibus usa est :
Aeole, namque tibi divtlin pater atque hominum rex
Et mulcere dedit fluctus et toUere veiito,
Geris iniinica milii Tyrrhenum navigat aequor,
Ilium ill Italiara portaus victosque Penates :
Incute vim ventis submersasque obrue puppes^
Aut age di versos et disice corpora j)outo.
Sunt mihi bis septem praestjinti corpore Nymphae^
83
60
65
70
66; For Saturn's son
Had given him empire o'er the winds,
witli power
To calm them or to rouse them at his wiH.
HoMBR, Od. X. 25.
67. Tyrrhenum aequor, that part
of the Mediterranean which wjisheH the
western coast of Italy. The Trojan Heet
had just left Drepanuni on the nortliwest
coast of Sicily, and was headed for Italy.
68. Cf. Ovid, Fasti, IV. 251-4 :
Cum Troiam Aeneas Italos portaret in
agros,
Est dea sacriferas paene secuta rates,
Sed noudum fatis Latio sua nuniina posci
Seuserat, assuetis substiteratqne locis.
Penates. A name sometimes given
among the Romans to a certain class of
household deities, who were worshipped
in the innermost part of their dwellings.
They were the powers of nature personi-
fied ; powers the wonderful and myste-
rious action of which produces and up-
holds whatever is necessary to life, to tl^e
common good, to the prosperity of indi-
viduals and families; whatever, in fine,
the human speijies cannot bestow upon
itself. — Class. Die. For further descrip-
tion cf. Oicero, Natura fJeontm, 2, 27, 68.
71. Bis septem. Poetical for quat-
tnordecim. Cf. II. 126. So in Words-
worth, Highland Girl:
Twice seven consenting years have shed
Their utmost bountv on thv head.
73. (Jray, in his Latin poems, has
copied almost directly many of Vergil's
lines. On this line, cf. Hymeiu^al, 42 :
Propriamcjue dicabit.
Propriam. This word is used in its
literal sense of own by many English
writers :
'T is for my proper peace, indeed, rather
than yours.
lloiJT. Browning, Paracelsus.
60. Speluncis, 153. — 62. Foedere, 343.— G'J. Sciref. 174. — 64. Vodhns, 144. ~
66. Mulcere et tollere, 161. -67 Mihi, 107. —68. flium, 60; 245,3).- 69. Ventis, 104.
— SubmerMU, 234. — 71. Mihi, 105.— roi-pnre. 14a
84
P. VERGILn MARONIS
Quanim quae forma puicherrima Deioi^ea,
Conubio iungain stabili propriamque dicabo,
Oniiies ut tec 11 111 mrriiis pro tali bus aiiiios
Exigat ft pulciira faciat te prole parentem.
Aeolus liacc contra : Tuus, o regiiia^ quid optes
Explorare labor; inilii iussa capessere fas est.
Tu mi hi, quodcumque hoc regui, tu sceptra lovemqae
Concilias, tu das epulis accnmbere divAm^
Ximborumque facis tempestatumque potentem.
Haec ubi dicta, cavum con versa cospide niontem
Impulit in latus ; ac venti, velut agmine £Eu;to,
Qua data porta, riiuiit et terms turbine perflant.
lucubuere mari, totumque a sedibus imis
75
80
Aud gaiust the Koinaues beut ilifir proper
powre. — Spenser, /". Q II. X. 57.
I call u(iv.>u thee ! and i'oinpel
Thyself to l>e thy pi\i}»er hell !
B V Rn N, Mt J n frtil.
78. .Tiiin> wjis the s|>e».ial protectress
of Ae<»lus. which accorii> ven- well with
the ide:is of tlie earlier ptn-rs, who niaile
Jnno merely a type of the atnii^spiiere.
the movenients of whith pr^Hhueil the
winds. — CltiS't, I tic.
Quodcumque hoc regni. .\n ex-
pression of Ininiility. For siniihir ex-
pre.<sious cf. Lucretius, II. ITi. hue aevi
quodcunnjuest ; and (.'atiillns. I. S. «|uiil-
quid hoc lilteUi.
79. Accumbere. A Konian custom.
83. Qua data porta, (^f. Milton,
P.R.IV.:
N'«>r slept the winds
Within their stouv caves, but rushed
abroad
From the four hinges of the world, and fell
On the vexed wilderness, whose tallei(
pines.
Tlkiugh riKtted deep as higli, andsturdieit
oaks
Bowed their stifif necks, leaden with
storm V Idasts,
t >r torn up sheer.
84. As in their deep Eolian grottoei
mi>an
The Spirits of tlie storm — as forth they
SWCl'Ji.
Or en^ the signal of the winds is Uown,
With liowling sound, high camiTal to
keep,
Aud in wild n]>roar all embroil hoth land
and dtH^p — Tasso, Ger. Lib. IV. 18.
Then forth it breakes. and with his fariou
bla.<t
Confounds lM>th land and seas, and skyei
doth oven";i8t.
Spenser, F. Q. III. IX. 15.
72- Qunrum, 84. - Formn, 147. — 73. ConMhin, 14'^. - 74. Aferitis pro, 230. — 71
Exiffnt — fnrint, 190. — Tf pnrenUm, 112. -- Pfvlt , 143 - 7S. Riffni, 84. — Scepln
/ortmyeit. 223. — 79. Kputis, 104. — 80. Ximborum, SS.
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
85
Una Eurusque Notusque ruuiit crebcrqiie procellis
Africus, et vastos volvunt ad litora H actus.
Insequitur clarnorque viriim Btrldorque nidentum.
Eripiunt subito nubes caelumque diemque
Teucrorum ex oculis; ponto nox incubat atra.
Intonuere poli^ et crebris micat igtiibus aether^
Praesentemque viris inteiitaiit omnia mortem.
Eztemplo Aeiieae solvuntur frigore membra ;
Ingemit et duplices teiidens ad sidera palmas
Talia voce refert: 0 terque quaterque beati^
85
90
d6. They, breaking forth with rude
uiirulimeut
From all foure parts of heaven, doe rage
full sore,
^nd tosse the deepes, and teare the firma-
ment,
^nd all the world confound with wide
uprore. — Spenser, F. Q. IV. I X. 23.
87-90. Quippe sonant clamore viri,
stridore rudentes,
Undamm iucursu gravis uuda, touitribus
aether,
^actibus erigitur caelumque aecpiare
videtnr
PoDtas, et indnctas aspergine tangere
nubes. — Ovid, Met. X I. 495.
88-89. The 'clouds their gloomy veil
above them strain.
Nor suffer sun or star to cheer the view.
While aye descending night, with deeper
shade.
The vext and fearful billows overlayed.
Ariosto, Orl. Fur. XVIII. 142.
Falconer, the sailor-poet of England,
thus describes a storm at sea :
Their task above thus finished, they de-
scend,
And vigilant the approaching squall
attend.
It comes resistless ! and with foaming
sweep
Upturns the whitening surface of the
deep:
The clouds, with ruin pregnant, now
impend,
And storm and cataracts tumultuous
blend. — Shipwrecky II. 155.
91. Intentant omnia mortem.
Catullus has :
Ostcntant omnia letum. — LXIV. 187.
94. O terque quaterque beati.
Non tenet hie lacrimas ; stupet hie ; vocat
ille beatoH,
Funera quos mancant ; Ine votis numen
adorat,
Bracchia(|ne ad caelum, quod non videt,
irrita tollens
Poscit opem. — Ovid, Met. XI. 539.
Thrice happy, four times hap])y, tliey
who fell
On Trov's wide field warrinjr for Atreus'
sons :
O, had I met my fate and perishe<l there,
That very day on which the Trojan host,
85. Procellis, 143.
Stj
p. VERGILII MAUONIS
Quis ante ora pat rum Troiae sub inoenibus altis
Conligit opix'lere ! U Daiiaum fortissiuie geiitis
Txdidc! uieiie lliaci:* occumbere campis
Noil potuisse, tuaque animaiu haiic ttiuudere dextra,
Saevus ubi Aeacidae telo iacet Hector, ubi ingens
iSarpedon^ ubi tot 8iniois cornrpta sub undis
Scuta virum galeasi[ue et fortia corpora volvit?
Talia iactanti stridens Aquilone procella
A'eluni ad versa ft-rir, lluciusc^ue ad sideni toUit.
Fraiiguntur remi; turn prora avertit, et undis
Dat latus; inseciuitur cuiuulo praeruptus aquae moiis.
Hi suinmo in fluctu pendent; his unda dehiscens
95
100
\Q^
Aruuud the dead At-hine^, hiirleil at me
Their bmzeu javelius. I had tlieu received
Due burial, aud great glury with tlie
(i reeks ;
Now must I die a inisi-nihle death.
' UojJER, Od. V. 366.
97. Tydide. Aeneas had eiigaired
in combat with Di«jmede, and was .^aved
from deatli only by the intervention of
Venus. Cf. Homer, //. V. 219-35^8.
99. Aeacidae. Achillos, the grand-
Ron I'f Aeacns. iiad slain Hector, son of
I'riani. after tliriee jmrsuing him aliout
the wans of Troy (<f H<.mer, //. XXII.
17.5-5(K)). and had then larried him to
the (irecian ramp, where his ImmIv was
afterwards ransome<l by Priam (//.
XXIV. Oil).
100. Sarpedon. Kinjr of Lycia. and
leader of the Lyrian auxiliaries of Priam.
He was .^ilain by PatnK-lus (//. XVI. 5S0
et seij.), bnt his boily wa.s sjnrited away
by Ai><illo to Lycia i //. XVI. 834 et se<^.).
In the vivid imairinati«)n of Aeneas, both
Hii-tor and Sarpedon still lie on the field
oi battle. — Simols. A river of Troas,
on the plain l)etween which aud the Sca-
mander. or Xanthus. the conflicts between
the Greeks and Trojans are said to have
taken place.
And .Sinju'is. in whose bed lay manf
shields
And helms and bodies of slain demigods.
//. XII. 29, sa
106. Et nunc snbllmis velnti de vertioe
montis
Despicere in valles imumque AcheiODti
videtur :
Nunc, ubi demissam cnr^'um circamstetit
ae«|Uor,
Sus]»ii'(re inf(>rno summum de gnrgite
caelum. — Ovid, Met. XI. 503-506
Now quivering o er the topmost waves
she rides.
While deep beneath the enormous golf
diviiles ;
Now launching headlong down the horrid
vale,
95. Q
I), 98. - 90. Oppetere, 159. - 98. Potuisse, 166. - 105. Cumulo, Itt.
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
87
Terrain inter fluctus aperit; furit aestus harenis.
Tres Notus abreptas iii saxa lateutia torquet —
Saxa vocant Itali mediis quae iu liuctibus Aras —
Dorsum immane mari summo; tres Eurus ab iilto no
In brevia et SyrteB urget, miserabile visu,
Inliditque vadis atque aggere cingit harenae.
Unam, quae Lycios fidumque veliebat Oronten,
Ipsius ante oculos ingens a vertioe pout us
In puppim ferit : ezcutitur pronusque magister 115
Volvitur in caput; ast illam ter j9uctus ibidem
.Torquet agens oircura, et rapidus vorat aequore vertex.
Apparent rari nantes in gurgite vasto^
Arrna virum, tabulaeque, et Traia gaza per undas.
lam validam Ilionei navem, iam fortis Achatae, 120
Et qua vectus Abas, et qua grandaeviui Aletes^
Yicit hiems ; laxis laterum compagibaB omnes
Accipiunt inimicum imbrem^ rimisque fatisount.
Becalmed she bears no more the howling
gale.
Till up the dreadful height again she
flies,
Trembling beneath the current of the
skies.
Falconer, Shipwreck III. 93-98.
108. Saza latentia. " These ' saxa '
are generally supjwsed to be the ' Acgi-
moerae insulae ' at the mouth of the
Bay of Carthage. Cf. Pliny, 5, 42, ' Con-
tra Carthaginis sinum dnae Aeginioerae
arae, scopuli verius quam insulae, inter
Siciliam maxime et Sardiniam.' Mr.
Long, however, identifies the 'saxa' with
the Skerki Rocks, which are on the Ad-
venture Bank, a shallow plateau between
Sicily and Tunis.'* — Con.
122-3. lamquo labant cunei, spoli-
atacjue tegminc ccrae
Rima patet, praebeU^ue viam Ictalibus
undis. — Ovid, Met. XL 514, 515.
123. Rimis fatiscunt.
The chinks suck destruction. The heavv
dead hulk
On the living sea rolls an inanimate
bulk. — Shelley, Vision of the Sea.
The sides convulsive shook on groaning
beams,
A nd, rent with labour, yawnM their pitchy
seams
Falconer, Shipwreck, II. 462, 3.
For, while the vessel through unnumbered
chinks.
Above, below, the invading water drinks.
Ibid. II. 695, 6.
109. Qme Aras, 112 —\\Q, Man summo, 153. — 123. Rimis, 142.
88
P. VERGILII MARONTS
Interea magno misceri munnure pontum,
Emissamque hiemem sensit Neptunus et imis
Stagna refnsa vadis^ graviter commotus ; et alto
Prospicieus, summa placidum caput extulit uuda.
Disiectam Aeiieae toto videt aequore classem^
Fluctibus oppresses Troas caelique ruina^
Nee latuere doli fratrem lunouis et irae.
Eurum ad se Zephyruinque vocat, dehinc talia fatnr :
Tantane vos generis teuuit fiducia vestri?
lam caelum terramque meo sine numine, Venti,
Miscere, et tantas audetis tollere moles?
Quos ego — ! Sed motos praestat componere fluctus.
1S5
ISO
135
124. Ci. IV. 160.
125. Neptunus. Homer thus de-
scribes the home of Neptune :
The hills
And forests quaked beneath the immortal
feet
Of Neptnne as he walked. Three strides
he took,
And at the fourth reached Aegae, where
he stopped,
And where his sumptuous palace-haUs
were built,
Deep down in ocean, golden, glittering,
prof>f
Against docay of time. — //. XIII. 22-28.
Add to this Keats' beautiful description
of Neptune's hall :
Far as the mariner on highest mast
Oan see all round upon the calmc^d vast,
So wide was Neptune's hull : and as the
blue
Doth vault the waters, so the waters drew
Their doming curtains, high, magnificent.
Awed from the throne aloof ; — and when
Btorm-rent
Disclosed the thnnder-gloomings in Jove'i
air;
But soothed as now, flash'd sadden eyetj*
where,
Noiseless, sub-marine cloudlets, glittering
Death to a human eje: for there did
spring
From natural west, and east, and sooth,
and north,
A light as of four sunsets, blazing forth
A gold-green zenith ^boye the Sea-God's
head. — Endymion.
133. Cf. Goldsmith, Deserted Villagt,
357, 358 :
While oft in whirls the mad tornado fliei»
Mingling the ravaged landscape with tho
skies.
135. Cf. Terence, Andr. 1, 1, 137:
Quem quidem ego si sensero — sed qoii
opust uerbis ? Also Butler, Hud. L IL
969:
Which now thou shalt — but first oorcti*
Must see how Iludibras doth fare.
126. Vadis^ 133. — 127. tTnda, 129. — 128. Toto aequore, 151. — 130. Fratrem, lia-
132. Generis, 87. — 135. Quos ego, 244.
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
8?
Post mihi uon simili poena commissa luetis.
Maturate fugain, regique haec dicite vestro :
Non illi iinperium pelagi saevumque tridentem^
Sed mihi sorte datum. Tenet ille iramania saxa,
Vestras, Eure, domos ; ilia se iactet in aula
Aeolus, et clauso ventorum carcere regnet.
Sic ait, et dicto citius tumida aequora placat^
Collectasque fugat nubes solemque reducit.
Cymothoe simul et Triton adxiizus acute
Detrudunt naves scopulo; levat ipse trideoti,
Et vastas aperit Syrtes, et temperat aequor,
140
145
T30. Sorte datum. Homer makes
Neptune say :
Three parts were made of all existing
things,
And each of us received his heritage.
The lots were shaken ; and to nie it fell
To dwell forever in the hoary deep,
And Pluto took the gloomy realm of
night,
And, lastly, Jupiter the ample heaven
And air and clouds. — //. XV. 235-41.
Jupiter, speaking of Pluto, says :
Nee cedit nisi sorte mihi.
Ovid, Met. V. 529.
Neptune, besides the sway
Of every salt flood, and each ebbing
stream.
Took in by lot 'twixt high and nether
Jove
Imperial rule of all the sea-girt isles.
Milton, Covins.
142-3. The obedience of Aeolus to
Neptune is thus portrayed by Keats :
Thou frownest, and old Aeolus thy foe
Skulks to his cavern, 'mid the gru£E com-
plaint
Of all his rebel tempests. Dark clouds
faint
When, from thy diadem, a silver gleam
Slants over blue dominion. — Endymion,
144. Cymothog. One of the Nereids
or Sea Nymphs. They are said by most
ancient writers to have been fifty in num-
ber; the most celebrated being Amphi-
trite, tlie wife of Neptune, ajid Thetis, the
motlier of Achilles. — Class, Die. Prop.
(III. 21, 16) calls her " caerula Cymothoe."
— Triton. A sea deity, the son of Nep-
tune and Amphitrite. Later poets made
him his father's trumpeter. For a l)eaiiti-
ful picture of Triton in tliis character, cf.
( )vid, Mft. I. 330-338. Cf. Holmes, Cham-
bered Nautilus :
From thy dead lips a clearer note is bom
Than ever Triton blew from wreathed
horn.
145-6. It seemM as there the British
Neptune stood,
With all his hosts of waters at command,
M6. J^on«»iM7i, 240. — 138. Pelagi, 91. — UO. 7a c<c«, 204. — U\. CaTcert.Y^'^ —
142. Dicto, 137.
90
P. VERGILII MAROXIS
Atque rotis summas levibus perlabitur uudas.
Ac veluti inagno in populo cuin saepe coorta est
Seditio, saevitque aniinis igiiobile vulgus,
lamque foces et saxa volant — furor arma ministrat ;
Turn, pietate gravem ac meritis si forte virum quein
Coiispoxere, silent, krrectisque auribus astant;
lUe regit dictis animos, et pectora mulcet :
Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor^ aequora postquam
Prospiciens genitor caeloque invectus aperto
Flectit equos, curruque volans dat lora secundo.
Defessi Aeneadae, quae proxima litora, cursu
Coutendunt petere, et Librae vertuntur ad oras. •
150
155
Beueuth them to submit th' offifiuus flixxl :
And with his trideut shuv'd them ofl* the
sand. — Drydex, An. Mir. 734-37.
147. Cf. V. 819.
148. Vergil draws tliis simile from an
all too familiar si-eue of his own time, —
a liomaii mob. Homaii citizens were not
allowed to carrv arms within the eitv, and
their yury furnished them with unusual
arms, the fart>s snatehed from the altar
of some nei*rhl>orin£: temj)le, and the sara
torn fmm the streets, or perhaj>s from
the roofs of the tile-covered houses.
Rage prompted them at length, and found
them arms
Against such hellish mischief fit to oppose.
Milton, P. L. VI.
Anhilochum pro])rio rabies armavit iam-
Im). — Horace, A. P. 79.
Vet amies <»r weajv>n had he none to fight,
Xe knew the use of warlike instruments.
Save such as sud<len rage him lent to smite.
Spenser, F. Q. VL IV. 4.
Cf. also Am. V. 640.
(Hid {Met. XIT. 242-44) thus deacribei
the tight between the Centaurs and the
J^ipithae :
Vina dabant auiuios ; et prima pocoli
pugua
Missa volant fragilesqae cadi, cunriqne
lebetes,
Kes e)»ulis iiuondam, nunc bello et cte-
dibus aptae.
155-6. S]»enser gives a fine picture of
Neptune in hisciiariot {F. Q. 111. XL 40):
His face was rugged, and his hoarie bed
Dropped with brackish deaw; his thiM>
forkt pyke
He stearnlv shooke, and therewith fieice
did strvke
The raging bilK>wes, that on every syde
They tremlding stood, and made a loog
bn>ad dyke.
That his swift chnret might have passage
wvde.
157-8. It will l>e an interesting study,
as the reader advances, to trace the iraa-
derings of Aeneas, noting all the poioti
148. Ac rtiuti, etc., 235. — 149. Animif, 147. — 152. <S/ contperere, 194. — Aurika,
141 — 156. C'tirrw, 97.
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
91
Est in BecesBu longo locus : insula portum
Efficit obiectu laterurn, quibus omnis ab alto
160
at which he touched from the time when
he set out from l)uriiing Troy, until he
finally anchored in the waters of the
Tiber, and associating with each place
some incident as narrated by Vergil. Cf .
1. 34, and III. 715. It will be seen that
the present is his twelfth landing-place.
159-69. This exquisite picture of the
home of the Nymphs has its counterpart,
more or less complete, in many other
poets, whether imitators or not.
Spenser gives us substantially the same
picture (F. Q. II. XII. 30) :
And now they nigh approched to the sted
Whereas those Mermayds dwelt. It was
a still
And calmy bay, on th' one side sheltered
With the brode shadow of an hoarie hill ;
On th'other side an high rocke toured still,
That twixt them both a plealsaunt port
thev made,
And did like an halfe theatre fulfill.
Vergil in line 161 imitates Geo. IV. 420.
Milton thought this scene worthy of a
place in Eden :
And overhead upgrew
Insuperable height of loftiest shade,
Cedar, and pine, and fir, and branching
palm,
A sylvan scene, and as the ranks ascend
Shade above shade, a woody theatre
Of stateliest view. — P. L. IV.
While Goldsmith's Traveller sees :
Far to the right, where Apennine ascends.
Bright as the summer, Italy extends :
Its uplands sloping deck the mountain's
side,
Woods over woods in gay theatric ])ride.
Tasso {Ger. Lib. XV. 42, 43) imitates
still more closely :
In one they find a lone sequestered
place,
Where, to a crescent curved, the shore
extends
Two moony horns, that in their sweep
embrace
A spacious bay, — a rock the port defends;
Inward it fronts, and broad to ocean bends
Its back, whereon each dashing billow
dies,
When the wind rises and the storm de-
scends ;
While here and there two lofty crags arise,
Whose towers, far out at sea, salute the
sailor's eyes.
Safe sleep the silent seas beneath ;
above.
Black arching woods o'ershade the circled
scene :
Within, a grotto opens in the grove,
Pleasant with flowers, with moss, with
ivies green.
And waters warbling in the depths un-
seen ;
Needed nor twisted rope nor anchor there
For weary ships ; into that so serene
And sheltered hermitage, the maiden fair
Entered, her slender sails unfurling from
the air.
Vergil himself seems to have bor-
rowed his description from Homer {Od.
XIII. 117-126) :
A port there is in Ithaca, the haunt
Of Phorcys, Ancient of the Sea. Steep
shores
Stretch inward toward each other, and
roll back
The mighty surges which the hoarse
wiu(is hurl
Against them from the ocean, while
within
Ships ride without their hawsers, when
they once
92
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Frangitur inque sinus scindit sese unda reductos^^
Hinc atque hinc vasta^ rupes geminlque minantur
In caelun^ scopuli, quorum sub vertice late
Aequora tuta silent; turn silvis scaena coruscis
Desuper horrentique atrum nemus imminet umbra.
Froute sub adversa scopulis pendentibus antrum;
Intus aquae dulces vivoque sedilia saxo.
Nympharum domus. Hie fessas non vincula naves
Ulla tenent, unco non alligat ancora morsu.
Hue se|)tem Aeneas coUectis navibus omni
Ex numero subit; ac magno telluris amore
Egressi optata potiuntur Troes harena,
Et sale tabentes artus in litore ponunt. y
Ac primum silici scintillam ezcudit Achates^
Suscepitque ignem foliis^ atque arida circum
Nutrimenta dedit^ rapuitque in fomite flammam.
165
170
17)
Have passed the haven's mouth. An
olive tree
With spreading branches at thefarther end
Of that fair haven stands, and overbrows
A pleasant shady grotto of the Nymphs.
Ovid approaches the same description
(Met. XI. 229-234):
Est sinus Haemoniae curvos falcatus in
arcus,
Bracchia procurrunt : ubi, si foret altior
unda,
Portus erat ; summis inductum est aequor
harenis.
Litiis habet solidum, quod nee vestigia
servet,
Nee remoretur iter, nee opertum pendeat
alga.
Myrtea silva subest, bicoloribus obsita
bacis.
166. ' Saxis pendentibus/ from Lncr.
VI. 195, " Speluncasque velut saxis pen-
dentibu' structas," who in turn has imi-
tated an old poet (supposed to be Ennins)
in Cic. Tusc. Disp I. 16, " Per speluncas
saxis structas asperis, pendentibus."
Cox.
169. And there is a safe haven, when
no need
Of cable is ; no anchor there is cast,
Nor hawsers fastened to the strand, bit
thev
Who enter there remain until it please
The mariners, with favorable wind,
To put to sea again.
Homer, Od, IX. 164.
170. Septem. Aeneas started wilfa
twenty ships. Of. 1. 381.
164. iSi7m, 140. — 5ca€Jia, 236 — 165. Umbra, 140. — 171. Telluris, 87.— ^mm^, 14L
— 172. Harena, 144.
AENEID08 LIB. I.
Turn Cererem corruptam undis Cerealiaque arma
Expediunt feasi reru'm, frugesque receptas
Et torrere paraut Sammis et frangere saxo.
Aeneas scopulum interea consceiidit et omnem
ProspectuQi late pelago petit, Anthea si qiiem
lactatnm vento videat Phrygiasque bltemra
Aut Capyn, aut eelsis in puppibus arma Caici,
NaTcm in conspectu nnllam, tres litore cervos
Prospicit errantes ; hos tota armenta sequuntur
A tergo, et longum per valles paodtur agmeu.
177- Ceierem. — CeresUaqne ar-
na. Ceres was the goddess of gnuD and
luurrest, here used for the grtin itself ;
■o BacchM for wine, Venas for love. Mars
for baUU, etc Hence the Cenatia arma
were the cooking ntensils, incloding those
necessuj to grind the grain. \'ergil
here probably describes the impletnenla
of bis aim time.
180. When bright-haired Morning
broDght the third clay ronnd.
I took my spear and my good Bword, and
left
The ship, and climbed a height, in hope
to spy
Some trace of human toil, or hear some
HOHEK, Od. X. 1T4.
181. Proapectum. Cf. Catullus
LXIV. 241 ;
182. Phryglaa. Troy was sitnated.in
Fbcygia Minor, and hence the epithet of
Che l^ojana.
183. In pnppibtis arma, being those
of the commander of the ship, perhaps in
lien of the name of the vessel.
186, Note the onomatopoeia in this
line, and compare it with IV. IS5. The
flrat presents an array of heavy spondees,
NQggesting the peaceful herd, feeding
lazily tlirongh the level valley, no action,
no incident, — nothing to break the mo-
notony ; a qniet, drowsy, rural scene. A
striking contrast to this picture is fonnd
in the serond passage, a line full of gal-
loping dactyls, which fitly jiortray the
r. Ctrtrrm, a^ 5). -178. Kenta, 00.-182. Fideal.ieS AM. I.ilovf.Wi.
94
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Constitit hie, arcumque manu celeresque sagittas
Corripuit, fidus quae tela gerebat Achates,
Ductoresque ipsos primum, capita alta ferentes
Cornibus arboreis, sternit, turn valgus, et omuem l*
Miscet agens telis nemora inter frondea turbam;
Nee prius absistit, quam septem iugentia victor
Corpora fundat humi et numerum cum navibus aequet.
" I line portuin petit, et socios partitur in omnes.
Vina bonus quae deinde cadis onerarat Acestes 195
Litore Trinacrio dederatque abeuntibus heros,
Dividit, et dictis maerentia pectora mulcet :
O socii — neque enim ignari sumus ante inalorum —
O passi graviora, da bit deus his quoque finem. ^
Yos et Scyllaeam rabiem penitusque sonantes 200
Accestis scopulos, vos et Cyclopia saxa
Expert! : revocate animos, maestumque timorem
Mittite : forsan et haec olim meminisse iuvabit.
herd rushing, stumbling, bounding, ring-
ing down the mountain side, and disap-
poiiring in the distance. But the best
illustration of this (juick movement is
found in VIII. 596:
Quadrupedante putrem sonitu quatit un-
gula cam])um.
195. Acestes, — more generally
written Aegestes, — was a son of the
river-god Crimisus, by a Trojan mother,
according to one acconnt ; while another
makes both his parents to have been of
Trojan origin. Vergil rej)resent8 him
as king of Sicily.
106. Triuacria was one of the ancient
names of Sicily, from its three promon-
tories (rpus &Kpai).
199. Horace has:
O fortes peiorafjue passi
Mecum saepe viri, nunc vino pellite curb.
Odea, I. VII. 30.
Spenser gives similar encouragement:
So when as fortune all her spight hith
showne,
Some blisfuU houres at last most needes
appeare.
F. Q. V. III. 1.
200. Scyllaeam. Cf. III. 420, note.
203. Forsan et seq.
For in the after-time
One who has suffered much and wandered
far
May take a pleasure even in his griefs.
HoMKR, Od. XV. 509t
190. Cornibus^ 136. — 19;J. Fundat, 185. — Ifumi, 95. — 195. Quae cadis, 226. —
OniriflMJlO.' — 198. Ante, 225, — Malorum, 88. — 201. Accestis, 216.
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
95
Per varies casus, per tot discrimina rerum
Tendimus in Latium, sedes ubi fata quietas
Ostendunt; illic fas regna resurgere Troiae.
Durate, et vosmet rebus servate secundis.
Talia voce refert, curisque ingentibus aeger
Spem vultu simulat, premit altuin corde dolorem.
.Villi se praedae accingunt dapibusqae futuris :
Tergora deripiunt cc^stis et viscera iiudant ;
Pars in frusta secant veribnaque trementia figunt ;
Litore a@na locant alii, Ham masque ministrant.
Tum victu revocant vires, fusique per herbam
Implentur veteris Bacchi pinguisque ferinae.
Postquam exempta fames epulis mensaeque remotae,
Amissos longo socios sermone requirunt.
205
210
215
A time will come, not distantly descried,
When to remember ev'ry past dismay
Will be no less a pleasure than a pride ;
Hold then courageous on, and keep, I
pray,
Tour noble hearts in cheer for that
victorious day.
Tasso, Ger. Lib. V. 91.
Campbell's Pleasures of Hope is through-
out a commentary on this nolile line, as
instances the following passage :
Where is the troubled heart consigned
to share
Tumultuous toils, or solitary care.
Unblessed by visionary thoughts that
stray
To count the joys of Fortune's better day !
Lo, nature, life, and liberty relume
The dim-eyed tenant of the dungeon
gloom,
A long-lost friend or hapless child re-
stored.
Smiles at his blazing hearth and social
board ;
Warm from his heart the tears of rapture
flow.
And virtue triumphs o'er remember'd
woe.
208-9. So spake the apostate angel,
though in pain.
Vaunting aloud, but racked with deep
des]»air.
Milton, A A. I. 125.
213. Litore a^na locant. Tliis is
probably an anachronism, for boiled meat
was unknown in Homer's time ; but, as
Con. remarks, it would not be an ana-
chronism if the water was lieated for bath-
ing purposes.
214. Fusique per herbam. Ke-
pejited from Geo. II. 527.
216. Mensaeque remotae. Accord-
ing to Con. tliis is the general phrase
among the Romans for concluding a meal.
208. CSiris, 136.-209. CV-r/e, lbO,— 'l\0,Pratdat, 103.— 21-2. Pars sec aut, 22.1
215. /m/fientur, 215. — BaccHj 04; 245, 5). —217 . Sei-moneA^"^*
96
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Spemque metumque inter dubii, seu vivere credant,
Sive extrema pati nee iani exaudire vocatos.
Praecipue pius Aeneas nunc acris Oronti, '
Nunc Amyci casum gemit et crudelia secum
Fata Lyci, fortemque Gyan, fortemque Cloanthum.
"" Et iam finis erat, cum luppiter, aethere summo
Despiciens mare velivolum terrasque iacentes
Litoraque et latos populos, sic vertice caeli
Constitit et Libyae defixit lumina regnis.
Atque ilium tales iactantem pectore curas
Tristior et lacrimis oculos suffusa nitentes
Adloquitur Venus : 0 qui res hominumque deAmque
Aeternis regis imperiis, et fulmine terres,
210
225
230
219. Vocatos. An allusion to one of
the ceremonies in a Roman funeral, when
the name of the dead was called three
times, and vale was thrice repeated.
According to Ovid {Trist. III. III. 43-4),
this call was made immediately after
death by the nearest relative :
Nee raandata dabo, nee cum clamore
supremo
Labentes oculos condet amica man us.
On the departure of the mourners from
the place of burial or incineration, it was
also customary to bid farewell to the de-
ceased by pronouncing^ the word vale.
Thus Catullus, on leaving his brother's
tomb, exclaims :
Accipe fraterno multum [munera] ma-
nantia fletu,
Atque in perpetuom, f rater, ave atque
vale. — CI. 9-10.
This was also a Greek custom (cf.
Homer, Od. IX. 79):
Nor did we put to sea
In our good ships until we thrice had
called
Aloud by name each one of our i)Oor
friends
Who fell in battle by Ciconian hands.
For other allusions in Vergil to the
same custom, cf. II. 644; III. 68; VL
231 and 506.
224. Partially imitated from Enniiu,
An.:
Cum procul aspiciunt hostes accedeie
ventis
Navibus velivolis.
Ta.sso evidently has this passage in
mind {Ger. Lib. I. 7) :
When, from his unimaginable throne,
Th' Eternal Father downward cast his
eye,
And in an instant, at a glance, marked all
That parsed, in light or shade, on earth's
terraqueous ball.
218. Credant, 168.-228. Oculos, 114.
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
97
Quid meus Aeneas in te committere tantum.
Quid Troes potuere, quibus, tot funera passis,
Cunctus ob Italiam terrarum clauditur orbis ?
Certe hinc Roinanos olim, volventibus annis,
Hinc fore ductores, revocato a sanguine Teucri,
Qui mare, qui terras omni dicione teuerent,
Pollicitus, quae te, genitor, sententia vertit?
Hoc equidem occasum Troiae tristesque ruinas
Solabar, fatis contraria fata rependena ;
Nunc eadem fortuna viros tot casibus actos
Insequitur. Quem das finem, rex magne, laborum ?
Antenor potuit, mediis elapsus Achivis,
235
240
231 . Juppiter puts the same question to
Juno:
Pestilent one ! what grievous wrong
Hath Priam done to thee, or Priam's
sons,
That thou shouldst persevere to over-
throw
His noble city 1 — Homer, //. IV. 40.
233. In somewhat the same language
Falconer mourns his own .disappointed
life (Shipwreck, I. 210-13) •
In vain — for rude adversity's command
StiU, on the margin of each famous land,
With unrelenting ire his steps opposed.
And every gate of hope against him
closed.
234. Certe hinc Romanoa olim.
Neptune was aware of this fate (Homer,
//. XX. 380 et seq.) :
And 't is the wiU of fate
That he escape ; that so the Dardan race,
Beloved by Jove above all others sprung
From him and mortal women, may not
yet
Perish from earth and leave no progeny
For Saturn's son already holds the house |
Of Priam in disfavor, and will make
Aeneas ruler o'er the men of Troy,
And his sons' sons shaU rule them after
him.
239. On balancing fates with fates, cf.
Homer, //. VHI. 83
But when the sun
Stood high in middle heaven, the All-
Father took
His golden scales, and in them laid the
fates
Which bring the sleep of death.
So in the duel between Aeneas and
Turnus, Juppiter balances their fates
(Aen. XII. 725) :
luppiter ipse duas aequato examine
lances
Sustinet, et fata imponit diversa duorum,
Quem daranet labor, et quo vergat pon-
dere letum.
242. Antenor was a Trojan prince
related to Priam. After the conclusion
of the war, according to some accounts,
he migrated with a party of followers
into Italy, and built Patavium, the
modern Padua.
282. Quibua, 07. — 235. Sanguine TeuciH, 58.-237. PoKicitu8,^^S. — "i^a. AcV\m%,\aSi.
98
P. VERGILII MARONIS
lUyricos penetrare sinus atque intima tutus
E/egna Liburnorum, et fontem siiperare Timavi,
Unde per ora novem vasto cum murmure montis
It mare proruptum et pelago premit arva sonanti.
Hie tamen ille urbem Patavi sedesque locavit
Teucrorum, et genti nomen dedit armaque fixit
Troia, nunc placida compostus pace quiescit :
245
244. Timavi. A celebrated stream
of Italy, in the territory of Venetia,
northwest of Aquileia, and falling into
the Iladriatic. Its numerous sources,
its lake and subterranean passage, which
have been so celebrated by the poets of
antiquity, are now so little known, that
their existence has even been questioned.
The name seems to be preserved, how-
ever, in the modern Timao. — Class. Die.
246. Nettleship conclude* that mare
was the local name for the river itself.
248. Armaque fixit. Compare with
this passage TIL 286-8; V. 484; VI. 18
and 859. Cf. also Catullus, IV. 25 :
Nunc recondita
Senet quiete seque dedicat tibi,
Gemelle Castor et gemelle Castoris.
And Horace, Odes, I. V. 13 :
Me tabula sacer
Votiva paries indicat uvida
Suspendisse potenti
Vestimenta maris deo.
The above passages refer to a Roman
custom of dedicating to the gods some
object as a thank-offoring for the pros-
perous issue of any })lan, or for release
from any danger. In some instances
this act indicates a renunciation of that
path of life or that course of action
which led to the dnnger Thus Antenor,
in the above passage {Aen. I. 247), seevas
to have laid aside forever the arms of
war for the implements of peace; and
Entellus (V. 484) announces by his act
tliat he has engaged in his last contest
with the cestus ; Daedalus also, on safely
landing from his strange voyage, conse-
crates his wings to the gods, never more
to be used by him (VI. 18). Likewise
Catullus represents his Pinnace as grow-
ing old, and, renouncing all further roT-
ing on the sea, dedicating itself to the
twin gods. Horace humorously repre-
sents himself as having narrowly escaped
from the wiles of the famous flirt Pyrrha,
and, like a ship wrecked sailor, he hangs
up his dripping garments to Neptune as
a thank-offering for deliverance.
The following passages in English po-
etry are based upon the same thought :
And in thy tcmpul I wol ray baner hong,
And alle the armes of my companye.
And ever more, unto that day I dye,
Eterne fyr I wol bifore the fynde.
Chauckr, A'. T. 2412.
In my heart's temple I suspend to thee
These votive wreaths of withered memon'.
Shelley, Epipsychldion.
249. Compostus. ♦ Seemingly refer-
ring to his peaceful end, and his rest in
death. But Con. thinks the passage to
mean that lie passed the remainder of
his days in peace.
4. Timavi, 85.-245-6. 246. -247. Patnvi, 85.
AENEIDOS LIB. L 99
Nos, tua progenies, caeli quibus adimis arcem, 25«f'
Navibus, infandum ! amissis, unius ob iram
Prodimur atque Italis longe disiungimur oris.
Hie pietatis honos? Sic nos in sceptra reponis?
Olli subridens hominum sator atque deorum
Vultu, quo caelum tempestatesque aerenat, 255
Oscula libavit natae, dehiuc talia fatur :
Parce metu, Cytherea, mauent immota .tuorum
Fata tibi ; cernes urbem et promissa Lavini
Moenia, sublimemque feres ad sidera caeli
Magnanimum Aenean ; neque me senteutia vertit. 260
Hie tibi — fabor eiiim, quando haec te cura remordet^
Longius et volvens fatorum arcana movebo —
Bellum ingens geret Italia, populosque feroces
Contundet, moresque viris et moenia ponet,
Tertia dum Latio regiiantem viderit aestas, 265
Ternaque transierint Rutulis hiberna subactis.
At puer Ascanius, cui nunc cognomen lulo
Additur, — Ilus €rat, dum res stetit Ilia regno, —
Triginta magnos volvendis mensibus orbes
Imperio explebit, regnumque ab sede Lavini 270
254-5. Cf. Ennius, An.:
luppiter hie risit, tempestatesque sereno
Riserunt omnes risu lovis omiiipotentis.
257. Cytherea. An epithet of Venus,
derived from the fable of her having risen
at her birth from the sea near the shore
of Cythera, an island on the coast of
Laconia, in Peloponnesus.
262. Volvens. The ancient book was
a roU of papyrus or parchment, which to
be read must be unrolled.
267. lulo — Hub. The Julian family
at Rome, to whom the Caesars belonged,
traced their origin to Ascanius. The poets,
out of compliment, devised this purely
fanciful etymological evidence, asserting
that, before the capture of Troy, Asca-
nius was called Tlus, after the ancient
Trojan king of that name, that this after-
wards became lulus, and that hence came
the form lulius, or Julius, — Searing.
254. Olli, 98, 218. — 257. Mttu, 09. — 261. Remm^det, 188. — 264. Mores et moenia
ponet, 221. — 265. Viderit, 186. — 207. /////», 109. — 269. Volvendis ^ volventibus. —
270. Laviniy 85.
p. VERGIUI MAROSIS
Traiisferet, et Longam inulta vi mnaiet Albam.
Hie iam ter centum totos regnabitur aunos
Geiite sub Hectoreii, donee regiua sacerdos
Marte gravis gemiiiani paitu dabit Ilia prolem.
Inde lupae folvo nablcis tegmiue laetus
Biomulus excipiet geutem, et Mavortia condet
Moeiiia, 2U)uiaiiosque suo de Domiue dicet.
His ego nee metas rerum nee tempora pono ;
Imperium sine 6ue dedi. Quin aspera luno,
Quae mare nune terrasque uetu caelumque fatigat,
Cousilia in melius referet, mecumque fovebit
Koinanos, rerum douitios, gentcmque togatam.
Sic plaeitum. Yeuiet lustris labentibus aetas,
Cnin domus Assaraei Plithiam clarasque Mycenas
281. Cf. El
lono placata favere coepil Romanis
282. Oentemque togatam. The
toga was ao peculiarly a Roman dreiw
that the Kumans were rightly called the
284. Pbthlam. MycenaB, Argis
"' ' he relation of Greeks
d Trojans is here predicted
I. 7(^ne, 136. — 284. Domvt, 246. -
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
^^^vitio premet ac victis domiiiabitur Argis.
^^cetur pulchra Troianus origine Caesar,
_^perium Oceano, famam qui terminet astris,
^lius, a rnagno demissutn nomen lulo.
^^tic tu olim caelo, spoliis Orientis onustum,
■^^^ipies secura; vocabitur hie quoque votis.
^^p'era turn positis mitescent /saecula Ihellis ;
^ajia Fides, et Vesta, Remo cum fratre Quirinus,
l^ta dabunt ; dirae ferro et compagibus artis
101
285
290
plete ; for while these three places repre-
sent Greece in general, still there is
special significance in the mention of
'ne cities of Achilles, Agamemnon, and
Diomede respectively. This intelligence
must have been pleasing to Venus, for
on one occasion (Homer, //. V. 402-430),
^omede had the temerity to wound her
^ she was rescuing Aeneas.
286. In 146 B. c, the Romans, under
•^Dinmius, reduced all Greece to a Roman
''^^ce.
^7. Cf. Ovid, Met. XV. 829-831 :
^<i tibi barbariam, gentes ab utroquc
iacentes
®ano nnmerem ? quodcumque habi-
tabile tellns
^tinet, hnjns erit : pontus quoque ser-
viet illi.
^90. Vocabitur votis. That is,
shall be deified.
^81. PoaitisbelliB. Thus the Golden
Je — the age of " peace on earth, good
ll toward men " — is predicted. Cf.
Argil's Eclogne, Pdlio. Milton gives
a grander picture of the same time,
bose central fignre is not Augustus,
U the infant Messiah :
No war, or battle's sound
Was heard the world around :
The idle spear and shield were high up
hung;
The hooked chariot stood.
Unstained with hostile blood ;
The trumpet spake not to the armed
throng,
And kings sat still with awful eye,
As if they surely knew their sovran Lord
was by. — Hymn on Nat. IV.
292. The return of the ancient (cana)
virtues of truth {Fides) ^ domestic virtue
( Vesta) y and harmony and brotherly love
{Remo cum fratre Quirinus) is prophe-
sied. Compare this with Horace, Car-
men Saeculare, 57-60 :
lam fides et pax et honos pudorque
Priscus et neglecta redire virtus
Audet, apparetque beata pleno
Copia cornu.
Quirinus was the name given to Rom-
ulus after his translation to the skies;
cf. Ovid, Fasti, II. 475-80;
Proxima lux vacua est; at tertia dicta
Quirino ;
Qui tenet hoc nomen, Romulus ante
fuit.
286, Ongine,im.
p. VERGILII MAR0NI8
Claudeutur Belli portae ; Furor impiua intus,
Saeva sedans super anna, et centum vinctus aeais
Post tergum nodis, ftemet horridus ore crnento,
Hacc ait, et Maia genituin deuiittit ab alto,
TJt terrae, utque novae pateaiit Kartliaginis arces
Hospitio Teucris, iie fati uescia Dido
Fiiiibus arceret, Volat ille per aSta magnnm
Remigio alarum, ac Libyac oitas astitit oris.
Et iain iassa facit, ponuiitque ferocia Poeni
Corda volente deu ; in primis regina quietum
Accipit in Teucros aninfiuin mentemque benignam. u''
At pius Aeneas, per noctem plurima volvens,
Ut prinium lux alma data est, exire locosque
Esplorare uovos, quiis vento accesserit oras,
Qui teneant, nam luculta videt, houiinesae feraene,
Quaerere constituit, sociisque exacta referre.
SivR SHI) regi uoineii puBaere Qniiites ;
Seu qiiin Romanis iuiixersit illf Tiires.
394. Glaudentur Belli portae. Ja-
rppresented with two faces. His ter
tliu f^tes uf the principal ooe — Ihllol
Jaiiiis QniriniiB — were always open ; ii
peiux they wero closed to retaia ■
witliin ; but tliey were aliDt only 0
between the reign of Kuma and ibtttl
Auguatns, namely, at the close of lb
first Vmm Wnc. Anj^iEtiis rltwed th
afCur lie lin<l given repose to the Ron
■ ~ a-ss. Vic.
297. Maia genitnm, — thatiB,tlie«n i
ot Maiii. Mercury. Maia was one of tbe
Ptein<le», ilnn^hterx of Atlas and Pleione-
300. ASra magnum. So Biyut,
in his Wotfr/oid ;
Tlie desert uid illimilable i3r.
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
103
Classem in oonvezo iiemorum sub rupe cavata
Arboribus clausain circum atque horreutibus umbris
Occulit; ipse uno graditur comitatus Achate^
fiina mauu lato crispana hastilia ferro.
Cui mater media sese tulit obvia silva,
Virgiiiis os habitumque gerens et virginis arma,
Spartanae, vel qualis equos Threissa fatigat
Harpalyce volucremque fuga praevertitur Hebrum.
Namque umeris de more habilem auspenderat arcum
Venatrijc, dederatque comam difFuudere ventis,
Nuda genu^ nodoque sinus eollecta fluentes.
Ac prior, Heus, inquit, iuvenes, monatrate, mearum
Vidistis si quam hie errantem forte sororum,
Succiuctam pharetra et maculosae tegmine lyncio,
Aut apumantis apri cursum clamore prementem.
Sic Venus ; et Veneris contra sic filius orsus :
Nulla tuarum audita mihi neque visa sororum,
310
315
320
325
317. Harpalyce was a Thracian prin-
cess who took to a wild life in the woods
npon the death of her father.
Praevertitiir. CatuUus thus describes
the " swift-footed Achilles : "
Qui persaepe vago victor certamine cursus
Flammea praevertet celeris vestigia cer-
vae.—LXIV. 340-41.
For other standards of speed, cf. Shel-
ley {Ode to Libert I/) :
Thou huntress swifter than the moon !
And again, in The Boat :
Swift as fire, tempestuously
It sweeps into the affrighted sea.
313. The ancient poets delighted in
picturi.ig the Nymphs in their pastoral
dresses and exercises. In connection with
this subject, cf. The Tattler, No. 2^8.
319. Spenser evidently has this entire
passage in mind :
Her yellow lockes, crisped like golden
wyre,
About her shoulders weren loose! v shed,
And when the winde emongst them did
inspyre,
They waved like a penon wyde dispred,
And low behinde her backe were scattered.
F. Q. II. III. 30.
320. Nuda genu.
Per iuga, per silvas dumosaque saxa
vagatur
Nuda genu, vestem ritu succincta Dianae.
Ovid, Met. X. 535-6.
•» I 4
I-. Cut, 104.— .316. Vel qualis, etc., 219. — 319. Diffundere, 161. - 320. Genu^ 114..
aimu,116 322. Vidistis »i, im, — ISovoi'um.Q^ S'ii&. MiKlA^^-
104
P. VERGILII MARONIS
^vm^ ^^7
O — quam te memorem, virgo ? namqiie haud tibi vnltas
Mortalis, nee vox hominem sonat: 0 dea certe;
An Pl^oebi soror ? an Nympliarum sanguinis una ?.
Sis feiix, nostrumque leves, quaecumque, laporem,
Et, quo sub caelo tandem, quibug orbis in oris
lactemur, doceas : ignari hominumque locorumque
Erramus, vento hue et vastis fluctibus aeti :
Multa tibi ante aras nostra eadet hoatia dextra.
Turn Venus : Haud equidem tali me dignor honore ;
Virginibus Tyriis mos est gestare pharetram,
Purpureoque alte suras vinciFe cothurno.
Puiiica regna vides, Tyrios et Agenoris urbem ;
Sed fines Libyei, genus intractabile bello.
Imperium Dido Tyria regit urbe profecta,
330
335
340
328. O dea certe. Cf. Spenser, F.
Q. II. lU. 33 :
"O goddesse (for snch I thee take to bee),
For nether doth thy face terrestriall shew,
Nor voyce sonnd mortaU."
Uncier this text the passion for admira-
tion is discussed by Addison in the Spec-
tator, No. 73.
329. Phoebi soror, that is, Diana.
Nympharum. The Nymphs were cer-
tain female deities among the ancients,
divided into various orders according to
their place of al)ode. Thus there were
Mountain-Nymphs, or Oread es, Water-
Nymphs, or Naiades, Wood-Nymphs,
or Dryades, etc.
337. Cf. Ed. VII. 32 :
Puniceo stabis suras evincta cothurno.
340. Dido, etc. Con. quotes a most
interesting parallel to this passage. *' In
comparing Virgil's account of the early
fortunes of Dido with that of Pompeiv
Trogus (Justin 18, 4-6), the reader ii
struck with some minute coincidencei d
language which may show that bott
writers drew upon the same source, bik
that Virgil, for the sake of brevilT^r.
mutilated the narrative. Take the tw
accounts of Dido's flight from 1^
Sychaeus, it will be remembered, i^ fa
Trogus' narrative, called Acerbas.
Justin 18, 4, 8 : qua [fama) ifwemm
Pfigmalion oblitus iurh humani acuttaAut
suum eundemque generum sine respecti
pietatis occidit. Elissa fugam molinr
adsumptis quibusdam principibos in 9^
cietatem, quibus par odium in regem eat
eandeinqne fugae cupiditatem arbiMr
batur. . . . Sed Elissa ministroe noftt
tionis a roge missos navibus cum omnibM
opibus suis prima vespera imponit^ pio*
vectaque in altum compellit eos
a^^Mwm
inem. 111, 226. — 330. Sis, 205. — Qtiaecumque, 179. ^ 335. Fonort, ISA
^ Virginibus, 102. — GesUire, 156. — 339. Genus, 226. — 340. Urbe, 1».
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
105
Germanum fugiens. Longa est iniuria, longae
Ambages ; sed summa sequar fastigia rerum.
Huic couiuux Sychaeus erat, ditissimus agri
Phoenicum, et magno miserae dilectus amore,
Cui pater intactam dederat^ primisque iugarat
Ominibus. Sed regna Tyri germanus habebat
Pygmalion, scelere ante alios immanior omnes.
Quos inter medius venit furor. Ille Sychaeum
Impius ante aras atque auri caecus amore
Clam ferro incautum superat, securus amorum
Germanae ; factumque diu celavit, et aegram,
Multa mains simulans, vana spe lusit amantem.
Ipsa sed in somnis inhumati venit imago
Coniugis, ora modis attoUena pallida miris ;
345
350
harenae pro pecuDia iuvolucris involuta
in mare deicere. Tunc deflens ipsa lugu-
briqne voce Acerbam ciet . . . tunc ipsos
ministros adgreditur ; sibi quidem ait opta-
tam olim fnortem, sed illis acerbos crucia-
tus et dira supplicia imminere, qui Acer-
bae opes, quarum spe parricidium fecerat,
ataritiae tyranni subtraxerint. Hoc metu
omnibus iniecto comites fugae accepit."
343. Agri. Con. remarks, "*Auri'
has been proposed by Huet, approved
by Heyne, and adopted by Ribbeck."
346. Ingarat. Cf. Cat. LXTV. 21 :
Tnm Thetidi pater ipse iugandum Pelea
sanxit.
349-50. Cf. Dante, Purg. XX. 103-5 :
At that time we repeat Pygmalion,
Of whom a traitor, thief, and parricide
Made his insatiable desire of gold.
352. Aegraxn — vana ape. "Hope
deferred maketh the heart sick." Cf.
Keats, Isabella, XXIX. :
Poor girl! put on thy stifling widow's
weed,
And 'scape at once from Hope's accursed
bands.
To-day thou wilt not see him, nor to-
morrow.
And the next day will be a day of sor-
row.
354. Cf. Ennius, An. :
Sed quaedam simulacra modis pallentia
miris.
Lucr. I 123:
Sed quaedam simulacra modis pallentia
miris.
Also Geo. I. 477-78 :
Et simulacra modis pallentia miris
Visa sub obscurum noctis.
Aen. VII. 89 :
Multa modis simulacra videt volitantia
miris.
X. 822 :
Ora modis Anchisiades pallentia miris.
343. Agri, 90. — 347. Scelere, 147. — 348. Quos inter, 230. — 350. Amorum, ^^.
— .352. Malus, 226.
106 P. VERGILn MARONIS
Crudeles aras traiectaque pectora ferro 355
Nudavit, caecuin(|ue domus scelus oinne retezit.
Turn celerare fugain patriaque excedere suadet,
Auxiliuuique viae veteres tellure recludit
Thesauros^ igiiotuin argeuti pondus et auri.
^^i^His coininota fugam Dido sociosque parabat. 860
Conveuiuiit, quibus aut odium crudele tyranni
Aut inetus acer erat; naves, quae forte paratae,
Corripiunt onerantque auro ; portantur avari
Pygmalionis opes pelago ; dux femina facti.
V^Devenere locos, ubi nunc ingentia cemis 365
Moenia surgentemque novae Karthaginis arcem,
Mercatique solum, facti de nomine Byrsam,
Taurino quantum possent circumdare tergo.
Sed vos qui tandem, quibus aut venistis ab oris,
Quove tenetis iter? Quaerenti talibus ille 370
Suapirana imoque trahens a poctore vocem : V
0 dea, si prima re})etens ab origine pergam,
Et vacet annales nostrorum audire laborum.
Ante diem clause componet Vesper Olympo.
364. Dux femina facti. Tliis motto thongs, and enclosed a large piece of
was placed uj)on the medals strnck off in territorv, on which she built a citadd
1588, in honor of Elizal)etli'8 victories ■ which she called Byrsa {fiAptra, a hide).
over the Spanish Armada, (^f Kinfrsley's '. This, however, is a mere fable of the
" Westward Ilo ! " Greeks. Tlie name is derived from the
367. Byrsam. lUrsa was the name I*unic term Basra, a citadel. — Cliui Dk.
of the citadel of Cartha^ro. Tlie story 374. Cf. Cat. LXII. 1,2:
commonly toM aliout the orijrin of this Vesper a(Iest,iuvenes,consurgite: Veeper
name is here referred to by Ver^^il. Olympo
When Dido came to Africa, she bonc^ht
of tlie inhabitants as much land as could
Kxspcctata <liu vix tandem Inmiua tollit.
And Statins, Thehaid (Pope's tnnif**-
be com])assed by a bull's hide. After the tion) :
agreement, she cut the hide in small Ere I recount the sins of these profUMi
360. Fugam sociofque parabat, 221, — 361. Quibus. 105. — 364 PtUgk
.QtMntwn possent, 178. — 372. Si pergam, 195. — 373. Avdire, IQL
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
107
Nos Troia aiitiqua, si vestras forte per aures
Troiae nomen iit, diversa per aequora vectos
Forte sua Libycis tempestas appulit oris.
Sum pius Aeneas, raptos qui ex hoste Penates
Classe veho mecum, faina super aetliera notus.
Italiam quaero patriam et geuus ab love suinmo.
Bis denis Phrygium cousceudi navibus aequor,
Matre dea monstrante viam, data fata secutus ;
Vix septem couvulsae uiidis Euroque supersuut.
Ipse ignotus, egens, Libyae deserta peragro,
Europa atque Asia pulsus. '-^Nec plura querentem
Passa Venus medio sic interfata dotore est :
Quisquis es, baud, credo, invisus caelestibus auras
Vitalea carpis, Tyriam qui adveneris urbem.
Perge modo, atque hinc te reginae ad limina perfer.
Namque tibi rednces socios classemque relatam
Nuntio et in tutum versis Aquilonibus actam,
Ni frustra angurium vani docuere parentis.
375
380
385
390
The sun would sink into the western
main,
And rising, gild the radiant east again.
378. Pius. Among the traits that
characterize Aeneas, his piety is the most
noticeable. He is " insigmm pietate"
and " prior pietate" even when compared
to Hector. Although more than twenty
epithets are applied to him in the Aeneici,
he is most frequently the "phis Aeneas."
This epithet of "pius" seems to ap]>ly to
him in its broadest sense, — " acting ac-
cording to duty, especially to the gods
and religion in general, to parents and
country." It will be both interesting and
profitable for the reader to collate in-
stances of this piety as he proceeds.
381. Conscendi. For the expression
from another point of view, cf. Ps. cvii.
23 : They that go dou^n to the sea in
ships.
382. Servius thinks that this is an
allusion to the legend that Aeneas was
h'd to Italv bv tlie star of Venns.
387-8. Invisus — carpis. Gray
(Eduratiou and Government) has:
So drew mankind in vain the vital air,
l^nformod, unfriended by those kindly
cares,
That health and vigor to the soul impart.
377. Oris, 100. — 383. Undis, 104. — 385. Europa — Asia, 131. — Plura, 111. — .387.
Caelestibus, 107.— 388. Qui adveneris, 176. — Urbem^ 12\.
108
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Aspice bis senos laetantes^ agmine cycnos,
Aetheria quos lapsa plaga lovis ales aperto
Turbabat caelo ; uunc terras ordine longo
Aut capere aut capias iam despectare videntur :
Ut reduces illi ludunt stridentibus alis,
Et coetu ciuxere polum, cantusque dedere,
Haud aliter puppesque tuae pubesque tuorum
Aut portum tenet, aut pleno subit ostia velo.
Perge modo, et, qua te ducit via, dirige gresaum.
Dixit, et averteiis rosea cervice refulait,
Ambrosiaeque comae diviuum^vertice odorem
Spiravere, pedes vestis defluxit ad imos,
Et vera incessu patuit dea. lUe ubi matrem
395
400
405
393. Cycnos. Con. cites Servius as
quoting Aeiiiilius Macer in his *Opvido-
yovia: "Cycnus in augurio nautis gra-
tissinms augur, lluuc optant semper quia
namquam niergitur undis."
394. Milton (F. L. XI.) has :
Nigh in her sight
The bird of Jove, stooped from his airy
tour,
Two birds of gayest plume before him
drove.
So in Spenser (F, Q. II. XI. 43) :
As when Joves harnesse-bearing bird
from hve
Stoupes at a flying heron with proud
disdayuo.
396. This line has its parallel in line
400.
397. Stridentibus alis. What Eng-
lish word most correctly represents this
sound ? Shelley in The Revolt of Islam,
X. has:
Around, around, in ceaseless circles wheel-
ing
With clang of wings and scream, the
eagle sailed.
Wordsworth (Excursion) has the sum
word:
While with their clang the air resoondi.
400. Portum tenet. So in Bliltoi
(P.L.U.):
And like a weather-beaten vessel, hddi
Gladly the port, though shrouds and
tackle torn.
401. Qua te duoit via. PartiaU/
repeated from Eel. IX. 1 : An, quo vii
ducit, in urbem ?
402. Cf. Spectator, No. 417.
404. Vestis defluzit ad Imos.
She liad previously been nuda gew
(1. .320). Cf. Prop. iv. 17, 32 :
Et f(^ries nudos veste fluente pedes.
405. Incessu. A dignified word, le-
ferring to her (pieenly gait. Cf. L 4€.
For other distinguishing traits of tlM
goddess, cf. V. 646-48. Gray well «l-
pressos this thoujrht {Progress of PoeM§)\
In gliding state siie wins her easy waj.
3«4. Pla
395. (hdine, 141.-397. Lvthmt, 202,— Alis, 141.-400. Fc^o, 14L
AEXEIDOS LIB. I.
109
^^5">^ovit, tali fugientem est voce secutus :
^^^id natum totiens, crudelis tu quoque, falsis
^^^^is imaginibus? Cur dextrae iungere dextram
^ ^^^ri datur ac veras audire et reddere voces ?
^^"libus incusat, gressumque ad moeuia teiidit. 410
^^^ "Venus obscuro gradientes aere saepsit,
^^ rnulto nebulae circum dea fudit amictu.
^"^J^rxere ne quis eos, neu quis contingere posset,
^^lirive moram, aut veiiiendi poscere causas.
^ps^ Paphum sublimis abit, sedesque revisit 415
^^^ta suas, ubi templuin iUi, ceutumque Sabaeo
"^^e calent arae sertisque recentibus halant. ,
Corripuere viam interea, qua semita monstrat,
l^txique ascendebant coUem, qui plurimus urbi
*^^ininet adversasque aspectat desuper arces. 420
^iratur molem Aeneas, magalia quondam,
409 Cf. Cat. LXTV. 166:
iRec iia«8as aadire qaeunt nee reddere
▼oceg?
•bo ^<n. VI. 689
411-12. A favorite device of Venu8.
Ct Grid, Afrt. XV. 803-6:
Tnm Tero Cytherea mana perenssit
Qtraqae
^^^^ctiM, et Aeneaden molitur condere
nnbe,
v"* pring infesto Paris eat ereptns
Atridae,
fit Diomedeos Aenea.** f ugerat eii»e«.
416. Paphum. Paphoa was a very
••orient city of Cyprus, peculiarly famed
wthe worship of Veuus, who was fable^l
^ hare been wafted thither, after her
Ivth amid the waves. Cf. Note on
l»7.
416. Sabaeo. The Sabaci were a
people of Arabia Felix, represented by
some of the ancient writers as one of
the richest and happiest nations of the
world, on account of the valuable ])rod-
ucts of their land. — Class Die
421. In this and the snccecdinpj lines,
a vivid picture of the founding of a city
is given. Vergil no doul>t draws his de-
scriptions chiefly from Roman customs.
As a Honian, hci might be expected to
make a spcn-ial mention of the strata
viarum. Cf. Lurr. I. .31.') •
Strataque iam volgi pedibus dctritaviarum
Saxea conspicimus.
Also IV. 413:
Qui lapidcs inter sistit per strata viarum.
^. Qiiir/, lia — 408. i>«x<iae,97. — 411-12. 243.- 412. arcum dfa Judxl.'ia^. —
J 415. PapAmm, 120. — 421, 422. .Miratur — Miratur, 2^-^
110
p. YERGILII MABONIS
Miratar portas strepitumqae et strata fiamm.
Instant ardentes Tvrii. pars daoere muros
Molirique arcem et manibiLs snbrolvere saxa.
Pars optare locum tecto et concluiiere sqIcm;
lura magistral usque legunt sauctumque senatam; 9
I lie port us alii effodinnt ; hie aha theatii / v
Fundamenta locaiit aiii. immaiiesque columlSas
Kupibus excidunt. <eaeni;i decora alta faturis^-
Qualis apes aestate nova per florea nira
Exercet sub sole labor^ cum gentis adultos
Educuiit fetus, aut cum liquentia mella
Stipant et dulci disteDdnnt nectare cellas,
Aut oiiera accipiunt venientum, aut agmine facto
Ignaviun faces pecus a praesaepibos arceut :
Fenet opu.s, redolentque thyme fragrantia mella.
425
m
435
425 Cencladere sulce. Sulco is
geiMrnilly taken as the trench for the
UjanilMiou. 'iliere i^ some authority,
however, for taking; it as the trench of
dernarr-ation ar^^und the houses.
427. Pertus. Carthage had a nat-
tirally fine harlior, heini^ situated on a
)i<;hin«^iila in the re<-ess of a spacious
\rHy.
429. Wordsworth, in his Eceninq
Walk, thn.i describes a quarry :
J love to mark tfi^- qnarry's moving trains.
Owarf pannierM steeds, and men, and
nnrnerouri wains :
How \}\n^\ tlif enormons hive within.
While Kcho dallies with the various din!
S^^nie (hardly heard their chisels' clinking
fMMind)
Toil, hrnall jw pygmies, in the gulf pro-
found ;
Some, dim between th* aerial difts d^
scried,
O erwalk the slender plank from side to
side :
These, by the pale blae rocks that cease'
less ring.
Glad from their airy baskets hang and
sing.
430-36 While a lover of all rnnl
scenes, ^'ergil seems to have taken »
pecial pleasure in noting and describiiig
the habits of the bees. He has drawB
many similes from them, in additi(m to
devoting the whole fourth book of Gtor*
gics to them. Cf. also Aeneid, VI. 707f
and XII. 587. The simile before V
seems to have been partially imitated
from Homer (//. II. 113) :
As, swarming forth from cells within ilM
rock,
423. DucerCf 102. — 42."). Terto, 103. — 426. lura mntjistratutque legunt^ 221,
429. Scaenit, 103. —430. Aestate, 154.
I •?
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
Ill
O fortunati, quorum iam moenia surgunt !
Aeneas ait, et fastigia suspicit urbis.
Infert se saeptus nebula — mirabile dictu —
Per medios, miscetque viris, neque cernitur uUi.
Lucus in urbe fuit media, laetissimus umbra.
Quo prim urn iactati undis et turbine Poeni
EfFodere loco signum, quod regia luno
Monstrarat, caput acris equi; sic nam fore bello
Egregiam et facilem victu per saecula gentem.
Hie templum lunoni ingens Sidonia Dido
Condebat, donis opulentum et numiue divae,
440
445
Coming and coming still, the tribe of bees
Fly in a cluster o'er the flowers of spring,
And some are daii;ing out to right and
left.
And both are imitated and expanded by
MUton (P. L, I. 768) :
As bees
In spring-time, when the Sun with Taurus
rides,
Pour forth their populous youth about the
hive
In clusters ; they among fresh dews and
flowers
Fly to and fro, or on the smoothed plank.
The suburb of their straw-built citadel.
New rubbed with balm, expatiate, and
- confer
Their state affairs.
Cf. also Dryden {An. Mir. 573) :
All hands employed the royal work grows
warm :
Like labouring bees on a long summer's
day,
Some sound the trumpet for the rest to
swarm,
And some on beUs of tasted lilies play.
With glewy wax some new foundation
lay
Of virgin combs, which from the roof are
hung ;
Some arm'd within doors upon duty stay,
Or tend the sick, or educate the youug.
437. O fortunati. To Aeneas in his
seemingly endless wanderings, the con-
trast is very great. So in III. 493 he
counts Helenus and Andromache happy,
because their fate has been wrought out.
445. Facilem victu. Different opin-
ions have been expressed about the mean-
ing of this passage, the uncertain element
being victu. The word may be a supine
from either vinco or vivo. With the latter
word in view, the passage may be trans-
lated " easy of sustenance," " easy to be
supported." Con. thinks the expression
means " wealthy," arid adds : " Tlie horse
may be a symbol of plenty, either as an
appendage of wealth, or because a war-
horse is high fed." In support of the
derivation from vinco cf. Anchises' inter-
pretation of the omen of the horses, III.
540.
439. Dictu, 147. — 440. UUi, 106. — 441. Umbra, 143. — 444. Fore, 164. — 446. lunoni,
97. — 447. Bonis, 143.
112
P. VERGILU MARONIS
Aerea cui gradibus surgebant limiua^ nezaeque
Aere trabes, foribus cardo stridebat aenis.
Hoc prinium in luco nova res oblata timorem
Leniit, hie primum Aeneas sperare salutem
Ausus et adflictis melius coufidere rebus.
Namque sub ingenti lustrat dum singula templo,
Keginam opperiens^ dum, quae fortuna sit urbi,
Artificumque manus inter se operumque laborem
Miratur, videt Iliacas ex ordine pugnas
450
455
449. Cardo Stridebat. Cf. VI.573;
and Ovid, Met, XI. 608 :
lanua, ue verso stridores cardine reddat,
Nulla domo tota.
And MUton, P. Z. II. 879 :
On a sadden open fly,
With impetuoas recoil and jarring sound,
The infernal doors, and on their hinges
grate
Harsh thunder.
456. Videt Iliacas pugnas. Where
and what these representations were, is a
matter of doubt, whether painted in the
vestibule, or in sculpture on the pediment.
The next line explains how these events
came to be known at Carthage. Tlie
practice of thus re|)resenting historical
or imaginary scenes is a favorite one witli
the poets, and a great variety in the
method of portrayal is to be found.
Homer (//. XVIII. 589-762) describes
the sliield that Vulcan made for Achilles
with various scenes of peace and war
wrought in gold and silver on its surface.
Vergil, no doubt having this shield in
mind, has Vulcan frame a similar one
for Aeneas {Aen. VIII. 625 seq.), with
prophetic scenes in Roman history de-
picted upon it.
Statins (Theh. VII.) has a description
of the temple of Mars with storied earr-
ings ; and Ovid (Met. II.) similarly de-
scribes the palace of the Sun ; while
Catullus (LXIV.) has a most elaborate
description of the story of Ariadne and
Theseus embroidered upon the robe of
Thetis. Tasso (Ger. Lib. XVII. 66 seq.)
also gives us a pictured shield ; and Azi*
osto [Oil. Fur, XXVI. 30 seq ) describea
a fountain's marble basin " produced by
Merlin's sleight." The same poet has a
marvellous pavilion ( Orl. Fur. XL VI. 80)
embroidered by Cassandra and presented
to her brother Hector. Chaucer {K, T,
1920-2090) has a fine description of the
temples of Venus, Mars, and Diana with
all
The nobil kervyng, and the purtretnres,
The schap, tlie county naunce of the fig-
ures.
That weren in these oratories thre.
Spenser ( F. Q. II. XII. 44) has a beauti-
ful description, imitated from Tasso, of
the carved ivorv gate of the ** Bowre of
Blisse."
448. Cmi, 08. — 449. Foribus, 102.
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
113
Bellaque iam fama totum vulgata per orbem,
Atridas, Priamumque, et saevuin ambobus Achillen.
Constitit, et lacrimans, Quis iam locus, inquit. Achate,
Quae regio in terris nostri non pleua laboris ? 460
En Priamus ! Sunt hie etiam sua praeinia laudi ;
Sunt lacrimae rerum et mentem mortalia tangunt.
Solve metus; feret haec aliquam tibi fama salutem.
Sic ait, atque animum pictura pascit inani^
Multa gemens, largoque nmectat flumine vultum. 465
Namque videbat, uti bellantes Pergama circum
Hac fugerent Graii, premeret Troiana inventus,
Hac Phryges, instaret currn cristatus Achilles.
Nee procul hinc Rhesi niveis tentoria velis
Agnoscit lacrimans, primo quae prodita somno 470
Tydides multa vastabat caede cruentus,
Ardentesque avertit equos in castra, priusquam
462. Cf. Wordsworth's Laodamia :
Yet tears to human snffering are due ;
And mortal hopes defeated and over-
thrown
Are mourned by man, and not by man
alone,
As fondly he believes.
466-93. These lines seem intended to
describe eight different scenes in the Tro-
jan war, which may be apportioned as
follows: 466-67, 468, 469-7.3, 474-78,
479-82, 483-87, 488-89, 490-93.
469. Tentoria. This is an anachro-
nism, as tents were not used in the age
of Homer. Thatched huts {KXuriai) are
the quarters of the soldiers of the I/iad.
— Rhesi. For a full description of this
night adventure of Diomede and Ulysses
cf . Homer, //. X. 501-606. Cf. also Ovid,
Met. Xin. 249, where Ulysses thus
boasts of his exploit:
Hand contentus eo petii tentoria Rhesi,
Inque suis i))snm castris oomitesque
peremi •
Atque ita captivo victor votisque potitus
Ingrediorcurrulaetos imitante triumphos.
The arrival of Hhesus had been ex-
pected with great impatience by the Tro-
jans, as an ancient oracle had declared
tliat Troy could never be taken if the
horses of Rhesus drank the waters of the
Xanthus and fed upon the grass of the
Trojan plains. Ulysses and Diomede
had heard of tin's oracle, hence their
attack. — Class. Die.
472. Ardentes. Cf. Cat. LV. 26 :
Rhesi niveae citaeque bigae.
458. Ambobus, 107. — 460. Laboris, 88. — 461. Laudi, 105. — 462. Rei-um, 87-
465. Largo flumine, 239. — 467. Uti fugerent, etc., 168,
8
114
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Pabula gustassent Troiae Xanthumque bibissent.
Parte alia fugiens amissis Troilus armis,
Infelix puer atque impar congressus Achilli, 475
Fertur equis, curruque haeret resupinus inani,
Lora tenens tamen ; huic cervixque comaeque trail untur
Per terram, et versa pulvis inscribitur haata.
Interea ad templuua non aequae Palladis ibant
Crinibus Iliades passis peplumque ferebant, 480
Suppliciter, tristes et tuiisae pectora palmis ;
Diva solo fixos oculos aversa tenebat.
i/'Ter circum Iliacos raptaverat Hectora muros.
474. Troilus. The son of Priam and
Hecuba. Very little mention of him is
made in Homer, and the manner of his
death, in the Homeric account, is uncer-
tain. Priam thus obscurely refers to it
(//. XXIV. 328 seq.):
" Woe is me ! the most
Unhappy of mankind am I, who had
The bravest sons in all the town of Troy,
And none of them, I think, are left to
me.
Mestor, divine in presence, Troilus,
The gallant knight, and Hector . . .
Those Mars has slain."
Troilus is here classed by Priam among
his bravest sons. Vergil seems to have
taken his account of his death from some
other source.
Horace thus alludes to the warrior
{Odes, II. 9, 13 seq.):
At non ter aevo functus amabilem
Ploravit omnes Antilochum senex
Annos, nee impubem parentes
Troilon, aut Plirygiae sorores
Flevere semper.
Shakespeare has a fine drama ( Troilus
and Cress ida ) with Troilus as the central
figure. He draws his plot from Chaucer.
479. For the account of this attempt
to propitiate Pallas, cf. Homer, //. VI.
388-397 and 406 :
They reached Minerva's temple, and its
gates
Were opened by Theano, rosy-cheeked,
The knight Antenor's wife, and Cisseus'
child,
Made priestess to the goddess by the sons
Of Troy. Then all the matrons lifted up
Their voices and stretched forth their sup-
pliant hands
To Palljis, while the fair Theano took
The robe and spread its folds upon the lap
Of fair- haired Pallas, and with solemn
vows
Prayed to the daughter of imperial Jove;
but her prayer
Minerva answered not.
483. For the account of the duel be-
tween Hector and Achilles cf. Homer,
//. XXII. 166-.510. In Homer's account
Achilles does not drag Hector's body
473. Gustassent, 185. — 474. Troilus, 73.-475. Achilli, 104. — 47fi. Equis, 106.— Ciimi,
153._477. Iluic, 102. — 479. Non aequae^ 240. — 480. Jliades, 60.-481. Pectora^ 115.
AN AMAZON. (Capitol Museum.)
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
115
Exanimumquc auro corpus veudebat Achilles.
'Turn' vero ingentem gemituin dat pectore ab imo,
Ut spolia^ ut currus, utque ipsum corpus amici^
Tendentemque maims Priamuin conspexit inennes.
Se quoque principibus permixtum agnovit Achivis,
Eoasque acies et nigri Memnonis arma.
^Ducit Amazonidum liinatlB aginiua peltis
Penthesilea furens, mediisque in milibus ardet,
Anrea subnectens exsertae cingula mammae^
Bellatriz^ audetque viris concurrere virgo.
'^ Haec dum Dardanio Aeneae miranda videntur,
Dum Atnpet, obtutuque haeret defixus in uno^
E^na ad templum, forma pulcherrima Dido,
Incessit^ magna iuvenum stipante caterva.
Qualis in Eurotae ripis aut per iuga Cynthi
485
490
495
rice around Troy, but simply to the
'eek camp; although he afterwards
Eigs him thrice around the tomb of
.troclus (XXIV. 17-24).
484-87. For a very touching account
this scene; cf. //. XXIV. 611 seq.
V&\. Penthesilea. A celebrated queen
the Amazons, who came to the aid of
iam in the last year of the Trojan War,
1 was slain by Achilles after haviug
le great acts of valor. — Class, Die,
tcr slaying her, Achilles is said to have
;n struck by her beauty, and desired
5 Greeks to erect a tomb to her. Pro-
•tins thus alludes to this story (IV. 10,
-16):
isa fero'x ab equo quondam oppugnare
sagittis
leotis Danaum Penthesilea rates ;
A urea cui postquam niidavit cassida fron-
tem,
Vicit victorem Candida forma virum.
Spenser ascribes her death to Pyrrhus
{F. Q, II. III. 31):
( )r as that famous queene
Of Amazons, whom Pyrrhus did destroy,
The day that first of Priame she was scene,
Did shew herselfe in great triumphant joy,
To succour the weake state of sad afflicted
Troy.
498. Spenser copies this simile (F. Q.
II. III. 31) :
Such as Diana by tlie sandy shore
Of swift Eurotas, or on Cynthus greene,
Where all the nymphes have her unwares
forlore [left], r<-
Wandreth alone with bow and arrowes
keene,
To seeke her game.
U. Auro, 145. — 488. Principibus, 139. — 489. Memnonis, 65. — 490. Pdtis, 140.—
492. Mammae, 104. — 494. Aeneae^ 106.
116
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Exercet Diana choros^ quam mille secutae
Hinc atque hinc glomerantur Oreades ; ilia phaietiam 500
Fert umero^ gradiensque deas supereminet omnes :
Latoiiae taciturn pertentant gaudia pectus :
Talis erat Dido, talem se laeta ferebat
Per medios, iiistaus operi regnisque futuris.
Turn foribus divae, media testudine templi, 505
Saepta armis, solioque alte subniza resedit.
lura dabat legesque viris, operumque laborem
Partibus aequabat iustis, aut sorte trahebat :
v-Cum subito Aeneas concursu accedere magno
Anthea Sergesturaque videt fortemque Cloanthum, sio
Teucrorumque alios, ater quos aequpre turbo
Dispulerat penitusque alias avexerat oras.
Obstipuit simul ipse simnl perculsus Achates
Laetitiaque metuque ; avidi coniungere dextras
Ardebant ; sed res animos incognita turbat. i„^— 5is
Dissimulant, et nube cava speculantur amicti,
Quae fortuna viris, classem quo litore linquant,
Quid veniant ; cunctis nam lecti navibus ibant.
Eurotns was a river of Lacouia, the
largest in the Peloponnesus. This river
is mentioned with propriety, for Diana
was worshipped with special honor at
Sparta. Cynthia was a mountain of
Delos where Apollo and Diana were
born.
500. Oreades. Cf. 1. 329, note.
502. Latonae. The mother of Apollo
and Diana, aiul the type of proud maternal
love.
603. Talis. Point out the application
of the above simile.
505. Divae = templi, since the tea-
pie was sacred to Juno. — Media tartl-
dine templi, simply within the tew^m
contrasted with in mediae etc, wliidi
would mean under the centre of the dnm
of the temple.
507-8. Operumque laborem, fltc>
Con. su^^ests two renderings, "eitktf
that she divided by equity and, where tbit
failed, by lot, which is the common wij ;
or that she first divided equalijr, and thas
distributed the parts by lot." Vergil 8tiD
has the Koman customs in mind.
601. Umero, 149.— 504. Operi, 104. — 506. Sdio, 143. — 512. Oras, 121 614.
Laetitia, 136.
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
117
Orantes veniam, et templum clamore petebant.
Postquain introgressi et coram data copia fandi^
Maximus Ilioiieus placido sic pectore coepit :
O Regina, novam cui condere luppiter urbem
lustitiaque dedit geutes freuare superbas,
Troes te miseri, veutis maria omnia vecti,
Oramus, prohibe infandos a navibus ignes^
Parce pio generi, et propius res aspioe nostras.
Non nos aut ferro Libycos populare Penates
Venimus, aut raptas ad litora vertere praedas;
Non ea vis animo^ nee tanta soperbia yictis.
Est locus, Hesperiam Graii cognomine dicunt^
Terra antiqua, potens armis atque ubere glaebae;
Oenotri coluere viri; nunc fama, minores
Italiam dixisse duels de nomine gentem.
Hie cursus fuit:
Cum subito aasurgens fluctu nimbosus Orion
In vada caeca tulit, penitusque procacibus austris
Perque undas, superante salo, perque invia ^xa
Dispulit; hue pauci vestris adnavimus oris.
520
525
530
535
619. Orantes. Aeneid XI. 101 has
veniamque rof/antes. What would be the
more usual expression *? Cf.l90, 211,212.
620. Repeated in XL 248.
623. Gentes superbas. Africans or
Carthaginians ?
630. Hesperiam. To the Greeks this
was merely the western land ('Eo'ir^pa). —
Ghraii. An old and poetical name for
Graeci.
631. Antiqua. In what respect ?
632. Oenotri. An ancient race who
inhabited the southeastern coast of Italy.
533. Italiam. From Italus, a fabled
chief of the Oenotrians. — Gentem. The
ancients regarded the name asbelongingto
the people, rather than to the land itself.
535. Nimbosus Orion. Rotli the
heliacal rising, wliich took place about
midsummer, and the cosmical setting of
Orion, toward the end of autumn, were
always accompanied with rain and wind.
In Horace, this constellation is dreaded
by the sailors (Ep. 15, 7) :
Et nautis infestus Orion
Turbaret hibernum mare.
523. lustitia, 142. — 524. Mai-ia, 111.— 527-8. Populare — vertere. What would be
the prose expression ? 162. — 533. Italiam gentem, 112. — 536. Cum — tuUt^ 18^. —
538. Oria, 104.
118
P. VERGim MARONIS
545
550
Quod genus hoc hominum? quaeve hunc tarn Barbara morem
Permittit patria ? Hospitio prohibemur harenae ; 540
Bella cient, primaque vetant consistere terra.
Si genus liumanum et mortalia temnitis arma^
At sperate deos me mo res fandi atque nefandi.
Eex erat Aeneas nobis, quo iustior alter,
Nee pietate fuit nee bello maior et armis.
Quem si fata virum servant, si vescitnr aura
Aetheria, neque adhue crudelibus occubat umbris,
Non metus ; officio nee te certasse priorem
Paeniteat. Sunt et Siculis regionibus urbes
Arvaque, Troianoque a sanguine clarus Acestes.
Quassatam ventis liceat subducere classem,
Et silvis aptare trabes et stringere reraos :
Si datur Italiam, sociis et rege recepto,
Tendere, ut Italiam laeti Latiumque petamus;
Sin absumpta salus, et te, pater optime TeucrAm,
Pontus liabet Libyae, nee spes iam restat luli.
At freta Sic^niae saltern sedesque paratas,
Unde hue advecti, regemque petamus Acesten.
Talibus Ilioneus ; cuncti simul ore fremebant
Dardanidae.
Turn breviter Dido, vultum demissa, profator :
Solvite corde metum, Teucri, secludite curas.
555
642-3. Cf. Cat. XXX. 11 :
Si tn oblitiis es, at di meminerunt, memi-
nit I'ides.
643. Cat. LXIV. 405, has:
Omnia fanda ncfanda malo permixta
furore.
546. Sivescituraura. Cf. Lncr.V.
854-
Nam quaecumqae vides vesci vitalibii
auris. '
640. Hospitio, 131. — 541. Consistere, 165. -544. Quo, 137. — 546. (2ttem virwM, 111
— Aura, 144. — 548. OJicio, 147. — Certasse, 93, 159 — 551. Liceat, 207. — Subdmetrt,
169. — 552. Silvis, 153. — 553. Italiam, 121. — 554. Petamus, 190. — 555. Pater
238.— iflMML87 — 560. Dardanidae, 67. — 561. Vultum, 115.-562. Qorde, ISl.
AENEIDOS LIB I.
119
Res dura et regiii iiovitas me talia cogunt
Moliri, et late fines custode tueri.
Quis genus Aeneadum, quis Troiae nesciat urbem,
Virtutesque virosque, aut tanti incendia belli?
Non obtusa adeo gestamus pectora Poeni,
Nee tam a versus equos Tyria Sol iungit ab urbe.
Seu vos Hesperiam magnam Saturniaque arva,
Sive Erycis fines regemque optatis Acesteu,
x\uxilio tutos dimittam, opibusque iuvabo.
Yultis et his mecum pariter considere regnis?
Urbem quam statuo, vestra est; subducite naves;
Tros Tyriusque raihi nuUo discrimine agetur.
Atque utinam rex ipse Noto compulsus eodem
565
570
575
565-^. Cf. Cat. LXVIII. 89, 90 :
Troia (uefas) commune sepolcrum Asiae
Europaeque,
Troia virum et virtutum omnium acerba
cinis.
568. This is probably an allusion to a
belief of the Romans, that climate has to
do with character. This is a fruitful
theme, and may be followed out with
profit. The statement here seems to be,
that Carthage is not in so cold a climate
that her people have no natural feelings.
Byron ( Giaour) has the same thouglit :
The cold in clime are cold in blood,
Their love can scarce deserve the name.
So also Dry den (To His Sacred Maj-
esty) :
Virtues unknown to these rough northern
climes
From milder heavens you bring without
their crimes.
Con. decides, however, that this passage
means that "we do not lie so far out
of the circuit of the sun, and hence out
of the pale of the civilized world, Jis not
to have heard the history of Troy ; " and
he compares in support of this theory
Aen. VII. 222-7 :
Quanta per Idaeos saevis eff usa Mycenis
Tempestas ierit campos, quibus actus
uterque
Europae atquo Asiae fatis concurrerit
orbis,
Audiit, et si quern extrema refuso
Summovet Oceano, et si quemvextenta
plagarum
Quatuor in medio dirimit plaga Soils
ini(]ni.
The reader will be interested to compare
VI. 795-7.
570. Erycis fines — that is, tlie terri-
tories around Mt. Kryx, a mountain at
the western extremity of the island of
Sicily, near the city of l)roi)annni.
674. This lino has been well chosen as
the motto of the North American Review.
566. Virtutes virosquey 223. — 569. Saturniaque arva, 242. — 574. Tros^ 59.
120
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Adforet Aeneas ! Equidem per litora certos
Dimittam et Libyae lustrare extrema iubebo.
Si quibus eiectus silvis aut urbibus errat.
His animuin arrecti dictis, et fortis Achates
Et pater Aeneas iamdudum erumpere nubem
Ardebaut. Prior Aenean compellat Achates :
Nate dea, quae nunc animo sententia surgit? >'
Omnia tuta vides, classeni sociosque receptos.
Unus abest, medio in fluctu quern vidimus ipsi
Submersum; dictis respondent cetera matris.
Vix ea fatus erat, cum circumfusa repente
Scindit se nubes et in aethera purgat apertum.
Restitit Aeneas claraque in luce refulsit,
Os umerosque deo similis; namque ipsa decoram
Caesariem nato genetriz lumenque iuventae
Purpureum et laetos oculis adflarat honores :
Quale manus addunt ebori decus, aut ubi flavo
585
MO
687. Nettleship compares Lucr. IV.
339, 340 :
Qui quasi purgat eos ac nigras discutit
umbras
Aeris iUius.
688-91. Dryden makes free use of this
passage {Britannia Red i viva 128-33) :
Not great Aeneas stood iu jilaiuer day,
When, the dark mantling mist dissolv'd
away,
He to the Tyrians showed his sudden
f:u!e,
Shining with all his gochless motlier's
grace:
For she herself had made his countenance
l)right,
Breathed lionour on liis eyes, and her own
purple light.
Vergil no doubt drew from Homer, OL
XXIII. 188-96:
Pallas on the hero's hfltJ
Slied grace and majesty : she made \m
seem
Taller and statelier, made his locks flw
down
In curls like blossoms of the hyacinth,
As when a workman skilled iu manvaili^
And taught by PaUas and Minerva, twisM
A golden border round the silver maHi
A glorious work ; so did the goddess shed
Grace o'er liis face and form.
Cf. Spectator, No. 417.
502-3. Spenser {F. Q. IV. VI. S0)»-
larges upon tliis image .
And round about the same her yeilfw
heare,
576. Utinam adforet, 207. — 579. Animuin, 115. — r)82. Dea, 133 Animo, 150.
589. Os umerosque, 114.— 590. Nato, 104. "
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
121
Argentum Pariusve lapis circumdatur auro.
Tum sic regiriatn alloquitur, cunctisque repente
Improvisus ait : Coram, quern quaeritis, adsum,
Troius Aeneas, Libycis ereptus ab uiidis.
O sola infandos Troiae miserata labores,
Quae nos, reliquias DanaAm, terraequc marisque
Omnibus exhaustos iam casibus, omnium egenos,
Urbe, domo, socias, grates persolvere dignas
Non opis est nostrae. Dido, nee quidquid ubique est
Gentis Dardaniae, magnum quae sparsa per orbem.
^^ tibi, si qua pios respectant numina, si quid
Usquam iustitia est et mens sibi conseia recti,
Praemia digna ferant. Quae te tarn iaeta tulerunt
Saecula? qui tanti talem genuere pareiltes?
In freta dum fluvii current, dutn montibus umbrae
595
600
605
.ving through stirring loosd their
wonted band,
ce to a golden border did appeare,
simed in goldsmithes forge with cun-
ning hand:
t goldsmithes cunning could not under-
stand
frame such subtile wire, so shiuie
cleare ;
r it did glisten like the golden sand,
e which Pactolus with hia waters shere
irowes forth upon the rivage round
about him nere.
597. Sola, that is, " Thou art the only
i.nger who hast pitied us." Helenus
I. 344 seq.) and Acestes (I. 195) had
)wn the Trojans great kindness.
598. ReliquiaB Danaum. Cf. 1. 30.
|03. Cf. II. 536, and V. 688.
JOT-IO. This method of cumulative
compamon is a favorite one with Vergil.
Cf . /ir/.?V. 76-8 :
Dum iuga montis aper, fluvios dum piscis
amabit,
Dumque thymo "^ascentur apes, dum rore
cicadae.
Semper honos nomenque tuum laudesque
manebunt.
Cf. also Acn. TV. 335-6.
Pope (Rape of Lock III.) gives a mock-
heroic imitation of the passages quotetl
above :
While fi.'^h in streams, or birds delight in
air,
Or in a coach-and-six the British fair,
As long as Atalantis shall be read.
So long my honour, name, and praise
shall live !
699. (?mmMin, 88. — 600. Persolvere, 156. — 601. Opis, 82. —602. Gentis. 84. —
604. jRecri, 88. — 605. Ferant, 201. - 607. J/onitAus, 10^.
122
P. VERGU.n MARONIS
Lustrabunt convexa, polus dum sidera pascet.
Semper lioiios iiomenque tuum laudesque manebuut^
Quae me cumque vocant terrae. Sic fatus, amicum
Ilionea petit dextra, laevaque Serestum,
Post alios, fortemque (jyan, fortemque Cloautlium.
Ohstipuit primo aspeetu Sidonia Dido,
Casu deinde viri tanto, et sic ore locuta est :
Quis te, nate dea, per taiita pericula casus
Insequitur ? quae vis immaiiibus applicat oris ?
Tune ille Aeneas, quern DardaTiio^A^cliisae
Aln^a^ Venus Pliryg^^^nuit Sjmafintis^_ad^jindam ?
Atque equidera Teucrum memini Sidona venire
Finibus expulsum patriis, nova regna petentem
Auxilio Beli ; genitor turn Belus opimam
Vastabat Cyprura, et victor dicione tenebat.
Tempore iam ex illo casus mihi cognitus urbis
Troianae nomenquc tuum regcsque Pelasgi.
Ipse liostis Teucros insigni laude ferebat,
Seque ortum antiqua Teucrorum ab stirpe volebat.
Quare agite, o tectis, iuvenes, succedite nostris.
Me quoque per multos similis fortuTia labores
lactatnm hac demum voluit consist ere terra.
Non ignara mali miseris succurrere disco.
Sic memo rat ; simul Aenean in rcgia ducit
Tecta, simul divilm templis indicit honorem.
511
ei5
6iO
615
608. Polus dum sidera pascet.
Some ancient p]nl()s()j)hors supposed tlie
stars to be nourished and kept burning
by vapors rising through the atmospliere
from tlie earth and sea. The Epicurean
doctrine was, that the stars are nourislied
by fiery particles in the aether itMU.
The expression of Virgil probablj fcn
reference to the latter. — Searing. C»
thinks that Vergil takes his thonght tt
well as expression from Luer. I. 2S1 :
Unde aether sidera pascit ?
613. Aspeetu, 136. — 616. Oris, 100. — 617-619. Anchisne, Teucrum, 63, 79. -
619. Sidona, 120. - Venire, 164.
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
123
Nee minus interea sociis ad litora mittit
Vigiiiti tauros, inagQoruin liorreiitia centum
Terga suum, piiigues centum cum matribus agnos^
Munera laetitiamque dii.
At domus interior regali splendida liura
Instruitur, mediisque parant con vi via tectis :
Arte laboratae vestes oatroque superbo,
Ingens argentum mensis^ oaelataque in auro
Eortia facta patruin^ aeries lougissima rerum
Per tot ducta viros antiquae ab brigine gentis.
Aeneas — neque enim patrius consistere mentem
Passus amor — rapidum ad naves praemittit Achateu^
Ascanio ferat haec, ipsumqae ad moenia ducat;
Omnis in Ascanio eari 8ta.t cura parentis.
Munera praeterea, Ib'acis ereptii ruinis,
Ferre iubet, pallam signis aurpque rigentem^
Et oiroumteztum orooeo Telamen aoantho.
OrnatuB Ai^ivae Helenae, quos ilia Mycenis^
Pergama cum peteret inoonoessosque Ilymenaeos^
Extulerat, matris Ledae mirabile donuin ;
Praeterea sceptrum, Ilione quod gesserat olim.
Maxima nataruin Priami, coUoque monile
Bacatum, et duplicem gemmis auroque coronam.
llaec celerans iter ad naves tendebat Achates.
635
640
645
650
655
837. The royal magnificence of this
ling-han is weU paralleled by Cat.
CIV. 43-49:
sius at sedes, qnacnin({nc opiilonta
recessit
>gia, fnlgenti splendent anro attjue
arg(;nto.
Candet ebnr soh'is, colhicent pocula
monsae,
Tota domns gaudet regali splendida gaza
Pulvinar vero diva<* goniale locatnr
S(»dihus in nicdiis, Indo (jnod dente jxdi-
tnni
Tincta tegit rosco conchyli piirpnra fuco.
036. DU = diei, 218. — 037. Lnj-k, 136. — (138. Tccfis, 151. — 0.19. (htroqne sftpevho,
O.— 645. Ferat, 190. —048. i^if/tiis aumquf, 223.— 050. Mi/ctnis, 128. — 051. Cvjlvw.
feret, 181.^653. Jlione, 78.— 054. Collo, 103.
124 P. VERGILII MAROXIS
At Cytherea novas artes, nova j)ectore versat
Consilia, ut faciem mutatus et ora Cupido
Pro dulci Ascaiiio veuiat, doiiisque fureiitem
luctndat reginara, atque ossibus implicet iguem ; 660
Quippe domum timet ambigaam Tyriosque bUingaes;
Urit atrox luno, et sub noctem cura recnnat.
ErsTO his aligerum diet is adfatur Amorem :
Nate, uieiie vires, mea magna potentia solas,
Nate, patris sum mi qui tela Typhoi'a temnis, 665
Ad te coiifugio et supplex tua numina posco.
Frater ut Aeneas pelago tuus omnia circum
Litora iaetetur odiis lunonis iniquae,
Xota tibi, t*t nostro doluisti saepe dolore.
Hune Phoenissa tenet Dido blandiaque moratur €70
Yoeibus ; t^t vereor, quo se lunonia vertant
Ilospitia ; hand tanto cessabit cardine rerum.
Quocirca cai)ere ante dolis et eingere flamma
Eegiiiam imdiior, iie quo se numine mutet,
St-d mairno Aenrtie ineeuin teiieatur amore. C75
Qua faeon^ iil possis, nosirain nune accipe mentem :
Roilius aeoitu oari srenitoris ad urbem
661. Tyrios biliiigiQes. Tho Uvi 663. Aligerum. This is, as Serriv
frtith of the Tan lu» •;>»>»:»"!* wa> pnixiT- n'liiarks. " (.*ompusitiiin a poeta nomen."
Vial amoiifi: tho K*onians. S|H»nM^r tlius 664. In OvM (J/e^/. V. 365), VennstlUi
iio*»Ti!n-s the " .i.»uM«M.»Hirni' '* \F. i^. adilri-sscs Oupnl :
IV. I. 27): .\rma iuanuM}ne meae, mea, natt.
Her I villi; t«»n:rxi»' ^^ ^■■* in ^^^>^ |v»rts»livitioil. i^^tontia.
Ami '>nh tho |>;)r:s iii.i s{H\iko. an«i hoth 665. Tela Typhola. The thiiiid»
r. ■r.tvTi :i- ; Kelts'* of .love, by which he slew Typhoe*
An.i a.< hor lor.sruo, so \v;\s hor Jjart *:is- C^u^i-i. tho c^^ of lA>ve. was the only
i-i'.v.l. of a'll liio immortals who could jHwrd
Tha: ::'-\*7 ::i chi 'Mio thiiii:. l»«t tiouMv a:r.^insf Jove.
« • « ■ ■
^'T. A.-f.-Y. ISO.-rt.'^S. r.irU-.. 11*. «;v.i. /.-rtr*:. 234.-868. Ut iacUtmr, UB*
— 6^iV .V. r 3. 338. *J^. /».•.'. -f . 136, — 67 1 . vj*** r« rfflnf,
AENEIDOS LIB. L
125
Sidoniam puer ire parat^ mea maxima cura^
Dona ferens, pelago et flam mis restantia Troiae;
Hunc ego sopitum somiio super alta CythAra
Aut super Idalium sacrata sede recondam^
Ne qua scire dolbs mediusve occurrere ^possit.
Tu faciem illius noctem iioii amplius unam
Falle dolo, et notos pueri puer iudue vultus^
Ut^ cum te gremio accipiet laetissima Dido
Begales inter mensas latdcemqae Ljaeum^
Cum dabit amplexus atque oscala dulcia figet^
Occultum inspires ignem fallasque veneno.
Taret Amor dictis carae genetricis, et alas
Exuit, et gressu gaudens incedit luli.
At Venus Ascanio placidam per membra quietem
Irrigate et fotum gremio dea tollit in altos
Idaliae lucos^ ubi mollis amaraous ilium
Floribus et dulci aspijrans complectitur umbra.
lamque ibat dicto parens et dona Cupido
Regia portabat Tyriis, duce laetus Achate.
Cum venit^ aulaeis iam se regina superbis
680
685
690
Q95
680. Alta Cy thera. Note the many
iferences in Vergil to high places as the
•vorite resorts of the gods (I. 415\ 498,
»2, etc.). It is noticeable that in the He-
•ew Scriptures the high places are fre-
lently spoken of as the seats of idol
orsl^ip. Cf. 1 Kings xi. 7: "Then did
)lomon build a high place for Chemosh,
e abomination of Moab, in the hill that
before Jerusalem, and for Molech, the
nomination of the children of Ammon."
F. also 1 Kings xii. 31 ; 2 Kings xviii.
; Ps. Ixxviii. 58.
686. Laticem Lyaeum = viuum.
Lyaeus was a surname of Bacchus, as
the one who looses from care, from Aua>,
to loosen or free.
691. Cf. Lucr. IV. 904, 905 :
Nunc quibus illo modis somnus per
membra quietem
Irriget atque animi curas e pectore solvat.
693. Mollis amaracus. Cf. Cat.
LXI. 6, 7 :
Cinge tempora floribus
Suave olentis amaraci.
697. This description of a feast is in
679. FtammUf 130.— 683. Noctem, 117.— 689. Bictis, 99.— 691. Ascanio, 102.—
696. Tyriis, 100,
126
P. VERGILH MARONIS
Aurea composuit sponda mediamque locavit.
lam pater Aeneas et iara Troiaua iuventus
Conveniunt, stratoque super discambitnr ostro.
Dant inanibus famuli lymphas, Cereremque oanistris
Expediunt^ tonsisque feruut mantelia villis.
Quiuquagiiita intiis famolae^ quibus ordine longo
Cura penum struere^ et flainmis adolere Penates;
Centum aliae totidemque pares aetate ministri^
Qui dapibus mensas onerent et pocula ponant.
Xec non et Tyrii per limina laeta frequent es
Convenere, tons iussi discumbere pictis.
Mirantur dona Aeneae, mirantur lulum,
Flagrantesque dei vultus simulataque verba,
Pallamque et pictom croceo velameu acantho.
Praecipue infelix, pesti devota futurae,
Expleri menteni nequit ardescitque tuendo
Phoenissa, et pariter puero douisque movetur.
lUe ubi complexu Aeneae coUoque pependit
700
705
no
715
part an anachronism. Vergil having in
mind the Koinan feast of his own time
The cnstom of reclining at the feast was
unknown in the Homeric age. The
couches upon which the guests reclined
were arranged on three sides of the
table, and the central one, which the
queen here occupies (1. 698), is the place
of honor.
701. As a parallel to a portion of this
description, cf. Homer, //. IX. 265 soq. :
And when he h.id made ready, and had
spread
The hanqnet on the board, Patnx-lus took
The bread and offere<l ic to all the guests
In shai>oly canisters. Achilles served
The meats, and took his seat against tbe
wall,
In fnint of great Ulysses.
Cf. also Statins, Theh. I (Pope's
trans. ) :
Embroidered purple clothes the goldfo
beds ;
This slave the floor, and that the table
spreails ;
A third dispels the darkness of the DigM,
And fills depending lamps with beam5of
light.
Here loaves in canisters are piled on
high.
And there in flames the slanghtered Ti^
tims frv.
701. Mi
— Cererem ^ hrentf, 246,5). — 702. ViHif, 140 704. Simere, IW.
atty 147.— 706. Qui onerent, 174.— 715. Complexti, 148.
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
127
Et magnum falsi implevit genitoris amorem^
Eeginam petit. Haec oculis, haec pectore toto
Haeret et iuterdum greraio fovet, inscia Dido,
Insideat quantus miserae deus. At memor ille
Matris Acidaliae^ paulatim abolere Svchaeum
Indipit, et vivo tentat praevertere araore
lam pridem resides aiiimos desuetaque corda.
^rostquam prima quies epulis, mensaeque remotae,
Crateras maguos statuunt et vina coronant.
^^ Fit strepitus tectis, vocemquc per ampla volutant
Atria ; dependent lyohni laquearibus aureis
Incensi, et uoctem flammis funalia vincunt.
Hie regina gravem gemmis auroque poposcit
Implevitque mero pateram, quam Belus et omnes
A Belo soliti ; tum facta' sileiitia tectis :
luppiter, hospitibus uam te dare iura loquuntur,
Hunc laetum Tyriisque diem Troiaque profectis
Esse velis, nostrosque huius memiuisse minores.
Adsit laetitiaei Bacchus dator, et bona luiio ;
Et vos, 0, coetum, Tyrii, celebrate faventes.
720
725
730
735
'17. Haec oculis haeret. Cf. Ten-
ion (Locksletf Hall) :
' And her eyes on aU my motions
with a mute observance hung."
'18. Interdum gremio fovet. Ho
3 probably reclining next her at table.
Dante, Par, VIII. 7 :
t both Dione honored they and Cupid,
at as her mother, this one as her son,
d said that he had sat in Dido's lap.
'20. Matris Acidaliae. Venus, so
led from a fountain of that name in
eotia, sacred to her. Con. observes
t the only other author who h.as used
the word as an epithet of Venus is Mar-
tial : C, 13, 5, " nodus Acidalius," and 9,
14, 3, *' Acidalia harundo."
723. Mensae remotae. Cf. 1. 216,
note.
724. Vina coronant. A Roman
custom.
727. Funadia. Ncttleship quotes
from Isid., 20, 10, .5 : ** Funalia sunt
(piae intra ceram sunt, dicta a fnnihus,
(pios ante usum j)apyri cera circumdatos
habuere maiores." They were wax tapers
with wicks of liemp.
9. Insideat, 168. — 726. Laqueanbus^, 133. — 732. Troiafjue,!^'^.— 1^>». llu\\v*,^'V.
128
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Dixit, et in mensain laticum libavit honorem,
Primaque, libato, summo tenus attigit ore ;
Turn Jiitiae dedit increpitans ; ille ixnpiger hausit
Spumantein pateram, et pleno se proluit auro ;
Post alii proceres. Cithara orinitus lopas
Fersonat aurata^ docuit queiu maximus Atlas.
Hie caiiit erraiitem luiiam solisque labores ;
740
736. Laticum libavit. Accord iug
to custom, a small portiou of the wiue
was poured out as au offering to the
gods. The reader cauuot but be im-
pressed with the minute observance of
religious rites throughout this work.
737. Summo — ore. This custom
seems to linger in Goldsmith's Deserted
Villa<fe :
Nor the coy maid, half willing to be prest,
Shall kiss the cup to pass it to the rest.
740. Crinitus. Long-haired, after
the fashion of musicians, in imitation of
Apollo.
741. Maximus Atlas. Whatever
legends sire connected with this hero, he
seems in all to have had a deep knowl-
edge of astronomy. In Homer, he
" knows all the deptlis of the sea, and
keeps the long pillars which hold heaven
and earth asunder" (Od. I. 52). In
Hesiod (Thcoij. :a1 seq.), he is said to
support the heavens on liis head and
hands. In later times. Atlas, from being
" keeper of the pillars," became himself
a mountain of Lil)ya (cf. IV. 481 ; VI.
796; VIII. 136-40).
742-46. These natural phenomena
are favorite themes of the classical poets.
Vergil's account of the origin of things
seems to have been one of the prevailing
theories of his time. It is the theory
which Ovid [Met. I. 1-88) sets forth. It
is in some of its main points the same
with the Nebular Hypothesis, put forth
in modern times by Herschel and I-a-
phice, now generally received as a ra-
tional theory. This theory, in poetical
dress, will be found in EcL VI. 31-40,
and Aeneid, VI. 724-30. Cf. Dryden's
translation of EcL VI. 31-40 :
1 1 e sung the secret seeds of Nature's frame;
How seas, and earth, and air, and active
flame,
Fell through the mighty void, and ii
their fall
Were blindly gathered in this goodly baR
The tender soil, then stiffening by degrees,
8imt from the bounded earth, the booiid*
ing seas.
1'hen earth and ocean various forms dii*
close ;
And a new sun to the new world aroM;
And mists, condensed to clouds, obBCon
tlie sky ;
And clouds, dissolved, the thirsty gromid
supply.
Tiie rising trees, the lofty mountaim
grace ;
Tlie lofty mountains feed the savage race,
Yet few, and strangers, in th* unpeopled
place.
From thence the birth of man the song
pursued.
And how the world was lost, and how
renewed.
737. Libato, 155.— 739. ^wro, 246, 4). — 742. Lunam, 111.
AENEIDOS LIB. I.
129
Unde hominum genus et pecudes ; unde imber et ignes ;
Arcturum pluviasque Hyadas geminosque Triones ;
Quid tantum Oceano properent se tinguere soles
Hiberni, vel quae tardis mora noctibus obstet.
Ingeminant plausu Tyrii, Troesque sequuntur.
Nee lion et vario noctem sermoiie trahebat
Infelix Dido, longumque bibebat amorem,
Multa super Priaino rogitans, super Hectore multa ;
Nunc, quibus Aurorae venisset filius armis.
Nunc, quales Diomedis equi, nunc, quantus Achilles.
Immo age, et a prima die, hospes, origiiie nobis
Insidias, inquit, Danaum, casusque tuorum,
Erroresque tuos ; nam te iam septima portat
Omnibus errantern terris et fluctibiis aestas. .
745
750
755
This sounds' like a modem scientific
lecture in verse. What Was then a mere
legend, whence derived no one knows,
has siuce been found to be in harmony
"With the clearest evidences of science.
742. Errantern lunam. Referring
to the revolutions of the moon in her
orbit.
Soils labores, i.e. eclipses of the
Bun. With this line compare Geo. I. 337 :
Qao8 ignis caeli Cyllenius erret in orbis.
And XL 478 :
Defectus solis varios, lunaeque labores.
744. Fluviaa Hyadas. The Hy-
ades were the daughters of Atlas. The
constellation was called *'pluviae" be-
cause it set at twilight in the rainy
months of August and November. Cf.
Spenser {F. Q. III. I. 57) :
And the moist daughters of huge Atlas
strove
Into the ocean deepe to drive their
weary drove.
746-6. That is, " Why are the days so
short in winter and so Jong In summer ?
jf
These lines are sepeated from Geo. II.
481-2.
750. The queen's object is to keep her
guest talking, with whose very words she
is alreadv enamored.
761. Aurorae filius. Cf. 1. 489.
762. Diomedis equi. Cf. 1. 469,
and note.
753-5. Spenser (F. Q. II. II. 39) has
a similar situation, where Sir (iiiyou is
invited to relate his adventures in a post-
prandial story :
Thus fairly she attempered her feast.
And pleasd them all with meete satiety :
At last, when lust of meat and drinke
was ceast,
She Guy on deare besought of curtesie
To tell from whence he came through
jeopardy,
And whether now on* new adventure
])owud :
Wlio with hold grace, and comely gravity,
Drawing to him the eies of all around.
From lofty siege ^aea.\."\\^^^^\\W\^^viN;vi\\'5»
aloud to sowii^.
Troy, that art now noaght but an idle name.
And in thine ashes buried low dost lie,
Though whilorae far much greater then thy &une.
Before that angry gods and cruell skie
Upon thee heapt a direfull destiuie !
Spbnser, F, Q. III. IX 55.
Illustrious Troy! renown'd in every clime
Through the long records of succeeding time;
Who saw protecting gods from heaven descend
Full oft, thy royal bulwarks to defend.
Though chiefs uunumber'd in her cause were slain,
With fate the gods and heroes fought in vain;
That refuge of perfidious Helen's shame
At midnight w.is involved in Grecian flame ;
And now, by time's deep ploughshare harrow'd o'er.
The seat of sacred Trov is fouud no more.
No trace of her proud fabrics now remains,
But corn and vines enrich her cultured plains.
Falconer, Shipwreck, ML
LIBER SECUNDUS.
Contlcaere (imiii-R, iiilciiti<|Ui' iim tcncbititt.
IikI(! toro jmter Aeneas sic orsiis ab alto :
Inrandiim, Regiria, iubes reniivitre doldri'rn,
Troianas ut opes et lamentabile I'cgiium
Emerint Danai ; quaeque ip*i' iniserrinia vidi,
3- Compure [lomcr, Orf. IX, \^•. Wliirli in tlie verv llmiight rciiRwi
But now thy mind is moved tii ask uf mn fear.
TliB storv of the mlfferiiiKs 1 have borne, And apiiii {fiif. XXXIII. *-f:) <ii
And that will wake my jtrinl anew. i torment exiilaiiis the cuubu uf In? ci
Thus Ulj-sses hpgins the iiti)ry of liis i tioii :
wanderiiigH ; anil I>aiile {In/. I.'-l) tliofl Titna n-ilt that T n
begins the relation of hi* dream ; The deBperate Rrief. which wrings
Ah me ! how hanl a thing it is t^i hjiv j heart alrcaily
What was this forest sarage, roagli, and To tliiak of only, ero I spi'nk of it.
4. r.nmfnlnfiilf. 234.—
132
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Et quorum pars magna fui. Quis talia faudo
Myrinido?ium Uolopumve aut duri miles Ulixi
Teinperet a lacrimis? et iam nox umida caelo
Praecipitat, suadentque cadentia sidera somnos.
Sed si tautus amor casus cognoscere nostros
Et breviter Troiae supreinum audire laborem^
Quamcjuam animus meminisse horret, luctuque refugit,
Incipiam.
,V■,-^'^ Fracti hello fatisque repulsi
'* » Ductorrs Danaftm, tot iam labentibus annis,
[nstar montis ecjuum diviiia Palladis arte
Acdificant, sectaqne intcxunt abiete costas;
Votum pro reditu simulant; ea fama vagatur.
Hue (leli'cta virAm sortiti corpora furtim
Tncludunt ca(»co lateri, penitusque cavernas
IngcjTitos uterumque armato milite compleut.
Kst in conspoctu Tenedos, notissima fama
10
15
6-8. Cf. Taltlvr, No. l.'U ; and Spec-
tntofy No. 84; and Sj)enser (F. Q. III.
IX. :ii)) :
<) laiiH'iitiihIo fall of famous towiie, '
Which rai^iid .so many ycaros victorious,
And of all Asi« bore thci sovrraiue iTowne,
lu one sad nij^ht consumd and throwon
downe !
What .«*tony hart, that hoaros thy haplossc
fate,
Is not ompiftrst with doopo (•om])a.ssiowne.
And makes (Misamph; of m.an.s wretched
state,
That floures so fresh at morne, and fades
at evening late !
13. Fracti bello. So (roldsmith
{/)es. Vil. 15.')) has "the l»roken soldier."
14. Ductores Danaum. 8o when
the Greeks saiTificed to the winds it
Aulis:
Aulide ({uo pacto Trivial virginis aram
Iphianassai turparunt saugnine foede
/Jur tores Danaum delecti, prima vfronua
LucR. I. 84-€.
15 Divina Palladis arte Mil-
erva was recrarded in the ancient invdh
olo<:;y as the p^oddess of wisdom and skiE
As here she is represented as teachimt
Kpeus to frame the wooden horse, so ii;
Catullus (LXIV. 8-10) she assists in thi '
Imildint;^ of the Argo :
Diva (juihus retinens in summis nrlubii
arces
Ij)sa levi fecit volitantem flamine cnrmii,
Pineaconiun^ens iuHexae textacarinae.
21. Tenedos This island was oott
8. Tempertf, 208,-10. Co ffnoscerc, 163.— 12. .1 A<' w /n<W, 160.— //orref, 202.1). —
Luctu^ 136. — 14. Labcntlbns annis, 155. — 15. Montisy 96.
AENEIDOS LIB. II.
133
Insula, dives opum, Priami dum regna manebant,
Nuuc tantutn sinus et statio male fida carinis;
Hue se provecti deserto in litore conduut.
Nos abiisse rati et vento petiisse Myceuas.
Ergo omiiis longo solvit se Teucria luctu.
Pauduntur portae; iuvat ire et Dorica castra
Desertoscjue vide re locos litusque relict um.
Hie Uolopuui rnaiius, hie saevus tendiebat Achilles;
Classibus hie locus ; hie acie certare solebaut.
Pars stupet innuptae donum exitiale Minervae
Et molein mirantur equi; primusqae Thyinoetes
Duci intra muros hortatur et arce locari,
Sive dolo, sen iam Troiae sic fata ferebaut.
At Capys, et quorum raelior sententia menti,
Aut pelago Dana&m insidias suspectaque dona
25
30
35
ebrated for its laws aud civil iDStitu-
us. It was taken by Achilles daring
i siege of Troy, and retains its ancient
oae to this day. — Class. Die.
19. Tende\>at, (sc. tentorial i. e. "en-
[ped." This is an anachrouism. Cf.
19, note.
Donum exitiale. In the twenty-
ih canto of the Inferno, Daiite lias
leribed the punishment of fraudulent
nsellors, and anion ^ others.
Within there are tormented
'sses and Diomed, and thus together
2y unto vengeance run as unto wrath,
d there within their flame do they
lament
? ambush of the horse, which made
the door
lence issued forth the Romans' gentle
seed,
it is, as Longfellow obiServes, " As
Troy was overcome by the fraud of the
wooden horse, it was in a jwetic sense
the gateway by which Aeneas went forth
to establish the Koman empire in Italy."
34. Dolo. The fact that the wife and
son of this prince bad l)een put to death
by the order of Priam, would give color
to this suspicion.
36. Danaum insidias. From Ho-
mer's account we get a glimpse within
the liorse. Menelaus thus recalls to
Helen that stirring time (Od. IV. 351,
seq.) :
Witness what he did
And bore, the heroic man, what time we
sat.
The bravest of the Argives. pent within
The wooden horse about to bring to Troy
Slaughter and death. Thou camest to the
place,
Moved, as it seemed, by some divinity
25. Abiisse s 219,— 21. /re, 158. — 30. Classibus, 102. — 31. Minervae, SI,—
35. Quoi-um — menti, 219. — 36. Pelago, 100.
134
P. VERGILn MARONIS
si
Praecipitare iubent^ subiectisque ureie flammis^
Aut terebrare cavas uteri et tentare latebras.
Scincliiur incertum studia in contraria vulgus.
"■^T^rimus ibi ante omiies, magna comitaute caterva,
Laocoon ardfiis sumina decurrit ab arce,
Et procul : O miseri, quae tanta insauia^ cives ?
Creditis avectos hostes? aut ulla putatis
Dona carere dolis Danafini ? sic notus Ulixes ?
Aut hoc inclusi licrno occultantur Achivi,
Aut haec in nostros fabricata est machina mures
46
45
Who thought to give the glory of the day
To Trov. Thrice about the hollow frame
That held the ambush thou didst walk
aud touch
Its sides, and call the Achaian cliiefs by
name,
And imitate the voices of the wnves
Of all the Argives. Diomed aud I
Sat wiih the great Ulysses in the midst,
And with him heard thv call, and rose at
once
To sally forth or answer from within ;
But he forbade, impatient as we were,
And so restrained us. All the Achaian
chiefs
Kept silence .save Anticlus, who alone
Began to speak, when, with his powerful
hands,
Ulysses pres.sed together instantly
The opening lips, and saved us all, and thus
Held them till Pallas lured thee from the
si>ot
39. Scinditur vulgus. The minstrel
Dem<jd(K'us, at the rerjuest of Ulysses
{Od. VIII. 612), recounts these scenes:
He spake ; the |Hjet felt the inspiring god,
And sang, beginning where the Argives
hurled
Firebrands among their tents, and sailed
awav
In their good galleys, save the band tfait
sat
Beside renowned U1\'sses in the horse.
Concealed from sight, amid the Trojao
crowd,
Who now had drawfi it to the citadel
So there it stood, while, sitting roond i^
talked
The men of Troy, aud wist not what to
do.
By turns three counsels pleased thei
to hew down
The hollow trunk with the remoi
steel :
Or drag it to a height, and cast it the
Headlong among the rocks ; or,
leave
The enormous image standing and a]
harmed.
An offering to appease the gods. Ai
this
At last was done ; for so had fate decreed
That they should be destroyed whene'tf
their town
Should hold within its walls the honeo(
wood.
37. SubiectisJlammU, 156.— 44. Dolls, 131.
AENEIDOS LIB. II.
135
Vi^,
^\Xt
'^^ctura domos venturaque desuper urbi,
aliquis latet error; equo ne credite, Teucri.
^^^dquid id est, timeo Dauaos et dona ferentes.
^^^ fatas, validis ingentem viribus hastam
^^ latus iiique feri ourvam compagibus alvum
Contorsit. Stetit ilia tremens, uteroque recusso
Insonuere cavae gemitumque dedere cavernae.
My si fata deftm, si mens iion laeva fuisset,
Impulerat ferro Argolicas foedare latebras,
Troiaque nunc star^, Priamique arx alta, maneres.
Ecce, manus iuvenem interea post terga revinctum
Pastores magno ad regem clamore trahebant
Dardanidae, qui se ignotum venientibus ultro.
Hoc ipsum ut strueret Troiamque aperiret Achivis,
Obtulerat, fidens animi, atque in utrumque paratus,
Seu versare dolos, seu certae occumbere morti.
Undique visendi studio Troiana iuventus
Circamfusa ruit, certantque inludere capto.
Accipe nunc Danaftm insidias, et crimine ab uno
50
55
60
65
Young {Night Thoughts, I. 327),
• canght the spirit of this thought :
md on thy guard against the smiles of
Fate.
62. Sen versare dolos. Dante (/»/*.
XX. 98) does poetic justice to Sinon by
presenting him as suffering in the tenth
lowe.st depth of Hell, which was devoted
&lsifier8 of all kinds. And Chancer
Tonne Prestes Tale) thus execrates him:
lis dissimulour, 0 Greke Sinon,
lat broughtest Troye al utrely to
sorwe!
66. In I. 753-4, Dido had asked, " Die
insidias Danaum." Aeneas would seem
now to refer to this request :
Accipe nunc Danauni insidias.
Byron ( Giaour) thus mourns oVer de-
generate Greece :
Still to the neighboring ports they waft
Proverbial wiles and ancient craft ;
Tn this the subtle Greek is found,
For this, and this alone, renown'd.
Et crimine ab uno. Of. Tasso,
(Ger.'Lih. 11.72) :
Who knows not to what end the Grecian
swears,
Yet from a single treason gather all
. Tnspectura, 213. — UrM, 100. — 48. Equo, 99. — Ne credite. 206 — 54-56. Si famU
^impvlerat'-stare9,199. — 56. TV^a, 238. — 61 . ^nimi, 00 — ^\. MudeT<>,\.^^«
136
P. VERGILH MARONIS
Disce omnes.
Namque ut conspectu in medio turbatus, inermis,
Constitit atque oculis Phrygia agmina circumspexit :
Heu, quae nunc tellus, inquit, quae me aequora possunt
Accipere? aut quid iam misero mihi denique restat,
Cui neque apud Danaos usquam locus, et super ipsi
Dardanidae infensi poenas cum sanguine poscunt ?
Quo gemitu couversi animi, compressus et omnis
Impetus. Hortamur fari, quo sanguine cretus,
Quidve ferat, memoret, quae sit fiducia capto.
[Ille haec, deposita tandem formidine, fatur:]
Cuncta equidem tibi, Rex, fuerit quodcumque, fatebor
Vera, inquit ; neque me Argolica de gente negabo ;
Hoc priraum; nee, si miserum Fortuna Sinonem
Finxit, vanum etiam mendacemque improba finget.
Fando aliquod si forte tuas pervenit ad aures
Belidae nomen Palaraedis et incluta fama
Gloria, quern falsa sub proditione Pelasgi
Insontem infando indicio, quia bella vetabat,
Demisere neci, nunc cassum lumine lugent:
:•
75
N
0
69. The weH feigned despair of Sinon,
his'subsequent claim to perfect truthful-
ness, his artful introduction of well-known
facts, and his plausible story of the pur-
pose of the horse, show a marked char-
acter which Vergil, if he has not origi-
nated, has at least greatly elaborated.
82. Palamedis gloria. Palamedes
is celebrated as the inventor of weights
and mejisures, of the games of chess and
backgammon, as having introduced many
new features of military science, and as
having added several new letters to the
Greek alphabet. He is also famous
for the stratagem by which he indocil
Ulysses to join the Trojan war. But If
this means also, he obtained the hatn'
of Ulysses.
83-4. Falsa proditione — infondt
indicio Ulysses had sei'retetl anui^
money, and a letter purporting to befiM I
Priam in Palamedes* tent, to prove tM I
the latter had been in lea^e with At I
Trojans ; and the tent being seaRtei I
these tokens of guilt were found. Tfcl
fact that Palamedes had opposed tiMW
(1. 84) strengthened the charges of Ulft'
ses, and the Greeks stoned him to dttA-
74. Pari, 165.- Snnf/uine, 133.- 75. Menwret, 169. — 79. Miitrum Sinomem^ IVL
— S.5. Cfufum^ no. — Lumine, 131.
AENEIDOS LIB. U.
187
nii me comitem et consanguinitate propinquum
Pauper in arma pater priinis hue misit ab annis.
Dum stabat regno incoluinis regumque vigebat
Consiliis, et nos aliquod nomenque decusque
Gessimus. Invidia postquam pellaoia Ulixi —
Hand ignota loquor — superis concessit ab oris,
Adflictus vitam in tenebris luctuque trahebam,
Et casum insontis mecum indignabar amici.
Nee tacui demens, et me, fors si qua tulisset,
Si patrios umquam remeassem victor ad Argos,
Promisi ultorem, et verbis odia aspera movi.
Hinc mihi prima Inali labes, hinc semper Ulixes
Criminibus terrere novis, hinc spargere voces
In vulgum ambiguas, et quaerere conscius arma.
Nee requievit enim, donee Calchante ministro —
Sed quid ego haec autem nequiquam ingrata revolvo?
Quidve moror, si omnes uno ordine habetis Achivos,
Idque audire sat est? lamdudum sumite poenas;
Hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae.
Tum vero ardemus soitari et quaerere causas,
Ignari scelerum tantorum artisque Pelasgae.
Prosequitur pavitans, et ficto pectore fatur :
90
95
100
105
89. Nos. The editorial " we " = " I."
92. Vitam trahebam. Cf. Catullus,
LXUI. 71 :
Ego vitam ngam sub aJtis Phrygiae colu-
• minibos.
96. Cf. Propertius. V. I 115-6:
N'anplius nltores sub noctem porrigit ignes,
FA natat exuviis Graecia pressa suis.
Nauplius, the father of Palamedes,
:;anRed beacons to be placed on the most
dangerous parts of the Euboean coast,
and wrecked the Greek fleet
100. Calchante. Calchas was a cele-
brated soothsayer, who had accompanied
the Greeks to Troy as high-priest and
prophet.
104. A special stroke of art.
107. Picto pectore fatur. Cf Cat-
ullus, LXIV. 383 :
Carmina divino cecinerunt pectore Parcae.
86. /Z/t, 100.— Me comitem, 112. — 93 Casum, 110. — 94. Si tulisset^ 200. —95. Re-
neassem, 216. — 98. Terrere — spargere, 167. — 100. 'Ministro — Sed quid, 244. — 104.
VeiU — mercentur, 209. — Magno, 145. — 107. Ficto pectore, 245. 6).
138 P. VERGILH MARONIS
Saepe fugam Danai Troia cupiere relicta
Moliri et longo fessi discedere beUo;
Fecissentque utinam ! Saepe illos aspera ponti iw
Interclusit hiems, et terruit Auster euntes.
Praecipue^ cum iam hie trabibus conteztus acemia
Staret equus, toto sonuerunt aethere nimbi.
Suspensi Eurypyluin scitantem oracula Phoebi
Mittimus, isque adytls liaec tristia dicta reportat: lis
Sanguine placastis ventos et virgine caesa.
Cum primum Iliacas, Danai, venistis ad oras;
Sanguine quaerendi reditus, animaque litandum
Argolica. Vulgi quae vox ut venit ad aures,
Obstipuere animi, gelidusque per ima cucurrit 120
Ossa taremor, cui fata parent, quem poscat Apollo.
Hie Ithacus vatom magno Calchanta tumultu
Protrahit in medics; quae sint ea numina div&m^
Flagitat. Et mihi iam multi crudele canebant
Artificis scelus, et taciti ventura videbant. us
Bis quinos silot ille dies, toctusque recusat
Prodero voce sua quemquam aut opponere morti.
Vix. tandem, magnis Ithaci clamoribus actus,
Composito rumpit vocem, et me destinat arae.
Assensere omnes. et, quae sibi quisque timebat, Ul
112. Acernis Vorirn sooininirlv for- 116. Id order to appease the wiinb
pets that he has aln^aily \^\{\) si\n\ tlio wliioh prevented their departure fro*
ih»r?e was of fir. Con. riMuarks tluit it is AuHs for Troy, the Greeks were directed
not "fn^m confusivm or forjroifuliioss. hut by tlio oraole to sacrifice Iphigenii, tbi
as an assertion of the jvHn's pri\iK\co to danirhtor of As^amemnon.
repr<»sont, in as many ways as ho ploaseti. 130-1. A striking instance of thi
the general notion of w^hhI " selfishness of human natore.
110. Ffcisftnt m:in.xm: 307. - ILK C r-i Sn-r-/, 181 — 114. Scitantem, 214. Hflt
expnf<5ed in das'^io*! pnw? 174. 190. 311. 313 118 Sanguine tt rirpine^ 823.-
1 17 Cm^ r^nistis, 181 . - 118. .4nimii, 143. — ril. Aire mt —p<\scat, 168.-126. DUt, U7.
~ li^. CmtfHmtKK 142.
AENEIDOS LIB. II.
139
Unius in miseri exitium conversa tulere.
lamque dies infanda aderat; mihi sacra parari,
Et salsae fruges, et circum tempora vittae.
Eripui, fateor, leto me, et vincula rupi,
LimoBoque lacu per noctem obscurus in ulva 135
Delitui, dum vela darent, si forte dedissent.
Nee raihi iam patriam antiquam spes uUa videndi,
Nee dulces natos exoptatumque parentem;
Quos illi fors et poenas ob nostra reposcent
Effugia, et culpam banc miserorum morte piabunt. uo
Quod te per superos et conscia numina veri,
Per, si qua est, quae restet adhue mortalibus usquam
Intemerata fides, oro, miserere laborum
Tantor^m, miserere animi non digna ferentis. -^ ^^^^
His lacrimis vitam damns, et miserescimus ultro. 145
^u^
Vittae. fFrom abas-relief.)
133. The customary preparations for
lacrifice.
141 Quod Used in adjuration,
equals propter quod. VI. 363 ; Horace,
^Jpist. I. VII. 94 • , 3
Quod te per Genium dextramque deosque
Penates
Obsecro et obtestor.
145. Cf. Spenser (F. Q. I. V. 18) :
As when a wearie traveiler, that strayes
By muddy shore of broad seven-mouthed
Nile,
Unweeting of the periUous wandring
wayes,
Doth meete a cruen craftie crocodile,
Which, ill false griefe hyding his harme-
fuU guile,
Doth weepe full sore, and sheddeth ten-
der teares ;
The foolish man, that pitties all this
while
His mournefuU plight, is swaUowd up
un wares ;
Forgetfull of his owne, that mindes
anothers cares.
132. Parari, 167. — 136. DarenU 186. — Dedissent, 200. — 139 Quos— poenas, 113.
— 142. Quae restet, 175 — 143. Laboi-um^ 93.
140
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Ipse viro primus manicas atque arta levari
Viacla iubet Priam us, dictisque ita fatur amicis :
Quisquis es, amissos hinc iam obliviscere Graios ;
Noster eris, mihique haec edissere vera roganti :
Quo molem banc immanis equi statuere ? quis auctor ? 150
Quidve petuut ? quae religio ? aut quae machina belli ?
Dixerat. Hie, dolis instructus et arte Pelasga,
Sustulit exutas vinclis ad sidera palmas :
Vos, aeterai ignes, et non violabile vestrum
Testor numen, ait, vos arae ensesque nefandi, 155
Quos fugi, vittaeque dedm, quas hostia gessi :
Fas mihi Graiorum sacrata resolvere iura,
Fas odisse viros, atque omnia ferre sub auras,
Si qua tegunt; teneor patriae nee legibus ullis.
Tu modo promissis maneas, servataque serves 160
Troia fidem, si vera feram, si magna rependam.
Omnis spes Dana Am et coepti fiducia belli
Palladis auxiliis semper stetit. Impius ex quo
Tydides sed enira scelerumque inventor Ulixes,
Fatale aggressi sacrato avellere templo 16S
Palladium, caesis summae custodibus arcis,
And cf. Horace, A. P. 102 :
Si vis me flere, dolendum eat
Primiim ipsi tibi.
For an interesting disquisition on tears,
cf. Tatler, No. 68.
148. Amissos obliviscere. Con.
suggests " ainitte atque obliviscere.*' Cf .
Suhmersas obrue (I. 69).
157. Pas (sc. est). Compare in vocab.
fas, iusj and lex.
163. Ex quo (tempore).
164. Sed enim. But (her aid faOed
us) /or.
166. Palladium. A celebrated statM
of Minerva, said to have fallen from tbi
skies, on the preservation of which de-
pended the safety of Troy. Amon^ other
legends, it is said that the Greeks leaned
from Ilclenus, whom they had captured.
that the Palladium was the chief obstacle
to the fall of Troy. The Greeks tlieo
resolved to carry off this image, and tbe
146. nro, 102. — 148. Graios, 110. — 154. Aetemi ignes, 237. — Non violalnU, 840.-
160. Maneas, 206, 238. — 161. Si feram, 199.— Maifna, 111.
AENEIDOS LIB. U.
141
^-^rripuere sacram effigiem, maiiibusque craentis
^irgineas ausi divae contingere vittas;
^x. illo fluere ac retro sublapsa referri
^pes DanaAm, fractae vires, aversa deae mens.
^^c dubiis ea signa dedit Tritonia monstris.
'^ix positum castris simulacrum; ar,sere coruscae
^Uxninibus flammae arrectis, salsusque per artus
Sudor iit, terque ipsa solo — mirabile dictu —
^Wcuit, parmamque ferens hastaraque trementem.
Extemplo tentauda fuga canit aequora Calchas,
Nee posse Argolicis exscindi Pergama telis,
170
175
Enterprise was entmsted to Ulysses and
"liomede. — Class. Die.
Veigil makes one other reference to
tbeFalladmm(IX. 150):
Tenebras et inertia fnrta
AUadii, caesis smnmae custodibus arcis,
Ke timeant.
In Odd {Met. XIII. 334) Ulysses boasts
of this exploit :
Tamqne tuis potiar, faveat Fortuna,
sagittis,
Qoam snm Dardanio, qnem cepi, rate
potitns ;
Qoam responsa denm Troianaqne fata
retexi;
Qoam rapni Phrygiae signum penetrale
Minervae
Hostibns e mediis.
The idea of the Palladinm survives in
Tasso {Ger, Lib. II. 6), though here the
image is that of the Virgin Mary :
Now this their image I would have
conveyed.
With thine own hand from their invaded
fiine,
To the chief Mosque, and on it shall be
laid
Spells of such pow*r, that long as we
retain
The new Palladium in our keep, a train
Of mighty spirits shall protect thy states ;
While steel attacks, and fire assaults in
vain,
Unrent the waU, impregnable the gates,
We shall the war roll back, and disap-
point the fates!
169. With this line compare Geo. I.
199-200:
Sic omnia ffitis
In peius mere, ac retro sublapsa referri.
171. Tritonia. There are tliree
theories as to the origin of this epithet
of Minerva. The first supposes it to
signify " Iload-sprung," referring to her
birth from the head of Jove. The second
derives it from the river or lake Triton ^
in Libya or Boeotia, tlie supposed birth-
place of Minerva. The third would make
the epithet mean the three phasefs of the
moojiy inasmuch as her shield was regarded
as the full-orbed moon.
169. Fluere, 167. — 172. Antr^, 18a.
142
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Omina ni repetant Argis, numenque reducant,
Quod pelago et cur vis secuin avexere cariais.
Et nunc, quod patrias vento petiere Mycenas, IM
Arma deosque parant coinites, pelagoque remenso
Improvisi aderunt. Ita digerit omiua Calchas.
Hanc pro Palladio raouiti, pro numiae laeso
Effigiern statuere, nefas quae triste piaret.
Hanc tamen immensam Calchas attollere molem l^
Roboribus textis caeloque educere iussit,
Ne recipi portis, aut duci in moenia possit,
Neu populum antiqua sub religione tueri.
Nam. si vestra manus violasset dona Minervae,
Turn magnum exitium — quod di prius omen in ipsum IM
Convertant ! — Priami imperio Phrygibusque futurum ;
Sin manibus vestris vestram ascendisset in urbem,
Ultro Asiam magno Pelopea ad moenia bello
Venturam, et nostros ea fata manere nepotes.
Talibus insidiis periurique arte Sinonis l»
Credita res, captique dolis lacrimisque coactis,
Quos neque Tydides, nee Larissaeus Achilles,
Non anni domuere decem, non mille carinae.
fjij^ Hie aliud mains miseris nmltoque tremendum
Obicitur magis, atque improvida pectora turbat. soo
Laocoon, ductus Neptuno sorte sacerdos,
178. Omina repetant. Referring
to the Roman custom of returning from
the camp to the city for fresh auspices in
case of anything unlucky. Numen redu-
cant refers to the same idea of bringing
back fresh auspices from Greece. — Con.
197. Larissaeus. An epithet applied
by Vergil to Achilles, either with refer-
ence to the town of Larissa Cremaste.
which lay within his dominions, or »
equivalent generally to Thessalian.
198. Anni decern We are informed
here of the length of the Trojan War.
178. Repetant, 200. — 180. Petiere, 172. - 184. Quae piaret, 174.-186. fWo, 97-
— 189. Si violauetf 200. — 191. Convertant, 207. — 199. MtUto, 148.
DEATH OF LA0C06N, (Vatican Museum.}
AENEIDOS LIB. II. 143
Sollemnes taurum ingentem mactabat ad aras.
Ecce autem gemini a Teiiedo traiiquilla per alta —
Horresoo referens — immensis orbibus angues
lucumbunt peLago, pariterque ad litora teiiduiit; 205
Pectoia quorum inter tluctus arrecta iubaeque
Sangnlneae superant uiidas ; pars cetera poiitum
Pone legit ainuatque iiumensa volumine terga;
Fit Bonitos spumaute salo. lanique arva teiiebant,
Ardentesque oculos suffecti sanguine et igni, 210
Siblla lambebant linguis vibrantibus ora.
DlfinglmnB visu exsangues. Illi agmine certo
Laocoonta petunt; et primum parva duorum
Corpora natomm serpens am plexus uterque
Implicate et miseros morsu depascitnr artus; 215
Post ipsum^ auxilio subeunteni ac tela ferentem,
^' Corripiunt, spirisque ligant ingentibus; et iam
. .Bis medium amplexi, bis collo aquamea circum
^ergg dati, superant capite et cervicibus altis.
nie simul manibus tendit divellere nodes, 220
SO6 seq. Milton adapts this passage | And Geo. TIT. 439:
to his description of Satan in the depths Arduus ad solem, et linguis micat ore
of Hell (P. L. I. 192-6) : trisulcis.
Thus Satan, talking to his nearest mate, | 220. This fine scene liad hcfore Ver-
With head uplift above tlie wave, and ' gil's time been rendered famous by tlie
eyes ' sculptors of the renowned Laocoou Grouj).
That sparkling blazed; his otlier parts , Tliis Group, now in tlie Vatican, belongs
besides to tlie fourth epoch of Greek Sculpture
Prone on the flood, extended long and of the school of Kliodes, and in merit
large, ranks in the second class. It was executed
Lay floating many a rood. bv three sculptors, Agesandcr, Atheno-
211. Vibrantibus. Cf.Lucr.lII. 655
dorus, and Polvdorus. It was found in
Qain etiam tibi si, lingua vibrante, mi- Kome in 1506, and the Pope ordered a
nanti ])ublic festival in honor of its discovery.
Serpentem canda, etc. According to I*liny, it once stood in the
218. Collo, 07. — Circum terffa dati, 233. —219. Capxtc, 14ft.
144
P. VERGIUI MABONIS
Perfnsiis sanie vittas atroque veueno,
Clamores simul Iiorreudos ad sidera toUit :
Quales mogitas, fagit cum saucius aram
Taurus et incertam excussit cervice securim.
At geoiini lapsa delubra ad summa dracones
Effugiunt saevaeque petunt Tritonidis arcem.
Sub pedibusque deae clipeique sub orbe tegantur.
Turn vero tremefacta novus per pectora canctis
Insinuat pavor^ et scelus ezpendiase merentem
Laocoonta ferunt, sacrum qui cuspide robar
Laeserit et tergo sceleratam intorserit hastam.
Ducendum ad sedes simulacrum orandaque divae
Numina conclamant. ^ i^
itDividimus muros et moenia pandimus urbis. y^r^^^
m
230
palace of Titus. When found in the
ruins of the baths of Titus the right arm
was wanting, and one in terracotta by
Beniini wa^ substituted. Liibke and
others insist that the right arm was not
originaUy in the position given to it by
the modern 8culj)tur, but was bent down
behind the head, which was thus sup-
ported by the hand in that moment of
exhausted agony. Liibke thus comments
upon this famous work : *' From three
different scenes, one united find strictly
connected group is formed, depicting the
one moment of utmost suffering and
horror, petrified with fearful truth, and
the whole pathos is concentrated in the
mighty figure of the father. . . . Yet we
see nothing here but pure physical suffer-
ing. 'I'he imjjression is entirely patho-
logical, for no moral idea, no allusion to
guilt and expiation meets us ; and in tliis
lies the barrier between it and the Niobe
and other works of a former aff^-^
Catalogue of the Corcoran Art Galleri/.
Byron {Ch. Ear, IV. 160) has anoUe
description of this group :
Or, turning to the Vatican, go see
Laocoon's torture dignifying pain —
A father's love and mortal's agony
With an immortal's patience blending:
— vain
The struggle; vain, against the coiling
strain
And gripe, and deepening of the dragonli
grasp,
The old man's clench; the long en*
venomM chain
Ilivets the living links, — the enormous
asp
Enforces pang on pang, and stifles gup
on gasp.
234. Xettleship quotes from Henxy:
" In order to understand the picture here
presented, it must be borne in mind that
221. VUtnn, 114. — 225. Lnpsn, 142. —227. Teffuntur, 215. — 231. Quilaeserit ei
intorseritf 176. — 234. Dividimus muros et moenia pandimus, 232.
AENEIDOS LIB. 11.
Accingunt omnes operi^ pedibusque rotarum
Subiciunt lapsus^ et stuppea viucula coUo
Intendunt. Scandit fatalis machina muros^
Feta armis. Pueri circum innuptaeque paellae
Sacra canunt, funemque manu contingere gaudent.
Ula subit^ mediaeque miiiaiis inlabitnr urbi.
O patria, o divftm domus Ilium, et incluta bello
Moenia Dardanidum ! quater ipso ia limine portae
Substitit, atque utero sonitum quater arma dedere;
Instamus tamen immemores caecique furore,
Et monstrum infelix sacrata sistimus arce.
Tunc etiam fatis aperit Cassandra futuris
Ora, dei iussu non umquam credita Teucris.
Nos delubra deftm miseri, quibus ultimus essiet
Ille dies, festa velamus Ironde per urbem.
146
235
240
245
) gates of ancient cities were very
all, little larger than our modern
Drs; and that the walls, which were
rh, were carried across over the gates,
that there was no division of the wall,
b only a hole or opening in the un-
aided wall, where the gates stood. By
) expression * dividimus to wros,* there-
-e, we are to understand that the
ojans enlarged the gate so as to make
!omplete division of the wall, that is,
breaking down that part of the wall
3r the gate on which the continuity of
J waU depended."
243. Subatitit. To stumble on or
3n touch the threshold on entering or
.ving a house was considered an ill
len. In Ovid (Met X. 452) this ill
len is connected with the direful hoot-
r of the owl :
Ter pedis offensi signo est revocata, ter
omen
Funereus bubo letali carmine fecit.
Again (Trist. I. III. 55) he bewails his
ill luck :
Ter limen tetigi, ter sum revocatus, et
ipse
Indulgens animo pes mihi tardus erat.
And Tibullus (I. III. 19, 20) ;
O quotiens ingressus iter mihi tristia dixi
Offensum in porta signa dedisse pedem !
244. Caecique furore. Cf. Catul<
lus, LXIV. 197 :
Cogor inops, ardens, amenti caeca furore.
247. " The prophecies of Cassandra "
has passed into a proverbial expression
for unheeded warnings. Thus Young
{N. Th.lX. 133):
But, like Cassandra, prophesies in vain.
I. 0 patria, 23a — 246. Cassandra, 77. — 247. Teucris, 106. — 248. Quibui e««l,V^'V
10
.^
146 P. VERGILn MARONIS
^ (^ Vertitur interea caelum et ruit oceano nox, 250
Involvens umbra magna terramque polumque
Myrmidonumque dolos; fusi per moenia Teucri
Conticuere; aopor fessos complectitur artus.
Et iam Argiva phalanx instructis navibus ibat
A Tenedo, tacitae per amica silentia lunae iw
Litora nota petens, flammas cum regia puppis
Extulerat, fatisque deum defensus iniquis
Inclusos utero Danaos et pinea furtim
Laxat claustra Siaon. Illos patefactus ad auras
Reddit equus, laetique cavo se robore promunt 260
Thessandrus Sthenelusque duces et dirus Ulixes,
Demissum lapsi per funem, Acamasque, Thoasque,
Pelidesque Neoptolemus, primusque Machaon,
Et Menelaus, et ipse doli fabricator Epeus.
Invadunt urbera somno vinoque sepultam; 265
Caeduutur vigiles, portisque patentibus omnes
Accipiunt socios atque agmina conscia iungunt.
250. Imitated in part from Eimius:
Vertitur iiiterea caelum cum ingeutibu'
sign is.
255. Silentia lunae. This has been
understood in two opposite ways, — the
moon quietly shining, or there being no
moon as yet ; for that the moon did rise
appears from 1. 340, — in the one case
the silence, in the other the darkness,
being assumed as favorable to the under-
taking. — Con.
257. Extulerat. But cf. VL 517,
where it is related that Helen, on that
fatal night, had signalled the Greeks
with a torch, under the pretence of lead-
ing a band of Trojan women in Bacchic
revels.
264. Fabricator Epeus. Cf. Hohmt
( Od. XI. 648) :
When into the wooden steed,
Framed by Epcios, we the cMeft d
Greece Ascended.
265. Invadunt The horse had bMi
placed on the citadel (1. 245), and tlMf
must go tlirough the city to meet tbeit'
friends at the gate. Compare this luN
with Ennius :
Nunc hostes vino domiti somnoqnesepolti
Somno vinoque sepultam. Coi>
compares Aen. III. 630; VL 424; tt
189:
Somno vinoque soluti procubneTe.
And Lucretius I. 133:
Morbo adfectis somnoqae sepnltis.
251. Terramque polumque, 222 257. Cum extnhrnt, 182. — 258-9. Danaos etpiM*
claustra, 221, 231.
AENEIDOS LIB. II.
Tempus erat, quo prima quies mortalibus aegris
Incipit, et dono divAm grcktissitna serpit:
In somais, ecce, ante oculos maestissitniis Hector
Visus adesse mihi, largosque effuudere fletus,
RaptatDB blgia, ut quondam, aterque cruento
Pulvere, perque pedes traiectus lora tumentes.
Ei mihij qualis erat ! quantum mutatus ab illo
Hectore, qui redit exuvias indutus Achillij
Vel Dana&m Phrygios iaculatus puppibus ignes I
268. Vergil excels in bis nigbt pieces,
lich it will be of great intereBt to the
ider tu collate and compare. Young's
ign ofNUiht will fitly prepare the mind
■ the ensuing paesage (JV. Th. L 18) ■
ght, Bable goddess ! from her ebon
throne,
ra.vlesB majesty, now stntchee forth
ii leaden sceptre o'er a Blumb'ring
ence how dead I aod darkness how
profound !
•I eye nor tist'ning ear an object Hnds ;
eatioii sleeps. Tis as the gen'raJ pulse
life stood slill, and Nature made a
1 awful panse ' prophetic of her end
270-1. In like maDoeT Homer ap-
ired to Eunins :
somnis ibi visas Homerua adetse poe i
270-3. For thP whole flght between
hilles and Hector, cf. 11. X\II 166
0; also Af.«. T, 483 and note.
374. This line is copied verbal n from
inins. Milton ha.'tlhispassage n m nd
len Satan thos addresses BeeUebul
'. L. T. 84) -.
270. Bettor, 87. - 273. Lora, 114. - 274. Mlhi. 102. - 2T&.
From bim, who, iu the bappy realms of
light,
Clothed with transcendent briifbtDesa,
didst ontsl^ine
Myriads though bright !
875-6. Hector had slain Fatroclns, the
friend of Achilles, to whom Achilles had
lent his own armor. These scenes are
narrated, at length in the latter part of
the sixteenth aud the first part of the
seventeenth book of the Iliad. For the
description of Hector's heroic deeds, see
the twelfth and fifteenth books of the
Iliad. These two lines (275-6) picture
Hector in the height of his success, as
those just pteced ng (2 2-3) p ctu e him
n h s fall
148
P. VERGILn MARONIS
Squalentem barbam et ooncretos sanguine crines,
Vulneraque ilia gerens, quae circum plurima muros
Accepit patrios. Ultro flens ipse videbar
Compellare virum et maestas expromere voces :
0 lux Dardaniae, spes o fidissima TeucrAm,
Quae tantae tenuere morae ? quibus Hector ab oris
Exspectate venis? ut te post multa tuorum
Funera, post varios hominumque urbisque labores
Defessi aspicimus ! quae causa indigna serenos
Foedavit vultus ? aut cur haec vulnera cerno ?
llle nihil, nee me quaerentem vana raofatur,
Sed graviter gemitus irao de pectore ducens,
Heu luge, nat^ dea, teque his, ait, eripe flammis.
Hostis habet muros; ruit alto a calmine Troia.
Sat patriae Priamoque datum : si Pergama dextra
Defendi possent, etiam hac defensa fuissent.
Sacra suosque tibi coinmendat Troia Penates :
Hos cape fatorum comites, his moenia quaere
Magna, pererrato statues quae denique ponto.
Sic ait, et manibus vittas Vestaraque potentem
Aeternumque adytis effert penetralibus ignem.
^
^
281 seq. Aeneas, in his vision, seems
to be ignorant of the fate of Hector.
293. Commendat Troia Penates.
Cf. I. 68, note. In commending her
Penates to Aeneas, Troy entrusted to
him her most essential part, her soul, —
the Penates representing tall that was
peculiar and vital to the city and nation.
Aeneius is thereby commissioned to found
another Troy, and perpetuate the Trojan
race.
These images were easily carried, as
will appear in II. 717.
296-7. Vestam aeternumque ig*
nem. Vesta was a deity presiding orw
the ])ublic and private hearth. A sacred
fire, tended by Vestal Virgins, always
burned upon her altar. The worship of
Vesta represented the most ancieot, as
well as the purest part of Rome's reli-
gion. Says Lanciani : "The origin of
the worship of Vesta is very simple. In
prehistoric times, when fire coald be ob-
tained only from the friction of two sticks
of dry wood, or from sparks of flint, every
village kept a public fire barning day and
2<)2. Si possent, 199.
AENEIDOS UB. H.
149
^verso interea misceiitur moenia iucta^
J^t inagis atque magis, quamquam Mcreta parentis
^^^hisae domus arboribusque obtaota recessit,
^^^eacunt sonitus, armorumque lngr;2lt horror.
^^^Utior somno^ et summi fastigia ificti
^^^usu supero, atque arrectis auribus asto :
^^ segetem veluti cum flamma forentibus austris
^^^^idit, aut rapidus montane flumiuff torrens
^*^rnit agros, sternit sata laeta boumque labores,
"^aecipitesque trahit silvas, stupetiinscius alto
^ccipieus sonitum saxi de vertice*pastor.
300
305
night, in a central hut, at the disposition (
of each family. The care of watching |
the precious element was intrusted to |
young girig^ because girls, as a rule, did |
not follow their parents and brothers to ,
tbe far-away pasture-grounds, and did
not share with them the fatigue of hunt-
uig or fishing expeditions. In course of
time, however, this simple practice be-
came a kind of sacred institution, espe-
cially at Alba Longa, the mother country
of Home; and when a large party of
Alban shepherds fled from the volcanic
eruptions of the Alban craters into the
plain below, and settled on the marshy
banks of the Tiber, they followed, natu-
rally, the institutions of the mother
country ; and the worship of Vesta — re-
presented by the public fire and the girls
attending to it — was duly organized at
the foot of the Palatine hill, on the bor-
ders of the market-place (forum)."
Propertius (V. IV. 69) seems to imply
with Vergil that this fire was brought
intact from Troy:
Nam Vesta, Diacae felix tutela favillae.
304l8. Vergil enlarges upon Homer,
who thus figures the distant roar of battle
(//. IV. 570 seq.):
As when the winter streams
Kush down the mountain-sides, and fill,
below,
With their swift waters, poured from
gushing springs.
Some hollow vale, the shepherd on the
heights
Hears the far roar.
Spenser evidently has Vergil's destruc-
tive mountain torrent in mind {F. Q. II.
XI. 18) :
Like a great water-flood, that, tombling
low
From the high mountaines, threates to
overflow
With suddein fury all the fertile playne,
And the sad husbandmans long hope
doth throw ,
Adowne the streame, and all his vowes
make vavne ;
Nor bounds nor banks his headlong ruine
may sustayne.
298. Luctu, 143. — 300. Recessit, 202,1). — SO^i. Somuo,Yi^.
150
P. VERGILII MAKONIS
Turn vero manifesta fides, DanaAmque patescunt
Insidiae. lam DeipLobi dedit ampla ruinam sio
Volcano superaiite d'omus, iam proximus ardet
Ucalegon ; Sigea igai freta lata relucent.
Exoritur clamorque \ir&m clangorque tubarum.
Arma amens capio; hec sat rationis in armis;
Sed glomerare manum bello et concurrere in arcem 315
Cum sociis ardent arimi; furor iraque mentem
Praecipitant, pulchrumque mori succurrit in armis.
Ecce autem telis Pajithus elapsus AchivAm,
Panthus Orthryades, ar^is Phoebique sacerdos.
Sacra manu victosque decs parvumque nepotem 320
Ipse trahit, cursuque amens ad limina tendit.
Quo res summa loco, Panthu ? quam prendimus arcem ?
Vix ea fatus eram, gemitu cum talia reddit:
Venit summa dies et ineluctabile tempus
Dardaniae. Fuimus Troes, fuit Ilium et ingens 8»
Probably, also, Ariosto remembers Ver-
gil {Orl. Fur. XXXIX. 14) :
As when benigner winds more softly
blow,
And Apennine his shag<ry back lays bare,
Two turbid torrents with like fury flow,
Which, in their fall, two separate chan-
nels wear.
Uproot liard rocks, and mighty trees
which grow
On their steep banks, and field and har-
vest bear
Into the vale, and seem as if thev vied
Which should do mightiest damage on
its side.
312. Cf. Dryden {An. Mir 922-3).
A key of fire ran all along the shore.
And lighten *d all the river with a blaze.
314. Nec armis. Cf . CaUdlas, LXIV.
186
Nulla fngae ratio, nulla apes.
317. Horace has the same thongfat
( Odes, III. l\. 13):
Dulce et decorum est pro patria mori.
Note this and the many other fine pio*
verbial lines of Vergil.
322. Quo loco. Render these wotdi
literallv.
324 seq. The despairing cry of bSSBB%
Troy
325. Fuimus, fuit. The perfect ii
here the strongest and most irapreanr*
form that could have been used. lu ** W*
have been Trojans," the su^i^gestioii il
certainly stronger than the direct
311. Vulcano, 245, 5). — 312. Ucalegon, 245, 2). - 314. Rntimis, 84. — 315. BeUn, 101
— 317. Morif 159. — 320. Deos^ nepotem trahit, 221. — 325. Fuimus, fuit^
AENEIDOS UB. U.
.o
Gloria Teucrorum; ferus omnia jTuppiter Argos
Transtulit ; incensa Danai dominqntur in urbe.
Arduus armatos mediis in moeuibiis astans
Fundit equus, victorquc Siuon incendia miscet
«
Insultans. Portis alii bipatentttrafi* adflont^
Milia quot magiiis umquain veuem Mycenis;
Obsedere alii telis angusia viaruni
Oppositi; stat ferri acies mucrono corusco
Stricta, parata neci ; vix primi pioelia tentant
Portarum vigiles, et caeco Marie resistunt.
Talibus Othryadae dictis et numi>ie divAm
In flammas et in arraa feror^ quo tristis Erinys^
Quo fremitus vocat et sublatus ad aethera clamor.
Addunt se socios Eliipeus et maximus arm is
Epytus, oblati per luuam, Hypanisque Dy masque,
Et lateri agglomerant nostro, iuvenisque Coroebus,
Mygdonides. lUis ad Troiam forte diebus
Venerat, insano Cassandrae incensus amore,
Et gener auxilium Priamo Phrygibusque ferebat.
Infelix, qui non sponsae praecepta furentis
Audierit.
Quos ubi confertos audere in proelia vidi,
Incipio super his : luvenes, forlissima frustra
330
335
340
345
on, " We are Trojans no longer." So
L VII. 413 : Sed Fortuna fuit. . -
nd Propertias, 11. VIII. 10 :
Ct Thebae steterunt altaque Troia fuit.
asso avails himself of the satne expres-
on {Ger. Lib, XIX. 40) :
Woe is me ! My Town
arbaric hands from the foundations
rend;
Mv race is run, — my rule is at an end, —
I lived, I reigned ; I live and reign no
more ;
For all that now is left me, O my friend,
Is to exclaim, ' We were ! ' — all, all is
o'er!
Our final hour *s at hand ; pale Death is
at the door !
326. Argot, 120. — 331. Mycenis, 128. — 334. I^eci, 103. — 335 .\farte. 245. 5).
342. Illis diebus, 154. — 346. Qui audiei-it, 176.
152
P. VERGILn MARONIS
Pectoia^ si vobis audentem extrema cupido
Certa sequi, quae sit rebus fortuua videtis : 350
Excessere omues, adytis arisque relictis,
Di^ quibus imperium hoc steteratj succurritis arbi
Inceusae ; moriamur^ eU in media anna ruamus.
Una salus victis, nuUai*:: sperare salutem.
Sic animis iuvenuui furo> additus. Inde, lupi cea 35$
Raptorea atra in nebula, quos improba ventris
Exegit caecos rabies, caiulique relicti
Faucibus exspectant sicc.s, per tela, per hostes
VadimnB baud dubiam b\ mortem, mediaeque tenemus
Urbis iter; nox atra cava circumvolat umbra. 360
Q.uis cladem illius noctis, quis funera fando
Ezplicet, aut possit lacrimis aequare labores ?
Urbs antiqua ruit, multos dominata per annos;
Plurima perque vias sternuntur inertia passim
Corpora perque domos et religiosa deorum S6>
Limina. Nee soli poenas dant sanguine Teucri;
Quondam etiam victis redit in praecordia virtus
354. In this line Vergil strikes out one
of those broad proverbial sayings, which
form one of his claims to greatness.
Milton gives us the same proverb in
English (P. L. VI.): Hope conceiving
from despair.
Con. quotes Wagner's citation of Jus-
tin, 20. 3, as a most telling example of
this " courage of despair • " " Locrenses
paucitatem suam circunispicientes omissa
spe victoriae in destinatam mortem con-
spirant ; tantusque ardor ex desperatione
singulos cepit ut victores se putarent si
non inulti morerentur. Sed dum mori
honeste (inaerunt feliciter yicemnt, nae
alia causa victoriae fait qnam quod de*
speraverunt."
357-8. Catuli— sicoiB. Cf. Shelley,
HeUaa :
As an eagle fed with momin|;r
Scorns the embattled tempest's waniiig;
When she seeks her aerie hanging
In tlie mountain-cedar's hair,
An<l her brood expect the clanging
Of her wings through the wild air,
Sick with famine.
365 Religiosa Umina. Thia sban
the desperate nature of the conflict.
350. Sequi f 163. — 353. Moriamur et ntnmus. 204. 231. — 354. Sperare, 167.—
357. Caecot, 112. - 362. QuU explicetf 208.
AENEIDOS LIB. II.
163
Victoresque cadunt Danai. Crudelis ubique
Luctus, ubique pa vor, et plurima mortis imago.
Primus se, Danaftra magna comitante caterva,
Androgeos offert nobis, socia agmiua credens
Inscius, atque ultro verbis compellat amicis :
Festmate, viri. Nam quae tarn sera moratur
Segnities? Alii rapiuut incensa feruntque
Pergama ; vos celsis nunc primum a navibus itis.
Dixit, et extemplo, neque enim responsa dabantur
Fida satis^ sensit medios delapsus in hostes.
Obstipuit, retroque pedem cum voce repressit.
Im pro visum aspris veluti qui sentibus anguem
Pressit humi nitens, trepidusque repente refugit
Attollentem iras et oaerula coUa tumentem ;
Hand secns Androgeos visu tremefactus abibat.
Irruimus, densis et circumfundimur armis,
Ignarosque loci passim et formidine captos
Stemimus. Aspirat primo fortuna labori.
Atque hie successu exsultans animisque Coroebus,
O socii, qua prima, inquit, fortuna salutis
Monstrat iter, quaque ostendit se dextra, sequamur
Mutemus clipeos, Danaftmque insignia nobis
370
375
380
385
379-81. This simile is borrowed from
omer (//. III. 40) t
9 one, who meets within a moan tain
glade
serpent, starts aside with sadden
fright,
ad takes the backward way with trem-
bling limbs
nd cheeks all white.
This is imitated in turn by Ariosto (OH.
Fur. XXXIX. 32) :
As one that in unwary guise
Has chanced on fell and poisonous snake
to tread.
Which, in the grass, opprest with slum-
ber lies ;
And, pale and startled, hastens to retire
From that ill reptile, swoln with bane
and ire.
375. Pergama, 245, 1). — 377. Delapsus, 229, 2). - 379- Aspris, 216. — 383.
Circumfundimur, 215. — 385. Fortuna, 237. — 388. Se^Mamiu •, 204t,
154
P. VERGILn MARONIS
Aptemus. Dolus an virtus, quis in hoste requirat?
Arma dabunt ipsi. Sic fatus, deinde comantezn
Androgei gnleam clipeique iusigne decorum
Induitur, laterique Argivum accommodat ensem.
Hoc Rhipeus, hoc ipse Dymas oinnisque iuventus
Laeta facit ; spoliis se quisque recentibus armat.
Vadimus immixtd Danais liaud numine nostro,
Multaque per caecam congressi proelia noctem
Conserimus, multos Danauin demittimus Oreo.
Diffugiunt alii ad naves, et litora cursu
Fida petunt; pars ingentem formidine turpi
Scandunt rursus equum et nota conduntur in alvo.
Heu nihil iuvitis fas quemquam fidere divis !
Ecce trahebatur passis Priameia virgo
Crinibus a templo Cassandra adytisque Minervae,
Ad caelum tendens ardentia lumina frustra.
390
395
400
40S
390. Tliis, another proverb, has re-
tained its substance, though changed in
form, in the English saying, " All 's fair
in love and war." Pope has embodied a
part of the same thought in one of his
couplets (Rajii of Lock ^ 11.) ;
For when success a lover's toil attends,
Few ask, if fraud or force att<iined his
ends.
398. Haud numine nostro. " Un-
der a divinity not our own." Servius
thinks that the (Grecian arms .actually
carried with them the favor of the (ire-
cian \leitios. Whether this be so or not,
the Trojans f<mnd to their sorrow that it
was not safe to trust to the gods who had
already declared against them (I. 402).
And, in arldition to this thought, there
seems also to be an idea here that
foreign or another's auspices (hand db-
mine nostro) are not to be tnisted. A
" David in Saul's armor " is alwa}'s iD
unfortunate combination ; just as "Mil>
ing under fiilse colors'' is aniTeTBalljr
condemned.
404. Templo. The temple of Min-
erva in the citadel. Aeneas and liii
comrades have now penetrated to tlN
centre of Troy (cf. 1. 359). ^
Cassandra. Cf. I. 41, note ; and 11
240, note. Ovid refers to this sceM
{.1/W. Xrn. 410):
Tractata comis antistita Phoebi p« •■
Ca.ssandra]
Non profecturas tcndebat ad aatheii.
palmas.
ai)0. Reqnirat, 208. ~ 392. Gnleam, insif/ne decorum, 126. — 396. DanoU^ 130.--
398. Oi'co, 100. —401. Conduntur, 215.— 402 Divis, 99.
\ ^
AENEIDOS LIB. II.
155
Lumina, nam teneras arcebant viiicula palmas.
Non tulit banc speciem iiiriata inente Coroebus,
Et sese medium iiiiecit periturus in agmen.
Consequimur cuncti et densis iiicurrimus armis.
Hie primum ex alto delubri culmine telis
Nostrorum obruimur, oriturque miserrima caedes
Armorum facie et Graiarum errore iubarura.
Tum Danai gemitu atque ereptae virgiuis ira
Undique coUecti invadunt, acerrimus Aiax,
Et gemini Atridae, Dolopumque exercitus omnis;
Adversi rupto ceu quondam turbine venti
Confligunt, Zephyrusque Notusqae et laetus Eois
Eurus equisj stridunt silvae, saevitque tridenti
SpumeuB atque imo Nereus ciet aequo ra fundo.
lUi etiam, si quos obscura nocte per umbram
Fudimus insidiis totaque agitavimus urbe,
Apparent; primi clipeos mentitaque tela
Agnoscunt^ atque ora so no discordia signant.
Uicet obruimur numero; primusque Coroebus
Penelei dextra divae armipotentis ad aram
Procumbit; cadit et Rhipeus, iustissimus unus
Qui fuit in Teucris et servantissimus aequi;
410
415
420
425
411. Miserrima. Why?
416. Cf . Ennius :
Concurrunt veluti venti.
423. Ora sono discordia signant.
Wund. remarks that Homer assumes that
le Greeks and Trojans spoke the same
ingoage, but Vir^l, following the later
rreek poets, makes them differ. Forb.
lys that the difference must be under-
wood to be confined to dialect, as they
are always represented in the Aeneid as
intelligible to each other." — Con.
426. Cadit et Rhipeus, etc. Dante
{Par. XX. 68), wishing to introduce a
pagan into his Paradise, has selected this
hero, probably on Vergil's recommen-
dation,— "iustissimus et servantissimus
aequi."
426-30. On the justice of Providence
cf. Spectator^ No. 548.
408: Periturus, 213. — 413. Virginis, 87. — 427. Aeq*n, 80,
156 1'. VERGILU MARONTS
Dis aliter visum; pereunt Ilypanisque Dyinasqae^
Confixi a sociis; iiec te tua plurima^ Panthu^
Labentoin pietas nee ApoUinis infula texit.
lliaci ciiieres et llauima extrema ineorum^
Testor, in occasu vestro nee tela nee ullas
Vitavisse vices Danaiim^ et, si fata fuissent,
Ut cadorem, nieruisse manu. Divellimur inde,
Iphitus ct Pelias meeum, quorum Iphitus aevo
lam gravior, Pelias et vulnere tardus Ulixi,
Protinus ad sedes Priami clamore vocati.
r^ ,cf I lie vero ingentem pugnam, eeu cetera nusquam
,v;'' Bella forent, nuUi tota morerentur in urbe,
'^<^'* Sic Martem indoinitum, Danaosque ad tecta ruentes
Ceriiinuis, obsossuinciiie acta testudine limen.
[laereiit parietibus scalae, postesque sub ipsos
Nituntur gnulil)ns, cli[)eosque ad tela sinistris
Protccti obiciunt, prensant fiistigia dextris.
Dardauidae contra turres ac tecta domorum
(■ulinina convellunt j his se^ quando ultima cemunt^
E\li'ema iaui in niorte parant defendere telis;
^■^t'
428. Dis aliter visum. The mean- ' soldiers, who placed their Ahielda o
inji; of course is not that the gods did not | their heads to secare themselves agti
tliink hini just, l)ut tluit thov did not deal I the missiles of the enemy The shie
with him :w tliey might Iiiive hecn ex- ' fitted so closely together as to fonn
peeted ti> <ioal with a just man. Tlie " unbroken surface, and were also so (i
expression is one of pioty, as we miglit tliat men could walk upon them, i
sav, " Heaven's wavs are not as ours." —
Con.
430. Imitated from llomcr (//. T. 36) :
T^Bt the fillet thou <Iost hoar
And sceptre of tliy god protect thee not.
441. Testudine. The tcstmh was
the covering made by a dose body of
even Iiorsos and chariots could be drii
over them. — Di" Ant.
442. Scalae. The scaling-ladd
were a Koman and later Greek conb
ance which Vergil has transferred
earlier times.
433. VitariMBf 164. — Sifuhsent, 200. — 434 Ut cadertm, leo. — 439. CeuforemL 1
AENEIDOS LIB. II.
157
Auratasque trabes, veterum decora alta parentum,
Devolvant; alii strictis mucronibus imas
Obsedere fores ; has servant agmine denso.
Instaurati animi^ regis succurrere tectis^
Auxilioque levare viros, vimque addere vietis.
Limeu erat caecaeque fores et pervius usus
Tectorum inter se Priami, postesque relicti
A tergo, infelix qua se, dum regna manebant,
Saepius Andromache ferre incomitata solebat
Ad soceros, et avo puerum Astyanacta trahebat.
Evado ad summi fastigia culminis^ unde
Tela manu miseri iactabant irrita Teucri.
Turrim in praecipiti stantem summisque sub astra
450
455
460
153. Nettleship quotes Ti. Donatus :
ilaec descriptio ostendit duas domos
isse coninnctas, anam in qua Friamus,
.eram vero in qua Hector commane-
t ; nt transiretnr ex una ad alteram,
*es dabant occasionem, quae ob banc
isam fuerant factae, ut essent notae
[ninanentibus, extraneis vero incog-
;ae."
The expressions limen, caecae fores,
'vius Hsus, and posies relictij all refer
the same thing, each presenting a
3cial characteristic.
155. Infelix. If we consider this as
>leptic, it might refer to her sad lot
vr that Troy is in the enemy's hands,
more naturally refers, however, to her
dowhood.
156. Incomitata. Vergil by this
•rd would emphasize the privacy of
) postern-gate already mentioned, as
der other circumstances it would not
proper for Andromache to appear
thont the pomp befitting her station.
Ls Grossrau remarks, the contrast of
3 former security of Andromache and
her child with the agony of the present
struggle is pathetic."
457. Astyanacta. The son of Hector
and Andromache. He was very young
when the Greeks besieged Troy ; and
when the city was taken his mother saved
him in her arms from the flames. But,
as Calchas had predicted that if he should
live he would avenge the death of Hector,
the Greeks cruellv hurled him from the
battlements of Troy. This deed is vari-
ously ascribed to Ulysses, Menclaus, and
Pyrrhus.
460. Turrim — impulimus. A nat-
ural though desperate method of repel-
ling an assaulting enemy. So Shelley
(Hellas) :
Heave the tower
Into the gap — wrench off the roof.
And Ariosto (OrJ. Fur. XVII. 10) has
given a free translation of this passage :
And smote and thundered, 'mid a fearful
shower,
iVt the sublime and royal house's gate
To their life's peril, crumbling roof and
tower
158
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Eductam tectis, unde omnis Troia videri
Et Danaftm solitae naves et Achaica castra,
Aggressi ferro circum, qua summa labaiites
luncturas tabulata dabant^ convellimus altis
Sedibus, impulimusque ; ea lapsa repente ruinam
Cum souitu trahit et Danaftm super agmina late
lucidit. Ast alii subeunt, nee saxa, nee ullum
Telorum iuterea cessat genus.
^^ Vestibulum ante ipsum primoque in limine Pyrrhus
Exsultat, telis et luce coruscus aena;
Qualis ubi in lucein coluber mala gramina pastus,
465
470
Is tossed by them that on the summit
wait:
Nor any fears to ruin hall or bower ;
But wood and stone eudure one common
fate,
And marble column, slab, and gilded
beam.
By sire and graudsire held in liigh
esteem.
462. It was from tliis same tower,
l>erhaps, that Priam viewed the slaughter
of his people by Achilles (//. XXI. 649
seq.) :
The aged Priam from a lofty tower
Beheld the large-limbed son of Peleus
range
Tlie field, and all the Trojans helplessly
Fleeing in tumult
469. Vestibulum. The vestibule
was a ])a«s:ige or court before the door
of a palace, or of any jirivate house of a
superior description, leading to the street.
It was provided with seats, and used by
pcrs(ms waiting admittance to the house.
Pyrrhus. (^alled also Xeoptolemus
("the new warrior"), because he came to
Troy in the last years of the war. He
was the son of AchiUes, and inherited hii
father's warlike character (1. 491).
471-5. This famous simile \a ttkn
from the one in Homer (//. XXU
118), where Hector awaits the attack of
Achilles :
As a serpent at his den.
Fed on the poisons of the wild, awaits
The traveller, and, fierce with hate of miii
And glaring fearfully, lies coiled withii,
So waited Hector.
In Homer's simile, however, the aeipefit
represents the attacked, while in VeigD**
it represents the attacking, partv. Aiioiti
{Or\. Fur. XVII. 11) closely fo'llowi Ver
gil's simile -
Kodomont stands before the portal, biigk
With steel, his head and boat aecnred ii
mail.
Like to a serpent, issued into light,
Having cast off his slough, diseased lai
stale ;
Who more than ever joying in hisinigki
Renewed in youth, and proud of poUArf
scale.
470. Telis et luce, 223. — 471. Gramina, 110.
AENETDOS LIB. If.
159
Frigida sub' terra tuinidtlm quern bruma tegebat,
Nunc, positis novus exujiis. iiitidusque iuventa,
Lubrica convolvit sublal6 pectore terga
Arduus ad solem, et linguis micat ore trisulcis.
Una ingens Periphas et equorum agitator Achillis,
Armiger Automedon, una omnis Scyria pubes
Succedunt tecto, et flammas ad culmina iaetant.
Ipse inter priraos correpta dura bipeuni
Limina perrurapit, postesque a cardine vellit
Aeratos ; iamque excisa trabe firma cavavit
Eobora^ et ingentem lato dedit ore fenestram.
475
480
Darts his three tongues, fire flashing from
his eyes ;
While every frighted beast before him
flies.
Spenser {F. Q. IV. III. 23) uses a part
only of the same figure :
So fresh he seemed, and so fierce in siglit ;
Liike as a snake, whom wearie winters
teene [rigor]
Hath worne to nought, now feeling soni-
mers might,
Casts off his ragged skin and freshly doth
him dight.
471. Mala graxninapaatus. "Henry
quotes Pliny, 8, 139, to show that the
ancients thought that the serpent was
poisonless during the winter, and actjuircd
its venom from the food it ate on reviv-
ing in the spring Statins (Thebaid,
4. 95) seems to speak as if there wero
something peculiarly deadly in its first
venom." — Con.
472. Tuxnidum. Vergil would here
seem to imply, contrary to the above
stated opinion, that the serpent had par-
taken of the poisonous herbs at the
beginning of winter, and had become
" tumidus " during the winter as the
result.
477. Automedon. Servius thinks
that Automedon had changed his func-
tion, and become Pyrrhus* armor-bearer ;
but he may have been both. — Con.
Scyria. Scyros was an island of the
Aegean Sea, northeast of Kuboea. This
was the native place of Deidamia, the
mother of Pyrrhus Sn/n'a pubes are
then the natives of this island, and fol
lowers of I'vrrhus.
480. Postes a cardine vellit. The
ancient door was made fast to a post ex-
tending its whole lenj'tli, and having a
pivot {cardo) in its upper and lower
extremity, which turned in sockets fitted
to receive them. But the " cardo " is
sometimes taken to mean, not only the
pivot, but the socket itself (cf. Diet. Ant),
and hence the attempt of I'yrrhus to
force the door-posts from their sockets.
Perrumpit — vellit. The present is
here used to denote attempted action.
481-2. Not succeeding in his attempt
to break down the door, he hews a win-
dow through the solid timbers.
477. Omms pubes, 227.
) p. VERGILII MAEONIS
Apparet domus intus, et atria loDga patescunt;
Apparent Priami et veteruiii penetralia regum,
ArmatosquG viderit stautes iu limine primo.
At doinns interior gemitu uiiseroque tumultu
Miscetnr, penitusque cavae plaugorlboa aedes
Femiiieis ululant; ferit aurea sidera clamor.
Tum pavidae tcctis mattes ingentibus errant,
Amplexae<|U(5 teiient postes atque oscula figunt. .
Instat vi patria Pyrrlius; iiec claustra, iieque ipai
486. Copied fmm Kiinill»i.
490. Con. comiMicH the farewell kira
of Dido, iiupriiited on the cunch (Aen.
IV. 059).
Thin passufCR (486-90) [s closelv imi-
tated liv Aricjsto(Or;. Fiir. XVII,'l3);
Throngh tliiwo fair chnmbew cchowl
shim
I of <l
And feminine lament trom dame dittteM:
And gricviii};. throu}ch the honse, pile
Wlio wept, afNii-tcil iiore, and beat tbtir
And lingged Ihe door-post and the gtad
beil,
Too soon to lie by stranger lorda powMl
L (•'cnifa, tumWlu, 143. — 48fi. ,
AENEIDOS LIB. n.
Custodes sufferre valent; labat ariete crebro
lanua, et emoU procumbuiit cardiue postes.
Fit via vi; rumpiuit aditus, primu^que trucidaitt
Iminissi Daiiai, et late loca milit« compleiit.
Nod sic, a^eribus ruptis cum spumeus amnla
Exiit oppositasque eviolt ga^tc moles,
Pertur in arva fureris cumulo, camposque per omnes
Cum Btalmlia armenta trahit. Vidi ipse furentem
Caede Neoptolemum geminosque in limine Atridas ;
Yidi Hecubam centumque nnros, Priamuinque per aras
Sanguine foedaatem, quos ipse sacraverat, ignes.
Quinquagiuta illi tlialaml,-spes tanta iiepotum.
406. Cf. Ldci. I. S8I aeq. ;
Et cam mollis aqnae fertiu uatnca re-
mine abimdwiti, qn&m laigis imbrilm
Mget'
Hondbna ~
Fiagmina
[ altiB magnoB
ignoB decnisna aqnai.
silvaxnm arbustaqne
Nee Talidi poaaunt pontes veuieaUs aqau
Vim sabitam tolersre.
Add to this Orl. Fur. XVIII. 154 :
Aa mtere will ssmedme their course
Stagnaot, tuid peoned in pool b; human
skiU,
Which, when the opposing dyke is broke
awaj.
FoU, and with mightj noise the conntrv
fill.
SOI. Centum nnma. This has l>een
best explained as inulnding tlic daughters
and the danghters-in-law, fifty each. Cf.
Inductint Studies, 86.
Pw araa. Read in the light of 1. 550.
603. Quinquagiiita thai ami. Cf.
Hometf//. VL319);
And then he came to Priam's noble
A palace bailt with graceful porti<-09,
And fifty chamber^ near each other,
walled
With polished stone, the rooms of Priam's
162 P. VERGILII MARONIS
Barbarico posies auro spoliisque superbly
Procubuere ; tenent Danai, qua deficit ignis. 505
';>^*'^ Forsitan et, Priami fuerint quae fata, requiras.
^ ^ Urbis uti captae casum convulsaque vidit
Limina tectorum et medium in penetralibus hostem,
Arma diu senior desueta trementibus aevo
Circumdat nequiquam umeris, et inutile ferrum <5io
Cingitur, ac densos fertur moriturus in hostes.
Aedibus in mediis nudoque sub aetheris aze
Ingens ara fuit iuxtaque veterrima laurus^
Incumbens arae atque umbra complexa Penates.
Hie Hecuba et natae nequiquam altaria circum, 515
Praecijjites atra ceu tempestate columbae,
Coudensae .et divftin amplexae simulacra sedebant.
Ipsum autem sumptis Priamum iuvenalibns armis
Ut vidit, Quae mens tam dira, miserrime coniunx,
Impulit his cingi telis ? aut quo ruis ? inquit. 8»
Non tali auxilio nee defensoribus istis
Tempus eget ; non, si ipse meus nunc adforet Hector.
Hue tandem concede; haec ara tuebitur omnes,
Aut moriere simul. Sic ore eflfata recepit
Ad sese et sacra longaevum in sede locavit. 525
Ecce autem elapsus Pyrrhi de caede Polites,
504. Cf. Miltou (P. Z. II. 3):
Or where the gorgeous East, with richest den {An. Mir. 529 seq.) :
hand,
Showers on her kings barbaric pearl and
gold.
521. Istis is here used in a deprecia-
tive, if not a contemptuous, sense.
522. Compare with Hector's own words
in Aeneas' vision (1. 291). Cf. also Hry-
The prince unjustly does his stars
accu.^se,
Wliich hinder 'd him to pnsh his foicmie
on ;
For what tliey to his courage did lefue,
By mortal vsJor never most be done.
506. Requiras, 209. — 509. ^rma, 126. — 510. Umeris, 97. — Ferrum, 186. —111.
Cingitur, 215. — ^foHturus, 213. — 520. His telU, 126. — 521. AuxUio, 131. — Hi
Adforet, 197. —526. Polites, 71.
.AENBIDOS LIB. H.
168
TJnus natorum Priami, per tela, per hostes
Porticibus longis fugit, et vacua atria lustrat
Saucius : ilium ardens infesto vulnere Pyrrhus
Insequitur, ianoi iamque manu tenet et preinit hasta.
Ut tandem ante oculos evasit et ora parentum,
Concidit, ac multo vitam cum sanguine fudit.
Hie Priamus, quamquam in media iam morte tenetur,
Non tamen abstinuit, nee voci iraeque pepercit:
At tibi pro scelere, exclamat, pro talibus ausis,
Di, si qua est caelo pietas, quae talia curet,
Persolvant grates dignas et praemia reddant
Debita, qui nati coram me. cernere letupi
Fecisti et patrios foedasti funere vultus.
At non ille, satum quo te mentiris, Achilles
Talis in hoste fuit Priamo; sed iura fidemque
Supplicis erubuit, corpusque exsangue sepulcro •
Reddidit Hectoreum, meque in mea regna remisit.
Sic fatus senior, telumque imbelle sine ictu
Coniecit, rauco quod protinus acre repulsum
Et summo clipei nequiquam umbone pependit.
Cui Pyrrhus: Referes ergo haec et nuntius ibis
Pelidae genitori ; illi mea tristia facta
Degeneremque Neoptolemum narrare memento.
Nunc morere. Hoc dicens altaria ad ipsa trementem
Traxit et in multo lapsantem sanguine nati,
Implicuitque comam laeva,- dextraque cornscum
530
535
540
545
550
547-50. The sang-froid of these words
indescrihable.
550 seq. Falconer thus graphicaUy al-
les to Priam*s death {Shipwreck III.) :
pierced with anguish hoary Priam
gazed,
When Troy's imperial domes in ruin
blazed ;
While he, severest sorrow doom'd to feel,
Expired beneath the victor's murdering
steel.
U. Voci iraeque, 09. — 536. Curet, 175. - 540. Satuniy 112. — 542. S«pu\.cvo,\.'a^.
164
P. VERGILH MARONIS
Extulit ac lateri capulo tenus abdidit ensem.
Haec finis Priaini fatorum; hie exitus ilium
Sorte tulit^ Troiam incensam et prolapsa videntem
Pergarna, tot quondam populis terrisque superbum
Regnatorem Asiae. lacet ingens litorc truncns^
Avulsumque umeris caputs et sine nomine corpus.
At me tum primum saevus circumstetit horror.
Obstipui; subiit can genitoris imago,
Ut regem aequaevum crudeli vulnere vidi
Yitam exhalantem ; subiit deserta Creiisa^
555
560
554. Haec finis Priaini fatorum.
This passage has been uuiformly ren-
dered, "This was the end of Priam's
fortunes (or fates)," making fatorum a
partitive genitive limiting Jinis. There
seems muih ground, however, for a dif-
ferent rendering. Understand vitae with
UniSy and make /ci^orMm a predicated sub-
jective genitive with erat understood {In-
ductive Studies^ 81). The passage would
then mean, "This end (of life) was of
(i.e. decreed by) the fates of Priam." It
thus becomes another expression for tlie
game thought expressed in hie exitus sorte
^m//^, a duplication of expression in which
Vergil often indulges (Inductive Studies,
242). Again ^finis is often used to de-
note the end of life; cf. Horace (Odes,
XI. 1):
Tu nc qujiesieris, scire nefas, quem mihi,
quern tibi
Finem di dederint.
Cf. also Dies Irac, last lino :
Gere curam nioi finis.
Further, it is not in accord with Vergil's
own teaching to say that a man's " fates "
end with this life. Thev are much more
far-reaching. They are fixed and known
before birth (VI. 6S0-83)» and extend
beyond death through eternity (VL 376
and 713-15).
557-8. Regnatorem Asiae— siM
nomine corpus. — A markedly simple
yet painfully pathetic contrast. TIm
Antony over Caesar :
But yesterday the word of Caesar miflit
Have stood against the world: nowlki
he there,
And none so poor to do him reverence.
Shak. J. C. IILt
Priam thus prophesies his own misfo^
tunes and death (Homer, //. XXII. W
seq.) :
And last,
Perchance the very dogs which I fajiTe W
Here in my palaces and at my board,
The guardians of my doors, when, by tb
spear
Or sword, some enemy shall take mv life,
And at my threshold leave me stretched
a corpse,
Will rend, me, and, with savage greedi-
ness,
Will lap my blood, and in the poith lie
down.
562. Crettsa. The wife of AeiMii
653. Lateri, 100. — 556. Populis terrisque, 136.
AENEIDOS LIB. II.
165
Et direpta domus, et parvi casus luli.
Respicio, et, quae sit rae circurn copia, lustro.
Deseruere omnes defessi, et corpora saltu
Ad terram misere aut ignibus aegra dedere.
[lamque adeo super unus eram, cum limina Vestae
Servantem et tacitam secreta in sede latentem
Tyndarida aspicio : dant clara inceiidia lucem
Erranti passimque oculos per cuucta ferenti.
Ilia sibi iutestos e versa ob Pergama Teucros
Et poenas Dana dm et deserti coniugis iras
Praemetueiis, Troiae et patriae communis Erinys,
Abdiderat sese atque aris invisa sedebat.
Exarsere ignes animo; subit ira cadentem
Ulcisci patriam et sceleratas sumere poenas.
Scilicet haec Spartam incolumis patriasque Mycenas
Aspiciet? partoque ibit regina triumpho,
Coniugiainque^ domuraque, pat res, natosque videbit,
Iliadum turba et Phrygiis comitata ministris ?
Occident ferro Priamus ? Troia arserit igni ?
Dardanium totiens sudarit sanguine litus?
Non ita: naraque etsi nullum memorabile nomen
Feminea in poena est nee habet victoria laudem,
565
570
575
580
d daughter of Priam, mentioned here
r the first time. In his imagination,
werfully quickened by the horrors he
s just witnessed, he sees the dangers
which his home and loved ones are
posed. He wakens as from a dream,
d, looking around, finds himself alone
on the palace roof, all his companions
ving given up the struggle and fled, or
ving perished in the flames.
567-88. The genuineness of these lines
is doubtful. They are lacking in most
of the manuscript texts. Cf. VI. 510-27.
569. Tyndarida aspicio. Aeneas
has evidently left the top of the palace,
but is still within its precincts, where he
remains until he is conducted to his own
home by Venus (1. G32). While ranging
through the ])alace he sees Helen, " the
common scouyge" of Troy and of her
own country, crouching in the temple of
Vesta.
;7. Super unus eram, 233. — 573. Erinys, 236. — 570. Ulcisci, 163. — 584. Feminea,
87.
166 P. VERGILU MARONIS
ExstinKisse nefas tamen et sumpsisse merentis 585
Laudabor poehas, animumque explesse iuvabit
nitricis flammae^ et cine res satiasse meorutn.
-^Talia iacfabara, et furiata inente ferebar,]
^^^^"* Cum milii se, non ante oculis tam clara, videndam
•v^^"^^ Obtulit et pura per noctem in luce refulsit 590
Alma parens, confessa deam, qualisque videri
Caelicolis et quanta solet, dextraque preliensum
Continuit, roseoque haec insuper addidit ore :
Nate, quis indomitas tantus dolor excitat iras ?
Quid funs? aut quonam nostri tibi cura recessit? 595
Non prius aspicies, ubi fessum aetate parentem
Liqueris Anchisen? superet coniuiixne Creiisa,
Ascaniusque puer? quos omnes undique Graiae
Circum errant acies, et, ni mea cura resistat,
lam flammae tulerint inimicus et hauserit ensis. 600
Non tibi Tyndaridis facies invisa Lacaenae
Culpatusve Paris, divAin inclementia, divAm,
Has evertit opes steniitque a culmine Troiam.
Aspice — namque omnem, quae nunc obducta taenti
Mortales hebetat visus tibi et umida circum 605
Caligat, nubem eripiam ; tu ne qua parentis .
lussa time, neu praeceptis parere recusa —
Hie, ubi disiectas moles avulsaque saxis
Saxa vides mixtoque undantem pulvere fumum,
Neptunus muros magnoque emota tridenti 111
601. Ill c'oiiucctioii with this thoiif^ht,
road Addison's essay in Spectator, No.
159, ill which he uses this passai^e as a
text for "The Visions of Mirza> The
gods were the real destroyers of Troy,
and when Aeneas realizes this heatoiN
gives up all thought of revenge or reiilfc'
ance.
610. No]itune is here observed to ^
one of the gods assailing Trojr, and wilk
585. Exntinxi8se,162. — f)SCt. FxpJ esse, 216, — !)S7. Flnmmae, 9^.— ^9. Vukmktk
211. — 505. Mw/ri, 87.- Tibi, 102. — 507. Liguerh, 168. — 590. M resistat -^tdtridt
197. _ 601. Tibif 102. - 007. ATe time neu recusa^ 206. — 610. Kmota, 23^
AENEIDOS LIB. 11.
167
Fuadamenta quatit, totamque a sedibus arbem
Eruit. Hie luuo Scaeas saevissima portas
Prima tenet, sociumqae furens a uavibas agmen
Ferro accincta vocat.
Iain suinmas arces Tritonia, respice, Pallas
Insedit, nimbo efFulgens et Gorgone saeva.
Ipse pater Danais animos viresque secandas
Sufficit, ipse deos in Dardana soscitat arma.
Eripe, nate, fugam, fiuemque iinpoiie labori.
Nusquam abero, et tutuna patrio te limine sistam.
Dixerat, et spiaaiB noctis se coiididit umbris.
Apparent dirae facies iniraicaque Troiae
Numina magna deiim.
Turn vero omne mihi visum considere in ignes
Hium et ex imo verti Neptunia Troia;
Ac veluti snmmis antiquam in montibus ornum
Cum ferro accisam crebrisque bipennibus instant
Eruere agricolae certatim; ilia usque minatnr
Et tremefacta comam concusso vertice nutat^
Vulneribus donee paulatim evicta supremum
Congemuit traxitque iugis avulsa ruinam.
615
620
625
630
tie reason, for he still remembers the
acheiy of Laomedon (Inductive Shtd-
63). But he is friendly to Aeneas,
may be seen in I. 125 seq., where he
Is the tempest raised by the winds at
t instance of Juno, and thus saves the
it of Aeneas. In the Iliad (XX. 368
.) may be found Neptune's reason for
favor toward one of the hated race of
3Jans •
' iieart, ye ^ods, is heavy for the sake
the great-souled Aeneas, who will sink
Hades overcome by Peleus* son.
3h man ! he listened to the archer-god
olio, who has now no power to save
The chief from death. But, guiltless as
he is,
Why should he suffer for the wrong
Of others ? He has always sought to
please
With welcome offerings the gods who dwell
In the broad heaven.
612. Scaeas portas. The Scaean
gate was on the left (c/faitJy) side of Troy,
facing the sea and the Grecian camp.
Juuo, Troy's fiercest enemy, would natu-
rally attack this, the most important gate.
625. Neptunia Troia. Inductive
Studies. 63.
168
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Descendo^ ac ducente deo flammam inter et hostes
Expedior; dant tela locum, flammaeque recedunt.
Atque ubi iam patriae perventum ad iimina sedis
Antiquasque domos, genitor, quem toUere in altos
Optabain primum montes primumque petebam^
Abnegat excisa vitam producere Troia
Exsiliumque pati. Vos o, quibus integer aevi
Sanguis^ ait, aolidaeque suo stant robore vires,
Vos agitate fugam.
Me si caelicolae voluissent ducere vitam,
Has mihi servassent sedes. Satis una superque
Vidimus excidia et captae superavimus urbi.
Sic 0, sic positum adfati discedite corpus.
Ipse manu mortem inveniam; miserebitur hostis
Exuviasque petet ; facilis iactura sepulcri.
05
m
MS
641-2. Cf. Shak. M, of V.lV.lt
Shylock : Nay, take my life and aU ; par-
don DOt that :
You take my house when you do take
the prop
That doth sustain my house; you take
my life
When you do take the means whereby I
live.
643. The destruction of Troy by Her-
cules during the reign of Laomedon,
Priam's father, is here referred to. Cf.
Homer, //. V. 801 :
Hercules
The lion-hearted, who once came to Troy
To claim the coursers of Laomedon.
With but six ships,and warriors but a few,
He laid the« city waste and made its
streets
A desolation.
644. Anchises desires them to treat
him as if he were already dead, and ktfi
him with the customary farewell to tk
dead (adfati). Cf. I. 219, note.
646. Facilis iactura Bepuleri TUi
sentiment is certainly not in keeping wilk
the usual thought of the ancients Ti
explain the variance. Con. snggests M
Anchises is speaking as a world-wevM
old man, not as one who codsciomIv
realized the belief of the heroic tia&
While Henry, as quoted by Nettkdu^
thinks the words have a special referenci
to the belief that persons struck bylifiiht'
ning (1. 649) were unworthy of boiilL
It may, however, be suggested that Ai*
chises' devotion to his son is so groat thtf
Aeneas' safety would more than comp*'
sate for the loss of burial to himself. evH
though it kept him wandering fdr ifpi
on the hither bank of the Styx. fCL
VI. 327).
641. Si voluissent, 198.— 643. Vidimus, 172.— Urbi, 08.
AENEIDOS LIB. 11.
169
lam pridem in visas divis et inutilis annos
Deinoror, ex quo me divdm pater atque hominum rex
Fulminis adflavit veutis et contigit igni.
Talia perstabat memoraus^ fixasque manebat.
Nos contra effusi lacrimis coniunxque Creiisa
Ascaniusqae omnisque domus, ne vertere secum
Cuncta pater fatoque urgeuti incumbere vellet.
Abnegat, inceptoque et sedibus haeret in isdem.
Rursas in arma feror^ mortemque miserrimus opto ;
Nam quod consilium aat quae iam fortuna dabatur?
Mene efferre pedem, genitor, te posse relicto
Sperasti, tantumque nefas patrio excidit ore?
Si nihil ex tanta Superis placet urbe relinqui,
Et sedet hoc animo, perituraeque addere Troiae
Teque tuosque iuvat, patet isti ianua leto;
lamque aderit multo Priami de sanguine Pjrrhus,
Gnatum ante ora patris, patrem qui obtruncat ad aras.
Hoc erat, alma parens, quod me per tela, per ignes
Eripis, ut mediis hostem in penetralibus, utque
Ascanium patremque meum iuxtaque Creiisam
Alterum in alterius mactatos sanguine cernam ?
Anna, viri, ferte arma; vocat lux ultima victos.
Beddite me Dauais; sinite instaurata revisam
Proelia. Numquam omnes hodie moriemur inulti.
650
655
660
665
670
649. An alliision to the story that
Anchises was struck hy lightning for
disclosing his intercourse with Venus.
670. This is an epic expression (cf.
also IV. 659), burlesqued by Horace, Sat.
II. 8,34:
Nos, nisi damnose bibimus, moriemur
inulti.
Without doubt both Horace and Vergil
took the expression from some older
writer, probably Ennius.
653. r«f/€/, 169. — 659. /?e/in^M59. — 663. Gnatum, 218.-664. Hoc— quod, 116. —
665-667. Ut cernam, 171. — 669. Revisam, 169.
170
P. VERGIUI MApONIS
Hinc ferro accingor rursus clipeoque sinistram
Inaertabam aptans mec[ue extra tecta ferebam.
Ecce autem complexa pedes in limine coaiunx
Haerebat, parvumque patri tendebat lulum :
Si periturus abis, et nos rape in omnia tecum ;
Sin aliquam expertus sumptis spem ponis in armis^
/Hanc primogi ^utare domum. Cui p^vus lulus^
Cui pKter et coniunx quondam tua dicta relinquor ?
. Talia vociferana gemitu tectum omne replebat^
Cum subitum dictuque oritur mirabile monstrmn.
Namque manus inter maestorumque ora parentum
Ecce levis sura mo de vertice visus luli
Fundere lumen apex, tactuque innozia molles
Lambere flamma comas et circum tempora pasci.
Nos pavidi trepidare metu, crinemque flagrantem
Excutere et sanctos restinguere fontibus ignes.
At pater Ancliises oculos ad sidera laetus
Extulit, et caelo palmas cum voce tetendit :
luppiter omnipotens, precibus si flecteris ullis,
Aspice nos ; hoc tantum ; et, si pietate meremur,
Da deinde auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma.
Vix ea fat us enit senior, subitoque fragore
Intonuit laevum, et de caelo lapsa per umbras
675
680
685
690
683. Such an appearance, whenever
it was seen, was supposed to be an omen
of future greatness, perliaps of royal dig-
nity ; so that here it points out Ascanius
as a future king, and shows that the
house of Aeneas is destined to survive.
— Con.
687. Anchises was su])po8ed to have
received the gift of divination from Venus,
according to Ennins, An, I., fr. 17, *DcK-
tusque Anchisa, Venus quern palcherrnina
divoni Fata docet fari, divinam Qt peckoi
haboret.' He exercises it again III. 539.
— Con.
693. Intonuit laevtiin. A pro-
])itiuus omen according to the belief d
the Romans. But of. Homer (/7. IL
432):
685. Trepidarey 167. — 6SS. Cae/o, 100. — 693. Intonuit^ 183. — Laevum, 11^
AENEIDOS LIB. II.
171
Stella facem duceus multa cum luce cucurrit.
Illam, summa super labentem culmina tecti^ 695
Ceroimus Idaea claram se condere silva
Signantemque vias ; turn longo limite sulcus
Dat lucem, et late circum loca aulphure fumant.
Hie vero victus genitor se toUit ad auras,
Adfaturque deos et sanctum sidus adorat. 700
lam iam nulla mora est; sequor, et, qua ducitis, adsum.
Di patrii, servate domuin, servate nepotem.
Vestrum hoc augurium, vestroque in numine Troia est.
Cedo equidem, nee, nate, tibi comes ire recusoj^
Dixerat ille; et iam per moenia clarior ignis 705
Auditur, propi usque aestus incendia volvunt.
Ergo age, care pater/ cervici imponere nostrae;
Ipse subibo umeris, nee me labor iste gravabit:
Quo res cumque cadent, ununi et commune periclum,
Una salus ambobus erit. Mihi parvus lulus • 7io
Sit comes, et longe servet vestigia coniunx.
For when the Greeks embarked
In their swift ships, to carry death and
fate
To Ilium's sons, almighty Jupiter
Flung down his lightnings on the right
and gave
Propitious omens.
To both Greek and Roman an omen
appearing in the east was propitious.
Bat the Roman faced the south in taking
the omens, thus bringing the east on the
left; while the Greek faced the north,
thus bringing the east on the right hand.
Cf. Cic. Div. 2, 39, 82 : Ita nobis sinis-
tra videntur, Graiis et barbaris dextra,
meliora. But the Romans sometimes
interpreted- the omens after the Greek
fashion. Cf. Ovid, Heroides, XIII. 49 :
I)i, precor, a nobis omen removete sinis-
trum.
Catullus, XLV. 8, 9 :
Hoc ut dixit, Amor, sinistra ut ante,
Dextra sternuit approbationem.
Again, in the case of birds, some were
always lucky when seen on the right,
others when seen on the left. Cf. Plant.
As. 11. I. 12-13:
quouis admittunt aues.
Picus et comix ab laeua, coruos, parra
ab dextera .
Consuadent.
707. /fwponere, 215.— 708. i^mem, 142.
172
P. VERGILIl MARONIS
Vos, famuli, quae dicam, animis advertite vestris.
Est urbe egressis tumulus templumque vetustum
Desertae Cereris, iuxtaque antiqua cupressus
Keligione patrum multos servata per annus.
Hanc ex diverse sedem veniemus in unam.
Tu, genitor, cape sacra manu patriosque Penates;
Me, bello e tanto digreasum et caede recenti,
Attrectare nefas, donee me flumine vivo
Abluero.
Haec fatus, latos uraeros subiectaque colla
Veste super fulvique insternor pelle leonis,
Succedoque oneri ; dcxtrae se parvus lulus
Iraplicuit sequiturque patrem uon passibus acquis ;
Pone subit coniunx. Periraur per opaca locorum ;
Et me, quera dudum non uUa iniecta movebant
Tela neque ad verso glomerati ex agmine Graii,
Nunc omnes terrent aurae, sonus excitat omnis
Suspensum et pariter comitique onerique timentem.
laraque propinquabam portis, omnemque videbar
Evasisse viam, subito cum creber ad aures
Visus adesse pedum sonitus^ genitorque per umbrain
ProspicienSj Nate, exclamat, fuge, nate; propiiiquant.
Ardentes clipeos atque aera micantia cerno.
715
720
725
730
714. Desertae Cereris. Cf. I. 177,
note. Desertae of course refers iu thought
to templum, — not "deserted," as being
unused or forgotten, but "solitary,"
standing in an unfrequented spot.
717. It would be impious for Aeneas
to touch the sacred images, fresh as he
was from war. He must first be purified
with running water. So David (1 Chron.
xxviii. 3) was not allowed to build the
temple, because he had been a man of
war.
720. Cf. Homer (//. IX. 207) :
And now be water brought to cleanse our
hands,
And charge be given that no ill-omened
word
Be uttered, while we pray that Jupiter,
The son of Saturn, will assist our need.
713. Egressis, 102. — 722. Insternor^ 215. — 729. Comiti,
AENEIDOS LIB. U.
173
Hie mihi nescio quod trepido male numen amicum 735
Confusam eripuit mentem. Namqae avia cursu
Dum sequor et nota excedo regione viaram,
Heu ! misero coniunx fatone erepta Creiisa
Substitit, erravitne via, seu lassa resedit^
Incertum; uec post oculis est reddita nostris. 740
Nee prius amissam respexi animumve refleziy
Quam tumulum antiquae Cereris sedemque sacratam
Yeiiimos; hie demum coUectis omnibus una
Defuit, et comites natuinque viruiiique fefellit.
Quern noa incusavi amens hominumque deorumque, 745
Aut quid in eversa vidi crudelius urbe?
Aseanium Auchiseuque patrem Teucrosque Penates
Commendo sociis et curva valle recondo ;
Ipse urbem repeto et cingor fulgentibus armis.
Stat easus renovare omnes, omnemque reverti 750
Per Troiam^ et rursus caput obiectare periclis.
Prindpio muros obscuraque limina portae^
Qua gressum extuleram, repeto^ et vestigia retro
Observata sequor per noctem et lumine lustro.
Horror ubique animos, simul ipsa silentia terrent. 755
lade domum^ si forte pedera, si forte tulisset,
Me refero. Irruerant Danai, et tectum omne tenebant.
Ilicpt ignis edax summa ad fastigia vento .
Yolvitnr; exsuperant flammne^ furit aestus ad auras.
Prooedo et Priami sedes arcemque revise. 760
Et iam porticibus vacuis lunonis asylo
Costodes lecti Phoenix et dims Ulixes
66. . The night is favorable to appa-
ons. On this sabject, read Addison's
essay in Spectator, No. 110. Cf. II. 270,
271 ; III. 147-152.
15. Mihi, 101. —736. Confusam, 234.-742. Tumulum, 121, — 7 iS. Venimw^lS&,
— 756. Si tulisset, 168. — Domum, 120.
174 I. VERGILII MAR0NI8
PraedaiD asservabant. Hue undique Troia gaza
Iiicciisis erepta adjtis^ mensaeque deoriim^
' Crateresque auro solidi, captivaque vestis 7W
Congeritur. Pueri et pavidae longo ordine maties
Staiit circuin.
Ausus quin etiam voces iactare per umbram
Implevi clamore vias, maestusque Creiisam
Nequiquam iiigeminans iterumque iterumque vocavi. 77o
Quaerenti et tectis urbis sine fine fa rent!
Infeb'x simulacrum atque ipsius umbra Creiisae
Visa mihi ante oculos et nota maior imago.
Obstipui, steteruntque comae et vox faucibus haesit.
Turn sic adfari et curas his demere dictis: Tii
Quidtantum insane iuvat indulgere dolori^
O dulcis coniunx? non haec sine numine divAm
Eveniunt; nee te hinc comitera asportare Creiisam
Fas aut ille sinit superi regnator Oljmpi.
Longa tibi exsilia^ et vastum maris aequor arandnm, 780
Et terram Hes})eriam venies, ubi Lydius arva
Inter opima virflra leni fluit agmine Thjbris :
772-3. Simulacrum — umbra —
imago. Three words to denote the same
thing. Vergil has a fancy for this variety
of expression. Cf. 1. 453 et al.
Maior. Here, as often elsewhere, the
forms of the shades as well as the gods
are represented as larger than material
hodies. Cf. 1. 592, quanta, where \''enus
appears to Aeneas in her own proper
character and shape, as larf/e as she is
wont to appear among the gods, in con-
trast to her disguise in human form (I.
.315). So in VI. 49, the Sibyl, as she
comes under the iiiHuence of the god, and
thus partakes of the divine nature, seems
to enlarge to divine Rtatnie. Cf. OsMii
"It was the spirit of Cathmor, sfaftMf
larfjet a gleaming form." A phTncd
explanation of this idea may perlu^M be
found in the fact that objects dimly or
imperfectly seen, as through a mist or ii
the darkness, seem larger to the vie*
Wordsworth beaatifully expresses thii
physical fact (Exr. I.) :
Saw the hills grow target in the daik-
ness.
782. * Leni agmine' is from Ennin*
An. 177 :
Quod per amoenam urbera leni toA
agmine flumeti. — Con.
705. Auro, 136. — 773. Nota, 137 — 775. Ad/ari, 167.— 776. Quiff. 116.^ Dviori, 91
AENEIDOS LIB. 11.
175
niic res laetae regnumque et regia coniunx
Parta tibi. Lacrimas dilectae pelle Creiisae :
Non ego ivlyrmidonum sedes Dolopumve superbas
Aspiciain, aut Graiis servitum matribus ibo,
Dardanis, et divae Veneris nurus;
Sed me magna deAm Genet rix his detinet oris.
lamque vale, et nati serva communis amorem.
Haec ubi dicta dedit, lacrimantem et multa volentem
Dicere deseruit, tenuesque recessit in auras.
Ter conatus ibi collo dare bracchia circum;
Ter frustra comprensa manus effugit imago.
785
790
785. She rejoices in having escaped the
fate of the other Trojan women, and bids
Aeneas dry his tears, and be comforted
with that reflection.
788. Genetris. Cybele. Cf. III. 111.
792-4. This passage is repeated ver-
batim in VI. 700-2. It has been variously
imitated. Vergil himself no doubt has
in mind Homer (//. XXIII. 116):
He said, and stretched
His longing arms to clasp the shade. In
vam;
Away like smoke it went, with gibbering
cry,
Down to the earth.
Or perhaps Vergil is thinking of the pas-
sage in the Odyssey (XI. 253) :
Thrice I tried,
Moved by a strong desire, and thrice the
form
Passed through them like a shadow or a
dream.
Cf. also Tasso ( Ger. Lib. XIV. 6) :
Thrice with a fond affectionate embrace
Around his neck his loving arms he
twines;
And thrice th' encircled form and radiant
face
Fly like a summer cloud, or shade the
sunbeams cliase.
Dante (Purg. II. 80) :
0 empty shadows, save in aspect only !
Three times behind it did 1 clasp my
hands,
As oft returned with them to my own
breast.
Young [N. Th. I. 199) :
Bliss ! sublunary bliss ! — proud words,
and vain !
Implicit treason to Divine decree !
A bold invasion of the rights of Heaven!
1 clasped the phantoms, and I found them
air.
Byron ( Giaour) :
I care not, so mv arms enfold
The all they ever wished to hold.
Alas ! around a shadow prest,
They shrink upon my lonely breast.
Cf . also Ch. Bar. IV. 7 ;
I saw or dream'd of such, — but let them
go, —
They came like truth, and disappeared
like dreams.
786. Servitum, 212. —Matrilms, 99. — 792, 793. Ter — Ter, 224.-792. Dare — circum.^Ja'^.
176
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Par levibus ventis volucrique simillima somno.
Sic demum socios cousumpta nocte revise.
Atque hie ingentein comitum adfluxisse novorum
luvenio admirans numerum, matresque, virosque,
Collectain exsilio pubem, miserabile vulgus.
Undique couvenere, animis opib usque parati^
In quascumque velim j^elago deducere terras,
^amque iugis summae surgebat Lucifer Idae
Ducebatque diem, Danaique obsessa tenebant
Limiiia portarum, nee spes opis uUa dabatur;
Cessi et sublato montes geuitore petivi.
795
800
801. Lucifer. Catullus, LXII. 7, has
Noctifer. Cf. Sliellev (0<h to Liberty ^
XVIII.) :
Come thou, but lead out of the inmost
cave
Of man's deep spirit, as the moruiug-star
Beckons the sun from the Eoan wave,
Wisdom.
804. Thus simply ends the thrilling
story of the Trojan war told by one who
was an active participant in those mighty
deeds (II. 5, 6). It is like the tired sol>-
bing of a child, which has cried itself to
sleep, or like the (juiet ripple left by the
thundering wave breaking upon the sea-
shore.
A similar plain conclusion may be found
in many of tlie otlier books of the Aeneid,
as also in Homer. Owen thus quotes
Cowper : " I cannot take my leave of
this noble poem (Iliad) without express-
ing how much I am struck with this
plain conclusion of it. It is like the
exit of a great man out of company,
whom he has entertained magnificently :
neither pompous nor familiar, yet with-
out much ceremony."
The close of Paradise Lost exhibiti
the same " elegant simplicity : "
Some natural tears they dropped, but
wiped them soon ;
The world was aU before them, when
to choose
Their place of rest, and Providence their
guide :
They hand in hand, with wandering steps
and slow,
Through Eden took their solitary way.
800. In quascumque velim, 180.
Heynk's Chkokoloqy or Abnkab' Sevbh Yeabb' Wai
1. Troy, according to :ill accouats, waa taken in the ai
2. Aeneas spent the winter of this year in preparing for his voyage (91
3. lie fluils in the spring or Kummer of the second year (8), uid apendi
the winttir in 'I'Lrace, wheL-u ht builds a city (13-18).
4. He leaves Thraco in the spring of the third year (69), &nd goes W
Delos, and thence to Crete.
5. Two years are supposi^il to be consnmed here in an attempt A
1. HiH Ntiiy at Actiuni brings him to the end of the fifth year (284-289).
r. 'I'lie sixth year is Kpi'nt partly in Epirns, partly in Sieily.
H. In tliu summer of the snvoiith year he arrives at Carthage (I. 7551.
!i. He pi-olial)ly leaves as the winter is drawing on (IV. 309-10).
LIBER TBETItrS.
PosTQUAM res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem
Immerltam visum Superis, ceciditque superbum
niam ct omnis humo fumat Neptania Troia,
Diverea exsiiia et desertas quncrere terras
Auguriis agimur divAm, classemque sub ipsa
t. Visam Sapftiis. Ci. II. 426 and
I. Ilium et Heptunia Trola. Cf.
6S4-5. Note Che parallelism of es-
«sioa between Cheae Civo patisageH.
the one (II. 634}, Iliam is describee]
sinlcing [coasidei-e] , while in the pas
e before us the iia.me thought is ex
ssed in cecidil. Troj, in the one, is
rthtown from her very found ationa
imo verii), and in the othec is burut
the gioaad {humo Jumat).
4. Diversa exsllla. Note three
Hiblc readiDgs : (1) remole (i. e. I
Trov) ; (2) different, i. e there may :
been different bands of exilea (rF. I. i
(3) exile under chani/ing conditions
I. 204 ).
Desertas. It must b« rememb
180
P. VERGILU MARONIS
Antandro et Phrvgiae molimur montibus Idae,
Iiicerti, quo fata ferant, ubi sistere detur,
Contrabimusque viros. Yix piima iuceperat aestas,
Et pater Anchises dare fatis vela iubebat;
Litora cum patriae lacrimans portusque r^lmqao
Et cainpos, ubi TrO^a fuit. Peror exsul in altum
Cum sociis uatoque Peliatij^us jet magnis dis.
Terra procul vastis colitur Mavortia.campis^
Thraces arant, acri quondam reguata Lycurgo,
Hospitium antiquum Troiae sociique Penates,
6. Classem molimur. The baild-
iiig of this fleet is again incidentally re-
ferred to in IX. 80 :
Tempore quo primum Phrygia formabat
in Ida
Aeneas classem, et pelagi petere alta pa-
rabat ;
and cf the following prayer of Cybele
for the preservation of these ships.
7. Incerti. But the shade of Creiisa
(II. 781) had told him that he was to go
westward (terrain Hesperiam). This pas-
sage is one of the evidences that the third
book was left unflnished, and was never
brought into entire harmony with the
rest of the poem. Cassandra also had
foretold that the Trojans should go to
Italy, but she, of course, was not believed
CI. 185 seq.).
12. PenatibuB et magnis dis. For
Penates, cf. I. 68, note. They are the
divinities of Aeneas' own house, while
the miKjni di are divinities of the state,
as Juppiter, Apollo, etc. The Penates are
almost synonymous with the home it-
self (I. 527; III. 15). Their worship
constitutes a kind of " grace before
meat" (I. 704). But the state Itself
also, being but a family of larger growth
(cf. MgHsmk ^^^^' Rome, vol. I. chap.
v.), has its Penates (II. 293 ; IIL
603 ; IV. 598 ; V. 62). They are y
shipped in the innermost part {penui
the house (IL 514). These gods were
resented by images ( II. 7 1 7, 747; IIL 1
15. Hospitiam antiqnmii.
hospitium, or guest-friendship, was ti
tion of hospitality existing either betv
individuals {privatum) or states {p
cum) among the nations of antiq;
Hospitality once enjoyed created i
cred tie between host and gaest n
must never be violated, even thoogl
parties to the union be personal oi
litical enemies. And not only was
relation binding between those who
inated it, but it was transmitted
generation to generation. Thus F
(X. 460-63) claims Hercules' help oi
ground of the hospitality which Her
had once received at the hands of P
father. The violation of th6 law of
pitality was impious, — a sin againd
gods who made the law (1. 731). I
present instance, because of the poli
hospitium (60, 61), the lancl become
cursed (scelerata).
For the alliance between Trov
Thrace, says Conington, Wagner i
to Hom. if. II. 844.
I >«'
AENEIDOS LIB. IIP.
181
Dam fortuna fuit. Feror hue, et litore curvo
Moenia prima loco^ fatis ingressus iiiiquis,
Aeneadasque meo nomen de nomine fii)go.
Sacra Diouaeae matri divisque ferebam
AaspiciboB eoeptorum operum, superoque nitentem
Caelieolum regi mactabam in litore taurum.
Forte fait iuxta tumulus, quo cornea sum mo
Virgulta et densis hastilibus horrida myrtus.
Accessi, viridemque ab humo convellere silvam
Conatus, ramis tegerem ut frondentibus aras,
Horrendum et dictu video mirabile monstrum.
Nam, quae prima solo ruptis radicibus arbos
Yellitur, huic atro liquantnr sanguine guttae,
20
25
16. Feror. Aeneas' passive resigna-
tion' to the guidance of the fates, and
hlB recognition of the gods, are strikingly
illustrated in these lines (1-16); cf. 1. 2,
visum Superis ; 1. 5, auguriis agimur ; 1. 7
complete ; 1. 9, dare fatis vela ; 1. 1 l,^ro/' ;
1. 16^ feror i 1. 17, fatis ingressus.
17. Moenia prima. What two in-
terpretations of this passage are possible 1
Bead in the light of the following pas-
sages:
III. S, prima aestas ; 1. 541 , prima terra ;
I. 372, prima ah origine. Also cf. V. 355,
pnmam roronam; VII. 118, primam (ro-
cem), "the first word."
19. Dionaeae. An epithet of Venus
from her mother Dione. (//. V. 370.)
This same epithet is applied to Caesar
{EcL IX. 47), as claiming his descent
from Venus.
28. This is a favorite " mirabile mon-
strum " with the poets.
Non satis est; truncis aveUere corpora
tentat
Et teueros manibus ramos abrumpit ; at
inde
Sanguineae manant, tamquam de vulnere,
guttae. Ovid, Met. II. 358-60.
He drew his sword at length, and with
full force
Struck the tall tree ; O wonderful ! the
wound,
As bursts a fountain from its sylvan source,
Gush'd forth with blood, and criinson'd
all the ground.
Chill horror seized the knight : yet, fix'd
to sound
The mystery to its depth, and desp'rate
grown,
Again he struck ; when, hollow and pro-
found,
As from a vaulted grave, in piteous tone,
Murm'ring within he heard a spirit deeply
moan.
Tasso, Ger. Lefc. XIII. 41.
He pluckt a bough ; out of whose rifte
there came
14. LycurgOf 106. — 28. Huic^ 101. — Sanguine, 134.
im
v. VERGILU MARONIS
lit terrain tabo maculeyit. Mihi frigidus horror
Membra quatit, gelid usque coit formidine sanguis.
Uursus et alterius lentum convellere vimen
Insequor et causas penitus tentare latentes:
Ater et alterius sequitur de cortice sanguis.
Multa movens animo Nymphas venerabar agrestes
Gradivumque patrem, Geticis qui praesidet arvis.
Rite secundarent visus omenque levarent.
Tertia sed postquam inaiore hastilia nisu
Aggredior genibusque adversae obluctor harenae —
Eloquar, an sileam? — gemitus lacrimabilis imo
Auditur tumulo, et vox reddita fertur ad auras:
Quid miseruin, Aeiiea, laceras? iam parce sepulto;
Puree pias scelerare manus. Non me tibi Troia
Externum tulit, aut cruor hie de stipite manat.
Heu ! fuge crudeles terras, fuge litus . avarum :
Nam Polydorus ego; hie confixum ferrea texit
Telorum s(\ges et iaculis increvit acutis.
90
35
40
45
Smal drops of gory hloud, that trickled
down the same.
Therewith a piteous yc/Uing voice was
heard.
Crying, " 0 spare with guilty hands to
teare
My tender sides in this rough rynd
enibard [shut up] ;
But fly, ah ! fly far hence away, for feare
Lest to you ha]) that happened to me
heare."
Spkxser, F. Q. I If 30,31.
35. Oradivum A Roman name for
Mars, of uncertain origin.
39. Imo tumulo. Cf. 1. 17, note.
45. Polydorus. (^f. Inductive Studies,
74. Ovid gives the same acconnt as
Vergil {Met. XIII. 429-438):
Est, ubi Troia fuit, Phrjgiae contraiii
tell us
Bistoniis habitata viris. Polvmnestoris
illic
Kogia dives erat, cui te commisit alendnm
( Mam, Poly (lore, pater, Phrygiisque remo-
vit ab armis ;
(>)nsilium sapiens, sceleris uisi praemii
magnas
Adiecisset opes, animi irritamen avari.
Ut cecidit fortuna Phrygum, capit impios
ensem
Hex Thracum, iuguloque soi demisit
alumni ;
29. JliAi, 102. — 36. Secundarent, lG9. — ^d. Eloquar, an sileam t 208^ — 44. Cruidti
terras^ litus avarum, 237.
AE^'EIDOS LIB. III.
188
Turn vero ancipiti mentem formidine pressus
Obstipui, steteruiitque comae et vox faucibus haesit.
Hunc Polydomm auri quondam cum poudere maguo
Infelix Priamus furtim mandarat alendum
Threicio regi, cum iam diflSderet armis
Dardaniae cingique urbem obsidione videret.
Ille, ut opes fractae Teucrflm, et Fortuna recessit.
Res Agamemnonias victriciaque arma secutus,
Fas omne abrumpit; Polydomm obtruncat, et auro
Vi potitur. Quid uon mortalia pectora cogis,
Auri sacra fames? Postquam pavor ossa reliquit.
50
55
Et tamquam toUi cum corpore crimina
possent,
ExaDimem scopolo subiectas misit in
nndas.
Homer represents Polydorus as having
been kiUed by Achilles in battle (//. XX.
513):
Then sprang Achilles with his spear to
slay
The godlike Polydorus, Priam's son,
Whose father bade him not to join the
war.
For he was younger than the other sous,
And dearest of them all. In speed of
foot
He had no peer
Him with a javelin the swift-footed son
Of Peleus smote as he was hurrying by.
52. Obsidione. This is au allusion
to the customs of Verjril'rt own times,
and is not in accord with those of Ho-
meric times, nor with Vergil's own ac-
count of the taking of Troy in Bk. II.
Troy had at no time experienced a siege.
55. Fas omne abrumpit. Cf. 1. 15,
note, Hospitium.
57. Auri sacra fames. Avarice has
always been the object of the poets* de-
nunciation. Ovid (Met. I. 141-143) gives
it as t lie cause of tlie advent of the Iron
Age; Horace {Ars Poet. 330-333) main-
tains that avarice destroys literary power;
Shelley (Rosalind and Helen) would have
it that avarice hastens decay and death :
He was not old,
If age bo numbered by its years ;
But he was bowed &iid bent with fears,
Pale with the quenchless thirst of gold.
Which, like fierce fever, left him weak.
It attacks high and low alike ( Ariosto,
Orl.Fur. XLHL I):
O execrable avarice ! O vile thirst
Of sordid gold ! it doth not me astound
So easily thou aeizest soul, immersed
In baseness, or with other taint unsound :
But that thv chain should bind, amid the
worst,
And that thy talon should strike down
and wound
One that for loftiness of mind would be
Worthy all praise, if he avoided thee.
Deaf to nature's voice it attempts to
47. Mentem, 114. — 50. Alendum, 211. — 51. Armis, 90. —56. Quid, 113.
184
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Delectos populi ad ppoceres priinumque parentem
Monstra deAin refero, et, quae sit senteutia, posco.
Omnibus idem animus, scelerata excedere terra,
Linqui pollutum Iiospitium, et dare classibus austrois.
Ergo instauramus Polydoro funus : et ingens
Aggeritur tumulo tellus; stant Manibus arae,
Caeruleis maestae vittis atraque cupresso,
Et circum Iliades crinera de more solutae;
Inferimus tepido spumantia cymbia lacte
Sanguinis et sacri pateras, animamque sepulcro
Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus.
Inde, ubi prima fides pelago, placataque venti
Dant maria et lenis crepitans vocat auster in altum.
60
65
70
control the noblest passions of the soul
(Falconer, Shipwreck, III.) :
Such dire effects from avarice arise,
That, deaf to nature's voice, and vainly
wise,
With force severe endeavors to control
The noblest passions that inspire the
soul.
Vergil has already shown its baleful in-
fluence (I. 349). Young {Night Thoughts,
IV. 351 ) thinks greed for gold the mean-
est of all desires :
O love of gold, thou meanest of amours !
And Milton (P. L. I. 678 seq.) con-
siders " Mammon the least erected spirit
that fell from heaven ; " while Paul
(1 Timothy vi. 10) asserts that "the love
of money is the root of all evil : " and
Plautiis, realizing this, views gold with
hatred ( Captivi, 328) :
Odi ego aurum ! malta multis saepe suasit
pejperam.
62-68. The funeral rites described here
are largely those of Vergil's own tine.
For altars to Manes, of. also IIL 305; V.
48 ; Eel. V. 66. For caeruleis vitiisatrafit
cupresso, cf. VI. 216, and Spenser, F. ft
I. I. 8, the " cypresse funerail." Li 1 66,
tepido probably equals novo, and the Mm-
guinis sacri is the blood of the sacrifidll
victim. These were sacred Uqnids (ct
V. 77, 78). Here, wine also is a saned
offerinjr. Elsewhere {Eel, V. 68; iio-
VI. 225) oil is so used — Awiwrn^^ qqii*
dimus. Vergil here follows the Romin
view that the soul remains in the gnw
with the body (cf. Boissier, La Rdigim
Romnine, vol. I., p. 299), while in At*.
VI. 326, Vergil presents the later Roma.
and the Greek idea that the soul is cob
signed to Hades after the body has been
buried. On magna voce ciemus, cf. I 819,
note.
60. Cf. Hei/ne*8 Chronology at the be*
ginning of this book.
70. Note the beauty of this line.—
60. Excedere, 157. — 03. Manibus, 98.-66. Lacte, 143 67. Sang^nit^Bi.
AENEIDOS LIB. III.
186
Deducunt socii naves et litora complent.
Provehimur portu, terraeque urbesque recedunt
Sacra. mari colitur medio gratissima tellus
NerKuml matiie^l Neptuno^Xegaeo,
Quam pins Arcilenens oras et litora circum
Errantem Mycono e celsa Gyaroque revinxit,
Immotamque coli dedit et contemiiere ventos.
Hue feror; liaee fessos tuto placidissima portu
75
Auster. Conington quotes Heyne:
***Auster* must be understood gener-
ally, as Aeneas would not want the
south wind in 'Betting sail from Thrace."
72. Terraeque urbesque rece-
dunt. A familiar optical illusion. Cf.
Wordsworth {Female Vagrant) :
The parting signal streamed, at last the
land withdrew.
73. Sacra tellus. Delos.
74. Nereldum matri. Doris, the
wife of Neptune.
Neptuno Aegaeo. Cf. I. 125, note,
where Homer places Neptune's palace in
the Aegean.
75. Arcitenens. I. e. Apollo, Ho-
mer's " god of the silver bow." Vergil
takes this epithet from Naevius:
I>eiii pollens sagittis, inclutus arcite-
nens,
Sanctus Delphis prognatus Pythius
Apollo.
For other epithets of Apollo, note the
following: Thymbraeus, (III. 85), be-
cause he had a temple at Thymbra,
in the Troad ; Cynthius (Ec/. VI. 3),
because Mt. Cynthus, on Delos, was
sacred to him; Phoebus (III. 99), the
" shining one " (Gr. <pdu, to shine) ;
JDelius (III. 162), because he was born
at Delos; Clarius (III. 360), because he
had a temple and oracle at Claros in
Ionia; Gryneus (IV. 345), because of his
temple and worship at Gryneum on the
coast of Lydia. The epithet of plus is
given to Apollo in 1. 75, because of his
conspicuous dutifulness to his mother.
For Amphrysia (VI. 398) cf. vocab.
76. Errantem revinzit. An allu-
sion to the mytli that Delos was once an
island, floating beneath the surface of
the sea, and that it had been commanded
to appear (8^Aos) by order of Neptune,
in order that Latona might there give
birth to Apollo and Diana. Cf. Ovid,
Met. VI. 186:
Cui [Latonae] maxima quondam
Exiguam sedem pariturae terra uegavit.
Nee caelo uec humo nee aquis dea vestra
recepta est.
Exsul erat mundi, donee miserata va-
gantem
^ Hospita tu terris erras, ego " dixit " in
undis,"
Instabilemque locum Delos dedit.
And Spenser, F. Q. II. XII. 13:
As tli' isle of Delos whylome, men report.
Amid th' Aegaean sea longtime did stray,
Ne made for shipping any certeine port,
Till that Latona, traveiling that way.
Flying from Junoes wrath and hard
assay [persecution],
Of her fayre twins was there delivered, '
Which afterwards did rule the night and
day.
186
P. VERGILH MARONIS
Accipit. Egressi veneramur ApoUinis urbem.
Rex Anius, rex idem hominum Phoebique sacerdos,
Vittis et sacra redimitus tempora lauro,
Occurrit; veterem Anchisen agnoscit amicam.
lungimus hospitio dextras, et tecta subimus.
Templa dei saxo venerabar structa vetusto:
Da propriam, Thymbraee, domum; da moenia fessis
Et genus et mansuriim urbem; serva altgra Troiae
Pergama, reliquias DanaAm atque immitis Achilli.
Quem sequimur? quove ire iubes? ubi ponere sedes?
Da, pater, augurium, atque animis inlabere iiostris.
Vix ea fatus eram : tremere omnia visa repente,
Liminaque laurusque dei, totusque moveri
Mons circum^ et mugire adytis cortina reclusis.
Submissi petimus terram, et vox fertur ad aures:
Dardaiiidae duri, quae vos a stirpe parentum
Prima tulit tellus, eadera vos ubere laeto
Accipiet reduces. Autiquara exquirite matrem.
Hie domus Aeneae cuuctis dominabitur oris,
Et nati natorum, et qui uascentur ab illis.
Haec Phoebus; mixtoque ingens exorta tumultu
Laetitia, et cuncti, quae sint ea moenia, quaerunt^
Quo Phoebus vocet errantes iubeatque reverti
80
»
90
100
80. Rez Anius. It wiU be ])le2U«ant
to view with Ovid (Met. XIII. 632, seq.)
the details of the meeting and the per-
sonal intercourse between the two old
men.
87. Ct I. 30.
02. Mons, i. e. Ovnthns. — Cortina.
Primarily the caldron- shaped vessel upon
the tripod, supposed (Die. Ant.) to in-
crease the oracular sounds {mugire) which
came from underneath the earth. Tfc»
Cortina was also the table or hoUow bUn
supported by a tripod, upon which tta
priestess at Delphi sat to deliver her n-
spouses. The word is also used for tk
oracle itself (VI. 347).
97. Domus. For this use of dwnij
cf. I. 284, 356, 661.
96, 97. Con. cites //. XX. 807, ol
which this is a translation.
81. Tempora, 115. — 84. Saxo, 134.
AENEIDOS LIB. III.
Turn genitor, veterum vol vena monumenta viromm,
Audite, o proceres, ait, et s{>es discite vestras :
Creta lovJs magDi medio iacet iasuk ponto ;
Mods Idaeus ubi, et gentis dmabnla iiostruc.
Centum urbes habitant magnas, uberrima regua ;
Maximus unde pater, si rite audita recordor,
Teucrus B>hoeteas primum est advectus ad oras,
Optavitque locum regoo. Nondum Ilium et arces
Pei^meae steterant ; habitabant vallibus imis.
Hinc mater cnltxlx Cj'beli Corybantiaque aera
Idaeumque nemus ; hinc lida sileritia sacris,
Et iuncti cumun dominae subiere leones.
Ergo agite, et, divftm ducuut qua iussa, sequamur;
Flacemus ventos- et Gnosia regna petamus.
Nee longo distant corau ; modo luppiter adsit.
104. Crtfta lovia luanla. Accotd-
iDg tu ancient tradition, Juppiter woa
bom on the islaud of Crete.
108. Tencma. Cf. Indvclive Sludiei,
S8.
IOB-110. Con. Hgun cites Horn. I!.
XX. 216.
111-113. That is, all the details of
the worship of ('jbele at Troy are de-
rived from Crete. Cvliele is magmi drum
Genetrix (II. 788), iahabitaDt of Mt. C7-
belos (cultrix Cybtii), goddess of Nature
or the earth. She is worshipped with
mysterions rites [jida ailtnlia sacris) amid
the clashing of rymbalslCw^AanfiVf atni)
and the sonnd of pipe and flute (IX. S18,
619). She is borne in a chariot drawn bv
lions (t'uncti* curmm mbiere leones ,- and cf.
X. 2S3, hiiagi ndfrena Uones). Her head
is crowneil with turrets as she rides (VI,
785, inre^jfur carru luirila per urbf).
A moflt excellent description of her wor
ship can be gotten in Catullus, LXUL
lis. Onosla regna. Gnosus or
Cno9u.s was the royal city of Crete, on
Che □oTthcrn side, not far from the sea.
116. Iiongo distant cutBu. Crete
ia abont one hnnilred and forty-five EnR-
lish miles in a straight line from Delos.
107. .^Bdilo, 110. — 116. Adtit,20l.
188
P. VERGILII MAROmS
Tertia lux classein Cretaeis sistet in oris.
Sic fatus, meritos aris mactavit honores,
Tauruin Neptuno, taurum tibi, pulcher Apollo,
Nigra m Hie mi pecudem, Zephyris felicibus albam.
Fama volat pulsum regnis cessisse patemis "
Idomenea decern, desertaque litora Cretae,
Hoste vacare demos, sedesque astare relictas.
Linquiraus Ortygiae portus, pelagoque volamus,
Bacchatamque iugis Naxon viridemque Donysam,
Olearon, iiiveamque Paroii, sparsasque per aequor
Cycfadas et crebris legimus freta concita terris.
Nauticus exoritur vario certamine clamor;
Hortantur socii : Ore tarn proavosque petamus.
Prosequitur surgens a puppi ventus euntes,
Et tandem antiquis Curetum allabimur oris.
Ergo avidus muros optatae molior urbis,
Pergameamque voco, et lactam cognomine gentem
ISO
125
190
122. Idomenea, the king of Crete,
who fought on the side of the Greeks in
the Trojan war. Having been met by a
dangerous storm during his return home,
he made a vow to Neptune that, if saved,
he would sacrifice the first living creature
he should meet on reaching Crete. This
was his son. Idomeneus kept his vow,
but his act was so odious to the Cretans
that they expelled him from his king-
dom. — Class. Die.
122-3. Deserta — vacare — astare.
Vergil probably means that, since the
chief was gone, there would be no leader
to oppose the Trojans.
124. Ortygiae. Ortygia was another
name for Delos, from 6pTu^, a quail^ so
named because the island once abounded
in these birds.
125. Bacchatam Nazon. Of. Gt*
II. 487 : — virginibns bacchata TAcaffl**
Taygeta! On the island of Naxos wM
celebrated the worship of Bacchus, wio
is said to have been born there. Hii
worship was performed by women wfco
went in procession through the monntni
forests, exciting themselves to the wiMert
frenzy.
Viridem. This may refer either !•
the color of the marble, which on tUi
island is green, or to the vegetation.
126. Niveam, "snowy," becanae ol
its white marble, always very celebntei
and valuable.
127. Concita, "roughened" by tki
numerous islands of the Cyclades.
122-123. 243. — 123. Hosle, 131.
AENEIDOS LIB. III.
189
Hortor amare focos arcemque attollere tectis.
lainque fere sicco subductae litore puppes;
Cohubiis arvisque novis operata iuventus;
lura domosque dabam : sabito cum tabida membris,
Corrupto caeli tractu^ miserandaque venit
Arboribusque satisque lues et letifer annus.
Linquebant dulces animas, aut aegra trahebant
Corpora ; turn steriles exurere Sirius agros ;
Arebant herbae, et victum seges aegra negabat.
Eursus ad oraclura Ortygiae Phoebumque remenso
Hortatur pater ire. mari, veniaraque precari :
Quam fessis finem rebus ferat; unde laborum
Tentare auxilium iubeat; quo vertere eursus.
Nox erat, et terris animalia somnus habebat :
Effigies sacrae divftm Phrygiique Penates,
Quos mecum ab Troia mediisque ex ignibus urbis
Extuleram, visi ante oculos astare iacentis
In somnis, multo manifesti lumine, qua se
Plena per insertas fundebat luna fenestras ;
Turn sic adfari et curas his deraere dictis :
135
140
145
150
135. Subductae litore puppes.
)r the different methods of fastening
ship in port or elsewhere, cf. the
llowing :
1. With anchor and cahle, I. 168.
2. With a cable tied to the shore, III.
6, 639, 667 ; IV. 575, 580; V. 773.
3. By being drawn up on shore, III.
,135; IV. 398.
4. By drawing up stern on beach and
sting anchor from bow, III. 277 ; VI.
901.
137-142. A pestilence sets in, destruc-
e alike to man and herb. The virulence
of this pestilence is aggravated by the
baleful Sirius or dpg-star, whose presence
always brings disaster. Cf. Geo. II. 353 :
Hoc ubi hiulca siti findit Canis aestifer
arva;
and Geo. IV. 425 :
lam rapidus torrens sitientes Sirius Indos
Ardebat caelo.
Cf. also, Aen» X. 273 :
Aut Sirius ardor,
lUe sitim morbosque ferens mortalibus
aegris.
Cf. Pope's Second Pastoral, 1. 21 :
The sultry Sirius burns the thirsty plains.
139. Arboribus, 98. — Ul. S«en7e«, 234. — 143. Oradum^^YQ.
190
P. VERGILU MARONIS
Quod tibi delate Ortygiam dicturus Apollo est.
Hie cauit, et tua nos en ultro ad limina mittit.
Nos te, Dardania iucensa, tuaque arma secuti^
Nos tumidum sub te permensi classibus aequor.
Idem ventures tollemus in astra uepotes,
Iinperiumque urbi dabimus. Tu moeuia maguis
Magna para, longumqae fugae ne linque laborein.
Mutiindae sedes. Non haec tibi litora suasit
Deli us aut Cretae iussit considere Apollo.
Est locus, Hesperiam Graii coguomine dicunt.
Terra autiqua, potens arrais atque ubdre glaebae;
Oenotri coluere viri; nunc fama minores
Italiam dixisse ducis de nomine gentem:
Hae nobis propriae sedes; hinc Dardartus ortus,
lasiusque pater, genus a quo principe nostrum.
Surge age, et haec laetus longaevo dicta parent!
Hand dubitanda refer: Corythum terrasque requirat
Ausonias. Dictaea negat tibi luppiter arva.
Talibus attonitus visis ac voce deorum —
Nee soj)or iilud erat, sed coram agnoscere vultus
Velatasque comas praesentiaque ora videbar;
Tum gelidus toto manabat corpore sudor —
Corripio e stratis corpus, tendoque supinas
155
160
165
170
175
163-6. Repeated from I. 530-3.
168. lasiusque pater. The term
• pater * is not here used as of the founder
of the Trojan race, for it is used in
this sense of Dardanus, the hrothcr of
lasius ; pater is here used vaguely, only
as a term of respect.
170. Corythum. An ancient town
of Etruria in Italy, fahled to have been
founded by Corythus, the father of Da^
danus. Vergil would seem here to mean
Western Italy in general, selecting thi«
name because he has just referred to
Dardanus' origin.
171. Dictaea. Cretan, by synech-
doche, from Dicte, a mountain in eaaten
Crete.
J54. Ortyjjiqm, 120. — 156. Dardania, 57. — 162. Cretae, 95. — 167. Dardanus, Sl^
AENEIDOS LIB. III.
191
Ad caelum cum voce manus, et munera libo
Intemerata focis. Perfecto laetus honore
Auchiseu facio certum, remque ordine pando.
Aguovit prolem ambiguam gemiaosque parentes, 180
Seque novo veterum deceptuin errore locorum.
Turn memorat : Nate, Iliacis exercite fatis,
Sola mihi tales casus Cassandra canebat.
Nunc repeto haec generi portendere debita nostro,
Et saepe Hesperiam, saepe Itala regna vocare. 185
Sed quis ad Hesperiae ventures litora Teucros
Crederet? aut quern turn vates Cassandra moveret?
Cedamus Plioebo, et mouiti meliora sequamur.
Sic ait; et cuncti dicto paremus ovantes.
Hanc quoque deseriraus sedem, paucisque relictis 190
Vela damns, vastumque cava trabe currimus aequor.
Postquam altum tenuere rates, nee iam amplius ullae
Apparent terrae, caelum undique et undique pontus,
Tum mihi caeruleus supra caput astitit imber,
Noctem hiememque ferens, et inhorruit unda tenebris. 195
Continuo venti volvunt mare magnaque surgunt
Aequora ; dispersi iactamur gurgite vasto ;
Involvere diem nimbi, et nox umida caelum
Abstulit; ingeminnnt abruptis nubibus ignes.
Excutimur cursu, et caecis erramus in undis. 200
Ipse diem noctemque negat discernere caelo.
Nee meminisse viae media Palinurus in unda.
180. G^minos parentes, i. e. Teucer
from Crete, and Dardanus from Italy.
187. Quein Cassandra moveret ?
Cf. Inductive Studies, 77 ; and Byrou
(Prophecy of Dante, Canto 2) :
And if, Cassandra-like, amidst the din of
conflict none wiU hear.
192-204. Compare this description of
a storm at sea with I. 8.')-95. noting
similarities or differences of detail.
179. Cerium, 112.— 181. Locorum, 90,— 184. Portendere, 164.-187. Crederet, 208.
193. Caelum undique et undique pontus^ 232. — 194. Mihi^ 102.
192
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Tres adeo incertos caeca caligine soles
Erramus pelago, totidem sine sidere noctes.
Quarto terra die priraum se attollere tandem
Visa, aperire procul monies, ac volvere fumam.
Vela cadunt, remis insurgimua ; hand mora^ nautae
Adnixi torquent spumas et caerula verriint.
Servatum ex undis Strophadum me litora primum
Accipiunt; Strophades Graio stant nomine dictae^
Insulae lonio in magno, quas dira Celaeno
Harpyiaeque colunt aliae, Phineia postquam
Clausa domus, mensasque metu liquere priores.
Tristius hand illis raonstrum, nee saevior ulla
Pestis et ira deAm Stygiis sese extulit undis.
205
210
215
208. Caerula vemint. Cf. Catullus,
LXIV. 7 ;
Caerula verrentes abiegnis aequora
palmis.
209. Strophadum. The fifth sta^e
in Aeneas' journey. (1 ) Troy to Mt. Ida
(II. 804), at the foot of which he built
his fleet (III. 6) ; (2) Mt. Ida to Thrace
(III. 16) ; (3) Thrace to Delos (III. 73,
78) ; (4) Delos to Crete (131) ; (5) Crete
to the Strophades (209). Cf. Map.
210. Graio nomine. Strophades
from Gr. (<Trp44><a)y " to turn," because the
sons of Boreas there turned back from
their pursuit of the Harpies.
212-13. Harpyiae — Fhinela do-
mus. The Harpies, " snatchers " {ap-
ircifw), were monsters with female faces,
and with bodies, wings, and claws of
birds of prey. Hesiod names two of
them Aello (a tempest), and Ocypete
(swift flyer), while Vergil adds a third,
Celaeno (1. 245). They had been sent
by the gods to torment Phineus, reigning
at Salmydessus on the coast of Thrace,
who had also been smitten with blind-
ness. When the Argonauts came to
consult Phineus, who was gifted with
prophetic power, about their expedition
for the golden fleece, he promised them
advice on condition that they would de-
liver him from the Harpies. This the
sons of Boreas did, driving them as for
as the Strophades (Ovid, Met, VII. 2-4).
Dante places the Harpies among the
monsters in his Inferno, and thus de-
scribes them :
There do the hideous Harpies make tbeii
nests.
Who chased the Trojans from the Stro-
phades,
With sad announcement of impending
doom;
Broad wings have they, and necks and
faces human,
And feet with claws, and their great
bellies fledged. — Inferno, XIII. 10.
215. Pestis. Milton (P. L. II. 735)
has " hellish pest."
le$, 117. — 207. Vela cadunty remis insurgimut^ 220.
AENEIDOS LIB. III.
193
Virginei volucrum vultus, foedissima ventris
Froluviea^ uncaeque manus, et pallida semper
Ora fame.
Hue ubi delati portus intravimus, ecce
Laeta boum passim campis armenta videmus
Caprigenumque pecus nuUo custode per herbas.
Irruimus ferro, et divos ipsumque vocamus
In partem praedamque lovem ; tum litore curvo
Exstruimusque toros, dapibusque epulamur opimis.
At subitae horrifico lapsu de montibus adsunt
Harpyiae et magnis quatiuut clangoribus alas,
Diripiuntque dapes, contactuque omnia foedant
Immundo; tum vox taetrum dira inter odorem.
Eursum in secessu longo sub rupe cavata,
Arboribus clausi circum atque horrentibus umbris,
Instruimus mensas arisque reponimus ignem :
Bursum ex di verso caeli caecisque latebris
Turba sonans praedam pedibus circumvolat uncis,
Polluit ore dapes. Sociis tunc, arma capessant,
220
225
230
226 seq. Cf. Milton (P. R. U.) :
With that,
Both table and provision vanished quite
With sound of harpies' wings, and talons
heard.
Ariosto (Orl Fur. XXXIII. 119-120)
imitates very closely this and the follow-
ing passage of Vergil, but gives a much
more vivid description of the Harpies :
Behold ! a whizzing sound is heard in
air.
Which echoes with the beat of savage
wing.
Behold ! the band of harpies thither flies,
Lured by the scent of victual from the
skies.
All bear a female face of pallid dye,
And seven in number are the horrid
baud ;
Emaciated with hunger, lean, and dry ;
Fouler than death ; the pinions they
expand
Ragged, and huge, and shapeless to the
eye;
The talon crook'd ; rapacious is the hand ;
Fetid and large the paunch; in many
a fold.
Like snakes, their long and knotted tails
are rolled.
220. ^oiffn, 83. — 233. Cir cumvolat, polluit, 220, — 2Si. Capeuaut, VQ^,
13
15M
p. VERGILII MARONIS
EJioo, et dira bellum cum gente gerendum.
Hand stH.*us ac iussi faciuut, tectosque per herbam
Pisnonunt eases et scuta latentia conduut.
Kn;o ubi delapsae souitum per curva dedere
l.itora, dat signuin specula Misenus ab alta
Aert* cavo. Invadunt socii, et nova proelia tentant^
Otecenas pelagi ferro foedare volucres.
S<\1 neque vim plumis ullam nee vuluera tergo
\ocipiuiit, celerique fuga sub sidera lapsae
Semiesam praedam et vestigia foeda relinquunt.
Tna in praecelsa consedit rupe Celaeno,
Infolix vates, rumpitque Iianc pectore vocem :
IWlluni etiani pro caede bourn stratisque iuvencis^
litiomedoiitiadae, bellumne inferre paratis,
Kt patrio Ilarpyias iusontes pellere regno?
\i*cipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta.
Ouae Plioi'bo pater onuiipotens, mihi Phoebus Apollo
IVunlixit, vobis Puriarum ego maxima pando.
haliani cursu petitis, ventisque vocatis
235
240
245
250
j^ Spenser (/''. Q. II. VII. l>.3) imi-
JTv^ sail (Vleiio, sitting on a clitto,
^^of l»al<^ ^"*' '^^^^^'^ sorrow siiigs,
'**T^j^^jf fiiut iisoiider could have rifte,
>^^ h»ving cuded, after him she
^^^h swifte.
^^j-omedontiadae. A term of
'^^^j-^jach. Cf. Inductive Studies, 63.
I'jilUiaruin. Vergil h(ire con-
^ tko n''^J^P^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ Furies,
^B^^ jlomer are separate.
^^W^ tttUam cursu petitis. An-
«^ ■• — 'ation of his jouriiey*s end.
■•^^Ijgllinere mensas. .. This hor-
rible threat had its harmless fnlfilmeDt
after the Trojans had reached Italv {Aen.
VII. 107-1 19):
(1. 112) Consumptis hie forte aliis, nt
vertere morsus
Exiguam in Cererem penaria
adegit edeiidi
Et violare manu malisqne aada-
cihns orl)em
Fatalis crusti patulis nee parcere
(piadris :
Ileus, etiam mensas consumi-
mns ! in quit lulns ;
Xec plura alludens. . £a vox
.audita laborum
Prima tulit fiuera.
'.to8— latentia^ 234. — 241. Foedare, 157.
AENEIDOS LIB. 111.
195
Ibitis Italiam, portusque intrare licebit ;
Sed non ante datam cingetis moenibus urbem,
Quam vos dira fames nostraeque iniuria caedis
Ambesaa subigat ma^ia absumere mensas.
Dixit, et in silvam pennis ablata refugit.
At sociis subita gelidus formidine sanguis
Derignijt; cecidere animi, nee iam amplius armis,
Sed votis precibusque iubent expo^cere paeem,
Sive deae, sen sint dirae obscenaeque volucres.
Et pater Anchises passis de litore palmis
Numina magna vocat, meritosque indicit honores :
Di, prohibete minas; di, talem avertite casum,
Et placidi servate pios ! Tum litore funem
Deripere, excussosque iubet laxare rudentes.;r
Tendunt vela Noti ; fugimus spumantibus undis.
Qua cursum ventusque gubernatorque vocabat.
Iam medio apparet liuctu nemorosa Zacynthos
Dulichiumque Sameque et Neritos ardua saxis.
Effugimus scopulos Itliacae, Laertia regna,
Et terram altricem saevi ezsecramur Ulixi.
Moz et Leucatae nimbosa cacumina montis
255
260
2G5
270
270. Zacynthos, etc. Islands west
of Greece. C£. Map.
272. ZiffagimuB — ezsecramur. It
may well be imagined with what feelings
of mingled fear and hate the Trojans
coasted past the realm of their old enemy.
— Scopulos Ithacae Ithaca was a
very rocky island. Homer (Od. IV.
769 seq.) thus describes it :
But in Ithaca
Are no broad grounds for coursing,
meadows none.
Goats graze amid its fields, a fairer land
Than those where horses feed. No isle
that lies
Within- the deep has either roads for
steeds
Or meadows, least of all has Ithaca.
274. Leucatae. They have been
sailing almost due north, on the land-
ward side of the islands above mentioned ;
but as they pass the "windy peaks" of
Leucata, a promontory of the island of
Leucadia, they sail to the seaward side
of this island, and soon the temple of
Apollo, on the rocky promontory of
257. Subigat, 185. — ^m6e«a5, 234. — 267. ^a:cw5sos, 234.
196 P. VERGILII MARONIS
Et formidatas iiautis aperitur Apollo. 275
Hunc petiinus fessi et parvae succedimus urbi;
Ancora de prora iacitur, staut litore puppes.
Ergo insperata tandem tellure potiti,
Lustramurque lovi votisque incendimus aras,
Actiaque Iliacis celebrainus litora ludis. 280
Exercent patrias oleo labente palaeatras
Nudati socii ; iuvat evasisse tot urbes
Argolicas, mediosque fugam tenuisse per hostes.
Interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,
Et glacialis liiems aquilonibus asperat undas. 285
Aere cavo clipeum, magni gestamen Abantis,
Postibus adversis figo, et rem carmine signo :
Aeneas haec de Danais victoribus arm^.
Linquere turn portus iubeo et considere transtris.,
Certatim socii feriunt mare et aequora verrunt. 290
Protinus adriaa Phaeacum abscondimus arces,
Litoraque Epiri legimus portuque subimus
Chaonio et celsam Buthroti accedimus urbem.
Hie incredibilis rerum fama occupat aures,
Priamiden Helenum Graias regnare per urbes, 295
Actium "looms up" (aperitnr). This I 284. Circumvolvittir. Ctlnductice
place afterwards became famous in Studies, 215. For the time, cf. He^s
Roman History for the victory which i Chronology, at the beginning of Bk. ILL
Augustus gained near it (Actium) over
the fleet of Antony.
276. Urbi, i. e. Actium. This is the
288. Aeneas (so. dedicavit), Cf.
Aen. I. 248, note.
292. Legimus. They *' coast along**
sixth landing place of the Trojan fleet, the shores of Epirus, leaving the island
Cf. 1. 209, note. ! of tlie Phaeacians (Corcyra) on the left
280. " The celebration of games at and beliind them ; and land at Buthrotom,
Actium by Aeneas is a compliment wliich on the coast of Epims, their seventh
Vergil pays to Augustus, who instituted
a quinquennial celebration at Actium in
honor of his victory." — Con.
landing place. Cf. Heyne's Chronology.
175. Jpoth, 245J^^^. Celebrainus litora ludis, 226.-286. Aere, 134. — 295-.7.
68.
AENEIDOS LIB. in.
197
Comugio Aeacidae Pyrrhi sceptrisque potitum,
Et patrio Andromachen iterum cessisse marito.
Obstipui, miroque inceiisum pectus amore
Compellare virum et casus cognoscere tantos.
Progredior portu, classes et litora linquens,
SoUemnes cum focte dapes et tristia dona
Ante urbem in luco falsi Simoentis ad undam
Libabat cineri Andromache, Manesque vocabat
Hectoreum ad tumulum, viridi quern caespite inanem
Et geminas, causam lacrimis, sacraverat aras.
Ut me conspexit venientem et Troia circum
Arma amens vidit, magnis exterrita monstris
Deriguit visu in medio, calor ossa reliquit;
Labitur, et longo vix tandem tempore fatur:
Verane te facies, verus mihi nuntius adfers,
Nate dea? vivisne? aut, si lux alma recessit,
Hector ubi est ? dixit, lacriraasque effudit et omnem
Implevit clamore locum. Vix pauca furenti
Subicio et raris turbatus vocibus hisco :
Vivo equidem, vitamque extrema per omnia duco;
Ne dubita, nam vera vides.
Heu ! quis te casus deiectam coniuge tanto
Excipit? aut quae digna satis fortuna revisit
Hectoris Andromachen? Pyrrhin^ conubia servas?
Deiecit vultum et demissa voce locuta est :
O felix una ante alias Priameia virgo.
300
305
310
315
320
302. Falsi. Cf.I. 716. ** Pretended."
304. Hectoreum tumulum ina-
nem. Hector's cenotaph. The real tomb
was at Troy. For a description of Hec-
tor's funeral rites and burial, cf. the clos-
ing lines of the Iliad, XXIV. 872-1022.
312. Hector ubi est? This ques-
tion would imply a belief that the shades
have knowledge of one another.
321. Priameia virgo, i. e. Polyxena.
Cf. Inductive Studies, 76. A very beauti-
ful and pathetic detailed account of the
299. Compellare, 163.-304. Caespite, 134. — 319. Hectoris, 82. — PtjTTkiu\*2.V\.
i98
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Hostilem ad tumulura Troiae sub moenibus altis
lussa inori, quae sortitus non pertulit uUos,
Nee victoris eri tetigit captiva cubile I
Nos, patria incensa, diversa per aequora vectae,
Stirpis Achilleae fastus iuveiiemque superbum,
Servitio enixae, tulimus; qui deinde, secutus
Ledaeam ITermioiien Lacedaemoniosque hymtuaeos.
Me famulo fainulamque Heleno trausmisit habeudam.
■
Ast ilium, ereptae maguo iuflammatus amore
Coniugis et soeleruin Furiis agitatus, Orestes
Excipit incautum patriasque obtruncat ad aras.
Morte Neoptolemi regiiormn reddita cessit
Pars Heleno, qui Chaonios cogiiomine campos
Chaoniamque omnein Troiano a Chaone dixit,
Pergamaque Iliacamque iugis banc addidit arcem.
Sed tibi qui cursum venti, quae fata dedere ?
Aut quisnarn ignaruin nostris deus appulit oris?
Quid puer Ascauius? superatne et vescitur aura^
Quern tibi iani Troia —
S25
330
335
340
death of Polyxena is to l)e found in Ovid
(Met. XIII. 449-480).
323. Quae sortitus, etc. Cf. the
words of Crensa, II. 785 seq.
330-332. Ilcrniione, the daughter of
Menolaus and Helen, had l)een privately
enscaired to her cousin Orestes ; but her
father, ^n his return from Troy, ignorant
of this jrave her in marriage to Pyrrhus.
— Class. Die.
331. Furiis agitatus. To avenge
the murder of his father Agamemnon,
Orestes had murdered his mother Civ-
temnestra, being impelled thereto by
fate; and for this act lie was driven
mad by the Furies.
332. Con. compares the language o^
this line with II. 663, and thinks thit
we are to understand that Pvirhni*
death is in retribution for his mnrdtf
of Priam.
339. Quid puer Ascaniiis? k-
ar/it, orfacit. " How fares ? "
340. This is the only example i>
Vergil of a hemistich which does iio<
m.ake complete sense. Varions sngp*
tions have been made for completing tbt
line, as :
peperit fnmante Crentt;
obsessa est eniza Creon;
natum fumante reliqoL
329. Ilahendam, 211. — 33b. Chaone, 70. — 336. 242. — 340. 244.
AENEIDOS LIB. lit
19d
Ecqua tamen puero est amissae cura parentis?
Ecquid in antiquam vittutein animosque viriles
Et pater Aeneas et avunculus excitat Hector?
Talia fundebat lacrimans longosque ciebat
Incassum fletus, cuin sese a moenibus heros
Priamides multis Helenus comitantibus adfert,
Agnoscitque suos, laetusque ad liinina ducit,
Et multum lacrimas verba inter singula fuudit.
Procedo, et parvam Troiam simulataque magnis
Pergama et arentem Xanthi cognomine rivum
Agnosco, Scaeaeque amplector liinina portae.
Nee non et Teucri socia simul urbe fruuntur.
Dlos porticibus rex accipiebat in amplis;
Aulai medio libabant pocula Bacchi,
Impositis auro dapibus, paterasque tenebant.
lamque dies alterque dies processit, et aurae
Vela vocant tumidoque inflatur carbasus austro :
His vatem aggredior dictis ac talia quaeso :
Troiugena, interpres divAra, qui numina Phoebi,
Qui tripodas, Clarii laurus, qui sidera sentis
345
350
355
360
erhaps, after all, the attempt to fill
It the line is as useless as fruitless;
r it would seem more than likfely that
e poet left it unfinished intentionally,
express the depth of Andromache's
lotion.
341. Amissae parentis. How she
lew that Creusa was lost, we can only
Less; perhaps because she did not see
•eusa with Aeneas; perhaps because
something in his countenance to tell
3 loss.
This line is eminently pathetic, as
owing her desire to know, from the
example of Ascauius, whether her own
lost boy remembers her.
344. At the mention of Hector's name,
she again bursts into tears, as in 1. 312.
351. Amplector limiiia Here in
token of recognition and welcome, as in
II. 490, perhaps in token of farewell.
360-61. Tripodas. Cf. 1. 92, note —
Clarii. Cf. 1. 75, note.
Laurus. The laurel (the Eng. Bay-
tree) was sacred to Apollo. Hence its
branches were the decoration of poets
(Hor Odes, 4, 2, 9), and of flamens
(Ovid, Fast. III. 137). According to
350- Xanthif 85.— Zb2. Urbe, 144. — 354. Aulai, 218.— 359. /nterpres dlmm^^^.
200
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Et volucrum linguas et praepetis omina pennae^
Fare age — namque omnein cursum inihi prospeia dixit
Eeligio, et cuncti suaseruut numiue divi
Italiam petere et terras tentare repostas;
Sola novum die tuque nefas Harpy ia Celaeno
Prodigium canit, et tristes denuntiat iras,
Obscenamque fa mem — quae prima pericula vito ?
Quidve sequens tautos possim superare labores ?
Hie Heleiius^ caesis primum de more iuvencis,
Exorat pacem divum, vittasque resolvit
Sacrati capitis, meque ad tua limina, Phoebe,
Ipse manu multo suspensum numine ducit,
Atque haec deiude canit divino ex ore sacerdos :
"** Nate dea, — nam te maioribus ire per altum
365
870
Tibullus (II. V. 63), and Juvenal (VII.
19), its leaves when eateu impart the
power of prophesying. The method of
obtaining the oracle from the laurel was
as follows : laurel branches were thrown
on the fire, and if they burned with a
crackling sound the omens were favora-
ble; but the reverse was true if they
burned in silence. Cf. Tibullus (II. V.
81):
Et succensa sacris crcpitet bene laurea
fiammis.
Omine quo felix et sacer annus erit.
Sidera. Vergil, to whom the stars
are so familiar, cannot refrain from in-
troducing astrology into the Homeric
ago. although, as a matter of fact, tliat
science is of much later origin.
Sentis. Referring not to any intel-
tectual perception, but to that inner sight
which is peculiarly the sper''s.
Linguas — praepetis omina pen-
nae. The two methods of divining from
birds, by their cries and their flight, an
here mentioned. Other references to
omens from birds in Vergil are as fol-
lows: I. 393-401 ; IV. 462; X. 177; Ed.
I. 18; IX. 1.5.
363-4. Note all the indications in tk»
preceding narrative as to the deetined
end of Aeneas* wanderings.
368. Aeneas asks for more definiti
directions than he has yet received.
370. Vittas resolvit. Helennswii
both priest nnd prophet. As priest, hi
wore the fillet upon his head. So Laocooo.
the priest of Neptune, is represented (IL
221). But as prophet, the hair wasu*
bound, and allowed to flow loosely. So
the Sibvl, VI. 48.
374. Maioribus aaspioUs. Thit
is, "under good auspices, or tending
toward greater or better things ; or, nndet
the auspices of the '* greater godflr nek
as Juppiter and Apollo, and not alone ol
birds and stars." — KuASus.
374. Jre, 167.
AENEIDOS LIB. III.
Auspiciis manifesta fides: sic fata deAm rex
Sortitur, volvitque vices ; is vertitur ordo —
Pauca tibi e multis, quo tutior hospita lustres
Aequora et Ausouio possis considere portu,
Expediam dictis; prohibent nam cetera Parcae
Scire Helenum farique vetat Saturnia luno.
Principio Italiam, quam tu iam rere propinquam
Viciuosque, ignare, paras irivadere portus,
Longa procul longis via dividit invia terris.
Ante et Trinacria lentandus remus in unda,
Et salis Ausonii lustrandum navibus aequo r,
Infernique lacus Aeaeaeque insula Circae,
Quam tuta possis urbem componere terra.
Signa tibi dicam ; tu condita mente teneto :
Cum tibi sollicito secreti ad fluminis undam
Litoreis iugens inventa sub ilicibus sua
Triginta capitum fetus enixa iacebit,
Alba, solo recubana^ albi circum ubera nati,
Is locus urbis erit, requies ea certa laborum.
201
375
380
385
390
376. Sortitar. Jove is, as a rule, in
Vergil, represented as allotting or ar-
ranging the fates, and not as the author
of them. — Volvit vicea. Cf. I. 262;
bnt also cf . I. 22 and note.
381-3. Aeneas' natural • inference is
that there remains but a short sail to
Italy. But he is told that between him
and his Italy, lies a vast trackless coun-
try, which he cannot cross. Note the
play on words in 1. 383.
386. Infemi lacua. Again referred
to by Helenas in 1. 442, and finally reached
by Aeneas and described more fully in
VI. 237-242.
Inaula Circae. Circaeum Promon-
torium in Latium, properly not an island
at all, but a promontory, partially cut off
from the main land by a marsh. This
island Ulysses visited (Od. X. 135).
390-393. These lines are repeated
unchanged, in a vision of Aeneas, by
the god Tiber, after the landing in Italy
(VIII. 43-46), as an assurance that the
Trojan journeys are ended. This por-
tent is actually seen by Aeneas in VIII.
81-85.
376. 243.-378. Lustres, 192. — 386. Lacus — insula, 221. — 387. Possis, 185.—
389. Tibi, 108. — 393. Laborum, 87.
202
P. VERGILH MARONIS
Nee tu mensarum morsus horresce futures :
Fata viain inveiiient, aderitqae vocatus Apollo.
Has autein terras, Italique hanc litoris oram,
Proxiina quae nostri perfunditur aequoris aestu^
Effuge; euiicta malis habitantur moenia Grails*
Hie et Naryeii posuerunt moenia Locri,
Et Sallentinos obsedit inilite eampos
Lyetius Idomeneus; hie ilia duels Meliboel
Parva Philoetetae subnixa Petelia muro.
Quin, ubi transmissae steteriut trans aequora classes^
Et positis aris iam vota in litore solves,
Purpureo velare eomas adopertus amietu,
Ne qua inter sanctos ignes in honore deorum
Hostilis faeies oceurrat et omina turbet.
Hunc socii morem sacrorum, hunc ipse teneto,
Hac casti maneant in religione nepotes.
395
400
405
394. Cf. 1. 257, note.
397. Aestu. This should be rendered
by "waves " not " tide," if Byron's account
is to be believed ;
There shrinks no ebb in that tideless sea,
Which changeless rolls eternally ;
So that wildest of waves, in their angriest
mood,
Scarce break on the bounds of the land
for a rood ;
And the powerless moon beholds them
flow,
Heedless if she come or go :
Calm or high, in main or bay.
On their course she hath no sway.
Siege of Corinth, XVI.
405-7. In this. a.s in other passages,
Vergil seems to point to the old religion
of the Romans, which was purer and
more spiritual than in his own day. He
seems to imply that acceptability of wo^
ship depends more upon heart prepantioB
than upon external manifestatiooB or a^
tions. Hence Aeneas is exhorted to nil
his face in sacrificing, in order that do
" hostilis faeies " may appear to distoib
the omens. This phrase has been vtri-
ously translated; but whether "the buet
of an enemy " or an " uupropitions ap-
pearance," tTie danger would still be the
same, the spirit of prayer would be loA
This view is further corroborated bv aoeh
passages as V. 71, where all are exhorted
to guard their tongues and speak odIt
propitious words before the time of men-
flee ; VI. 258, and the more conrentioBiI
prohibition, "absiut profani." Cf. tl*
II. 720, and note.
398. Gratis, 106.-405. Velare, 215.— Comas, 116. — 409. Maneant, 90^
AENEIDOS LIB. lU.
Aat ubi digressum Siculae te admov«rlt orae
Ventus, et augusti rareaceiit claustra Pelori,
Laeva tibi tellus et loDgo laeva petantur
Aequora circuita ; dextrum fuge litus et undas.
Haec loca vi quondam et vasta coavulsa ruina —
Taiitum aevi loDgihqua valet mutare vetustas —
DlulluiBae ferunt, cum protinus utraqae tellus
Una foret; venit medio vi poiitus et undis
Hesperiani Siculo latus abscidit, arvaque et urbes
Litore didnctas anguato Interltiit aestu.
Dextram Scylla latus, laevum implacata Charybdis
411. Paloil. A promoDtorj' of Sicily, I
being the poJuC neiurwt to Italy. The
position and characteristics of this pla<:e
may be gathered from the folloniiig I
So reela Pelorus with convulsive throes,
When in hia veins the baming earth-
qnake glowe.
Falconbb, Shipurrfrt, II.
The Alpine monntain whence is cleft
Peloro. — Dantk, Parg. XIV. 32.
From hnge Peloros tu the Atlantic
WomnawOBTB, Ep. ^ El. Poems, III.
O'er the lit waves every AeoUan isle
From Pithecnsa to PelorUB
Howls, and leaps, and glares in chorus.
SKtLLBV, Ode to Liberlg, XIII,
414. The Durness of Sicily to Italy,
the shortest distance being only about
two miles, gave rise to the belief among
the ancients that the two were ouce
nnited. The volcanic nature of the re-
pOD would also favor this belief. Thus
Vergil, in this passage, and Ovid, {Met.
XV. 290-292) :
Zaacle ijuoque iuncta luisse
Dicitar Italiae, donee coufinia puntus
Abatulit, eC media tell u rem reppulit unda.
This theory is quite unlikely, more espe-
cially inasmuch ae the end of the Apeu-
nine chain in Italy does not by several
miles coincide with the beginning of the
mountiuu range in Sicily.
420. Soylla — Charybdis. Per-
haps nowhere is the principle that all
mythological creations have a physical
basis better illustrated than in these
fabulous monsters. In Scylla, snatching
il7. foret, 302, i).
204.
P. VERGILn MARONIS
Obsidet, atque imo barathri ter gurgite vastos
Sorbet in abruptum iluctus^ rursusque sub auras
Erigit alteraos et sidera verberat uiida.
At Scyllain caecis cohibet spelunca lat§bris,
Ora ezsertantem et naves in saxa trahentem.
Prima hominis facies et pulchro pectore virgo
Pube tenus, postrema immani corpora pistriz^
Delphinum caudas utero commissa luporum.
Praestat Trinacrii metas lustrare Pachyni
425
up ships and dragging them upon the
rocks, while her dogs bay loudly, we
have simply a fanciful picture of the
dangerous reefs on the Italian (dextrum)
side, on which the sea is always dashing
with loud roarings; while in insatiate
Chary bdis we have simply the dangerous
whirlpools which fill the channel on the
Sicilian (laevum) side. For Homer's de-
scription, cf. Od. XII., 73 seq. (Bryant's
translation, 1. 100 seq.). So in Falconer
(Shipwreck, III.) :
Not half so dreadful to Aeneas' eyes
The straits of Sicily were seen to rise,
When Paliuurus from the helm descried
The rocks of Scylla on his eastern side.
While in the west, with hideous yawn
disclosed,
His onward path Chary bdis' gulf opposed.
Vergil makes further mention of them
in Ed. VI. 75 seq.; Aen. I. 200; III.
555-567.
Ovid gives the following description :
Scylla latus dextrum, laevum irrequieta
Charvbdis
InfestJiut; vorat haec raptas revomitque
carinas,
Ilia feris atram canibus succingitur alvum,
Virginia ora gerens, et, si non omnia vates
Ficta reliquernnt, aliquo quoque tempore
Virgo. — Met. XIII. 730-734.
More vivid than all is the descriptioD in
Schiller's fine ballad Der Toucher, when
the Diver plunges into Chary bdis. The
passage is probably suggested by Veigii,
as it is said that Schiller never saw the
spot himself :
And it bubbles and seethes, and it hisni
and roars,
And the spray of its wrath to the weUdi
up soars.
And flood upon flood hurries on, nerar
ending.
And it never will end, nor from tiavtfl
be free,
Like a sea that is laboring the biithof
a sea. — (Bulwer*s Trans.)
421. Ter. " Thrice a day," as Homer
says(Orf. XII. 1L>2):
For thrice a day
She gives it forth, and thrice with fearfol
whirl
She draws it in.
Cf. also Aen. III. 566, where the Tio-
iaiis seem to have tarried all day in the
whirlpools of Chary bdis. Finally, at tat
set {cum sole) they escape to the nefn^b*
ing coast of Sicily, near Aetna.
427. Corpore, 140.
AENEIDOS LIB III.
205
Cessantem^ longos et circumflectere cursus^
Quam semel informem vasto vidisse sub autro
Scyllam et caeruleis caiiibus resonantia saxa.
Praeterea, si qua est Heleno prudentia, vati
Si qua fides, animum si veris implet Apollo,
Unum illud tibi, nate dea, proque omnibus unum
Praedicam, et repeteus iterumque iterumque monebo
lunonis' magnae primum prece numen adora ;
lunoni cane vbta libens, dominamtjue potentem
Supplieibus supera donis: sic denique victor
Trinacria fines Italos mittere relicta.
Hue ubi dektus Cumaeam accesseris urbem
Divinosque lacus et Averua sonantia silvis,
Ins^nam vatem aspicies, quae rupe sub ima
Fata canit, foliisque notas et nomina mandat.
430
435
440
435-40. It is of the utmost importance
to propitiate Juno, for she it is who is
opposing aU the efforts of the Trojans
to reach their promised land. For the
causes of her wrath, cf . I. 25-^8 and note.
444. Foliis mandat. Dryden has
this passage in mind ( Hind and Panther ^
1. 1780 seq.) :
For he concluded, once upon a time,
He found a leaf inscrib'd with sacred
rhyme,
Whose antique characters did well denote
The Sibyl's hand of the Cumaean grot.
Young beautifuUy compares the Sibyl
to worldly wisdom :
In pompous promise from her schemes
profound,
If future fate she plans, 't is all in leaves,
Like Sibyl, unsubstantial fleeting bliss !
At the first blast it vanishes in air.
N. Th. V. 346.
While celestial wisdom is like that other
Sibyl, whose story is told in connection
with Tarquin II. :
As worldly schemes resemble Sibyl's
leaves.
The good man's days to Sibyl's books
compare,
In price still rising as in number less.
Inestimable quite his final hour.
iV. Th. V. 360.
Dante beautifully compares the evan-
escent impressions of the mind to the
Sibylline leaves :
Even thus upon the wind in the light
leaves
Were the soothsay ings of the Sibyl lost.
Par. XXXIII. 65.
For a further passage upon the Sibyl,
cf. Aen. VI. 42 seq.
440. Fines, 121.
206 P. VERGILII MARONIS
Quaecumque in foliis descripsit carmina vii^q, 445
Digerit iii numerum, atque antro seclusa relinquit.
Ilia manent iminota locis, neque ab ordine cedunt;
Verum eadem, verso tenuis cum cardine ventus
Impulit et teneras turbavit ianua frondes,
Numquam deinde cavo volitantia prend^ere saxo^ 450
Nee revocare situs aut iuugere carn^jna curat:
Inconsulti abeunt, sedemque odere Sibyllae.
Hie tibi ne qua morae fuerint dispendia tanti, —
Quamvis increpitent socii, et vi cursus in altum
Vela vocet possisque sinus implere secundos, — 455
Quin adeas vatein precib usque oracula poscas
Ipsa canat, vocemque volens atque ora resolvat.
Ilia tibi Italiae populos venturaque bella,
Et quo quemque modo fugiasque ferasque laborem
Expediet, cursusque dabit venerata secundos. 460
Ilaec sunt, quae nostra liceat te voce moneri.
Vade age, et ingentem factis fer ad aethera Troiam.
Quae postquam vates sic ore efifatus amico est.
Dona dehinc auro gi'iivia sectoque elephanto
Imperat ad naves ferri, stipatque carinis • 465
Ingens argentum, Dodonaeosque lebetas,
Loricam con ser tarn hamis auroque trilicem,
Et conum insignis galeae cristasque comantes,
Arma Neoptolemi. Sunt et sua dona parenti.
Addit equos, additque duces ; 470
Reraigiuin supplet ; socios simul instruit armis.
luterea classem velis aptare iubebat
456. Aeneas follows this advice, VI. 74-76.
453. F«enw^ 204. - 454. Incr epitenf, 202, 2), — 4b7. Cana^, 169. — 460. Generate, !»•
— 461. Liceat, 175. — Te, 118.
AENEIDOS LIB. in.
207
Anchises, fieret vento mora ne qua ferenti.
Quern Phoebi interpres inulto compellat honore :
Coniugio, Anchise, Veneris dignate superbo, 475
Cura deiira, bis Pergameis erepte ruiuis,
Ecce tibi Ausoniae tellus; banc arripe velis.
Et tamea banc pelago praeterlabare necesse est ;
Ausoniae pars ilia procul, quam pandit Apollo.
Vade, ait, o felix uati pietate. Quid ultra ' 480
Provebor, et fando surgentes demoror austros ?
Nee minus Andromaebe, digressu maesta supremo,
Fert picturatas auri subtemine vestes
Et Pbrygiam Ascanio chlamydem, nee cedit bonori,
Teztilibusque onerat donis, ac talia fatur : 485
Accipe et baec, manuum tibi quae monumenta mearum
Sint, puer, et longum Andromacbae testentur amorem,
Coniugis Hectoreae. Cape dona extrema tuorum,
O mibi sola mei super Astyanactis imago.
Sic oculos, sic ille manus, sic ora ferebat; 490
Et nunc aequali tecum pubesceret aevo.
Hos ego digrediens lacrimis adfabar obortis :
Vivite felices, quibus est fortuna peracta
lam sua; nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur.
t76. Bis erepte. Reference is here
de to the former destruction of Trov
ler Laomedon, by Hercules. Cf. II.
!, and Inductive Studies, 63.
t77. A repetition of the thought in
{81 seq. ; they are here directed to
1 to the nearest point in Italy, and
n coast along the shores of southern
ly to Sicily.
t93. To Aeneas, a wanderer upon the
face of the earth, whose destined country
ever evades his grasp (1. 496), they are
supremely blessed who have a settled
home. So much does he emphasize this
blessing, that to him those who possess
it seem to have worked out their com-
plete destiny (1. 493). So also does he
count the Carthaginians blessed because
their walls are already building ( I. 437).
475. Comugio^ 136. — 477. Tibi, 108. -487. Sint, 174—489. mhi, 102. —
491. Pubesceret, 209.
208
P. VEBGILH MARONIS
Vobis parta quies ; nalluin maris aequor arandum^
Arva neque Ausoiiiae semper cedentia retro
Quaereuda. Effigiem Xanthi Troiamque videtis^
Quam vestrae fecere manus^ melioribuSj opto^
Auspiciis, et quae fuerit minus obvia Graiis.
Si quaudo Thybrim viciuaque Thybridis arva
Intraro^ gentique meae data moenia ceniam^
Cognatas urbes olim populosque propiiiquos^
Epiro, Hesperia, quibus idem Dardanus auctor
Atque idem casus^ uuam faciemus utramque
Troiam animis; maneat nostros ea cura nepotes.
Pro veil imur pelago vicina Ceraunia iuxta^
Unde iter Italiam cursusque brevissimus undis.
Sol ruit interea et montes umbrantur opaci.
495
500
505
600-505. He indulges a hope that
their posterity may be friendly and
allied nations. " But Vergil is likely
enough to have intended a special refer-
ence to some historical relations between
Rome and Epirus." — Con.
506. Vicina Ceraunia. Following
the coast to the northwest, they reach the
Promonlorium Arrorerauniuniy the west-
ern most fK>rtion of Epirus, '* whence is
the shortest passage to Italy." This is
their eighth huiding since leaving Troy
(cf. 1. 209, note). Ariosto thus describes
this spot :
Acroceraunus points the brine,
.... against whose base the billow
heaves. ■— 0/7. Fur. XXI. 16.
Shelley {Hellas):
From (.'au(;asus to white Ceraunia.
This w;is a dangerous, rocky coast.
Thus Horace (Odes, I. III. 19) :
Qui vidit mare turgidnm et
Infames scopulos Acroceraunia.
" The name is derived from Gr. tucp^s
and Kfpawos^ because the rocky peaks
were frequently struck by lightning."
BUAEUS.
508-524. Observe the exquisite im-
agery of this passage : the setting son,
the shadowy mountains, the sandy beach,
tfie sleeping sailors ; then the still mid-
night, the watchful Palinurus, the fresh-
ening ])reeze, the silently gliding stan;
suddenly the trumpet blast, the bustle of
embarcatiou, the ships with spread sails
like great white birds, the fading stars
and the reddening dawn, — the dawn of
a wonderful day for the weary exiles, for
it is to reveal to their eyes for the fiirt
time that Italy which, in the language of
prophet and priest, has hitherto been as
dim and indefinite as even now her low-
lying liills appear in the early dawn.
601. Intraro, 216. — 507. Italiam, 121. — 514. Aera, 229, 1).
AENEIDOS LIB. III. 209
Sternimur optatae gremio telluris ad undam,
Sortiti remos, passimque in litore sicco 6io
Corpora curamus ; fessos sopor irrigat artus.
Necdum orbem medium Nox horis acta subibat :
Haud segnis strato surgit Palinurus et omues
Explorat ventos, atque auribus aera captat ;
Sidera cuucta notat tacito labeutia caelo, 515
Arcturum pluviasque Hyadas gemiriosque Trioues,
Armatumque auro circumspicit Oriona.
Postquam cuncta videt caelo constare sereno,
Dat clarum e puppi signum ; nos castra movemus,
Tentamusque viam et velorum pandimus alas. 520
lamque rubescebat stellis Aurora fugatis,
Cum procul obscuros coUes humilemque videmus
Italiam. Italiam primus conclamat Achates,
Italiara laeto socii clamore salutaut.
Tum pater Anchises magnum cratera corona 525
Induit implevitque mero, divosque vocavit
Stans celsa in puppi :
Dt maris et terrae tempestatumque potentes,
Ferte viam vento facilem et spirate secundi.
Crebrescunt optatae aurae, portusque patescit 530
lam propior, templumque apparet in arce Minervae
Vela legunt socii, et proras ad litora torquent.
Portus ab Euroo fluctu curvatus in arcum ;
Obiectae salsa spumant aspargine cautes ;
Ipse latet ; gemino demittunt bracchia muro 535
525-6. Cf . I. 724. Spenser may have
liis passage in mind in Faerie Queen,
. III. 31 :
>ooDe a& the port from far he has espied,
lis chearfull whistle merily doth sonnd,
Lnd Nereus crowns with cups ; his mates
him pledg around.
531-2. This is their ninth landing.
This spot was on the extremity of the
heel of Italy being the Promontorium
lapfigium Salentinum.
535. Ipse, i. e. portus. Latet seems
to be opposed to patescit (1. 530). Con.
thus explains it ; " T\\ft VvaxXiOx \^ x^Nlvt^^^
14
210
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Turriti scopuli, refugitque ab litore templum. •
Quattuor hie, priraum omen, equos in grapaine vidi
Tondentes campuui late, caiidore nivali.
Et pater Ancliises : Belluin, o terra hospitay portas ;
Bello armautur equi, belluin haec armepta minantur.
Sed tamen idem oliin curru succedere sueti
Quadrupedes, et frena iugo coucoTdia ferre;
Spes et pacis, ait. Turn numina sancta precamar
Palladis armiaonae; quae prima accepit ovantes^
Et capita ante aras Phrygio velamur amictu ;
Praeceptisque Heleni, dederat quae maxima, rite
lunoni Argivae iussos adolemus honores.
Haud mora, continue) perfectis ordine votis,
Cornua velatarum obvertimus antennarum,
Graiugeniimque domos suspectaque linquimus arva.
Hinc sinus Herculei, si vera est fama, Tarenti
Cernitut; attollit se diva Laciiiia contra,
Cauloiiisque arces et navifragum Scylaceum.
540
545
550
and in fact concealed between the rocks
on each side of it; but as the ships
approach, a way is seen between the
barriers. Aeneas is giving a general
accouDt of the haven, not describing
its features as they broke upon him
gradually."
539. Cf. the omens w^hich the Cartha-
ginians derived from the horse, I. 442
seq.
544. Armisonae. So Pallas is armi-
potens in II. 42.5.
545. They obey the instructions of
Helenus (1. 405).
547. Cf. 1. 437.
550. Graiugenum. So in 1. 359,
Troiugena.
551. Hinc. "Then," or" next," i.e.,
as they round the point which woald
bring the gulf of Tarentum into view.—
Herculei, si ver^i est fama. Accord-
ing to one legend, Tarentum was founded
by Hercules.
552. Diva Lacinia. There was a
temple of Juno on the Lacinmm Promon-
torinm.
553. Navifragum Scylaceum. Ve^
gil here refers to the towu and legioo
about midway betweeu the Lacinitm
Promontorium and the toe of Italy. "The
shore about Scylaceum is said not to be
50cky. so tliat the epithet navifragum re-
fers to the gales which blow about thst
j)art of Italy." — Con.
540. Bello, 103. — 552. Diva Lacinia, 245, 5).
I \
AENEIDOS LIB. UL
211
Turn procul e fluctu Trinacria cernitur Aetna,
Et gemitum ingentem pelagi pulsataque saxa
Audimus longe fractasque ad litora voces,
Exsultantque vada, atque aestu miscentur harenae.
Et pater Anchises : Nimirum haec ilia Chary bdis ;
Hos Helenas scopulos, haec saxa horrenda canebat.
Eripite, o socii, pariterque insurgite remis !
Hand minus ac iussi faciunt, primusque rudentem
Contorsit laevas proram Palinurus ad undas;
Laevam cuncta cohors remis ventisque petivit.
ToUimur in caelum curvato gurgite, et idem
Subducta ad Manes imos desedimus unda.
Ter scopuli clamorem inter cava saxa dedere;
Ter spumam eliaam et rorantia vidimus astra.
Interea fessos ventus cum sole reliquit,
Ignarique viae Cyclopum allabimur oris.
Portus ab accessu ventorura immotiis et ingens
Ipse; sed horrificis iuxta tonat Aetna ruinis,
Interdumque atram prorumpit ad aethera nubem,
Turbine fumantem piceo et candente favilla.
555
560
565
570
555 seq. Cf. I. 420 and note.
566-7. Cf. I. 200.
569. Cyclopum oris. The eastern
jast of Sicily, near Mt. Aetna; their
mth stopping place.
571. Tonat Aetna, etc. This is a
•uitful theme for the poets, no one of
'horn, however, has equalled Vergil in
ividness of description. Thus Milton
P. L. I. 2.33 seq.) :
Thundering Aetna, whose combustible
lud fuel'd entrails thence conceiving fire,
ublim*d with mineral fury, aid the winds,
And leave a singed bottom, all involved
With stench and smoke.
And Spenser [F. Q. I. XI. 44) :
As burning Aetna from liis boy ling stew
Doth belch out flames, and rockes in
peeces broke,
And ragged ribs of mountaines molten
new,
Enwrapt in coleblacke clowds and filthy
smoke.
That all the land with stench, and heven
with horror, choke.
Both of these passages are evidently
imitated from Vergil.
571-577. 246.
212
P. VERGILU MABONIS
Attollitque globos flammarum et sidera lambit;
Interdiim scopulos avulsaque viscera moutis
Erigit eructans; liquefactaque, saxa sub auras
Cum geiiiitu glomerate fundoque exaestuat iiao.
Faina est Enceladi semiuBtom fulmine corpus
Urgeri mole hac, iugentemque insuper Aetuam
Impositam ruptis ilamraam exspirare caminis ;
Et fessum quotiens mutet latus, intremere omnem
Murmure Triiiacriam^ et caelum subtexere fumo.
Noctem illaiu tecti si 1 vis im mania monstra
Perferimus, nee, quae sonitum det causa, videmus.
Nam ueque erant astrorum ignes, nee luoidua aethra
Siderea polus, obscuro sed nubila caelo,
Et lunam in nimbo nox intempesta tenebat.
Postera iamque dies primo surgebat Eoo,
Umentemque Aurora polo dimoverat umbram :
Cum subito e silvis, macie confecta suprema,
Ignoti nova forma viri miserandaque cultu
57S
580
585
590
578. Enceladi. Ono of tlie sous of
earth who fought against the gods (cf.
IV. 179). Vergil here, however, con-
founds the Titans and Giants, being all
the sons of earth. The rebel h'on of the
Titans against Jove is well described by
Vergil {Geo. I. 278-283). Enceladns is
not mentioned among these. The name
of the giant placed under Aetna is vari-
ously mentioned I in different writers.
Ovid ])nrios Tvphoeus under all Sicily,
with Aetna upon his liead ; cf. .}fpt. V.
346-3.58. While Vergil represents Ty-
phoeus as buried under Pithecusa (IX.
716). Ariosto (XII. 1) follows Vergil's,
while in XVI. 23, he follows Ovid's story.
Young, as usual, draws a moral from
the mythological tale, and compares the
ineWtable triumph of Truth to the erop-
tions of Aetna (N. Th. IV. 831).
Perhaps the most beautiful of all the
poems on this subject is LongfeQoir*'
Enceladus :
Under Mount Aetna he lies,
It is slumber, it is not death ;
For ho struggles at times to arise,
And above him the lurid skies
Are hot with his fierv breath.
The crags are piled on his breast,
The earth is heaped on his head ;
But the groans of his wild unrest.
Though smothereti and half suppreaeed,
Are heard, and he is not dead.
583. ynrfem, 117. — 588. Primo Eoo, 246, 5).
AENEIDOS LIB. Ill
213
Procedit, supplexque manus ad litora tendit.
Eespicimus. Dira inluvies immissaque barba,
Cousertum tegumeu spinis; at cetera Graius,
Et quondam patriis ad Troiam missus in armis.
Isque ubi Dardanios habitus et Troia vidit
Arma procul, paulum aspectu conterritus haesit,
Continuitque gradum ; mox sese ad litora praeceps
Cum fletu precibusque tulit : Per sidera testor.
Per superos atque hoc caeli spirabile lumen,
ToUite me, Teucri; quascumque abducite terras;
Hoc sat erit. Scio me Danais e classibus unum,
Et bello Iliacos fateor petiisse Penates.
Pro quo, si sceleris tanta est iniuria nostri,
Spargite me in fluctus, vastoque immergite ponto.
Si pereo, hominum manibus periisse iuvabit.
Dixerat, et genua amplexus genibusque volutans
Haerebat. Qui sit, fari, quo sanguine cretus,
Hortamur; quae deinde agitet fortuna, fateri.
Ipse pater dextram Anchises, h^ud multa raoratus,
Dat iuveni, atque animum praesenti pignore firmat.
Ille haec, deposita tandem formidine, fatnr :
Sum patria ex Ithaca, comes infelicis Ulixi,
Nomine Achemenides, Troiam genitore Adamasto
595
600
605
610
594. Spenser (F. Q. I. IX. 36) thus
Iresses Despair :
lis garments, nought but many ragged
clouts,
^ith thorues together pind and patched
was,
rhe which his naked sides he wrapt
abonts.
602. Compare this confession with
hat of Sinon (II. 76 seq.).
612. Vergil,, in repeating this line
from II. 76, evidently has in mind the
earlier passage.
614. Achemenides. In Homer's
story, this incident is not found. Other-
wise Vergil follows, with more or less
exactness, Homer's account of the Cyclops
(Od. Bk. IX.).
594. Cetera, 114.— 601. Terras, 121.
214
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Paupere — mansissetque utiiiam fortuna ! — profectus.
Hie me, duin tropidi crudelia limina linquuut,
Immemores socii vasto Cjclopis in antro
Deseruere. Domus sauie dapibusque crueiitis,
lutus opaca, iiigens. Ipse arduus, altaque pulsat
Sidera — Di, talem terris avertite pestem ! —
Nee visu faeilis nee dictu adfabilis ulli.
Visceribus raiserorum et sanguine vescitur atro.
Vidi egomet, duo de numero cum corpora nostro
Prensa manu magna medio resupinus in antro
Frangeret ad saxum, sanieque ezspersa natarent
Limina; vidi atro cum membra fluentia tabo
Manderet, et tepidi tremerent sub dentibus artus.
Haud impune quidem ; nee talia passus Ulixes,
Oblitusve sui est Ithacus discrimine tanto.
Nam simul expletus dapibus vinoque sepultus
Cervicem inflexam posuit, iacuitque per antrum
Immensus, saniem emctans et frusta cruento
Per somnum commixta mero, nos, magna precati
Numina sortitique vices, una undique eircum
Fundiinur, et tolo lumen terebramus acuto,
Ingens, quod torva solum sub fronte latebat,
Argolici clipei aut Phoebeae lampadia instar,
Et tandem laeti sociorum ulcisciinur umbras.
Sed fugite, o miseri, fugite, atque ab litore funem
Rumpite.
615
620
625
630
635
610
636-7. Cf. Ovid, }fet. XIII. 851 :
Unuin est in media lumen mihi fronte,
sed instar
Ingentis clipei. Quid ? non haec omnit
mascno
Sol videt c caelo ? Soli tamen nnictf
orhis.
615. Mansisset, 207. — Q2^. Z)e wwmfro, 135. — 025. Frangeret, 181.— eSQ. Sm,
— 630. Dapibus, 143.
8a
i ^
AENEIDOS LIB. ITT.
215
Nam qualis quantusque cavo Polyphemus in antro
Lanigeraa claudit pecudes atque ubera pressat^
Centum alii curva haec habitant ad litora vulgo
Infandi Cyclopes et altis montibus errant.
Tertia iam Lunae se cornua lumine complent, 645
Cum vitam in silvis inter deserta ferarum
Lustra domosque traho, vastosque ab rupe Cyclopas
Prospicio, sonitumque pedum vocemque tremesco.
Yictum infelicem^ bacaa lapidosaque corna^
Dant rami, et vulsis pascunt radicibus herbae. 650
Omnia collustrans, banc primum ad litora classem
Conspexi venientem. Huic me, quaecumque fuisset,
Addixi: satis est gentem efiFugisse nefandam.
V6s animam banc potius quocumque absumite leto.
I Vi:j^ ea fatus erat, summo cum monte videmns 655
Ipsum inter pecudes vasta s^ mole moventem
Pastorem Polypnemum et litora hota petentem,
Monstrum horrendum, informe, ingeus, cui lumen ademptum.
Trunca manu pinus regit et vestigia firmat ;
Lanigerae comitantur oves; ea sola voluptas 660
J58. The frequent elisions and the
jvalence of spondees in this line im-
*t a ponderous, halting sound, admir-
y in keeping with the movements of
I blinded giant as he labors heavily
i slowly down to the beach, groping
way by the aid of his huge pine-tree
ff.
\s an example of the strange uses to
ich Vergil's lines may be put, cf.
9wning, Waring, TV. :
long I dwell on some stupendous
id tremendous (Heaven defend us !)
Monstr* — inform, — ingens — horrend —
ous
Demoniaco seraphic
Penman's latest piece of graphic.
659. Pinus. Cf. Milton (P. L, I.
284 seq.) :
His spear, to equal which the tallest pine
Hewn on Norwegian hills, to be the mast
Of some great admiral, were but a wand
He walked with, to support uneasy steps
Over the burning marl.
Ovid strikingly describes the giant Poly-
phemus in love (Met. XITT. 762-769).
652. FuisaeU 180.— 656. Mole, 140. — 655-659. 246.
216 P. VERGILD MARONIS
Solamenque mali.
Postquam altos tetigit fluctue et ad aequora venit,
Luminis eftbssi fluidum lavit inde cruorem,
Dentibus infrendens gemitu, graditurqiie per aequor
lam medium, iiecdum fluctus latera ardua tinxit. 665
Nos procul inde fugam trepidi celerare, recepto
Supplice sic merito, tacitique incidere funem ;
Verrimus et proni certaiitibus aequora remis.
Sensii, et ad sonitum vocis vestigia torsit.
Verum ubi nulla datur d extra adfectare potestas, 670
Nee potis lonios fluctus aequare sequendo,
Clamorem immensum tollit, quo pontus et omnes
Contremuere undae, penitusque exterrita tellus
Italiae, curvisque immugiit Aetna cavernis.
At genus e silvis Cyclopum et montibus altis 675
Ezcitum ruit ad portus et litora complent.
Cernimus astantes nequiquam lumine torvo
Aetnaeos fratres, caelo capita alta ferentes,
Concilium horrendum : quales cnm vertice celso
Aeriae quercus, aut coniferae cyparissi ^
Constiterunt, silva alta lovis, lucusve Dianae.
Praecipitcs metus acer agit quocumque rudentes
Excutere, et ventis intendere vela secundis.
Contra iussa moncnt Heleni, Scyllam atque Charybdim
Inter, utramque viam leti discrimine parvo, 685
Ni teneant cursus ; certum est dare lintea retro.
Ecce auteni Boreas angusta ab sede Pelori
Missus adest. Vivo praetervelior ostia saxo
Pantagiae ATogarosque sinus Thapsumquo iacentem.
Talia monstrabat relegens errata retrorsus 690
Litora Achemonides, comes infelicis Ulixi.
662. 231. — 670. Adfectare, 163. —686. Teneant, 169.
AENEIDOS LIB. III.
217
Sicanio praetenta siau iacet insula contra
Plemyrium imdosum; nomen dixere priores
Ortygiam. Alpheum fama est hue Elidis amnem
Occultas egisse vias subter mare; qui nunc
Ore, Arethusa, tuo Siculis confunditur undis.
lussi numina magna loci veneramur ; et inde
Exsupero praepingue solum stagnantia Helori.
Hinc altas cautes proiectaque saxa^Pacliyni
Radimus, et fatis numquara concessa moveri
Apparet Camarina procul campique Geloi,
Immanisque Gela fluvii cognomine dicta.
Arduus inde Acragas ostentat maxima longe
Moenia, magnanimiim quondam generator equorum ;
Teque datis linquo ventis, palmosa Selinus,
695
700
705
694. Alpheum. Cf. Statius, Tlte-
haid (Pope's Trans.):
Where first Alpheus hides
His wandering stream, and through the
briny tides
Unmixed to his Sicilian river glides.
696. Arethusa. The legend goes
that Alpheus, the river god of Elis, was
in love with the nymph Arethusa ; that
she, fleeing from him, was changed by
Diana into a stream which disappeared
in the earth, and emerged, after passing
under the Ocean, in Ortygia; and that
Alpheus, following her, mingled his
waters with hers in the fountain in Or-
tygia named from the nymph.
For the story of Arethusa, cf. Ovid
{Met. V. 577-641). This beautiful ro-
mance of mythology has been pleasingly
told by Shelley [Arethusa)^ ending thus:
And now from their fountains
In Enna's mountains,
Down one vale where the morning basks,
Like friends once parted
Grown single-hearted.
They ply their watery tasks.
At sunrise they leap
From their cradles steep
In the cave of the shelving hill ;
At noontide thev flow
Through the woods below
And the meadows of asphodel ;
And at night they sleep
In the rocking deep
Beneath the Ortygian shore ; —
Like spirits that lie
In the azure skv
When they love but live no more.
700. Numquam concessa moveri.
Camarina was a swamp or marshy lake
which bred pestilence to the neighboring
inhabitants. When they asked the oracle
of Apollo whether they should drain the
swamp, the god forbade them to do so,
saying, M^ kIvci Kafidpivav, aKiv-qros ydtp
dfiiivcov. They, however, disregarded the
oracle, and drained the marsh ; but in so
doing, laid open their city to the attacks
of enemies.
705. Palmosa Selinus. This region.
} p. VERGILH MAR0NI8
Et vada dura lego saxis Lilybeia caecis.
Hinc Drepani rae portus et Inlaetabilla ora
Accipit. Hie, pelagi tot tempestatibus actus,
Heu genitorem, omnis curae casusque levaniMi,
Amitto Anchisen. Hie me, pat«r optime, tessum
Deseris, lieu, tantis nequiquam erepte periclis I
Nee vatea Helenus, cum multa horreoda moneret,
Hos mihi praedixit lugtus, non dim Celaeno.
Hie labor extreinus, longarum haec meta vianim.
Hine me digressum vestris deus appulit oris.
Sic pater Aeneas iiitentis omnibus uqus
Fata renaxrabat divf^m, carsusque ducebat.
Conticuit tandem, factoque hie fine quievit.
is covereil witti dwarf palms. Spenser
changes thera to almood trees {F. Q. I.
VII. 32) :
Like to an almond tree ymouoted hye
On' top of greene Seliuis all alone,
With blosBOms brave bedecked daintily.
707. Inlaetabllis. Explained in the
next [oar lines. Drepani. The port of
Drepanam, bis eleventh landiug place.
715. At this point of the jonrnBi the
first book (I. 34) begins, and describes the
adventuresof the Trojans tmtil they reach
Carthage iu the sammer of the seventh
year (I. 755), and thus prepares the wai
fur the events that now are tofolloiriii
the fourth book.
TOT. /nlaetaAi7i«,a34, — TIO. Pater, 238. — 712. J/onerM. 202, 4).
Low lie her towers ; sole relics of her swbj.
Her desert shores a few sad remnants keep ;
Shrines, temples, cities, kingdoms, states decay ;
O'er oms and arcs triumphal deserts sweep
Their sands, or lions roar, or ivies creep.
Tasso, Ger, Lib. XV. 20.
1
LIBER QUAKTUS.
At regiiia gravi iamduduiu faucia oiira
Vulrius alit venis, et caeco cnrpitur igiii.
Multa viri virtus aiiimo, multusque recnrsat
Geiitis honos; liaerent iiifini pectore vultus
Verbar|ue, nee placiilam membris dat cuia quietem.
1. At. ThJaword joinstiiofonrtli book
intimately with the thini, and
tendeil to show the mnrkeii contrast
tweon the Test at Aeneas (III. 71;
"i TOo^^gcTrnj
Bntler wrote tne introrinction to I'nrt II.
of the Hiidihriii, rhanpiing (lie theme
sbniptlv, in imitation of Vergil in thiK
But now, t' obserre Romaotiitue methoii,
Let bloody stoel awhile lie shoathed,
And all those harsli aod rugged sounilx
Of baBtinadoeii, cuts, and wounds,
Exehajig'd to love's more gentle style,
To let our reader breathe awhile.
3-5. Note the liiiferPHt steps liy whirli
the qnoen's pansinn advances, — his evi-
ilor. Ids iiiilile lilrlh, his bcantifiil
', and bis wonilcrfnl wordt. So
:lie valor ami mari'ellous talea of the
rem the love oE'Desdemonii (Shak.
, r. Ill):
My story lieing done,
She gave me for my painx a world of
aigha;
She wish'd she had not hcani it, yet she
That heaven had maie \i«i saAi i. iwmi-.
she thank' d me,
222
P. VERGILH MARONIS
Postera Phoebea lustrabat lampade terras
Umentemque Aurora polo dimoverat umbram^
Cum sic unanimam alloquitur male sana sororem :
Anua soror^ quae me suspensam insonmia terrent I
Quis novus hie nostris successit sedibus hospes^
Quem sese ore ferens, quam forti pectore at armis !
Credo equidem, nee vana fides, genus esse deorum.
Degeneres animos timor arguit. Heu, quibus ille
lactatus fatis ! quae bella exhausta canebat I
Si mihi non animo fixum immotumque sederet^
Ne cui me vinclo vellem sociare ingali^
Postquam primus amor deceptam morte fefellit;
Si non pertaesam thalami taedaeque fuisset^
Huic uni forsan potui succumbere culpae.
10
15
And bade me, if I had a friend that loved
her,
I should but teach him how to tell my
story.
And that would woo her. Upon this
hint I spake :
She loved me for the dangers I had
passM.
Ariosto presents the same arguments
for love (Orl. Fur. XIV. 58) :
If a man merits love by loving, I
Yours by my love deserve ; if it is won
By birth, — who boasts a genealogy
Like me, the puissant Agricano's son ?
By riches, — who with me in wealth can
vie.
That in dominion yield to God alone ?
By courage, — I to-day (I ween) have
proved
That I for courage merit to be loved.
6. Phoebea lampade — the sun ;
cf. III. 637.
7. This line is repeated from III. 589.
Soone as the morrow fajre with purple
beanies
Disperst the shadowes of the misty night,
And Titan, playing on the Easten
streames,
Gan cleare the deawy ay re with springing
light. — Spenser, F. Q. H III. 1.
8. Male Sana. Male = non. Ci
male fida, II. 23; male amicam,E
735 ; male pinguia, Geo. I. 105.
10, 11. There is a very interesting dis-
cussion upon this theme in the Spectator,
No. 340.
13. Timor arguit. Valor is a teit
of noble birth.
For in complete assurance that yoa an
A real offset of our ancient tree,
You could no better testimony bear
Than the tried valor which in yon we see-
Ariosto, Orl. Fur, XXXI. 38.
10. QuUsuccessit, 219. —U. Quem, 112. — Pecf ore, 140. — 15, 18, 19. Sederti—
fuiuet —potui, 199. — 16. VeUem, 170. — 18. Thalami, 83.
AENEIDOS LIB. IV.
223
p, ^^ — fatebor enim, — miseri post fata Sychaei
^ *^iigis et sparsos fraterna caede Penates,
^V4s hie inflezit sensus, animumque labantem
^^J^Tilit. Agiiosco veteris vestigia flaramae.
^^^ mihi vel tellus optem prius ima dehiscat,
^1> Pater omnipotens adigat me fulmine ad umbras,
^^entes umbras Erebi nocteraque profundam,
^^te, Pudor, quara te violo, tua iura resolvo.
^e meos, primus qui me sibi iunxit, amores
Abstulit; ille habeat secum servetque sepulcro.
Sic e£Fata sinum lacrimis implevit obortis.
Anua refert: 0 luce magis dilecta sorori,
Solane perpetua maerens carpere iuventa.
Nee dulces natos. Veneris nee praemia noris?
Id cinerem aut Manes credis curare sepultos?
Esto, aegram nuUi quondam flexere mariti,
Non Libyae, non ante Tyro ; despectus larbas
Ductoresque alii, quos Africa terra triumphis
Dives aUt : placitone etiam pugnabis amori ?
Nee venit in mentem, quorum consederis arvis?
Hinc Gaetulae urbes, genus insuperabile bello.
20
25
30
35
40
23. AgnoBCO, etc. So Dante, to the
shade of Vergil his guide :
Not a drachm
Of blood remains in me, that does not
tremble ;
t know the traces of the ancient flame.
Purg. XXX. 48.
28, 20. It is said that Veronica da
Qambera, upon the death of her husband,
QUberto X., lord of Correggio, caused
these two lines to be engraved upon the
door of her chamber.
30. She throws herself into Anna's
arms and fills her bosom with tears.
Notwithstanding her strong resolve to
be true to her former husband, her tears
show that her present passion is stronger
than her will.
34. Id. I. e. whether or not you marry
again.
22. Labantem, 234, — 2A. Optem, 209. — Dehiscat, 169. — 27. Violo, 185, — 2B. Sibi,
139. — 31. Luce, 137. — 32. Carpere, 215. — .33. Noris, 216. — 36. L{6\iae,Q5. — ^"^.
Amori, 101. — 40. {?enM, 226.
224
P. VERGILU MARONIS
50
Et Numidae infreni ciugunt et inhosplta Syrtis;
Hiiic deserta siti regio, lateque furentes
Barcaei. Quid bella Tyro surgentia dicam,
Germanique niiiias ?
Dis equidein auspicibus reor et lunone secunda 45
Hunc cursum Iliacas vento teuuisse carinas.
Quam tu urbem, soror, banc cerries, quae surgere regna
Coniugio tali ! TeucrAm comitantibus annis
Punica se quantis attoUet gloria rebus !
Tu modo posce deos veniam, sac risque litatis
Indulge hospitio, causasque innecte morandi,
Dum pelago desaevit hiems et aquosus Orion,
Quassataeque rates, dum non tractabile caelum.
His dictis incensum animum inflammavit amore,
Spemque dedit dubiao mcnti, solvitque pudorem.
Principio delubra adeunt, pacemque per aras
Exquirunt; mactant lectas de more bidentes
Legiferae Cereri Phoeboque patrique Lyaeo,
lunoni ante omnes, cui vincla iugalia curae.
Ipsa, tenens dextra pateram, pulcherrima Dido 60
Candentis vaccae media inter cornua fundit,
Aut ante ora deftm pingues spatiatur ad aras.
55
52. Aquosus Orion. Cf. I. 535,
nimbosus Orion, and note. In IIT. 517,
Orion is armatus aura.
57 Lectas bidentes, " perfect two-
year-olds." There are two explanations
of this term. ( 1 ) Sheep were called
bidentes, because in their second vear
two teeth were prominent, being longer
than the rest ; (2 ) so called because their
two rows of teeth were then complete.
Such animals were used " de more "for
sacrifice.
Te nihil attinet
Ten tare multa caede bidentinm
Parvos coronantem marino
Kore deos fragilique inyrto.
HoKACE,. Odes, III. 23, 13.
Vinaque dat pateris, mactatanunqM
bidentum.
Quid sibi significent, trepidantia consoHt
exta. — Ovid, Met. XV. 575.
42. Siti, 136.- 43. Dicam, 208. - 50. Deos veniam, 113. — 59. Curae, 108.
AENEIDOS LIB. IV.
225
Instauratque diem donis, pecudumque reclusis
Pectoribus inhiaus spirantia consulit ezta.
Heu vatum ignarae mentes! quid vota fureutein,
Quid delubra iuvant? Est mollis flamma medullas
Iriterea, et taciturn vivit sub pectore vulnus.
Uritur infelix Dido totaque vagatur
Urbe furensj qualis coniecta cerva sagitta,
Quam procul incautam nemora inter Cresia fixit
Pastor agens telis, liquitque volatile ferrum
Nescius; ilia fuga silvas saltusque peragrat
Dictaeos ; haeret lateri letalis harundo.
Nunc media Aenean secum per moenia ducit,
Sidoniasque ostentat opes urbemque paratam ;
Iiicipit effari, mediaque in voce resistit;
Nunc eadem labente die convivia quaerit,
Iliacosque iterum demens audire labores
Exposcit, pendetque iterum narrantis ab ore.
Post, ubi digressi, lumenque obscura vicisBim
Luna premit suadentque cadentia sidera somnos.
Sola domo maeret vacua, stratisque relictis
Incubat. Ilium absens absentem auditque videtque ;
Aut gremio Ascanium, genitoris imagine capta,
Detinet, infandum si fallere possit amorem.
65
70
75
80
85
64. Spirantia exta. Cf. trepidantia
1 the passage just quoted from Ovid.
'he exta were the vital organs, — the
eart, lungs, liver, and spleen ; ,they are
rawn from the victinL^nd while still
nrantia, "breathing " or quiveringwitl
fe, ara inepactfigljy "llie uiiltilis! TTf.
66. Eat, from €do.
69. Qualis cerva. Ariosto appro-
priates a part of this figure. ( Orl. Fur.
XVI. 3) :
The wretch would fly ; but bears in him
a dart
Like wounded stag, whichever way he
flees;
Dares not confess, yet cannot quench,
his flame.
77-79. Cf. I. 750 seq.
81. Cf. II. 9.
85. Possit, 168.
15
226
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Non coeptae assurgunt turres, non anna iuventus
Exercet, portusve aut propuguacula bello
Tuta paraiit; pendent opera interrupta minaeque
Murorum ingentes aequataque inachina caelo.
Quam simul ac tali persensit peste teneri
Cara lovis coniunx, nee famam obstare furori,
Talibus aggreditur Venerem Saturnia dictis: *
Egregiam vero laudera et spolia ampla refertis
Tuque puerque tuus, magnum et memorabile nomen^
Una dolo divAra si femina victa duorum est.
Nee me adeo fallit veritam te moenia nostra
Suspectas habuisse domos Kartliaginis altae.
Sed quis erit modus, aut quo nunc certamine tanto ?
Quin potius pacem aetemam pactosque bymenaeos
Exerceihus ? Habes, tota quod mente petisti :
Ardet amans Dido traxitque per ossa furorem.
Communem hunc ergo populum paribusque regamus
Auspiciis ; liceat Phrygio servire marito,
Dotalesque tuae Tyrios permittere dextrae.
Olli — sensit enim simulata mente locutam,
Quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras —
Sic contra est ingressa Venus : Quis talia demens
Abnuat, aut tecum malit contendere bello?
Si modo, quod memoras, factum fortuna sequatur;
Sed fatis incerta feror, si luppiter unam
90
95
100
105
no
86-89. In contrast to this, note the
busy scene in I. 421 seq.
93-95. Cf. Spenser, (F. Q. II. IV. 45) :
Great glory and gay spoile sure thou
hast gott
And stoutly prov'd thy pnissaonce here
in sight !
100. Habes quod petlati. Ci I
657-75.
90. Simul ac persensif, 187. — 93-95. 241.— 97. Habuisse^ 158.-103. Mariio,
106. Averteret, 191. — 109. Sequatur^ 201.
AENEIDOS LIB. IV.
227
Esse velit Tyriis urbem Troiaque profectis,
Miscerive prpbet populos, aut foedera iungi.
Tu coniunx; tibi fas animum tentare precando.
Perge ; sequar. Turn sic excepit regia luno :
Mecum erit iste labor. Nuuc qua ratioue, quod instat,
Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo.
Venatum Aeneas unaque miserrima Dido
In nemus ire parant, ubi primos crastinus ortus
Extulerit Titan radiisque retexerit orbem.
His ego nigrantem commixta grandine nimbum^
Dum trepidant alae, saltusque indagine cingunt,
Desuper infundam, et tonitru caelum omne ciebo.
Diflfugient comites et nocte tegentur opaca;
Speluncam Dido dux et Troianus eandem
Devenient. Adero, et, tua si mihi certa voluntas,
Conubio iungam stabili propriamque dicabo.
Hie Hymenaeus erit. — Non adversata petenti
Adnuit, atque dolis rlslt Cytherea repertis.
Ocean ura interea surgens Aurora reliquit.
It portis inbare exorto delecta inventus ;
Retda rara, plagae, lato venabula ferro,
Massylique ruunt equites et odora canum vis.
Reginam thalamo cunctantem ad liraiiia primi
Poenorum exspectant, ostrbque insignis et auro
Stat Bonipes ac frena ferox spumantia mandit.
115
120
125
130
135
126. Repeated from I. 73.
Postera lux radiis latum patefecerat
orbem,
um Venus et Juno sociosque Hymenaeus
ad ignes
onveniunt. — Ovn>, Met. IX. 795.
%
129 seq. Note the various elements
life and coloring in this stirring
passage.
132. Odora cahum vis. "A keen-
scented pack of hounds." Horace (Epod.
VI. 6) has arnica vis.
117. FefMitom, 212. — 119. Titan, 245, 5). — 125. JftAt, 108. — 131 . Fcrro, 140.
131-132. Retittf plagae^ equites, vis ruunty 221.
228 P. VERGILU MAfiONIS
Tandem proi;rer1itar, magna stipante caterva,
Sidoniam picto chlumydem circumdata limbo^:
Cui pliarctra ex auro, criues nodantor in aumm,
A urea purpuream subnectit fibula vestem.
Xec nou et Phrv^ii comites et laetns lulus !<•
Incedunt. Ipse ante alios pulchernmus omnes
Iiifert se socium Aeneas atque agmina iungit
Qualis ubi liibernam Lvciam Xanthique flnenta
Demerit ac Deluni maternam invisit Apollo,
Instauratque choros, inixtique altana circum l^
Cretesque Drvopesque fremuut pictique Agathyrsi;
Ipse iugis Cviithi graditur, moUique fluentem
Fronde premit crinem fingens atque implicat auro.
Tela sonant umeris : haud illo segnior ibat
Aeneas ; tantuni egregio decus enitet ore. 150
Postquani altos ventum in nioiites atque invia lustra,
Ecce ferae, saxi deiectae vertice, caprae
Deeurrere iugis; alia de parte patentes
Transiuittunt cursu campos atque agmina cervi
Pulverulenta fuga glonierant montesque relinquunt. 155
At puer Ascanius mediis in vallibus aeri
Gaudet equo, ianique lios cursu, iam praeterit illos^
Spumaiitomque dari pccora inter inertia votis
Optat aprum, aut fulvum descendere monte leonem.
Interea uiagnt) niisceri murmure caelum 160
Incipit ; insoquitur conimixta grandine nimbus ;
136 seq. Cf. Sponsor {F. Q. I. IV. IG) : |^ 143 seq. Jnst as in I. 498 Dido *»
With princoly pace, /^n})are(l to Diana leading the choral
As faire Aurora, in hor purple pall, ; danoe, so here Aeneas is likened to
Out of tlie e:ust the dawnin*; day doth Apollo.
call, 144,147. Delum maternam, Cyn-
So forth she comes; her brightnes hrodc thi. Cf. TIT. 75 and note,
doth blaze. 155. Cf. I. 186, and note.
137. ChUimydem, 126.-138. Ex auro, 134.— 156. 846.-161. 246.
AENEIDOS LIB. IV.
229
Et Tyrii comites passim et Troiana iuventus
Dardaniusque uepos Veneris diversa per agros
Tecta metu petiere; ruunt de montibus amnes.
Speluncain Dido dux et Troiaiius eandem
Deveniunt. Prima et Tellus et pronuba luno
Dant signum; fulsere igiies et couscius aether
Conubiis, sumrnoque ulularunt vertice Njmphae.
Ille dies primus leti prim usque malorum
Causa fuit ; neque enim specie famave movetur
Nee iam furtivum Dido meditatur amorem;
Coniugium vocat ; hoc praetezit nomine culpani
165
170
165. Speluncazn. Cf. Ariosto {Orl.
Fur. XIX. 35) :
Haply, in cavern harboured, at mid-day,
Grateful as that to which Aeneas fled
With Dido, when the tempest raged
above.
The faithful witness to their secret love.
Dux TroianuB. A writer in the
Tattler (April 23, 1709) comments as fol-
lows upon this passage : " Virgil's com-
mon epithet to Aeneas is pins or pater,
I have therefore considered what passage
there is in any of his hero's actions,
where either of these appellations would
have been most improper, to see if I
could catch him at the same fault with
Homer [i. e. indiscriminate use of epi-
thet]. And this, I think, is his meeting
with Dido in the cave ; where pius Aeneas
would have been absurd, an d/?afer Aeneas
a burlesque. The poet, therefore, wisely
dropped them both for dux Troianns."
It seems, at first thought, entirely
probable that Vergil may have used
purposely dux Troianus instead of pius
or pater Aeneas. But out of sixty or
more uses of epithets of Aeneas, less
than half are pius and pater ; and of the
rest, there are few. if any, passages where
pius or pater could not have been used
with perfect propriety. Thus (VI. 55),
Aeneas is rex in the most pious of all
attitudes, that of prayer to Apollo.
Again in Hades (VI. 322), the Sibyl
addresses him only as Anchisd (jcnerate^
although she immediately follows it up
with the most pious of all epithets, dewn
certissima proles. The shade of Palinurus
calls him merely dux Anchisiade (VI.
348), although Aeneas had been truly
pater to him. And the Sibyl to Charon
says only Troius Aeneas (VI. 403),
though in the same line we have pietate
insifjnis. So, too, we find inyentem Aenean
(VI. 413), Laomedontius heroSj (VIII.
18), Trains heros (VIII. 530), Vir Tro-
iane (X. 598), ductor Dardanius (X. 602) ;
and his conduct in all of these instances
is entirely consistent with the strictest
piety. Thus, while we cannot accuse
Vergil of indiscriminate use of epithet,
it would surely appear that he had no
special purpose in using dux Troianus
instead of pius or pater in the above
mentioned })assage.
169. Cf. II. 97 and 169.
172. Culpam. Has this word the same
meaning here as in 1. 19 i
230
P. VERGILH MARONIS
Extemplo Libyae magnas it Fama per urb^,
Fama, malum qua non aliud velocius uUum ;
Mobilitate viget, viresque adquirit eundo ;
Parva metu primo; mox sese attoUit in auras,
Ingrediturque solo, et caput inter nubila condit.
Illam Terra parens, ira irritata deorum,
Extremara, ut perhibent^ Coeo Enceladoque sororem
Progenuit, pedibus celerem et pemicibus alis^
m
180
ia__the onl
I 173. The following description of
I Rumor is largely Vergil's own, he being
Vindebted to Homer only in small part.
/Homer's Rumor {II. II. 119) iaJiiit^wea '
/ personifift^i^Tir] \f\ Tint dtflfr^*^^ n^ p^
I while in the
I s^ffthess o
I mentiogfid-^. Vergil's lines, 176. 177, are
^a,J taken from Homer's description of Strife :
T Who rises small at first, but grows, and
I lifts
I Her head to heaven, and walks upon the
/ earth. — //. IV. 559.
The rest of the description is Vergil's
own. Imitation of this passage, in whole
or in part, has been attempted by many
poets :
For — good or bad — though from one
mouth it flows.
Fame to a boundless torrent quickly
grows.
Akiosto, Orl Fur. XXXII. 32.
'Tis thou, Columbus, in new zones and
skies.
That to the wind thy happy sails must
raise.
Till Fame shall scarce pursue thee with
her eyes,
Though she a thousand eyes and wings
displays. — Tasso, Ger. Lib. XV. 32.
There is a taU long-sided dame,
(But wond'rous light) ycleped Fame,
That like a thin cameleon boards
Herself on air, and eats her ¥roids;
Upon her shoulders wings she wean
Like hanging sleeves, lin'd through with
ears,
And eyes, and tongues, as poets list,
Made good by deep mythologist
Butler, Hud, IL L 4S.
In the following passage from Drydn
{Eleonora), we have the description d
the actual growth of rumor with no at-
tempt at personification :
As when some great and glorions mooiick
dies.
Soft whispers, first, and moamfnl nv*
murs rise
Among the sad attendants; then the
sound
Soon gathers voice, and spreads the nem
around,
Through town and country, till the
dreadful blast
Is blown to distant colonies a", last
Ovid {Met. XII. 39 seq.) lescribes the
house of Fame.
Throughout Vergil's description aw-
fully compare the figure with the ftict
179. Encelado. Cf. III. 578, note.
173. Famaj 237. — 174. Qua, 137.
AENEIDOS LIB. IV.
Monstnim horrendum, ingens, cui, quot sunt corpore plui
Tot vigiles oculi aubter, mirabile dictu.
Tot linguae, totidem ora sonant, tot subrigit aures.
Nocte volat caeii medio terraeque per umbram,
•Strideiis, nee dulci declinat liamina somno ;~
Luce sedet custos aut summi culmine tecti,
'I'urribus aut altis, et magnas territat urbes,
I'am ficti pravique tenax, quam nutitia veri.
Haec turn multiplici populos sermone replebat
Gaudens, et pariter facta atque infecta canebat :
Venisse Aenean, Troiano sanguine c return,
Cui se pulchra viro dignetur iungere Dido;
Nunc hieiuem inter se luxu, quam lotiga, fovere ■
Begnorum immemores turpique cupidine captos.
Haec passim dea foeda virdm diffundit in ora.
Protinus ad regem cursus detorquet liirbanj
Incenditque animum dictis atque aggsrat iras.
Hie Hammone satus, rapta Garamantide Nympha,
ISl. Cf.in.65S. Quotpluma
'BecMse she nees »11 thiogs aiid it
188. 8trlden»."RoBtlin{;."Cf. other ' Gaudet,
"M ot the same word. erei
189,190. Cam famaloqoax praeceasit
quae yens addere falsa
niiiimo sua per mendacii
j erescit. — Ovid, Mel. IX. 137.
I Yet not so swift, bat that light Fame,
i the post
' Of falsehood as of truth, flies far before.
, Tasso, G«r. 7.(7-. I. 81.
When history's pen its praise or blame'
supplies,
An^ lies like truth, and still most tiulv
lies. — liiHOs, inra, I.XI.
196. lEuban. Cf. 1. .16.
198, Hammone. Hainmon or Aiii-
shipped in Libya. For discussion upon Che
ilerivatiun of the n.inie, cf. Class. Die
188, f^etipraa^e, 89, — 192. Dignetur, 118.— liiBgerE,\Wi,
232
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Teinpla lovi centum latis immania regnis,
Centum aras posuit, vigilemque sacraverat ignem, aw
Excubias divAm aeteruas, pecudumque cruore
Pingue solum at variis florentia limina sertis.
Isque amens animi et rumore acceusus amaro
Dicitur ante aras media inter uumina div6in
Multa lovem manibus supplex orasse supinis : «»
luppiter omnipotens, cui nunc Maurusia pictis
Gens epulata toris Lenaeum libat bonorem,
Aspicis haec? an te, genitor, cum fulmiua torques,
Nequiquam horremus^ caecique in nubibus igues
Terrificant animos et inania murraura miscent ? 210
Femina, quae nostris errans in finibus urbem
Exiguam pretio posuit, cui litus arandum
Cuique loci leges dedimus, conubia nostra
Reppulit, ac dominum Aenean in regna recepit.
Et nunc ille Paris cum semiviro comitatu, il5
Maeonia mentum mitra crinemque madentem
Subnexus, rapto potitur; nos munera templis
Quippe tuis ferimus, famamque fovemus inanem !
207. Epulata — libat. So in I. 736,
the lil)atioii of wiue is made after the
feastiug is over aud the wine has been
brought on.
208. Note the bitter, almost impious
spirit which pervades this prayer.
212. Cf. I. 367, 368.
215-17. He despises Aeneas and his
followers for their effeminate dress ; and
considers Aeneas as no better than Paris,
since he is attempting to take another
man's bride. Cf. hid active Studies^ 72.
So Numanus Kemulus, in Aen. IX. 614,
taunts the Trojans for what he considers
their effeminate dress :
Vobis picta croco et falgenti marice
vestis ;
Desidiae cordi ; iuvat indnlgere choiw:
Et tunicae manicas, et habent redimidilB
mitrae.
PHRYGIAN CAP.
203. Animi, 90. — 212. Arandum^ 211.— 215. Parity 239.
V
AENEIDOS LIB. IV.
233
Talibus orantem dictis arasque tenentem
Audiit omnipotens^ oculosque ad moenia torsit
Begia et oblitos famae melioris amantes.
Turn sic Mercurium alloquitur ac talia mandat:
Vade age, nate, voca Zephyros et labere penuis,
Dardaniumque ducein, Tyria Karthagine qui uunc
Exspectat, fatisque datas non respicit urbes,
Alloquere, et celeres defer mea dicta per auras.
Non ilium nobis genetrix pulcherrima talem
Protnisit, Graiilmque ideo bis vindicat armis ;
Sed fore, qui gravidam imperiis belloque freraentein
Italiam regeret, genus alto a sanguine Teueri •
Proderet, ac totum sub leges mitteret orbem.
Si nulla accendit tantarum gloria rerum,
Nee super ipse sua molitur laude laborem,
Ascanione pater Eomanas invidet arces ?
Quid struit? aut qua spe inimica in gente moratur,
Nee prolem Ausoniam et Lavinia respicit arva?
Naviget: haec summa est; hie nostri nuntius esto.
Dixerat. Ille patris magni parere parabat
Imperio ; et primum pedibus talaria nectit
220
225
230
235
224, 225. The power of an absorbing
ission. Cf. Keats {Endymion, II.) :
sovereign power of love ! . . .
he woes of Troy, towers smothering o'er
their blaze,
tiff-holden shields, far-piercing spears,
keen blades,
truggling, and blood, and shrieks — all
dimly fades
ito some backward corner of the brain.
228. Ideo, i. e. to remain in Carthage
ad forget his tme mission.
Bis. Cf. I. 97 and note; and II. 619
jq.
231. Totum orbem. It was Home's
boast, in the time of the empire, that
she was absolute mistress of the world.
Here, as in many other places, we see
a delicate compliment to Augustus, the
poet's great patron.
238-245. Statius {Thebaic! , Pope's
translation) imitates this passage very
closelv :
The god obeys, and to his feet applies
Those golden wings that cut the yielding
skies.
His ample hat his beamy locks o'erapread,
And veil'd the starry glories of liis liead.
234. AscaniOf 97. — 237. Nostri^ 87.
F. VERGILII MAKONIS
A.iii%a, quae sublimem alls sive aeqnora supra
Seu terrain rapido pariter cum fiamine portantj
Turn vltBam capit — tiac animas ille evocat Oreo
Piillentes, alias sub Tartara tristia mittit,
Dat somnos adimitque, et lumiiia morte resignat; —
Ilia fretus agit ventos, et tnrbtda tranat
Nubila. lamque volaus apicein et latent ardua cernit
Atlantis duri, caelum qui vertice folcit,
Atlantis, cinctum assidue cui nubibus atris
Flnifertun caput et vento puUatur et imbri ;
Nix umeros infusa tegit ; turn flumina luento
Fraecipitant senis, et glaoie riget horrida barba.
Hie primum paribus riiteus CjUenius alis
He seized the wand that caoses sleep to
fly.
Or, in soft slumbers, seals the wakeful
That d
s tlie dead to daik Tartarean
Or back to life compels the wandering
ghosts.
Thus, through the parting clouds, the
Wings on the whistling winds his rapid
way.
Vergil's own description is in part taken
from Homer (//. XXIV. 432 seq.). In
Ovid, Mercury's wand is a, somnifera
virga [Met, I. 672), powerful enough to
put to sleep even the many-eyed and
sleepless Argus. Shelley IPromelhem
Unbound] thus heanCitully alludes to
Mercury ;
See where the child of Heaven, with
winged feet.
Runs down the slanted sunlight of the
847- AtlaaUo. In Homer and Ht
Atlas is never a monntaiu, but a ;
who upholds Che heavens upon his s
ders. He thus became a famons «st
meras mentioned by Vergil, Aen. L
q. V. and note. The summit of Mt. .
is 12,000 feet above the sea.
252. Cyllenlns, an epithet of
AENEIDOS LIB. IV.
235
Constitit ; hinc toto praeceps se corpore ad undas
Misit, avi siiflilis, quae circum litora, circum
PiscosoB scopulos humilis volat aequora iuxta.
Haud aliter terras inter caelumque volabat,
Lit us harenosnm Libyae ventosque secabat^
iMaterno veuiens ab avo Cyllenia proles. '
Ut primum alatis tetigit magalia plantis,
Aenean fundantem arces ac tecta novantem
Conspicit: atque illi stellatus iasjpide fulva
Ensis erat^ Tyrioque ardebat murice laena
Demissa ex umeris, dives quae muuera Dido
Fecerat et teuui telas discreverat auro.
Continuo invadit : 1^ nunc Karthaginis altae
Fuiidainenta locas, pulchramque uzorius urbem
Ei^truis ? heu regui rerumque oblite tuarum !
Ipse deftm tibi me claro demittit Oljmpo
Bregnator, caelum et terras qui numine torquet;
Ipse haec ferre iubet celeres mandata per auras :
Quid struis ? aut qua spe Libycis tens otia terris ?
255
260
265
270
ry, derived from Mt. Cylleue in Arca-
%, his birth-place.
253. Constitit. Cf. Shak. Hamlet,
I. IV. :
The herald Mercury
New-lighted on a heaven-kissing hill.
253, 254. This comparison is from
omer (Od.V. 63):
nd, lighting on Pieria, from the sky
langed downward to the deep, and
skimmed its face
ike hovering seamew, that on the broad
gulfs
f the unfruitful ocean seeks her prey.
268. Materno ab avo. It is thus
seen that in this and the preceding pas-
sage, Atlas is now mountain, now man.
He was the father of Maia, the mother
of Mercury.
259. Magalia. Cf. I. 421. In the
present passage, the meaning seems to
be the " suburbs of Carthage ; " wliile,
in the earlier passage, the use of quondam
would imply rude or temporary dwellings.
260-4. Aeneas would seem to have
forgotten utterly his heavenly mission,
and, lapped in the luxury of the beautiful
Dido's court, to be lost to all but the
passing hour.
259. Ut primum tetigit^ 187.
236
P. VERGILII MAROKIS
Si te nulla movet tantarum gloria rerum,
[Nee super ipse tua moliris laude laborem,]
Ascanium surgentem et spes heredis luli
Respice, cui regiium Italiae Romanaque tellus
Debentur. Tali Cyllenius ore locutus
Mortales visus medio sermone reliquit,
Et procul in tenupm ex oculis evanuit auram.
At vero Aeneas aspect u obmutuit amens^
Arrectaeque horrore comae, et vox faucibus haesit.
Ardet abire fuga dulcesque relinquere terras,
Attonitus tanto monitu imperioque deorum.
Heu quid agat ? quo nunc reginam ambire furentem
Audeat adfatu? quae prima exordia sumat?
Atque animum nunc hue celerem, nunc dividit illuc.
In partesque rapit varias perque omnia versat.
Haec alternanti potior sententia visa est :
Mnesthea Sergestumque vocat fortemque Serestum,
Classem aptent taciti sociosque ad litora cogant,
Arma parent, et, quae rebus sit causa novandis.
S75
280
285
290
272. Si te nulla movet, etc. C£.
Ariosto {Orl. Far. VII. 60) :
If thine own single honor move not thee,
And the high deeds which thou art caUed
to do,
Wherefore defraud thy fair posterity
Of what was oft predicted should ensue ?
279 seq. He starts like a guilty thing,
and at once he is all on fire to flee and to
leave the delights of this pleasant land.
285, 286. Repeated in VIII. 20, 21,
with the addition of the following beau-
tiful comparison :
Sicut aquae tremulum labris ubi lumen
aenis
Sole repercussum ant radiantis imagio^
Lunae
Omnia pervolitat late loca, iamqoe sob
auras
Erigitur summiqne ferit laquearia tccti.
Tennyson {Passing of Arthur) adapts
this passage :
He gazed so long
That both his eyes were dazzled as he
stood,
This way and that dividing the swift
mind,
In act to throw.
283, 284. Agat, audeat, sumat, 208. — 289. Aptent, leO,
AENEIDOS LIB. IV.
-j^ ^^ininleiit; sese interea, quando optima Dido
rp ^cint et taotos rumpi qoii speret amores,
r^ ^tatunim aditus, et quae mollissima fandi
-J, Hipora, quis rebus dexter modus. Ocius omues
^^perio laeti parent ac iussa facesaunt.
-At regiua dolos — quia fallere possit amantem?-
l^eaensit, motusque excepit prima futures,
^^tTinia tuta timens. Eadem impia Fama furenti
-•Jetulit armari classem cursumque parari.
*3}ievit inops animi, totamque iuceusa per urbera
teacchatur, quatis commotiB excita sacris
Thyias, ubi audito stlmulaiit tileteilca Baccho
Orgia nocturnusque voeat clamore Cithaeron.
Xaiidem his Aenean coinpellat vocibus ultro :
301. Bacchatur. Cf. III. 125
^^ommotLi ■acria. The sacred i<pear
*Ai)r<u» and also the image □£ Bacchus
-*^ carried in proceasion and violently
^Oa. Thjiaa. Any Bacchante.
Trieteiica oigia. The feetivn
Bacchna was celebrated unce in tl
years, at night {noclvrnus).
303. Cithaerot),ainoitDtaininB
tia, aacrtid to Bacchus.
The best and fullest description
these Bacchic orgies is to be fount
Catullus (I-XIV, 254-864):
Quae turn alacrea passim lyinphata mi
furebant
EuhoG bacchantes, euhoe capita in
Harnm pars tecta
thjrsQs,
Pars e divolso iactel.
qnatiebant
nt membra
...p,d.
Pars sese torti
Pars obscura
serp
Dtibus incingebant,
Orgia. quae fmstracapiuntaudireprofani
Plangebaiitaliaepcoceris tympana pal mil
Aut tercti teuuea tinnitus aere ciebant,
MulttsraucisonosefflabantcoinuabomhiN
Barbnraquehorribilistridebat tibia cantn
98. Naciat, 1
-S94. ^<iu5, 107. - 296. Po5ri1,^iOa,- Wfc. .
238 P. VERGILU MARONIS
Dissimulare etiam sperasti, peffide^ tantum 805
Posse lief as, tacitusque mea decedere terra?
Nee te noster amor, nee te data dextera qaoDdam,
Nee raoritura tenet crudeli fuuere Dido?
Quin etiam hiberiio moliris sidere classem,
Et mediis properas Aquilonibus ire per altum^ 8io
Crudelis? Quid? si iion arva alieiia domosque
Iguotas peteres, et Troia autiqua maiieret,
Troia per undosum peteretur classibus aequor ?
Mene fiigis? Per ego has lacrimas dextramque tuam te —
/ Quaiido aliud mihi iam miserae nitil ipsa reliqui — J 3i5
Per conubia nostra, per iriceptos hymenaeos.
Si bene quid de te merui, fuit aut tibi quicquam
Dulce meum, miserere domus labentis et istam,
Oro, si quis ad hue precibus locus, exue ment^m.
Te propter Libjcae gentes Nomadumque tyraiini S20
Odere, infensi Tyrii ; te propter euiidem
Exstinctus pudor et, qua sola sidera adibam,
Fama prior. Cui me moribundam deseris, hospes ?
Hoc solum nomen quoniam de coniuge restat.
Quid moror? an mea Pygmalion dum moenia frater 825
305 seq. Observe the varyiug tone of Let my last words to thee at least find
the different appeals of Dido. The tone I way,
of the present one is that of argument I say not kisses ; these sweet gifts from
and passionate entreaty mingled with thee
reproach. i Some worthier favorite may receive,—
Cf. Tasso {Ger. Lib. XVI. 40) : ' delay
Madly she cries : " O cruel fugitive ! Thy flight, unkind ! what dost then few
That bear'st with thee my dearer half from me ?
away, , Thou canst as well refuse, when Uioo
Either take this, or that restore, or give hast ceased to flee."
Death to them both together; stay,
O stay ! i
312-13. Peteres ^peteretur, 107.
AENEIDOS LIB. IV.
239
Destruat^ aut captain ducmt Gaetulus larbas?
Saltern si qua mihi de te suscepta fuisset
Ante fugam suboles, si quis mihi parvulus aula
Luderet Aeneas, qui te tamen ore referret,
Non equidem omnino capta ac deserta viderer. 330
Dixerat. Ille lovis monitis immota tenebat
Luraiua, et obnizus euram sub corde premebat.
Tandem pauca refert : Ego te, quae plurima fando
Enumerare vales, numquam, Begina, negabo
Promeritam; nec me meminisse pigebit Elissae, 335
Dum memor ipse mei, dum spiritus hos regit artus.
Pro re pauca loquar. Neque ego banc abscond^re furto
Speravi — ne finge — fugam, nec coniugis umquam
Praetendi taedas, aut haec in foedera veni.
Me si fata meis paterentur ducere vitam 340
Auspiciis et sponte mea componere curas,
Urbem Troianam primum dulcesque meorum
fteliquias colerem, Priami tecta alta manerent,
^t recidiva manu posuissem Pergama victis..
Sed nunc Italiam magnam Gryneus Apollo, 345
Italiam Lyciae iussere capessere sortes;
Hie amor, tiaec patria est. Si te Karthaginis arces,
Phoenissam, Libycaeque aspectus detinet urbis,
Quae tandem, Ausonia Teucros considere terra,
Invidia est? Et nos fas extera quaerere regna. 350
331-361. His purpose is fixed; and
t aU the heart-melting entreaties of
3 beautiful queen (11. 305-330), or the
rce fires of her resentment (U. 365-
7 ) ; and not all her fair sister's added
treaties (11. 416-436), could move him
from his unalterable purpose to yield
to the decrees of fate. To all entreaties
and arguments, he has but one answer, —
" Cease to torment thyself and me with
thy complaints. I seek not Itialy of my
own free win " (360,361).
326.. Dettntatf 186. -- 329. Luderet — viderer, 197. — 329. Referretf 174.
335. Meminisse, 159.
240 P- VERGILII MARONIS
Me patris Anchisae, quotieiis umeiitibus umbris
Xox opcrit terras, quotiens astra ignea surgunt,
Adinouet in somnis et turbida terret imago ;
Me puer Ascaiiius capitisque iniuria can,
Quem regno Hesperiae fraudo et &talibiis arvis. 8M •
Nunc etiam interpres divAm, love missas ab ipso —
Testor utruraque caput, — celeres mandata per auras
Detulitj ipse deura manifesto in lumine vidi
Intrantein muros, vocemque his auribns hausi.
Desine meque tuis inceudere teque querelis; 360
Italiam non sponte sequor.
Talia dicentem iamdudum aversa tuetur.
Hue illuc volvens oculos, totumque pererrat
Luminibus tacitis, et sic accensa profatur :
Nee tibi diva parens, generis nee Dardanus auctor^ 365
Perfide; sed duris genuit te cautibus liorrens
Caucasus, Hyrcanaeque admorunt ubera tigres.
Nam quid dissimulo ? aut quae me ad maiora reservo ?
366. Genuit Caucasus, etc. Cf. ; Thee no Sophia bore, no Azzo gave
Homer (//. XVI. 42) : ' Blood for thy being! thy fierce parents
O merciless ! it cannot surely be were
That Peleiis was thy father, or the queen The icy Caucasus, the mad searwave,
Thetis thy mother; the green sea instead vSomc Indian tiger or Hyrcanian bear!
And rugged precipices brought thee forth. Why should I longer fawn ? did the man
For savage is thy heart. e'er
Non gonetrix Europa tibi est, sed inhos- Show but one sign of warm Immaoity 1
pita Syrtis, Changed he his color at my sharp de-
Armeiiiae tigres austroque agitata Cha- spair?
rybdis. — Ovid, Met. VIII. 120. Did he but dash one tear-drop from bin
Quaf;nam te genuit sola sub rupe Icacna ? eye ?
Quod mare cr)nceptum spumantibus ex- Or breathe for all my pangs a singfe
spuit undis ? suffering sigh ?
Quae Syrtis, (luaeScyllarapax, quae vasta Tasso Ger Lib XVI 57
Charybdis? I * ^lo.j^yi. .
Catullus, LXIV. 154. ■
352. Opertt, 184. — 355. Regno, 131.
AENEIDOS LIB. IV.
TSum fletu ingemuit nostro? num lumina flezit?
Num lacrimaa victus dedit, ant miseratus amantem est?
Quae quibus anteferam ? lam iam nee maxima luno,
Nee Saturnius haec ocalis pater aspicit acquis.
Nusquam tuta fides. Eiectum litore, egentem
Excepi et regni demens iu parte locavi ;
Amissam clasaem, socios a morte reduxi.
Heu funis incensa feror ! Nunc augur Apollo,
Nunc Ljciae sort«s, nunc et love missus ab ipso
Interpres div&m fert horrida iuasa pet auraa.
Scilicet is Superis labor est, ea cura quietos
Sollicitat. Neque te teneo, neque dicta refello ;
I, sequere Italiam ventis, pef« regna per undas.
Spero equidem mediis, si quid pia numina possunt,
Snpplicia hausurum scopulis, et nomine Dido
Saepe vocaturum. Sequar atris ignibus absens.
370. Nam lacrimaa dedit? Cf.
370-78. Apollo — interprea. She
■nocks his excase that the gods have
wacDed hira (34S, 356), and with fine
irony rejects it (379, 380).
363. Supplloia hananm)
inf^lj in reference to death by drowning.
thfi jnoK dreaded death to the ancient,
becBDse it pwrented the performance of
the fnaeral rites upon the dead body
(cf. 1. 620). So PalinntuB, having been
drowned and Dobaried, wbs unable to
cross the Stys (VI. 374} :
384. Atria Ignibna. Id life she will
become one of the Fnriea aad pursue
him ; and in death her spirit will haunt
3T0. Amantem, 110.-379. :
1.-382, Qu;il,\1.-V.
242
P. VERGILU MARONIS
Et^ cum frigida mors anima seduzerit artos^
Omnibus umbra locis adero. Dabis, improbe, poenas.
Audiam, et haec Manes veiiiet mihi fama sub imoa.
His medium dictis sermonem abrumpit, et auras
Aegra fugit, seque ex oculis avertit et aufert^
Linquens multa metu cunctantem et multa parantem
Dicere. Suscipiuiit famulae, collapsaque membra
Marmoreo referuut thalamo stratisque reponunt.
At pius Aeneas, quamquam lenire dolentem
Solando cupit et dictis avertere curas,
Multa gemens magnoque animum labefactus amore,
lussa tamen divftni exsequitur classemque revisit.
Tum vero Teucri incumbunt, et litore celsas
Deducunt toto naves. Natat uncta carina,
Frondentesque ferunt remos et robora silvis
Infabricata, fugae studio.
Migrantes cernas, totaque ex urbe ruentes.
Ac velut ingentem formicae farris acervum
Cum populant, hiemis memores, tcctoque reponunt;
It nigrum campis agmen, praedamque per herbas
Convectant calle angusto ; pars grandia tnidttnt
Obnixae frumenta umeris; pars agmina cogunt
Castigantque moras; opere omnis semita fervet.
Quis tibi tum, Dido, ccrnenti talia sensus?
Quosve dabas gemitus, cum litora f(»rvere late
Prospiceres arce ex summa, totumque videres
Misceri an^ oculos tautis clamoribus aequor?
890
895
400
405
410
398. Deducunt. Cf. III. 135, note.
399. Cf. I. 552. What thought is
implied in frondentes and infahricotaf
402 seq. In I. 430-35, it was the bees
which famished the example of bus? oi*
terprise ; here the poet draws a comp■^
ison with the equally busy ant. Comptn
these two figures in aU tlieir parts.
401. Cernas, 209.
AENEIDOS LIB. IV.
243
Improbe amor, quid non mortalia pectora cogis?
Ire iterum in lacrimas, iterum tentare precando
Cogitur, et supplex animos submittere araori,
Ne quid inezpertum frustra inoritura relinquat.
Anna, vides toto properari litore : circum
Undique convenere; vocat iain carbasus auras,
Puppibus et laeti nautae imposuere, coronas.
Hunc ego si potui tantum sperare dolorem,
Et perferre, soror, potero. Miserae hoc taraen unum
Exsequere, Anna, mihi — solam nam perfidus ille
Te colere, arcanos etiam tibi credere sensus;
Sola viri molles aditus et tempora noras : —
I, soror, atque hostem supplex adfare superbum :
Nou ego cum Danais Troianam exscindere gentem
Aulide iuravi, classemve ad Pergama misi,
Nee patris Anchisae cinerem Manesve revelli.
Cur mea dicta neget duras demittere in aures.
Quo ruit? Extremum hoc miserae det munus amanti:
Exspectet facilemque fugam ventosque ferentes.
Non iam coniugium antiquum, quod prodidit, oro,
Nee pulchro ut Latio careat regiiumque relinquat;
Tempus inane peto, requiem spatiumque furori,
415
420
425
430
412. Improbe amor, etc. Cf. ITT. 56.
418. Coronas. " This was a custom
f sailors when setting sail and when
oming to land, in token of joy. Cf . Geo,
.303:
Jen pressae cum iam portum tetigere
carinae,
^ppibus et laeti nautae imposuere
coronas.
They placed the crowns upon the stem
particularly, because in that part of the
vessel was the shrine." — Ruaeus.
426. Aulide. The Greeks had as
sembled at Aulis, on the coast of Boeo-
tia, before setting out against Troy. Cf .
II. 116 and note.
433. Tempus inane peto. Thus
does human nature shrink from present
pain, even though conscious that it must
come sooner or later.
419, 8% potui — poteroy 199. — 422. Colere ^credere, 167. — 428. Neget, 168.—
433. Requiem spatiumque, 223.
244
P. VERGILH MARONIS
Dum mea me victam doceat fortuna dolere.
Extremam hauc oro veniam — miserere sororis; —
Quara mihi cum dederis, cumulatam morte remittam.
Talibus orabat, talesque miserrima fletus
Fertque refertque soror. Sed nullis ille movetur
Fletibus, aut voces ullas tractabilis audit;
Fata obstant, placidasque viri deus obstruit aures.
Ac velut annoso validam cum robore quercum
Alpini Boreae nunc liinc nunc flatibua illinc
Eruere inter se certant; it stridor, et altae
Consternuut terram concusso stipite frondes;
Ipsa haeret scopulis, et, quantum vertice ad auras
Aetherias, tantum radice in Tartara tendit :
Hand secus assiduis hinc atque hinc vocibus heros
Tunditur, et magno persentit pectore curasj
Mens immota manet; lacrimae volvuntur inaaes.
Tum vero infelix fatis exterrita Dido
Mortem orat; taedet caeli convexa tueri.
Quo magis inceptum peragat lucemque relinquat,
Vidit, turicremis cum dona imponeret aris —
Horrendum dictu — latices nigrescere sacros,
Fusaque in obscenum se vertere vina cruorem.
Hoc visum nuUi, non ipsi effata sorori.
Praeterea fuit in tectis de m arm ore templum
435
440
445
450
455
442, 443. Note here the admirable
adaptation of the sound to the sense.
445, 446. Cf. Dryden [Ekonoro, 93) :
And lofty cedars as far upward shoot,
As to the nether heavens they drive the
root.
And Wordsworth (Resolution and In-
dependence) :
As high as we have rooanted in delight,
In our dejection do we sink as low.
450-455. Her reason is becoming no-
settled, and she is being driven on to
madness by some higher power; for soch
is the purpose of the fates as ezpireMd
in line 452.
434. Doceat, 186.-— 451. Tueri, 159. — 452. Pera^o/, 191. — 453. Tmpontr^i^VBL
— 457. De mannore, 134.
1
.s: ... .:
AENEIDOS LIB. IV.
v
245
Coniugis antiqui, miro quod honore colebat,
Velleribus niveis et festa fronde revinctum: v
Hinc exaudiri voces et verba vocantis
Yisa viri, nox cuin terras obscura teneret;
Solaque culininibus ferali carmine bubo
Saepe queri et longas iu fletum ducere voces;
Multaque praeterea vatura praedicta priorum
Terribili monitu horrificant. Agit ipse furentem
In somnis ferus Aeneas; semperque relinqui
Sola sibi, semper Ipngam incomitata videtur
Ire 'viam et Tyrios deserta quaerere terra.
Eumenidum veluti demeus videt agmina Peutheus,
Et solem geminum et duplices se ostendere Thebas;
Aut Agamemnouius scaenis agitatus Orestes
460
465
470
462. Ferali carmine bubo. The
owl, according to the conventional idea
of the classics, was a bird of iU omeu.
Eumenides stravere torum, tectoque pro-
fanus
Incnbuit babo thalamiqae in culmine
sedit. — Ovii>, Met. VI. 431.
Owl or crow,
Or other bird ill-omened, which from
tower
Or tree croaks future evil.
Ariosto, Orl. Fur. XIV. 27.
«
On top whereof ay dwelt the ghastly owle,
Shrieking his balefuU note.
Spenser, F. Q. I. IX. 33.
The obscure bird
Clamored the livelong night.
Shakspeare, Macbeth, II. III.
The tremulous sob of the complaining owl.
Wordsworth, Evening Walk.
466. Semper relinqui sola, etc.
This dream of a long lonely wandering
was probably suggested by Ilia's dream
iu Ennius, Annals.
Nam me visus homo pulcher per amoena
salicta
Et ripas raptare locosque novos : ita sola
Postilla, germana soror, errare videbar
Tardac^ue vestigare et quaerere te, neque
posse
Corde capessere: semita nulla pedem
stabilibat.
469-73. Vergil here appeals to the
familiarity of his readers with the master-
pieces of the Greek drama. Con. cites
the double vision of Pentheus from Euri-
pides ( Bncchae, 916). Pentlieus had been
driven mad and was pursued by the
Furies for his opposition to the rites of
Bacchus.
471. Orestes. Cf. III. 331 and note.
468. Viam, 111.
246 P. VERGILII MARONIS
Armatam facibus raatrein et serpentibus atris . i
Cum fugit, ultricesque sedent in limine Dirae.
Ergo ubi coiicepit fiirias evicia doTore
Decrevitque mori, tempus secum ipsa modumque 475
Exigit, et, maestam dictis aggressa sororem.
Consilium vultu tegit ac spem fronte serenat:
Inveni, germana, viam — gratare sorori, —
Quae mihi reddat eum, vel eo me solvat amantem.
Oceani finem iuxta solemque cadentem M
Ultimus Aethiopum locus est, ubi maximus Atlas
Axe\n uraero torquet stellis ardentibus aptum :
Hinc mihi Massylae gentis monstrata sacerdos,
Hesperidum templi custos, epulasque draconi '
Quae dabat et sacros servabat in arbore ramos, " 485
Spargens umida mella soporiferumque papaver.
Haec se carminibus promittit solvere mentes^
Quas velit, ast aliis duras immittere curas;
Sistere aquam fluviis, et vertere sidera retro;
Nocturnosque ciet Manes; mugire videbis 490
Sub pedibus terram, et descendere moutibus onios.
Testor, cara, deos et te, germana, tuumque ^-
Dulce caput, magicas invitam accingier artes.
Tu secreta pyram tecto interiore sub auras
Erige, et aruia viri, thalarno quae fixa reliquit 495
Impius, exuviasque omnes, lectunlque iugalera.
Quo perii, superimponas : abolere nefandi
Cuncta viri monumenta iuvat, monstratque sacerdos.
Ilacc efFata silet; pallor simul occupat ora.
481. Atlas. Cf 247, note.
478. Sorori, 99. - 470. Reddat, 176. - 40;j. Accingier, 215, 218.
497. Superimponas, 205.
AENEIUOS LIB. IV.
Nou tamen Anna novis praetexere fuuera sacris
Germanam credit, nee tantos mente furores
Concipit, aat graviora timet, quaui morte Sychaei.
Ergo iussa parat.
At cegiiia, pjra penetraliin'sede sub aums
Er^ta mgenti'"tae(3is atque llioa seeta,
Intenditque locum sertis et froode coronat
Fnnerea; super exuvias en^emque relictum
Effigiemqae toro locat, baud ignara futuri.
Stant arae circum, et criues effusa aacerdos
Ter cetitum tonat ore deos, Erebumqu& Chaosque
Tefg«mlnanique tiecatea, tria virgiuis <6ra Bianae.
Sparserat et latices eimulatos fontis Avemi,
Ealcibus et messae a(t mnam quaeruiitur aenis
60e, ESaaa. Cf. III. 370. note.
510. Ter OBntnm. A definite nam
ser foi a lai^e intlefiuite number.
611. Tetgeminam Hecaten — tri:
3ra Dlanae. The three-formed goddess
— Luna in heavon, Diana on enrth,
Hecate in Hades. This goddess is very
frequentlj' referred to. Thn» Horace
(Ode>. III. XXII. 4), "diva triformis."
And Ariosto fOrl. Fur. XVIII. 184) :
Oh holy goddess ! whom oar fathers well
Have styled as of a triple form, and who
Thy sovereign beauty dost in heaven,
and hell,
And earth, In raany forms reveal.
Chaui-er [Knighfa Tale, 2314) has :
Kow helpe me, lady, sythnes j-e may
and kan,
For the thre formes that thon hast in the.
This goddess is worsliijipeil where three
roads meet. Cf. Am. IV. 609; VI. 13.
812. With whole description of magic
;b compai
• Eel- Vllf.
ta- The sacred metal. Cf.
incieal Eome In the L!ght of
orerifs): "Early Romtin re-
9 show such an abhorrence
( we may infer from it that
248
P. VKRGILII MARONIS
Pubentes herbae nigri cum lacte veiieni;
Quaeritur et nascentis equi de fronte revulsus
Et matri praereptus amor.
Ipsa mola manibusque piis altaria iuxta^
Unura exuta pedem vinclis, in veste recincta^
Testatur moritura deos et conscia fati ~ ,
Sidera; tum, si quod iion aequo foedere anc^autes
Curae nuraen habet iustumque memorque, precatur.
Nox erat, et placidum carpebaut fessa soporem *■
515
520
iron was regarded as a profane innova-
tion, as a material which could not be
substituted for the venerable brass uten-
sils without offence to the gods."
516. Amor. **A love charm." The
ancients believed that foals were bom
with tubercles on their foreheads, which
were bitten off by their dams ; and that
if the tubercle was previously removed in
any other way (as is here supposed to be
the case), the dam refused to rear. the foal.
The name given to this flesh was hippo-
manes, and it was supposed to act as a
philtre. Cf. Pliny I. 8, 42 : Censeut equis
iunasci amoris veneficium, hippomanes
appellatuin in fronte, caricae magnitudine,
colore nigro : quod statim edito partu de-
Yorat foeta; aut partum ad ubera uon
admittit, si quis pracreptum habeat.
617. Ipsa. Dido, as contrasted with
the priestess who has performed all the
acts mentioned above. Dido's share in
the magic rites is next narr.ited.
518. Unum ezuta pedem vinclis,
i. e. with one foot loosed from the sandal.
Cf. Horace {Sat. I. VIII. 23) where both
the feet are bare ;
Vidi egomet nigra succinctam vadere
palla
Canidiam pedibus nudis passoque capillo.
In veste recincta. Compare with
this whole passage Ovid's description of
Medea (Met. VII. 180-185) :
Fostquam plenissima fulsit
Ac solida terras spectavit imagiue lona,
Egreditur tectis vestes indnta recinctas,
Nuda pedem, nudes ameros infusa
capillis,
Fertque vagos mediae per mnta sQentia
noctis
Incomitata gradns.
522. Nox erat, etc. The silence and
the rest of all creatures, each in its own
sphere, are in striking contrast to tbe
unhappy restlessness of the fate-stricken
Dido. A close imitation of this contnst
mav be found in Ariosto (OH. Fur.
VIII. 79) :
Already everywhere, with dne repose,
Creatures restored their weary spirits;
laid
These upon stones and upon feathers
those,
Or greensward, in the beech or myrtle's
shade ;
But scarcely did thine eyes, Orlando,
close,
So on thy mind tormenting Amciei
preyed.
616. Mntn, 101 — 518. Perfew, 115. — 522-528. 246.
AENEIDOS LIB. IV.
249
Corpora per terras, silvaeque et saeva quierant
Aequora, cum medio volvuutur sidera lapsu,
Cum tacet omnis ager, pecudes pictaeque volucres,
Quaeque lacus late liquidos^ quaeque aspera dumis
Eura teuent^ somuo positae sub nocte silenti
[Lenibaut curas, et corda oblita laborum.]
At non infelix animi Phoenissa, nee umquam
Solvitur in somnos, oculisve aut pectore noctem
Accipit : iugeminant curae, rursusque resurgens
Saevit amor, magnoque irarum fluctuat aestu.
Sic adeo insistit, secumque ita corde volutat:
En, quid ago? Borsusne procos irrisa priores
Experiar, Nomadumque petam conubia supplex,
Quos ego sim totiens iam dedignata maritos ?
Iliacas igitur classes atque ultima Teucrflm
lussa. sequar? quiane auxilio.iu vat 'ante tevatos,
Et bene apud memoi:es veteiis stat gratia facti?
Quis me autem^-fae velle — 'Sinet, ratibusve superbis
Invisam accipiet? nescis heu, perdita, necdum
Laomedonteae sentis periuria gentis?
Quid turn ? Sola fuga nautas comitabor ovautes ?
525
530
535
540
Cf . also Tasso's description of a quiet
night {Ger. Lib. IT. 96):
'T is eve ; 't is night ; a holy quiet broods
O'er the mute world — winds, waters are
at peace ;
The beasts lie couch 'd amid unstirring
woods,
The fishes slumber in the sounds and
seas;
No twitt'ring bird sings fareweU from
the trees.
Hush'd is the dragon's cry, the lion's
roar ;
Beneath her glooms a glad oblivion frees
The heart from care, its wearv labors
o'er,
Carrying divine repose and sweetness to
its core.
531 seq. Notice in this passage the
different words which picture her passion
as a stormy sea, — resurgens, saevit , Jluc-
tuat, aestu.
629. Animi, 90. —636. Bim dedignata, 177. — 538. Quia iuvat, 188. — 540. Velle, 166.
—542. Laomedonteae^ 63.
250 P. VERGILH MARONIS
. An Tyriis omnique manu stipata raeorum
Inferar, et, quos Sidonia vix urbe revelli, 545
Rursus agam pelago, et veiitis dare vela iubebo ?
Quin mbrere, ut inerita es, ferroque averte dblorem.
Tu lacrimis evicta meis, .tu prima fureutem
His, germana, malis onerasiatque obicis hosti.
Non licuit thalarai expertem sine crimine vitam 550
Degere, more ferae, tales nee tangere curas !
Non servata fides, cineri promissa Sychaeo !
Tantos ilia suo ruinpebat pectore questus.
Aeneas celsa in puppi, iam certus eundi,
Carpebat soranos, rebus iam rite paratis. 555
Huic se forma dei vultu redeuntis eodem
Obtulit in somnis, rursusque ita visa monere est.
Omnia Mercurio similis, vocemque coloremque
Et crines flavos et membra decora iuventa:
Nate dea, potes hoc sub casu ducere somnos, 560
Nee, quae te circura stent deinde pericula, cernis,
Demens, nee Zephyros audis spirare secundos?
Ilia dolos dirumque nefas in pectore versat,
Certa mori, varioque irarutn fluctuat aestii.*
Non fugis hinc praeceps, dum praecipitare potestas? 665
Iam mare turbari trabibus, saevasque videbis
Collucere faces, iam fervere litora flam mis,
Si te his attigerit terns Aurora morantem.^ . '
Eia age, rumpe moras. Yarium et mutabile semper
Femina. Sic fatus nocti se immiscuit atrae/ 570
Tum vero Aeneas, subitis exterritus umbris,
Corripit e somno corpus sociosque fatigat:
Praecipites vigilate, viri, et considite transtris ;
Solvite vela citi ! Deus aethere missus ab alto
5b0, Tkalami, 88. — 568. Omnia, 114. — 564. Mori, 163. — 570. Nocti^ 130i
.1
AENEIDOS LIB. IV.
Festinare fugam tortosque incidere funes
Ecce iteruin stimulat. Sequimur te, sancte ^eorum,
Quisquis es, imperioque iterum paremus ovantes^ /
Adsis o *placidusque ' luv^s, et sidera caelo
Uefxtra feras. Dixit, vaginaque eripit ensem
Fulmineum, stlictoque ferit retinacula ferro.
Idem omnes simul ardor iiabet, rapiuntque ruuntque;
Litora deseruere; Jatet sub classibus aequor;
Adnixi torquent spumas et caerula verriinll
Et iam prima novo sjiatgebat .lumine terras
Tithoni croceum linqiien^ Aurora cubile.
251
575
580
585
582. Deseruere. The instantaneoas
perfect. Cf. incuftucre (I. 84). The action
is so rapid that it is past e'er it is well
begun.
583. A favorite line with Vergil.
584. Cf. III. 521, 589.
585. Tithoni — Aurora. Cf. Induc-
tive StudieSy 64. Morning, with the poets,
is a theme always fresh and beautiful.
It is a noticeable fact that the older poets
follow the conventional lines of descrip-
tion, while the modern poets follow
nature, entirely apart from myth.
It was the hour Aurora gay before
The rising, sun her yellow hair extends
(His orb as yet half-seen, half-hid from
sight)
Not without stirring jealous Tithon's
spite.
Ariosto, Orl. Fur. XI. 32.
The odorous air, morn's messenger, now
spread
Its wings to herald, in serenest skies,
Aurora issuing forth, her radiant head
Adom'd with roses pluck'd in Paradise.
Tasso, Ger. Lib. III. 1.
Compare with these rather stale and
stilted descriptions the natural and spon-
taneous descriptions of our modern poets.
All things that love the sun are out of
doors ;
The sky rejoices in the morning's birth ;
The grass is bright with rain-drops; on
the moors
The hare is running races in her mirth ;
And with her feet she from the plashy
earth
Raises a mist; which, glittering in the
sun.
Buns with her all the way, wherever she
doth run.
Wordsworth, Resolution and
Independence.
Day!
Faster and more fast,
O'or night's brim, day boils at last ;
Boils, pure gold, o'er the cloud-cup's brim
Where spurting and supprest it lay —
For not a froth-flake touched the rim
Of yonder gap in the solid gray
Of the eastern cloud, an hour away ;
576. Deoi-um, 84.
252
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Eegiua e speculis ut primuui albescere lucem
Vidit et aequatis classem procedere velis,
Litoraque et vacuos sensit siiie remige portus^
Terque quaterque raaim pectus pereussa decorum^
Flaventesque abscissa comas^ Pro luppiter! ibit 590
Hie, ait, et nostris illuserit advena regnis ?
Noil arma expedient, totaque ex urbe sequentur,
Deripientque rates alii navalibus? Ite,
Ferte citi flamraas, date tela, impellite remos ! —
Quid loquor? aut ubi sum? Quae mentem insania mutat?
Infelix Dido ! nunc te facta iinpia taugunt ? ' 596
Turn decuit, cum sceptra '3alJaS/— En dextra fidesque^
Quern secum patrios aiuiit portare Penates,.
Quem subiisse umeris confectum aetate pareiitem !
Non potui abreptum divellere corpus et undis 600
Spargere ? non socios, non ipsuni absumere ferro
Ascanium, patriisque epulandum ponere mensis? —
Verum anceps pugnae fuerat fortuna. — Fuisset;
Quem metui moritura? Faces in castra tulissem^
Implessemque foros flammis, natumque patremque 605
Cum genere exstinxem, memet super ipsa dedissem. —
Sol, qui terrarum flammis opera omnia lustras^
But forth one wavelet, then another,
curled,
Rose, reddened, and its seething breast
Flickered in hounds, grew gold, then
overflowed the world.
Brownixg, Pippa Passes.
586. Regina e speculis, etc.
So to Eliza dawned that cruel dav
That tore Aeneas from her sight away,
That saw him parting neyer*^ vetarn,
Herself in funeral flames decreed to bnm.
Falconer, Shipwfreekt III
590. Compare with this lament that of
Ariadne on being deserted by Theflew
(Catullus, LXIV. 132 seq.).
595. She herself realizes that she ia
going mad.
589. Pectus^ 115.— 690. Comaa, 115. —603-606. Fuerat —fuisset — tulissem —
— dedissem, 209.
AENEIDOS LIB. IV.
Tuque harum iaterpres curarum et conscia luno,
Nocturnisque Hecate trlviift ululata per urbes,
Et Dirae ultrices, et di morientis Elissae,
Accipite baec, fuerituiiique lualis advertite numen,
Et nostras audits preces. Si tatigere [tortus
Infandum caput ac terris adnare necesse est,
Et sic fata lovis po^cuiit, hie terminus haeret;
At bello audacis popnli vexatus et armis,
Fiuibus extoiris, complexu ^viiWus'luli,
Auxilium imploret, videatmie iodigna suorum ^
Fuuera ; nee, cum se sub Tegea pacis iniqiiae ''' ■' '
Tradiderit, regno aut optata luce frpatur^
Sad cadat ante diem mediaque irth'umatas harena. ^ ,.
Haec precor, banc vocem extremam cum sanguine ifundo;
Turn vos, o Tyrii, stirpem et genus omne futurum
Exercete odiis, cinerique haec mittite nostro
eis-es9. s
lis descendaatB with a
ihe ptajB (I) thai he maj n
opposition from the peoples in Italv; '
(2) that ha may be compelled to seek aid
from tlie Greek Rvander; (3) that he
may l>ehold the death of many of liig
friends, (4) that he may have to make
diaadvantBgeous terms of peace; (5) that
he may die an nutimely death by drown-
ing, (6) that the Tyrjaos may hold the
whole future race of Trojann (Romajis)
in bitter Ltt red ; (7) that some champion
may arise from her aBhcs to avenge her
wroDgii u|ion Aeneas' dcBcendants, Ac-
cording to tradition in part and authentio
history in part, this corse was fnllllk'd
ia every particular.
620. InhumatuB. Cf. 1 363.
623. Cinerl haeo mittite, etc Cf.
Campbell (Geiirude of Wyoming, 1.36):
And I will teach thee in the battle's
254
P. VERGILn MARONIS
.1
Munera. Nullus amor populis, nee foedera sunto.
'Exoriare aliquis nostris ex ossibus ultor, -^
Qui face Dardanios ferroque sequare colonos, *-#
Nunc, olim, quocumque dabunt se tempore vire^^'^
Litora litoribus contraria, fluctibus undas
Imprecor, arma armis ; puguent ipsique nepotesque !
Haec ait, et partes animum versabat in omnes,
Invisam quaerens quam primum abrumpere lucem.
Tum breviter Barcen nutricem adfata Sychaei;
Namque suami^patria antiqua cinis ater habebat :
Annara cara mihi nutrix hue siste sprorenti
Die corpus properet fluviali sparg«:e lympha,
Et pecudes seeum et monstrata pracuia^tiuea^ /•/:
Sie veniat; tuque ipsa pia tege rempoi^ vittlu "^
Sacra lovi Stygio, quae rite incepta paravi,
Perficere est animus, finemque imponere euris,
Dardaniique[r0gum capitis permittere flammae.
Sic ait. Ilia epra'dum studio ^celerabat anili.
At trepida, et eoeplis immanibus efifera Dido,
Sanguineam volvens aciem, maeulisque trementes
Interfusa genas^ et pallida morte futura,
Interiora domus irrujnpit limina, et altos
Conscendit toibnnda rogos, enseinjqug reeludit
Dardaniura, non hos quaesitum itiinus in usus. -
Hie, postquam Iliacas vestes noturaque eubite
Conspexit, paulym lacrimis et monte morata,
Iiicubuitque loro, dixitque novissima verba :
625
6S0
635
640
645
650
To pay with Huron blood thy father's
scars,
And gratulate his soul rejoicing in the
stars !
641 Ilia, etc. A tonch tme to Datait^
She hastens off with an old womai'^
officious zeal. Horace (A. P. 116) btf
sedula nutrix.
625. Exorinre, 206. - 635. Properet, 169.-644. Genas^ 114,
AENEIDOS LIB. IV. 255
Dulces exuviae, dum fata deusque sinebat,
Accipite haiic aniinam, ineque his exsolvite quris. /
Vixi, et, quern dederat cursiitn fortuna, perqgf; "" '^'
Et nunc maffn^ mei sub terras ibit iraago!"^^*^*^
^Urbem. nr^cTaram statui; mea moenia vidi; 655
*^ Urta vifum, poenas inimico a fratre recepi ;
Felix, heu nimium felix, si litora tantum
Numquam Dardaniae tetigissent nostra carinae!
Dixit, et, OS impressa toro, Moriemur inultae?
Sed moriamur, ait. Sic, sic iuvat ire sub umbras. 660
Hauriat hunc oculis ignera crudely ab alto
Dardanus, et nostrae secum ferat omiria mortis.
Dixerat ; atque illam media inter talia^ ferro
CoUapsara aspiciiu^t cpmites, ensernque cruore
Spumantem, sparsasque manus. It clamor ad alta 665
Atria; concussam baccliatur Fama per urbem.
LamentiB gemituque et femineo ululatu,
Tecta fremunt; resonat magnis plangoribrfe aether. *
Non aliter, quam si immissis ruat hostibus omnis
Karthago aut antiqua Tyros, flammaeque furentes 670
CmiAiim'Tperque hominum volvantur perque deorum.
Audiit/: exanimis, trepidoque exterrita cursu.,/
UnguibuB ora soror loedans et pectora piignib
Per medios ruit, ac morientem nomine clamat :
/^Hpc illud, germana, fuit? me fraude petebas? 675
V Hoc rogus iste mihi, hoc ignes araeque parabant ?
Quid primum deserta querar? comitemne sororcm
Sprevisia jnoriens? Eadem me ad fata voqasses:
Idem amoas ferro dolor, atque eadem hora tulisset.
659. Ob. The kiss of farewell. Cf. III. 351 and note.
654 3fct, 82. — 669. Ruat, 196. — 676. Mihi, 108. —678. Vocasses, 207.
256
P. VERGILII MARONIS
His etiam struxi manibuv^ patriosque vocavi
yoce djgos, sic te ut posita crudelis abessem?
Ex^liiixti te meque, soror, popuiumque patresque
Sidonios urbeinque tuain. Date iVuliiera lymphis
Abluam, et, extremus si quis superjialitas errat.
Ore legam. Sic fata gradus evaserat altos,
Semianimemque sinu germ^am ii.mplexa fovebat
Cum gemitu, atque atros siocaba^'^este crucd^sT
680
685
m
lU, H^^^ves oculos coijiata attollere, rursus
)eficit: infixum ^^m3ii sub pectore vuluus. -^ {
Ter sese aUpllens cubitoque aduixai levav^t';
Ter'revoluta toro est, oculisque errantifeus {
690
alto
Quaesivit caelo lucem, ingemuitque repejte. ,
Turn luno offljiipotens, longuin miselfeita aolorem
Difficileisque ooitiis, Irim demisit Olympo. / ' /
Quae luctantein aniraam nexosque rcBolveret artus.
Nam quia nee fato, merita nee morte peribat,
Sed misera ante diem, subitoquo accensa furore^
Nondura illi flavum Proserpina «ver{ice crinem^^^'^
AKstulerat, Stygioque caput damnaverat Oreo.
695
685. Ore legam. Either referring
to the Roman custom of having the
nearest relative catch the dying breath
in his own mouth, or expressing a desire
to keep the last breath from leaving the
body. For the first view, cf. Ariosto
(Orf. Fur. XXIV. 82) :
And while yet aught remains, with mourn-
ful lips,
The last faint breath of life devoutly sips.
For the second view, cf. Ovid {Met,
XII. 424) :
Impositaque mann vulnus fovet, onqw
ad ora
Admovet atque animae fugienti obeifltan
tentat.
694. Irim. Juno's messenger.
698. Criuem abstolerat. It was a
popular belief that no one could die nntil
he had thus been consigned to Pinto.
And ju.««t as in later years the 8uicid«
could not be buried in conseciated »fl
(cf. Shakspeare, Hamlet), so here tit
death struggles are prolonged nntil endrf
by the special intervention of Juna
684. Abluam, 169.— 698. lUiy 101.
AENEIDOS LIB IV.
Et^ Iris cjoceis per caeliwi ro^oida penuis,
Mille tran^il varios amersn sole coloresi'"-
Devolat, et supra caput astitit : Hunc ego Diti
Sacrum iussa fero, teque isto corpore solvo.
Sic ait, et dextra crinem secat: omais et una
Dilapsus calor, atque in ventos vita recessit.
701. Tbe po«t, with exqateite art, I this beantiful toach, and amid the leadea
;htouB np the temble ajitl gloomy hues of deaih he tlirowB the bright colon
sue with which the book cloee« by I of the raiubow.
Now, strike your sailes, yee jolly mariners.
For we be come unto a quiet rode,
Where we must land some of our passengers.
And light this weary vessell of her lode. *
Here she a while may make her safe abode.
Till she repaired have her tackles spent.
And wants supplide ; and then againe abroad
On the long voiage whereto she is bent:
Well may she speede, and fairelr finish her intent !
Spenser, F, Q. L XII.
LIBEK QUINTUS.
Intehea medium Aeneas iiini olasse tcnebat
Certus 'iter, fluctosque atros Aquiione secabat,
Moenia ftspiciens, quae iam infulicis Ulissae
CoUucent flammts. Quae tantum ncconderit igiiem,
Causa latet; duri magrio sed amore dolorcs
Polluto, notumque, furens quid femiua possit,
Triste per augurium Teucrorum pectoni ducunt.
!. CertQB. Cf. IV, 554. All conflict
ween incliqation and duty is at lBii(»th
!i, and now Aeaeaa is holding on hia
me ttnwaveriagly.
&.qailone. Kotwithstaoding the oli-
tian to a liCeral renderinf; of this word
he north wind," that by snch a wiiiri it
>uld be impossible to sail from Cartilage
raid Italy, still the literal Beeins prcfcr-
le: (I) because this was the stormy
season and the north wind wiw tlic pii-
vailioi: onu at that time (IV. .1)0); (i)
hecanse Aeueas actnally emountets a
hravy storm at !iea on the Hmt day of
Dyage (lines B aeq.).
1 ablative of e
S. Dolorea. Sc, nofi'.
e. Hotum an an lulj. limits the el
fuid ftm'ma /loixit, wliidi in cu-ordinr
260
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Ut pelagus tenuere rates, nee iam amplius ulla
Occurrit tellus, maria undique et undique caelum^
OUi caeruleus supra caput astitit imber,
Noctem hiememque fereiis, et inhorruit uiida tenebris.
Ipse gubernator puppi Palinurus ab alta:
Heu ! quiauam taiiti cinxerunt aethera nimbi ?
Quidve, pater Neptune, paras? Sic deiude locutus
Colligere anna iubet validisque incumbere. remis^
Obliquatque sinus in ventum, ac talia fatur:
Magimnime Aenea, non, si mihi luppiter auctor
Spondeat, hoc sperem Italiam contingere caelo.
Mutati transversa fremunt et vespere ab atro
Corisurgunt venti, atque in nubem cogitur aer.
Nee nos obniti contra, nee tendere tantum
Sufficimus. Superat quoniam Fortuna, sequamur,
Quoque vocat, vertamus iter. Nee litora longe
Fida reor fraterna Erycis portusque Sicanos,
Si modo rite memor servata remetior astra.
le
IS
20
25
with ffo/ores forms the siihject of ducnnt.
Translate notumque *' aud the knowl-
edge of."
8-11. Compare with TIT. 192-5.
20. Cogitur aer. According to the
ancient natural philosophy, the clouds
were formed of condensed air. Seneca
{Nat. Quaes. T. ITT. 1) says also that
some parts of the clouds arc more pro-
jecting, others more receding, and es-
pecially " Quaedam [partes] crassiores
[sunt] (|nam ut solem transniittant, aliae
imbecilliores [i. e. too thin] quam ut ex-
cludant "
22. Superat Fortuna. The domi-
nation of Fortune over tlie affairs of men
was a prevalent Roman idea. SaUnst as-
serts the principle positively : Sed ppi>
fecto fortuna in omni re dominatar: ei
res cuncta^ ex lubidine magis qoam ex
vero celebrat obscuratqne. — (7af///Mf, §8.
Cf. also Cicero, Pro Mdreeilo^ 11:
Maximain vero partem quasi rao ion
fortuna sibi vindicat, et qnidqnid pnv-
pere gestum est, id paene omne dndt
snum. Juvenal protests against this
noticm {Sat. X. 365-6):
Nullum numen abest, si sit pradentia;
nos te
Nos facimns. Fortuna, deam caekMtte
locanius.
For a good description of the goddeii
Fortuna cf . Horace ( Odes, 1. 35), when
her power is magnified.
9. 232. — 18. Si spondeat^ sperem^ 196.
AENEIDOS LIB. V.
261
Turn pius Aeneas : Equidem sic poscere ventos
lamdudum et frustra cemo te teiidere contra.
Flecte viam velis. An sit mibi gratior uUa,
Quove magis fessas optem demittere naves,
Quam quae Dardanium tellus mihi servat Acesten,
Et patris Anchisae gremio complectitur ossa?
Haec ubi dicta, petunt portus, et vela secundi
Intendunt Zepliyri; feii:ur cita gurgite classis,
Et tandem laeti notae advertuntur harenae.
At procul excelso miratus vertice moiitis
Adventum sociasque rates occurrit Acestes,
Horridus in iaculis et pelle Libystidis ursae,
Troi'a Crimiso conceptum flumine mater
Quem genuit. Veterum non immemor ille parentum
Gratatur reduces et gaza laetus agresti
Excipit, ac fessos opibus solatur amicis.
Postep ciTm pribao/ stellas Oriente fugarat
Clara mes, sqiei^s m/coetuin fitctfi? ab omni- ♦-
Advocat Aeneas, tumulique ex aggere fatur:
Dardanidae magni, genus alto a sanguine divAm,
Annuus exactis completur mensibus orbis.
Ex quo reliquias divinique ossa parentis
Condidiinus terra maestasque sacra vimus aras.
lamque dies, nisi fallor, adest, quem semper acerbum,
Semper honoratum — sic di voluistis — habebo.
Hunc ego Gaetulis agerem si Syrtibus exsul,
30
35
40
45
50
34. Notae advertuntur harenae.
This langaage is somewhat similar to
hat of 1. 1 58. This return to Drepanum
i Aeneas' thirteenth recorded landing.
38. Troia mater. Cf. T. 195, note.
49. Adest, not " is here," but " near
at hand." This is seen by a comparison
with lines 64 and 104, where it will be
seen that the actual anniversary of the
burial of Anchises was nine days hence.
28. Sit — cptem, 208. — 39. Non immemor ^ 240,
p. VEEGILU MAEONIS
Argoiicove mari depreiisus et orbe Mycenae, . '
Annua vota taineu sollemnesque online' pompaa
ExsccjMcrer, struereuique suis altaiia dbnis. .
Nunc ultro nd cineres ipsius et oasa parentis,
Hnud eijuidem sine meiite reor, sine uumine
Adsurnus et portus dclati intramus amicos.
Ergo ngite, et laetniii cuncti celebremua lioi
Poscaiiius VRiitos, at((uu [laoc me sacra qupl
Urbc velit pcisita teinplis sibi ferre dicatis.
Biua bourn vobis Truifi generatns Acestcs
Dat numero capita in naves; adliibple Penates;-.
Et patrios epnlis et quos colit hospes Acestfis.^
Praeterea, si nona diem mortalibus almum
Aurora estulerit radiisf|ue reteserit orbeni,
Prima citae Teucris ponam certamina cl^is;
Quique pedum ciirsn valet, et qui viribus audaz
Aut iaculo iiicedit metior levibusque sagittis,
Seu crndo fidit pugnam cominittere caeatu,
Cuncti adsiut, mcritneqiie ess[>ecteiit praemia
Ore favele omnes, et cingit« tempora ramia.
Sic fatus velat matenia tcinpom niyrto.
Hoc Heljnius faeil, hoc aevi matiirus Acestes,
Hoc pu<;r Aacanius, stqiiitur quos cetera pubes.
Ille e concilio niultis cum millibus ibat
Ad tumuhim, miigna mt'^ius comilaiite caterva.
69. PoaoEimaH ventos, A prujirtin-
torysncrifice to tliC!wiiiil«, iiotto Andiisiss
for wiuils, is donbtlexi) licrc roferrod tt>.
That sucli satrifirn was tigii]i] mnj- Iw seen
in III. iif^ aud aay. aiw> to v. 772-7;,
Tlie divinity of AnchliM 1^ kirnnr
rcro^iizcd in line 60, (icft neCl. lie.
S0-S8. The progranme of dw pxr
is here aanonnced.
71. Ore favete obums. Ci \U
1,13. - 73. Ani, 9a
AENEIDOS LIB. V.
263
Hie duo rite mero libans carohesia Baccho
Fuiidit humi, duo lacte novo, duo sanguine sacro,
Purpureosque iacit floras, ac talia fatur:
Salve/ sancte parens, iterum; salvete, recepti 80
Nequiquam cineres, animaeque umbraeque paternae!
Non licuit fines Italos fataliaque arva,
Nee tecum Ausonium, quicumque est, quaerere Thyhrim.
Dixerat haec, adytis cum lubricus anguis ab imis
Septem ingens gyros, septena volumina traxit, 85
Amplexus placide tumulum lapsusque per aras,
Caeruleae cui terga notae maculosus et. auro
Squamam iiicendebat folgbr, ceu nubibus arcu&
Mille iacit varios adverso sole colores.
Obstipuit visu Aeneas. lUe agmine longo 90
Tandem inter pateras et levia pocula serpens
Libavitque dapes, rursusque innoxius imo
Successit tumulo, et depasta altaria liquit.
Hoc magis inceptos genitori instaurat honores,
Incertus, Geniumne loci famulumne parentis 95
30. Recepti nequiquam. Of. III.
I.
31. Cineres, animaeque umbrae-
e. There seems to be no difference
ended by the poet between these
rds. It has already been seen that
srgil is fond of such triplication. The
3 of " cineres," as referring to the dis-
ibodied soul and not to the " ashes "
bodily remains, may be seen in IV.
3.
37-8. Caerulae, etc. It is worthy of
te that, whether through the intention
the poet or not, the description of a
•pent, occurring very frequently, is
laUy very much involved. The prose
ler of this passage would be: Cui
ga caeruleae notae (incendebant)^ et
{cui) squamam fulyor maculosus auro
incendebat,
89. Mille —colores. Cf. IV. 701.
95. Genium loci — famulum pa-
rentis. Genii et custodes, locis, urbi-
bus, domibus attribui solebant, ut ct
hominibua singulis. Famulos item ma-
ioribus Diis suos assignabant; eosque e
brutis animantibus plerumque assumptos.
Sic Aen. VI. 190, columbae ministrae
sunt Veneris, ut Aeneam ad aureara
arborem deducant. SicexSilio Italico,
1, 13, 124,apud Capuam : Numen erat iam
cerva /on, famnlamque Dianae credebant.
Sic aquila lovi. Sic ex Plutarcho in
Cleomeiie, dracones heroibus sacri pu-
tantur • nude hie anguis Anchisae famu-
lus.— Hu AEUS.
264
P. VERGim MAEONIS
\
Esse putet; caedit binas Je more bidentes,
Totque sues, totidem iiigrantes terga iuvencos;
Viiiaque fundebat patens, animamque vocabat
Anchisae magui Mauesque Acheroute remissos.
Nee non et socii, quae cuique est copia, laeti
Dona ferunt, onerant aras, mactantque iuvencos;
Ordine aena locant alii, fasique per herbam
Subiciunt veribus prunaa et viscera torrent.
Exspectata dies aderat nonamque serena
Auroram Phaetliontis equi iam iucex<^eliebant,
Famaque finitimos et clari nomen Acestae
Excierat; laeto complebant litora coetu,
Yisuri Aeneadas, pars et certare parati.
Munera principio ante oculos circoque locantur
In medio, sacri tripodes viridesque coronae
Et palmae, pretium victoribus, armaque et ostro
Perfusae vestes, argenti aurique talenta;
Et tuba commissos medio canit aggere ludos.
Prima pares ineunt gravibus certamina remis
Quattuor ex omni dclectae classe carinae.
Velocem Mnestheus agit acri remige Pristim,
Mox Italus Mnestheus, genus a quo nomine Memml;
Ingentemque Gyas ingenti mole Chimaeram,
Urbis opus, triplici pubes quam Dardana versu
100
106
no
115
99. Manes remissos. His prayer
is that the spirit of his father may be
released from the Lower World and be
present at the sacrifice.
105. Phaethontis equi. The epi-
thet ipa^Otav, beaminfj, radiant, is always
used in Homer and TTesiod of the sun,
//. XL, 73.5 ; Od. V. 479, etc. One of
the Btoeds of Aurora was also called
^a49(0V' The allusioii in the preseil
passage is obviously not to the 80i d
Helios and his unlucky experience with
his father's steeds
114-243. The ship-race.
119. Triplici versu. The poet bii
in mind the trireme of his own day wliick,
however, was not known in the tSneflf
which he is writing.
108. Visuri, 213. — 112. Artjenti auriqiie, 84.— 119. Urbit^ 96.
AENEIDOS LIB. V.
265
Impellant^ temo consultant ordine remi;
Sergestusque, domus tenet a quo Sergia nomen,
Centauro invehitur magna, Scyllaque Cloanthus
Caerulea, genus unde tibi, fiomane Cluenti.
Est procul in pelago saxum spumantia contra
Litora^ quod tumidis submersum tunditur olim
Fluctibus, hiberui condunt ubi sidera Cori ;
Tranquillo silet, immotaque attoUitur unda
Campus et apricis statio gratissima mergis.
Hie viridem Aeneas frondenti ex ilice metam
Constituit signum nautis pater, unde reverti
Scirent et longos ubi circuraflectere cursus.
Tum loca sorte legunt, ipsique in puppibus auro
Ductores longe effulgent ostroque decori;
Cetera popolea vektur fronde inventus,
Nudatosque umeros oleo perfusa nitescit.
Considunt transtris, intentaque bracchia remis;
Intenti exspectant signum, exsultantiaqiie haurit
Corda pavor pulsans laudumque arrecta cupido.
Inde, ubi clara dedit sonitum tuba, finibus omnes —
Hand mora — prosiluere suis; ferit aethera clamor^
Nauticus, adductis spumant freta versa lacertds.
120
125
130
135
140
120. Parallel with 1. 119.
121. SergestuB. In the names of
[lis ship-captains Vergil delicately cora-
plimeDts the great Roman families by
lating their genealogy from so ancient
i time.
132. The intense life of the following
scene is indescribable, — the garments
)£ the leaders flashing purple light, the
t)rawny backs of the oarsmen gleaming
with oil in the sun, their strong arms
strained to the oar awaiting the signal,
while "thrilling apprehension drains
their beating hearts."
140. Prosiluere The perf. of in-
stantaneous action, cf. I. 84 ; IV. 582.
The action is represented as so rapid
that it is completed the moment it is
be^un.
120. 243. — 122. Centauro magna, 227. — 129. Ex ilice, 134. — 131. Scirent^ 11^
266
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Infindunt pariter sulcos^ totumque dehiscit
Convulsum remis rostrisque tridentibus aequor.
Non tarn praecipites biiugo certamine campum
Corripuere ruuntque effusi career^ currus.
Nee sic immissis aurigae undantia lora
Concussere iugis, pronique in verbera pendent.
Turn plausu fremituque virAm studiisque faventam
Consonat omne nemus^ vocemque inclasa volutant
Litora^ pulsati coUes clamore resultant.
Efifugit ante alios primisque elabitur undis
Turbam inter f remit umque Gyas; quern deinde Cloanthns
Consequitur, melior remis, sed pondere pinus
Tarda tenet. Post hos aequo discrimine Pristis
Centaurusque locum tendunt superare priorem ;
Et nunc Pristis habet, nunc victam praeterit ingens
Centaurus, nunc una ambae iunctisque feruntur
Prontibus et longaf sulcant vada salsa carina.
lamque propinquabant scopulo raetaraque tenebant.
Cum princeps medioque Gyas in gurgite victor
Rectorem navis corapellat voce Menoeten:
Quo tantum mihi dexter abis ? Hue dirige gressum ;
Litus a ma, et laevas stringat sine palmola cautes;
Altum alii teneant. Dixit ; sed caeca Menoetes
Saxa timens proram pelagi detorquet ad undas.
Quo diversus abis? iterum, Pete saxa, Menoetel
Cum clamore Gyas revocabat; et ecce Cloanthum
145
150
155
160
165
144. Non tarn, etc. Vergil evidently
has in mind the Homeric chariot-race,
for which he has substituted the ship-
race in his own contests. •
145. Carcere. The career was an
enclosed stall in which the chariot wu
kept while waiting for the start.
163. Litus ama, "hug the shore.'*
So in Hor. {Odes, I. 25.3): aIna^w
ianua limen.
153. Pinus, 246.4). —162. Mihi, 108. — 163. Stringat, 169.
AENEIDOS LIB. V.
267
Respicit instantem tergo, et propiora tenentem.
lUe inter navemque Gyae scopulosque sonantes
Radit iter laevum interior, subitoque priorem
Praeterit, et metis tenet aequora tuta relictis.
Turn vero exarsit iuveni dolor ossibus ingens.
Nee lacrimis caruere genae, segfiemque Menoeten,
Oblitus decorisque sui sociAmque salutis,
In mare praecipitem puppi deturbat ab alta;
Ipse gubernaclo rector subit, ipse magister,
Hortaturque viros, clavumque ad litora torquet.
At gravis, ut fundo vix tandem redditus imo est,
lam senior madidaque fluens in veste Meuoetes
Summa petit scopuli siccaque in rupe resedit.
Ilium et labentem Teucri et risere natantem,
Et salsos rideiit revomentem pectore fluctus.
Hie laeta extremis spes est accensa duobus,
Sergesto Mnestheique, Gyan superare morantem.
Sergestus capit ante locum scopuloque propinquat.
Nee tota tamen ille prior praeeunte carina;
Parte prior; partem rostro premit aemula Pristis.
At media socios incedens nave per ipsos
Hortatur Mnestheus : Nunc, nunc insurgite remis,
Hectorei socii, Troiae quos sorte suprema
Delegi comites; nunc illas promite vires,
170
175
180
185
190
L75-180. Addison, commenting upon
ic poetry, says : ** Sentiments which
3e laughter can very seldom be ad-
ited with any decency into an hieroic
5m, whose business it is to excite
isions of a much nobler nature. . . .
3member but one laugh in the whole
neid, which rises in the fifth book,
)n Menoetes, where he is represented
as thrown overboard, and drying himself
upon a rock. But this piece of mirth is
so well-timed that the severest critic can
have nothing to say against it ; for it is
in the book of games and diversions,
where the reader's mind may be supposed
sufficiently relaxed for such an enter-
tainment." — Spectator, No. 279.
188. Incedens, cf. vocab.
172. Iuveni, 102. -—184. Superare, 157. — 186. CariuaA^^*
268
P. VERGILn MARONIS
Nunc animos, quibus in Gaetulis Syrtibus usi
lonioque mari Maleaeque ^equacibua undis.
Non iam prima peto Mnestheus, neque vincere certo;
Quamquam o ! — Sed superent, quibus hoc, Neptune, dedisti;
Extremes pudeat rediisse; hoc vincite, cives, 1%
Et prohibete nefas. OUi certamine summo
Procumbunt; vastis tremit ictibus aerea puppis,
Subtrahiturque solum; tum creber anhelitos artus
Aridaque ora quatit; sudor fluit undique rivis. 200
Attulit ipse viris optatum casus honorem.
Namque furens animi dum proram ad saxa subnrget
Interior spatioque subit Sergestus iniquo,
Infelix saxis in procurrentibus haesit.
Concussae cautes, et acuto in murice remi 205
^Obnixi crepuere, illisaque prora pependit.
Consurgunt nautae et magno clamore morantur,
Ferratasque trudes et acuta cuspide contos
Expediunt, fractosque legunt in gurgite remos.
At laetus Mnestheus successuque acrior ipso 210
Agmine remorum celeri ventisque vocatis
Prona petit raaria et pelago decurrit aperto.
Qualis spelunca subito commota columba,
Cui domus et dulces latebroso in pumice nidi.
199, 200. This passage is borrowed
from the Iliad (XVI. 142-4) :
Heavily heaved his panting chest; his
limbs
Streamed with warm sweat; there was
DO breathing-time ;
On danger danger followed, toil on toil.
194. Non prima peto. Thus Anti-
lochus to his steeds :
On, on ! press onward with year atmort
speed !
Not that I bid you strive against tbe
steeds
Of warlike Diomed ; bat let as orertike
The horses of Atrides, nor sabmit
To be thus distanced.
HoMEB, //. xxin. i^
195. Quamquam 0! 244. — 5fiperen<, 204. — 196. Rediisse, 159. — 200. iK«Jt,S90-
— 202. Animi, 90.
AENEIDOS LIB. V,
269
Fertur in arva volans, plausumque exterrita pennis
Dat tecto ingentem, mox acre lapsa quieto
Eadit iter liquidum, celeres neque commovet alas :
Sic Mnestheus, sic ipsa fuga secat ultima Pristis
Aequora, sic illam fert impetus ipse volantem.
Et primum in scopulo luctantem deserit alto
Sergestum brevibusque vadis frustraque vocantem
Auxilia et fractis discentem currere remis.
Inde Gyan ipsamque ingenti mole Chimaeram
Consequitur; cedit, quoniam spoliata magistro est.
Solus iamque ipso superest in fine Cloanthus :
Quem petit, et summis adnixus viribus urget.
Turn vero ingeminat clamor, cunctique sequentem
Instigant studiis, resonatque fragoribus aether.
Hi proprium decus et partum indignantur honorem
Ni teneant, vitamque volunt pro laude pacisci ;
Hos successus alit : possunt, quia posse videntur.
Et fors aequatis cepissent praemia rostris,
Ni palmas ponto tendens utrasque Cloanthus
Pudissetque preces, divosque in vota vocasset :
215
220
225
230
217. Radit iter liquidum. Cf.
Milton (P. L. II. 634) :
Shaves with level wing the deep.
231. Note the truth that success is
self-reproductive. It has been said that
'* Nothing succeeds like success." Dryden
probably had this passage in mind when
he wrote:
But sharp remembrance on the English
part,
And shame of being matched by such a
foe.
Rouse conscious virtue up in every heart,
And seeming to be stronger makes them so.
An. Mir. 758-61.
Schiller (Coleridge's trans.) presents
the objective side of the same thought :
Be in possession, and thou hast the right,
And sacred will the many guard it for
thee ! — Piccolomini, IV. IV.
Success atones for all faults. So in
Byron {Corsair^ I. II.) *
Ne^er seasons he with mirth their jovial
rness,
But they forgive his silence for success.
224. Magistro, 131. —232-34. Cepissent — ni fudisset^ 198.
270
P..VERGIL1I MABONIS
W
J)\, quibus imperiuin est pelagic quorum aeqnoza ciffiPj ^
Yobis luetus ego lioc caudentem in litQie taurdm- . .
Constituam ante aras^ voti reus^ extaque salsoflf .
Porriciam in fluctus et vina liquentia fundain-. . ' '/,
Dixit^ euinque iiuis sub fluctibus audiit omnis!
Nereid urn Phorcique chorus Panopeaque yirgQ^ ,- 240
Et pater ipse manu magna Portunus euntem ;.
Irnpulit ; ilia Noto citius volucrique sagitta
Ad terram fugit, et portu se condidit altOi ■.:
Turn satus Anchisa, cunctis ex more vocatis^
Victorem magna praeconis voce Cloanthum. «5
Declaait, viridique advelat tempora lauro,
lluneraque in naves ternos optare iuvBncos
Vinaque et argenti magnum dat ferre talentum.
Ipsis praecipuos ductoribus addit honores :
Victori chlamydem auratam, quam plurima circum 250
Purpura Maeandro duplici Meliboea cucurrit;
Intextusque puer frondosa regius Ida
Veloces iaculo cervos cursuque fatigat,
Acer, aiilielanti similis, quem praej)es ab Ida
Sublimem pedibu^*^ rapuit lovis arm)ger uncis;
Longaevi palmas nequiquam ad sidera tendunt
Custodes, saevitque canuni latratus in auras.
At qui deiiide locum tenuit virtute secundum,
Levibus huic Iiamis consertam auroque trilicem
lioricam, quam Demoleo detraxerat ipse
Viclor apud rapidum Simoenta sub Ilio alto.
253
SiX)
252-"37. Woven into this garment is
!i ])i('tur(! of the rape of (Janymede, tlie
" rapti (Janymedis honores" (I. 28);
of. Indnctlre A^tudies, 62.
255. lovis armiger, i. e. the eagle
259. Cf. III. 467.
23'
. — 251. Maeandro, 236.-260. Demoleo, 101.
GANYMEDES, (Thorwaldsen.)
AENEIDOS LIB. V. 271
Donat habere viro^ decus et tutamen in armis.
Vix illam famuli Phegeus Sagarisque ferebant
Multiplicem^ conixi umeris; indutus at olim
Deiuole^os eursu palantes Troas agebat. 265
Tertia dona facit geminos ex aere lebetas,
Cymbiaque argento perfecta atque aspera signis.
lamque adeo donati omnes opibusque saperbi
Puniceis ibant evincti tempo ra taeniis^
Cum saevo e scopulo multa vix arte revulsus, 270
Amissis remis atque ordine debilis uno,
Irrisam sine honore ratem Sergestus agebat.
Qualis saepe viae deprensus in aggere serpens,
Aerea quern obliquum rota transiit, aut gravis ictu
Seminece^ liquit saxo lacerumque viator, 275
Nequiquam longos fugiens dat corpore tortus,
Parte ferox, ardensque oculis, et sibila colla
Arduus attollens; pars vulnere clauda retentat
Nizantem nodis seque in sua membra plicantem.
Tali remigio navis se tarda movebat ; 280
Vela facit tamen, et velis subit ostia plenis.
Sergestum Aeneas promisso munere donat,
Servatam ob navem laetus sociosque reductos.
262. Decus et tutamen. CataUas
iples these words in a similar manner :
decus eximium magnis virtutibus
augens,
Qathiae tutamen opis, etc. LXIV. 323.
273. Qualis, etc. This figure proba-
snggested Pope's thought (Essaij on
if) ' I wind
So glides some trodden serpent on the
grass,
And long behind his wounded volume
trails.
And Falconer's {Shipwreck, ITT. II.) :
Awhile the mast, in ruins dragged behind,
Balanced the impression of the helm and
lat, like a wounded snake, drags its
slow length along. .
id Dryden's (An. Mir. 491) :
The wounded serpent agonized with pain
Thus trails his mangled volume on the
plain.
262. Habere, 161—266. Ex aere, 134. — 282. ^fer^es^wm- muuereA^^'
272
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Olli serva datur^ operam baud ignara Minervae^
Cressa genus, Pholoe, geminique sub ubere nati.
Hoc pi us Aeneas misso certamine tendit
Gramineum in campum, quern coUibus undiqae curvis
Cingebant silvae, mediaque in valle tbeatri
Circus erat; quo se multis cum millibus heros
Consessu medium tulit exstnictoque resedit.
Hie, qui forte velint rapido contendere cursu^
Invitat pretiis animos, et praemia ponit.
Undique conveniunt Teucri mixtique Sicani,
Nisus'et Euryalus primi,
Euryalus forma insignis viridique iuventa,
Nisus amore pio pueri; quos deinde secutus
Eegius egregia Priami de stirpe Diores ;
Hunc Salius simul et Patron, quorum alter Acarnan^
Alter ab Arcadio Tegeaeae sanguine gentis ;
Tum duo Trinacrii iuvenes, Helymus Panopesque,
Alsueti silvis, comites senioris Acestae ;
Multi praeterea, quos fama obscura recondit.
Aeneas quibus in mediis sic deinde locutus :
Accipite haec animis, laetasque advertite mentes :
i85
290
295
300
286-361. The foot-race.
287-8. For description, cf. I. 164 and
note.
294. Nisus et Euryalus. These two
men, whose mutual friendship, thrilling
adventure, and heroic death form an
important part of the ninth book of
the Aeneid, are here introduced.
Cf. Vergil's fine apostrophe to these
friends .
Fortunati ambo! si quid mea carmina
possunt,
Nulla dies umquam memori yo8 exime(
aevo,
Dum domus Aeueae Capitoli immobile
saxum
Accolet, imperiumque pater Romanm
habebit. — Aen, IX. 446.
297. Diores. Cf. Inductive Studies,
75.
302. Fama obscura. Cf. Gn;
(Eleffy) :
A youth, to fortune and to fame nnknowD.
290. Consessu, 100. — 291. Velint, 175. - .301. Silvis, 107.
AENEIDOS LIB. V.
278
Nemo ex hoe nuraero mihi non donatus abibit.
Gnosia bina dabo levato lucida ferro
Spicula caelatamque argeato ferre bipeiinem ;
Omnibus hie erit unus honos. Tres praemia primi
Aceipient, flavaque eaput nectentur oliva.
Primus equum phaleris iiisignem vietor habeto,
Alter Amazouiam pharetram plenamque sagittis
Threi'ciis, lato quam circumplectitur auro
Balteus, et tereti subnectit fibula gemma;
Tertius Argolica hac galea contentus abito.
Haec ubi dicta, locum capiunt, signoque re})ente
Corripiunt spatia audito, limenque relinqumit,
EfTusi nimbo similes, simul ultima signant.
Primus abit longeque ante omnia corpora Nisus
Emicat, et ventis et fulminis ocior alis ;
Proximus liuic, longo sed proximus intervallo,
Insequitur Salius ; spatio post deinde relicto
Tertius Euryalus ;
Euryalumque Helymus sequitur; quo deinde sub ipso
Ecce volat calcemque tent iam calce Diores,
Incumbens umero; spatia et si plura supersint,
Transeat elapsus prior, ambiguumque relinquat.
lamque fere spatio extremo fessique sub ipsam
Finem adventabant, levi cum sanguine Nisus
Labitur infelix, caesis ut forte iuvencis
Fusus humum viridesque super madefecerat herbas.
Hie iuvenis iam victor ovans vestigia presso
305
310
315
320
325
330
!08. Praemia primi. Note the play
words.
319. Of Shellev, The Boat •
Swift as fire, tempestuously
It sweeps into the affrighted sea.
L. Sagittis, 143. — 3U. Galea, 15P. — 320. fntervallo, 146. —325. Si super sint, 198.
— 330. Madefecerat^ 203.
18
274
P. VERGILH MARONIS
Haud tenuit titubata solo^ sed pronus in ipso
Concidit iminundoque fimo sacroque cruore.
Noil tainen Euryali, non ille oblitus amorum ;
Nam sese opposuit Salio per lubrica surgens ;
Ille autem spissa iacuit revolutas harena.
Emicat Euryalus, et munere victor amici
Prima tenet, plausuque volat fremituque secundo.
Post Helymiis subit, et nunc tertia palma Diores.
Hie totum caveae consessum ingentis et era
Prima patrum magnis Salius clamoribus implet,
Ereptumque dolo reddi sibi poscit honorem.
Tutatur favor Euryalum, lacrimaeque decorae,
Gratior et pulchro veniens in corpore virtus.
Adiuvat et magna proclamat voce Diores,
Qui subiit palmae, frustraque ad praemia venit
Ultima, si primi Salio reddantur honores.
Tum pater Aeneas, Vestra, inquit, munera vobis
Certa maneiit, pueri, et palmam movet ordine nemo;
Me liceat casus miserari insontis amici.
Sic fatus tergum Gaetuli imraane leonis
Dat Salio, villis onerosum atque unguibus aureis.
Hie Nisus, Si tanta, inquit, sunt praemia victis,
Et te lapsorum miseret, quae munera Niso
Digna dabis, primam merui qui laude coronam,
Ni me, quae Saliura, fortuna inimica tulisset?
m
940
S45
360
355
337. Dryden weaves a simile from this
incident •
To the same goal did both our studies
drive ;
The last set out the soonest did arrive.
Thus Nisus fell upon the slippery place,
Whilst his young friend performed, and
won the race.
To the Memory of Mr Oldham-
339. Palma. A poetic use of this
word. Cf. Vocab.
353-58 Addison might have added
342. Reddif 166. -—347. Si reddantur, 199.— 354. Lapsorum, 93.^
356. Ni tulisset, 199.
AENEIDOS LIB. V.
276
Et simul his dictis faciem ostentabat et ado
Turpia membra fimo. Eisit pater optimus olli,
Et clipeum efferri iussit, Didymaonis artes,
Neptuni sacro Danais de poste refizum.
Hoc iuvenem egregium praestanti muuere donat.
Post, ubi confecti cursus, et dona peregit :
Nunc, si cui virtus animusque in pectore praesens,
Adsit, et evinctis attollat bracchia palmis.
Sic ait, et geminum pugnae proponit honorem,
Victori velatum auro vittisque iuvencum,
Ensem atque insignem galeam solacia victo.
Nee mora; continue vastis cum viribus effert
Ora Dares, magnoque virAm se murmure toUit;
Solus qui Paridem solitus contendere contra,
Idemque ad turaulura, quo maximus occubat Hector,
Victo rem Buten immani corpore, qui se
Bebrycia veniens Arayci de gente ferebat,
Perculit et fulva moribundum eztendit harena.
Talis prima Dares caput altum in proelia tollit,
Ostenditque umeros latos, alternaque iactat
Bracchia protendens, et verberat ictibus auras.
Quaeritur huic alius ; nee quisquam ex agmine tanto
Audet adire virum manibusque inducere caestus.
Ergo alacris, cunctosque putans excedere palma,
Aeneae stetit ante pedes, nee plura moratus
Tum laeva taurum cornu tenet, atque ita fatur :
Nate dea, si nemo audet se credere pugnae,
360
365
370
375
380
; pleasantry to his episode of Menoetes
175).
60. This shield had probably come
) Aeneas' hands through Helenas, who
had fallen heir to a part of Pyrrhus'
treasures.
362-484. The boxing contest.
358. Olli, 98. — 366. Veiatum auro vittisque, 221.
276 P. VERGILH MARONIS
Quae finis standi ? quo me decet usque teneri ?
Ducere dona iube. Cuncti simul ore fremebant
Dardanidae, reddique viro promissa iubebant.
Hie gravis Entellum dictis castigat Acestes,
Proximus ut viridante toro eonsederat barbae :
Eiitelle, heroum quondam fortissime frustra^
Tantane tam patiens nuUo certamine toUi
Dona sines ? ubi nunc nobis deus ille magister
Nequiquam memoratus Eryx? ubi fama per omnem
Trinacriam, et spolia ilia tuis pendentia tectis ?
Ille sub haec : Non laudis amor, nee gloria cessit
Pulsa metu; sed enim gelidus tardante senecta
Sanguis hebet, frigentque effetae in corpore vires.
Si mihi, quae quondam fuerat, quaque improbos iste
Exsultat fidens, si nunc foret ilia iuventas,
Hand equidem pretio inductus pulchroque iuvenco
Venissem, nee dona moror. Sic deinde locutus
In medium geminos immani pondere caestus
Proiecit, quibus acer Eryx in proelia suetus
Ferre manum duroque iiitendere bracchia tergo.
Obstipuere animi : tan to rum ingentia septem
Terga bourn plumbo insuto ferroque rigebant.
Ante omncs stupet ipse Dares, longeque recusat ;
Magnanimusque Anchisiades et pondus et ipsa
I
»
400
405
385. Cuncti fremebant. Cf. T. 559.
389. Fortissime frustra Cf. II.
348.
395. Sed enim. The thous^ht to be
supplied between these two words seems
to be " But (I canuot fight) for," etc.
404-5. The mentiou here of this
formidable weapon is probably an tni-
ehronism. " The cestns, in heroic timet,
appears to have consisted roerelj of
thonga of leather, and differed materiaDr
from the frightful weapon.s, loaded wiU
lead and iron, which were nsed in litff
times." — Die Ant.
384. Quo me decet usque, 233. —■ Teneri, 159. —391. Nobis, 108. — 397. Qtuoue, 181
-401. Fonderej 140.
AENEIDOS LIB. V.
277
Hue illuc vinclorum immensa volumina versat.
Turn senior tales referebat pectore voces :
Quid, si quis caestus ipsius et Herculis arma
Vidisset, tristemque hoc ipso in litore pugnam?
Haec germanus Eryx quondam tuus arma gerebat; —
Sanguine cernis adhuc sparsoque infecta cerebro; —
His magnum Alcideu contra stetit; his ego suetus,
Dum melior vires sanguis dabat, aemula necdum
Temporibus geminis canebat sparsa senectus.
Sed si nostra Dares haec Troius arma recusat,
Idque pio sedet Aeneae, probat auctor Acestes,
Aequemus pugnas. Erycis tibi terga remitto ;
Solve metus ; et tu Troianos exue caestus.
Haec fatus duplicem ex umeris reiecit amictum,
Et magnos membrorum artus, magna ossa lacertosque
Exuit, atque ingens media consistit harena.
Tum satus Anchisa caestus pater extulit aequos,
Et paribus palmas amborum innexuit armis.
Constitit in digitos extemplo arrectus uterque,
Bracchiaque ad superas interritus extulit auras.
Abduxere retro longe capita ardua ab ictu,
Imraiscentque manus manibus, pugnaraque lacessunt.
lUe pedum melior motu, fretusque iuventa,
Hie merabris et mole valensj sed tarda trementi
410
415
420
425
430
126, seq. Homer thus describes the
lis and opening movements of the
fcing contest ;
Around his waist he drew
^rdle, adding straps that from the hide
a wild bull were cut with dextrous
care;
d, fully now arrayed, the twain stepped
forth
Into the middle space, and both began
The combat. Lifting their strong arms,
they brought
Their heavy hands together. Fearfully
Was heard the crash of jaws ; from every
limb
The sweat was streaming.
Iliad, XXIII. 839 seq.
Jdaniim, 138. — 430. luvewta, 152. — 431. Trementi, 102. — Membris et moU^ 23^,
278
P. VERGILU MARONIS
Genua labaiit, vastos quatit aeger anhelitus artus.
Multa viri nequiquam inter se vulnera iactant^
Multa cavo lateri ingeminant et pectore vastos
Dant sonitus^ erratque aures et tempora circum
Crebra manus^ daro crepitant sub vulnere malae.
Stat gravis Entellus nisuque immotus eodem^
Corpore tela modo atque oculis vigilantibus exit.
Hie, velut celsam oppugnat qui molibus urbem^
Aut montana sedet circum castella sub armis^
Nunc hos, nunc illos aditus, omnemque pererrat
Arte locum, et variis assoltibuB irritus urget.
Ostendit dextram insurgens Entellus et alte •
Extulit; ille ictum venientein a vertice veloit
Praevidit, celeiique elapsus corpore cessit :
Entellus vires in veutum effudit, et ultro
Ipse gravis graviterque ad terram pondere vasto
Concidit: ut quondam cava concidit aut Erymantho,
Aut Ida in magna, radicibus eruta pinus.
Consurguut studiis Teucri et Trinacria pubes ;
It clamor caelo, prim usque accurrit Acestes,
455
440
445
450
441-2. Tasso thus enlarges upon a con-
test with swords, which in many respects
is similar to the present contest :
Warilv deals each warrior's arm its
thrust,
His foot its motion, its live glance his
eve;
To various guanla and attitudes they
trust ;
They foin, they dally, now aloof, now
nigh,
Recede, advance, wheel, traverse, and
pass by.
Threat wliere they strike not, where they
threat not dart
'J he desp'rate pass ; or, with perceptioo
slv,
Free to the foe leave some nngnarded
part.
Then his foil'd stroke revenge, with wt
deriding art. — Ger, Lib. VI. 42.
446-7. Spenser bases a stanza on thii
incident :
The ydle stroke, enforcing furious wit,
Missing the marke of his misaymed sighti
I^id fall to ground, and with his lieivy
swav
So deepely dinted in the driven clay
That three yardes deepe a furrow up dM
throw. '—F. Q., I. VIII. 8.
433, 434. Mvlta — Multa, 224.
AENEIDOS LIB. V.
279
Aequaevumque ab humo miserans attollit amicum.
At uon tardatus casu neque territus heros
Acrior ad pugnam redit, ac vim suscitat ira.
Turn pudor incendit vires et couscia virtus,
Praecipitemque Daren ardens agit aequore toto.
Nunc dextra ingeminans ictus, nunc ille sinistra ;
Nee mora, nee requies : quam multa grandine nimbi
Culminibus crepitant, sic densis ictibus heros
Creber utraque manu pulsat .versatque Dareta.
Turn pater Aeneas procedere longius iras
Et saevire animis Entellum baud passus acerbis ;
Sed finem imposuit pugnae, fessumque Dareta
Eripuit, mulcens dictis, ac talia fatur :
Infelix, quae tanta aniinum dementia cepit?
Non vires alias conversaque numina sentis ?
Cede deo ! Dixitque et proelia voce diremit.
Ast ilium fidi aequales, genua aegra trahentem,
lactantemque utroque caput, crasaumque cruorem
Ore eiectantem mixtosque in sanguine dentes.
455
460
465
470
158-60. Note how admirably the
^hmical effect of this passage is
apted to the thought. Cf. Inductive
udiesy 246.
Ariosto models a passage after these
es :
hile straight and back strokes . . .
. by thousands and by thousands fly
kster than on the sounding farm-roof
patter
iilstones descending from a troubled
skv. — OrL Fur. XLV. 76.
Vergil in this passage exemplifies
)pe*s rule :
he sound must seem an echo to the sense.
•ft is the strain when Zephyr gently
blows,
And the smooth stream in smoother
numbers flows;
But when loud surges lash the sounding
shore,
The hoarse, rough verse should like the
torrent roar :
When Ajax strives some rock's vast
weight to throw
The line too labours, and the words
move slow. — Essay on Criticism,
462. Passus, sc. est.
465-7. Cf. II. 601-3; and Spenser
{F. Q. V. X. 26):
When those [i. e. the heavens] gainst
states and kingdomes do conjure.
Who then can thinke their hedlong mine
to recure !
280
P. VERGILU MARONIS
Ducunt ad naves; galeamque ensemque vocati
Accipiunt; palmam Entello taurumque relinquunt.
Hie victor, superans animis taaroque superbus :
Nate dea, vosque haec, inquit, cognoscite, Teucri,
Et mihi quae fuerint iuveiiali in corpore vires,
Et qua servetis revocatum a morte Dareta.
Dixit, et adversi contra stetit ora iuvenci.
Qui donum astabat pugnae, durosque reducta
Libravit dextra media inter comua caestus,
Arduus, eflfractoque inlisit in ossa cerebro.
Stemitur exaniinisque tremens procumbit liumi bos.
Hie super tales eflfundit pectore voces:
Hanc tibi, Eryx, meliorem animam pro morte Daretis
Persolvo; hie victor caestus artemque repono.
Protinus Aeneas celeri certare sagitta
Invitat qui forte velint, et j)raemia ponit,
Iiigentique manu malum de nave Seresti
Erigit, et volucrem traiecto in fune columbam.
Quo tendant ferrum, malo suspendit ab alto.
Convenere viri, deiectainque aerea sortem
Accepit galea; et primus clamore secundo
Hyrtacidae ante omnes exit locus Hippocoontis ;
Quem modo navali Mnestheus certamine victor
475
480
4S5
490
481. Cf. 458-60, note.
484. Cf. I. 248, note.
485-544. The archery contest.
491. Sortem accepit galea. The
lots were placed in a vessel (among sol-
diers, as here, the helmet would be most
natural), and this vessel was shaken vio-
lently, causing the lots to come out im-
partiaUy. To ensure additional fairness
the one who shook the vessel oftei
looked backward while in the act d
shaking. So in Homer (//. m. 3W):
And in a brazen helmet, to decide
Which warrior first should boil thi
brazen spear,
They shook the lots
.... Hector of the beamy helm
Looked back and shook the lots.
486. Qui velint, 175. —489. Tendant, 174.
AENEIDOS LIB. V.
281
Consequitur, viridi Mnestheus evinctus oliva.
Tertius Eurytioii, tuus, o clarissiine, frater,
Pandare, qui quoudain, iussus coiifuiidere foedus,
III inedios telum torsisti primus Achivos.
Extremus galeaque iina aubaedit Acestes,
Ausus et ipse maim iuvenura tentare laborem.
Tum validis flexos incurvant viribus arcus
Pro se quisq^ie viri, et depromunt tela pharetris.
Primaque per caelum nervo stridente sagitta
Hyrtacidae iuvenis volucres diverberat auras ;
Et venit, adversique infigitur arbore mali.
Intremuit malus, timuitque exterrita pennis
Ales, et ingenti sonuerunt omnia plausu.
Post acer Mnestheus adducto constitit areu,
Alta petens, pariterque oculos telumque tetendit.
Ast ipsam miserandus avem contingere ferro
Non valuit; nodos et vincula linea rupit,
Quis innexa pedera malo jiendebat ab alto ;
Ilia notos atque atra volans in nubila fugit.
Tum rapidus, iamdudum arcu contenta parato
Tela tenens, fratrem Eurytion in vota vocavit,
lam vacuo laetam caelo speculatus, et alis
Plaudentem nigra figit sub nube columbam.
Decidit exanimis, vitamque reliquit in astris
495
500
505
510
515
t94. Evinctua oliva, the crown
ich he had won in the naval contest.
ere is no metition, however, in the
ivious description of Mnestheus re-
ving such a crown. He was second
the race, while Cloanthns only had
eived the crown as first winner
246).
196-7. After the truce had heen con-
ded between the Greeks and Trojans
[Iliad, III.), Pandanis, the son of Lycaon,
was prompted by Juno to shoot an arrow
at Menelaus and thus break the truce.
For the full story, cf. Tliad, TV. 1-187.
517-18. Pope must have observed the
beauty of this conception :
Oft, as in airy rings they skim the
heath.
The clamorous lapwings feel the leaden
death ;
282
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Aetheriis, fixamque refert delapsa sagittam.
Amissa solus palma superabat Acestes;
Qui tamen aerias teluin contendit in auras,
Ostentans artemque pater arcumque sonaDtem.
Hie oeulis subitum obicitur magnoque futurum
Augurio raonstrum; doeuit post exitus ingens^
Seraque terrifici eeeinerunt omina vates.
Namque volaiis liquidis in nubibus arsit harundo,
Signavitque viam flammis, tenuesque recessit
Consumpta in ventos; caelo eeu saepe refixa
Transcurrunt erinemque volantia sidera ducunt.
Attonitis haesere animis, Superosque precati
Trinaerii Teucrique viri ; nee maximus omen
Abuuit Aeneas; sed laetum amplexus Acesten
Muneribus cumulat magnis, ac talia fatur:
Sume, pater; nam te voluit rex magnus Olympi
Talibus auspiciis ezsortem ducere honorem.
Ipsius Anchisae longaevi hoc munus habebis,
Cratera impressum signis, quem Thracius olim
Anchisae genitori in raagno munere Cisseus
82S
530
5U
Oft, as the mounting larks their notes
prepare,
They fall, and leave their little lives in air.
Windsor Forest.
522. "The meaning seems to be that
what then came to pass was really a
portent of e\nl, though not understood
80 at the time, its true meaning being
taught by the event, when the prophets
of the day pointed out the connection
between the omen and its fulfilment.
Aeneas, immediately on its ap])earance
(1. 530), interpreted it favorably; but
what happened subsequently showed that
he was mistaken. What then was the
event portended? The old interpreti-
tiou was, the burning of the ships ; bat
this disaster, soon over, and soon I^
paired, would hardly suit 1. 524, which
points apparently to something more
terrible and more distant. Wagner sup-
poses it to be the impending war in
Italy; but Acestes had nothing to do
with this either as actor or sufferer
It seems more probable that Heyne ii
right in referring it to the wars betwed
Home and Sicily. But there is do uttd
to fix it at aU, as long as we regard it ai
identified with some adequate occnmoce
in the subsequent history of Sicfly."—
Con.
AENEIBOS LIB. V.
283
Ferre sui dederat monumentum et pignus amoris.
Sic fatus cingit viridanti teinpora lauro,
Et primum ante omnes victorem appellat Acesten.
Nee bonus Eurytion praelato invidit honori,
Quamvis solus avem caelo deiecit ab alto.
Proximus ingreditur donis, qui vincula rupit,
Extremus, volucri qui fixit harundine malum.
At pater Aeneas, nondum certamine misso,
Custodem ad sese comitemque impubis luli
Epytiden vocat, et fidam sic fatur ad aurem:
Vade age, et Ascanio, si iam puerile paratum
Agmen habet secum, cursusque instruxit equorum,
Ducat avo turmas, et sese ostendat in armis,
Die, ait. Ipse omnem longo decedere circo
Infusum populum, et campos iubet esse patentes.
Incedunt pueri, pariterque ante ora parentum
Erenatis lucent in equis, quos omnis euntes
Trinacriae mirata fremit Troiaeque inventus.
Omnibus in morem tonsa coma pressa corona;
Cornea bina ferunt praefixa hastilia ferro;
Pars leves umero pharetras; it pectore summo
Flexilis obtorti per coUum circulus auri.
Tres equitum numero turmae, ternique vagantur
Ductores; pueri bis seni quemque secuti
Agmine partito fulgent paribusque magistris.
Una acies iuvenum, ducit quam parvus ovantem
Nomen avi referens Priamus, tua clara, Polite,
Progenies, auctura Italos; quem Thracius albis
540
545
550
555
560
565
545-603. The exhibition of horseman-
Ip.
564. Polite. Cf. XL 526, and Induc-
tive Studies f 71.
541. Eonoriy 99. — 542. Quamvis deiecit, 202. 2). — 559. Aurl,^'^.
2*4 P. VEBGILU MABOXIS
m
Ponai egiiu* faicolor mrioulis. vesrigia primi
Alba ]:»ri:5 fr-iLiicm :.ie osienians ardiios albam.
Ali-cr A:v?. irenVcS uijie Alii daiere Latini.
Parvus A:v5. ]iUrrt»que puer dilectus lulo.
Ext?yrinu>, foniijque a me omnes pnlcher, lulas 570
Si ioiiio est inveoius trquo. quern Candida Dido
£>>c sui Jnlent moiuiiiieutuiii et pignus amoris.
Celt- ra Triiiacrii> pubes senioris Aoestae
Fertur equi<.
Excipiuut plausu pavidos, gaudentque taeutes 57S
Dardanidae, veterumque agnoscunt ora parentum.
Postquam omuem laeti cousessum oculosque suorum
Lustravere in ecjuis, sigiium clamore paratis
Epvtides loiige dedit insonuitque flagello.
Olli discarrere pares, atque agmina tenii 580
Diduciis solvere choris, rursusque vocati
Convertere vias infestaque tela tulere.
lude alios iiieunt eursus aliosque recnrsiiB
Adversi spatiis, altemosque orbibus orbes
Impediunt, puguaeque cieut simulacra sub armis ; 585
Et nunc terga fuga nudant, nunc spicula vertunt
Infeusi, facta pariter nunc pace feruntur.
Ut quondam Greta fertur Labyrinthus in alta
Parietibus textum caecis iter, ancipitemque
Mille viis habuisse dolum, qua signa sequendi 5«
Falleret indeprensus et irremeabilis error;
668. Atii Latini. Cf. 1. 121 and
iioto.
680-87. Kuaeus gives the following
pnme periijliKwe of this rather obscure
jms.sag(i : llli cxcurreruiit simul pares,
(Ininde tn^s diicos direiiicruiit agiiien iu
Hoparatiis tnrinas : iterumqae a<lmoniti
ndr^rprunt iter, ot immisere hastas in-
imicas. Postea incipinnt alios cnmis ct
alios recursus ex oppositis locis, et in
plicatit alternatim gyros ^yris, et flik
armis edunt imaginem certaminis.
583-86. Conington remarks : " ViigO^
words, it seems to me, become pnrpoiel/
rather indefinite at this point.*'
AENETDOS LIB. V.
285
Haud alio TeucrAm nati vestigia cursu
Impediuiit, texuntque fugas et proelia ludo,
Delphinum similes, qui per maria umida iiaiido 594
Carpathium Libycumque secant [luduntque per undas].
Hunc morein cursus atque haec certamina primus
Ascanius, Longam muris cum ciiigeret Albam,
Rettulit et priacoa docuit celebrare Latinos,
Quo puer ipse modo, secum quo Troia pubes;
Albani docuere suos; hinc maxima porro 600
Accepit Roma, et patrium servavit honorem ;
Troiaque nunc, pueri Troianum dicitur agmen.
Hac celebrata tenus sancto certamina patri.
Hie primum Fortuna fidem mutata novavit.
Dum variis tumulo referunt sollemnia ludis,' 605
Irim de caelo misit Saturnia luno
Iliacam ad classem, ventosque adspirat eunti,
Multa movens, necdum antiquum aaturata dolorem.
Ilia, viam celerans per mille coloribus arcum,
Nulla visa cito decurrit tramite virgo. 610
Conspicit ingentem concursum, et litora lustrat,
Desertosque videt portus classemque relictam.
At procul in sola secretae Troades acta
Amissum Anchisen flebant, cunctaeque profundum
Pontum aspectabant flentes. Heu tot vada fessis 6i5
602. ''And now the game is called
'■Ota, and the boys are called the Trojan
nd." Notice that dicitur agrees with
meUy the predicate noun instead of
eri, the subject.
The Ludus Troiae or Troianus was a
rt of sham-fight performed by young
en of rank on horseback (Tacitus, An.
XI. 11). It was often exhibited under
Augustus and succeeding emperors. It
was finally discontinued because of an
accident that happened to the grandson
of Asinius PoUio, Aeserninus, whose leg
was broken in the course of the game.
603. Hac celebrata tenus, i. e. up
to Vergil's own time.
594. Delphinum^ 107. —603. Uac celebrata tenus, 233.— 613. Troadw^Sa.
286
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Et tantum superesse maris ! vox omnibus una.
Urbem orant; taedet pelagi perferre laborem.
Ergo inter medias sese hand ignara nocendi
Conicitj et faciemque deae vestemque reponit;
Fit Beroe, Tmarii coniunx longaeva Dorycli, mo
Cui genus et quondam nomen uatique fuissent;
x\.c sic Dardanidum mediam se matribus infert:
0 miserae, quas non manus, inquit, Acliaica beUo
Traxerit ad letum patriae sub moenibus ! o gens
Infelix, cui te exitio Fort una reservat? 625
Septima post Troiae excidium iam vertitur aestas^
Cum freta, cum terras omnes, tot inhospita saxa
Sideraque emensae ferimur, dum per mare magnum
Italiam sequitnur fugientem, et volvimur undis.
Hie Erycis fines fraterni, atque hospes Acestes: MO
Quis prohibet muros iacere et dare'civibus urbem?
0 patria et rapti nequiquam ex hoste Penates,
NuUane iam Troiae dicentur moenia? nusquam
Hectoreos amnes, Xantimm et Simoenta, videbo ?
Quin agite, et mecum infaustas exurite puppes. 635
Nam mihi Cassandrae per somnum vatis imago
Ardentes dare visa faces : ^ Hie quaerite Tj-oiam ;
Hie domus est/ inquit, Wobis/ Iam tempus agi res.
Nee tantis mora prodigiis. En quattuor arae
Neptuno ; deus ipse faces animumque ministrat. 640
Haec memorans prima infensum vi corripit ignem,
620. Note the manv instances of Deus
ex machina in the Aeneid; and observe
that here, as generaUy, the divine in-
fluence works upon men through men.
626. Cf. I 755. These passages show
the length of time that has elapsed mit
the faU of Troy.
640. Deus faces ministrat Ct 1
148 and note.
616. Superesse, 166. — Maris, 84. — 021. Cuifuisxenf. 176. —624. Quas traxerit^ 17*
— 631. /acei!fiiJ£6. — 632. 0 patria, etc., 238. — 633. Troiae, 82. — 638. Agi^ 168.
AENEIDOS LIB. V. 287
Sublataque procul dextra conixa coruscate
Et iacit. Arrectae mentes atupefacti^que corda
Iliadam. Hie iina e multis^ quae maxima natu,
Pyrgo, tot Priami natorum regia nutrix: 645
Non Beroe vobis, non haec Rhoete'ia, matres,
Est Doryeli coniunx; divini signa decoris
Ardentesque notate oculos; qui spiritus illi.
Qui vultus, vocisque souus^ et gressus eunti.
Ipsa egomet dudum Beroen digressa reliqui 650
Aegram, indignantem, tali quod sola careret
Munere^ nee meritos Anchisae inferret honores.
Haec effata.
At matres primo ancipites, oculisque malignis
Ambiguae spectare rates miserum inter amorem 655
Praesentis terrae fatisque vocantia regna :
Cum dea se paribus per caelum sustulit alis,
Ingentemque fuga secuit sub nubibus arcum.
Tum vero attonitae monstris actaeque furore
Conclamant, rapiuntque focis penetralibus ignem; 660
Pars spoliant aras, frondem ac virgulta facesque
Coniciunt. Furit im missis Volcanus habenis
Transtra per et remos et pictas abiete puppes.
Nuutius Anchisae ad tumulum cuneosque theatri
Inceusas perfert naves Eumelus, et ipsi 665
Respiciunt at ram in nimbo volitare favillam.
Primus et Ascanius, cursus ut laetus equestres
Ducebat, sic acer equo turbata petivit
Castra, nee exanimes possunt retinere magistri.
340. GresBiUi. So also Venus' divinity was revealed by her majestic movemeut
(incesstt). Cf. I. 405.
J44. E muhit, 135. — 646, Vobis, 108. — 651. Careret, 189.-655. Spectare, 167.
662. Immissis habenis, 236. — Volcanus, 245. 5).
58 p. VERGILII MARONIS
Quis furor iste novus*^ quo nunc, quo tenditis, inquit^ 670
Heu miserae cives? .uon hostem inimicaque castra
Argivum, vestras spes uritis. En, ego vester
Ascanius! Galeam ante pedes proiecit inanem.
Qua ludo iiidutus belli simulacra ciebat.
Accelerat simul Aeneas, simul agmina TeucrAm. 675
Ast illae diversa metu per litora passim
Diffugiunt, silvasque et sicubi concava fortim
Saxa petunt; piget incepti lucisque, suosque
Mutatae agnoscunt, excussaque pecj^ore luno est.
Sed non idcireo flammae atque incendia vires 680
Indomitas posuere; udo sub robore vivit
Stuppa vomens tardum fumum, lentusque carinas
Est vapor, et toto descendit corpore pestis.
Nee vires heroura infusaque flumina prosunt.
Tum pius Aeneas umeris abscindere vejtem, 685
Auxilioque vocare deos, et tendere palmas:
luppiter omnipotens, si nondum exosus ad unum
Troianos, si quid pietas antiqua labores
Respicit humanos, da flammam evadere classi
Nunc, Pater, et tenues Teucriim res eripe leto. 690
Vel tu, quod superest, infesto fulraine morti.
Si raereor, demitte, tuaque hie obrue dextra.
Vix haec ediderat, cum effusis irabribus atra
Tempestas sine more furit, tonitruque tremescunt
Ardua terrarum et.campi; -ruit' ae there I toto 695
Turbidus imber aqua densisque nigerrimus austris;
Implenturque super puppes; semiusta madeacimt
683. Est. Cf. Yocab., edo. \ 687. Ezobub, sc. es.
674. Qua, 126. — 678. Incepti lucisqiie, 93. — 685. Abscindere, 167.
688. Quid, 116.
AENEIDOS LIB. V.
289
Z^t>ora; restinctus donee vapor omnis, et omnes,
^^^ttuor amissis, servatae a peste carinae.
-J. -^t pater Aeneas, casu concussus acerbo,
-j^^^^^c hue ingentes nunc illuc pectore curas
^^^"tabat versans, Siculisne resideret arvis,
rp ^Xitus fatorura, Italasne capesseret oras.
P^^^^n senior Nautes, unum Tritonia Pallas
^^^«m docuit multaque iusignem reddidit arte —
H:
^ec responsa dabat, vel quae porteuderet ira
^~^^gna de6m, vel quae fatorura posceret ortlo —
^^ue his Aenean solatus vocibus infit :
"^^ ^te dea, quo fata trahunt retrahuutque, sequamur ;
^^iuidquid erit, superanda omnis fortuna ferendo est.
^st tibi Dardanius divinae stirpis Acestes :
Ijunc cape consiliis socium et coiiiunge volentein;
Ijuic trade, amissis superant qui navibus, et quos
X^ertaesum magni incepti rerumque tuarum est;
liongaevosque senes ac fessas aequore matres,
Et quidquid tecum invalidum metuensque pericli est,
Delige, et his habeant terris sine moenia fessi ;
Urbem appellabunt permisso nomine Acestam.-
700
rof)
710
715
7l0. One of the f nndamental principles
^* Stoic philosophy, under the influence of
^liich Vergil wrote the Aeneid. Horace
xOrfes, L 24) states the same principle :
Durum : sed levius fit patientia,
Quidquid corrigere est nefas.
Chaucer's hero, Arcite ( Knightes Tale,
1086), preaches the doctrine of patience
in adversity :
Tak al in pacience
Onre prisoun, for it may non othir he ;
Fortune hath geven us this adversite.
We mosto endure it ; this is the schort
and pleyn.
715-16. Dante puts into the mouth of
his guide these words concerning those
who preferred present comfort to future
glory ;
And those who the fatigue did not endure
Unto the issue, with Anchises' son,
Themselves to life withonten glory
offered. — /V/- XVIII. 136.
714. /wce;>ei, 93.
290 P- VERGILH MARONIS
Talibas incensus dictis senioris amici^
Tom vero in coras animo didacitur omnes. T9>
Et Xox atra polain bigis sabvecta tenebat:
Yisa dehiuc caelo facies delapsa parentis
Auchisae subito tales efFnndeie yoccs:
Nate^ mihi vita quondam, dum vita manebat.
Care magis, nate, Iliacis exercite fatis^ :2i
Imperio lovis hue venio, qni classibns ignem
Depulit, et caelo tandem miseratas ab alto est.
Consiliis pare, quae nunc pulcherrima Kaates
Dat senior; lectos iuvenes, fortissima corda.
Defer in Italiam; gens dura atque aspera cnltu ^
Debellanda tibi Latio est. Ditis tamen ante
Infemas accede domos, et Ayenia per alta
Congressus pet€, nate, meos. Non me impia namqne
Tartara habent tristesve umbrae, sed amoena piomm
Concilia Eljsiumque colo. Hue casta SibjUa n
Nigrarum multo pecudum te sanguine dncet.
Tum genus omne tuum, et quae dentur moenia, disces.
lamque vale; torquet medios Nox umida carsos^
Et me saevus equis Oriens adflavit anhelis.
Dixerat, et tenues fiigit, ceu fumus, in auras. u
Aeneas, Quo deinde ruis ? quo proripis ? inquit.
Quern fugis ? aut quis te nostris complexibos arcet ?
Haec memorans cinerem et aopitoa suscitat ignes.
724-5. Cf. CatnUus (LXIV. 215) :
Gnate mihi longa jucundior unice vita.
738-9. So the ghost of Hamlet's father
vanishes at the approach of dawn :
Bat, soft ! methinks I scent the morning
air.
Fare thee well at odm!
The glow-worm shows the matin to ^
near.
And 'gins to pale his anefifectnal fiiv.
Shak., Hawdft, L >
726. Clastibus, 101.
AENEIDOS LIB. T. 291
Pei^amenrnque Larem et can^e penetralia Vestae
Farre pio et pleua supplex veneratur acerra. 745
Extemplo socios pnmamque arcessit Acesteii,
Et lovis imperium et can praecepta parentis
Edocet^ et quae nunc animo senteutia constet.
Hand mora cousiliis, nee iassa recasat Acestes.
TranBcribnnt urbi matres, populumque voleutem 750
Deponunt, animos nil magnae landis egentes.
Ipsi transtra novant^ flammisqne ambesa reponunt
Biobora navigiis, aptant remosque rudentesque^
Exigoi nnmero, sed bello vivida vjrtus.
Interea Aeneas urbem designat aratro 755
Sortiturque domos; hoc Ilium et haec loca Troiam
Esse iubet. Gaudet regno Troianus Acestes,
Indicitque forum et patribus dat iura vocatis.
Tum vicina astris Erycino in vertice sedes
Fundatur Veneri Idaliae, tumuloque sacerdos 760
Ac lucus late sacer additur Anchis^.
lamque dies epulata novem gens omnis, et aris
Factus honos; placid i straverunt aequora venti,
Creber et aspirans rursus vocat Auster in altum.
Exoritur procnrva ingens per litora fletus ; 765
Complex! inter se noctemque diemque morantur.
Ipsae iam matres, ipsi, quibus aspera quondam
Visa maris facies et non tolerabUe nomen,
Ire volunt, omneraque fugae perferre laborem.
Quos bonus Aeneas dictis solatur amicis, 770
Et consanguineo lacrimans commendat Acestae.
Tres Eryci vltnlos et Tempestatibus agnam
Cadere deinde iubet, solvique ex ordine fuuem.
Ipse, caput tonsae foliis evinctus olivae,
r51. LaudU, 94. - 774. 228.
p. VERGILn MAKox^*^
Stans procul in prora pateram tenet, extaque salsos
Porricit in fluctus, ac vin^ liquentia fundit.
Prosequitur surgens a puppi ventus euntes;
Certatim socii feriunt mare et aequora verrunt.
At Venus interea Neptunum exercita curis
AUoquitur, talesque effundit pectoi*e questus :
lunonis gravis ira nee ezsaturabile pectus
Cogunt me, Neptune, preces desceudere in omnes;
Quam nee longa dies, pietas nee mitigat uUa^
Nee lovis iraperio fatisque infracta quiescit.
Non media de gente Phrygum'ezediase nefandis
Urbem odiis satis est, nee poenam traxe per oranem ;
Beliquias Troiae, cineres atque ossa peremptae
Insequitur. Causas tanti sciat ilia furoris. "
Ipse mihi nuper Libycis tu testis in undis
Quam molem subito excierit: maria omnia caelo
Miscuit, Aeoliis nequiquam freta proeellis.
In regnis hoc ausa tuis.
Per scelus ecce etiam Troianis matribus actis
Exussit foede puppes, et classe subegit
Amissa socios ignotae liiiquere terrae.
Quod superest, oro, liceat dare tut a per undas
Vela tibi, liceat Laurentem at tinge re Thybrira,
Si concessa peto, si dant ea moenia Parcae.
Turn Saturnius haec domitor maris edidit alti:
Fas omne est, Cytherea, meis te fidcre regnis,
778. Cf. Tennyson (fl/ffssfs) :
I'lish off, and sitting well in order smite
The sonndinp furrows ; for my purpose
holds
To sail heyoud the sunset.
789. Cf. I. 65 seq.
791. Nequiquair
(I. 124) had thwarte*
iug the tempest.
O40. — 786 Trnx€,216.-1%%. Scia(,20
AENEIDOS LIB. V.
293
Unde genus ducis. Merui quoque; saepe furores
Compressi et rabiem tantam caelique marisque.
Nee minor in terns — Xanthum Simoentaque testor —
Aeneae mihi cura tui. Cum Tro'ia Achilles
Exanimata sequens impingeret agmina muris^ 805
Milia multa daret leto, gemereutque repleti
Amnes, nee reperire viam atque evolvere posset
In mare se Xantlius, Pelidae tunc ego forti
Congressum Aenean nee dis nee viribus acquis
Nube cava rapui, cuperem cum vertere ab imo 8io
Structa meis manibus periurae moenia Troiae.
Nunc quoque mens eadem perstat mihi; pelle timorem.
Tutus, quos optas, portus accedet Avemi.
Unus erit tantum^ amissum quem gurgite quaeres;
Unum pro multis dabitur caput. 815
His ubi laeta deae permulsit pectora dictis,
lungit equos auro Genitor, spumantiaque addit
Frena fens, manibusque omnes effundit habenas.
Caeruleo per summa levis volat aequora curru;
Subsidunt undae, tumidumque sub axe tonanti 820
Stemitur aequor aquis, fugiunt vasto aethere nimbi.
Tum variae comitum facies, immania cete.
808-12. Neptune was hostile to the
rojans, and was bent upon the destruc-
>n of Troy, yet he favored Aeneas, as
) himself says, on account of his piety.
JT the description of the contest l>etween
eneas and AchiUes cf. Iliads XX. At
.6 moment when Aeneas is in mortal
inger, Neptune says :
!y heart, ye gods, is heavy for the sake
f the great-souled Aeneas, who will sink
o Hades overcome by Peleus' son.
But guiltless as he is.
Why should he suffer for the wrong
Of others ? He has always sought to
please
With welcome offerings the gods who
dwell
In the broad heaven. — (//. XX. 368.)
Neptune then caused a darkness to rise
round the eyes of Achilles, and hurried
Aeneas away to a place of safety.
810. Ciqferem, 202. 4). — 817. Auro, 245. 4). — 821. Aquis, 08. — 822. Cete^ 229. \S.
294
P. VERGILH MARONIS
Et senior Glauci chorus, Inousque Palaemon^
Tritonesque citi, Phorcique exercitus omnis;
Laeva tenet Thetis, et Melite, Panopeaque virgo,
Nesaee, Spioque, Thaliaque, Cymodoceque.
Hie patris Aeneae suspensam blanda vicissim
Gaudia pertentant mentem : iubet ocius omiies
AttoUi malos, intendi bracchia veils.
Una oranes fecere pedem, jJariterque sinistros^
Nunc dextros solvere sinus; una ardua torquent
Cornua detorquentque ; ferunt sua flamina elassem.
Princeps ante omnes densum Palinurus agebat
Agmen; ad hunc alii cursum contendere iussi.
lam que fere mediam caeli Nox umida metam
Contigerat; placida laxabant membra quiete
Sub remis fusi per dura sedilia nautae :
Cum levis aetheriis delapsus Somnus ab astnii
Aera dirrjpvit tenebrosum et dispulit umbras,
Te, Palinure, pctens, tibi somnia tristia portans
Insonti; puppique deus consedit in alta,
Phorbanti similis, funditque has ore loquelas :
laside Palinure, ferunt ipsa aequora elassem ',
Aequatae spirant aurae; datur hora quieti.
Pone caput, fessosque oculos furare labori.
Ipse ego paulisper pro te tua munera inibo.
Cui vix attoUens Palinurus lumina fatur :
Mene salis placidi vultum fluctusque quietos
Ignorare iubes ? mene huic confidere monstro ?
^Aenean credam quid enim fallacibus auris
890
8SS
841
9li
giO
830. Fecere pedem. Cf . Vocab., pea.
844. Aequatae aurae. Cf. aequatis
veils, IV. 587.
853. OculoB tenebat. Join wiU
vix attolens lumina y 1. 847.
838. Somnus, 237. — 850. Credam, 208.
AENEIDOS LIB. V.
295
Et caeli totiens deceptus fraude sereiii ?
Talia dicta dabat, clavumque affixus et haerens
Nusquam amittebat, oculosque sub astra tenebat.
Ecce deus ramuin Lethaeo rore madentem
Vique soporatum Stygia super utraque quassat
Tempora, cunctantique natantia lumina solvit.
Vix primos inopina quies laxaverat artus ;
Et super incuml)ens cum puppis parte revulsa
Cumque gubernaclo liquidas proiecit in undas
Praecipitem ac socios uequiquam saepe vocantem ;
Ipse volans tenues se sustulit ales ad auras.
Currit iter tutum uon secius aequore classis,
Proraissisque patris Neptuni interrita fertur.
lamque adeo scopulos Siren urn advecta subibat,
Difficiles quondam multoruraque pssibus albos,
Tum rauca assiduo longe sale saxa sonabant :
Cum pater amisso fluil;antem errare magistro
Sensit, et ipse ratem nocturnis rexit in undis,
Multa gemens, casuque animum concussus amici :
O nimium caeld et pelago confise sereno,
Nudus in ignota, Pali.nure, iacebis harena.
855
860
865
870
865. Quondam. Vergil here speaks
om the standpoint of his own time.
870-71. It had been foretold (1. 815)
lat one life should be lost in a sort of
vicarious suffering for all ; and Palinurus
suffers not only death, but also the loss
of burial. For the further story of
Palinurus, however, cf. VI. 337-383.
TboD sajOBt, that of Silrioa the pannt.
While jet corruptible, into the world
Immortal went, and was there hodilj.
Damtb, Inf n. IS-
LIBER SEX rUS.
Sic fatur lacrimans, ciassique immittit habenas,
Et tandem Euboicis Curaaruru allabitur oris.
Obvertunt pelago proras ; turn dents tenaci
Ancora fnndabat naves, et litora curvae
Praetexunt puppea. luveiiiiin manus eraicat ardens s
Litiis in Hesperiura; quaerit pars semina flammae
Abstnua in venis silicis, pars densa rerarum
Tecta rapit silvas, iaventaque Sumina monatrat.
At piua Aeneas arcea, quibua altua Apollo
Praesidet, horrendaeqae procul aecrcta Sibyllae, lo
AntniDi immane, petit, magnam cui mentem anioiumque
Delius inapirat rates aperit()iie futura.
lam subeunt Triviae lucos atque aurea tecta.
1. Slofatnr. Thns-theBixthanJ Hfih j hnvB hpun founded by a colony from
loke lue one continnous narratiTe, ChakiH in Kiiboea ; hetice Eabofan Cumae,
a. Eabololfl CnmwDiii oris. The and thB Chalridian hei^V^. t\ \1\,
BrtMDth lutdiDg. Camae is said to ! 13. Tii'viae. CI. W.^W «ii*>.^isS«i
298
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Daedalus, ut fama est, fugiens Minoi'a regna^
Praepetibus pennis ausus se credeife caelo^
Lisuetum per iter gelidas enavit ad Arctos^
Chalcidicaque levis tandem super aistitit arce.
Redditus his primum terns, tibi, Phoiebe, sacravit
Remigium alarum, posuitque immania templa.
lu foribus letum Androgeoj tum pendere poenas
Cecropidae iussi — raiserum ! — septena quotannis
Corpora uatorum ; stat ductis sortibus urna.
Contra elata mari respoudet Gnosia tell us:
Hie crudelis amor tauri, suppostaque furto
Pasiphae, mix tum que genus prolesque biformis
Minotaurus inest, Veneris monumenta uefandae ;
Hie labor ille domus et ineztrlcabilia error;
15
so
25
14-33. The group of legends touched
upon in these lines niav be brieflv stated.
Daedalus, an Athenian, being expelled
from Athens goes to Crete, the kingdom
of Minos Here ho constructs for the
queen, Pasiphae, tlie wooden cow by
means of which her unnatural lust was
accomplished. The result of this union
was the Minotaur. Minos, to conceal
the shame of his house, shuts this beast
in the Labyrinth which Daedalus had
constructed for that purpose. Daedalus,
for his share in the guilty is liimsclf im-
prisoned by Minos. Wearying of con-
finement, he constructs wings of feathers
and- wax upon which he, together with
his son Icarus, escapes. Icarus, flying too
near the sun, loses his wings tlirougli
the melting of the wtix, and falls into
the sea. Daedalus pursues his way, and
lands in safety in Italy.
The Athenians, jealous of the success
of Androgeos, the sou of Minos, in their
public games, had mnrdered him. To
avenge his son's death, Minos made war
upon the Athenians, granting as the onK
terms of peace that the Athenians should
send every year seven young men and
seven maidens to be devoured by the
Minotaur. These youths were chosen br
lot. TheaiBus, son of the king of Athete
caused himself to be chosen as one of
these victims ; and by the aid of Ariadne,
the daughter of Minos, who furnished
him with a clue to the Labyrinth, b«
entered, slew the Minotaur, and safeK
retraced his steps. Vergil deviates fnnn
the story in having Daedalus furnish ibe
clue to Theseus.
18. Sacravit remigitiin. Cf. 1. 24S.
note.
22. Sortibus urna. Cf. V. 491 aui
note.
2.7. Ineztricabilis error, i. e . the
Labyrinth. Cf. V. 588-91. (>^'id (JA'
VIII. 162-68) thus describes this maie
21. J//«e7-Mm, 124. — 26. Veneris, 24J5. b).
■ A
AENEIDOS LIB. VI.
299
Magnum reginae sed enim miseratus amorem
Daedalus^ ipse dolos tecti ambagesque resolvit.
Caeca regens filo vestigia. Tu quoque magnam
Partem opere in tanto, sineret dolor, Icare, haberes.
Bis conatus erat casus effingere in auro;
Bis patriae cecidere manus. Quin protinus omnia
Ferlegerent oculis^ ni iam praemissus Achates
Adforet atque una Phoebi Triviaeque sacerdos,
Deiphobe Glauci, fatur quae talia regi :
Non hoc ista sibi tempus spectacula poscit;
Nunc grege de intacto septem mactare iuvencos
Praestiterit, totidem lectas de more bidentes.
Talibus adfata Aenean — nee sacra morantur
lussa viri — Teucros vocat alta in templa sacerdos.
Excisum Euboi'cae latus ingens rupis in antrum,
Quo lati^ ducunt aditus centum, ostia centum ;
Unde ruunt totidem voces, responsa Sibyllae.
Ventum erat ad limen, cum virgo, Poscere fata
Tempus, ait; deus, ecce, deus ! Cui talia fanti
Ante fores subito non vultus, non color unus,
Non con^tae mansere comae; sed pectus anhelum,
Et rabie fera corda tument ; maiorque videri,
30
35
40
45
on secus axj liquidus Phrygiis M aeandros
in arvis
udit, et ambigaolapsu refluitque fluitque,
ccurrensque sibi venturas aspicit lilidas,
it nunc ad fontes, nunc ad mare versus
apertum
icertasexercet aquas: ita Daedalusimplet
mumeras errore vias, vixque ipse reverti
.d limen potuit ; tanta est fallacia tecti.
28. Sed enim. '' But (it did not re-
lain a blind maze) fov," etc.
30. Regens filo. CatuUus, after de-
scribing the conflict between Theseus and
the Minotaur, says :
Inde pedem sospes multa cum laudo
reflexit
Errahunda regens tenni vestigia JHo,
Ne labyrintheis e flexibus egredieiitem
Tecti frustraretur inohservahilis error.
LXIV. 112-115.
49. Maiorque videri. Cf. II. 773,
note ; and Wordsworth, Laodamia :
31. Sineret — habereSf 198. — 34, 35. Perk gerent — adforet, 198. — 36. Glauci, 82. -—
39. Praestiterit, 209.^49. Videri^ 163.
302
P. VERGILn MABONIS
Quam tua te Fortuna sinet. Via phma salatis.
Quod minime reris, Graia pandetur ab urbe.
Tiilibus ex adyto dictis Cumaea Sibylla
Horrendas canit ambages antroque remuglt^
Obscuris vera irivolvens : ea freua farei^ti
(.'oncutit, et stimulos sub pectore vertit Apollo.
Ut priinum cessit furor et rabida era quierant^
lucipit Aeneas heros: Non ulla laborum^
O virgo, nova mi facies inopinave sui^t;
Omnia praecepi atque animo mecum ante peregi.
Unum oro : quando hie infemi ianua regis
Dicitur et tenebrosa palus Acheronte refuso.
Ire ad conspectum cari geuitoris et ora
Contingat; doceas iter et sacra ostia pandas.
Ilium ego per flammas et mille sequentia tela
Eripui his umeris, medioque ex hoste recepi ;
lUe meum comitatus iter maria omnia mecum
Atque omnes pelagique minas caelique ferebat,
Invalidus, vires ultra sortemque senectae.
Quin, ut te supplex petcrem et tua limina adirem.
Idem orans mandata dabat. Gnatique patrisque.
Alma, precor, miserere ; potes namque omnia, nee te
Nequiquam lucis Hecate praefecit Avernis.
Si potuit Manes arcessere coniugis Orpheus,
Threi'cia fretus cithara fidibusque canoris,
Si fratrem Pollux alterna morte redemit.
100
105
no
115
ISO
105. Omnia praecepi. Cf. III. 458,
and V. 730.
121. Pollux. Pollux was allowed to
share his own immortality with Wb
brother Castor, who had been slain, the
two dying on alternate days
104 3/1,218.-109. Doceas, 205. — m. Omnia, 111.-120, Cithara Jidilmtgne,
152.
I
AENEIDOS LIB. VI.
ItqDe reditqae viam totiens. Quid Thesea magnnm,
Quid memorem Alcideu ? Et m! genus ab love aummo.
Talibus orabat dictis, arasque tenebat,
Cum sic orsa loqui vates : Sate sanguine divAm,
Troa Anchisiade, facilis descensus Averno ;
Noctes atque dies patet atri ianua Ditis ;
Sed revocare graduiu superasque evadere ad auras.
Hoe opus, hie labor est. Pauci, quos aequus amavit
luppiter, aut ardens evezit ad aetliera virtus,
Dis geiiiti potuere. Teueiit media omnia silvae,
Cocytasque sinu labens circumvenit atro.
Quod si tantus amor menti, si tanta cupido est.
Bis Stygios liuiare lacus, bis nigra videre
Tartara, et inaano iuvat indulgere labori,
Accipe, quae peragenda prius. Latet arbore opaea
Aureus et foliis et lento vimine ramus,
lunoni infemae dictus sacer; huuc tegit omnis
123. Tlimea. Tbeseus, with the aid
of PirithoiiB, attempted to abdutt Proser-
pina fromithe palaee of Pluto. This
attempt resulted in the imprisuoment
at both heroes by Pluto. Ttieaeus was
afterwardB released by Hercules (Aid-
dea), whose twelfth tabor was to briDg the
dog Cerberus from the Lower World.
127. Cf. Spenser {F. Q U. VII. 24) :
At last him to a little dore he brought.
That to the gates of hell, which gaped
wide,
Was next adioyniug.
Again {F. Q, IV. I. 20) :
138. Proserpina was the )'n/f ma' Junn
because she was the wife of infernal t»
Stggian Joee (IV. 638).
304
P. VERGILII MABONIS
Lucus, et obscuris claudunt convallibus ambiae.
Sed non ante datur telluris operta subire^ 140
Auricomos quam qui decerpserit arbore fetus.
Hoc sibi pulchra suuin ferri Proserpina munus
Instituit. Primo avulso non deficit alter
Aureus^ et siinili frondescit virga metallo.
Ergo alte vestiga oculis^ et rite repertum 145
Carpe manu; iiamque ipse volens £Eicilisque sequetor^
Si te fata vocant; aliter non viribos ullis
Vincere, nee duro poteris convellere ferro.
Praeterea iacet exanimum tibi corpus amici —
Heu nescis ! — totamque incestat funere classem^ IM
Dum consulta petis nostroque in limine pendes.
Sedibus huiic refer ante suis et conde sepulcro.
Due nigras pecudes; ea prima piacula sunto.
Sic demum lucos Stygis et regna invia vivis
Aspicies. Dixit, pressoque obmutuit ore. \/ 155
Aeneas maesto defixus lumina vultu
Ingreditur, linquens antrum, caecosque volutat
Eventus animo secum. Cui fidus Achates
It comes, et paribus curis vestigia figit.
Multa inter sese vario sermone serebant, iw
Quem socium exanimem vates, quod corpus hamandam
Diceret: atque illi Misenum in litore sieco,
Ut venere, vident indigna morte peremptum,
Misenum Aeolideii, quo non praestantior alter
Aere ciere viros, Martemque accendere cantu. 165
156-9. Notice the slow measured ca-
dence of this passfige, well in keeping
with the sad and thoughtful mood of
Aeneas.
161. Quem socium. It seems
strange that they should not bare
thought at once of PalinaniB. It ii
generally conceded that this is a defect
which Vergil would have remedied M
he lived to revise his work.
166. Ciere — accendere, 163.
AENEIDOS LIB. VI.
306
v/
Hectoris hie magni fuerat comes, Hectora cireum
Et litu6 pugnas insignis obibat et hasta.
Postquam ilium vita victor spoliavit Achilles,
Dardanio Aeneae sese fortissimus heros
Addiderat socium, iion inferiora secutus.
Sed tum, forte cava dum persouat aequora concha^
Demens, et cantu vocat in certamina divos,
Aemulus exceptum Triton, si credere dignum est.
Inter saxa virum spumosa immerserat unda.
Ergo omnes magno cireum clamore fremebant,
Praecipue pius Aeneas. Tum iussa Sibyllae,
Hand mora, ifestinant flentes, aramque sepulcri
Congerere arboribus caeloque educere certant.
Itur in antiquam silvam, stabula alta ferarum;
Procumbunt piceae, sonat icta securibus ilex,
Frsudneaeque trabes cuneis et fissile robur
Scinditur, advolvunt ingentes montibus ornos.
Nee non Aeneas opera inter talia primus
Hortatur socios, paribusque accingitur armis.
Atque haec ipse suo tristi cum corde volutat,
Aspectans silvam immensam, et sic forte precatur :
170
175
180
185
179-82. This busy scene is greatly
enlarged in Tasso {Ger. Lib. III. 75) :
Each cheers on each, and to the gen'ral
call
Unwonted ravage rends the woods
aronnd ;
HewM by the iron's piercing edge, down
fall.
And with their leafy honors heap the
ground.
Pines, savage ashes, beeches, palms re-
nowned,
Funereal cypresses, the fir-tree high.
Maple, and holm with greens eternal
crown'd,
And wedded elm to which the vines
apply
Their virgin arms, and curl, and shoot
into the sky.
The influence of Ennius upon Vergil
is clearly traceable in this passage. Cf.
the following passage in the Annals :
Incedunt arbusta per alta, securibus
caedunt,
Percellunt magnas quercus, exciditur
ilex,
Fraxinus frangitur atque abies conster-
nitur alta.
Pinus proceras pervortunt : omue sonabat
Arbustum fremitu silvai froudosai.
20
306
P. VERGILU MARONIS.
■>- »
?r
Si nunc se nobis ille aureus arbore samus . - ;•: ^..
Ostendat iieinore in tanto ! quando omma veie ^^ti:
Heu nimiuin de te vates, Misene, locuta^ est-:... .^^/'*j;. '
Yix ea i'atus erat^ geminae cum foite columbae
Ipsa sub ora viri caelo venere volantes^
Et viridi sedere solo. Turn maximos heros
Mate mas agnoscit aves, laetusque precatar:
Estc duces, o, si qua via est, cursumque per
Dirigite in lucos^ ubi pinguetn dives opaoat •
Eamus humum. Tuque^ o, dubiis ne defice vebiuy
Diva parens. Sic effatus vestigia pressit^ :
Observans, quae signa feranfc, quo tendere peigwit.
Pascentes illae tantum prodire volando,
Quantum acie possent oculi servare sequentam.
Inde ubi venere ad fauces graveolentiB Avemi,
ToUant se celeres, liquidumque per aera lapsae
Sedibus optatis geminae super arbore sidant, - . .
Discolor unde auri per ramos aura refulsit.
Quale solet silvis brumali frigore viscum ' ' .
Fronde virere nova, quod non sua seminat arbos,
Et croceo fetu teretes circumdare truncos :
Talis erat species auri frondentis opaca
Ilice, sic Icni crepitabat brattea vento.
_. f
>"'
200
105
193. Maternas aves. Doves were
sacred to Venus, as also was tlie myrilo
(V. 72). It is noteworthy that in classical
literature birds are viewed only conven-
tionally. They do not appear in their
natural aspect, and to all their move-
ments and notes is attached an especial
meaning. The eagle does nothing on
his own account, lie is the messenger
of Jove. The owlV hoot must nc(Mls be
ill-ominous, and he is also tbe .VH o^
Minerva, the embodiment of wlidom.
The older English poets follow the mum
conventional ideas. Thus Chancer in t
description of Veuus [Knigh^g Tale,
1964):
And aboven hire heed dowues JUyng.
195. Pinguem, "rich" or 'fertile'
because it could produce such precious
fruit.
188. Si (—ulinam) osttndat ! 207. — 200. Possent^ 174.
JUNO. (Vatican Museum.)
AENEIDOS LIB. VL
307
Corripit Aeneas extemplo avidusque refringit
Cuuctautem, et vatis portat sub tecta Sibyllae. \^
Nee minus interea Misenum in litore Teucri
Flebant, et cineri ingrato suprema ferebant.
Priiicipio pinguem taedis et robore secto
Ingentera struxere pyram, cui frondibus atris
Intexunt latera, et ferales ante cupressos
Constituunt, decorantque super fulgentibus armis.
Pars calidoa latices et aena undantia flammis
Expediunt, corpusque lavant frigentis et unguunt.
Fit geraitus. Turn membra toro defl^ta reponunt,
Purpureasque super vestes, velamina nota,
Coniciunt. ' Pars ingenti subiere feretro,
Triste ministerium^ et subiectam more parentum
Aversi tenuere facem. Congesta creraantur
Turea dona, dapes, fuso era teres olivo.
Postquam coUapsi cineres et flamma quievit.
210
215
220
225
211. Cunctantem. Cf 1 146. To
Aeneas' eager grasp the branch seemed
to resist him, and thus to indicate that
the fates were against him.
212-35. Vergil here describes at some
length the funeral rites. Cf. also IV.
505; III. 63. The corpse was placed
upon a pile of wood called p}ira or rogvLS
(IV. 646). This pyre was built in the
form of an altar with four equal sides,
hence the ara sepulcri (VI. 177). The
sides of the pile were frequently covered
with dark leaves (215), and cypress-trees
were sometimes placed before it (216).
The corpse immediately after death was
bathed in water and anointed with oil
and perfumes (219) ; it was then placed
on a couch or bier {feretrum, 222) on
which it was carried to the pyre. The
corpse was placed on the top of the pyre,
together with the couch on which it had
been carried, and the nearest relative
then set fire to the pyre with his face
turned away (224). When the flames
began to rise, various perfumes were
thrown into the fire (224-5); and when
the pile was burned down the embers
were soaked with wine (226-7), and the
bones and ashes of the deceased were
gathered by the nearest relatives (228),
who placed them in a funeral urn.
Then the persons present were thrice
sprinkled by a priest with pure water
from a branch of olive or laurel for the
purpose of purification (229-30). On
their departure they bade farewell to
the dead by pronouncing the word Vale
(231).
On novissima verba ol. \ ^\^ ^&s\.^ x^sivfc.
ao8
p. VERGILH MARONIS
lleliquias vino et bibolam lavere favillam,
Ossaque lecta cado texit Corynaeus aeno.
Idem ter socios para circumtulit unda,
Spargens rore levi et ramo felicis olivae,
Lustravitque viros, dixitque novissima verba.
At pius Aeneas ingenti mole sepulcrum
Imponit, suaque arma viro remumque tubamque,
Moiite sub aerio, qui nunc Misenus ab illo
Dicitur, aeternumque tenet per saecula nomen.
His actis propere exsequitur praecepta Sibyllae.
Spelunca alta fuit vastoque immanis hiatu^
Scrupea'; tuta lacu nigro nemorumque tenebris,
Quam super baud uUae poterant impune volarites
Teudere iter pennis : talis sese halitus atris
Faucibus effundens supera ad convexa ferebat;
[Unde locum Graii dixerunt nomine Aornon.]
Quattuor hie primum nigrantes terga iuvencos
Constituit, frontique invergit vina sacerdos,
Et summas carpeus media inter cornua saetas
Ignibus imponit sacris, libamina prima,
Voce vocaus Hecaten, Caeloque Ereboque potentem.
Supponunt alii cultros, tepidumque cruorem
Suscipiunt pateris. Ipse atri velleris agnara
230
235
240
S45 .'
337-42. Spenser {F. Q. I. Y. 31)
thus describes the "yawning gulfe of
doupe Avernus hole : "
iiy tluit same hole an entraunce, darke
uud bace [low),
With anjoake and sulphur hiding all the
pUco,
DesconiU to hell : there creature never
That backe retourned without heavenly
grace.
244. Cf. IV. 61.
245. Cf. IV. 698 and note. The victim
was then consigned to the sacrifice by «
sort of preliminary consecration.
247. Cf. IV. 511.
249. Velleris, 86.
AENEIDOS LIB. VI.
309
250
255
Aeneas matri Euinenidum magnaeque sorori
Ense ferit, sterilemque tibi, Proserpina, vaccam.
Turn Stygio regi nocturnas incohat aras,
Et solida imponit taurorum viscera flammis,
Piugue super oleum infundens ardentibus extis.
Ecce autem, primi sub lumina^ solis et ortus
Sub pedibus mugire solum, et iuga coepta moveri
Silvarum, visaeque canes iilulare per umbram,
Adventante dea. Procul o, procul este, profani,
Coiiclamat vates, totoque absistite luco;
Tuque invade viam, vaginaque eripe ferrum ;
Nunc animis opus, Aenea, nunc pectore firmo.
Tantum efifata, furens antro se immisit aperto;
Ille ducem ^^haud timidis jVadentem passibus aequat.
Di, quibus imperium est animarum, Umbraeque silentes,
Et Chaos, et Phlegethon, loca nocte tacentia late, 265
260
255. The above preparations and sac->^
rifices had been made at night, and now
they enter the infernal regions with the
first rays of the sun.
258. Adventante dea, i. e., Hecate,
who comes to open the way, as invoked
in 1. 247, accompanied by her Stygian
dogs, whose barking is now heard.
Procul prof ani, addressed to Aeneas'
companions. Cf. III. 405-7 and note.
In Boman religious ceremonies this
was the stock command to all uninitiated
(profani) to take their presence from the
holy rites. So Horace, to whom poetry
was sacred, thus introduces his third book
of Odes :
Odi profanum vulgus et arceo.
Favete linguis; carmina non prius
Audita Mnsamm sacerdos
Virjrinibus puerisque canto.
So Gray (Ode for Music) :
Hence, avaunt, 't is holy ground !
And Young (N. Th. II. 636) :
Fly, ye profane ! if not, draw near with
awe.
260. Eripe ferrum. Not that it
would be of any use against the terrors
of Hell, but because his drawn sword
would summon up to the warrior that
" courage " and " stout heart " which the
Sibyl warns him is necessary (261).
264 seq. Vergil's account of the
world of spirits "is drawn with great
exactness, according to the religion of
the heathen, and the opinion of the
Platonic Philosophy." These various
Platonisms will be noted as they occur.
261. Animis, 131.
310
P. VERGILn MARONIS
Sit mihi fas audita loqui; sit niuniue vestro
Pandere res alta terra et caligine mersas.
Ibant obscuri sola sub nocte per umbram,
Perque domos Ditis vacuas et inania regna :
Quale per incertam luiiam sub luce maligna
Est iter in silvis, ubi caelum condidit umbra
luppiter, et rebus nox abstulit atra colorem.
Vestibulum ante ipsum primisque in faucibus Orel
Luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae;
Pallentesque habitant Morbi, tristisque Senectus,
Et Metus, et malesuada Fames, ac turpis Egestas,
Terribiles visu formae, Letumque Labosque;
Tum consanguineus Leti Sopor, et mala mentis
273. Spenser (F, Q. II. VII. 21-25)
gives an elaborate description of tlie
creatures who throng this entrance.
Here we find " inf email Payne," " tu-
multuous Strife," " cruel Revenge," " ran-
corous Despight," "disloyall Treason,
and hart-burning Hate," " gnawing
Gealosy," sitting alone and biting his
bitter lips ; " trembling Feare " flying to
and fro ; " lamenting Sorrow," " Shame "
hiding his ugly face; "sad Horror"
beating his iron wings, and followed by
owls and night-ravens. Just before the
door are " selfe-consuming Care " and
" Sleep " in his '* drowsy den."
276. Metus. Cf. Shelley {Revolt of
Islam, I. XXXI.) ;
And Fear, the demon pale, his sanguine
shrine forsook.
Fames. Cf ibid. X. XVII. :
Famine, than whom Misrule no deadlier
daughter
Feeds from her thousand breasts.
78. Sopor. Concurring witl
view of sleep, the " brother of D
note the following :
And there she met Death*s brother,
and took
His hand in hers.
Homer, Iliad, XI\
The cell of Sleep is but the poi
Death.— Tasso, Ger. Lib. IX.
For next to Death is Sleepe i
compared.
Spensbr, F. Q. II. y]
Downy Sleep, Death's counterfe
Shak., J/ia
Sleep hath its own world
A boundary between the things misD
Death and existence.
Byron, The Dm
How wonderful is Death,
Death and his brother Sleep!
Shelley, Queen
Vergil also presents Sleep in a pie
272. Rebus, 101.
AENEIDOS LIB. VI.
311
(Jaudia, mortlferumque adverse in limine Bell urn,
Ferreique Eumenidurn thalamic et Discordia demens,
Vipereum criiiem vittis innexa cruentis.
In medio ramos aniiosaque bracchia pandit
Ulmus opaca^ ingens^ quam sedem Soixmia vulgo
Vana tenere feruut, foliisque sub omnibus liaerent.
Multaque praeterea variarum monstra ferarum,
Centauri in foribus stabulant^ Scyllae(jiie biformes,
Et centumgeminuB Briareus^ ac belua Lernae^
Horrendum stridens, flamraisque armata Chimaera,
Gorgones Harpyiae(|ue et forma tricorporis umbrae.
280
J ' >
285
sect. Cf. II. 268-69. Note in accord
th this view:
3ep that knits up the ravelled sleeve of
care,
le death of each day's life, sore labour's
bath,
ilm of hurt miiuls, great nature's second
course,
lief nourisher in life's feast.
Sii.\K , ^f(lr.b€th.
red Nature's sweet restorer, balmy
Sleep!— Young, N. Th. I. 1.
eased barrier betwixt day and day,
tar mother of fresh thoughts and
joyous health !
Wordsworth, Ode to Sleep.
magic sleep ! O comfortable bird,
lat broodest o'er the troubled sea of
the mind
1 it is hushed and smooth !
Keats, Endymion, I.
That sweet forgetfulness of life.
Byron, Lara, I. XXIX.
380. Discordia demena. Cf. Milton
ar.L.U 967):
id Discord with a thousand various
months.
285. Multaque praeterea. Addison
'cUtler, No. 154), commenting upon
Vergil's description of the future state,
says: "[Vergil] then gives us a list of
imaginary persons, who very naturally
lie within the shadow of the dream-tree,
as being of the same kind of make in
themselves, and the materials, or, to use
Shakspeare's phrase, * the stuff of which
dreams are made.' Such are the shades
of a giant with a hundred hands, and of
his brother with three bodies; of the
doubled shaped Centaur, and Scylla;
the Gorgon with snaky hair ; the Harpy
with a woman's face and lion's talons ;
the seven-headed Hydra; and the Chi-
maera, which breathes forth a flame, and
is a compound of three animals. These
several mixed natures, the creatures of
imagination, are not only introduced with
great art after the dreams, but, as they
are planted at the very entrance, and
within the very gates of those regions,
do probably denote the wild deliriums
and extravagances of fancy, which the
soul usually falls into when she is just
upon the verge of death."
288. Horrendum stridens. Cf.
Milton (Par.L. X):
But hiss for hiss returned with forked
tongue.
312
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Corripit hie subita trepidus formidine ferrum
Aeneas^ strictamque acieiu veiiieutibos offert^
Et^ ui docta comes tenues sine corpore vitas
Admoneat volitare cava sub imagine formae^
Irruat, et frustra ferro diverberet umbras.
Hi lie via, Tartarei quae fert Acberoutis ad undas.
Turbidus hie caeno vastaque voragiiie gurges
Aestuat atque omnem Cocyto eructat harenam.
Fortitor has liorrendus aquas et flumina servat
Terribili squalore Charon, cui plurima mento
Canities ineulta iacet, stant luinina flamma.
Sordid us ex umeris nodo dependet amictus.
Ipse ratem conto subigit, velisque ministrat,
Et ferruginea subvectat corpora cymba,
lam senior, sed cruda deo viridisque senectus.
Hue omnis turba ad ripas effusa ruebat,
Matres atque viri, defunctaque corpora vita
Magnaiiimftm heroum, pueri innuptaeque puellae,
Impositique rogis iuvenes ante ora parentum :
Quam multa in silvis autumni frigore primo
Lapsa cndunt folia, ant ad terram gurgite ab alto
293-4. Cf. Speuser [F. Q. IT. TV. 10) :
lie is not, ah ! he is not snch a foe
As st('(;lo can wound, or stren^^h can
overthroe.
295-7. Sliolloy in the Sensifive-Planf
^ivos a description which emphjisizes
this uncanny picture •
Spawn, weeds, and filtli, a le])rous scum,
Made therunninpj rivuh^t tliick and dunih,
And at its outlet, flaujs husje as stakes
Dammed it up with roots knotted like
water-snakes.
299. Charon He is thus dcsci
hy Dante {Tnf. III. 83) :
An old man, hoary with the hair of
309-10. This is a favorite simflt
a multitude.
Homer (//. II.) has :
Numberless as the flowers and leaT
spring,
and
In number like the sands ami sur
leaves.
293-4. Admonvnt -Irruat, 197. - 207. Coryto, 100. — 299. Squalin-e, I'VX
AENEIDOS LIB. VI.
313
Quam multae glomerantur aves, ubi frigidus annus
Trans pontum fugat et terris immittit apricis.
Stabant orantes primi transmittere cursum,
Tendebantque manus ripae ulterioris amore.
Navita sed tristis nunc hos nunc accipit illos,
Ast alios ,longe submotos, arcet harena.
Aeneas, miratus enim motusque tumultu,
Die, ait, o virgo, quid vult concursus ad amnem ?
Quidve petunt animae? vel quo discrimine ripas
Hae linquunt, illae remis vada livida verrunt?
OUi sic breviter fata est longaeva sacerdos :
Anchisa generate, deflm certissima proles,
Cocyti stagna alta'vides Stygiamque paludem,
Di cuius iurare timent et fallere numen. ^ *
Haec omnis, quam cernis, inops inliumataqu« turba est ;
Portitor ille Charon; hi, quos vehit unda, sepulti.
Nee ripas datur horrendas et rauca fluenta
Transportare prius, quara sedibus ossa quierunt.
315
320
326
Ariosto (Orl Fur. XVI. 75) :
So many,
at I could count each leaf with greater
ease,
hen autumn of their mantle strips the
trees,
rasso (Ger.Lih. IX. 66):
t leaves in woods, when autumn's first
night-frosts
p their sear*d beauty, in such numbers
e*er
jap the low valleys.
VUlton (Par. L. I. 302) :
ick as autumnal leaves that strow the
brooks
Valloinbrosa
Shelley (Revolt of Islam, I. IV.) :
Countless and swift as leaves on autumn's
tempest shed.
326-30. Note again Addison : " I must
not pass over in silence the point of doc-
trine which Virgil hath very much in-
sisted upon in this hook : that the souls
of those who are un buried are not ])er-
mitted to go over into their respective
places of rest, until they have wandered
a hundred years upon the banks of the
Styx. This was probably an invention
of the heathen priesthood, to make the
people extremely careful of performing
proper rites and ceremonies to the memorv
of the dead."
316. Submotos, 234. — 324. Numen, 126.
314
P. VERGILH MARONIS
Centum errant annos volitantque haec litora circam;
Turn denium admissi stagna exoptata revisunt..
Constitit Ancliisa satus et vestigia pressit,
Multa putans, sorteinque animo miseratus iniquam.
Cernit ibi inaestos et mortis honore carentes
Leucaspim et Lyciae ductorera classis Oronten,
Quos simul a Troia ventosa per aequora vectos
Obruit Auster, aqua involvens navemque virosque.
Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat.
Qui Libyco nuper cursu, dum sidera servat,
Exciderat puppi mediis effusus in undis.
Hunc ubi vix multa maestum cognovit in umbra,
Sic prior alloquitur: Quis te, Palinure, deorum
Eripuit nobis, medioque sub aequore mersit?
Die age. Namque mihi, fallax liaud ante repertus,
Hoc uno responso auimum delusit Apollo,
Qui fore te ponto incolnmem, finesque canebat
Venturura Ausonios. En haec promissa fides est?
lUe autem : Neque te Plioebi cortina fefellit,
Dux Ancliisiade, nee me deus aequore mersit.
Namque gubernaclum multa vi forte revulsum,
Cui datus liaerebam custos cursusque regebam,
Praecipitans traxi mecum. Maria aspera iuro
Non ullum pro me tantum cepisse timorem,
Quam tua ne, spoliata armis, cxcussa magistro,
^/
390
335
349
345
350
334. Cf. I. 113.
337. Palinurus. Cf. V. 860.
345. Apollo canebat. No such pre-
diction of Apollo is elsewhere mentioned ;
Neptune had, however, distinctly said to
Venus that one of the crew should be
lost.
353. Ezcussa magistro. Cf-LlIS^
The present expression is a variation for
excusso magistro, the ship being regirdrf
as taken from the man, rather than tte
man from the ship.
342. Nobis, 101. — 351. Maria aspera^ 125.
AENEIDOS LIB. VI.
316
Deficeret tantis navis surgentibus undis.
Tres Notus hibernas immensa per aequora noctes
Vexit me violentus aqua; vix lumine quarto
Prospexi Italiam sumina sublimis ab unda.
Faulatim adnabam terrae; iam tuta teuebam^
Ni gens crudelis madida cum veste gravatum
Prensantemque uncis manibus capita aspera raontis
Perro invasisset, praedamque ignara putasset.
Nunc me fluctus habet, versantque in litore venti.
Quod te per caeli iucundum lumen et auras.
Per genitorem oro, per spes surgentis luli,
Eripe me his, invicte, malis : aut tu mihi terram
Inice, namque potes, portusque require Velinos ;
Aut tu, si qua via est, si quam tibi diva creatrix
Ostendit — neque enim, credo, sine numine divAm
Flumina tanta paras Stygiamque innare paludem —
Da dextram misero, et tecum me toUe per undas,
Sedibus ut saltem placidis in morte quiescam.
Talia fatus erat, coepit cum talia vates :
Unde liaec, o Palinure, tibi tam dira cupido ?
Tu Stygias inhumatus aquas amnemque severum
Eumenidum aspicies, ripamve iniussus adibis?
355
360
365
370
375
363. Quod. Cf. II. 141, note.
374. Inhumatus. Cf. 326-30 mikI
3te. So Patroclus cannot cross the
tyx unburied (//. XXIII. 81) This
rayer of Palinurus for burial is evi-
Bntly modelled after Patroclus' prayer
> Achilles :
.chilles, sleepest thou, forgetting me ^
ever of me unmindful in my life,
hou dost neglect me dead. 0, bury me
Quickly, and give me entrance through
the gates
Of Hades; for the souls, the forms of
those
Who live no more, repulse me, suffering
not
That I should join their company beyond
The river, and I now must wander round
The spacious portals of the House of
Death.
358-61. Tenebam — ni invasisset^ 199,
316 P. VERGILII MARONIS
Desiiie fata deAm flecti sperare precandoj
Sed cape dicta mcmor, duri solacia casus.
Nam tua finitiini, louge lateque per urbes
Prodigi is acti caclestibus, ossa piabunt^
Et statuent tuinulum^ et tamulo soUemuia mittent^ 380
Aeternumquc locus Palinuri nomen habebit.
His dictis curae emotae, pulsusque pammper
Uurde dolor tristi ; gaudet cognomine terra.
"^ Ergo iter inceptum peragunt fluvioque propinquant.
Navitii quos iam inde ut Stygia prospexit ab unda 385
Per taciturn ncnius ir'e pedemque advertere npae^
Sic prior aggreditur dictis, atque iucrepat ultro :
Quisquis es, armatus qui nostra ad fluinina tendis^
Fare age, quid venias, iara istinc, et comprime gressum.
Umbrarum hie locus est, Somni Noctisque soporae ; 390
Corpora viva nefas Stygia vectare carina.
Ncc vero Alciden me sum laetatus euntera
376. Dante quotes this p<assage to the
shade of Vergil (Purg. VI. 28) :
It appears that thon deniest,
O light of mine, expressly in some text,
That orison can bend decree of Heaven ;
And ne'ertheless these people pray for
this [i. e. sauctificatiou]
Might then their expectation bootless be '?
And he to me :
My writing is explicit,
And not fallacious is the hope of these,
If witli sane intellect 't is well regarded ;
For top of judgment [i. e. the supreme
decree of God] doth not vail itself,
Because the fire of love fulfils at once
What he must satisfy who here installs
him.
And there, wheu I affirmed that propo-
sition,
Defect was not amended by a prayer,
Because the prayer from God was separate.
The idea of prayer as unavailing agaiost
fate is seen in the words of the Chorus to
Creon (Sophocles, Antigone) :
Pray thou for nothing then: for mortal
man
There is no issue from a doom decreed.
381. The place is stiU caUed PuUa di
Palinuro.
388-391. Thus Charon repulses Daott
{Inf. III. 88) :
And thou, that yonder standest, HriBg
soul.
Withdraw thee from these people, wko
are dead !
881. Palinuri, 85.
AENEIDOS LIB. VI.
317
Accepisse lacu, nee Thesea Pirithoumque,
Dis quamquam geiiiti atque invicti viribus essent.
Tartareum ille manu custodein in vincla petivit
Ipsius a solio regis, traxitque trementein ;
Hi dominam' Ditis thalamd" deducere adorti.
Quae contra breviter fata est Amphrysia vateS:
Nullae bic iusidiae tales; absiste moveri;
Nee vim tela ferunt; licet ingens ianitor antro
Aeternum latrans exsangues terreat umbras,
Casta licet patrui servet Proserpina limen.
Tro'ius Aeneas, pietate insignis et armis.
Ad genitorera imas Erebi deseeudit ad umbras.
Si te nulla movet tantae pietatis imago.
At ramum hunc — aperit ramum, qui veste latebat —
Agnoscas. Tumida ex ira turn corda residunt.
Nee plura his. Ille admirans venerabile donum
Fatalis virgae, longo post tempore visum,
Caeruleam advertit puppim, ripaeque propinquat.
Iiide alias animas, quae per iuga longa sedebant,
Deturbat, laxatque foros; simul accipit alveo
Ingentem Aenean. Gemuit sub pondere cymba
Sutilis, et multam accepit rimosa paludera.
Tandem trans fluvium incolumes vatemque virumque
' luformi limo ' glaucaque exponit in ulva.
Cerberus haec ingens latratu regna trifauci
395
400
405
410
'..I
415
'.,\-. .\
t09. Fatalis, becanse fate decreed
,t it alone could propitiate the infernal
vers. Cf. 1. 147.
kl7. Cerberus. Although some an-
dt Greek authorities have assigned him
y or a hundred heads, writers gener-
r have g^ven him but three. He is
set to guard the entrance to Hell. So is
he in Dante's Inferno (VI. 13) ;
Cerberus, monster cruel and uncouth,
With his three gullets like a dog is
barking
Over the people that are there sub-
merged.
394. Quamquam essent^ 202. 1.) — 401. Tcii-eaty 170. —407. .4 gmoacas, 205,
p. VERGILU MARONIS
Pcrsonat, adverso recabans imniants iii antro
Cui vates, horrerc vidcns iiim colla colubris,
^felle 'H)pontam et m«dloatda fmgibua offiua
Obicit Ille fimc rabida tna guttnza pandens
( urnpit obiectam, atque immania terga resolvit
Fusu- liumi, totoque mgeus extenditur aatro
Occupdt Ameis iditum custode sepulto,
Evaditque ccier npam irremeabihs undae
CoTiltnuo audiUie voces, vagltiu et ingens,
Bed eyen he h-w inil iiiictnoiix beard and
bkcl.
And bcllv large and armed >nth claws
Ins handx
He rciiila the spirit- fliis iiid rjuorterB
Spcu*
RlVl
r.)ng
wriptioi
Hcfore the thrpnliold dre-wlfuU Cerlierns
Hin three deformed heads <Ud lay aluiig,
Cnrlcil with Chuiiiuind uddi^ra venoiiiniis ;
And lillcd [lolled] focCli liia bluudv flam-
At thei
lie gan t
I briatlea
And folly giiarro [snarl I. - F Q. I. V. 34.
426. ilio>- next c»me tu the uutermost
domiDJons of Plato, to which the poet
Dante plaiea m much the same witci
linibo the «onla of uubaptized infutl,
iinii the heathea who died vithMt i
knowledge of God Among tlieae Irtttr
he places Vergil hiniHelf.
Aud thiK [the limentation] aroK frtn
sorrow withoat torment.
Whirl) the cionds had, that inaDyinR
Of iiifaiitH and of Homen and of men.
To me the Mister [Vergil] good: Tlioi
dost not ask
What spirits these which thou liehnldtn.
Now Will I have thee know, era thoo gi
farther
rhat they sinned not ; and if they moil
had
T IS not enough because they had m*
Which is the portal of the faith Hwo
holdesC ;
And if they were before ChristiRuity,
In the right manner they adored not God;
And among such as these am I iiiTKlt
For such defects, and not for other gnill,
TfOat are we, and are onlv so f&r pmiifbfd.
That without hope we Uve on in ienm
In/.lV.tS-O-
AENEIDOS LIB. VI.
319
^t.^^
,iSC
Infantumque animae flentes in limine priino,
Quos dulcis vitae exsortes et ab ubere raptos
Abstulit atra dies et funere mersit acerbo.
Hos iuxta falso damnati crimine mortis.
Nee vero hae sine sorte datae, sine iudice, sedes :
Quaesitor Minos urnam movet; ilie silentum
Conciliuraque vocat vitasque et crimina discit.
Proxiraa deinde tenent maesti loca, qui sibi letum
Insontes peperere manu, lucemque perosi
Proiecere animas. Quam vellent aetliere in alto
Nunc et pauperiem et duros perferre labores !
Fas obstat^ tristique pal us id^mabilis unda
AUigat, et noviens Styx interfusa coercet.
Nee procul hinc partem fusi monstrantur in omnem
Lugentes campi; sio illos nomine dicunt.
Hie, quos durus amor crudeli tabe peredit^
430
435
440
432. Minos. Minos is chiefly re-
markable as belon^ng to a period when
history and mythology interlace, and as
uniting in his own person the chief
characteristics of both. He is the son
of Jnppiter, and yet the first possessor
of a navy; a judge in Hades, but not
the less for that a king of Crete.
Class. Die.
In Homer, Minos judges the dead
(Ocf. XL 707);
Then I beheld tlie illustrious son of
Jove,
Minos, a golden sceptre in his hand,
Sitting to judge the dead.
Plato associates Minos, Rhndamanthus,
Aeacus, and Triptolemus as judges in
Hades. — Aftdogy, XXXII.
Propertius (IV. XVIII. 27) makes
Minos the judge :
Non tamen iinmerito Minos sedet arbiter
Orel.
434-39. Cf. Addison: "It was very
remarkable that Virgil, notwithstanding V^
self-murder was so frecjuent among the ^/
heathen, and had been practised by ^7
some of tlie greatest men in the very X
age before him, hath here represented f^-
it as so lieinous a crime. But in this
particular he was guided by his great ^
master Plato; who says on this subject,
that a man is placed in his station of
life, like a soldier in his proper post,
which he is not to quit, whatever may
happen, until he is called off by his
commander who planted liim in it."
440-476. The mourning fields.
428. Vitae, 88.-430. Mortis, 92 — 436. Vellent, 209,
320
P. VERGILn MARONIS
Secret! celaiit calles et rayrtea circum
Silva tegit; curae non ipsa in morte relinqaant.
His Pliaedram Procrimque locis, maestamque Eriphylen, 4i5
Crudelis iiati moiistraiitem vulnera, cernit,
Evadnenque et Pasiphaen; his Laodamia
It comes, et iuvenis quondam, nunc femina, Caeneus,
Rursus et in veterem fato revojuta figuram.
Inter quas Phoeuissa recens a vulnere Dido 450
Errabat silva in magna ; quam Ttoius heros
Ut primum iuxta stetit agnovitque per umbras
Obscurara, qualem primo qui surgere mense
Aut videt, aut vidisse putat per nubila lunam,
Deinisit lacrimas, dulcique adfatus amore est: 455
Infelix Dido, verus mihi nuntius ergo
Venerat exstiiictam, ferroque extrema secuiam ?
Funeris lieu tibi causa fui? Per sidera iuro.
Per superos, et si qua fides tellure sub ima est,
Iiivitus, regina, tuo de litore cessi. 460
Sed me iussa deiim, quae nunc has ire per umbras,'
Per loca senta situ cogunt noctemque profundam,
Imperiis egere suis; nee credere quivi
443. Myrtea. A very appropriate
tree, for tlie myrtle wjxs sacred to Venus,
the goddess of love (V. 72).
445-8. For these characters cf. Vocab.
447. Laodamia. Cf. Wordsworth's
beautiful poem of this name.
453-4. Cf. Ariosto {Orl. Fur. X. 24) :
Saw it, or seemed to see : for ill her eyes
Things through the air, yet dim and
hazy, view.
Spenser {F. Q. II. VII. 29):
Or as the moone, cloathed with clowdy
night,
Does shew to him that walkes in feare
and sad affright.
Milton (P. L. I. 783) :
Some belated peasant sees,
Or dreams he sees, while overhead the
moon
Sits arhitress, and nearer to the earth
Wheels her pale coarse.
Shelley (Bellas)'.
. . . Blotting out
All objects — save that in the faint mooD-
glimpse
He saw, or dreamed he saw, the Turkish
admiral.
460. In Catullus, De Coma Berenicetf
the lock, addressing the queen, says :
In vita, O regina, tuo de yertice'ceflsl
AENEIDOS LIB. VI.
321
Hunc tantum tibi me discessu ferre dolorem.
Siste graduiD^ teque aspectu ne subtrahe iiostro. 465
/Quein fugis? extreuium fato, quod te alloquor, hoc est.
Talibus Aeneas ardentem et torva tueutein
Lenibat dictis auimum, lacrimasque ciebat.
Ilia solo fixos oculos aversa tenebat,
Nee magis incepto vultum sermone movetur, 470
Quam si dura, silex aut stet Marpesia cautes. ., .
Tandem cort*ipuit sese, atque inimica refugit
In nemus umbriferum^ coniunx ubi pristinus illi
Eespoiidet curis aequatque Sychaeus amorem.
Nee minus Aen^s, casu percussus iuiquo, 475
Prosequitur lacrimans loiige, et miseratur euutem. v
Inde datum molitur iter. lamque arva tenebant
Ultima, quae bello clari secreta frequentant.
Hie illi occurrit Tydeus, hip inclutus armis
Parthenopaeus et Adrasti pallentis imago; 480
Hie multum fleti ad superos belloque caduci
Dardanidae, quos ille omnes longo ordine ceriiens
lugemuit, Glaucumque Medontaque Thersilochumque,
465-71. Aeneas is now the suppliant
id Dido the obdurate one. Note the
veral strong contrasts. Que in fugis?
t. mene fugis f (IV. 314) ; with lines
19-71, cf. IV. 369-70.
477-547. The abode of the slain war-
3rs. In the first part of this passage
77-493) the Greek and Trojan war-
3r8 are described as engaging in all
e exercises to which thev were accus-
med on earth, and subject to the same
issions and fears. Plato likewise teaches
at in Hades aU do as they were accus-
tomed in this life. Socrates is repre-
sented as saying, " But the greatest
pleasure would be to spend my time in
questioning and examining people there
[in Hades] as I have done those here."
— Apology.
So in Ovid [Met. IV. 443), the shades
do as they were wont in life :
Errant exsangues sine corpore et ossibus
umbrae,
Parsque forum celebrant, pars imi tecta
tyranni,
Pars aliquas artes, antiquae imitamina
vitae.
471. Si stet, 196.
21
322 P. VEllGILII MARONIS
Tres Antenoridas, Cererique sacrum Polyphoeten,
Idaeumque, etiain currus, etiam arma tenentem. 48S
Circumstant aniinae dextra laevaque frequentes.
Nee vidisse semel satis est; iuvat usque morari^
Et conferre gradum, et veniendi discere causas.
At Danaum proceres Agaraemnoniaeque phalanges
Ut videre viruin fulgeutiaque arma per umbras^ 490
Ingenti trepidare metu; pars vertere tei^a^
Ceu quondam petiere rates; pars tollere vocem
Exiguam; inceptus clamor frustratur hiantes.
Atque hie Priamideu laniatum corpore toto
Deiphobum vidit, laeerum erudeliter era, 495
Ora mauusque ambas, populataque tempora raptis
Auribus^ et truueas inhoiiesto vulnere nares.
Vix adeo agnovit pavitantem et dira tegentem
Supplicia, et iiotis compellat vocibus ultro:
De'iphobe armipotens, genus alto a sanguine Teucri, 500
Quis tam erudeles optavit sumere poenas?
Cui tantum de te lieuit? Mihi fama supreroa
Nocte tulit fessum vasta te eaede PelasgAm
Procubuisse super confusae stragis aeervum.
Tune egomet tumulum Ehoeteo in litore iuanem 505
Constitui, et magna Manes ter voce vocavi.
Nomen et arma locum servant; te, amice, nequivi
Conspicere et patria decedens ponere terra.
Ad quae Priamides : Nihil 0 tibi amice relictum;
Omnia Deiphobo solvisti et funeris umbris. 510
Sed me fata mea et scelus exitiale Lncaenae
His mersere malis; ilia haec monumeiita reliquit.
Namque ut supremam falsa inter gaudia noctem
505. Cf. in. 304. 513-14. Cf. TI 248-9. 606. Ter vocavi Cf. L 219 lUidB.
405. Deiphobum, 75.
AENEIDOS LIB. VI.
323
^
Egerimus, nosti; et nimium meminisse necesse est.
Cum fa talis equus saltu super ardua venit 515
Pergama et armatum peditem gravis altulit alvo,
Ilia, chorum simulans, evantes orgia circum
Ducebat Phrygias; flaminam media ipsa tenebat
lugentem, et sumnia Danaos ex arce vocabat.
Turn me, confectum curis somnoque gravatum, 520
Infelix habuit thalamus, pressitque iacentem
Dulcis et alta quies placidaeque simillima raorti,
Egregia interea coniunx arma omnia tectis
Amovet, et Mum capiti subduxerat ensem ;
lutra tecta vocat Menelaura, et limina pandit, 525
Scilicet id magnum sperans fore munus amanti,
Et famam exstingui veterum sic posse malorum.
Quid moror ? Irrumpunt thalamo ; comes additur una
Hortator scelerum Aeolides. Di, talia Graiis
Instaurate, pio si poenas ore reposco ! 530
Sed te qui vivum casus, age, fare vicissim,
Attulerint. Pelagine venis erroribus actus.
An monitu divAm? an quae te Fortuna fatigat,
Ut tristes sine sole doraos, loca turbida, adires ?
Hac vice sermpnum roseis Aurora quadrigis 535
lam medium aetherio cursu traiecerat axem ;
Et fors omne datum traherent per talia tempus;
Sed comes admonuit breviterque adfata Sibylla est :
517-19. This passage is uot at all
consistent with the conduct of Helen
in II. 567-588.
523. Egregia coniunz. Sarcastic.
520. Aeolides. This term is applied
to Ulysses, in allusion to the scandalous
rumor that he was not the son of Laertes,
but of the robber Sisyphus, the son of
Aeolus.
535-6. They had entered at sunrise
(1. 255) ; it is now past noon.
514. Notti, 216.-523. Tectis, 101. — 537. Fors traherent ^IQQ.
324
P. VERGILII MAROKIS
Nox ruit, Aenea; nos flendo dacimas . horas.
Hie locus est, jmrtes ubi se via findit in ambas;
Dextera quae Ditfs magni sub moenia teudit,
Hac iter Elysium nobis; at laeva malorum
Exercet poeuas, et ad impia Tartara mittit.
De'iphobus contra : Ne saevi^ magna sacerdos ;
Disccdam, explebo numerum, reddarque tenebris.
I decus, i, nostrum; melioribus utere fatis!
Tantum effatus, et in verbo vestigia torsit.
Respicit Aeneas subito, et sub rupe sinistra
Moenia lata videt, triplici circumdata muro.
Quae rapidus flam mis ambit torrentibus amnis,
Tartareus Phlegethon, torquetque sonantia saxa.
Porta adversa, ingens, solidoque adamante columnae^
Vis ut nulla viriim, non ipsi exscindere bello
Caelicolac valeant, stat ferrea turris ad auras,
Tisiplioneque sedens, pall a succincta cruenta,
Vcstibulum ezsomnis servat noctesque diesque.
Hinc exaudiri gemitus, et saeva sonare
Verbera; tum stridor ferri tractaeque catenae. ^
Constitit Aeneas, strepituque exterritus haesit.
Quae scelerum fiicics? o virgo, effare; quibusve
540
545
550
555
SCI
-
548-636. Ill aiglit of the gates of
Tartara, the Sibyl describes tlie interior
»)f that abode of the lost.
548-556. Milton (P. L, II. 643) thus
dcsfribes the gjvtcs of Hell :
At last appear
Ilc^ll-bouiids, high reaching to the horrid
r()t)f,
And thrice threefold the gates; three
fohls wore bra-ss,
Three iron, three of adamantine rock,
Impeiiotrable, inipjvled with circling fire,
Yet nnconsumed. Before the gates tlifW
sat
On eitlier side a formidable shape.
555. Tisiphone. Dante (hf, H
.39) places Tisiphone in company witk
two other furies, Megaera and Alecto:
Who had the limbs of women and tbetr
mien,
And with the greenest hydras were begirti
Small serpents and cerastes were tbeir
tresses,
Wherewith their horrid temples
entwined.
AENEIDOS LIB. VT.
Jrgentur poenis? quis tantus plangor ad auras?
i?um vates sic orsa loqui : Dux inclute Teucrflm,
MuUi fas casto sceleratum insistere limen;
Sed me cum lucis Hecate praefecit Avernis^
Ipsa deftm poenas docuit, perque omnia duxit.
Gnosius liaec Rhadamnnthus habet, durissima regna,
Castigatque auditquc dolos, subigitque fateri,
Quae quis apud superos, furto laetatus inani,
Distulit in seram commissa piacula mortem.
Contiiiuo sontes ultrix accincta flagello
Tisiphone quatit insultans, torvosque sinistra
Intentans angucs vocat agmina saeva sororum.
Tum demum horrisono stridentes cardine sacrae
Panduntur portae. Cernis, custodia qualis
Vestibulo sedeat, facies quae limina scrvet?
Quinquaginta atris immanis hiatibns Hydra
565
570
575
666. Rhadamanthus. Cf. 1.432 and
DOte.
567. Castigatque auditque. This
passage is generally considered a hystcron
proteron, cf. Inductive Studies ^ 231, but
it is better to take the thought in the
order of the words. Castigat would then
refer to the tortures by which full con-
fession of sin is secured, and not to the
punishment which is due to tliat sin.
This is inflicted later (570 seq.). The
practice both among the Greeks and
Romans of torturing witnesses, especially
slaves, in the court, for the purpose of
securing true testimony, was sufficiently
common to make this view of the pa.ssaj^e
the reasonable one.
667-69. Rnaeflfl thus periphrases this
passage : Pnnit, et audit fraudos, et cogit
fateri qnaecnm^ne facinora patrata uiui.s-
quisque per vitam protulit nsfpio nd tar-
dam mortem, gaudens vana siniulatioiio.
Plato (Gorfjina) gives proininonce to
the doctrine of a future state of reward
and punishment At deatli, every, soul
goes to its own place; the evil iijravitates
to the evil, and the good rises to the
supreme good. When they come before
their judge (cf. Acn. VI. .'ifif)), ])erliaps
after a lone: series of traiisnilLcrations,
each of which is the reward or punish-
ment of the j)rece(ling state of existence,
the good and evil are separated from
each other. The wicked, who are no*
hopeles.sly sinful, are subjected to suffei
ings in the Lower World more or lee
severe (Aen. VI. 740), acconliug to the
deserts. The incurably wicked are hurh
down to Tartara, where they are ])unish
forever as a sj)e('taele and warning
others.
326
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Saevior iiitus habet sedem. Turn Tartarus ipse
Bis patet in praeceps taiitum tenditque sub umbras,
Quantus ad aetheriura caeli BaspectuB Olympum.
Hie genus antiquum Terrae, Titania pubes^
Fulmine deiecti fundo volvuntur in imo.
Hie et Aloidas geminos immania vidi
Corpora, qui manibus magnum rescindere eaelum
Aggressi, superisque lovem detrudere regnis.
^ Vidi et erudeles dantem Salmonea poenas,
Dum flamraas lovis et sonitus iraitatur Olympi.
Quattuor hie inveetus equis et lampada quassaus
Per Graifim populos mediaeque per Elidis urbem
Ibat ovans, divumque sibi poseebat honorem,
Demens ! qui nimbos et non imitabile fulmen
Aere et cornipedum pulsu simularet equorum.
At pater omnipotens densa inter nubila telum
Contorsit, non ille faces nee fumea taedis
Lumina, praecipitemque iramani turbine adegit.
Nee non et Tityon, Terrae omniparentis alumnum.
580
585
590
595
577-9. From the top of Heaven to the
depth of Hell is a favorite standard of
measurement. Cf. IV. 445.
Homer places Tartara as far below
Hades as the distance from Heaven to
Earth ( //. VIII. 16). Milton places Hell
as far from Heaven as thrice the distance
from Heaven to Earth.
Here their prison ordained
In utter darkness, and their portion set
As far removed from God and light of
Heaven
As from the centre thrice to the utmost
pole. — P. L. I. 71.
Wordsworth adapts this thought to
moral conceptions;
As high as we have mounted in delight
In our dejection do we sink as low.
Resolution and Independence.
595. These punishments are desrribeiJ
by Spenser (F. Q. I. V. 35) :
There was Ixion turned on a wheele,
For daring tempt the qaeene of hearen
to sin ;
And Sisyphus an huge round stone did
recle,
Against an hill, no might from labour
lin [cease] ;
There thirsty Tantalus hong by the chin;
And Tityus fed a vulture on his maw;
Typhoeus ioynts were ^stretched on i gin
[engine] ;
591. Simularet, 176.
AENEIDOS LIB. VI.
327
Cernere erat, per tota iiovein cui iugera corpus
Porrigitur, rostroque imrnanis vultur obunco
Immortale iecur toiidens fecundaque ppenis
Viscera rimaturque epulis, habitatque sub alto
Pectore, uec fibris requies datur uUa renatda.
Quid memorem Lapithas, Ixiona Pirithoumque ?
Quos super atra silex iam iam lapsura cadentique
Iinmiuet assimilis; lucent genialibus altis
A urea fulcra toris, epulaeque ante ora paratae
Regifico luxu: Puriaruin maxima iuxta
Accubat, et manibus prohibet contingere mensas,
Ezsurgitque facem attollens, atque intonat ore.
Hie, quibus invisi fratres, dum vita manebat,
Pulsatusve parens, et fraus innexa clienti,
Aut qui divitiis soli incubuere repertis.
Nee partem posuere suis, quae maxima turba est,
Quique ob adulterium caesi, quique arma secuti
Impia, nee veriti dominorum fallere dextras,
Inclusi poenam exspectant. Ne quaere doceri,
Quam poenam, aut quae forma viros fortunave mersit.
Saxum ingens volvunt alii, radiisque rotarum
Districti pendent; sedet, aeternumque sedebit,
Infelix Theseus; Phlegyasque miserrimus omnes
Adraonet et magna testatur voce per umbras :
Discite iustitiam moniti, et non temnere divos,
Vendidit hie auro patriam, dominumque potentem
Imposuit; fixit leges pretio atque refixit;
600
605
610
615
620
'heseas condemned to endlesse slouth
[sloth] by lawj
nd fifty sisters water in leke [leaky]
vessels draw.
602. Iam iam. Note the dramatic
jpetition. Cf. II. 530.
612. Arma secuti impia. Those
who had engaged in civil strife against
their country. Vergil might have named
many such of his own and the previous
generations.
622. Fixit refizit. Corrupt le$;ia-
p. VEHGim MABONIS
\lic tlmb'tnum iiivasit iiatae vetitosque hjmenaeoa
Aiist umiies iramaiie iiefas, ansoqne polati.
Noll, milii »i linguae centum siiit ongue ceuUioij
Ferrea vox, omiies scekrum comprendere fonnag^.
Oiiuiia jKieiinmm f^Tcurrere uomina poa^iui,
llncc iibi dicta dL-dit Piiocbi longaei
Sed iain age, carpc vium et susceptum perfioe
Accelen'mus, ait; CjclopuiD edacta c&miiiis
Aloeiiiu coiispicio utquu udverso fornice portiis.
Ilaec ubi iios praeceptu iuberit deponere doiiii.
Dixcrut, et pariter gressi per opaca viaruin
Corripiunt s])atiuin medium, furibusque prupitiijiiant.
Occui>ut Aeneas aditum, corjtusque recetiti
tjpiirgit u(]iia, ramuiiK]U(; adversa in limine flgit.
His demuin exa«tis, perfecto muuere divae.
laiit.
1
latora. The litwa wheii vbb"*"! >v-ci'p eu-
frraveil on bnuteii talilets aad huiifj np
625-37. Vergil pvideiillv liorning this
idea from Homer (//. II. SIW)
rl
Sboold tnil t
immbci' E
Had I Ccn tongueii, teu thrunts, 3
unapt
To weary, uttere<l from n huart of
SlxULWrlA' Q. IV. XL il):
All which, not if an hiiii.lrcd turigne
Auil hundred mourhes, aniXimUU^ax
Jhwl, ^■;^ "
Anil cudleHde it
In order a» they c
them well.
IVMiD8(.Vof.V.l-*)a^
would-lie epic writen otw
VHtiduahii--- - --
Centum om et Knj^iuip opt|^ b (■
centum,
Fabula sen macato poaatu Uudi rn-
Vnlnera Heu rartlii dneentia lb in|^D(
fcrrum. _ ■
637-883. They enter t^ EItmi
Fields, the home of tlioM wko ^
ivc<l virtaoiuly ajid pitumlir on eaii'i.
Such, Bays i*laU>, Uto witboat Wi'*
with the gods.
AENEIDOS LIB. VI. 329
Devenere locos laetos et amoena virecta
Fortunatorum nemorum sedesque beatas.
Largior hie carapos aether et lumine vestit 640
Purpureo, solemque suum, sua sidera norunt.
Pars in gramiueis excercent membra palaestris,
Contendunt'ludo et fulva luctantur harena;
Pars pedibus plaudunt choreas et carmina dicunt.
Nee non Threieius longa cum veste sacerdos 645
Obloquitur numeris septem discrimina vocum^
lamque eadem digitis, iam pectine pulsat ebunio.
Hie genus antiquum Teueri, pulcherrima proles,
Magnanimi heroes, nati melioribus anuis,
Ilusque Assaracusque et Troiae Dardanus auetor. 650
Arma procul currusque virAm miratur iiianes.
Stant terra deflxae hastae, passimque soluti
Per campum pascuntur equi. Quae gratia curruum
Armoruraque fuit vivis, quae eura nitentes
Pascere equos, eadem sequitur tellure repostos. 655
Conspicit, ecce, alios dextra laevaque per herbara
Vescentes laetumque chore Paeana canentes
Inter odorattiin lauri nemus, unde superne
Plurimus Eridani per silvam volvitur amnis.
Hie manus ob patriam pugnaudo vulnera passi, 660
Quique sacerdotes casti, dum vita manebat,
Quique pii vated et Phoebo digna loeuti,
Inventas aut qui vitam ezcoluere per artes,
Quique sui memores alios fecere merendo ;
345. ThreiciuB sacerdos, i. e. Or-
eas.
853-655. " The mliDg passion strong
in death." A direct Platonic teaching,
cf. 1. 477 and note.
641. Norunt, 216.
330
P. VERGILH MARONIS
Omnibus his nivea cinguntur tempora vitta.
Quos circumfusos sic est adfata Sibylla,
Musaeutn ante omnes ; medium nam plurima turba
Ilunc habet^ atque umeris exstant-em suspicit altis :
Dicite, felices animae, tuque, optime vates.
Quae regio Anchisen, quis habet locus? illius ergo
Venimus et magnos Erebi tranavimus amnes.
Atque huic responsum pjiucis ita reddidit heros :
Nulli certa domus; lucis habitamus opacis,
Riparumque toros et prata recentia rivis
Incolimus. Sed vos, si fert ita corde voluntas.
Hoc sui)erate iugum ; et facili iam tramite sistam.
Dixit, et ante tulit gressum, camposque nitentes
Desuper ostentat ; dehinc summa cacumina linquunt.
At pater Ancliises penitus convalle virenti
Inclusas animas superumque ad lumen ituras
Lustrabat studio recolens, omnemque suorura
Forte recensebat numcrum carosque nepotes,
Pataque fortunasque viriim moresque manusque.
Isque ubi tendentem adversuni per gramina vidit
Aenean, alacris palmas utrnsque tetendit,
Effusaeque genis Incrimae, et vox excidit ore :
Venisti tandem, tuaque exspectata parenti
Vicit iter durum pietas? datur ora tueri.
0
667. Musaeum. Musacus is the
mythical father of poets, as Orpheus of
singers. . . . Some of the early critics
accused Virgil of jealousy in not rather
naming Homer than Musaeus, as if a
sense of ()])ligati<)n ought to have made
him ready to encounter an anachronism.
— Con.
680. Animas ituras. The^piri
the unborn. Verjril here teaches a
of existence previous to the present
And Plato {Phaedo, 56) says, "Car 8
before they were in a human form, ex
separate from bodies, and possessc
intelligence.'
»
668. t^meWs, 146. — 670. Illius, 96.
AENEIDOS LIB. VL
331
Nate, tua, et notas audire et reddere voces?
Sic equidem ducebam aiiimo rebarque futurum,
Tempora dinumerans, nee me mea cura fefellit.
Quas ego te terras et quanta per aequora vectum
Accipio ! quantis iactatum, nate, periclis !
Quam metui, iie quid Libyae tibi regua nocerent!
lUe autem : Tua me, geuitor, tua tristis imago,
Saepius occurrens, haec limiua tendere adegit.
Stant sale Tyrrheno classes. Da iungere dextram.
Da, genitor, teque amplexu ue subtrahe nostro.
Sic memorans largo fletu simul ora rigabat.
Ter conatus ibi collo dare bracchia circum,
Ter frustra compreiisa maiius effugit imago.
Par levibus ventis volucrique simillima somno.
Iiiterea videt Aeneas in valle reducta
Seclusum nemus et virgulta sonantia silvis,
Letliaeumque, domos placidas qui praenatat, amnem.
Hunc circum innumerae gentes populique volabant ;
Ac velut in pratis ubi apes aestate serena
Floribus insidunt variis, et Candida circum
lailia funduntur; strepit omnis murmure campus.
Horrescit visu subito, causasque requirit
Inscius Aeneas, quae sint ea flumina porro,
Quive viri tanto complerint agmine ripas.
Turn pater Anchises : Animae, quibus altera fato
690
695
700
705
710
191. Cf. V. 731.
'O0-702. Cf. II. 792 and note.
05. Lethaeum. Cf. Milton's de-
iption (P. L. II. 582) :
r off from these, a slow and silent
stream,
;he, the river of oblivion, rolls
Her watery labyrinth ; whereof who
drinks,
Forthwith his former state and being
forgets,
Forgets both- joy and grief, pleasure and
pain.
713-15. This passage seems to teach
694. TUn, 99. — Nocerent^ 169. — 709. Circum lilia funduntw\ 233,
332
P. VERGILII MARONIS
Corpora debentur, Lethaei ad. fluminis uiidam
Securos latices et loiiga oblivia potant.
Has equidem memorare tibi atque ostendere co^m,
lainpridem banc prolem cupio enumerare meorum,
Quo inagis Italia mecum laetere reperta.
O pater, aniie aliquas ad caelum bine ire putandum est
Sublimes animas, iterumque ad tarda reverti
Corpora? Quae lucis miseris tarn dira cupido?
Dicam equidem, nee te suspeusum, nate, tenebo,
Susciplt Anchises, atque ordine singula pandit.
Principio caelum ac terras camposque liquente^
transniigratiou of souls from one mortal
body to another. This doctrine, again, is
Platonic. ** The soul is deathless, in order
that it may enter again into some mortal
bodi/" (Phaedo, 44). Tibullus (IV. I.
204-211), thus discourses upon his possi-
ble future state :
Qui« etiam mea cum tumulus contexerit
ossa,
Sen niatura dies celereu) properat mihi
mortem,
Longa manct seu vita, tamen, mutata
figura
Seu me finget equum rigidos percurrere
cam])OH
Doctum seu tardi pecoris sim gloria
taurus.
Sive ego per liquidum volucris vehar
aera pen i lis,
Quandocunupie hominem me longa re-
ceperit aetas,
Inceptis do te subtexam carmina chartia.
Wordsworth [Ode, Intimations of Im-
mortalitif ) says :
( )ur birth is but a slec]) and a forgetting :
Tlie soul that rises with us, our life's star,
llatli had elsewhere its setting,
And cometli from afar.
Not in entire forgetfulness,
And not in utter nakedness,
But trailing clouds of glory do we com^
From God, who is our home.
724-751. This passage, containing tb^
doctrines of the creation and also tii9
nature and destiny of the soul, is based
almost entirely upon the teachiugs of
Plato. These doctrines are ;
1. An intelligent force or soul brooded
over and infused itself into formless and
inert matter, thus producing aU created
things (Aen. 724-729).
Pure reason is the creating cause of
all things. . . . Mind and will are the
real cause of all motion and action in
the world, just as truly as of all homaa
motion and action. — Plato, Phaedo.
The soul is not only superior to the
body, but prior to it in order of time,
and that not merely as it exists in the
being of God, but in every order of
existence. — Plato, Timaeus.
2. This soul is of divine origin and
nature, but become.s contaminated br
the noxious matter which it for a season
inhabits {Aen. 730-734]|.
The body impedes the soul in its
718. Laetere, \Q^.
AENEIDOS LIB. VL
333
Lucentemque globuin Lunae IHtiUiiaque astra 725
Spiritus intus alit, totamque infusa per artus
Mens agitat molem et raagno se corpore iniscet.
Inde hoiniuum pecuduinque genus vitaeque volaiitum, .
Et quae inannoreo fert monstra sub aequore pontus.
Igneus est oUis vigor et caelestis origo 730
Seminibus, quantum non noxia corpora tardant,
Terrenique hebetant artus moribundaque membra.
Hinc metuunt cupiuntque, dolent gaudentque, neque auras
Dispiciiint clausae tenebris et carcere caeco.
Quin et supremo cum luraine vita reliquit, 735
Non tamen omne malum miseris nee funditus omnes
search after truth (Phaedo). Life, in
the highest sense, which is caUed spirit-
ual and eternal life, is in and of and
from tljjB soul, which matter only con-
taminates and clouds, and the body only
clogs and entombs {Gorgias).
3. Even at death, those blemishes
which the soul has received from asso-
ciation with the body do not depart,
but must be removed by a series of
purgations and cleansin^s more or less
severe {Aen. 735-743).
The souls of men having contracted
in the body great stains and pollutions
of vice and ignorance, tliere are several
purgations necessary to be passed through,
both here and hereafter, in order to re-
fine and purify them. If the soul loves
virtue, it escapes contamination from the
body; but if it serves the lusts of the
flesh, it suffers contamination from the
flesh {Phaedo),
731. Noada corpora. The '' harm-
ful body" is arraigned by poets since
Vergil too numerous to mention in full.
The body is called ** a soaked and sucking
vesture that drags us down and chokes
us in the melancholy deep ; " " the foule
prisoun of this life ; " " the muddy ves-
ture of decay ; " " flesh (that) doth frailty
breed;" "flesh imbued with frailty;"
" a baffling and perverting carnal mesh ; "
" the tenement of clay ; " " the soul's sep-
ulchre ; " "a prison of flesh and bono ; "
"this dull and earthly mould;" '"this
perishable dust ; " " this gross impedi-
ment of clay ; " " this mask of flesh ; "
" this mouhlering old partition wall ; "
"the chains of earth's immurement."
Kdwin Arnold in the poem Afler
Death in Arabia speaks thus of the
dead body :
It was mine, it is not I.
• •••*••
[It] Is a hut which I am quitting,
Is a garment no more fitting,
Is a cage, from which at last
Like a hawk ray soul has passed.
*T is an empty sea-shell — one
Out of which the pearl has gone ;
The shell is broken, — it lies there ;
The pearl, the all, the soul, is here.
It remained for Christianity to reveal
the body as the " temple of the Holy
Ghost."
^
334
P. VERGILU MARONIS
Corporeae excedunt pestes^ penitusque necesse est
Multa diu concreta inodis inolescere miris.
Ergo exercentur poeuis, veterumque malorum
ISupplicia expendunt : aliae panduntur inanes
Suspeiisae ad ventos; aliis sub gurgite vasto
Infect una eluitur scelus, aut exuritur igni ;
' Quisque suos patiinur Manes ; exinde per amplum
Mittiiuur Elysium^ et pauci laeta arva tenemus;
Donee longa dies, perfecto temporis orbe,
Concretam exemit labem, purumque relinquit
Aetherium sensum atque aurai simplicis ignem.
Has omnes, ubi mille rotam volvere per anuos,
Lethaeum ad lluvium deus evocat agmine magno,
Scilicet immeraores supera ut convexa revisaiit
Rursus et incipiant in corpora velle reverti.
Dixerat Anchises, natumque unaque Sibyllam
Conventus traliit in raedios turbaraque sonantem,
Et tumulum capit, unde omnes longo ordine posset
Ad versos legere, et venientum discere vultus.
740
745
750
755
743. Quisque SUOS patimur Manes.
The Manes wliich appear to have heen a
sort of twofold genius belongiDg to each
person, being regarded as separable from
the person himself, and as subjecting him
to inflictions. — Con.
754. Thus Melissa reveals to the war-
rior maiden Bradaraant the illustrious
spirits of her posterity :
''To tell at large the puissant acts and
worth,
And name of each who, figured in a
sprite,
Is present to our eyes before his birth,"
Said sage Melissa to the damsel bright;
" To tell the deeds which they shall art
on earth.
Were labor not to finish with the night
Hence I shaU call few worthies of thy
line.
As time and fair occasion shall combine."
Ariosto, Orl. Fur. III. 23.
Then follow many pages in winch the
noble sons of Italy are extoUed. The
whole conception is evidently suggested
by Vergil.
So Adam in a prophetic vision is al-
lowed to behold long vistas of the world's
history (Milton, P. L. XI.).
747. Aural 218. CI. aulai. HI. 354.
AENEIDOS LIB. VI.
335
Nunc age, Dardaniam prolem quae deinde sequatur
Gloria, qui maneant Itala de gente nepotes,
Inlustres atiimas nostrumque iu uomen ituras,
Expediara dictis, et te tua fata docebo.
llle, vides, pura iuvenis ([ui nititur hasta,
Proxima sorte tenet lucis loca, primus ad auras
Aetherias Italo commixtus sanguine surget,
Silvius, Albanum nomen, tua postuma proles,
Quein tibi longaevo serum Lavinia coniunx
Educet silvis regem regumque parentem,
Unde genus Longa nostrum dominabitur Alba.
Proxiraus ille Procas, Troianae gloria gentis,
Et Capys, et Numitor, et qui te nomine reddet
Silvius Aeneas, pariter pietate vel armis
Egregius, si umquam regnandam acceperit Albam.
Qui iuvenes ! quantas ostentant, adspice, vires,
Atque umbrata gerunt civili tempora quercu !
Hi tibi Nomen tum et Gabios urbemque Fidenam,
Hi CoUatinas imponent montibus arces,
Pometios Castrumque Inui Holamque Coramque.
Haec tum nomina erunt, nunc sunt sine nomine terrae.
Quin et avo com item sese Mavortius addet
Romulus, Assaraci quem sanguinis Ilia mater
Educet. Viden', ut geminae stant vertice cristae,
Et pater ipse suo superAm iam signat honore?
En, huius, nate, auspiciis ilia incluta Roma
760
765
770
77.5
780
760. Pura hasta. An emblem of
)vereignty.
780-776. A period of about two hun-
red and fifty years, largely unauthentic,
I here covered.
772. Civili quercu. The crown of
civic oak was worn by those who planted
colonies or founded cities.
760. Hasta, 152.— 779. Viden\ 217.
p. VERGILII MARONIS
Imperium terris, animos aequabit Oljmpo,
Septeinque una sibi muro circumdabit arces,
Felix prole virflm : qualis Berecyntia mater
Iiivehitur curru Piirygias turrita per urbes,
Laeta deilin partu, centum complesa nepotes,
Omnes caelicolas, omiies supeni alta tenentes.
Hue geminas nunc flecte acies, banc aspice gentem
llouianosiiue tuos. Hie Caesar et omnis luli
Progenies, magimm caeli ventura sub axem.
Hie vir, hie est, tibi qnem promitti saepius audis,
Augustus Caesar, Divi genus, aurea condet
781 Berecyntia mater Cvt>ele
BO called be ause tl e ml t1 tants of Mb
Berecyutl u a mounta n n Phrjga
were de oted Ui hsr woreli p
789-80 The de Gckt □ of Jul us
Caesar So also )v d
CaeiHir i Urbc sua deua cut qu m Matte
togaquL
Fmecipun no bclU ag » fiu Ca tn
Kesque do n gOBtoe pcopeiatu) c glut a
In sill us ertere
titit liuiiia
I stelli
• 702, AnoDSTiis Caesab. Verftillicrc
pays to hin great patron tlieaamu triliut*
which ( Iviil pajM in the last two linos just
quoted. Acconling to oue vieiv of the
Atiieid, wliiuh is more or less jost, this
nanio is the focus of the whole piieta,
that towarU wliich nil the rest ]K>iiiCH.
C(. luductlm Sludia, 80. and ISiblivy-
mphu of VeriiU, The Aeneid, 3, b.
Ariosto [Orl. Far. XXXV. 26) ral
maliciously- detracta from Vergil's j*
of the Kinpcror:
Augustus not BO holy aud benign
Was. as great Vergil's trumpet son;
AENEIDOS LIB. VL
337
Saecula qui rursus Latio regnata per arva
Satunio quondam; super et Garamautas et Indos
Profereb imperium; iacet extra sidera tellus.
Extra anui solisque vias, ubi caelifer Atlas
Axem umero torquet stellis ardentibus aptuin.
Huius in adventum iam nunc et Caspia regna
Responsis horrent divAm et Maeotia tellus,
Et septemgemini turbant trepida ostia Nili.
Nee vero Alcides tantum telluris obivit,
Fixerit aeripedem cervam licet, aut Eryuianthi
Pacarit . neinora, et Lernam tremefecerit arcu;
Nee, qui pampineis victor iuga flectit liabenis,
Liber, agens celso Nysae de vertice tigres.
Et dubitamus adhuc virtutem extendere factis,
Aut metus Ausonia proliibet consistere terra?
Quis procul ille autem ramis iusignis olivae
Sacra ferens? Nosco crines incanaque menta
Regis Romani, priinam qui legibus urbem
Fundabit, Curibus parvis et paupere terra
Missus in imperium magnum. Cui deinde subibit,
Otia qui rurapet ])atriae residesque movebit
TuUus in arma viros et iam desueta triumphis
Agmina. Quern iuxta sequitur iactantior Ancus,
Nunc quoque iam nimium gaudens popularibus auris.
Vis et Tarquinios reges, animamque superbam
795
800
805
810
815
'96. Caelifer Atlas. Cf. IV. 247,
e.
HO. Regis, i. e., Niima Pompilius.
J reign was long and peaceful, and
devoted his chief care to the estab-
iment of religion among his rude
jeets.
814. TuUus Hostilius departed fr^
the peaceful ways of Numa, and aspired
to the martial renown of Romulus.
815. Ancus Martins founded many
colonies and conquered many tribes,
among others the Latins to whom he
gave the Aventine as a dwelling-place.
802. Fixerit licet, 202. 3).
22
338
P. VERGILn MARONIS
Ultoris Bruti, fascesque videre receptos?
Coiisulis imperium hie primus saevasque secures
Accipiet, natosque pater nova bella moventes 8»
Ad poeiiain pulchra pro libertate vocabit,
Irifelix ! Utcumque ferent ea facta minores,
Yiticet amor patriae laudumque immensa cupido.
Quin Decios Drusosque procul saevumque securi
Aspice Torquatum et referentem signa Camillum. 885
lUae uuteiri, paribus quas fulgere cernis in armis^
Concordes auimae nunc et dum nocte premuntur,
Heu quantum inter se bellum, si lumina vitae
Attigerint^ quantas acies stragemque ciebunt !
Aggeribus socer Alpinis atque arce Monoeci 830
Descendens, gener adversis instructus Eois.
Ne, pueri, ne tanta animis adsuescite bella^
Neu patriae validas in viscera vertite vires ;
Tuque prior, tu parce, genus qui ducis Olympo,
Proice tela manu, sanguis mens ! — 835
lUe triumphata Capitolia ad alta Corintho
Victor aget currum, caesis insignis Achivis.
Eruet ille Argos Agamemnoniasque Mycenas, -
Ipsumqne Aeaciden, genus armipotentis Acliilli,
Ultus avos Troiae, templa et temerata Minervae. 840
Quis te, magne Cato, taciturn, aut te, Cosse, relinquat?
Quis Graechi genus, aut geminos, duo fulraina belli,
Scipiadas, cladem Libyae, parvoque potentem
Fabricium, vel te sulco, Serrane, serentera?
Quo fessum rapitis, Fabii? tu Maximus ille es, 845
Unus qui nobis cunctando restituis rem.
826, 827. Illae .animae. Pompej
and Caesar.
833. Tho aHiteratiou in this line is
worthy of note.
836. Hie Lucias Mammius.
838. Hie. Lucius Aeniilins Paollos.
844. Serrane, serentem. Note the
play on words.
AENEIDOS LIB. VL
Excudent alii spiraiitia mollius acra,
Credo equidem, vivos diiceiit de raarmore vultus,
Orabunt causas melius, caelique meatun
Bescribent radio et surgeutia sidera dicent :
Tu regere imperio populos, itoinane, memento ;
Hae tibi emiit artes; pacisqne impoiiere morem,
Parcere subiectia, et debellare superbos.
Sic paler Anchises, atque haec miraiitibus addit :
Aspice, ut insignis apoliis Marcellus opiinis
Ingreditur, victorque viros Baperemloet omiies!
Hio rem Bomanam, magna turbante tumullu,
Sistet, eqiies stemet Poenos Gallumque rebellem,
Tertiaque arma patri suspendet capta Quirino.
M7-8S3' This passitge is a fair rep-
reBentBtioa of the Roman spirit. Her
ambition ever was to conquer, to rule.
Id so doing she obtained all else, for she
made those who extrelled in the arts and
. sciences pay tribute of their skill ami
their learning to her. She adorned her
palaces with their statues and paintings.
and filled her libraries with their books.
fiSO. Tertia arma luapendet Cf.
I. 248, note, and Vocab., apolla. These
tpolia opima had been obtained but
three times in all Koman history,
I. Romulus slew with his own hand
Accon, king of a Latin tribe, ntid dedi-
cated his armor to Juppiter. 2. ServioH
Cornelius Cossus, military tribune with
cousnlac power, B. C. 428, sleiv T>ar To-
Inmnios, the king of the Veii, in ningle
combat, and dedicated his spoils in the
temple of Jnppiter Feretrius. 3. Mar-
cellus, consul B. C 222, conquered the
loBObriaos in Oisalpine Gaul, and killed
with his own band their king Viri-
340
P. VERGILU MA
B&KIS
Atque hie Aeneas; una namqae ire videbat
Eirr^ium forma iuvenem et fulgentibus armiSy
Sed froiis laeta parum^ et deiecto lumina vulta:
Quis, pater, ille^ Wnim qui sic comitatar eontem ?
Filius^ aiine aliquis magna de stirpe nepotam?
Qui strepitus circa comitum ! quantum instar in ipso !
Sed nox atra caput tristi circumvolat umbra.
Turn pater Anchises, lacrimis ingressus oboitis :
O guate, ingentem luctum ne quaere tuomm ;
Ostendent terris huuc tantum fata, neque ultra
Esse siiient. Nimium vobis Romana propago
Visa potens, Superi, propria haec si dona fuissent.
Quaiitos ille virAm magnam Mavortis ad urbem
Campus aget gemitus ! vel quae^ Tiberine, videbis
Fuiiera, cum tuumlum praeterlabere lecentem !
Nee piier Iliaca quisquam de gente Latinos
In tantum spe toilet avos^ nee Romnla quondam
UUo se tantum tellus iactabit alumno.
Heu pietas, lieu prisca fides, invictaque belle
Dextera ! non illi se quisquam impune tulisset
Obvius armato, sen cum pedes iret in hostem.
Sen spumantis equi foderet calcaribns armos.
Heu, miserande puer! si qua fata aspera rumpas,
Tu jrarcellus eris. Manibus date lilia plenis,
Purpureos spargam flores, animamque nepotis
His saltern accumulem donis, et fungar inani
860
8S5
870
875
880
885
860-886. Vergil road the sixth hook
of liis Aoiioid to the Kinperor Augustus
aiirl liis sistor Octavia. " When the ])oet
reached the heautifiil passage in which
he alludes so pathetically to the death
of her son Marcelhis, the ado])ted cliild
of Augustus, and the universal favorite
of Rome, Octavia is said to have 8wooDe<i
away, and, on reviving, to have ordered
the poet to be rewarded with ten sestertia
for each line."
ms. Gnate, 218. — 871. Fuissent, 198. — 879. Tulisset, 209. — 882. Rumpas, IM*
AENEIDOS LIB. VI.
341
Munere. — Sic tota passim regione vagantur
Aeris in campis latis, atque omnia lustrant.
Quae postquam Ancliises natum per singula duxit,
Inceuditque animum famae venientis amore,
Exin bella viro memorat quae deinde gerenda,
Lauren tesque docet populos urbemque Latini,
Et quo quemque modo fugiatque feratque laborem.
Sunt geminae Somni portae, quarum altera fertur
Cornea, qua veris facilis datur exitus Umbris ;
Altera candenti perfecta nitens elephanto,
Sed falsa ad caelum mittunt insomnia Manes.
His ibi tum natum Ancliises unaque Sibyllnm
Prosequitur dictis, portaque emittit eburna :
lUe viam secat ad naves sociosque revisit ;
Tum se ad Caietae recto fert litore portum.
Ancora de prora iacitur; stant litore puppes.
890
895
900
893. Somni portae. This descrip-
tion is taken from Homer (Od. XIX.
681-686), who says of dreams:
Two portals are there for their [i. e.,
dreams] shadowy shapes,
Of ivory one, and one of horn. The
dreams
That come through the carved ivory
deceive
With promises that never are made
good;
But those which pass the doors of polished
horn,
And are beheld of men, are ever true.
900. Caietae. His fifteenth landing.
He makes his final anchorage in the
Tiber in VII. 3.5, 36. *
901. Stant litore puppes. When
that Italy, which has so long eluded the
grasp of the hero, is actually reached,
and he stands upon the fated ground to
which prophecy and the visions of his
eager fancy have long been pointing
him, the poem is complete ; and all that
follows is another poem actuated by
another spirit. To this point Fate has
led him through the smoke of his burn-
ing city, through storm and shipwreck,
and the unceasing opposition of a<! verse
powers, and hern she has finally rewarded
his piety and unswerving faith in his
destiny. The first six books present the
hero as the all-enduring one, the last as
the warrior king. The first six books
are the story of hope and anticipation ;
the last, of attainment and realization.
886. Munere, 144.
i
i
^^
VOCABULARY.
St!
VOCABULARY.
. -The figure after each word shows the numher of times the word is nsed in the first
( of the Aeneid. In most cases, also, the place of the first occurrende of the words with
as meanings is cited.]
abs, prep. w. abl. 1. Of place,
aivayfroiH ; 2. of position, on the
)/*, on,yat ; 3 of time, Jronif since,
' 4. of origiu, separation, and
■y,from, by.
atis, m., a companion of Aeneas
:l); the twelfth king of Argos
86).
ere, didi, ditum, to put away
) ; withdraw, hide (ii. 574) ; poet.,
lit ensem lateri, he plunged the
into his side (ii. 553). 3.
3, ere, xi, ctum, to lead away
501) ; draw back, withdraw, (v.
2.
re, Ivi (ii), itum, to go away, de-
i. 196). 12.
3tis, f., a fir-tree; (meton.) any-
made of fir-wood (ii. 16). 2.
, a, um, cf. aufero.
ere, ui, utum, to wnsh away,
€, purify (ii. 720). 2.
), are, avi, atum, to dent/, refuse
7).
ere, ui, utum, to refuse by a
eject, decline (iv. 108). 2. r
, ere, evi (ui), itum, to efface,
i, destroy (i. 720). 2.
I, ere, ripui, reptum, to snatch
ry aioay, tear off (i. 108). 2.
ab-rumpo, ere, rupi, ruptum, to break
or tear off, rend asunder, break, violate
(iii. 55). 3.
abruptus, a, um, part, (abrumpo),
broken off, steep, abrupt, bursting (iii.
199) ; in abruptum, into an abyss (iii.
422). 2.
ab-8cindo, ere, scidi, scissum, to tear
off, fear, rend (iii. 418). 3.
abs-condo, ere, di (didi), ditum, to put
out of sight, hide carefully, conceal (iv.
337) ; lose sight of (iii. 291). 2.
absens, entis (absum), absent (iv. 83). 3.
ab-sisto, ere, stiti, to withdraw, stand
aloof from, go away (vi. 259) ; cease (w.
inf. vi. 399) ; desist (i. 192). 3.
abs-tineo, ere, tinui, tentum, to hold or
keep back; abstain from, spare (ii. 534).
abs-trudo, ere, si, sum, to push away /
conceal, hide (vi. 7).
ab-sum, abesse, afui, to be anxiy from,
be absent, at a distance (ii. 620) ; be free
from, be wanting (i. 584). 4.
ab-sumo, ere, mpsi, mptum, to take
away (i. 555) ; consume (iii. 257) ; de-
stroy (iii. 654). 4.
ac, conj., V. atque.
Acamas, ntis, m., one of the Greeks
concealed in the wooden horse (ii.
262).
346
VOCABULARY.
^pjiM«AiBf ftli
acanthus, i, m., thf plant bear^s-Jbol
(i. 649). 2.
Acaman, anis, a<ij., pertaining to Acar-
nania ; 8ul>8 , an Aninianian {v. 298).
ac-cedo, ere, cessi, cessum, to approach,
come near (i. 201). 8.
ac-celero, are, avi, atum, trans., to
hasten ; iiitrau.^., make haste, huary (v.
675). 2.
ac-cendo, ere, ndi, nsum, to kindle, set
on ^fire (v. 4) ; htat^ iujiame, incite (i.
29)*. 6.
accessus, us, m.* a going near^ an a/h-
proarh (iii. 570).
ac-cldo, ere, cidi, cisum, to cut into (ii.
627)
ac-cingo, ere, nxi, nctum, to gird ow (ii.
614) ; in pa.*«s. with a middle sense, giid
one's self wtth (ii. 671 ) ; make readff^r
(l)y girding up the garment-s, i. 210) ;
have recourse to (iv. 493). 7.
ao-cipio, ere, cepi, ceptum, to take, re-
ceive, accept (i. 123) ; take into one*s
mind, learn (ii. 65) ; hear, perceive (ii.
308). 34.
abcltus, us^ ni., a summons, call ; used
only in .ihl. sing. (i. 677).
ac-commodo, are, avi, atum, to Jit, ad-
just, fit on; gird to (ii. 393).
ac-cubo, are, to lie bi/ or near (vi. 606).
ac-cumbo, ere, cubui, cubitum, to lie
doum; recline at meals (i. 79).
ac-cumulo, ftre, avi, atum, to heap vp,
accumulate; (poet.) heap upon, bestou'
generonslif upon (vi. 885).
ac-curro, ere, cucurri and curri, cur-
sum, to run to, hasten to (v. 451).
acer, cris, ere, adj , sharp; of mental
emotions and character, eager, Jierce,
spirited, keen (i. 362). 13.
acerbus, a, um, adj., harsh to the t(tste,
sour ; harsh, implacable, hostile (v.
462) ; hitt*r, distressing, painful, sad
(v. 49). 4.
acernus, a, um, adj., of maple-ivootl,
maple (ii. 112).
acerra, ae, f., an inceMthox, «
(V. 745).
acervus, i, m., a heap, mats (ir.'
Acesta, ae, £., a town in Sicily {'
Acestes, ae, m., a king of Sicily
AchaXcua, a, um (poet., Achua
Achaean, Grecian (ii. 462).
Achates, ae, m., the faithfal f;
Aeneas (i. 120).
Achemenides, ae, m., a comp;
Ulysses (iii. 614).
Acherdn, ntis, m., one of the
the Lower World ; (meton.)th
World itself (v. 99).
Achilles, is, m., son of IVlens i
tis, and one of the most valiau
<ireek heroes at Troy (i. 30).
AchiUeus, a, um, adj., Mom/ini,
taining to Achilles (iii. 326).
Achivxis, a» um, adj., Grecian
Achlvi, 5rum, the Greeks (i. 2
Acldalia, ae, f ., an epithet of Veu
the Acidalian spring in Hoeoti
her favorite haunts (i. 720).
acies, ei, f., a ^harp edtje or }x>
ireajton (vi. 291 ) ; the glance oj
the sight (vi. 200) ; a line of men
array (i. 489). 9.
Acragas, ntis, m., a monntain i
on the southwest coast of Si
703).
acta, ae, f., the sea-shore, be
613).
Actius, a, um, adj., pertaining
longing to Actium, a promontor
western coast of EpiruH (iii. '2i*
aciitus, a, um, adj., sharp,
(i 45). 6.
ad, prep. w. ace, to, totmrds, wil
of motion ; with the idea of an
481, ad superos); to withont I
* ^t motion (v. 687, ad unun
man),
adamas, ntis, m., adamant (vi. 5
Adamastus, i, m., the father o
menides (iii. 614).
adfiieseo
VOCABULARY.
347
ere, zi, ctum, to speak to,
to; yield, give up, resign (iii.
?e, didi, ditum, to give or join
, give in addition (i. 268). 17.
3, a, um, part, (adduce), draivn
htened, strained, contracted (v.
drawn (v. 507). 2.
•e, ivi (ii), itum, to go to, ap-
(iii. 456); encounter (v. 379). 5.
Iv., so Jar, so long, so ; even, in-
o emphasize some adj. or adv.
). 4.
, e, adj., easy to be addressed,
accessihle (iii. 621).
us, m., a speaking to, address
n.
are, avi, atum, to strive after,
pursue; seize, grasp (iii. 670).
adferre, attuli, allatum, to Jyear
•y to a place (vi. 532) ; bring to
) ; w. reflexive pron., betake one's
• (iii. 310); bring forth anything
place (vi. 516). 4.
ere, fixi, fixum, to join ot fasten
V, attach (v. 852). .
i, a, um (adfligo, to strike down),
Mattered, impaired (i. 452) ; de-
i-ast downy desponding (ii. 92). 2.
re, avi, atum, to blow or breathe
ling upon some one (i. 591);
upon some one with something
I); inspire (vi. 50). 4.
ere, xi, xum, to flow to or to-
• of persons, to come in crowds,
> (ii. 796).
:ari, £ltus, to speak to, wi dress,
[i. 663) ; say the last words to a
, bid farewell (ii. 644). 12..
idforem, v. adsum.
>, ere, ui, itum, to hold to^p-
unmon, invite, bring to (v. 62^
adv., to this place, hither ; until
fie, as yet (i. 547) ; still (v. 413) ;
w (vi. 806). 5.
)re, egi, actum, to drive or bring
to; hurl down (iv. 25) ; compel (vi.
696). 3.
ad-imo, ere, emi, emptum, to take away,
remove (iii, 658). 2.-
aditus, us, m., approach, access, entrance
(ii. 494) ; the best opportunity for access
or approach (iv. 293) ; opening, opportu-
nity (v. 441). 7.
ad-iuvo, are, iuvi, iutum, to aid, help,
assist {y. 345).
ad-mlror, ari, atus, to admire, wonder at
(ii. 797) ; gaze at with wonder or admi-
ration (vi. 408). 2.
ad-mitto, ere, misi, missum, to send to,
let in, admit (vi. 330).
ad-moneo, ere, ui, itum, to admonish,
warn (iv. 353) ; explain for the sake of
warning (vi. 293). 3.
ad>moveo, ere, m$vi, motum, to move
or bring to (iii. 410) ; w. ubera, to suckle
(iv. 367). 2.
ad-iuEtor, i, nisus or nixus, to press or
lean upon or against; exeit one's self,
strive (i. 144). 4.
ad-no, are, avi, atum, to swim to (vi.
358) ; fl<Mit to, reac/i (i. 538). 3.
ad-nuo, ere, ui, utum, to nod to, assent
by a nod (iv. 128) ; promise (i. 250). 2.
ad-oleo, ere, olui, ultum, to cause to
grow, magnify ; worship (i. 704) ; sacri-
flee, pay (iii. 547). 2.
ad-olesco, ere, evi, ultum, to grow up,
come to maturity (i. 431).
ad-operio, ire, ui, ertum, to cover, wrap
(iii. 405).
ad-orior, oriri, ortus, to attack, assail;
attempt (vi. 397).
ad-oro, are, avi, atum, to adore ; be-
seech, supplicate (i. 48).
ad-quiro, ere, sivi, situm, to acquire,
get (iv. 175).
Adrastus, i, m., king of Argos, father-
in-law of Tydeus and Polynices, and
one of the "Seven again.st Thebes"
(vi. 480).
ad-suesco, ere, evi, etum., \ivt.^*»s»..,^<4
348
VOCABULAKY.
berom*- n'-eastoiH*-d /■• i\' 301) , traos.,
accu:>tofH on*'S s*:tj' /"• sntHfthintf, mate
artifthiH'i /'niHiu'irJnone \vi. 8.32). 2-
ad-Bum, adesse, adfui, / * he present, at
hind (i 5Tiii; apfftar^ coffie Junta rd^ ^
(V. 3641 : aid, assist liii. llGj. 20.
adulteriuxD, ii, d., adultery (vi. 612).
adiiltus, a, um, v. adolesco.
ad-veho, ere, xi, ctum, to carry, bring,
or roiidnrt to a place; {KktS., be carried,
ride^ sm'l (i, 558). 3.
ad-velo, are, avi, atum, to veil, wreathe,
encircle (v. 240).
advena, ae, lu., n stramjer, an adventurer
(iv. 591)
ad-venio, ire, veni, ventum, to come to,
arrive al, arrive, reach (i. 388).
ad-vento, are, avi, atum (freq. fr.
advenio), to keep comimj towards or
nearer, approach (v. 328). 2.
adventus, us, in., an approach, arrival
(v. 36).
adversor, ari, atus, to oppose, resist (iv.
127).
adversus, a, um, part, (adverto),
tamed toicard or af/ainst, opposite, in
front (i. 103, 166) ; unfavorable, ad-
verse, opp(tsing (ii. 727). 23.
ad-verto, ere, ti, sum, to turn to or to
wards (v 34* , turn the miud to, notice,
f/ire heed <o (ii. 712). 6
ad-voco, are, avi, atum, to call in, in-
vite, summon (v. 44).
ad-volvo, ere, vi, volutum, to roll to or
towards, roll up (vi. 182).
adytum, i, n., the innermost pari of a tem-
jtle, the sonctuart/, a shrine (ii. 115, 297,
351); (poet.) the innermost part of a
tomb (v. 84). 8.
Aeacides, ae, m.,n descendant of Aeacns,
used in Vercjil of Achilles (i.99), Pyr-
rhus (iii. 29G), and Perseus, king of
Macedon (vi. 839).
Aeaeus, a, um, adj., Aeaean, a name
giv(Mi to Circe because she was born at
Aea.iii.fiMkis(iii. 386).
aedes, is, f., (sing. .: a dweUmg ofth^^K
a tern file; (pi ; a human dweUing,hmt,
home (ii 487). 2.
aedifico, are, avi, atum, to build, cm
struct (ii. 16).
Aegaeus, a, um, adj., pertaimug to At
Aegean sea, Aegean (iii. 74).
aeger, sra, srum, adj., ill, 8irk,ft^
(iii. 140; v. 651) ; wounded, wearif (ii
566) ; tremUing (v. 468) ; paiufil, dif
cult (y. 432) ; sac/, cmxiaus, side alknn,
desponding (i. 208 ; iv. 35). 9.
aemulus, a, um, adj , (ia a good sense)
emuious, rivaling (v. 187); (in a bsl
sense) envious, jealous (vi, 17-3). 3.
Aeneades, ae, m., a descendant of Aanta-
Aeneadae, arum (-dam), pi, ^
comrades of Aeneas (i. \b7);tkTf^
jans (i. 565).
Aeneas, ae, m., Aeneas, sou of Vens
and Ancliiscs, and the hero of tk
Aeneid (passim).
aenus, a, um, adj., brazen, bronze, coffpn
(i. 295). As a neut. subs., a bram a
copper vessd (i. 213). 7.
Aeolia, ae, f ., an island near Sicilr, tk
abode of Aeolus (i. 52).
Aeolides, ae, m., « descendant ofAwiu,
Misenus (vi. 164), Ulysses {y\. 58^
The father of Miscuns is not to be u
derstood as the god Aeolus, bnt tk
name is simply a patronymic fmm tk
name of a mortal father.
Aeolius, a, am, adj., j)ertaining toAf^i^
or Aeolia, Aeolian (v. 791).
Aeolus, i, m., the god of the winds (15S)-
aequaevus, a, um, adj., of equal age (ii-
561). 2.
aequalis, e, adj., equal, like, similar;
equal in age (aevum) (iii. 491) ; sube-,
s^quales, equals, comjKinioHS (v-
4i8fe). 2.
aequo, are, avi, atum, to make rrf,
smooth, or level; make equal (i. 19S):
come up to, keep even with (ii. 36i:
yi. 263) ; match (vi. 474) ; aequatWt**
. I
aequor — agglomero
VOCABULARY.
349
um, w. caelo, tovih'ring up to (iv. 89) ;
w. veils, fall (iv. 587) ; w. rostris,
even, beak to beak' (v. 232) ; w. aurae,
astern, favorable (r. 844). 10.
aequor, oris, n., an even or level surface
(ii. 780) ; the surface of the sea, the sea
(i. 29) ; in pi., more frequently, umves
(i. 43). 55.
aequus, a, um, adj., even, level; equal
(ii. 724) ; Jair, impartial, righteous (iv.
372) ; propitious, favorable (i. 479) ;
equal, matched, requited (iv. 520; cf.
aequat, vi. 474) ; snbs., aequum, i, n.,
righteousneas, justice (ii. 427). 9.
&6r, aeris, m., the air, the atmosphere (i.
•^^ 300) r doud, mist (i. 411) ; motions of
the air, breezes (iii 514). 8.
aeratus, a, um, adj , covered with, or
made of, bronze or copper (ii. 481).
aereus, a, um, adj., made of, or covered
with, bronze or copper (i. 448). 4.
aeri-pes, pedis, adj., bronze or brazen-
footed (vi. 802).
fierius, a, um> adj , airy, aerial ; high in
air, loflff, towering (iii. 291). 2.
ae«9 aeris, n., copper or bronze (i 449) ;
anything, shield, spear, trumpet, made
of copper or bronze (ii. 545). 10.
aestas, atis, f , the summer (i. 265) ; sum-
mer air, weather (vi. 707). 4.
aestuo, are, avi, atum, to boil, seethe,
surge (vi. 297).
aestus, €is, m., an undulating, boiling, bil-
lowg motion ; a billow of Jire (ii. 759) ;
billows of water, flood, raging boiling
waves (i. 107) ; in general, waves or
tide, the leaving sea (iii. 397) ; agitation
of mind, tide of passion (iv. 532). 9.
aetas, atis, f., the period of life, time of
itfe, life, age (i. 706) ; old age (ii. 596) ;
a period of time, a time, an age (i.
283). 4.
aeternus, a, um, adj., eternal, everlasting
(l 36). 8.
aetemum, adv., forever, eternally (vi.
401). 2.
aether, eris, m., the upper air, the ether
(i. 90); heaven, the vault of heaven (i.
223) ; heaven, the upper world (iv. 574).
20.
aetherius, a, um, adj , ethereal, airy,
heavenly f celestial (i. 394).
Aethiops, opis, m., an Ethiopian (iv.
481).
aethra, ae, f., the clear sky, the sky (iii.
585).
Aetna, ae, f., the famous volcano in the
northeast of Sicily (iii. 554, 571 ).
Aetnaeus, a, um, adj., of Aetna, Aetnaean
(iii. 678).
aevum, i, n., eternity ; time in general (iii.
415) ; age, time of life (iii. 491) ; youth
(ii. 638) ; old age (ii. 435. 509). 6.
Africa, ae, f., Africa, in its general
sense (iv. 37).
Africus, a, um, adj., African ; subs.,
Africus, i, m., the stormy southwest wind,
the sirocco (i. 86).
Agamemnonius, a, um, adj , pertaining
or belonging to Agamemnon, the leader
of the Greek forces against Troy (iii.
.54; iv. 471).
Agathyrsi, orum, m., a people of
Scythia, called " painted," because they
tattooed their limbs and faces (iv. 146).
Agenor, oris, a king of Phoenicia, one of
the ancestors of Dido ; hence Carthage
is urbs Agenoris, the city of Age.nor
(i. 338).
ager, gri, m., territory, land (i. 343) ; a
field (iv. 525).
agger, eris, m., materials for making a
mound or heap ; a mound or heap (i. 112) ;
the mound of a tomb (v. 44) ; n dam or
dyke (ii. 496) ; a raised way (v. 273) ;
the ramparts of the Alps (vi. 830). 5.
aggero, are, avi, atum, to heap up ; in-
crease, heighten, aggravate (iv. 197).
ag-gero, ere, gessi, gestum, to bear or
carry to, heap upon (iii. 63).
ag-glomero, are, avi, atum, to wind to or
on to ; join (o, gather iu a ma&% V^.^VC^.
V
350
VOCABULABY.
aggndiflr— ab
ag-gredior, i, gressus, togoto, approach ;
acvust (iv. 92) ; attack (ii, 463) ; attempt
to Jo something (ii. 165 ; vi. 584). 8.
agitator, oris, m., a driver , a charioteer
(ii. 476).
ag^to, are, avi, atum, to put in motion,
impel f (it ice J pursue (ii 421); fiasten
flight (ii. 640) ; harass, unseti/e, toss,
drive about ou the sea (vi. 68) ; agitate,
keep in motion, move upon (vi. 727). 6.
agmen, inis, u., a train, a collected body
in motion, used of anytliiiig, but espe-
cially of meu or auiinals, a line, troop,
band (i. 186) ; the course, current of a
river (ii. 782) ; the course or trail of a^
serpent (ii. 212) ; Me stroke of oars (v.
211) ; a crowd, column, mass, band (ii.
68) ; poet., an army, a host (i. 490). 38.
agna, ae, f., a ewe lamb (v. 772). 2.
a-gno8CO, ere, novi, nitum, to recognize
that which one has seen or known be/ore
(i. 406). 16.
agnus, i, m., a lamb (i. 635).
ago, ere, egi, actum, to put in motion,
drive, lead, impel, coniftel (i. 32) ; sail or
steer sl ship (v. 116) ; send or throw out,
cause (vi. 873); perform, </o (iv. 283) ;
accom})lish (iii. 695) ; spend, pass (v. 51 ) ;
w. reflexive, lead one's self, come forward
(vi. 337); come! up! w. imperat. (i.
753). 43.
agrestis, e, adj., pertaining to the country,
rustic, rural (iii. 34). 2.
agricola, ae, m., one who tills the soil, a
farmer, countryman, peasant (ii. 628).
aio, defect, vb., to say yes ; in geueral,
affirm, say (passim).
Aiaz, acis, m., Ajar, the son of Tela-
mon, king of Salamis, renowned for his
strength and valor; Ajax, the son of
Oileus, king of the Locrians (i. 41).
Both of these men were in the (ireek
host before Troy.
ala, ae, f , a ving of a bird (iii. 226) ; a
wing as of a god (i. 301 ) ; the wings of
sails yHffUft ^ ^^ of an army;
hence, mounted htntsmen far drimug
game, " Iteaters " (iv. 121). 13.
alaoer, cris, ere, adj , eager, joyfd (tl
685).
alatus, a, um, adj., wittyed (iv. 259).
Alba, Alba Ijonsa, ae, f., the most to-
cieut city of Latium, built by Ascaoim
(i.27l).
Albanus, a, um-,* adj., pertaining to Alba,
Alban (i. 7) ; subs., Albfini, 0rain,m.,
the Albans (v. 600).
albesco, ere, to grow white, whiten (if.
586).
albus, a, um, adj., white (iii. 120). 7.
Alcldes, ae, m., a descendant ofAicaas,
Hercules (v. 414).
ales, alitis, adj., winged (y. 861); soU,
m. or f., a bird (i. 394). 3.
Aletes, is, m., a companion of Aeneat
(i. 121).
alienus, a, um, adj., pertaining to moAff,
another*s, foreign (iv. 311).
aliger, gera, gerum, adj., poet, n>H
(i. 663).
aliqui, qua, quod, indef. pron. adj.,
some, any (i. 463).
aliquis, qua, quid, iudef . pron , mm
one, any one (vi. 864) ; = aliqm, soMrt.
any (ii. 48).
aliter, adv., otherwisej in cmather maimer;
baud aliter, just so, 15.
alius, a, ud, sulj., another, other ; in pU
the others, others ; repeiU^, oik —
another ; in pi., some — others.
al-labor, i, lapsus, to glide to or towari,
come to, reach (iii. 131). 3. "
al>ligo, are, avi, atum, to bind to ; M
fasten (i. 169) ; confine (vi. 439). 2.
al-loquor, i, looutus, to speak to, addrm
(i. 229). 8.
almus, a, um, adj., nourishing, 2(/e^r/t^
cherishing (i. 618) ; kindly, pivpittent,
gracious, genial (i. 306). 7.
alo, ere, ui, alitum or altum, to ff^
nourish, sustain, maintain, cherish (iv.S);
strengthen, encourage (v. 231). &
1
/ilmiiiaA — amOT
VOCABULARY.
351
AlSidae, arum, m., the sons of Aloeus,
Otua and Kphialtes (vi. 582).
Alpheus, i, m:, tlie chief river of the
Peloponnesus, Ho wing tlirough Arcadia
and Elis (iii. 694).
Alplnus, a, um, adj., pertaining to the
AlpSy Alpine (iv. 442).
alt&rla, ium, u. pi., that which was fdaced
upon the altar prof)er (ara) for the burn-
ing of the victim ; the upper part or top
of the altar ; poet., an altar, a high altar
(ii. 515). 6.
alte, adv., on high, aloft, high, high up
(i. 337). 2.
alter, era, erum, ailj., the one of two, the
other ; repeated, iha one — the other.
altemo, are, avi, atum, to do a thing by
turns, alternate ; poet., water, hesitate (iv.
287).
altemus, a, um, adj., one after another,
m turn, by turns (iii. 423) ; alternate (vi.
121). 4.
altriz, Icis, f., a female noarisher, a foster-
mother, nurse (iii. 273).
altus, a, um, adj., high, hflg, deep, pro-
found (i. 7) ; subs., altum, i, n. (sc.
caelum), heaven (i. 297) ; (sc. mare)
the deep sea, the sea (i. 3).
alumnus, i, m., that which is nourislied, a
foster-child f son (vi. 595). 2.
alveus, i, m., a cavitg, a ho/low ; the hull
of a ship ; poet., t/ie ship itself, a skiff,
canoe (vi. 412).
alvxiB, i, f, the bellgf the bodg (ii. 51 ). 3.
amans, ntis (amo), adj., /one/ of attached
to; fond, loving, affectionate (iv. 101);
" subs., m or f., a lover (i. 3.52). 9.
Mn&racu8, i, -m., sweet marjoram (i.
• 693).
•marus, a, um, adj., hitter (to the taste) ;
hitter (to the heart), unpleasant, painful
(iv. 203).
Amazon, onis, f., an Amazon. Tha
Amaxons were female warriors dwell-
ing on the river Therinddou in C.'appa-
docia-
Amazonis, idis, f., an Amazon (i. 490).
Amazonius, a, um, adj., Amazonian (v.
311).
ambages, is, f., a going round about ^ a
winding ; pi., turnings, windings (vi.
29) ; tlui details of a story (i. 342) ;
riddles, obscure oracles (Vi. 99). 3.
amb-edo, ere, edi, esum, to eat or gnaw
around, devour (iii. 257) ; char, con-
sume (v. 752). 2.
ambi- (amb-, am-), prcj). in coinp. only,
around, on both sides.
ambiguus, a, um, adj., doubtful, uncer-
tain (i. 661); hesitating (v. 055); ob-
scure, ambiguous (ii. 99) ; double (iii.
180). 6.
amb-io, Ire, ivi (ii), itum, to go around,
surround (vi. 550) ; get round a person,
tvin over (iv. 283). 2.
ambo, ae, o, adj., pi , both (i. 458).
ambrosius, a, um, adj., ambrosial, divine,
immortal ; hence divinely beautiful, lovely
(i. 403).
a-mens, ntis, adj., out of one*s senses, be-
side one's self, distracted, mad (ii. 314) ;
m/wrec/ (iv. 279). 5.
am-icio,ire, cui (ixi), ictum, to throw or
wrap around, cover (i. 516).
amictus, us, m., any outer garment, a veil,
robe, envelope, (i. 412). 5.
amicus, a, um, adj., friendly, kind, Unev-
olent (ii. 147). 8.
amicus, i, m., a friend (i. 486). 10.
a-mitto, ere, misi, missum, to send
away, let go (ii. 148); lose (i. 217).
15.
amnis, is, m., a large stream, a river, a
rushing river, a torrent (ii. 496). 10.
amo, are, avi, atum, to love, cherish (iii.
134) ; nautical, hw/ (v. 163). 3.
amoenus, a, um, adj , plea s( tut, charming,
lovely, delightful (v. 734). 2.
amor, oris, m , love, longing, fntsslon, de-
sire (passim) ; a love-charm, philtre (iv.
516) ; personif.. Amor, m., Cupid, the
God of love (i. 689).
352
VOCABULARY.
Amphrynns — utiiai
Amphrysius, a, um, adj., of or belonging
to AmphrysuSf a river iu Thessaly, on
whose banks Apolio teuded the tlocks
of Admetus. The Sibvl is called Am-
phrysia because she was inspired by
Apollo (vi. 398).
am-plector, i, plexus, to wind around
(ii. 214) ; emhiace (ii. 490). 9.
amplezus, us, m., <m embrace (i. 687). 2.
amplius, adv., coinp., with expressions
of time and number, more, longer (i.
68:J). 4.
amplus, a, um, adj., ample, large^ sjm-
cious (i. 725) ; abundant, great (iv.
93). 5.
Amycus, i, m., a friend and companion
of Aeneas (i. 221 ) ; a king of the Bebry-
cians, and a renowned boxer (v. 373).
an, conj., or ; whethery when preceded by
expressions of doubt,
anceps, cipitis, adj., having two heads,
two-headed, double; doubtful (iv. 603);
wavering, herniating (v. 654) ; iterplexing
(iii. 47). 4.
Anchises, ae, m., the father of Aeneas
(i. 617).
Anchiseus, a, um, adj , ofot belonging to
Anchises (v. 761).
Anchlsiad^s, ae, m., a son or descendant
of Anchises (v. 407).
ancora, ae, f., an anchor (i. 169). 4.
Ancus, i, m., Ancus Martius, the fourth
king of Rome (vi. 815).
Androgeos (eus), 6, m., a Grecian leader
at the sack of Troy (ii. 371) ; a son of
Minos, king of Crete, slain by the Athe-
nians (vi. 20).
Andromache, es (a, ae), f., daughter of
Eetion and wife of Hector (ii. 456).
anguis, is, m. and f., a serpent (ii.
204). 4.
angustus, a, um, adj., narrow (iii. 411);
sul)s., angustum, i, n., a narrow place
(ii. 332). 5.
anhelitus, us, m., a difficult breathing,
panting (v.
anhelo, &re, avi, atum, to breathe wiik
difficulty, pant (v. 254).
anhelus, a, um, adj., panting, heanng
(v. 739). 2.
anilis, e, an old woman's, old-womamA
(iv. 641).
anima, ae, f ., «iir, wind ; breath, hreaih of
life, life ; a disembodied spirit, a skade.
animal, alls, n., any living creatwre, m
animal (iii. 147).
animus, i, m., the rational soul (opposed
to body), the mind, the will, pwrpo$e, u-
tention, heart; pi. courage (passim).
Anius, ii, m., a king and priest of Delos
(iii. 80).
Anna, ae, f ., the sister of Dido (iv. 9).
annales, ium, m. pi., annals, historji(i
373).
anne, v. an.
annSsus, a, um, adj., full of years, flW,
agree? (iv. 441). 2.
annus, i, m., a year, season of the year.
annuus, a, um, adj., annual, yearlif (t.
46). 2.
Antandros, i, f., a town in Mysia at tbe
foot of Mt. Ida (iii. 6).
ante, prep^w. ape, before (of time and
space) ; adv., (of time) before, fornuriy,
previously; followed by quam, sooner
than, before.
an tea, Adv., formerly, aforetime.
ante-fero, ferre, tuli, latum, to carrjf or
Imir before (vi. 677) ; choose first, prtfr
(iv. 371). 2.
antenna, ae, f., a sail-yard (iii. 549). I
Antenor, oris, m., a Trojan, who, aftff
the fall of Troy, went to Italy nd
founded Patavium (i. 242).
Antenorides, ae, m , a descendant ofht
tenor (vi. 484).
antequam, v. ante.
Antheus, i (ace. Anthea), m., a compai-
ion of Aeneas (i. 181).
antlquus, a, um, adj., old, ancient, fe*
longing to ancient times (i. 12); forimf
I (vv.43l\. 26.
aatnun — areo
VOCABULARY.
353
antrum, i, n., a cave, cavern (i. 52).
16.
Aomos, i, m., the Lake of Averuus, m
Campania (vi. 242).
aper, pri, m , a icifd boor (i. 324). 2.
aperio, ire, ui, ertum, /ay open, uncover,
disclose (i. 107) ; open up or out, render
accessible (i. 146) ; reveal, make known
(ii. 246) ; reflex, or pass., loom up, rise
to view (iii. 206). 9.
apertus, a, um, part., uncovered, open,
exposed, clear (i. 15.5). 3.
apex, icis, m., the highest point or summit
of a thing (iv. 246) ; a tongue of flame
(ii. 683). 2.
apis, is, f., a bee (i. 430).
Apollo, inis, m., son of Jnppitor and
Latona, twin brother of Diana, god of
archery, prophecy, music, poetry, and
medicine (ii. 121). For epithets cf. iii.
75, note.
ap-pareo, ere, ui, itum, to appear, come
in sight, Ite visible (i. 118). 9.
ap-pello, are, avi, atum, to accost, ad-
dress; call by a name (v. 718); de-
clare, proclaim {v. 5 AO). 2.
ap-pello, ere, puli, pulsum, to drive,
move, or bring to (i. 377). 3.
ap-plico, are, avi (-ui), atum (-itum),
to fold one thing upon another, join or
attach to; bring or drive to (i. 616).
apricus, a, um, adj., open to the sun, sunny
(vi. 312) ; poet., sun-loving (v. 128). 2.
aptb, are, avi, atum, to fit to, put on (ii.
672) ; to fit out, equip, furnish (i.
552). 5.
aptus, a, um, part., fitted or joined to ;
poet., studded with (iv. 482). 2.
apud, prep. w. ace, with, at, by, near.
aqua, ae, f., water (passim).
aquilo, 5nis, m., the north wind (i. 102) ;
in g<in., the wind {i. 391). 5.
aqu5sus, a, um, adj., watery, rainy (iv.
52).
ara, ae, f., an altar, a raised strncturc of
earth, wood, or stone (i. 417) ; in pi ,
23
Arae, arum, a group of rocks between
Sicily and Africa (i. 109). 30.
aratrum, i, n., a plough (v. 755).
arbor, oris, f., a tree (i. 311) ; that which
IS made of wood, wood (v. 504). 13.
arboreus, a, um, adj., belonging to a tree ;
tree-like, branching (i. 190).
Arcadius, a, um, adj., /Krtaining to Ar-
cadia, a province of Peloponnesus ;
Arcadian (v. 299).
arcanus, a, um, adj., secret, hidden, pri-
vate (iv. 422) ; subs., arcanum, i, n., a
secret, a mystery (i. 262). 3.
arceo, ere, cui, ctum, to shut up, enclose,
confine (ii. 406) ; keep ai a distance, keep
off, drive away (i. 31). 4.
arcesso, ere, Ivi, Itum, to call, summon,
procure, fetch (\'i. 119).
Arcitenens, entis, adj., wielding or carry-
ing a bow; subs., the archer god, Apollo
(iii. 75).
Arctos, i, f , tlie double circumpolar con-
stellation of the two bears ; poet., the
north (vi. 16).
Arcturus, i, m., the chief star in the con-
stellation of Bo<)tes, near tlie tail of the
(ireat Bear (i. 744).
arcus, us, m., a l)Ow (i. 187) ; anything
bow-shaped (iii. 533) , a rain-bow (v.
88). 11.
ardens, entis, adj., burning, glowing,
gleaming, glittering, glistening, infiamed ;
ardent, eager, imjyassioned (i. 423). 15.
ardeo, ere, rsi, rsum, to burn, blaze (ii
311), glow, gleam, glitter (i. 491); l)e
eager, long (i. 515). 7.
ardesco, ere, arsi, to take fire, kindle,
l>egin to burn (v. 525) ; be inflamed (i.
713). 2.
ardor, Sris, m., a burning heat; ardor,
enthiitilasm, eagerness (iv. 581).
arduus, a, um; adj., high, lofty, steep,
towering aloft (ii. 328) ; sub.s., arduum,
i, n., a high place, a height (v. 695). 14.
areo, ere, ui, to dry up, become parched or
witherM V>\\. WiV
354
VOCABULARY.
areiiB — aiper
arens, ntis, adj , r//-^, arid, dried up (iii.
350).
Arethusa, ae, f.,' a celebrated fuuutaiu
iu Sicily (iii. 696).
argentum, i, n., silver (i. 593) ; auytliiug
made of silver, jw/ate (i. 640), money (i.
359). 8.
Ar^vus, a, um, adj., pertaining to Argos,
Argive ; (metoD.) Grecian (ii. 254) ;
subs., Argivi, 5rum (^m), m., the
Greeks (i. 40).
Argolicus, a, um, adj., pertaining to
Argoiis, Argolic (v. 52) ; (metou.) Gre-
cian (ii. 55).
Argos, n. (only nom. aud ace), also pi.,
Argi, drum, m., Argos, a city in the
Peloponnesus (i. 285) ; (meton.) Greece^
in general (i. 24).
argue, ere, ui, utum, to argue, show, de-
clare ^prooe (iv. 13).
Sridus, a, um, adj., drg^ parched (i.
175). 2.
aries, etis, m., a ram ; a battering-ram
(ii. 492).
arma, orum, n. pi., arms, weapons, armor
(i. 1); implements, tools, utensils (i.
177) ; the tackle of a ship (i.e. sails,
rudder, mast, etc.) ; colligere arma,
to reef the sails (v. 15). (passim.)
armatuB, a, um, part., armed, equipped
(ii. 20); subs., armatus, i, m., an
armed man, a soldier (ii. 328). 7.
armentum, i, n., cattle for ploughing (ii.
499) ; herd, drove, of oxen (iii. 220), of
deer (i. 185), of horses' (iii. 540). 4.
armiger, geri, m., an armor-bearer (ii.
477). 2.
armi-potens, ntis, adj , powerful in arms,
warlike (ii. 425). 3.
armi-sonus, a, um, adj., resounding with
arms (iii. 544).
armo, are, avi, atum, to arm, etpiip (ii.
395). 10.
armus, i, m., the shoulder ; of an animal,
//ie J,vik, side {v\. SS\),
aro, are, avi, atuni; to plough, HLl, culti-
\
vote, inhabit (iii. 14) ; sail the sea, Irav-
erse (ii. 780). 4.^
arrectus, a* um, part, (arrlgo), end,
lifted up, on end (ii. 206) ; pricked «/»,
attentive, fixed (i. 152) ; keen, eager (v.
138). 8.
ar-ripio, ere, ipui, eptum, to seize, tah
possession of (in. 477).
ars, artis, f., art, skill, de.rterity (1639);
the employment of art, a trade, profession,
art (ii. 15) ; artifice, craft, cunning, trick-
ery (i. 657). 15.
artifex, icis, m., an artificer, artist (i-
455) ; in bad sense, schemer, platter (ii.
125). 2.
artus, us, m. (mostly iu pi.), a joint;
limbs (i. 173) ; parts, the body (vi.
726). 14.
artus, a, um, part, (arceo), shut up,
close, tight (i. 293).
arvTim, i, n., araUe land, a field (i. 246);
country, region (i. 569) ; shore, as op-
posed to water (ii. 209). 22.
arx, arcis, f., a citadel, a fortified height,
a stronghold (i. 20) ; a height, pinnacle
(i, 56). 30.
Ascanius, ii, m,., the son of Aeneas aud
Crcusa (i. 267)
a-8cendo, ere, ndi, nsum, trans., to
climb (i. 419) ; intrans., climb up, ascend
(ii. 192). 3.
ascensus, us, m , the act of cUmbing, an
ascent (ii. 303).
Asia, ae, f., Asia Minor, that portion
embraced by the kingdoms of Troy
and its dependencies (i. 385).
aspargo (aspergo), inls, f., a sprinkling;
that which is sprinkled, spray (iii. 534).
a-specto, are, avi, atum, to look cU at-
Iniiin Ii/, (jnze at (i. 420). 3.
aspectus, us, in , a looking at, a glance,
gaze (vi. 4<i5) ; ^ight, appearance, as/>ed
(i. 613). 5.
asper, era, erum, adj., rough, uneven,
Tuijgcd, pric^iy, thornij (ii. 379) ; em-
bossed, «nc|Ta\3«d, &\a.\w^%A V^, 'isrvx^
aipero — attono
VOCABULARY.
355
stormy y boisterous^ tempest hohh (ii. 110) ;
harshy hard, Jierce^ cntel (i. 279). 12.
aspero, are, avi, atum, to rouglien (iii.
285).
a-8picio, ere, exi, ectum, to look at, be-
hold, see (i. 393) ; examine, inspect
(i. 526) ; notice (ii. 690) ; consider (ii.
596) 19.
a-splro, are, avi, atum, to breathe or
blow upon (i. 694) ; favor, assist (ii.
385) ; trans., breathe somethiug upon
(v. 607). 4.
Assaracus, i, m., a Trojan prince, king of
Troy, grandfather of Anchises ; Assa-
raci gens or domus, the house of Assa-
racus, I. e. the Trojans or Romans (i.
284).
as-sentio, Ire, si, sum (also deponent),
to assent, agree to (ii. 130).
as-servo, are, avi, atum, to keep watch
owr, guard (ii. 763).
assidue, adv., constantly, continucdlg (iv.
248).
assiduus, a, um, adj., unremitting, inces-
sant, constant (iv. 447). 2.
assimilis, e, adj., simitar, like (vi.
603).
assuetus, a, um, part, (as-suesco), ac-
customed to (v. 301).
assultus, us, m , a leaping to or towards ;
an assault, attack (v. 442).
as-surgo, ere, surrexi, surrectumt,- ^o
rise up, rise (i. 535). 2.
ast, conj., v. at.
a-8to, stare, stiti, to stand bt/ or near,
stand (i. 152) ; take one's stand, alight
(i. 301) ; stand up, arise (iii. 194). 11.
astrum, i, n., a star (iii. 585) ; sub
astra, on high (ii. 460) ; in pi., the sky,
the heavens (i. 287). 11.
Astyanax, actis, m., the sou of Hector
and Andromache (ii. 457).
^yliim, i, n., a place of refuge ; a sanc-
tuary (ii. 761).
at, ast, conj., but, yet, nmo, moreover, how-
ever, at least, stiU; used, 1. to add a
different but not entirely opposite
thought (i. 691) ; 2. to introduce a new
narration (iv. 1); 3. to introduce a
wonderful or terrible circumstance (ii.
225) ; 4. to introduce a passionate ap-
peal or imprecation (ii. 535) ; 5. to add
an entirely opposite thought (i. 46) ;
6. to indicate that if what has been said
is not true, at least something else is
true (i. .543).
ater, tra, trum, adj., Idack, dark, gloomy
(i. 89). 36.
Atii, orum, m , the Atii, a Roman gens
(v. 568).
Atlas, antis, m., a high mountain in
Mauretania, in the northwest part of
Libya, on which, according to the
fable, tlie heavens rested (i. 741, and
cf. note, iv. 481 ; vi. 796).
atque or ac, conj., and also, and besides,
and indeed, generally giving emphasis
to the second of two co ordinate ex-
pressions (passim) ; with comparisons,
as, than (iii. 236).
Atrldes, ae, m., a son or descendant of
Atreus ; pi. Atridae, arum, the Atrides,
Agamemnon and Menelaus (i. 458).
atrium, ii, n., the principal apartment of
a Roman house, the hall (i. 726) ; in
gen., halls, rooms (ii. 528). 4.
atrox, ocis, tn\\., dark, gloomy (in moral
sense) ; harsh, cruet, fierce, savage (i.
662).
at-tingo, ere, attigi, attactum, to touch
to (i. 737); Jind, overtake (iv. 568);
reach, arrive at, come to (v. 797). 4.
at-toUo, ere, to lift or raise up (\. 354) ;
build, rear (iii. 134) ; throw up (iii. 574) ;
of places seen from a ship in motion,
with se, to loom up, rise to view (iii.
205). 18.
attonitus, a, um, part, (attono), thun-
derstruck, astounded, amazed, awed (iii.
172); poet., applied to inanimate
things (vi. 53). 5.
at-tono, are, ui, itum, to s^m.,strv(c«.vevlV^
356
VOCABULARY.
attrecto —
aio€y confound, amaze ; (found in Vergil
only in the part., v. supra).
at-trecto, are, avi, atum, to touch, handle
(ii. 719).
Atys, yo8, m., a young companion of
Ascanius, and the founder of the Gens
Atia (v. 568).
auctor, oris, ni , f,, a aeator, progenitor ,
founder (iii. 503) ; atUhor, inventor , in-
stigator (ii. 150) ; authority, voucher,
backer (v. 17). 6.
audax, acis, adj., bold, daring, in good
or bad sense ; courageous, resolute (iv.
615). 2.
audens, ntis, part, (audeo), bold, daring
(vi. 95).
audeo, ere, ausus sum, to dare, venture
(i. 134) ; poet, const., audere in proe-
lia, to be bold for battle (ii. 347). 12.
audio, ire, Ivi (ii), Itum, to hear (i. 20) ;
UMen to (i. 373) ; heed, obey (ii. 346) ;
grant a prayer (iv. 612) ; examine, as
a judge (vi. .567). 25.
au-fero, auferre, abstuli, ablatum, to
bear or carry ojf or away, remove (iii.
199) ; w. se, to take one's self off (iv.
389). 4.
augeo, ere, auxi, auctum, to inci-ease,
augment ; cause to grow, found, be the
progenitor of (v. 565).
aug:ur, uris, m., f., an augur, soothsayer ;
a prophet, seer ; in app. used as an adj.,
prophetic (iv. 376).
augurium, ii, n., the science or art of
divination (i. 392) ; a presentiment, fore-
boding (v. 7) ; an omen, sign, portent (ii.
703) ; in pi., guidance, direction, of the
gods (iii. 5). 6.
Augustus, i, m., the surname of C. Oc-
tavius Caesar, after he gained the su-
preme power of Home ; the name was
afterwards as.sumed by all tlie emj)erors
(vi. 792).
aula, ae, (old gen. aulal), f., a hall, pal-
ace, royal court (i. 140). 3.
aulaeum, i, n., a piece of tapestry, a cur-
tain ; a coverlet or covering of tapatrf
or embroidered stuff for dining eouekes
(i. 697).
Aulis, idis, f., a sea-port in Boeotia,
where the Greeks assembled before
saDing for Troy (iv. 426).
aura, ae, (old gen. aural), f., the air n
motion, a breeze (ii. 728) ; air, the vital
breath (i. 546) ; the air of heaven, theA$,
the light of day, the air (generally in the
pi.) (i."59) ; ferre sub auras, to bring
to light, make known (ii. 158); the air-
of the outer or vpper toorld (ii. 259) ; se
tollit ad auras, raised himself up (ii.
699 ) ; ad auras or sub auras, on high,
alofi, heavenward (ii. 759) ; gleam, lustre
(vi. 204). 39.
auratus, a, um, adj., overlaid with gold,
gilded, golden (i. 741) ; intericoven with
threads of gold (v. 250). 3.
aureus, a, um, adj., made of gold, goldn
(i. 492) ; gilded {= auratus), (i. 698):
aurea saecula, the golden age {v\. 79*2) :
w. sidera, bright, glittering (ii. 488). 10.
auricomus, a, um, adj , ivith golden hair:
(poet.) with golden foliage (vi. 141).
auriga, ae, m., a charioteer, driver (v.l46).
auris, is, f , the ear (i. 152). 17-
Aurora, ae, f., thp dawn, morning ; perw^u.,
the goddess of morning (i. 751).
aurum, i, n., gold (i. 349). 35.
Ausonia, ae, f., a poetic name for Italv
(iii. 496).
Ausonius, a, um, adj., Aiisonian, Italian
(iii. 171).
auspex, icis, m., f., a bird-setr, sooth-
sayer, interjireter ; (meton.) fi Itadcr,
guide, protector, favorer (iii. 20). 2.
auspicium, ii, n., divination from observa-
tions of birds : auspices ; gen. in pi.,
auspices, chief command, guidance, di-
rection (iii. 375) ; will, inclination (iv.
341). 6.
auster, tri, m., the south wind (iii. 357) :
person.. Auster (ii. Ill); the wind in
general, a blast (i. 51). 12.
amam — beUnm
VOCABULARY.
357
ausuin, i, n., daring, a daring deed (ii.
535). 2.
aut, conj., or ; aut — aut, either — or.
autem, conj., butt however y noiv, moreover,
again.
Automedon, ontis, m., the charioteer of
Achilles, afterwards the armor- bearer
of Pyrrhus (ii. 477).
autumnus, i, m., the season of increase,
abundance; autumn (vi. 309).
aiixilium, ii, n., aid, assistance (i.
.358). 14.
avSurus, a, um, adj., covetous, greedy,
avaricious (i. 363). 2.
&vectus, a, um» part, (aveho), carried
auKiy, gone off, departed (ii. 43).
S-veho, ere, vexi, vectum, to carry off
or aumy (i. 512).
&-vello, ere, elli (ulsi), ulsum, to tear
o/f or away (ii. 165). 7.
Avemus, i, m., a lake near Cumae, al-
most entirely enclosed by steep and
wooded hills, whose deadly exhalations
killed the birds flying over it. Hence
the myth placed near it the entrance
to the Lower World (iv. 512) ; poet, for
the Lower World (vi. 126).
Avemus, a, um, adj , pertaining or he-
longing to lake Avemus (vi. 118) ; subs
pi., Avema, drum, (sc. loca), n., the
regions around lake Avemus (iii. 442) ;
and poet, for the Lower World (v. 732).
ftversus, a, um, part, (averto), turned
away (i. 482) ; with averted gaze,
askance (iv. 362) ; alienated, hostile, un-
friendly (ii. 170) ; remote, far removed
'{{, 568). 6.
a*verto, ere, ti, sum, to turn awoy or
aside (trans., i. 38; intrans., i. 104);
avert (iii. 265) ; remove (iv. 547) ; carry
off (i. 472). 10.
avidus, a, um, adj., eager (i. 514). 3.
avis, is, f , a bird (v. 509). 3.
ivius, a, um, adj., out of the way, unfre-
quented; subs., avium, ii, n., an un-
frequented place or way, a by-way (ii. 736).
avunculus, i, m., a mother* s brother, an
uncle (iii. 343).
avus, i, m., a grandfather (ii 457) ; poet.,
an ancestor (vi. 840). 7.
axis, is, m., an axle-tree; metou., a car
or chariot (v. 820); the heavens, the sky,
vault (ii. 512). 6.
baca, ae, f., a berry, or any small fruit of
trees (iii. 649) ; a berry-shaped jewel,
as a pearl ; hence —
bacatus, a, um, adj., stytdded or set with
pearls, made of jyearls (i. 655).
bacchor, ari, atus sum, to celebrate the
orgies of Bacchus (iii. 125) ; rage f rave,
ivander franticallji about (iv. 301). 4.
iTBacchus, i, m., the god of wine (i. 734) ;
(meton.) wine (i. 215).
balteus, i, m., a belt, strap, girdle (v. 313).
barathrum, i, n., an abyss, gidf, chasm
(iii. 421).
barba, ae, f., the beard (ii. 277). 3.
' barbaricus, a, um, adj., Itarbaric, foreign
(ii. 504).
^barbarus, a, um, adj., barbarous, rude,
uncivilized, savage (i. 539).
Barcaei, orum, m., the inhabitants of
Barce, in Libya (iv. 43).
Barce, es, f., the nurse of Sychaeus (iv.
632).
;beatus, a, um, adj., happy, blessed, fa-
vored (i. 94). 2.
Bebrycius, a, um, adj., pertaining to
Bebrycia, a province in Asia Minor,
Bebrycian (v. 373). .
Belides, ae, ra., a son or descendant of
Belus (ii. 82).
bellatriz, icis, f., a female warrior ; used
in app. with the force of an adj., war-
like, martial (i. 493).
bello, are, avi, atum, to war, wage uxir
(i. 466).
bellum, i, n., uMir, warfare, a combat
' (passim).
358
VOCABULARY.
belua, ae, f., a large animal of any kind,
(I beast, a monster; belua Lernae, the
Uydra (vi. 287).
Belus, i, m., king of Tyre and Sidou,
and father of Dido (i. 621) ; a distant
ancestor of Dido, founder of the line
of Tyrian kings (i. 729).
bene, adv., well (iv. 317). 2.
benignus, a, um, adj., benignant, kindly ,
friendly (i. .304 ).
Berecyntius, a, um, ndj , pertaininfj to
Berex^yntus, a mountain in Phrygia,
sacred to (>ybele, Berecyntian (vi.
784).
Beroe, es, f., the wife of Dorvdus (v.
620).
bibo, ere, bibi, to drink, drink in (i, 749).
bibulus, a, um, adj., bibulous, thirsty,
porous (vi. 227).
bi-color, 5ri8, adj., two-colored, dappled
(v. .566).
bi-dens, ntis, f., an animal for sacrifice,
a victim, especially a two-year-old sheep
(iv. .57, and cf. note). 3.
bi-formis, e, adj., two- formed (vi. 25). 2.
blgae, arum (so. equae), f pi., a pair
of horses yoked torjeiher, also a two-horse
chariot (ii. 272). 2.
bi-iugus, a, um, adj., yoked together;
drawn by a pair, two-horse (v. 144).
bi-linguls, e, adj., double-tongued, lying,
• treacherous {\. ^^i\).
binl, ae, a, adj., two by two, two apiece
(v. 61); turn, a pair, a couple (i.
313). 4.
bi-patens, «ntis, adj., opening in two
ways, double, wide Often (ii. 330).
bi-pennis, e, adj., two-wingrd : two-edged ;
subs, (poet.), bipennis, is, f., a two-
edged axe, a Imttle-are (ii. 479). 3.
bi-remis, is, f. (sc. navis), a galley with
two banks of oais, a bireme (i, 182).
bis, num adv., twice.
Bitias, ae, m., a (.\arthngiiiian prince
(i. 738).
bland us, a, um, adj , smooth tongued,
flattering, caressing, persuasive (i
soft, pleasant, quiet (v. 827). 2.
Bola, ae, f., an ancient town
Aequi in Latinm (vi. 775).
bonus, a, um, adj., good (i. 195);
tious (i. 734>. 4.
Boreas, ae, m., the north wind (iii.
b6s, bovis, m., f., a bull, bullock (v
in pi., oxen, cattle (ii. 306). 6.
bracchium, ii, n.. the lower arm, ti
arm, the arm (ii. 792); a hranc
tree (vi. 282) ; a projecting hei
(iii. 535) ; in pi , the sail-yards (v
10.
brattea, ae, f., a thin plate of metal
leaf {v\. 209). "
bi«evis, e, adj., short (iii. 507); .«
(v. 221) ; subs. pi. brevia, iur
shoals, shallows (i. 111). 3.
breviter, adv., briefly {{. 561). 6.
Briareus, ei, ra., a hundred-hj
giant (vi. 287).
briima, ae, f. (for brevima), the si
daif in the year, the winter solstice,
(ii. 472).
brumalis, e, adj., wintry, wintei*s (vi.
Brutus, i, m., L. Junius Brutus, wl
pelled the kings of Rome, and
first consul (vi. 818).
bubo, onis, m., but f. in Vergil's
use, an owl (iv. 462).
Butes, ae, m., son of Amycus, kii
the Behrycians, slain by>. Dares a
tomb of Hector (v. 372).
Buthrotum, i, n., a sea-port to\»
Kpirus (iii. 293).
Byrsa, ae, f., the citadel of Carl
(i. 367).
C.
cacumen, inis, n., the summit, top,
(iii. 274). 2.
'cado, ere, cecidi, casum, to fall (i. .1
set, wane, sink (ii. 9) ; fall, ilrof
lowered {u\. 207) ; fall in battle, ftf
iandor
VOCABULARY.
359
nt death (ii. 426) ; sink down,
\U);fatl, droop (iii. 260) ;
open (ii. 709). 15.
, um, adj., fallen, slain (vi.
n., a larfje earthen jar for
cask (i. 195); a funeral urn
the ashes of the dead (vi.
im, adj., blind ; blinded , reck-
?ra(fi (i. 349) ; vague , indis-
ineffectual {w. 209); confused,
disryiminale (ii. 335) ; hidden,
vate, dark, obscure, gloomy (i.
^rlnin, doubtful (vi. 157). 19.
f., a cutting doivn, slaughter,
. 471) ; an attempted murder
9.
cecidi, caesum, to cut ; to
s7ay, slaughter^ of animals or
16). 9.
adj., heacenlfi, celestial (i. 11 ) ;
caclestes, ium, m., the celes-
ods (i. 387). . 4.
ae, in., f., a hearen-dweller,
^or/ (ii. 641). 5.
ira, erum, adj., heaven-sup-
i. 796).
slvi, atum, to chase, engrave,
'iief emboas (i. 640). 2.
u., the sky, heavens, vault of
58) ; air, sky, climate, weather
he earth or Upper World as
hed from the Lower World
75.
30S, m.j originally a girl,
lenis, afterwards changed by
Into a boy (vi, 448).
u., dirt, mud, filth, mire (vi.
im, n. pi., the dark blue sea,
leep (iii. 208). 2.
caerulus), a, um, adj., dark
green, cerulean (ii. 381) ; dark,
my, sable, funereal (iii. 64). 9.
3, m., Augustus, the first em-
peror of Kome, called C Julius Caesar
from his uncle, who was also his father
by adoption (i. 286).
caesaries, ei, f., the hair of the head,
flowing locks (i. 590).
caespes, itis, m., cut turf, sod (iii. 304).
caestus, us, m., a cestus, a gauntlet, made
of strips of leather bound around the
hands and wrists (v. 69). 7.
Caicus, i, m., a companion of Aeneas
(i. 183).
Caieta, ae, f., a town and harbor of
Latium, named from the nurse of
Aeneas (vi. 900).
calcar, aris, n., a spur (vi. 881).
Calchas, antis, m., the most famous
seer among the (ireeks before Troy
(ii. 100).
caleo, ere, ui, to glow with heat (i 417).
calidus, a, um, adj., warm, hot (vi. 218).
callfco, inis, f., a mist, fog, vapor (iii.
203) ; darkness, obscurity (xi 267). 2.
calTj^o, are, to emit steam or vapor; in-
volve in darkness or obscurity (ii. 606).
calliSf is, m., a narrow, uneven footway, a
path (iv. 405). 2.
calor, oris, m., warmth, vital heat (iv. 705).
calx, calcis, f., the heel (v. 324).
Camarina, ae, f., a town on the southern
coa.st of Sicily (iii. 701).
Camillus, i, m., M. Furius Camillus,
who took Veii and freed Rome from
the Gauls (vi. 825).
caminus, i, m., a furncwe, forge (iii.
580). 2.
campus, i, m., a plain, afield, open coun-
try, a level surface if the sea or rock (i.
97) ; tfie Campus Martius at Rome
(vi. 873). 22.
caxideo, ere, ui, to be white, shine, glisten
(iv. 61) ; glow unlh heat (iii. 573). 4.
candidus, a, um, adj., lustrous, brilliant,
white (vi. 708) ; fair, beautifd (v.
571). 2.
candor, oris, m., a dazzling whiteness
(iii. 538).
360
VOCABULARY.
caneo, Sre, ui, to be white, gray, or hoary
(v. 416).
canis, is, m., f., a dog, a sea-dog (iii.
432). 3.
canistrum, i, d., a basket woven from
reeds (i. 701).
canities, em, e, f., hoariness ; gray hair
(vi. 300).
cano, ere, ceoini, to sing, chant, play on
an instrument and sing {h 1); foretell,
reveal^ declare (ii. 124) ; proclaim, an-
nounce, spread aliroad (iv. 190). 18.
can5ru8, a, um, adj., tuneful, melodious
(vi. 120).
cantus, us, m., a song, melody, note, strain
{{. 398) ; playing, music (vi. 172). 3.
canus, a, um, adj., hoary, gray ; ancient,
venerable, time-honored (i. 292). 2.
capesso, ere, sivi, situm, to snatch up,
seize (iii 234) ; strive to reach, make
for, seek (iv. 346) ; execute, perform
(i 77). 4.
oapio, ere, eepi, captum, to take, seize
(ii. 314); capture, take possession of {v.
465) ; take, reach, occupy (i. 396) ; over-
come (ii. 384); "take in," ensnare, de-
lude^ b^ray, deceive (ii. 196) ; captivate,
charm, fascinate, infatuate (iv. 84) ; feel,
suffer (vi. 3.52). 16.
Capitolium, ii, n., the Capitol at Rome,
where was a temple of Juppiter (vi.
836).
capra, ae, f., a she-goat (iv. 152).
caprigrenus, a, um, adj., of the gnat
kind (iii. 221).
oaptlvus, a, um, adj., captured, plun-
dered (ii.76.')); captive (iii. 324). 2.
capto, are, avi, atum, to catch at eagerly ;
listen for (iii. 514).
captus, a, um, part, (capio) ; subs.,
captus, i, m., or capta, ae, f., a cap-
tive (ii. 64). 3.
capulus, i, m , the handle of anything, the
hilt of a sword (ii. 553).
caput, itis, n., the head of man or beast
(i. 127)^|^Mput, headlong (i 116),
top, summit (iv. 249) ; the life |
the soul (iv. 699) ; a man, a ;«
613). 32.
Capys, yo8, m., a companion ol
(i 183); a king of Alba, in
(vi. 768).
carbasus, i, f., Jine Spanish Jk
cloth; a sail (iii. 357). 2.
career, eris, m., a prison (i. 54).
carchesium, ii, n., a Greek drim
slightly contracted in the midc
slender handles reaching from
to the bottom (v. 77).
cardo, inis, m., the pivot and .<
which ancient doors hung, i
(i. 449) ; a turning point, a c
672). 6.
careo, ere, ffl, itum, to be wit
wanting in, free from (ii. 44) ; bet
of lack, miss (v. 651) ; deprii
self of, abstain from (iv. 432).
carina, ae, f., the keel of a ship (^
(meton.) a ship, a vessel (ii. 23)
carmen, inis, n., a song, chan
strain (iv. 462) ; a prophecy, a >
of an oracle (iii. 445) ; a charm
an incantation (iv. 487) ; a veis
etic inscription (iii. 287). 7.
Carpathius, a, um, adj., of or b
to Carpathus, an island in the .
sea, Carpathian (v. 595).
carpo, ere, psi, ptum, to pluck, i
pull away, pluck out, pull out {y\
enjoy (i. 388, w. auras, breathe
away, prey upon, consume (iv.
viam, take one's umy, pursm
r(W(vi. 629). 7.
carus, a, um, adj., dear (ii. 707),
affectionate, fond (i. 646). 4.
Caspius, a, um, adj., fyertainiiuj
Caspian sea, Caspian (vi. 798).
Cassandra, ae, f , a daughter of
(ii. 246).
cassus, a, um, adj., wanting, depri
(li. 85) ; in cassum, or incassun
vainly, uselessly (iii. 345).
— eemo
VOCABULARY.
361
I, i, n., a castle f fastness^ strong-
440).
.re, avi, atum, to chastisey pun-
407) ; chide, reprove (v. 387). 3.
:um, 11- pi., a fortified camp, an
nent (i. 472). 8.
Inul, an ancient city of the
near Ardea (vi. 775).
, um, adj., chaste, pure, spotless,
, upright, pious, holg ( iii . 409 ) . 5 .
, m., a falling, a fall (ii. 507) ;
c.h befalls or happens, an event,
ne, calamity, danger, adventure,
9) ; emergency (iv. 560) ; chance
. 27.
e, f., a cliain, fetter (vi. 558).
ae, f., a a'owd, multitude (i.
5.
is, m., M. Porcius Cato, sur-
Ceusar, also Caio Maior, noted
stem morality (vi. 841).
i, m., a young dotf ; also the cub
) of other animals (ii. 357).
(, i, m., a chain of mountains in
3tween the Black and Caspian
mcasus (iv. 367).
e, the tail of an animal (iii.
onis, m., a town of Bruttium,
hern Italy (iii. 553).
, f., a cause, reason (i. 8) ; occor
ilext (iv. 51) ; legal, a cause, a
It (vi. 849). 17.
\, L, a rough, pointed rock, a crag
). 6.
, f., a hollow place ; that part of
'{ where the spectators sat, the
eater (v. 340).
ae, f., a hollow, cavity, cavern,
. 19). 3.
>, 4vi, atum, to hollow out (ii.
2.
, um, adj., hollow, cavernous (i.
8.
as* ae, m., a descendant of Ce-
in pL, the Athenians (vi. 21).
cede, ere, cessi, cessum, to go aioay,
withdraw, retire, depart (ii. 804) ; give
place, give way, yield, submit, subside (ii.
704) ; come to, fall to, as a possession
(iii. 297). 14.*
Celaen5, us, f., one of the Harpies (iii.
211).
celebro, are, avi, atum, to resort to in
crowds ; solemnize, celebrate (i. 735). 5.
celer, eris, e, adj., swijl, quick,, fleet,
rapid (i. 187). 13.
celero, are, avi, atum, to hasten, hurry
on, expedite anything (i. 357); make
haste, hurry off (iv. 641). 5.
cella, ae, f ., a store-room ; the cell of the
honeycomb in which bees store the
honey (i. 433).
celo, are, avi, atum, to conceal, hide
(i. 351). 2.
celsus, a, um, adj. (cello), high, lofty
(i. 56). 11.
Centaurus, i, m, a Centaur, a fabulous
monster, half man, half horse (vi. 286) ;
Centaurus, i, f., the name of a ship
(v. 122).
centum, indecl. num. adj., a hundred (i.
295). 19.
centuni-geminus, a, um, adj., a hundred-
fold, hundred-aimed (vi. 287).
Ceraunia, orum, n. pi., a ridge of moun-
tains along the coast of Epirus (iii.
506).
Cerberus, 1, m., the three-headed dog of
Pluto that guarded the entrance of
Hades (vi. 417).
Cerealis, e, adj., of or belonging to Ceres;
w. arma, all utensils for making bread
(i. 177).
cerebrum, i, n., the brain (v. 413). 2.
Ceres, eris, f., the goddess of agricul-
ture (ii. 714); (meton.) corn, grain,
bread (i. 177).
cerno, ere, crevi, cretum, to sift, sepa-
rate ; perceive, see, discern, behold ; per-
ceive with the mind, understand (i. 258,
passim). 26.
862
VOCABULARY.
eortaiiifliii — eiitiBiiili
certamen, inis, n., contest, struggle, race, •
game, strife (v. 66) ; strife, rivairt/, con-
tention, emulation (iii. 128) ; exertion,
energy (v. 197). 13.
certatim, adv., emulously, eagerly (ii.
628). 3.
certe, a<lv., certainly, surely, truly (i.
2,'U). 2.
certo, are, avi, atum, to contend, strive,
vie with (i. 548). 8.
certus, a, um, adj., determined, resolned,
bent on (iii. 686) ; certain, fixed (i. 62) ;
certain, inevitable (ii. 62) ; straight, di-
rect (ii. 212) ; trusty, reliable (i. 576) ;
undoubted, genuine, true (vi. 322) ; ali-
quem facere certuxn, to inform any
one (iii. 179). 16.
cerva, ae, f., a hind, doe (iv. 69). 2.
cervix, Icis, f., the neck (i. 402). 6.
cervus, i, m., a stag, a deer (i. 184). 3.
cesso, are, avi, atum, to stop, cease,
leave off, pause, falter, delay (ii. 468) ;
be idle, inactive (i. 672). 4.
cete, u. pi., whales, sea-monsters (v.
822).
ceterus, a, um, adj., the rest of, the re-
maining, other (i. 585).
ceu, adv., as. Just as (ii. 355) ; as if (ii.
438). 8.
Ohalcidicus, a, um, adj., of Chalcis, in
Euboea, Chalcidian (vi. 17)
Chaon, onis, a vson of Priam, ancestor
of the Chaoiies (iii. .335).
Chaonia, ae, a country in Epirus (iii.
335).
Chaonlus, a, um, adj , Chaonion (iii.
293).
chaos (nom. and ace), abl. chao, n.,
boundless empty space ; personified in
Verc;il as tlie o:od of the J^owor World,
fatlicr of Erelms and Nox (iv. 510).
Charon, ntis, ni., the ferry-man on the
river Styx, in tlie Lower World (vi.
326).
Charybdis, is, f., a whirlpool between
Italy and Sicily (iii. 420).
Chimaera, ae, f., a fabulous fire-breitii-
ing monster, with tlie head of a Uon.
the body of a goat, and the tail of s
serpent (vi. 288) ; one of the ships of
Aeneas (v. 118).
chlamys, ydis, f ., a broad, woollen, nppir
garment worn in Crreece, a state mcaie,
a military cloak (iii. 484). 3.
chorea, ae, t., a choral dance, a dawot a
a circle, a dance (vi. 644).
chorus, i, m., a choral dance, a dam
(i. 499) ; a chorus, a choir of singm
(vi. 657) ; a band, troop, squad (r.
240). 6.
cieo, ciere, civi, citum, to move, stir.
shake, stir up (ii. 419) ; disturb (if.
122); move, excite (vi. 165); call npm
for help, invoke (iv. 490) ; call upon fl»f
one by name (iii. 68) ; excite, stimulek,
rouse, produce, rause, occasion (iii. 344).
11.
cingo, ere, nxi, nctum, to surround, giri,
encircle, invest (i. 112), 16.
clngulum, i, u., a girdle, belt (i. 492).
cinis, eris, m., ashes (ii. 431). 14.
circa, prep. w. ace, and adv., anmi
about, near (vi. 865).
Circe, es, (ae), f., a famous sorceresfc
daughter of the Sun, living ou a
island off the western coast of Ittlf
(iii. 386).
circuitus, us, m., a going around, a dr-
cuit (iii. 413).
circulus, i, m., a circle, hoop, rinq, ccjliff
(v. 559).
clrcum, prep. w. ace, and adv.. oW.
around, near (i. 32). 40.
circum-do, dare, dedi, datum, top^
or place around (ii. 510) ; surround,*^
circle ^. 368). 7.
circum-fero, ferre, tuli, latum, to htnf
or cairy around ; cany a sacred objftf
around a thinff or person, purifif {^
229).
circum-flecto, ere, xi, xum, to bendff ]
turn about (iii. 430). 2.
ado — coeroeo
VOCABtlLARY.
363
undo, ere, fudi, fusum, to pour
; iu pass. w. reflex, force, sur-
encompass (ii. 383).
isus, a, uxu, part., surrounding,
d j'oandf encompassing , thronging
i. 586). 3.
>lector, ti, plexus, to clasp
, surround (v. 312).
picio, ere, exi, ectum, to look
pon, suroeg, examine (ii. 68). 2
to, stare, steti, trans, aud iu-
to surround, stand around, encom-
:. 559). 3.
ixtus, a, um, part, (texo),
around (i. 649).
renio, ire, veni, ventum, to
omid, be around, sunound, encom-
i. 132).
rolo, are, avi, atuxu, to Jig
, hover around (ii. 360). 3.
rolvo, ere, volutum, to roll
revolve ; pass. w. reflex, idea,
e. (iii. 284).
, 111., a circle, a race-course (v.
3.
ei, in., a king of Thrace, the fa-
Hecuba, Priam's wife (v. 537).
m, onis, m., a mountain in
a, sacred to Bacchus (iv. 303).
ae, i., a lute, harp, Igre (i.
2.
np. citius, sup. citissime), adv.,
, soon (i. 142). 2.
um, adj , quick, swift, very fre-
y used^ in poetry as an adv. (i.
6.
!, adj., belonging to a citizen, civic;
ircus, the civic crown (vi. 772).
, m., f., a citizen, fellow-citizen,
ouutryman or countrg-woman (ii.
I.
is, f., slaughter, havoc, disaster
)■
v., secretly, unawares (i. 350).
ire, ftvi, atum, to call aloud to,
namBf call upon (iv. 674).
clamor, Sris, m., a loud erg, shout, wail-
ing, shriek, yell, applause, noise, din {i,
87). 28.
clangor, oris, m., noise, din, clang, clash,
blare (ii. 313). 2. '
claresco, ere, clarui, of light, to grow
bright ; of sound, grow louder and louder
(ii. 301).
Clarlus, a, um, adj., Clanan, an epithet
of Apollo, from Claros, a town in Ionia
containing a temple and oracle of
Apollo (iii. 360).
clarus, a, um, adj., clear, bright (i. 588) ;
clear, loud (ii. 705; v. 139) ; illustrious,
renowned, famous (i. 284). 12.
classis, is, f., a fleet (i. 39). 40.
Claude, ere, si, sum, to close, shut, shut
up (i. 141); shiU in, enclose, hide (i.
311). 10.
claudus, a, um, adj., lame, crippled, dis-
abled (v. 278).
claustra, orum, n. pL, prison-gates, bar-
riers (i. 56); bars, bolts (ii. 259) ; barri-
cade (ii. 491) ; straits (iii. 411). ^.
clavus, i, m., a nail ; anything nail-
shaped, a rudder handle (v. 852) ; the
rudder, helm (v. 177). 2.
cliens, ntis, m., f., a client, dependant
(vi. 609).
clipeus, i, m., a large, round shield (ii.
227). 11.
Cloanthus, i, m., one of Aeneas' com-
panions (i. 222).
Cluentius, i, m., the name of a Roman
gens (v. 123)
Cocytus, 1, m.. a river in the Lower
World (vi. 323).
co-eo, Ire, ivi (ii), itum, to go or come
together ; congeal, curdle (iii. 30j.
coepi, isse, coeptum, trans., to begin,
commence (ii. 162) ; intrans., begin (i.
.521). 6.
coeptum, i, n., a work begun, undertaking,
enterprise, design (iv. 642).
co-erceo, ere, ui, itum, enclose, confine,
restrain (vi. 439).
364
VOCABULARY.
OMtal — «
coetus, us, m., a coming together ; (meton.) ■
au assemUaye^ comfxiny (i. 735) ; ajiock
(i. 398). 4.
Coeus, i (disBvl.), m.,a Titau, the father
of l^toua (iv. 179).
cosniatus, a, uxu, adj., related by blood;
kindred (iii. 502).
cosmoxuen, inis, n., a' surname, added
name (i. 267) ; poet, for uoinen, a
name (i. 530). 7.
cognominis, e, Vidj., having the same name
(vi. 383).
co-gnoBco, ere, gn5vi, gnitum, to become
aa/uainted with, asctrtain, hear of (ii.
10) ; notice, obserce (v. 474) ; recwjnize
' (vi. 340) ; in perf. teuses, know (i.
623). 5.
o5go, ere, coegi, coactum, to drive or
bring together, collect, gather, assemble
(iv. 289) ; compress, condense (vN^O) ;
bring up the rear of au army (iv. 406) ;
drive, compel, force (i. 563), lacrimas
coactas, forced tears, *' crocodile " teais
(ii. 196). 10.
co-hibeo, ere, ui, ituxu, to hold together,
confine, restrain (iii. 424).
col-labor, i, psus, to fall or sink- together
(vi. 226); fall in a swoon, faint (iv.
391). 3.
Collatlnus, a, um, adj., pertaining to
Collatia, a town near Uome, Collatine,
(vi. 774).
col-ligo, ere, legi, lectum, to bring to-
gether, collect, assemble (i. 143) ; of sails,
reef {v. 15). 6.
collis, is, 111., a hill, high ground (i.
410). 4.
col-luceo, ere, to shine brightly, gleam,
glare (iv. 567). 2.
collum, i, 11., the neck (i. 654). 12.
col-lustro, are, avi, atum, to light up
completelji ; surveij, inspect carefully (iii.
651).
colo, ere, ui, cultum, to cultivate, till a
country, inhabit (i. 532) ; twice in pass.,
is inhabited = is (iii. 13) ; nourish, cher-
ish, foster, be fond of (i. 16);
revere, worship (iv. 458). 11.
colonus, i, m., a husbandman ; a
(i. 12). 2.
color, oris, m., color, hue, tint (iv
extenud appearance, style (iv. 558
coluber, bri, m., a serpent (ii. 471
columba, ae, f., a clove (ii. 516).
columna, ae, f., a column (i. 428).
coma, ae, .£., the hair (i. 319);
foliage (ii. 629). 14.
coxnans, ntis, adj., having long
crested, plumed (ii. 391). 2.
comes, itis, m., f., a compcuiion
date, comrade, partnrr (ii. 704
overseer, tutor, teache}- (v. 546), •
reverse, a prot€g€, ward (ii. 86) ;
many times, the suite, retinue of J
attendants (iv. 123). 28.
comitatus, iis, m., a retinue, a ti
following (iv. 215).
comitor, ari, atus, to accompany, <
follow (i. 312). 11.
com-mendo, are, avi, atum, to c
commend, intrust to (ii. 293). 3.
com-misceo, ere, scui, ztum (s
to mix together, mingle, blend
633). 4.
commissum, i, n., an offence, fault
(i. 136).
com-mitto, ere, nusi, xnissum, ti
together, unite, join (iii. 428) ;
in, commence (v. 69) ; commit, }ier^
(i. 231). 5.
com-moveo, ere, movi, m5tu:
niove, shake violently, flap (iv.
disturb, ogitate, frighten, arouse,
(i. 126). 6.
communis, e, adj., common, shared
(ii. 700). 2.
como, ere, mpsi, mptum, to ar
dress, comb (vi. 48).
compares, is, f., a joint, seam, fas
(i. 122). 3.
com-pello, ere, puli, pulsum, to
together ; drive, force (i. 575).
eompello — confimdo
VOCABULARY.
365
oonii>ello, are, avi, atum, to address,
accost , apeak to (i. 581); address re-
procuJi/uUyf chide, rebuke (iv. 304). 8.
com-plector, ti, plexus, to encirde, en-
foldj embrace, seize upon (i. 694). 7.
com-pleo, ere, evi, etum, to Jill, JUl up,
throng (ii. 20) ; complete (v. 46). 9.
complexus, us, m., an embrace (i.
715). 3.
com-pono, ere, posui, positum, to put
together, construct, build (iii. 387) ; settle,
(igree, arrange (ii. 129) ; put to rest, set at
rest, lay to rest, arrange, compose, settle
one*s self, qnieU, calm (i. 135). 6.
coxn-prehendo (prendo), ere, di, sum,
to seize, grasp (ii. 793) ; recount, enumer-
ate, describe (vi. 626). 3.
coxn-primo, ere, pressi, pressum, to
check, quell, repress, restrain, stag (ii.
73). 3.
ooncavus, a, um, adj., hollou), vaulted,
arched (v. 677).
con-cedo, ere, cessi, cessum, depart, go
away, witftdraw, retire (ii. 91); grant,
permit, aUow (iii. 700). 4.
concha, ae, f., a shell- fish ; a shell, snail-
shell ; SLnything shaped like a shell, a
Triton's trumpet ; Misenus' trumpet (vi,
171).
oon-cido, ere, idi, to fall, fall down (ii.
532). 3.
concilio, are, avi, atum, to unite; win,
obtain (i. 79).
oonoilium, ii, n., a gathering, assembiy
(iii. 679); a council (vi. 433). 4.
oon-cipio, ere, cepi, ceptum, to conceive,
become possessed by (iv. 474) ; conceive^
imagine (iv. 502) ; conceive, become preg-
nant (v. 38). 3.
concitus, a, um, part, (concieo), stirred
up; roughened with, thick with (iii. 127).
eon-clamo, are, avi, atum, to cry, or
a/tout out (ii. 233) ; shout or name aloud,
tidaim (iiL 523). 4.
ooo-dfidOy are, si, sum, to enclose, con-
fim; mori; OM^ (i. 425).
concors, dis, adj., harmonious, friendly,
concordant, peaceful (iii. 542). 2.
concretus, a, um, part, (concresco),
grown together, ingrown, inherent, in-
grained (vi. 738) ; stiffened, matted,
clotted (ii. 277). 3.
con-curro, ere, curri (cucurri), cur-
sum, to run or rush together to a place
(ii. 315) ; encounter, Jight (i. 493)1 3.
concursus, us, m., a crowd, assembly, con-
course (i. 509). 3.
con-cutio, ere, ussi, ussum, to shake (iL
629); smite, shatter (v. 205); agitate,
alarm, arouse, excite (iv. 666). 7.
condensus, a, um, adj., crowded, huddled
together (ii. 517).
con-do, ere, didi, ditum, to found, estab-
lish, build (i. 5) ; store up, put away (iii.
388); hide, conceal (ii. 24); lay to rest,
bury, consign to the tomb (iii. 68) ;
inaugurate, lead /n (vi. 792). 20.
con-fero, ferre, contuli, collatum, to
bring together, collect ; w. gradum, to
walk side by side with any one (vL
488).
confertus, a, um, part, (confercio),
crowded together, in dense array (ii.
347).
con-ficio, ere (inf. pass, confieri), feci,
fectum, to execute, accomplish, com-
plete, finish (iv. 116); weaken, spend,
waste, exhaust (iii. 590). 5.
con-fldo, ere, Hsus, believe, hope, put
confidence in, have faith in (i. 452). 3.
con-HKO, ere, xi, xum, to transfix, pierce
through (ii. 429). 2.
con-fiteor, eri, fessuSj to confess, ac-
knowledge (ii. 591).
con-fllgo, ere, xi, etum, to dash to-
gether, contend, struggle together (ii. 417).
con-fugio, ere, fugi, to flee to for help,
have recourse to (i. 666).
con-fiindo, ere, fudi, fusum, to pour
together, mingle (iii. 696) ; confuse, heap
up together (vi. 504) ; confuse, perplex
(ii. 736) ; violate, break (v. 496). 4.
366
VOCABULARY.
oongemo — OQatemu
con-ffemo, ere, ui, to sigh or groan deephj
or loudly (ii. 631).
oon-gero, ere, gessi, gestum, to pile
to(/€thei\ heap up (ii. 766) ; buildy con-
struct (vi. 178). 3.
con-gredior, gredi, gressus, to encoun-
ter in Jightf meet in battle, be matched
idth (i. 475). 3.
congressus, us, in., a meeting, an inter-
view (v. 733).
con-icio, ere, ieci, iectum, to throw to-
gether; hurl, cast, throw (ii. 54.5); w.
se, betake one^s self hastily to a place (v.
619). 5.
oSnifer, era, erum, adj , cone-bearing
(iii. 680).
c5-nItor, i, nisus or nixus, to put forth
all one's strength, do a thing with all one's
might (v. 264). 2.
coniugiuin, ii, n., a union ; marriage,
wedlock (iv. 172) ; (ineton.) a husband
or wife (ii, 579). 4.
con-iuugo, ere, nxi, notuxn, to join, join
together, unite (i. 514). 2.
coniunx, ugis, lu., f., a husband, icife
(i. 47); iK)ut., a betrothed (iii. 331).
31.
c5nor, ari, atus, to try, endeavor, attempt
(ii. 792). 5.
consanguineus, a, um, adj., related by
blood; subs., a kinsman, relative by
blood, brother (v. 771). 2.
consanguinitas, atis, f., blood relation-
ship (ii. 86)..
con-Bcendo, ere, di, sum, to mount,
climb, ascend (i. 180) ; w. aequor, em-
baik upon (i. 381). 3.
conscius, a, um, adj., hunciug or (lu-
scious of something in common with an-
other, privy to (ii. 267), knowing some-
thing within one's self conscious (i. C04) ;
conscious of wrong (ii. 99). 8.
con-sequor, i, secutuB, to follow, follow
close, jtursue (u. 40\i). 4.
con-sero, ere, ui, sertum, to tie together,
Jdsteti (Hi. 594); entwine, link^ weaue
together (iii. 467); w. proelium, join
battle (ii. 398). 4.
consessus, us, in., a sitting together ; on
assembly, congregation (v. 340). 2.
con-sldo, ere, sedi, sessum, to sit (/otd,
take one* 8 seat (iv. 573) ; perch (iii.
245) ; sink down, subside, collapse (ii. 1
624) ; settle, take up one's abode, abide
(i. 572). 10.
conBilium, ii, u., a plan, purpose, design,
measure (i. 281); counsel, advice (?.
728) ; a deliberative body, a council (ii.
89). 7.
con-Bisto, ere, stiti, stitum, to place
one's self any wher(^, take one's stand,iit
foot on (i. 187) ; stand, stand still, settle,
be at rest (i. 459) ; alight (iv. 253). 14.
con-sono, are, ui, to sound together or
loudly, resound (v. 149).
conspectus, us, m., a sight, view (i. 34);
conspectu in medio, in the sight or
presence oj all (ii. 67). 5.
con-spicio, ere, spexi, spectum, /o l^^f^l^
at, gaze upon, see, get sight of, spy, descry
(i. 152). 8.
con-sterno, ere, stravi, stratum, to
bestrew, strew plentifully (iv. 444).
con-stituo, ere, ui, utum, to place, /«</,
set, set up, station (v. 130); decide {I
309). 5.
con-sto, are, stiti, statum, to standstill
or Jirm, be fxed, steadfast (iii. 518). 3.
consul, ulis, m., a consul (vi. 819).
consulo, ere, ui, ultuxn, to go to for ad-
vice; consult (iv. 64).
consultum, i, n., poet., advice, resftonse
of an oracle (vi. 151).
con-siinio, ere, sumpsi, sumptum. to
use up, spend, consume, waste aivd}/ ("
795). 2.
con-surgo, ere, surrexi, surrectuffli
j)()(!t., rise, rise upfront (v. 20).
contactus, us, m., touch, contact (»'
227).
con-temno, ere, tempsi, temptum, t<i
contendo — CknintiliaB
VOCABULARY.
367
oon-tendo, ere, di, turn, tra^s., to stretch ;
w. cursuxn, direct or steer otters course
(v. 834) ; shoot, dart (v. 520) ; intrans.,
w. infin., strive, endeavor, hasten (i. 158) ;
strive, Jight, contend (iv. 108). 8
oontentus, a, um, part, (contendo),
stretched tight, tense (v. 51.'i).
oontentus, a, um, part, (contineo),
he/d together; hence, satisjied, content
(V. 314).
8on-terreo, ere, ni, itum, to terrify
greatly, frighten (iii. 597).
oom-texo, ere, xni, xtum, to weave or
bind together ; build, frame, construct (ii.
112).
oou-ticesco, ere, ticui, to become silent,
be hushed to rest, cease sjmiking (ii. 1 ). 4.
oon-tineo, ere, ui, tentum, to hold to-
gether; restrain, check, stop (ii. 593). 2.
con-tingo, ere, tigi, tactum, to touch,
take hold of \{. 413) ; defile, pollute (ii.
168) ; taste, partake o/" (vi. 606) ; reach,
arrive at (v. 18) ; impers., befall, happen,
be one's lot (i. 96). 9.
eontinuo, adv., forthunth, immediately
(iii. 196). 6
oon-torqueo, Sre, torsi, tortum, to tarn
or twist violently or inith great effort (iii.
562) ; hurl, throw, discharge (ii. 52). 4.
contra, adv., in turn, in reply (i. 76) ; on
the other hand (ii. 445) ; opposite, in
front (iii. 552) ; against, in opf)osition
(v. 21). contra, prep. w. ace, o/)/>o-
site (i. 13); against (v. .'J70). 18.
con-traho, ere, xi, ctum, to draw toc/ather
anything, get together, assemble, muster
(iii. 8).
oontrarius, a, um, adj., lying over against ;
opposite, opposing (i. 239) ; opposed, hos-
tile (iv. 628). 3.
con-tundo, ere, tudi, tusum (tunsum),
to crush,^ bruise; subdue, put down (i.
264).
contus, i, m., a pole, pike (vi. 302).
cOnubium, ii, n., marriaije, wedlock (i.
73) ; often used in the pi. (iii. 136). 7.
cSnus, i, m., a cone ; the apex of a helmet
(iii. 468).
convallls, is, f., a secluded valley, shut in
on all sides (vi. 139). 2.
oon-vecto, are, to collect and carry away,
bring toijether in quantities (iv. 405).
con-vello, ere, velli, vnlsum, to tear
away, tear up, pull up, wrench off, pluck
off or up (ii. 446). 3.
con-venio, ire, veni, ventum, to come
together, iissemble, muster (i. 361). 7.
conventus, iis, m., a meeting, assembly
(vi. 753).
con-verto, ere, ti, sum, to turn, turn
around (i. 81) ; turn, direct, bring to bear
(ii. 131); turn, change, alter {ii 73). 6.
convexus, a, um, .adj., convex, concave ;
subs., convexum, i, n., the vault or
canopy (f heaven, the sky (iv. 451); a
hollow, cavity, slof)e (i. 310) ; the Upper
World as contrasted with the Lower
(vi. 241). 5.
convivium, ii, n., a living together; a
feast, banquet (i. 638). 2.
con-volvo, ere, vi, utum, to roll up,
around, coil (ii. 474).
oonvulsus, a, um, part, (convello),
shattered, wrecked (i. 383) ; burst open
(ii. 507); rent asunder (iii. 414); up-
turned (v. 143). 4.
co-orior, iri, ortus, to arise, spring up
(i. 148).
cSpia, ae, f., abundance, plenty ; forces
(military, generally in pi.), troops (ii.
564) ; opportunity (i. 520). 2.
cor, cordis, ii., the heart, a» a jtliysical
organ (v. 138) ; the heart, jis the seat of
the emotions (i. 209) ; in pi, the emo-
tions, feelings (i. 722) ; the soul, mind
(i. .50) ; (ni(;t(m.) a person {v. 729). 17.
Cora, ae, f., a town in Latium (vi. 775).
coram, adv., before, in the presence o/'any
one, lio/bre the eyes of {i. 520); in per-
son, with one's own eyes (i. 595). 5.
Corinthus, i, f., Corinth, a city of Greece
(vi. 836).
368
VOCABULARY.
— enif
cometis, a, am, adj. (comii), made of
horn |vi. Sy4).
corneas, a, am, a^ij. (cornam), oj'cornei-
hcpj*l, of the t'wittl-^rtt (iii- 22). 2.
cornipes, pedis, adj., hwrn-juuttd, koojed
(vi. 51* 1).
coma, us, u.. 'i horn of animaU (L 190) ;
the horns nr p'unts uf the moon (iii.
645) ; t/i^ ends uf the yard-arms of a
ship (v. 832). 9.
comum, i, u, the cornei-^-herry (iii. 649)
Coroebus, i, in., a I'hrvgian, an ally and
prospective son-iu-law of Friam (ii
341).
corona, ae, f., a crown of mttal (i. 655) ;
a crown, fjnrland, or wreath ofjlower^ or
leaves (iii. 525). 6.
corono, are, avi, atom, to crown, wreathe
(i. 724). 2.
corporeus, a, um, adj., corporeal, Jleshl if,
carnal (vi. 737).
corpus, oris, n., the' body of men or ani-
mal.** (iii. 176) ; form, /person (i. 71); a
dead bodij, a corpse, of men or animals
(i. 70) ; the form or body of a shade in
JIa<]es (vi. 303) ; the hull of a ship (v.
683); the body of tlie world, in contrast to
the Platonic world-soul (vi. 727). 62.
cor-ripio, ere, ripui, reptum, to seize
ea(/erly, snatch, snatch up, away, seize
upon, catch (i. 100) ; snatch or snap at
or up (vi. 422) ; snatch or carry away,
plunder (ii. 167) ; w. corpus, start up
(iii. 176) ; w. viam, spatium, etc.,
hasfcn on or over (i. 418). 17-
cor-rumpo, ere, riipi, ruptum, to break
to pieces, destroy, ruin ; taint, infect (iii.
138); spn il, da maf/e ( i . 177). 2 .
cortex, icis, m., the bark of a tree (iii. 33).
oortlna, ae, f., the tripod of Apollo on
wliich tlio priestess sat wliilo giving
tlio oracle (iii. 1)2); (nieton.) Me orac/e
itself {v\. 347). 2.
C5rus, i, the north-west wind (v. 126).
corusco, are, to move rapidly, wave, shake,
brandish (v. 642).
q^nudis, a, om, adj., waving (i 164);
jif^'Mg, gleaming, g/i'Uering (ii. 172). 5.
Carybantiiis, a, um, adj., of the Corf
bantes, priests of Cybele, CorvbantiaM
(iii. 111).
CorynaeiiBy i, m., a companion of Aeaeu
' (vi. 228).
Corythos, i, m., an ancient town of
Etmria, later called Cortona; (metOD.)
= Italia (iii. 170).
CoBBos, i, m., A. Cornelius Cossus, who
won the spolia opima from the king of
the Veientines (vi. 841).
costa, ae, f., a rib of an animal (i. 211);
the side or waU of the wooden horse or
ship (ii. 16). 2.
cothurnus, i, m., a high Grecian hunting-
boot, laced up in front and covering the
whole foot, a buskin (i. 337).
crassus, a, um, adj., thick, clotted (t.
469).
crastinus, a, um, adj , pertaining to to-
morrow, to-morrow's (iv. 118).
crater, eris, m., and cratera, ae, f., o
mixer, a bowl in which wine was min-
gled with water (i. 724) ; also an oil-
jar (vi. 225). 6.
creatriz, Icis, f., one who crecUes or gicts
life, a mother (vi. 367).
creber, bra, brum, adj., frequent, inces-
sant, repeated, numerous, constant (i.
90) ; creber pedum sonltus, the quid
tramp of many feet (ii. 731); creber
densis ictibus, showering blows (t.
460) ; crebra, translate as adv., am-
stantly (v. 436) ; abounding in, teemimi
with (i. 85) ; without ceasing, ujith inces-
sant blasts (v. 764) ; quick, hurried (v.
199). 11.
crebresco, ere, crebrui, to grow mon
frequent ; freshen (iii. 530).
credo, ere, didi, ditum, to commit or
intrtist anything to any one (iv. 422);
believe, trust, put faith or conjidmct i«,
give credence to (ii. 48) ; in general, sif)-
pose, think, believe (i. 218). 18.
I erano — Capido
VOCABULARY.
369
oremo, are, avi, &tuin, to consume with
Jire, burn (vi. 224).
crepito, are, avi, atum, to rustle, crackle,
rattle (iii. 70). 4.
orepo, are, ui, itum, to rattle, crash ;
poet., break with a crash (v. 206).
Gres, etis, in., a Cretan (iv. 146).
oresco, ere, crevi, cretum, to come into
existence, spring from, be bom (ii. 74). 2.
Gresius, a, um, adj., belonging to Crete,
Cretan (iv. 70).
Gressa, ae, f., a Cretan woman (t. 285).
Greta, ae, f., Crete, an island in the Med-
iterranean (iii. 104).
Cretaeus, a, um, adj., Cretan (iii. 117).
Creusa, ae, f., the wife of Aeneas, and
danghter of Priam (ii. 562).
crimen, inis, n., a charge, accusation (ii.
98) ; crime, guilt, sin, offence, villnny
(ii. 65). 5.
Crimisus, i, m., a river in the soathwest
of Sicily; the river-god (v. 38).
crlnis, is, in., the hair (i. 480) ; the tail or
trail of a comet or shooting star (v.
528). 14.
crinltus, a, um, adj., covered with hair ;
long-haired (i. 740).
crispo, are, atum, to curl, crisp, make to
wave; brandish (i. 313).
crista, ae, f., a crest or plume (iii.
468). 2.
cxiBtatus, a, um, adj., crested or plumed
(i. 468).
crooeus, a, um, adj., saffron-colored, yel-
low, golden (i. 641>). 5.
^erudelis, e, adj., of persons, cruel, piti-
less, merciless, fierce, harsh, hard-hearted
(i. 407) ; of things, sad, bitter, bloody
(i. 355). 20.
crudeliter, adv., cruelly (vi. 495).
criidus, a, lun, adj., bloody, raw; made
of raw hide (v. 69) ; fresh, vigorous (vi.
304). 2.
cruentus, a, um, adj., bloody, blood-stained
(i. 296) ; bloodthirsty, cruel, murderous
(1.471). 7.
oruor, 5ris, ra., blood that is shed, gore
(iii. 43). 8.
cubUe, is, n., a place to lie doum ujton ; a
couch, a bed (iii. 324). 4.
cubitum, i, n., the elbow (iv. 690).
oulmen, inis, n., the top or su turn it of any-
thing ; tlie roof of a building (ii. 410) ;
a height, pinnacle, acme (ii. 290). 11.
culpa, ae, f., guilt, fault, offence, weak-
ness (iv. 19). 2.
culpatus, a, um, adj., guilty, blameworthy
(ii. 602).
culter, tri, m.,.a knife of any kind (vi.
248).
cultrix, Icis, f., she who inhabits, an in-
habitant; protectress, mistress (iii. 111).
cultus, €ls, m., a tilling, cultivation ; mode
of life, culture, civilization (v. 730) ;
mode of dress, attire, apfiarel (iii. 591 ). 2.
cum, prep. w. abl., with, in every sense.
cum, conj. adv., when, since, although ;
cum . . . tum, both . . . and.
Ciimae, arum, f., Cumae, a city of Cam-
pania, oil the western coast of Italy
(vi. 2).
Ciimaeus, a, um, adj., pertaining to
Cumae, Cumaean (iii. 441).
cumulo, are, avi, atum, to heap up, aug-
ment, increase (iv. 436) ; fill up, load,
load down (v. 532). 2.
cumulus, i, m., a mass, heap, pile (i.
105). 2.
cunabula, drum, n. pi., a cradle ; place
of birth or earliest abode (iii. 105).
cunctor, ari, atus, to delay, hesitate,
linger, wait, be reluctant (iv. 133). 5.
cunctus, a, um, adj., all together, in a
body, the whole, all, entire (i. 154). 25.
cuneus, i, m., a wedge (vi. 181) ; the
seats of a theatre, arranged in wedge-
shaf>ed divisions (v. 664).
cupido, inis, f., a desire, longing, eager-
ness, passion, greed, lust, avarice, the
passion of love (ii. 349). 7.
Cupido, inis, m., Cupid, son of Venus,
and god of Love (i. 658).
24
370
VOCABULARY.
eopio— 4ia»
cupio, ere, Ivi (ii), Xtum, to desire, wish,
long, commouly w. inf. (ii. 108). 5.
cupresaus, i, f., the cypress (ii. 714). 3.
cur, adv., why? wherefore? for what
reason?
cura, ae, f., care, solicitude^ concern, re-
yard (i. 646) ; care, grief, sorrow, anxiety
(i. 208); care, pain, pangs of love (iv.
1); care, business, duty, office (i. 704);
the object of care, the beloved one (i. 678).
42.
Cures, ium, m.. f., an ancient town of
the Sabines (vi. 811). .
Curetes, um, m., the most ancient in-
habitants of the island of Crete; in
general, the Cretans (iii. 131).
euro, are, avi, atum, to care for, regard,
heed, pay attention to (ii. 536) ; w. inf.,
take care that a thing should be done (iii.
451 ) ; take care of, make comfortable, re-
fresh (iii 511). 4.
curro, ere, cucurri, cursum, to run,
move swiftly, of any object; of rivers,
to flow (i. 607) ; hasten, scud along, sail,
glide (iii. 191) ; w. iter, to hasten on or
speed along (v. 862). 6.
curruB, us, m., a chariot, car (i. 17). 15.
cursus, us, m., a j'urining, race, chase,
flight, course (i. 324) ; a course, voyage,
journey, road, route (i. 157). 44.
curve, are, avi, atum, to curve, bend (iii.
533). 2.
curvus, a, um, adj., curved, curving,
winding (ii. 51). 2.
cuspis, idis, f., the pointed end of any-
thing ; a spear-point, or by meton., the
spear itself (i. 81) ; the point of a punt-
pole or Iwat-liook (v. 208). 3.
custodia, ae, f., the act of guarding ; she
who watches, a guard, custodian (vi.
574).
custOB, odis, m., f ., a guard, watch, keeper,
protector (i. 564). 12.
Cybele, es, and ae, f., a Phrygian god-
dess; a mountain in Phrygia, spelled
also Cybelus, i- m. Mil. ill).
Cyolades, um, f. pi., a cinster of islands
in the Aegean sea, the Cydades (iii
127).
CydSpius, a, um, adj., pertaining to tkt
Cydopes, Cyclopean (i. 201).
Cyclops, Opis, m., a Cyclops, one of s
savage race of giants living in Sicily
near Mt. Aetna ; they had bat one eye^
lying in the centre of the forehead (iii.
569).
cycnus, i, m., a swcm (i. 393).
Cyllenius, a, um, o^ Cyllene, a moantaiD
in Arcadia, the birth-place of Mercuiy;
CyUenian (iv. 258).
Cyllenius, i, m.. Mercury (iv. 252).
cymba, ae, f ., a boat, skiff (vi. 303).
oymbium, ii, n., a small drinking-bowl,
with two handles, shaped like a i)oat
(iii. 66). 2.
Cymodoce, es, f., a Nereid, a sea-nymph
(v. 826).
Cyxnothoe, es, f., a Nereid, a sea-nvmph
(i. 144).
Cynthus, i, m., a mountain of Delos,
the birth-place of Apollo and Diana
(i. 498).
cyparissus, i, f , poet., a cypress (iii.
680).
Cyprus, i, f., Cyprus, an island in the
eastern part of the Mediterranean sea
(i. 622).
Cythera, 5rum, n. pi., an island in the
Aegean, northwest of Crete (i. 680) ;
near this island Venus is said to have
risen from the foam of the sea ; hence
Cytherea, ae, f., Vetius (i. 257).
D.
Daedalus, i, m., the mythical Atheuian
architect, father of Icarus, and builder
of the Cretan Labyrinth (vi. 14).
damno, are, avi, atum, to condemn, seit-
tence (vi. 430) ; devote, consign (iv
699). 2.
Banans — deflgo
VOCABULARY.
371
Danaus, a, um, adj., pertaining to Da-
naus, an aucieut king of Argos;
(meton.) Grecian ; subs., Danai, orum,
m. pi., the Greeks (i. 30).
v^daps, dapis, f., used regularly in the pi.,
a sacrificial feast (iii. 301 ) ; a .feast , a
banquet (i. 210) ; food, viands (i. 706).
10.
Dardania, ae, f., a poetic name for Troy
(ii. 281).
I>ardaiiides, ae, m., a male descendant of
Dardanus ; used in the pi. for Trojans
(i. 560). ,
Sardanis, idis, f., a fenwle descendant of
Dardanus (ii. 787).
I>ardamu8, a, um, adj., Dardanian ;
poet., Trojan (i. 494).
VJSardanus, i, m., Dardanus^ one of the
founders of the Royal House of Troy
(iii. 167).
Dardanus, a, uxn, adj., Dardanian, Tro-
jan (ii. 618).
Dares, etis, m., a famous Trojan boxer
.(v. 369).
^dator,J5ris, m., a giver (i. 734).
^'dS, prep.~w. abl., of source, place whence,
o/) froniy out of, down from ; with nu-
merals, of; with expressions of mate-
rial, of, out of; in derived sense, in re-
gard to, concerning, about. 36.
^ dea, ae, f., a goddess (i. 17). 31.
de-bello, are, avi, atum, to conquer, sub-
due {v. 731). 2.
{/"dSbeo, ere, ui, itum, to owe ; (in pass.)
be due, destined (ii. 538). 4.
debilis, e, adj., iceak, maimed, crippled
(v. 271).
de-cedo, ere, cessi, cessum, to depart,
retire, withdraw (iv. 306). 3.
i/ decern, num. adj.. ten (ii. 198).
de-cemo, ere, crevi, cretum, to decide,
resolve, determine (iv. 475).
de-cerpo, ere, psi, ptum, to pluck off or
away (vi. 141).
deoet, ere, uit, to be fitting, proper, suit-
able (v. 384).
de-cido, ere, cidi, to fall, fall down (v.
517).
de-cipio, ere, cepi, ceptum, to deceive,
beguile, catch (iii. 181). 3.
Decius, ii, m , the name of a Roman
gens (vi. 824).
de-claro, are, avi, atum, to declare, pro-
claim, announce (v. 246).
de-cUno, are, avi, atum, to turn aside or
away ; close, shut, lower (iv. 185).
decor, oris, m., that which is seemly;
grace, beauty (v. 133). 2.
decoro, are, avi, atum, to decorate,
adorn (vi. 217).
dec5ru8, a, um, adj., becoming, fitting,
seemly (v. 343) ; comely, beautiful (i.
589). 7.
de-curro, ere, cucurri or curri, cur-
sum, to run down from, hasten (ii. 41) ;
sail, shoot f skim down (v. 212). 4.
decus, oris, n., an ornament, adornment
{i. 429); grace, beauty (i. 592); glory,
dignity, honor (ii. 89). 4.
de-difi^nor, ari, atus, to disdain, reject,
scorn (iv. 536).
de-duoo, ere, xi, ctum, to lead, bring,
draw down or away (iii. 71) ; lead off,
conduct, used technically of the found-
ing of a colony (ii. 800) ; force away,
carry off (vi. 3*97). 3.
de-fendo, ere, di, sum, to defend, guard,
protect (ii. 292). 2.
defensor, oris, m., one who defends, a
protector, defence (ii. 521).
de-fero, ferre, tuli, latum, to take, bear,
bring, carry from one place to another
(iii. 154) ; bring information, report, an-
nounce (iv. 299). 8.
defessus, a, um, part, (defetiscor),
wearied, wean/, fatigued (i. 157). 3.
de-ficio, ere, feci, fectum, to fail, desert,
be wanting (ii. 505) ; faint, sink down (iv.
689). 4.
de-figo, ere, xi, xum, to drive, fix into
(vi. 652) ; fix, fasten (i. 226) ; cast down
(vi. 156). 4.
872
VOCABULARY.
defloo— d^iMO
de-fleo, ere, evi, etum, to weep over,
lament (vi. 220).
de-fluo, ere, xi, xum, tofiow, ylide, slip,
fall dotvn (i. 404).
de-fungor, i, functus, to have done with,
yet through with, discharge, Jinish (vi.
83) ; defunotus vita, throuyh with life,
dead (vi. 30G). 2.
de-gener, eris, adj., degenerate (iu 549) ;
base, ignoble (iv. 13). 2.
deffo, ere, degi (de-ago), to pass, spend;
w. vitaxn, lice (iv. 551).
dehinc, adv., then, thereupon, next, ajler
^ Mo/ (i. 131). 3.
de-hisco, ere, hivi, to yawn, open wide
(i. 106). 4.
de-icio, ere, ieci, iectum, to cast, hurl
down (vi. 581) ; cast down in death, kill
(v. 542) ; cast down the e^^es or face
(iii. 320) ; cast in, sortexu (v. 490) ;
drive out, dislodye (iv. 152) ; deprive of
(iii. 317). 7.
delude (dissyl.), adv., from there, thence-
forward; thereafter, thereupon, then;
next, next in order, then, after that (i.
195). 22.
Deiopea, ae, f., the most beautiful of
Juuo's nymphs (i. 72).
Deiphobe, es, f., the daughter of Glau-
cus, and priestess of Ajmllo (vi. 30).
Deiphobus, i, m., a son of Priam, and
the husband of Helen after the death
of Paris (ii. 310).
de-labor, 1, lapsus, to fall down, fall into
(ii. 377) ; glide down, descend softly, steal
down (v. 722) ; fly, swoop down (iii.
238). 4.
de-ligo, ere, legi, Iectum, to choose,
choose out, select (ii. 18). 6.
de-litesco, ere, litui, to hide, conceal one^s
self lie hidden (ii. 130)
Delius, a, um, adj., of Delos, Delian (iii.
102) ; an epithet of Apollo.
Delos, i, f., Delos, an ishuid in the Aecjean,
the hirthplnco of Apollo and Diaua
O'v. 144).
delphin, Inis, and delphlnus, i, m., a
dolphin (iii. 428). 2.
delubrum, i, n., a sanctuary, Mm,im^
(ii. 225). 5.
de-ludo, ere, lusi, lusum, to delude, it-
ceive, play false, mock (vi. 344).
demens, entis, adj., out of one's mind or
senses, mad, distracted, demented (iv.
78) ; fool! fool that I was! (ii. 94). 9.
dementia, ae, f., madness, folly (t-
465).
demissus, a, um, part, (demitto), k
down, lowered (ii. 262) ; hanging dcm
(iv. 263) ; iu middle sense, w. vultum,
with bowed head, with face cast down (i.
561); low, dejected, mournful (iii. 320);
derived from, spi'ungfrom (i. 288). 6.
de-mitto, ere, misi, misaum, to md \
down, cast down (i. 297) ; let fall, w. li-
crimas, shed tears (vi. 455) ; let in, re-
ceive (iv. 428) ; bring to port or anchor
(v. 29). 14.
demo, ere, mpsi, mptum, (de-emo), lo
fake away, remove (ii. 775). 2.
Demoleos, i, m., a Greek chief, slain bv
Aeneas (v. 260).
de-moror, ari, atus, to detain, deh^,
keep back (iii. 481) ; poet. w. annoa.
prolong life (ii. 648). 2.
demum, adv., at length, at last, fnall;/ (i-
629). 7.
deni, ae, a, num. adj., ten at a time, tf^
each; poet.,^*;;* (i. 381).
denique, adw, flnally, at length (ii. 295);
in short, in fact, at all (ii. 70). 3.
dens, ntis, m., a tooth, of man or ani'^^
(iii. 627); the fluke of an anchor (^^
3). 3.
densus, a, um, adj., close together, dt-n^>
thick, crowded (ii. 383) ; frequent, ^^^'
slant, unceasing (v. 459). 9.
de-nuntio, are, avi, atum, to annoi'*^'^
declare (as a messenger); motou. • ^
a pro])]iot) foretell, denounce, mef'^
. ikveaten (iii. 360).
\ ^e-^a.a^io, exft,^%.'^\., ^'a.\^\.\«S!k..» ^\A •-*■
depello — maaa
VOCABULARY.
373
d§-pasoor, i, pastus, to feed upon, de-
vour , corutume (ii. 215). 2.
<ie-pello, ere, puli, pulsum, to drive
away, ward off (v. 727).
de-pendeo, ere, to hang down from , hang
down (i. 726). 2.
cl§-p5no, ere, posui, positum, lay aside,
lay down, set aside or apart (ii. 76). 3.
dS-prehendo (deprendo), ere, di, sum,
to catch, overtake (v. 52). 2.
d§-pr5mo, ere, mpsi, mptum, to draw
forth, take out (v. 501 ).
de-rifiresco, ere, srui, to becoiiie stiff or
rigid; curdle; gelidus san^niis deri-
suit, the blood ran cdd (iii. 260).
de-ripio, ere, ipui, eptum, to tear off,
strip off (i. 211) ; tear away (iii. 267) ;
* puU down in haste (iv. 593). 3.
de-saevio. Ire, ii, to rage Jiercely or fu-
riously (iv. 52).
de-scendo, ere, di, sum, to go down,
come down, climb down, descend (ii. 632) ;
sink down, i^enetrate into (v. 683) ; lower
one's self, stoop, condescend (v. 782). 7.
descensus, us, m., a descent (vi. 126).
d§-scribo, ere, psi, ptum, to write down,
write (iii. 445) ; trace, sketch, draw, de-
scribe (vi. 8.50). 2.
dS-sero, ere, ui, rtum, to desert, leave,
forsake, abandon (ii. 565). 9.
desertus, a, um, part, (desero), desert,
deserted, forsaken, abandoned, uninhab-
ited, left behind (ii. 24) ; subs, deserta,
drum, n., deserts, wilderness (i. 384).
13.
de-iddo, ere, sedi, to settle down, sink
down (iii. 565).
dS-sifiruo, are, avi, atum, to mark out,
trace out (v. 755).
dS-sino, ere, sivi (sii), situm, to leave
off, cease (iv. 360).
dS-sisto, ere, stiti, stitum, to stand off
from ; leave off, desist (i. 37).
de-specto, Sre, to look down upon {\.
396).
dS-spicio, ere, xi, ctum, to look down
upon (i. 224) ; despise, reject, scorn (iv.
36). 2.
de-stino, are, avi, atiun, to fix down,
secure; devote, destine, appoint (ii. 129).
de-struG, ere, xi, ctum, to puil down,
. destroy, dfmolish (iv. 326).
de-suesco, ere, suevi, suetum, to dis-
use, disaccustom, put out of use (ii. 509) ;
become unaccustomed to (vi. 814) ; de-
sueta corda, a heart that had ceased to
love (i. 722). 3.
desuetus, a, um, part, (desuesco).
de-sum, esse, fui, to be wanting, absent,
missing (ii. 744). 2.
desuper, adv., above, from above (i.
165). 5.
de-tineo, §re, tinui, tentum, to keep
back, detain, stay, hold (ii. 788). 3.
de-torqueo, ere, torsi, tortum, to turn
aside or away, shift, bend, direct towards
(iv. 196). 3.
de-traho, ere, xi, ctum, to drag off, take
away from (v. 260).
d€-trudo, ere, trusi, trusum, to push or
thrust down or off{i. 145). 2.
de-turbo, are, avi, atum, to cast or hurl
down or off (v. 175) ; drive out, dislodge
(vi. 412). 2.
deus, i, m., a god, deity (i. 9). 36.
de-venio, ire, veni, ventum, to come or
/ go down ; reach, arrive at, come or go to
(i. 365). 4.
de-volo, are, avi, atum, to fly down,
hasten down (iv. 702).
de-volvo, ere, volvi, volutum, to roll
down (ii. 449).
de-voveo, ere, v6vi, votum, to deimte to,
give up to, doom to, ius a victim to sacri-
fice (i. 712).
dexter, era, erum, or tra, trum, adj.,
on the right, the right-hand, the right (iii.
413); suitable, favoraUe, propitious (iv.
294) ; subs., f., the right hand (i. 98).
29.
Dtana, ae, f , daughter of Jove and La-
ton a, sister of Apollo, ^odde.^^ v>»l \kife
874
VOCABULARY.
aioio— dim '
chase ; she is known as Diana on earth,
Luna in heaven, Hecate in the Lower
World (i. 499).
dioio, 5xii8, f., dominion, sway, jyower (i.
236). 2.
dioo, are, avi, atum, to give up, set apart,
appropriate anything to or for any one
(i. 73) ; dedicate, consecrate to a god
(v. 60). 3.
dico, ere, xi, ctum, to say, speak (i. 81) ;
tell, relate (i. 137) , tell, order (iv. 635) ;
speak of, mention (iv. 43) ; call (i. 277) ;
foretell, proclaim, predict (vi. 850). 55.
Dictaeus, a, um, adj., pertaininy to Dicte,
a mountain in Crete ; (meton.) Cretan
(iv. 73).
dictum, i, n., a ivord, a sjteech (i. 142). 41.
DIdS, us, or 5nis (ace. DXdo), f., called
also Elissa, daughter of Belus, wife of
Sychaeus, and according to myth the
founder and queen of Carthage (i. 299).
dl-duco, ere, xi, ctum, to draw apart,
lead in different directions (v. 581 ) ; rend
asunder^ split (iii. 419) , divide, distract
(v. 720). 3.
Didymadn, onis, m., tlie trame of a skil-
ful artificer (v. 359).
dies, ei, m. and f. in sing., in ])1. always
m., a day (i. 374) ; a set day, an ap-
pointed tinir, time in generfil (iv. 620) ;
a period of time, an aye. (vi. 745); the
light of day, the daylight (i. 88); day,
daytime as opposed to night (iii. 201).
32.
dif-fero, ferre, distuli, dilatum, to carry
different ways, spread abroad, scatter ;
put of/', defer, postpone (vi. 569).
difflcilis, e, adj., dtjfieult, hard (iv. 694).
dif-fido, ere, fisus to distrust, lose faith
/n (iii. 51 ).
dif-fugio, ere, fugi, to flee in different or
all direct tons, scatter, disperse (ii. 21 2). 4.
dif-fundo, ere, fudi, fusum, to pour in
different directions ; spread, scatter, dif-
fuse (J. 319); s//read abroad, publish (iv.
195J, 2.
dl-ffero, ere, gescd, gestum, to carrj
in different directions^ set in order,
arrange (iii. 446) ; explain, interprd
(ii. 182). 2.
digitus, i, ra., a finger ; a toe (v. 426).
dignor, ari, atus, to count or deem worthy
'■ (i. 335); deicjn (iv. 192). 3.
difimus, a, um, adj., worthy, suitable, jit,
proper (i. 600). 8.
dl-gredior, di, gressus, to go ami^, de-
part (ii. 718). 6.
digressus, us, m.; a going away, a dejmrt'
ure (iii. 482). * '
dl-labor, i, lapsus, to glide or slip awatf,
disappear, vanish (iv. 705).
dXlectus, a, um, part, (diligo), chom
out, loved, beloved, dear (i. 344). 3.
dl-mitto, ere, misi, missum, to send in
all directions (i. 577) ; send aaxiy, dis-
miss (i. 571). 2.
dl-moveo, ere, m5vi, m5tum, to move or
put aside, drive away, dissipate, scatttr
(iii. 589). 3.
di-numero, are, avi, atum, to eouni up,
reckon up, compute (m^. 691).
Diomedes, is, m., son of Tydeus, king of
Aotolia, one of the Greek chiefs hefore
Troy (i. 752).
Dionaeus, a, um, adj., an ej)itliet of
Venus, derived from tlie name <»f Iht
mother Digne (iii. 19).
Diores, is, m., one of Aeneas' com-
panions (v. 297).
Dirae, arum, f. pi., the Furies (iv. 47.'^)-
di-rigo, ere, rexi, rectum, to cause 'o
move in a straight line, guide, r///'<'<^''
ann, steer (i. 401). 4.
dir-imo, ere, emi, emptum, to part, "•'
vide, separate ; interrupt, In'tak offf /'"
an end to (v. 467).
di-ripio, ere, ui, reptum, to teaf ^
pieces; plunder, snatch away (iii. 2iJ ^J
dirus, a, ura, adj., fearful, drear* ^ '
awful; ill-omeiu'd, jmrtentous, dire ^.
211^1 horrid^ shocking, cursed, iC^ ^
ivinna
VOCABULARY.
375
:ti8, m., the god of the Lower
X, Pluto (iv. 702).
:-), an inseparable particle ased
npositiou with other words, and
g the force of asunder^ in pieces,
Terent directions ; it also has soine-
the force of a negative.
}is (comp. ditior, superl. ditis-
j), adj., rich (i. 343).
D, ere, cessi, cessum, to <jo in
'nt directions; depart^ withdraw
(eave, go away (ii. 109). 3.
lo, ere, crovi, cretum, to sej)-
party divide ; discernere telas
interweave with gold (iv. 264) ;
jnishy tell apart, discern (iii.
2.
IS, us, m., a departure (vi. 464).
are, didici, to learn, become ac-
td with, learn how (i. 630). 7.
•, 6ri8, adj., of another color, dif-
in color (vi. 204).
ia, ae, f., disagreement, discord,
■ person., the goddess of Discord
^0). ^ *
, cordis, adj., discordant, unlike,
mt (ii. 423).
en, inis, n., that which separates
'ngs (of. discemo) ; an intervening
interval, distance (v. 154) ; a dis-
ation, distinction, difference (i.
a turning point, a crisis (i. 204) . 7.
ibo, ere, cubui, cubitum, to
one's self out at table, recline
)). 2.
:o, ere, curri and cucurri, cur-
to run in different directions, run
gallop apart (v. 580).
, ere, ieci, iectum, to throw
dis/^erse, scatter (i. 43) ; throw
overthrow (ii. 608). 4.
50, ere, nxi, nctum, to separate,
•■ (i. 252).
3, ere, puli, pulsum, to drive
hither and thither, disperse, scatter,
(i. 512). 3.
dispendium, ii, n., cost, exjyense, loss (iii.
453).
di-spergo (sparge), ere, spersi, sper-
Bum, to scatter about, disperse (iii. 197).
di-spicio, ere, spexi, spectum, to be-
hold, look upon, see (vi. 734).
dis-pono, ere, posui, positum, to place
here and there, at intervals, arrange, dis-
tribute (iii. 237).
dis-silio, ire, ui, to leap or spring apart
or asunder (iii. 416).
dis-simulo, are, avi, atum, to make a
thing appear other than it is, dissemble,
disguise, hide, conceal, keep secret (iv.
305); repress one's feelings (i. 516). 4.
dis-tendo, ere, di, turn, to stretcli apart,
distend, Jill (i. 433).
di-sto, are, to stand apai-t, be distant (iii.
116).
di-stringo, ere, strinzi, strictmn, to
hind apart, stretdi out (vi. 617).
diu, adv., /or a long time, long (i. 351). 3.
diva, ae, f., a goddess (i. 447). 12.
dl-vello, ere, velli (vulsi), vulsum,
to rend asunder, tear in pieces, tear
away, separate violently, drive apart
(ii. 220). 3.
di-verbero, are, avi, atum, to strike
apart or asunder, cleave, cut, divide (v.
503). 2.
diversus, a, um, part, (diverto), turned
in different directions, separated, apart
(i. 70; ex diverse, from different di-
rections (ii. 716); different, various, re-
mote (i. 376) ; diversus, used as adv.,
away, in a different direction (v. 166).
10.
dives, itis (cf. dis), adj., rich, tvealthy,
abounding in (i. 14) ; costly, precious
(vi. 195). 4.
dl-vido, ere, visi, sum, to part asunder,
divide, separate (ii. 234); distribute,
shore, apportion (i. 197) ; separate, re-
move from, keep apart (iii. 383) ; send in
different directions (iv. 285). 4.
divinus, a, \im, «AY, dVcme.., %otcc«,A.^ ^s&
376
VOCABULARY.
divitiae— dm
pertainiug to a deity (i. 403) ; inspired,
jyj'ophelic (iii. 373). 3.
divitiae, ariun, f., riches, wealth (vi.
610).
divus, a, um, adj., divine ; regularly as
subs., dIvus, i, m., a god (i. 46). 40.
do, dare, dedi, datum, to yive, bestow,
grant, permit, allow, give up (i. 62) ;
put, place (ii. 792) ; to bring or send
forth, utter (i. 485) ; produce, cause,
make (ii. 310) ; w. vela, lintea, spread
sail, set sail, sail (iii. 9). 118.
doceo, ere, ui, dootum, to teach, inform,
show, tell, point out (i. 332). 13.
dootus, a, um, part, (doceo), taught;
learned, well-vtrsed, expeiienc&i (vi.
292).
D5d5naeuB, a, um, adj., of Dodona, a
/■ town in Epirus, Dodunean (iii. 466).
doleo, ere, ui, itum, to grieve, bear or
suffer pain or grief ( i . 9 ) . 3 .
Dolopes, um, m. pi., a fierce people of
Thessaly (ii. 7).
dolor, 6ris, in., sorrow, grief distress (i.
209) ; resentment, vexation, indignation
(i. 25). 20.
dolus, i, m., a wile, stratagem, trick', fraud,
deception (i. 130). 17.
domina, ae, f., a mistress (iii. 113). 3.
dominor, ari, atus, to be lord, lord it
over, rule (i. 285). 5.
dominus, i, m., a master, ruler, lord (i.
282) ; a tijrant (vi. 621). 4.
domitor, Qris, m., a ruler, tamer, subduer
(v. 799).
domo, are, ui, itum, to conquer, sulxiue,
tame, overcome (ii 198). 2.
domus, us, and i, f, house, home, nhnde,
mansion, palace (i. 140) ; household,
family, race, house (i. 284). 46.
dSneo, conj., as lomf as, while; until, till
(i. 273). 6.
d5no, are, avi, atum, to give, present
with, bestow, grant (v. 262). 3.
ddnum, j, n., a (/(ft, present, prize ^\. 65^^ \
a votive qfferimj (i. 447). 36.
\
Doniisa, ae, f., a small island m the
Aegean sea, near Naxos (iii. 125).
D5ricus, a, am, adj., Doric; (metoo.)
Grecian (ii. 27).
dorsum, i, n., the back of man or animal;
anything resembling a back, a ridy,
a reef (i. 110).
Doryolus, i, m., a companion of Aeneas
(v. 620).
d5tali8, e, adj., pertaining to a dowrji or
marriage portion ; dStales Tyrics, the
Tyrians as a dowrg (iv. 104).
draco, 5ni8, m., a serpent, a dragon (il
225). 2.
Drepanum, i, n., a town on the western
coast of Sicily (iii. 707).
Driisus, i, m., a surname in the Livian
family (vi. 824).
Dryopes, um, m., the Drgopians, a people
of Epirua (iv. 146).
dublto, are, avi, atum, to waver, be ur-
certain, be in doubt, hesitate, have nit-
givings, question (ni. 170). 3.
dubius, a, um, adj., wavering, irresoltde,
hesitating (i. 218); uncertain, doubtful,
to be doubted (ii. 171); critical, danger-
ous, difficult (vi. 196). 6.
duco, ere, xi, ctum, to lend, draw, hrinp,
conduct, carrg, take (i. 401); (Jrau:,
draw forth, heave a sigh (ii. 288);
protract, prolong (ii. 641 ) ; /xw,
spend (iv. 340); form, fashion, con-
struct, make, produce (i. 423) ; tM^
one's origin (v. 801); draw by lot i'n-
201 ) ; reckon, compute, calculate (vi-
690). 42.
ductor, oris, m. a lender (i. 189). 8.
dudum, adv., a little while ago, but note,
Inff'ly (ii. 726). 2.
dulcis, e, adj., sweet to the taste, ./r*»^ '
living water (i. 433) ; sureet, pleasant ^
delightful, charming (i. 687) ; dear, 6^"
loved (i. 659). 19.
Dulichium, ii, n., an island in the Tonil*^
d>xra, ^viv\V> mcVxU, q» Vontx^ a% \ >wJc\\ "^^
dnaitii — egennt
VOCABULARY.
377
vided thatf if only; as adv., yet, non-
dum, ni4 yeU etc.
dumus, i, m., a bramble, brier, brushwood,
thicket (iv. 526).
duo, ae, o, num. adj., two (ii. 213). 10.
duplex, icis, adj., doaUe, twofold (i.
655). 2.
duro, are, avi, atum, to harden, make
hard; be hardened, be patient, endure^
be sfronff, be firm (i. 207).
durus, a, um, adj., hard to the touch (ii.
479) ; hardy, vigorous, stout, sturdy (iv. J
• 247) ; rough, dangerous (iii. 706) ; hard,
severe, arduous (i. 563); harsh, cruel,
unfeding, unsympathetic (ii. 7). 22.
dux, duels, m., f., a leader, guide, con-
ductor (i. 364). 11.
Dymas, antis, m., a Trojan (ii. 340).
E.
^, prep-f V. ex.
ebur, oris, ii., ivory (i. 592).
ebumeus (eburnus), a, uxn, adj., of
ivory, ivory (vi. 647). 2.
'' eoce, interj., lo ! behold ! see ! look !
(ii.^7). 91.
eoQLui, quae or qua, quod, iuterrog.
adj. pron., {is there) any who? any at
a//f (iii. 341).
eoquis,. quid, interrog. sabs, pron., any
one? anything? ecquid, whether? do?
does ? (iii. 342).
edax, acis, adj., devouring, destroying,
consuming (ii. 758).
0-dIco, ere, xi, ctum, to declare, make
known; appoint, command, order (iii.
235).
S-cUssero, ere, rui, rtum, to set forth,
explain, relate (ii. 149).
edo, edere or esse, edi, esum, to eat,
devour, consume (iv. 66). 2.
S-do, ere, didi, ditum, to give out, put
forth, publish, announce, say, declare
(v. 693). 2.
e-doceo, ere, cut, ctuxn, to teach thoroughly,
inform in detail, apprise any one of any-
thing (v. 748).
e-duco, ere, xi, ctuxn, to lead out or forth
(i. 432) ; bri?ig forth, bear (vi. 765) ;
erect, rear, buildup (ii. 186). 7.
ef-fero, ferre, extuli, elatum, to bring or
catry out or forth or aicay (i. 652) ;
raise, lift up (i. 127); w. pedem, de-
part, retreat (ii. 657). 18.
efferus, a, um, adj., wild, fierce, furious
(iv. 642).
effetus, a, um, adj., worn out, exhausted
(v. 396).
ef-ficio, ere, feci, fectum, to work out,
accomplish, make, form (i. 160).
effigies, ei, f., an image, effigy, statue (ii.
167). 4.
ef-fingo, ere, finxi, fictum, to form,
fashion, portray, represent (vi. 32).
ef-fodio, ere, fodi, fossum, to dig out or
up, excavate, gouge out (i. 427). 3.
ef-f or, ari, atus, to speak out ; say, utter,
tell out {iii 4QS). 4.
ef-fringo, ere, fregi, fr actum, to break
or dash out (v. 480).
ef-fugio, ere, fugi, to flee away, escape
(ii. 226) ; flee from, avoid, shun (iii.
272). 7.
effugium, ii, n., a fleeing away, flight (ii.
140).
ef-fulgeo, ere, fulsi, to shine forth, gleam,
glitter, glow (ii. 616). 2.
ef-fundo, ere, ludi, fusum, to pour forth
(vi. 241) ; shed tears (ii.271) ; pour out,
waste, s(piander (v. 446) ; utter (v. 482) ;
let loose, slacken (v. 818); give up, yield
up, lose (i. 98). 9.
effQsus, a, um, part. (efPando), poured
forth, scattered, spread out (v. 317) ; let
loose (v. 145); suffused, streaming (ii.
651) ; dishevelled (iv. 509). 8.
egens, ntis,part. adj. {egeo), needy, poor,
in want, wanting (i. 384). 3.
egenus, a, um, adj., m want of, in need
of{\. 599) ; nceciji, CTllxcal V^,^V\. "^^
878
VOCABULARY.
6^60 — 6)11
effeo, ere, ui, to be in want of, have need
o/'(ii. 522).
Esesta, V. Acosta.
egeatas, fttis, f., wanlf poverty (vi. 276).
ego, pers. pron., /.
e-gredior, i, gressus, to go or cotiie out
or Jorth (ii. 71.'J) ; go out of a ship, dis-
embark (i. 172). 3.
Sgregius, a, um, adj., distinguished, illus-
trious, remarkable (i. 445). 8.
ei, iuterj., ah I alas! w. mihi, ah me!
(ii. 274).
eia, interj., ho! come ! up ! (iv. 569).
e-icio, ere, ieci, iectum, to cast out, cast
or throu} up; of a vessel aud crew,
strand, wreck (i. 578). 2.
$-iecto, are, avi, atum, to cast forth,
throw up (v. 470).
6-labor, i, lapsus, to slip or glide away
(v. 151) ; esca}te (i. 242) ; dodge, escape
a blow (v. 445). 6.
elatus, a, um, part. (v. effero).
elephantus, i, m., an elephant; (mcton.)
ivory (in. 404). 2.
6-lido, ere, llsi, lisum, to strike or dash
out or up (iii. 567).
Elis, idis, f., the most westerly district
of the Peloponnesus, with a caj)ital of
the sjinie name, near which the Olym-
pic i^ame.s were held (iii. 694). 2.
Elissa, ae, f., another name for Dido (iv.
385).
e-loquor, i. locutus, to speak out, speak,
declare (iii. 39).
e-luo, ere, ui, utum, to wash out or away,
cleanse (vi. 742).
Elysium, ii, n., /'Elysium, the home of
the Hlessecl in the Lower World (v.
735). 3.
e-metior, Iri, mensus, to measure off]
travel orer, trarerse (v. 628).
S-mico, are, micui, micatum, to spring
or leap ouf, dart or hound forth (v. 319) ;
knp up (ii. 175). 4.
S-mitto, ere, mlsi, missum, to sctid
JbriA (vi. 898); let loose (i. 125). 2.
g-moveo, ere, mOvi, m5tum, to mm
away, remove (ii. 493) ; move, shah,
agitate (ii. 610). 3.
en, interj., lo ! Itehold ! see ! (i. 461). 2.
Enceladus, i, m., a giant buried under
Mt. Aetna (iii. 578). 2.
enim, couj., for, namely, for imtam,
truly, indeed (passim).
e-niteo, ere, ui, to shine out, glisten [vr.
150).
e-nltor, i, nisus or nizuA, to exert ones
self struggle ; bring forth, bear offspr'aii
(iii. 327). 2. " '
e-no, are, avi, atum, to swim out, escape
by swimming ; sail or Jloat awaif oo
wings (vi. 16).
ensia, is, m., a sword, a knife (ii. 155). 14.
Entellus, i, m., a Sicilian who conquered
Dares in the ho.xiug contest (v«. 387).
§-numero, are, &vi, atum, to enumerate,
count up, recount, relate (iv. 334). 2.
eo. Ire, Ivi (ii), itum, to go, gofotih,ruik
forth (i. 246) ; go against in a hostile
manner (vi. 880) ; resort to, have recoum
^ to (iv. 413). 13.
Edus, a, um, adj , of the dawn, of the
morning (ii. 417); eastern, oriental {i
489) ; subs., E5ua, 1, m.^ the morning-
star, the morning (iii. 588). 4.
Epeos (us), i, m., the builder of the
famous wooden horse (ii. 264).
Epirus, i, f , the northwest district of
(Jreece (iii. 292). .
epulor, ari, atus, to feast, banquet (iii*
224); eat (iv. 602). 4.
epulum, i, n., used in Vergil only in tfcl
j)l., epulae, arum, f., a fast, a lianqt^
often of a solemn or public nature (l
79) ; food, viands, eatables, rich met^
_ (i. 216). 7.
Epy tides, ae, m., the son of Epytus (^«
_ 547).
Epytus, i, m., a Trojan (ii. 340).
eques, itis, m., a horseman, a rider [V-
\ Vi^"^ ', a >\xu\uvl.€.<i 8oW/er, a knight [^
evans
VOCABULARY.
379
tre, adj., pertaining to a horse-
trian ; sub8.,= eques (v. 667).
dv., truly^ indeed y by all means
15.
., a horse, a steed (i. 156). 39.
Ti., the god of darkness, son
brother of Nox (iv. 510) ;
? Loiver World (iv. 26). 5.
and adv., in consequence of, on
(vi. 670) ; therefore, then,
i, m., another name of the
vi. 659).
, rexi, rectum, to raise up,
423); erect, build (iv. ^95). 4.
innys), yos, f., one of the
. 337) ; (meton.) a scourge, a
73). 2.-
s, f ., the wife of Ampliiaraus,
J betrayed, and for this she
by her son Alcmaeon (vi.
i, ripui, reptum, to snatch
ch, remove, take away (i. 88) ;
« any danger (i. 596) ; w. re-
, exape (ii. 134). 15.
vi, atum, to wander, wander
1 round (i. 32) ; wander off,
39); wander or hover around
13.
m., a wandering, straying (i.
laze (v. 591); an error, mis-
Si) ; a deception, trick, delu-
). 7.
ire, bui, to redden ; blush at,
i; have regard for, respect
3, avi, atuzn, to belch forth,
576) ', send forth, cast up (vi.
•e, rupi, ptuzn, burst forth,
gh (i. 580).
li, utuin» to pluck or tear up
overthrow, ruin, destroy utterly
a master of a house, lord,
\er (iii. 324).
Brycinus, a, um, adj., of Eryx (v. 759).
Erymanthus, i, m , a chain of moun-
tains in Arcadia (v. 448).
Eryx, ycis, m., a mountain in the west-
ern part of Sicily ; a son of Butes and
Venus, half-brother to Aeneas (i.
570). 9.
et, conj., and; also, even, tog; et — et,
both — and.
etiazn, conj., and also, too, likewise; and
even, nay even ; indeed.
etsi, conj , even if although.
Euboicus, a, um, adj., of Euboea, an
island in the Aegean, Euboean (vi. 2).
Eumelus, i, m., the messenger who re-
ported the burning of the fleet to
Aeneas (v. 665).
Eumenides, um, f. pi., the kindly god-
desses, a euphemistic title of the Furies
(iv. 469).
EurSpa, ae, f., the continent of Europe
(i. 385).
Eurotas, ae, m., the chief river of Laco-
nia, on which Sparta stood (i. 498).
Eurdus, a, um, adj., eastern (iii. 533).
Eurus, i, m., the southeast wind, the east
wind ; the wind in general (i. 85). 6.
Euryalus, i, m., a Trojan follower of
Aeneas (v. 294).
Eurypylus, i, m., a Grecian leader in
the siege of Troy (ii. 114).
EurytiSn, onis, m , a Lycian, the brother
of Pandarus (v. 495).
Evadne, es, f., the wife of Capaneus,
who threw herself upon his funeral
pile and perished (vi. 447 ^
e-vado, ere, si, sum, intrans , to go
forth, mount up, ascend, climb up (ii,
458) ; trans., pass over, leave behind (ii.
731); escafte from, get clear of (iii.
282). 7.
e-vanesco, ere, nui, to vanish away, dis-
appear (iv. 278).
evans, ntis, part., crying Evan, a name
of Bacchus ; w. orgia, revelling wildly
to the cry of Evan (vi. 517).
380
VOCABULARY.
eveho-— flioieitoi
e-veho, ere, xi, ctum, to carry oat, carry
upy raise, exalt (vi. 130).
e-venio. Ire, veni, ventum, to come forth,
come to pass, IiapfHiH (ii. 778).
eventus, us, ni., an event, occurrence,
happening, fortune (vi. 158).
e-verto, ere, ti, sum, to upturn (i. 43) ;
overturn, ocevthrotv, ruin, destroy (ii.
571). 5.
§-vincio. Ire, nxi, nctum, to bind or wind
around (v. 269). 3. '
6-vinoo, ere, vici, victum, to overcome
comp/elely, vanquish utterly (ii.497). 4.
e-voco, are, avi, atum, to. call forth,
summon, evoke (iv. 242).
§-volvo, ere, volvi, volutum, to roll out,
roll forth ; of a river w. se, discharge
itself (v. 807).
ex or e (ex always before a vowel, and
often before a cons.), j)re|). w. abl., out
of, from, in different senses (passim) ;
ex illo tempore, from that time (i. 623) ;
ex quo (tempore), /}o/« the time when,
since (ii. 163) ; ex ordine, in order
(i. 456).
exactus, a, um, part, (exigo), completed
(v. 46) ; determined, ascertained, found
out{\.lW3). 3.
ex-aestuo, are, avi, atum, to boil up,
foam up, seethe, suiye (iii. 577).
exanimis, e, and exanimus, a, um,
adj., lifeless, dead (i. 484) ; breathless
(v. 669) ; half dead with fear (iv.
672). 4.
ex-animo, are, avi, atum, in i)ass., to be
breathless, erhausted, be terrijied, panic-
stricken (v. 805).
ex-ardesco, ere, arsi, arsum, to blaze
up, be kindled, burn (ii. 575). 2.
ex-audio, Ire, ivi (ii), itum, to hear,
hear distinctly (iv. 460) ; hear, regard,
heed{l2\9). 3.
ex-cedo, ere, cessi, cessum, to depart,
withdraw, leave, disajipear (i. 357). 6.
excidium, ii, n., downfall, (ieslruction,
ru///, overthrow (i. 22). 3.
\
ex-oido, ere, cidi, to fall from., sUpfim,
pass away, disappear (i. 26). 4.
ex-cldo, ere, cIdi, cisum, to cut out,hM
out (i. 429) ; destroy (ii. 637). 4.
ex-clo. Ire-, Ivi, Itum, to call forth, cd
out (iii. 676) ; produce, raise, cause (v.
790); arouse, excite (iv. 301). 4.
ex-cipio, ere, cepi, ceptum, to take up,
capture, catch (vi. 173); receive, welcontf,
entertain, shelter (iv. 374) ; take up, take
in turn (i. 276); take vp, answer, re-
join (iv. 114); hear, learn, underttimd
(iv. 297) ; overtake, befall, attend (iii.
318). 8.
ex-cito, are, avi, atum, to excite, arme,
stir up, kindle, stimulate (ii. 594). 3.
ex-clamo, are, avi, atum, to cry out,
exclaim, say with a loud voice (il
535). 2.
ex-colo, ere, colm, oultum, to cultivate,
improve, refine, letter (vi. 663).
excubiae, arum, f. pi., a icatcli, guard,
sentry, sentinel (iv. 201).
ex-ciido, ere, ciidi, ciisum, to strike or
hammer out, Jorge, mould, fashion (i.
174). 2.
ex-cutio, ere, oussi, cussum, to shake
off, shake out, throw o(f\ drive off, drive
out of, rouse up out of (ii. 224) ; hiod:
overboard (i. 115). 10.
ex-edo, edere, edi, eaum, to devour
utterly, consumCi destroy completely (v.
785).
ex-eo. Ire, ii (Ivi), itum, to go forth, issue
forth (i. 306) ; escape, ward off (v.
438). 4.
ex-erceo, ere, cui, itum, to keep busy,
employ, keep in action (i. 431) ; exercise,
train, practice (iii. 182); engage in, prac-
tice (iii. 281 ) ; follow up, carry into effect,
administer (vi. 543) ; celebrate (iv. 100);
lead (i. 499); vex, torment, harass {U.
623). 12.
exercitus, us, m., a trained Inniy of men,
(lu armi/ (ii. 415); a host, crowd, band
VOCABULARY.
881
ire, avi, atum, to breathe out
, ire, hausi, haustum, to
t, drain to the dregs; exhaust ^
(i. 599) ; undergOj endure (iv.
:e, esi, actum, to drive out,
rth (ii. 357) ; pasSy spend (i.
ik outy consider, ponder y deliber-
r76). 3.
I, um, adj., small y little ^ scant ijy
ndfi; thin (iv. 212). 3.
re, emi, emptum, to take awat/,
ip pease (i. 216).
jcin, adv., <Aen, afler that, next
. 2.
J, adj., fatal y fateful, destructive
2.
ii, n., destruction, ruin (ii.
I.
, m., egress, place of egre'ss, out-
^94) ; outcome, issue, event (v.
d of life, death (ii. 554). 3.
ire, avi, atum, to choose out,
> desire, long /or (ii. 138). 2.
, ii, n., a beginning, introduc-
284).
Driri, ortus, to rise forth, arise,
1 (ii. 313). 6.
3, avi, atum, to entreat earnestly,
ore (iii. 370).
um, part, (exodi), hated utterly
ire, Ivi (ii), itum, to bring out,
make read>/ (i. 178); disclose,
unfold (iii. 379) ; in pass., make
>/, pass safely (ii. 633). 9.
jre, puli, pulsum, to drive out,
620).
ere, ndi, nsum, to weigh out ;
nalty, suffer (vi. 740) ; pay for,
itonefor (ii. 229). 2.
periri, pertus, to prove, make
'ry, test (iv. 535).
tis, adj., having no share or
free from, without (iv. 550).
ezpertus, a, um, part, (experior), hav-
ing tried, proved, tested by experience
(ii. 676).
ex-pleo, ere, evi, etum, to fill full, to
fill up, fill (iii. 630); fill up,fiU out,
complete (i. 270) ; satisfy, appease (i.
713). 4.
ex-plico, are, avi and m, atum and
itum, to unfold, set foiih, explain, de-
scribe (ii. 362).
ex-ploro, are, avi, atum, to search out,
Jind out, discover, investigate, explore,
examine (i. 77). 3.
ex-pono, ere, poaui, positum, to set or
place out, land a person from a ship
(vi. 416).
ex-posoo, ere, poposci, to entreat ear-
nestly, beg, implore (iii. 261). 2.
ex-promo, ere, mpsi, mptum, to bring
foiih, show forth, utter (ii. 280).
ex-quiro, ere, sivi, situm, to seek out
(iii. 96) ; to search diligently for, ask,
inquire (iv. 57). 2.
exsansuis, e, adj., bloodless, pale, ivan
(ii. 212). 3.
exsaturabilis, e, adj , that may be sated,
satiable (v. 781).
ex-scindo, ere, soidi, scisaum, to tear
away, raze to the ground, destroy utterly
(ii. 177) ; extirpate (iv. 425). 3. >
ex-secror, ari, atus, to curse, execrate
(iii. 273).
ex-sequor, qui, cutus, to fdlow out,
execute, perform (iv. 396). 4.
ex-serto, are, to thrust out repeatedly
(iii. 425).
exsertus, a, um, part, (exaero), thrust
out, bare, uncovered (i. 492).
exsilium, ii, n., exile (ii. 638) ; a place of
exile (ii. 780). 4.
ex-80lvo, ere, aolvi, aoliitum, to unloose,
set free from, deliver (iv. 652).
exaomnis, e, adj., sleepless, vigilant (vi.
556).
exsora, rtia, adj., not conferred by lot,
special, distinguished (y. 5^4 \\ K^xvivu.^
382
VOCABULARY.
ezspeeto— fadt
HO lot or (tftfire i», deprived of (vi.
428). 2.
ex-specto, are, avi, atum, to expect^
tiicnit, ten it for (ii. 2S3); delay, linger,
dally (iv. 225). 10.
ex-spergo, ere, spersum, to scatter
abroad, Usprink/e, Us/mttf^r (iii. 625).
ez-spiro, are, avi, atum, to breathe out,
exhale (i. 44). 2.
ex-stinguo, ere, nxi, nctum, to extin-
guish, wipe out, blot out, do away with,
stamp out, kill, destroy (ii. 585). 6.
ex-sto, stare, to stand forth, rise above,
be prominent, conspicuous (vi. 668).
ex-struo, ere, xi, ctum, to build, erect,
raise up, elevate (iii. 224). 3.
exaul, ulls» m., f., an exile, a wanderer,
refugee (iii. 11). 2.
ex-8ulto, are, avi, atum, to spring or
leap up (iii. 557); rejoice, exult, boast
(ii. 386) ; palpitate, throb, beat (v.
137). 5.
ex-supero, are, avi, atum, to tower
above, mount up (ii. 759) ; ymss by, pass
beyond (iii. 698). 2.
ex-surgo, ere, surrexi, surrectum, to
rise up, stand up (vi. 607).
exta, 5rum, n. pi., the more important
vital organs of victims, the in'tals, the exta,
those parts which were consulted m divina-
tion (iv. 64). 3.
extemplo, adv., at once, immediately,
straightway (i. 92). 7.
ex-tendo, ere, di, turn (sum), to ex-
tend, stretch, stretch out, enlarge (v.
374). 3
exter and exterus, era, erum, adj.,
outside, foreign (iv. 350).
extemus, a, um, adj., outward, external,
foreign (vi. 94) ; subs., a stranger, a
foreigner (iii. 43). 2.
ex-terreo, ere, ui, ituip, to frighten
suddenly, greatly, to strike unth terror,
tenifu (iii. 307). 7.
extorris, e, adj., driven from one* s country,
l^ar^ished (iv. 61fi^-
extra, prep., otUside of, without, beyond
(ii. 672). 3.
extremus, a, um, adj. (saperlat. of ex-
terus), outermost, farthest, extreme; w.
morte, at the very point of death (ii
447); last (ii. 431); subs., extremi,
5rum, n. pi., tke last Utiugs, death (L
219) ; the worst (ii. 349) ; extremities
(iii. 315) ; the outermost places, frontim
(i. 577). 20.
ex-uo, ere, ui, utum, to put off,layasidt,
strip off, strike off (i. 690) ; strip, hy
bare (v. 423) ; unum ezuta pedem
vinclis, with one foot stripf}ed qfthemh-
dal, bare, unsand ailed (iv. 518). 6.
ex-iiro, ere, ussi, ustuxn, to bm-n vp,
consume (i. 39) ; bum out, purify bji
burning (vi. 742). 5.
exuviae, arum, f. pi., anything which is
taken from a body, clothing, garmenU,
arncs (iv. 496) ; anything left behind,
rdics (iv. 651) ; anything stripped from
an enemy, spoils (ii. 275) ; tlie cast-of
skin of an animal (ii. 473). 6.
P.
fabricator, oris, m., an artificer, con*
triver, maker, framer (ii. 264).
Fabricius, ii, m., a leader of the Romans
against Pyrrhus, famous for his fn-
gality, and for his noble conduct towtrf
Pyrrhus (vi. 844).
fabrico, are, avi, atum, and deponent.
fabricor, ari, atus, to frame, 6m//«'.
make (ii. 46).
faces80,~'ere, cessi, sltum, to do mg(ris>
' perform heartily, execute, accomjilish (iv.
295).
facies, ei, f., external form, ap^^^nranct,
aspect, shape, face, features, form (i
658). 16.
facilis, e, adj., easy, favorable, propitioa
(i. 445). 9.
faciOi ere^ teei, factum, to do, perfcm,
\
f aotnm — f exnina
VOCABULARY.
883
execute, cause, make (i. 58) ; w. certum,
inform (iii. 179) ; w. vela, make or
spread sail (v. 281) ; iu certain imj)erat.
const., grant, suppose (iv. 540) ; uaut.,
flEkcere pedem, veer out the sheets haul
the wind, take advantage of a side wind,
j^ck (v. 830). 26.
(wstum, i, n., anything done, a deed,
action, exploit (i. 351) ; a proposed deed,
a plan (iv. 109). "10.
fallaz, &cis, adj., deceitful, treacherous (v.
850). 2.
folio, ere, fefelli, falsum. to deceive,
cheat (i. 688) ; imitate with intent to de-
ceive, counterfeit (i. 684) ; beguile, alle-
viate (iv. 85); elude, baffle (v. 591);
escape. the notice of{iv. 96) ; disappoint,
fail (ii. 744) ; w. dextras, break a
pledge (vi. 613); swear falsely, break
an oath (vi. 324) ; in pass., be mistaken,
deceived (v. 49). 13.
folsus, a, um, part, (fallo), false, pre-
tended, feigned, fancied (i. 407). 7.
falz, cis, f., a sickle (iv. 513).
fiUna, ae, f., rumor, rjeport, story, common
talk (ii. 17); fama est, rumor has it,
the story goes (i. 532) ; person., Rumor
(iv. 173); reputation, renown, fame (i.
287). 30.
fames, is, f., hunger (i. 216) ; famine (iii.
256) ; person., Famine (vi. 276) ; thirst,
greed (iii. 57). 7.
fiunula, ae, f., a female slave, a maid-
servant, an attendant (i. 703) 3.
Cunulus, i, m., a slave, servant, attendant
(i. 701). 5.
£EUidum, i, n., that which may be uttered,
the right (i. 543).
far, f arris, n., spelt, the earliost grain
cultivated by the Romans (iv. 402) ;
coarse meal, used in sacrifice (v. 745). 2.
fSLSf indecl., n., the law or will of the gods,
divine law; hence, that which is right,
proper, permitted, a sacred duty or obli-
gation (i. 77). 12.
£EM(CiBy is, m.; a bundle ; in pi., a bundle
of rods with an axe in the middle, car-
ried bv the lictors before the chief
Roman magistrates, the fasces (vi. $18).
fastlgium, ii, n , the top of a gable, a roof,
pinnacle, Ixittlement, top (i.438) ; summa
fastigia rerum, the main points of the
story (i. 342). 6.
fastus, us, m., haughtiness, pride, disdain
(iii. 326).
fatalis, e, adj., given or ordained by fate,
fated, allotted (iv. 355) ; fateful, doom-
fraught, destructive, deadly (ii. 165). 6.
fateor, eri, fassus, to confess, own, ac-
knowledge, admit (ii. 134); speak out,
declare (ii. 77). 6.
fatlso, are, avi, atum, to tire, weary,
plague, torment, vex, harass (i. 280) ;
arouse (iv. 572). 6.
^atisco, ere, to yawn open, split or gape
open (i 123).
fatum, i, u., a prophetic utterance, proph-
ecy ; destiny, fate, the will of heaven, evil
destiny, misfortune, doom, death (i. 2). 71.
fauces, ium, f. pi., the throat, jaws (ii.
358) ; an entrance, mouth, gulf, abyss (vi.
201). 7.
faveo, ere, favi, fautum, to be pleased,
have good-will toward, be favorable to (i.
735) ; applaud (v. 148) ; in religious
lang., to speak well-omened words, ab-
stain from evil words, preserve a religious
silence (v. 71). 3.
favilla, ae, f., hot and glowing ashes, cin-
ders, embers (iii. 573). 3.
favor, oris, m., favor, good-will, applause,
public approval (v. 343).
fax, facis, f., a torch, a freltrand (i. 150) ;
a fiery train of light (ii. 694). 12.
fecundus, a, um, adj., fruitful, fertile,
prolific; fecunda poenis viscera, /J*?«Y-
ful for punishment, i. e., constantly re-
neived (vi. 598).
felix, icis, adj., fruitful (vi. 230) ; favor-
able, favoring, propitious (i. 330) ; happy,
foHunate, blessed (iii. 321). 9.
femina, ae, a woman, a female (i. 364). 6t
884
VOCABULARY.
femineoB— lldM
femineus, a, um, adj., belonging to toomanf
itvmen's (ii. 488) ; w. poena, the pun-
ishment of a woman (ii. 584). 3.
fenestra, ae, f., an opening in a waif, a
window (iii. 152) ; a breackf a gap (ii.
482). 2.
fera, ae, f ., a wild beast (i. 306). 5.
feralis, e, adj., funereal (vi. 216) ; death-
bodi:ig^ btilefut, ill-omened (iv. 462). 2.
ferS, adv., nearly, almost ; w. iam, just
now y just (iii. 135). 3.
feretrum, i, n., a bier (vi. 222).
.ferlnuB, a, um, adj., belonging to a wild
animal ; subs., ferlna, ae, f., the Jiesh
of a wild animal y venison (i. 215).
ferio, Ire, to strike^ smite (i. 103) ; cut with
a blow (iv. 580) ; kill by striking, slay
(vi. 251). 8.
fero, ferre, tuli, latum, to bear, carry,
bi'ing (i. 59) ; w. reflex, pron., Uar one's
self, move onward (i. 503), betake one^s
self go (ii. 456), hurry away or forth (ii.
672), rush, rush down (iii. 599) ; se
tulit obvia, she met {him) (i. 314);
carry off, plunder, spoil {n. 374) ; bear,
produce, bring forth (i. 605) ; offer, per-
form sacrifices (iii. 19) ; laud, extol, exalt
(i. 625) ; lead, conduct, direct, require,
demand (ii. 34) ; bear, endure, suffer,
tolerate (n. 131); say, tell, relate, report
(i. 15). 125.
ferox, ocis, adj., hold, irarlike, fierce,
ferocious (i. 203) ; high-spirited, fiery
(iv. 135). 4.
terratus, a, um, adj., ironed, iron-shod
(v. 208).
ferreus, a, um, adj , of iron, iron (iii.
45). 4.
ferrugineus, a, um, adj, iron-colored,
dusky, dingy, rusty (vi. 303).
ferrum, i, n., iron (i. 293) ; anytliiiig
mjide of iron, an iron spear-head, an
axe, sword, etc. (i. 313). 31.
ferus, a, um, Jidj., ivild, untamed (iv.
152); cruel, savage, fierce (ii. 326);
anhs., ferus, i, m , a wild beast, a crea-
ture, a monster (ii. 51); a horse (t.
818). 7.
ferveo, ere, bui, or fervo, ere, vi, to
boil, glow with heat, bum ; gleam (ir.
567) ; be alive with, be astir (iv. 407);
opus fervet, the woik goes briskl§ m
(i.436). 4.
fessus, a, um, adj. (akin to fiitlgo,
fatiscor), wearied, worn out, exhaiiMed,
weak, feeble, weary, spent (i. 168) ; feMd .
. rerum, broken in their fortunes, ot mar f
of their misfortunes (i. 178). 20.
festlno, are, avi, ktum, to make haste,
hun-y, be quick (ii. 373) ; trans., oxcA'
erate a thing, quicken, hasten (iv. 575);
hasten to perform (vi. 177). 3.
festus, a, um, A&y, festal, festive (ii.249);
f estus dies, a festal day, a festival, a
holiday (vi. 70). 3.
fetus, a, um, adj., pregnant, filled wiAf
teeming with (i. 51). 2.
fetus, us, m., a bringing forth, a produO'
tion ; (meton.) that which is brought
forth, offspring, young brood, litter, swarm
(i. 432) ; a branch, shoot (vi. 141);
growth (vi. 207). 4.
fibra, ae, f., a fibre, nerre, muscle; the
vital organs iu general, especially the
liver (vi. 600).
fibula, ae, f.,- a buckle, clasp, band (iv.
139). 2.
Actus, a, um, part, (finso), false, feigned
(ii. 107) ; subs., fictum, i, n., thai
which is false, falsehood (iv. 188). 2.
Ffdena, ae, £., an ancient town of Latium,
five miles north of Home (vi. 773).
fidens, ntis, part, (fldo), confident, bold
(ii. 61); trusting in, relying upon (v.
398). 2.
fides, ei, f., confidence, reliance, faith (iii.
69) ; ftiithfuluess, proldty, honor, fidelity
(ii. 143); promise, pledge (ii. 161);
}>ro<f, evidence., conviction, truth (ii. 309) ;
person , Fides, Faith, Honor (i. 292).
16.
i
\
fido — fluito
VOCABULARY.
385
a lyre, the strings of such an instrament
(vi. 120).
fIdo, ere, fisus, to trust, confide (v. 800) ;
to have faith or confidence in, rely upon
(iL 402) ; have courage enough, dare,
^venture (v. 69). 3.
'^fidiicia, ae, f ., confidence, reliance, assur-
ance (i. 132). 3.
fldtu, a, um, adj., tnistyy trustworthy,
faithful (i. 113) ; safe (ii. 23). 11.
flffo, ere, xi, xum, to fijc, fasten, fasten
up (i. 248) ; fix, establish (iii. 250) ; set
firmly, plant (vi. 159) ; w. oacula, im-
print (i. 687); pierce, transfix (i. 212).
16.
flgiira, ae, f., figure, form, shape (vi.
449).
. fllius, ii, m., a son (i. 325). 3.
fnmn, i, n., a thread (vi. 30).
JBmus, i, m., dirt, filth, mire (v. 333). 2.
findo, ere, fidi, fissum, to cleave, split,
divide, separate (vi. 540).
finffo, ere, flnxi, fictuzn, to form, fashion,
make (ii. 80) ; sha/te, mould (to one's
will), control (vi. 80) ; adorn, dress, trim
(iv. 148) ; invent, devise (iii. 18). 4.
fIniB, is, m., f.,a boundary, limit, border (i.
279 ; iv. 480) ; in pi., boundaries, borders,
territory, country (i. 300) ; a bound,
limit, a starting-point in a race (v. 139) ;
an end, conclusion (i. 199) ; end {of life),
death (ii. 554). 27.
finitimus, a, um, adj., bordering upon ;
pnbs., flnitixni, 5rum, m. pi., those
bordering upon, neighbors, neighboring
tribes (v. 106). 2.
fio, fieri, factus, to happen, result, take
place, be made (i. 725) ; become (v.
620). 4.
firmo, are, avi, atum, to make firm, sup-
port (iii. 659) ; encourage, strengthen (iii.
611). 2.
firmus^ a, um, adj., firm, strong, resolute
(vi. 261).
fissilis, e, adj , that may be split or deji,
fissile (vi. 181).
flasellum, i, n, a whip, lash (v. 579) ; a
scourge (vi. 570). 2.
flagito, are, avi, atum, to demand
earnestly, clamor for, importune (ii.
124).
flagro, iire, avi, atum, to burn, blaze (ii.
685); glow (i. 710). 2.
flamen, inis, n., a blowing ; (meton.) a
wind, a blast (iv. 241). 2.
flamma, ae, f., a flame, fire (i. 44) ; the
fill me of love or any other passion, passion
(i. 673) ; a torch (ii. 256). 45.
flammo, are, avi, atum, to infiame, set
on fire (i. 50).
flatus, us, m., a blowing of the wind, a
blast (iv. 442).
flaveo, ere, to be yellow or golden ; part.,
flavens, ntis, golden (iv. 590).
flavus, a, um, adj., golden-yellow, ftaxen,
auburn, light-colored (i. 592). 4.
flecto, ere, xi, xum, to turn, bend, curve
(iv. 369 ; v. 500) ; direct, guide, turn (i.
156) ; move, infiuence, prevail upon (ii.
689). 9.
fleo, fiere, flevi, fletum, to weep (ii.
279) ; trans., weep for, lament, bewail
(v. 614). 8.
fletus, us, m., a weeping, crying, lamenta-
tion, tears (ii. 271). 10.
flexilis, e, ax\].,fiexibl.e, bent, curved, wavy
(v. 559).
fiorens, ntis, part (flSreo), bright, bloom-
i"ff* 9^^y (Jv. 202).
fidreus, a, um, adj., made of fiowers,
covered with fiowers, fioweiy (i. 430).
flSs, oris, m.,n fiower, blossom (i. 694). .4.
fluctuo, are, avi, atum, to rise in waves ^
snrge, />e tossed, fluctuate (iv. 532).
fluctus, lis, m., a billow, wave, flood, tide,
the sea in general (i. 66). 28.
fluentum, i, n., flowing water, a stream
(iv. 143). 2.
fluidus, a, um, adj , fluid, flowing (iii.
663).
fluito, are, avi, atum, to float, drift, heat
about aimlessly (v. 867).
25
386
VOCABULARY.
flnmeiL — flnflutn
fluxnen, inis, n., flowing water ^ a stream,
river^ flood, toirent (i. 465). 13.
fluo, ere, xi, xum, to flow (ii. 782) ; drip
(iii. 626) ; floic, hang loose, float (i.
320) ; floiv away, pa^s away, vanish (ii.
169). 6.
fluvialis, e, adj., belonging to a river, river
(iv. 635).
fluvius, ii, m., a river (i. 607). 5.
focus, i, m., a hearth (iii. 178) ; a house,
home. (iii. 134). 3.
fodio, ere, f5di, foasuxn, to dig ; prick,
goad, spur (vi. 881).
foede, adv., basely, shamefully (v. 794).
foedo, are, avi, atum, to befoul, make
fllthy (iii. 227) ; deflle, pollute (ii. 502) ;
mar, disflgure (ii. 286) ; mutilate, injure
with wounds, pierce (ii. 55). 7.
foedus, a, um, adj., fl:)ul, fllthy, abomi-
nable, loathsome (iii. 216) ; ugly, hideous
(iv. 195). 3.
foeduB, eris, n., an agreement, contract
(iv. 339) ; treaty, alliance, truce (iv. 112);
. law (i. 62). 6,
fciilium, 11, n., a leaf(\. 175). 8.
fSmes, itis, m., tinder, fuel (i 176).
fons, ntis, m., a spring, fl)untain (i. 244) ;
water (ii. 686). 3.
for, ari, atus, to speak, say (i. 131);
foretell, predict (i. 261). 46.
fore, forem, for futurus esse and essem
(i. 235). 8.
foris, is, f., a door, gate (i. 449). 8.
forma, ae, f., form, shape, figure, appear-
ance (iii. 591); the form, the person (i.
72); personal beauty, beauty (i. 27);
form, kind, sort (vi. 626). 13.
formica, ae, f., an ant (iv. 402).
formido, are, avi, atum, to fear, dread
(iii. 275).
formido, inis, i., fear, terror, religious awe
(ii. 76). 8.
fornix, icis, m., an arch, vault (vi. 631).
fors, fortis, £., chance, hap, hazard (i.
377). 2. Adv., fors and forte, })er-
haps, perchance, by chance (i. 151). 21.
forsan and forntan, adv., perhaps, possi-
bly (L 203 ; ii. 506). 3.
fortis, e, adj., stout, strong, heroic i» aze
and strength (i. 101) ; brave, bold, com-
geous, valiant (i. 96). 15.
fortuna, ae, f., fortune, fate, chance (il
385) ; good or bad fortune (i. 240); pe»,
the goddess of fortune, Fortune (ii. 79) ;
lot, condition, state (i. 454) ; fortune, pot-
sessions, prosperity (iii. 615). 25.
fortibiatas, a, uzn, part. (fortuno),/or>
tunefavored, prosperous, happy, hUud
(i. 437). 2.
forum, i, n., a forum, public place of
assembly, a court of justice (v. 758).
forus, i, m., a gangtaay in a ship (ir.
605). 2.
foveo, ere, fovi, f5tuin, to cherish, foster
(i. 2Sl) ; fondle, caress (i. 692); chgrid
toith religious awe, worship (iv. 218);
cherish a hope, hold as a cherished hope
(i. 18) ; hiemem fovere, brood over ike
winter, i. e., nurse the winter as if loaA
to let it go, spend it in dalliance (ir.
193). 7.
fractus, a, um, part, (firan^ro), Mo,
weakened, discouraged (ii. 13). 6.
fragor, oris, m., a crash, din, roar, uproar
(i. 154). 2.
fragrans, ntis, part, (firagro), sweet-
scented, fragrant (i. 436).
franso, ere, fregi, fractum, to break,
dash in pieces (i. 104) ; break in pieces,
crush, gnnd {i. 179). 4.
frater, tris, m., a brother (i. 130). 10.
fratemus, a, um, adj., brotherly, frater-
nal, friendly (v. 24) ; fratema cacde
= oaede fratris, a brother's murder {v-
21). 3.
fraudo, are, avi, atum, to defraud, ck*tit
out of, deprive of unjustly (iv. 355).
fraus, fraudis, £., deceit, deception, fraui,
trickery (iv. 675). 3.
fraxineus, a, um, adj., ofash-tc(to<l,a$h'*
(vi. 181).
fremitus, us, m., uproar^ din, shovtiitg,
fumo
VOCABULARY.
387
ition (v. 148) ; the distant roar of
ii. 338). 4.
re, ui, itum, to roar, raye, rave
; resound (iv. 668) ; exult (iv.
wail, bewail (vi. 175); shout or
• assent (i. 559) ; applaud any
i a murmur or shout (v. 555). 9.
e, avi, atum, to put a bridle on,
(v. 554); curb', ch6ck, restrain,
control (i. 54). 3.
i, n, a bridle, rein, bit, curb (iii.
4.
, ntis, adj., often, frequent ; as-
in large numbers, in throngs, m
(i. 707). 2.
0, are, avi, atum, to frequent,
resort to, visit in crowds, throng
0.
1, n., and fretus, us, m., a strait,
, sea (i. 557). 7-
, um, adj., leaning upon, relying
V. 245) ; trusting or confiding in,
ng upon (v. 430). 3.
ire, to be cold and stiff as in
u. 219) ; languish, flag, droop (v.
2.
a, um, adj., cold, frigid, chill,
, frosty (ii. 472). 4.
ris, n., the cold, frost of winter
• ) ; the chill of death or of fear,
fear (i. 92). 3.
ere, to put forth leaves, leaf out ;
frondeng, ntis, leafy^ full of
(iii. 25). 4.
o, ere, frondui, to break into
shoot out (vi. 144).
, a, um, adj., leafy, shady (i.
s, a, um, adj., full of leaves,
V. 252).
lis, f., a leaf (iii. 449) ; leaves,
(iv. 444) ; a branch, bough, twig
) ; a garland, wreath (ii. 249).
is, f., the forehead, the brow (iii.
the brow, face, countenance as
index of feeling (iv. 477) ; the front of
anything, the prow or beak of a ship (v.
158) ; f rente sub adversa, tn front as
you enter (i. 166). 7.
frumentum, i, n., corn, grain (iv. 406).
fruor, i, fructus (fruitus), to enjoy, take
delight in (iii. 352) ; have the benefit of
(iv. 619). 2.
frustra, adv., erroneously, in vain, to no
purpose, ineffectually (i. 392). 11.
frustror, ari, atus, to deceive, mock, fail ,
render vain (vi. 493).
frustum, i, u., a piece, a bit of food,
flesh, etc. (iii. 632).
frux, frugis, f., more often pi., fi^u^es,
um, fruit of any kind, grain, meal (vi.
420).'
fucus, 1, m., a drone-bee (i. 435).
fuga, ae, f., flight (i. 137) ; swift, course,
speed (i. 317); exile, banishment (iii.
160). 26.
fuffio, ere, fugi, fugitum, intrans., to
flee, hasten away, escape (i. 406) ; trans.,
flee from, avoid, shun, escape (i. 341).
26.
fugo, are, avi, atum, to put to flighty
chase away, scatter, disperse, dispel (i.
143). 4.
fulcio. Ire, fulsi, fultum, to prop up,
hold up, support (iv. 247).
fulcrum, i, n., the foot or prop of a bed
or couch (vi. 604).
fulgeo, ere, fulsi, also fulgo, ere,
fulsi, to flash, shine, gleam, glitter (ii.
749). 6.
fulgor, 5ris, m., a gleam, glitter, bright-
ness, sheen (v. 88).
fulmen, inis, n., lightning that strikes, a
thunder-bolt (i. 230). 10.
fulmineus, a, um, adj., like lightning;
flashing, resistless, destructive (iv. 580).
fulvus, a, um, adj., yellow, tawny (i.
275). 6.
fiimeus, a, um, adj., smoky (vi 593).
fumo, are, avi, atum, to smoke, steam f
reek, fume (ii. ^^^\, 3.
888
VOCABULARY.
fumiii— gMdni
fumua, i, ra., smoke, fume, vapor (ii.
609). 5.
funale, is, n., a rope smeared with wax,
a waxen torch, flambeau (i. 727).
fundamentum, i, n., a foundation (i.
428). C.
funditus, adv., from the foundation, com-
pletely, utterln (vi. 736).
fundo, are, avi, atum, to lay the founda-
tion of, found, establish, build (iv. 260) ;
make flrm , hold fast, fasten ( vi. 4) . 5 .
fundo, ere, fudi, fusuzn, to pour, pour
out, pour forth, shed (ii. 329) ; throw to
the (/round, la if low, prostrate (i. 193) ;
swarm, throng (vi. 709) ; stretch one*s
self out, lie at length (iii. 635). 15.
fundus, i, til; the bottom of anything (ii.
419). 4.
fOnereus, a, um, adj., of a funeral,
funeral, dark (iv. 507).
fungor, i, functus, to perform, fulfil,
discharge (vi. 885).
fOnis, is, m., a rope, line, cord (ii. 239). 7.
funus, eris, u., funeral rites, obsef/uies
(iii. 62) ; a dead body, corpse (vi. 510) ;
death (ii. 284); ruin, disaster (i. 232).
13.
furlae, arum, f. pi., rage, fury, madness,
frenzy (i. 41); the Furies, the avenging
spirits (iii. 252). 5.
furibundus, a, um, adj., raging, wild,
frantic (iv. 646).
fiirio, are, avi, atum, to madden, infu-
riate {u. 407). 2.
furo, ere, (ui), to rage, rare, he furious,
wild, mad, frantic (of persons and
things) (i. 51); inflamed with lore (i.
659): inspired, pntpht fir {\\. 345). 27.
furor, ari, atus, to steal, take away, with-
draw (v. 845).
furor, 5ris, ni., fury, madness, rage,
frenzy (i. 150) : person., Fun/, Rage
(i. 294); the passion of love (iv. 91).
15.
furtim, adv., secretly, by stealth (ii.
18). "
furtlvus, a, iiin» adj., secret, hidda,
clandestine (iv. 171).
furtum, i, n., a secret, stealthy adidm,
stealth, artiflc^, stratagem (iv. 337); a
checU, trick, fraud (vi. 568). 3.
fusus, a, um, part, (fundo), pwrd
out, spread out, stretched, extended (i.
214). 9.
futurus, a,' um, part, (sum), destiui
to be, future, to come (i. 210); sate,
futiirum, i, u., that which is to come,
the future {iy. 50S). 14.
Q.
Gkbbii, orum, m , an ancient town of
Latium, twelve miles from Rome (n.
773).
Gktetulus, a, um, adj., pertaining to tk
Gaetuli, a race of Northern Afrid,
Gaetulian (iv. 40). 6.
galea, ae, f., a helmet (i. 101 ). 9.
Gallus, i, m., a Gaul (vi. 858).
Ganymedes, is, m., Ganymede, son d
Troa, made cup-bearer of the god»
(i. 28).
Oaramantes, um, m., the Garamantiant,
a tribe in the interior of Northern
Africa (vi. 794).
Garamantis, idis, 1 adj., GaramantioM
(iv. 198).
saudeo, ere, gavlsus, to rejoice, be glad,
take delight or pleasure in (i. 690). 9.
gaudium, ii, n., joy, gladness, delight (L
502). 4.
gaza, ae, f., treasures, riches, wealth (i
' 119). 2.
Glela, ae, f ., a city of Sicily on th& Sooth
coast, by a river of the same name (iii-
702).
gelidus, a, um, adj., icy, very cold, cki'l
(ii. 120). 7.
Glelous, a, um, adj., of Gela, Geloan (iii-
701).
geminus, a, um, adj., tioin, in pairs, two,
dMvhle^equal (i. 162). 24.
Oorgo
VOCABULARY.
389
is, ra., a sighing f groaning, sigh,
lOiDit lamentation^ wailing (i.
cry of ra^e or pain (ii. 413) ; a
low sound (ii. 53). 18.
te, f., a genif precious stone (i.
5, ui, itum, to groany lament,
465) ; trans., betnoan, bewail,
(i. 221). 7.
f., generally pi., the cheek (iv.
•
i, m., a son-in-law (vi. 831);
ve son-in-law (ii. 344). 2.
, oris, m., a producer , breeder
I.
76, avi, atum, to beget ; in pass.,
en of, spring or descend from,
no/ (v. 61). 2.
icis, f., she that produces, a
i. 590). 3.
5, adj., pleasant, joyous, festive
I.
ris, m., a begetter, a father (i.
\6.
k, um, part, {gigno), sprung or
id from, child of; Maia geni-
rcury (i. 297). 3.
i, m., the tutelar deity of a per-
place (v. 95).
I, f., a race, people, nation (i.
pi., the peoples or nations of the
. 17) ; of animals, a herd, brood,
i. 431). 46.
n., a knee (i. 320). 5.
is, n., birth, descent, origin (i.
descendant (iv. 12); a race,
Deople (i. 6) ; kind, sort, species
40.
i, a, um, adj., having the same
or at least the same father ;
ermanus, i, m., a brother (i.
;ermana, ae, f., a sister (i.
).
, gessi, gestum, to bear, carry,
}ear, haue about one (i. 188);
erens, having, with (i. 315);
have, possess, enjoy (ii. 90) ; w. bellum,
wage war (i. 24). 12.
gestamen, inis, n., that which is borne or
worn, an ornament, equipment, accoutre-
ment (in. 286).
gesto, are, avi, atum, to bear, wear,
carry (i. 336). 2.
Opticus, a, um, adj., Getan; Thracian
(iii. 35).
gigno, ere, genui, itum, to' bear, bring
forth (i. 618) ; beget, produce (iv.
366). 3.
glacialis, e, adj., icy (iii. 285).
glacies, ei, f., ice (iv. 251).
glaeba, ae, f., land, soil (i. 531). 2.
glaucus, a, um, adj., bluish-gray, silver-
gray, sea-green (vi. 416).
Glaucus, i, m., a fisherman of Anthedon
in Boeotia, who was changed into a
sea god (v. 823) ; a leader of the Ly-
ciaus in the Trojan war (vi. 483) ;
the father of Deiphobe, the Cumaean
Sibyl (vi. 36). 3.
globus, 1, m., a ball, round mass, sphere,
orb (.iii. 574). 2.
glomero, are, avi, atum, to gather into
a ball or mass, roll up (iii. 577) ; collect
(ii. 315) ; press, crowd together (iv. 155) ;
in pass., w. reflex, sense, gather or
Jlock together in a body, assemble, throng
around (i. 500). 6.
gloria, ae, f., glory, fame, renown, reputo
tion (ii. 83). 9.
gnatus, part, (gnascor or nascor, q. v.).
GnSsius, a, um, adj., of or belonging to
Gnosus, the ancient capital of Crete,
Gnosian, Cretan (iii. 115). 2.
Qorgo or Gorgon, onis, f., a Gorgon,
Medusa, whose head was cut off by
Perseus, and i)resented to Minerva,
who placed it in the center of her
shield (ii. 616) ; in pi., the Gorgons,
Stheno, Euryale, and Medusa, monsters
who had snaky hair and turned all
tliat looked upon them into stone (vl
289).
390
VOCABULARY.
Gracehiu— ]
Gracchus, i, m., a Roman family name
(vi. 842).
Sradior, i, gressus, to step, walk, advance,
proceed, <7o (t. 312). 6.
Gradlvus, i, m., the Strider, a surname
of Miirs (iii. 35).
sradus, us, in., a step, a pace (ill. 598) ;
pi., a fiight of steps or stairs (i. 448) ;
the rounds of a ladder (ii. 443). 6.
Graii, orum, m., the Greeks (i. 467).
11.
Graiugena, ae, hi., <t Greek by birth, a
Greek (iii 550).
Graius, a, um, adj., Greek, Grecian
(ii. 412) ; subs., Graius, ii, ra., a Greek
(iii. 594). 9.
gramen, inis, n., grass, herbage, an herb,
plant (li. 471). 3.
gramineus, a, um, adj., of grass, grassy
(v. 287). 2.
grandaevns, a, um, adj., old, aged (i.
121).
grandis, e, adj., full-grown, large, bulky,
great (iv. 405).
grando, inis, f., hail (iv. 120). 3.
grates, ibus, f. pL, thanks (i. 600). 2.
gratia, ae, f., grace, charm, beauty, favor :
regard, liking, fondness, taste (vi. 653) ;
gratitude, thanks, grateful remembrance
(iv. 539). 2.
Cnraltor, ari, atus, to congratulate, wish
joy (iv. 478). 2.
gratus, a, um, adj., pleasing, pleasant,
acceptable, dear, agreeahlo, grateful, re-
ceived with thanks fii. 269). 5.
graveolens, ntis, a<lj., rank, ill'Smelling,
noisome (vi. 201 ).
gravidus, a, um, adj., heavy with ami-
thing, pregnant, full, abundant, fruitful
(iv.*229)."
gravis, e, adj., heavy, weighty, firm, pon-
derous (iii 464) ; weighed down, laden,
burdened (v. 178) ; heavy with young,
pregnant (i. 274) ; heavy, faint, feeble,
burdened with years (ii. 436); hear/,
severe '»i.'*««««« had (!▼. \\\ s\iba.,
graviSra, worse, more grievous
(i. 199) ; weight!/, injlaentiai, ei
revered, venerable (i. 151). 16.
graviter, adv., heavily (ii. 288); sti
deeply (i. 126). 3.
grave, are, avi, atum, to burden,
down, clog as with a weight, o
(ii. 708). 3.
gremium, ii, n., a lap (i. 685) ; ths
embrace of the earth, sea, e\
31). 6.
g^essus, us, m., a walking, gait (i.
a step, course, way (i. 401); a .
tread (v. 649). 7.
Gryneus, a, um, adj., Gryniai
epithet of Apollo, derived fr«
temple' sacred to him in Gryi
Aeolis (iv. 345).
gubemaculum, i, u., a helm, rudd
176). 3.
gubernator, oris, in., a steersman, t
man, pilot {iii. 269). 3.
gurges, itis, m., a whirlpool,
(i. 118); waters, rapids, stream,
(ii. 497) ; the deep, the sea (iii.
12.
gusto, are, avi, atum, to taste, t
little of, eat (i.'473).
gutta, ae, f., a drop (iii, 28).
guttur, uris, n., the throat (vi. 421
Gyaros, i, f., a small island of tli
dades (iii. 76).
G/as, ae, m., a companion of ^.
(i. 222).
gyrus, i, m., a circle, circular j
coil (v. 85).
habena, ae, f.. generally in pi., r
63). 5.
habeo, ere, ui, itum, to have, h"^
SPSS (i. 346); hold, consider, n^>
102). 28.
habilis, e, adj., easily handled, H
318).
tieos
VOCABULARY.
391
re, avi, atuxn, to have as a
n, to inhabit (iii. 106) ; live^
i. 110). 7.
IS, ra., appearance f dress j attire ^
315). 2.
on this side, here, bf/ this way
); hac — hao, here — there (i.
I.
thus far, up to this time, till
603). 2.
ire, haesi, haesum, to hang,
fixed to (i. 476 ; ii. 442) ; hold
nain fixed to, cleave (i. 718) ;
mtinue in any place, be rooted
ot (i. 495). 20.
is, ra., a breath (iv. 684) ; a
rha/ation (vi. 240). 2.
avi, atum, to breathe out, emit
'.e, be fragrant (i. 417).
, onis, m., a name of Juppiter,
ped in Africa under the form
1 (iv. 198).
m., a hook, link (iii. 467). 2.
le, f., sand (i. 112) ; sea-shore,
. 172) ; the sandy place of contest
mphitheatre, the arena (v. 336).
s, a, um, adj , sandy (iv.
e, es, f., a celebrated warrior
itress of Thrace (i. 317).
ae, f , a Harpy (iii. 212). 4.
inis, f., a reed ; that which is
f a reed, a shaft, arrow (iv.
, f, a lance, spear (i. 478). 6.
», n., the shaft of a spear, a spear,
i. 313) ; a spear-like branch or
a tree (iii. 23). 4.
'., not, not at all, by no means.
?e, hausi, haustum, to drain,
rink up (i. 738) ; spill blood, slay
) ; take in, drink in, receive (iv.
rink in, suffer (iv. 383). 6.
e, to be blunt, sluggish, inactive,
(v. 396).
hebeto, are, avi, atuxn, to dim, impair,
make dull, blunt (ii. 605). ^.
Hebrus, i, m., a river of Thrace (i. 317).
Hecate, es, f., a goddess of the Lower
World, frequently identified with Luna
in heaven and Diana on earth (iv.
511). 5.
Hector, oris, m., a son of Priam and the
bravest of the Trojans (i. 99). 13.
Hectoreus, a, um, adj., of Hector, Hec-
tor's, Hectorean (ii. 543) ; Trojan (1.
273). 6.
Hecuba, ae, f , the wife of Priam (ii.
501).
Helena, ae, f., the wife of Menelaus,
carried off to Troy by Paris, and thus
the cause of the Trojan war (i. 650).
Helenus, i, m., a sou of Priam, a sooth-
sayer (iii. 295).
Helorus, i, m , a river of Sicily (iii. 698).
Helymus, i, m , a friend of Acestes, a
Sicilian (v. 73).
herba, ae, f ., herbage, grass, a plant, herb,
vegetation (i. 214). 11.
Hercules, is, ra., Hei'cules, a famous
hero, renowned for his strength and
his twelve labors (v. 410).
Herculeus, a, um, adj., Herculean (iii.
551).
hgres, edis, ra., an heir (iv. 274).
Hermione, es, f., the daughter of Mene-
laus and Helen (iii. 328).
heros, 5is, m., a hero, a godlike man, a
brave or illustrious man (i. 196). 15.
Hesperia, ae, f., the land of the West,
Hesperia; poetic for Italy (i. 530). 7.
Hesperis, idis, adj., of the West, western ;
subs., Hesperides, um, f. pi., the Hes-
perides, daughters of Hesperus, keepers
of the garden of golden fruit in the
extrerae West (iv. 484).
Hesperius, a, um, adj., Hesperian, west-
ern, Italian (iii. 418).
heu, interj., of grief or pain, ah! alas! oh !
he us, interj., for attention, ho ! ho there !
(i. 321). •
392
VOCABULARY.
hiatns— Hjiii
hiatus, U8, m, a gaping ^ yaivntngt chasm,
gulf (vi. 237) ; a yawning mouth, wide
open jaws (vi. 576). 2.
Ubemus, a, um, adj., o/ winter, wintry,
cold (i. 746) ; subs., hibema, 5rum,
n. pi., winter-quarters (i. 266). 6.
1^0, haec, h5c, demoust. prou., this, that
which is near in time or place.
hlo, adv., in this placet here, hereupon.
liiems, emis, f., the winter, the stormy
season (iii. 285) ; person., Winter, Hiems
(iii. 120) ; a storm, tempest (i. 122). 10.
, hinc, adv., from this place, hence, thence ;
hinc atque htnc, on this side and
on that, on each side ; from this time,
henceforth.
hie, are, avi, atum, to gape, yawn, open
the mouth (vi. 493).
Hippocoon, ontis, m., one of Aeneas'
companions (v. 492).
hisco, ere, to open the mouth, speak,
stammer, falter (iii. 314).
hodie, adv., to-day, now.
homo, inis, m., i.,a hiimar being, a. man ;
in pi., men, mankind, the human race
(i. 65). 15.
honor (honos), oris, m., honor, esteem,
respect (i. 335) ; a mark of honor, place
of honor, in pi., honors (i. 28) ; honorary
gift, offering, sacrifice (i. 49) ; reward,
recompense (i. 253) ; beauty, charm,
grace (i. 591). 34.
honoratus, a, um, part, (honoro),
honored, revered, venerated (v. 50).
h5ra, ae, f., an hour (iii. 512) ; tiine (iv.
679). 3.
horrendus, a, um, part, (horreo), to be
shuddered at, horrible, dreadful, auful,
terrible, fear ful , frightful (ii. 222) ; awe-
inspiring, dread, venerable (vi. 10). 13.
horrens, ntis, part, (horreo), bristling,
gloomy, somber, shaggy (i. 165); rough
(iv. 366). 5.
horreo, ere, ui, to bristle, stand on end
(vi. 419); shudder (ii. 12); quake^
tremble, shiver (iv. 209). 4.
horresco, ere, horrui, to begin to tremhlB,\
grow frightened, shudder (ii. 204) ; traoft,
dread, shudder at (iii. 394). 3.
horridus, a, um, adj., bristling, rougk,l
shaggy, thickset, prickly (iii. 23) ; horrH]
frightful, dreadful (i. 296). 6.
horrifico, are, avi, atum, to fri^
terrify (iv. 465).
horrificus, a, um, adj., dreadful, terrSde,
terrijic (iii. 225). 3.
horrisonus, a, um, adj., of dread of
awful sound (vi 573).
horror, 5ris, m., horror, teiror, dread,
fright (ii. 559) ; a dreadful sound, fear-
ful din {ii. 301). 5.
hortator, oris, m., an inciter, suggesttr,
prompter (vi. 529).
hortor, ari, atus, to encourage, urge, incHt,
exhort (ii. 74), 9.
hospes, itis, ra., t., a guest, one whoreceivu
hospitality (i. 753) ; a host, one who givt$
hospitality (v. 63) ; host and guest (I
731) ; a stranger, foreigner (iv. 10). 6.
hospitium, ii, n., hospitality (i. 299);
\ shelter (i. 540) ; a guest-land, hospitdtk
'^ resort (iii. 15). 7.
hospituB, a, um, adj., strange, foreign (iii
377). 3.
hostia, ae, f., a victim, a sacrifice (L
334). 2.
hostUis, e, adj., belonging to an enemtf,
hostile, an enemy's (iii. 322). 2.
hostis, is, m., f., a stranger; an eneMj
(i. 378). 23.
hue, adv., to this place, hither, thus far.
humanus, a, um, adj., human, pertaining
to mankind (i. 542). 2.
humilis, e, adj., low, loic-lying (iii. 522). 3.
humo, are, avi, atum, to bury in <^
earth, inter (vi. 161).
humus, i, f., the earth, ground, soil (>•
193). 8.
Hyades, um, f. pi., the Hyades, a group
of seven stars in the head of the con-
. stellation Taurus (i. 744). 2.
l^T^enaeiu — ignaros
VOCABULARY.
393
serpent of Lema, slain by Hercules
(vi. 287, belua Iiernae) ; a fifty-
headed monster in the infernal regions
(vi. 576).
Hymenaeus, i, m., Hymen, the god of
marriage (iv. 127) ; pi., marriaye, mm/>-
tiaU, wedlock (i. 651). 6.
Hypanis, is, m., a Trojan (ii. 340).
Hyrcanus, a, um, adj., Hyrcanian,
Caspian (iv. 367).
Hyrtacides, ae, m., the son of Hyrtacus,
Hippocoon (v. 492).
iaceo, ere, cui, citum, to lie, lie down,
recline, be situated (iii. 104) ; lie low, be
JkU GT level (i. 224); lie prostrate, lie
slain, lie dead (i. 95). 12.
iacio, ere, ieci, iactum, to throw, cast,
hurl (iii. 277); strew, smtter (v. 79);
^ throw up, construct, erect (v. 631). 5.
iactans, ntis, part, (iacto), boastful, vain-
glorious, arrogant (vi. 815).
iacto, are, avi, atum, to throw, cast, hurl,
Jling (ii. 459) ; rain, had, shower blows
(v. 433) ; toss or drive about (i. 3) ; roll
or toss from side to side (v. 469) ; throw
out, pour forth, utter wildly (i. 102) ;
revolve, ponder, consider (i. 227) ; w. se,
hoa^t, glory, vaunt (i. 140). 21.
iaotura, ae, f., a throwing away, a loss (ii.
646).
iaculor, ari, atus, to hurl (i. 42). 2.
iaonlum, i, n., a dart, javelin (iii. 46). 4.
iam, adv., now, already, at length, but now,
just now, from this point, from that time
on, ther&ifter, soon, presently, therefore,
furthermore; iam dudum, long since
(L 580) ; iam pridem, long since (i.
722); iam turn, even then, already (i.
18).
iSnitor, 5ris, m., A door-keeper (vi. 400).
iSnua, ae, £., a door of a house, a door, an
entrance (ii. 493). 5.
larbas, ae, m., a king of Mauritania
(iv. 36).
lasides, ae, m , a descendant of lasius
(v. 843).
iasius, ii, m., a son of Juppiter and Klec-
tra and brother of Dardanus (iii. 168).
iaspis, idis, f., a precious stone, jasper (iv.
261).
ibi, adv., there, then, thereupon (ii. 40). 4.
ibidem, adv., in the same jtlace (i. 116).
Icarus, i, m., a son of Daedalus, wlio, ac-
companying his father in liis flight
from Crete, fell into that portion of
the Mediterranean called from him tlie
Icarian sea (vi. 31).
Ico, ere, ici, ictum, to strike, smite (vi.
180).
ictus, us, m., a stroke (v. 198) ; a blow,
a thrust (v. 274). 6.
Ida, ae, f., a mountain in Crete, also a
mountain in Thrygia near Troy named
from Cretan Ida (ii. 801).
idaeus, a, um, adj., of Ida, Idean (ii.
696). 2.
idaeus, i, m., a charioteer of Priam (vi.
485).
idalia, ae, f., or Idalium, ii, n, a moun-
tain and city in Cyprus, sacred to Venus
(i. 681). 2.
idalius, a, um, adj., of Idalium, Idalian
(v. 760).
idcirco, adv., for that reason, on that ac-
count (v. 680).
Idem> eadem, idem, demonst. pron., the
same, also, likewise.
ideo, adv., on that or this account, for thai
or this reason (iv. 228).
Idomeneus, ei (quadrisyl.), m., a king of
Crete, leader of the Cretans against
Troy (iii. 122).
iecur, oris and iecinoris, n., the liver
(vi. 598).
igitur, conj., then, therefore (iv. 537).
ignarus, a, um, adj., not knowing, igno-
rant of, unacquainted with, unaware (i
198). 11.
894
VOCABULARY.
ignavii8--i]nmotu
iffnavus, a, urn, adj., lazy^ idle^ sluggish,
spiritless (i. 435).
igneus, a, um, adj., of Jire, Jieri/ (vi.
730) ; glowing, gleaming (iv. 352). 2.
iffnis, is, ni., .//Ve (i. 175) ; a thunderbolt,
lightning (i. 42), Jlash of lightning (i. 90) ;
a blazing heavenly body, a star (ii. 154) ;
illumination, splendor, biightness, glow (ii.
312) ; thejiaine of passion, love (i. 660) ;
Jiery passion, wrath (ii. 210). 42.
ign5bilis, e, unknown, obscure, base, low-
bom, ignoble (i. 149).
iffn5ro, are, avi, atum, to be ignorant of,
not to know, ignore, fail to notice, pass
unheeded (v. 849).
i|Sn5tU8, a, um, adj., unknown, undis-
covered, strange (i. 359); subs., igno-
tum, 1, u., that which is unknown (ii.
91); ignotus, i, m., a stranger (i.
384). 8.
Ilex, icis, f., a holm-oak (iv. 505). 4.
Ilia, ae, f., a poetical name of Rhea
Silvia, motlier of Koinulus and Remus
_ (i. 274).
Iliacus, a, um, adj., of Ilium, Trojan
_ (i. 97). 15.
Uias, adis, f., a Trojan woman (i.
480). 4.
Ilicet, adv., at once, straightway, immedi-
atelji (ii. 424). 2.
ilione, es, f., the eldest danglitc^r of
Tviam, wife of rolymnestor, king of
Tlirace (i. 653).
ilioneus, ei ((|uadrisyll.), m., a Trojan
companion of Aonoas (i. 120).
ilium, ii, n., a poetic name for Troy (i.
_ 68).
Ilius, a, um, adj., Ilinn, Trojan (i. 268).
ille, a, ud, demonstr. ]»ron., tlmt, that
{yonder), the famous, the well-known ;
subs., he, she, it.
illic, adv., there, in that place (i. 206). 2.
illinc. Sidy., from that place, from that side
(iv. 442).'
iJIuo, adv., to that place, in that direction
(iv. 285). 4.
\
Iliyricus, a, um, adj., of Illyria, lUurian
_ (i. 243)
Ilus, 1, m., an earlier name of Ascanins
(i. 268).
imago, inis, t., an image, likeness, fom,
figure, shape (ii. 369; iii. 489) ; u ghost,
• shade, apparition (i. 353) ; a semlhnct,
pretence, show (i. 408) ; a conceptim,
thought, consideration (vi. 405). 15.
imbellis, e, adj., unwarlike (ii. 544).
imber, bris, m., a rainstorm, storm-clovd,
storm (i. 743) ; flood (i. 123). 7.
imitabilis, e, adj., that may be imitated
(vi. 590).
imitor, ari, atus, to imitate, represent (vi.
586).
immanis, e, adj., of monstrous size, kuge,
vast, enormous (i. 110); atrocious, mon-
strous, fierce, savage, cruel, frightful (i.
347). 23.
immemor, oris, adj., unmindful, heed-
less, forgetful (ii. 244). 5.
immensus, a, um, adj., without measure,
immense, boundless, vast, huge (ii. 185). 9.
im-mergo, ere, si, sum, to plui\<]e into,
immerse, drown, overwhelm (iii. 605). 2.
immeritus, a, um, adj., undeserrimj (of
punishment), innocent, guiltless (iii. 2).
im-mineo, ere, to overhang, project over
(i. 165). 3.
im-misceo, ere, scui, xtum or stum,
to mingle in or with (ii. 396) ; Uend,
vanish into, fade into (iv. 570). 3.
immitis, e, adj., harsh, cruel, merciless
(i. 30). 2.
im-mitto, ere, misi, missum, to send or
drive into (vi. 312) ; send or let in, admit
(ii. 495) ; let loose, let go, urge on (v.
146); let grow (iii. 593); slacken, Itt
flouj freely, immissis habenis, tn^
loose reins (v. 662) ; immittere h**
benas, gire loose leins to (vi. 1 ). 8.
immo, adv., nay then, nay rather (i. 753).
immortalis, e, adj., immortal, imperish'
able (vi. 598).
immngio — inanis
VOCABULARY.
395
unmovedf nnchangedf fixed, steadfast,
unshakeUf motionless (i. 257). 9.
iin-mugio. Ire, ivi (ii), itum, lo bellow,
roar, resound^ re-echo wildly (iii. 674).
immundus, a, um, adj., foul, filthy (iii.
228). 2.
impar, aria, adj., unequal, uneven (i.
475).
im-pedio. Ire, Ivi (ii), itum, to entangle,
encircle, involve, interweave (v. 585). 2.
im-pello, ere, puli, pnlsum, to push or
strike against, strike, hit, smite (i. 82) ;
drive or push on, set in motion, urge on,
move, impel (iii. 449 ; iv. 594) ; overturn,
overthrow (ii. 465) ; urge, impel, incite,
instigate, induce (ii. 55). 9-.
ixnperium, ii, n., a word of authority, 6e-
hest, command, mandate (i. 230) ; au-
thority, power, control (i. 54) ; supreme
f tower, sovereignly, sway, dominion, empire
(i. 138) ; an empire, kingdom, realm (i.
340). 25.
impero, are, avi, atum, to order, com-
mand (iii. 465).
impetus, us, m , attack, onset, assault,
violence (ii. 74) ; impetus, momentum
(V. 219). 2.
impiser, gra, grum, adj., not indolent,
quick, active, eager, nothing loath (i. 738) .
im-pingo, ere, pegi, pactum, to drive or
fiirce to or against (v. 805).
iinpius, a, um, adj., irreverent, sacrile-
gious, impious, accursed, wicked, fell
(i. 294). 0.
implacatus, a, um, adj., insatiable, re-
morseless, unappeased (iii. 420).
im-pleo, ere, evi, etum, to fill up, fill
,full,fill (i. 729) ; fill with food; reflex.,
take one^s fill (i. 215) ; satisfy, content
(i. 716). 12.
im-plico, are, avi, atum, or ui, itum,
to fold into, infold, twine around, encircle
(ii. 215) ; w. oomam laeva, to wind the
left hand in the hair, grasp by the hair
with the left hand (ii. 552) ; w. se dextrae,
to cling to his right hand (ii. 724) ; w. ossi-
bus ignem, " to turn the very marrow of
her bones to fire" (i. 660). 5.
im-pl6ro, are, avi, atum, to implore, be-
seech, entreat (iv. 617).
im-pono, ere, sui, situm, to place or
put in, into, or upon (i. 49) ; place, put,
give to (ii. 619); erect over (vi. 233);
place or set over as a ruler (vi. 622) ;
set, impose (vi. 852). 17.
im-precor, ari, atus, to imprecate, invoke
something agaiust some one (iv. 629).
im-primo, ere, pressi, pressum, to im-
print, impress upon (iv. 659); stamp,
mark, engrave, emboss (v. 536). 2.
improbus, a, um, adj., excessive, insa-
tiate, ravenous (ii. 356) ; bold, shameless,
insolent, rude, malicious, cruel, ruthless,
wanton (ii. 80) ; w. amor, tyrant love (iv.
412). 5.
impr5vidu8, a, um, adj., not foreseeing,
unwary, heedless (ii. 200).
improvisus, a, um, adj., unforeseen, un-
expected, sudden (i. 595). 3.
impiibes, is, adj., youthful, young (v. 546).
impune, adv., without punishment, with
impunity (iii. 628). 3.
imus, a, um, adj. (v. inferus).
in, prep. w. abl. and ace; (1) w. abl.,
(a) of space, in, among, on ; (b) of time,
in, during, at; (c) of other relations,
in, in respect to, as, by way of consider-
ing, in the case of in regard to, in con-
nection with, towards, at ; (2) w. ace,
(a) of space, w. vbs. of motion, info or
to, up to, down to, towards ; (b) of time,
until, for ; (c) of other relations, in ac-
cordance with, after the manner of, to,
toward, against, for, for the purpose of
in-, inseparable negative particle un-, in-,
not.
inamabilis, e, adj., unlovely, hateful, re-
volting (vi. 438).
inanis, e, adj., empty, void, vacant, bare
(i. 464) ; empty, useless, meaningless,
vain (iv. 210) ; brief mere (iv. 433) ;
unavailing (iv. 449). 5.
396
VOCABULARY.
ineaaofl — indefaitoi
incanus, a, um, adj., hoary (vi. 809).
incassum, or in cassum, adv. (v.
cassus).
incautus, a, um, adj., unsuspedinff, off
one's (/an 1(1 {'i. SbO). 3.
in-cedo, ere, cessi, cessum, to (/o, walk^
proceed, advance (i. 497); tvalk with
statebf tread (i. 46) ; stride (v. 188); go
with mock dit/nifj/, strut (i. 690). 5.
incendium, ii, n., Jire, conflagnition (ii.
569) ; a torch, Jire-brand (ii. 329) ;
Haze, glow, Jlame, ruin (i, 566). 5.
in-cendo, ere, di, sum, to kindle a Jire
upon, set ^fire to (iii. 279) ; light up,
make bright (v. 88) ; inflame with pas-
sion, incite, Jire, enrage (i. 660). 22.
inceptum, i, n., an undertaking, attempt,
beginning (i. 37). 5.
incertus, a, um, adj., uncertain (ii."740) ;
Jickle (ii. 39) ; ill-aimed, erring (ii. 224) ;
Jitful, dim (iii. 203). 8.
incessus, us, m., a walk, gait, pace, car-
riage (i. 405).
incesto, are, avi, atum, to dejile, pollute
(vi. 150).
in-cido, ere, cidi, casum, to Jail upon,
rush upon (ii. 305). 2.
in-cido, ere, cidi, cisum, to cut into, cut
(iii. 667). 2.
in-cipio, ere, cepi, ceptum, to begin
something or begin to do something,
w. ace. obj. or inf. (i. 721); begin to
speak (ii. 13) ; begin, begin to be (ii.
269). 13.
inclementia, ae, f., cruelty, harshness,
severity (ii. 602).
in-cludo, ere, clusi, clusum, to shut up,
shut in, enclose, secrete (ii. 19). 6.
>pclutus, a, um, adj., illustrious, re-
nowned, Jamous (ii. 82). 5.
incognitus, a, um, adj., unknown (i.
515).
incoho, are, avi, atum, to begin, lay the
foundation of, consecrate, begin to sacri-
Jice upon (vi. 252).
in-colo, ere, ui, to inhabit (vi. 675).
incolumis, e, adj., undiminished, ttn/jit-
paired (ii. 88) ; unharmed, uninjured,
saje (ii. 577). 4.
incomitatus, a, um, adj., unattended,
without an aMendanl or escort (ii.
456). 2.
inconcessus, a, um, adj., forbidden (I
651).
inconsultus, a, um, adj., not advised,
without advice (iii. 452).
incredibilis, e, adj., incredible, past
beliej (iii. 294).
in-crepito, are, avi, atum, to challenge,
call upon (i. 738) ; chide (iii. 454). 2.
in-crepo, are, ui, itum, to rattle, clatter:
cry aloud, chide, rebuke (vi. 387).
in-cresco, ere, crevi, cretum, to grow in
or upon, grow up (iii. 46).
in-cubo, are, ui, itum, to lie upon (iv.
83) ; rest upon, brood over (i. 89) ; brood
over, watch or guard jealousy (vi
610). 3.
incultus, a, um, adj., unfilled, unalli-
rated y wild (i. 308) ; unkempt, negledei
(vi. 300). 2.
in-cumbo, ere, cubui, cubitum, to kj
one's self upon anything, rest or lie tqtot
(ii. 205) ; foil upon, swoop down tpat
(i. 84) ; hang over (ii. 514) ; lean ww
or upon (v. 325); l}end to (v. 15); al*,
apply one's self (iv. 397). 6.
in-curro, ere, curri (cucurri),curBunf
to rush in, assail, attack (ii. 409).
in-curvo, are, avi, atum, to bend (v. 500).
in-ciiso, are, avi, atum, to chide, accuse,
upbraid (i. 410). 2.
in-cutio, ere, cussi, cussum, to strilt
upon or against; strike into, put iVfl
(i. 69).
indago, inis, f., a line of toils, a cirati
of nets (iv. 121).
inde, adv., Jrom that place, thence : fr^
that time,'aJlBr that ; Jrom that sounx,
from that one (i. 275). 18.
indebitus, a, um, adj., not due, uiA-
served, unpromised (vi. 66).
}n8as — infrenuB
VOCABULARY.
397
ensuB, a, um, adj., undiscovered,
:ate, without a clue (v. 591).
5ruiu, m. pi., the inhabitants of
a, the Indians; used loosely for
'^ersianSj Ethiopians, etc. (vi. 794).
im, ii, n., a disclosure, discovert/,
je, testimony, evidence (ii. 84).
), ere, dixi, dictum, to declare
clij, proclaim, announce, appoint,
i 632). 3.
lor, ari, atus, to be indignant,
yfret, be enraged (i. 55). 4.
us, a, um, adj., unworthy, unde-
d, shameful, cruel (ii. 285). 3.
Ltus, a, um, adj., ungovernable,
', wild, stubborn, Jiery (ii. 440). 3.
3, ere, xi, ctum, to draw on, put
. 379) ; induce, influence, persuade
99). 2.
;eo, ere, si, turn, to indulge in,
me's self up to, yield to (ii. 776). 3.
ere, ui, litum, to put on, assume
i4) ; surround, deck (iii. 526 )s in
w. reflex, sig., put on (ii. 393). 3.
s, a, um, part, (induo), clad, cov-
arrayed, enveloped (ii. 275). 3.
iabilis, e, adj., inevitable (ii. 324).
ire, ivi (ii), itum, to enter, go into
14) ; enter upon, begin (v. 583) ;
'-take (v. 846). 3.
s, e, ^adj., unarmed, defenceless
17). 2.
rtis, adj., lazy, sluggish, tame (iv.
; lifeless, dead (ii. 364). 2.
rtus, a, um, adj., untried (iv.
icabilis, e, adj., inextricable, intri-
[vi. 27).
catus, a, um, adj., unwrought,
iped (iv. 400).
us, a, um, adj., unspeakable,
inable, dreadful, impious, horrible
.1). 9.
ntis, m., f., an infant (vi. 427).
ius, a, um, adj., ill-omened, ill-
, unfortunate (v. 635).
infectuB, a, um, adj., not made or done.,
false (iv. 190).
infectus, a, um, part. {in&Gio) , stained,
discolored (v. 413) ; inmixed, inwrought
(vi. 742). 2.
infelix, Icis, adj., scanty, unfruitful, (iii.
649); unlucky, unfortunate (i. 475);
ill-boding (iii. 246). 24.
infensus, a, um, adj., hostile, enraged
(ii. 72). 4.
infemuB, a, umi, adj., underground, in-
fernal, belonging to the Lowei' World
(iii. 386). 4.
in-fero, ferre, tuli, illatum, to bring,
carry or bear to or into (i. 6) ; to put or
throw on an altar, to offer, sacrifice, pre-
sent (iii. 66) ; w. bellum, to make or
wage war (iii. 248). 4.
inferus, a, um, adj., below, underneath ;
comp. inferior, iua, inferior, lower,
worse, meaner (vi. 170) ; superl., ijjius,
a, um, the lowest, deepest, very (i. 84);
the bottom of, inmost (i. 371); ab or ex
imo, utterly (ii. 625). 29.
infestus, a, um, adj., hostile, dangerous,
deadly, fatal, threatening (ii. 529). 3.
in-f Igo, ere, xi, xum, to fix upon, im-
pale (i. 45) ; fasten, fix (iv. 4). 4.
in-findo, ere, fidi, fissum, to cleave (v.
142).
in-fit, defect., he begins to speak (v. 708).
in-flammo, are, avi, atum, to kindle ;
inflame with love or any other passion
(iii. 330). 2.
in-flecto, ere, xi, xum, to bend (iii. 631) ;
change, alter, move, affect (iv. 22).
in-flo, are, avi, atum, to blow or breathe
into or upon, inflate, sivell (iii. 357).
informis, e, adj., shapeless, misshapen,
unsightly, hideous (iii. 431). 3.
infractus, a, um, part, (infringo), broken,
weakened, overborne, (v. 784).
in-frendeo, ere, to gnash the teeth (iii.
664).
infrenus, a, um, adj., unbridled, using no
bridles (iv. 41).
898
VOCABULARY.
infula — inqi
infula, ae, f., a white and red fillet of
uxH)llen stuff woru uj)on the forehead
by priests, vestals, and suppliants, also
by Htocrificial victims, as a token of
religious consecration and inviolabil-
ity (ii. 430).
in-fundo, ere, fiidi, fusum, to pom- on,
in, down (iv. 122); pour or spread
over (iv. 250); of people, stream in,
throntf (v. 552) ; pour through, in/use
(vi. 726). 5.
infusuB, a, um, part, (infundo).
in-gemino, are, avi, atum, to redouble,
reiterate, increase (i. 747) ; intrans-,
he redoubled, increase twofi)ld, grow more
and more (iii. 199). 7-
in-gemo, ere, ui, to groan, lament, sigh
over (i. 93). 4.
ingens, ntis, adj., enormous, huge, vast,
immense, great, mighty, massive, stalwart
(i. 99) ; fiimous, illustrious, great (ii.
325). 72.
ingratus, a, um, adj., unpleasant, pain-
ful (ii. 101); uuthankful, ungrateful, ir-
resj>onsive, insunsale (vi. 213). 2.
in-gredior, i, gressus, to go or walk in
or into, walk, go along, advance (iv. 177) ;
undertake, cuter upon {iny work (iii. 17) ;
begin to speak (iv. 107). 6.
ingruo, ere, ui, fo rush or break in or
upon, assail the ear (ii. 301).
in-hio, are, avi, atum, to gape ; gape or
gaze at cage rig, regard with eager interest
(iv. 64).
inhonestuB, a, um, adj., ignominious,
shameful (vi. 497).
in-horreo, ere, ui, to bristle; grow rough,
rougheji (iii. 195).
inhospitus, a, um, adj., inhospitable,
wild, dangerous (iv. 41). 2.
Inhumatus, a, um, adj., unburied (i.
353). 4.
in-icio, ere, ieci, iectum, to throw, cast,
hurl at, upon or into (ii.726) ; se inicere,
lo throw 071 f's self, rush (ii. 408). 3.
inimlouB, a, um, adj., hostile, un/n'oj dly
\
(i. 67); injurious, hurtful, destrudive'i
(i. 123). 9.
inlquus, a, um, adj., unfair, unjutlt.^
partial, hostile, spiteful, adverse (i. 668) ;!J
unfavorable, disadvantageous (iv. 618);
unfortunate, unhappy (vi. 332) ; narroVf \
dangerous (v. 203). 7.
iniuria, ae, f ., injury, injustice, wiony, tale
of^vrong (i. 341) ; insult, affront (i. 27);
revenge, punishment (iii. 256); harm, in-
jury, damage (iii. 604). 5.
iniussus, a, um, adj., unbidden (vi.375).
in-labor, i, lapsus, to slide or glide into
(ii. 240). 2.
inlaetabllis, e, adj., joyless, dteerlest,
mournful (iii. 707).
in-Hdo, ere, llsi, Usum, to strike, dask
into or upon, drive upon (i. 112); crash
into, crush (v. 480). 3.
in-liido, ere, liisi, lusum, to })lay tdk,
make spoi't of, mock, jeer at (ii. 64). 2.
inlustris, e, adj., bright, clear; illusirious,
famous, renowned (vi. 758).
inluvies, ei, i.,fillh (iii. 593).
in-necto, ere, exui, exum, to tie, fasten,
bind (v. 511); bind about, enwrap {S'
425) ; invent, contrive, frame (iv. 51). 5.
in-no, are, avi, atiun, to float upon, sml
upon (vi. 134). 2.
innoxius, a, um, adj., harmless (ii*
683). 2.
innumerus, a, um, adj., innumerable,
countless, without number (vi. 706).
innuptus, a, um, adj., unmarried, r/jy"»
(ii. 31). 3.
in-olesco, ere, levi, olitum, to grow m>
become ingrown (vi. 738).
inoplnus, a, um, adj., unexpected, unfore-
seen (v. 857). 2.
inops, opis, adj., poor, needy, bereft of,
destitute of (\v. 300).
Inous, a, um, adj., o/'or belonging to ho,
daughter of Cadmus; son of /no,\.e-,
Palaemon (v. 823).
inquam, is, it, defect, vb., postpos., to
say V^. 'i'l^^. Vi.
infania — intactns
VOCABULARY.
899
insania, ae, f., insanity, madness (iv. 595) ;
Jolly, madness (ii. 42). 2.
insanus, a, um, adj., visane, mad (vi.
135); inspired (iii. 443).
inscius, a, um, adj., not knowing, igno-
rant, unconscious (i. 718). 4.
in-scrlbo, ere, psi, ptum, to write on,
mark, trace (i. 478).
in-sequor, i, secutus, to follow (i. 87) ;
follow up, pursue (i. 241) ; proceed, w.
inf. (iii. 32). 10.
tn-sero, ere, erui, rtum, to put in, insert
(iii. 152).
in-serto, are, avi, atum, frequent., to put
in, insert, thrust in (ii. 672).
in-8ideo, ere, sedi, sessum, to sit or
rest upon (i. 719) ; trans., occupy, take
possession o/*(ii. 616). 2.
insidiae, arum, f. pi., an ambush ; strata-
gem, trick, plot, snare, wiles, treachery
(i. 754). 7.
in-sldo, ere, sedi, sessum, to sit down
upon, settle on, alight on {vi. 708).
insisne, is, n., a badge, sign, decoration,
ornament, in pi., insignia (ii. 389). 2.
iziBignis, e, adj., marked, distinguished,
remarkable, extraordinary, beautiful, noted
(i. 625). 13.
in-sinuo, are, avi, atum, to steal in,
ci'eep in, penetrate (ii. 229).
in-sisto, ere, stiti, to stand or tread uptm,
set foot on (vi. 563) ; begin, w. inf. ex-
pressed or understood (iv. 533). 2.
insomnium, ii, n., a dream, a vision in
sleep (iv. 9). 2.
in-sono, are, ui, to sound loudly, resound,
roar (ii. 53) ; to crack a whip (v.
679). 2.
insons, ntis, adj., guiltless, innocent,
harmless (ii. 84). 6.
iOBperatus, a, um, adj., unhoped for
(ui. 278).
ixiHspieio, ere, spexi, spectum, to look
into, inspect (ii. 47).
in-8pIro, &re, &vi, atum, to breathe into,
infuse (i. 688) ; inspire (vi. 12). 2.
instar, indeclin., n., an image, likeness;
in app. = adj., like (ii. 15) ; ]poGt., form,
mien, grandeur (vi. 865). 3.
In-stauro, are, avi, atum, to renew (ii.
451); repeat, begin again (ii. 669);
celebrate anew (iii. 62) ; repay, requite
(vi. 530). 7.
in-stemo, ere, stravi, stratum, to spread
over, cocer (ii. 722).
in-stlgo, are, avi, atum, to stimulate,
urge on, incite (v. 228).
tii-stituG, ere, ui, utum, to build, erect,
found (vi. 70) ; establish, ordain, ap-
point (vi. 143). 2.
■ in-sto, stare, stiti, statum, to press upon,
pursue (i. 468) ; press forward, push on
(i. 423) ; be intent upon (i. 504) ; quod
instat, the business iti hand, an enterprise
(iv. 115). 8.
in-struo, ere, xi, ctum, to build, con-
struct (i. 638) ; draw up, arrange, set in
order (ii. 254) ; furnish, provide with,
fit out, equip (iii. 471); instruct, train
(ii. 152). 7.
insuetus, a, um, adj., unaccustomed, un-
usual (vi. 16).
insula, ae, f., an island (i. 159). 6.
in-sulto, are, avi, atum, to spring or
leap at or upon (vi. 571); behave inso-
lently, exult over (ii. 330). 2.
in-sum, esse, fui, to be in, be there (vi.
26).
in-suo, ere, ui, Utum, to sew in or into
(v. 405).
insuper, adv., above, on the top (i. 61);
moreover, besides, in addition (ii.
71). 4.
insuperabilis, e, adj., unconquerable (iv.
40).
in-surgo, ere, surrexi, surrectum, to
rise upon, rise up to, w. remis, pull with
all one's might (iii. '207); rise to the
stroke in boxing (v. 443). 4.
intactus, a, um, adj., untouched by the
yoke (vi. 38) ; pure, undefled, chaste,
virgin (i. 345). 2.
400
VOCABULARY.
integer — invidii
integer, gra, grum, adj., whole, unim-
paired, vifforous, fresh (ii. 638).
intemeratus, a, um, inviolate, stainless
(ii. 143) ; pure, i. e., wine unmixed with
water (iii. 178). 2.
intempestus, a, um, adj., unseasonable ;
w. nox, the dead of night (iii. 587).
in-tendo, ere, di, turn or sum, to stretch
out J stretchy spread, extend (iii. 683) ;
cover with, hang with (iv. 506) ; bind
over or uj)on (v. 403) ; swell, Jill, distend
(v. 33). 6.
intento, are, avi, atum, to stretch out,
hold out threateningly, brandish (vi.
572); threaten (i. 91). 2.
intentus, a, um, part, (intendo),
stretched, strained (v. 136); on the
stretch, straining, eager (v. 137) ; intent,
attentive (ii. 1). 4.
inter, prep. w. ace, between, among, dur-
ing, in the midst of; w. reflex., with one
another, together, mutually.
inter-cludo, ere, clusi, clusum, to shut
off, cut off, obstruct, prevent (ii. 111).
interdum, adv., sometimes, now and then,
meanwhile (i. 718). 2.
interea, adv., meanwhile (i. 418).
inter-for, ari, atus, to break in with
speech, interrupt (i. 386).
interfusus, a, um, part, (interfundo),
poured between, flowing between (vi.
439) ; suffused (iv. 644). 2.
interior, lus, comp. adj., interior, on the
inside, inner, within (i. 637). 6.
inter-luo, ere, to flow between, wash (iii.
419).
interpres, etis, m., f., an interpreter (iii.
359) ; an agent, messenger, author (iv.
608). 5.
interritus, a, um, adj., unterrifled, un-
daunted, fearless (v. 427). 2.
inter-rumpo, ere, rupi, ruptum, to
break off, suspend, interrupt (iv. 88).
inter vallum, i, a space between, an in-
terval (v. 320).
in-texo, ere, xui, xtum, to weave in.
embroider (v. 252) ; frame (ii. 16) ; cover
(vi. 216). 3.
intimus, a, um, adj. (saperL of interior),
inmost (i. 243).
in-tono, are, ui, atum, to thunder, re-
sound (i. 90) ; cri/ aloud, thunder forth
(vi. 607). 3.
in-torqueo, ere, orsi, ortam, to brandish
and hurl (ii. 231).
intra, adv. and prep., ivithtn (ii. 33). 2.
intractabilis, e, adj., unmanageable, in-
vincible (i. 339).
in-tremo, ere, ui, to tremble, quake, shale
(iii. 581). 3.
intro, are, avi, atum, to go into, enter
(iii. 219). 6.
intr5-gredior, i, sressus, to walk in,
enter (i. 520).
intuB, adv., on the inside, within (l
167). 7.
inultus, a, um, adj., unrevenged, m-
avenged (ii. 670). 2.
inutilis, e, adj., useless, impotent, un-
profltable (ii. 510). 2.
In-vado, ere, si, sum, to go into, enter
(iii. 382) ; enter upon, go on (vi. 260);
rush upon, rush into, attack, invade,
assail (ii. 265) ; assail with reproachful
words, accost (iv. 265). 8.
invalidus, a, um, adj., weak, feeble, in-
^m(v..716). 2.
in-veho, ere, xi, ctum, to bear, cartif
in or along; in pass., be borne, ride or
drive (i. 155) ; sail (v. 122). 5.
in-venio, Ire, veni, ventum, to coat
upon, flnd (ii. 797) ; find out, discover
(vi. 663) ; contrive, invent, devise (iii
395) ; procure, obtain (ii. 645). 6.
inventor, oris, m., an inventor, deviser
(ii. 164).
in- verge, ere, to pour upon (vi. 244).
invictus, a, um, adj , unconquered, w-
vincible (vi. 365). 3.
in- video, ere, vidi, ^^sum, to enrjf,
grudge, begrudge (iv. 234). 2.
invidia, ae, f., envy, grudge, hatred, ill-
Inviio — lulins
VOCABULARY.
401
will (ii. 90) ; quae invidia est ? what
harm or objection is there i (iv. 350). 2.
in-vlso, ere, visi, visum, to go to see,
visit (iv. 144).
tnvlsus,. a, um, part, (invideo), hated,
hate/ui, detested, odious (i. 28). 6.
invlsus, a, um, adj., unseetiy unnoticed
(ii. 574).
invito, are, avi, atum, to invite, summon
(v. 486) ; attract, tempt, induce (v.
292). 2.
tnvltus, a, um, adj., against the will, un-
willing, unfriendly (ii. 402). 3.
invius, a, um, adj., pathless, inaccessible,
impassable (i. 537). 4.
in-volvo, ere, volvi, ''volutum, to wrap
up, envelop, involve, enfold (ii. 251);
overwhelm, engulf (vi. 336). 4.
ISnius, a, um, adj., Ionian (iii. 211). 3.
The Ionian sea is the lower part of the
Adriatic.
ISpas, ae, m., a Carthaginian musician
and* poet (i. 740).
Iphitus, i, m., a Trojan (ii. 435).
ipse* a, um, intens. pron., self himself
herself, itself, themselves, I mgself etc. ;
the very,
Ira, ae, f., anger, wrath, rage, resentment
(i. 4) ; a scourge (iii. 215). 23.
iris, idis, f., the messenger of Juno (iv.
694).
irrexne&bilis, e, adj., irretraceable, inex-
tricable (v. 591). 2.
ir-rldeo, ere, risi, risum, to laugh at,
mock, deride (iv. 534). 2.
ir-rigo, are, avi, atum, to steep, bedew
(iii. 511); diffuse (i. 692). 2.
irritatus, a, um, part, (irrito), pro-
• voked, irritated (iv. 178).
iirritus, a, um, adj., vain, in vain, vn'th-
out effect (ii. 459) ; to no purpose (v.
442). 2.
ir-rumpo, ere, rUpi, ruptum, to burst
or rush in or into (iv. 645). 2.
ir-ruo, ere, rai» to rush in or upon (ii.
383). 4.
is, ea, id, demons, pron., he, she, it, this,
that, such.
iste, a, ud, demons, pron., this or that of
yours, referring to the person spoken
to, often with an idea of contempt;
such.
istinc, Adv., from there, thence (vi. 389).
ita, adv., thus, so (ii. 147). 8.
Italia, ae, f., Italy (i. 2).
Italus, a, lun, adj., Italian (i. 252) ; subs.,
Itali, orum, m., the Italians (i. 109). 2.
iter, itineris, n., a way, journey, march,
road, path, passage, abstract or con-
crete (i. 370). 19.
iterum, adv., again, a second time (ii.
770). 18.
Ithaca, ae, f., an island in the Ionian
sea, the home of Ulysses (iii. 272).
Ithacus, a, um, adj., Ithacan ; subs.,
IthacuB, i, m., Ithacus, i. e., Ulysses
(ii. 104).
iuba, ae, f., the matte of an animal; the
crest of a serpent or helmet (ii. 206,
412). 2.
iubar, aris, n., a ray of light, sutishine,
dawn (iv. 130).
iubeo, ere, iussi, iussum, to oj-der, bid,
command (i. 577) ; urge, advise, exhort,
entreat (ii. 37). 38.
iucundus, a, um, adj., pleasant, delight-
ful, genial (vi. 363).
iudex, icis, m., f., a judge (vi. 431).
iudicium, ii, n., a judgment, decision (i.
27).
iugalis, e, Sidj., pertaining to a yoke ; bridal,
nuptial, conjugal, ofmairiage (iv. 16). 3.
iiigerum, i, n., a juger of land, a little
more than half an English acre (vi.
596).
iugo, are, avi, atum, to yoke ; unite or
join in marriage, mairy (i. 345).
iugum, i, n., a yoke, collar (iii 542) ; a
yoke, span, team of horses (v. 147) ; a
height, mountain-ridge (i.498) ; a rower*s
bench, a thwart (vi. 411). 12.
luliuB, ii, m., the name of a Roman ^emsk..
26
402
VOCABULARY.
iQlnf — 1m m
the most noteworthy members of which
were C. Julius Caesar, and his adopted
son, Augustus (i. 288).
lulus, i, m., a name of Ascauius (i. 267).
iunctura, ae, f., a joinintf, a joint (ii.
464).
iunKO, ere, nxi, nctum, to join, unite,
connect (i. 73) ; yoke^ harness (i. 568). 15.
luno, 5nia, f., a goddess, daughter of
Saturn, sister and wife of Jove (i. 4).
Iun5niu8, a, um, adj., pertaining to Juno,
Juno's, Junontan (i. 671).
luppiter, lovis, ni., the supreme deity of
the Romans, the same as the Greek
Zeus (i. 42) ; luppiter Stygius, Pluto
(iv. 638).
idro, are, avi, atum, to take an oath,
swear, conspire (iv. 426) ; swear by some-
thing (vi. 324). 4.
ius, iuris, n., right, justice, obligation, law,
a system of law (i. 293). 9.
iussum, i, n., an order, command (i.
77). 13.
iussus, us, m., an order, command (ii.
247).
iustitia, ae, i., justice (i. 523). 3.
iustus, a, um, adj., just, upright, right-
eous (i. 544) ; equitable, fair (i. 508). 4.
iuvenalis, e, adj., youthful, oj^ youth, ju-
venile (ii. 518). 2.
iuvencus, i, m., a bullock (iii. 247). 10.
iuvenis, is, m.,f., a young man or woman,
a young person, a youth, applied to men
from seventeen to forty-five years of
age (i. 321). 23.
iuventa, ae, f., youth, the period of youth
(i. 590). 7.
iuventas, atis, f., youth, youthful age,
youthful vigor (v. 398).
iuventus, utis, f., the season or time of
youth ; concrete, collect, noun, youth,
young men, a body or band of youth (i.
467). 10.
iuvo, are, iuvi, iutum, to assist, help,
aid (i. 571) ; please, be pleasant, delight
(i. 203), 13.
iuzta, adv., near, next, close by (il513);
at the same time (ii. 666). 5; prep. w.
ace., close to, next to (iii. 506). 7.
IxI5n, onis, m., king of the Lapithae,
and father of Pirithous (vi. 601).
Karthagd, inis, f ., the city of Carthage,
in Northern Africa (i. 13).
I
labe-faoio, ere, feci, f^tum, to came
to totter or waver, shake, weaken (iv.
395).
labes, is, f., a fall, falling down, a down-
fall (ii. 97) ; a spot, stain, blemish {si
746). 2.
labo, are, avi, atum, to totter, stagger, U
loosened, give way, yield (ii. 463); Df
the mind, waver, hesitate (iv. 22). 4.
labor, i, psus, to slide or glide alonfj or
away (ii. 695); lustris labentibus, in
the lapse of ages (i. 283) ; labente die,
at the close of day (iv. 77) ; slide, doun
(ii. 262) ; foil, fall or slip douii (v. 181.
329) ; oleo labente, with slippery oil
(iii. 281) ; fig., to fall, perish, go to ruin
(iv. 318) ; te labentem texit, kejH thtt
from perishing (ii. 430). 24.
labor, 5ris, m., labor, toil, struggle (i*
431) ; tvork, task (i. 77); workmanskip,
work (i. 455) ; hardship, misfoiiune, dii-
aster, toil, trouble (i. 10); soils laboreSi
eclipses of the sun (i. 742). 44.
laboratus, a, um, part. (lab5ro), formed,
fashioned, wrought , arte laboratae ves-
tes, coverings curiously or skil/ul^S
wrought (i. 639).
Labyrinthus, i, m., the Labyrinth, *
famous structure in Crete, built I'y
Daedalus for king Minos (v. 588.)
lac, ctis, n.. milk (iii. 66); the juice of
^acaena — laxguM
VOCABULARY.
403
Ijacaena, ae, f., adj., Laconiarif Spartan ;
subs., Hden (ii. 601 ) .
Iiacedaemonius, a, um, adj., Lacedae-
' monianf Spartan (iii. 328).
lacer, era, erum, adj., lacerated, muti-
lated, mangled (v. 275). 2.
' lacero, are, avi, atum, to tear, rend,
lacerate, mutilate (iii. 41).
lacertus, i, m., the muscular part of the
upper arm from the elbow to the
shoulder, the arm (v. 141). 2.
laoesso, ere, Ivi (ii), Itum, to excite, pro-
voke, stir up, arouse (v. 429).
Hiaclnius, a, um, adj., of Lacinium, a
promontory on S. Italy, on which was
a temple of Juno, hence Lacinian, as
an epithet of Juno (iii. 552).
lacrima, ae, f-, a tear (i. 228). 23.
lacrimabilis, e, adj., moumjul, piteous
(iii. 39).
lacrimo, are, avi, atum, sometimes de-
ponent, to weep, shed tears, lament (i.
459). 8.
lacus, us, m., a lake, pond, pool (ii. 135) ;
poet, for a stream, a river (vi. 134). 7.
laedo, ere, si, sum, to strike, injufe, mar,
damage 6y striking (ii. 231 ) ; to hurt, vex,
offend, thwart (i. 8). 3.
Utena, ae, f , a cloak, mantle (iv. 262).
Iiftertias, a, um, adj., of Laertes, the
father of Ulysses, Laert'ian (iii. 272).
laetitia, ae, f., joy, delight, gladness (i.
514); bounty, abundance (i. 636). 4.
laetor, Sri, &tu8, to rejoice, be glad (i.
393). 4.
laetus, a, um, adj., joyful, glad, cheerful,
happy (i. 35); rejoicing, taking pleasure
in (i. 275); abounding, rich, w. gen. or
abl. (i. 441) ; foiiunate, lucky, auspicious
(i. 605) ; rich, fertile, abundant, luxuriant
(11. 306). 47.
laeviui, a, um, adj., left, on the left hand
or side (iii. 412); laeva (sc. manus),
the left hand (i. 611); adv. laevum, on
the left (ii. 693): foolish, stupid, infitu-
aied, daft (ii. 54). 15.
lambo, ere, bi, bitum, to lick, lap (ii.
211) ; lick, play around lightly (ii.
684). 3.
lamenta, orum, n. pi., a wailing, lamenta-
tion, shriek (iv. 667).
lamentabilis, e, adj., lamentable, deplora-
ble (ii. 4).
lampas, adis, f., a tm-ch, burning brand
(vi. 587) ; Fhoebea lampas, the lamp
or torch of Phoebus, the sun (iii. 637). 3.
laniger, era, erum, adj., vjool-bearing,
woolly, fleecy (iii. 642). 2.
lanio, are, avi, atum, to tear to pieces,
mutilate, mangle (vi. 494).
Ijaocoon, cutis, m., a son of Priam and
priest of Apollo (ii. 41).
Iiaodamla, ae, f ., the wife of Protesilaus,
who, after her husband's death at
Troy, killed herself for love of him (vi.
447).
Laomedonteus, a, um, adj., of Laome-
don, a king of Troy, Laomedontian,
often a term of reproach because of the
perfidy of Laomedon (iv. 542).
Laomedoutiades, ae, m., a son or de-
scendant of Laomedon ; in general, a.
Trojan (iii. 248).
lapidosus, a, um, adj , stony, full of stones,
hard as stone (iii. 649).
lapis, idis, m., a stone; Farius lapis,
Parian marble (i. 593).
Ijapithae, arum, m. pi., the Lapithae, a
rude tribe of mountaineers in Thessaly
who fought with the Centaurs (vi. 601 ).
lapso, are, avi, atum, to slip, slide,
stumble (ii. 551).
lapsus, lis, m., a sliding or gliding motion
of any kind (ii. 225) ; a swoop (iii. 225) ;
of stars, medio lapsu, in the midst of
their course (iv. 524). 3.
laquear, aris, n., a panel, ceiling, a ceiled
or fretted roof {i. 726).
liar, aris, chiefly pi., Iiares, um and
ium, m., a tutelar deity, guardian spirit
(v. 744).
largus, a, um, adj., copious, abundax^lL (^,
404
VOCABULARY.
Larisiaeiu— kali
465) ; large, extensive, spacious (vi.
640). 4.
Iiarissaeus, a, um, adj., of Larissa, an
aucient towu of Thessaly, the supposed
abode of Achilles, Larissaean (ii. 197).
lassuB, a, um, adj., wearied, tired, ex-
hausted (ii. 739).
late, adv., broadly, widely, far and wide,
extensively (i. 21).
latebra, ae, f., a hiding place, place of
ambush, a dark hollow (ii. 38) ; a cavern
(iii. 424). 4.
latebr58U8, a, um, adj., full of hiding-
places, itorous, crannied (v. 214).
latens, ntis, part, (lateo), hidden^ secret
(i. 108) ; lying hid, lurking, skulking (ii.
568). 4.
lateo, ere, ui, to lie hid, lye concealed, lurk
(ii. 48) ; be covered (iv. 582) ; be unknown
(v. 5) ; escape the knowledge of{\. 130). 7.
latex, icis, m., a liquid, fluid (i. 666). 6.
Ijatlnus, a, um, adj., of Latlnm, Latin
(i. 6) ; subs., Latini, 6rum, m., the
Latins (v. 598).
Latlnus, i, m., a mythic king of Latinm ;
urbem Iiatini, i. e, Laurentum (vi.
891).
Latium, ii, n., a country of Italy, in
wliic'h Home w<as situated (i. 6).
IiatSna, ae, f., the mother of Apollo and.
Diana (i. 502).
latratus, us, m., a barking, baying (v.
257). 2.
latro, are, avi, atum, to bark, bay (vi.
401).
latus, a, um, adj., broad, wide, extensive
(i. 313) ; widespread (i. 225). 10.
latus, eris, n., the side, flank of anything
(i. 82). 17.
laudo, are, avi, atum, to praise, laud,
commend (ii. 586).
Laurens, ntis, adj., of Laurentum, Lau-
rentian (v. 797).
laurus, i or lis, f., a laurel or bay-tree (ii.
513) ; a laurel or bay wreath (iii. 81). 6.
laua, laudia, £., glory, fame, honor, renown,
praise (i. 609) ; a praiseworthy deed, m>
ble action, merit (i. 461). 13.
Iiavlnia, ae, f., the daughter of kbg
Latlnus, the second wife of Aeneas (tL
764.
Iiavlnium, ii, n., a city of Latinm,
founded by Aeneas, and named in
honor of his wife (i. 258).
Lavlnius and Iiavinus, a, um, adj.,^
Lavtmum, Lavinian (i. 2).
lavo, ere and are, lavi, lavatum, Ian-
tum and lotum, to lave, bathe, waA
(iii. 663); wet, moisten, sprinkU (vi
227). 2.
lazo, are, avi, atum, to undo, loom,
open, release (ii. 259) ; free, clear (?i
412); relax, relieve, refresh (v. 836);.
laxare rudentes, spread sail, loosen At
rigging (iii. 267). 5.
laxus, a, um, adj., slack, loose (i. 68);
loose, loosened, open (i. 122). 2.
lebes, etis, m., a caldron, a kettle (iii
466). , 2.
lectus, a, um, part, (lego), chosen, picked
(i. 518) ; choice (iv. 57) ; excellent (v.
729)? 6.
lectus, i, m., a couch, bed (iv. 496).
Leda, ae, f., the wife of Tyndanw,
mother by Juppiter, of Helen (i. 652).
Ledaeus, a, um, adj., of Leda, Ledaeas
(iii. 328).
legifer, era, erum, adj., law-gmnri (iv.
58).
lego, ere, legi, lectum, to bring toqethtr,
gather, collect (v, 209) ; choose, select
(i. 426); take in, furl (iii. 532); skiM,
sweep over, course along (ii. 208) ; coast
along (iii. 127) ; survey, scan, review i^-
755). 9.
Lenaeus, a, um, adj., of Bacchus, Lenaea*
(iv. 207).
lenio, ire, ivi (ii), Itum, to soothe, a*-
suage, calm (i. 451). 4.
lenis, e, adj., soft, gentle, light, »ij7</ ("•
, 782\. 3
\ \exi\.o,^Te,«.-v\,^\5CccL.» \«> \icwd. <^\. 3841.
lentof — liquef aetns
VOCABULARY.
405
lentus, a, urn, adj., pliant, flexible^ tough
(iii. 31); sluggish (y. 682). 3.
leo, 5nis, m., a lion (ii. 722). 4.
Ijema, ae, f., a forest and marsh near
Argos, whjjre lived the Hydra which
was slain bj Hercules (vi. 287).
letalis, e, adj., deadly, fated (iv. 73).
Iiethaeus, a, um, adj., of Lethe, a river
of Hades, whose waters, if drunk, pro-
duced forgetfuluess of the past, Le-
thaean (v 854).
letifer, era, erum, adj., death-dealing,
deadly (iii. 139).
letum, i, n., death, ruin, destruction (ii.
134). 14.
Iieuoaspis, is, m., a companion of Aeneas
(vi. 334).
laeucata, ae, or Iieucate, es, f., a pro-
montory on the island of Leucadia (iii.
274).
leTamen, inis, n., a solace, consolation,
comfort (iii. 709).
•levis, e, adj., light in weight or motion,
swift, fleet, quick, nimble, slight (i.
147). 7.
levis, e, adj., smooth, slippery (y. 328) ;
polished (v. 91). 4.
levo, are, avi, atum, to lift up, raise, ele-
vate (i. 145); take off (ii. 146); w.
reflex., raise one's self {iy. 690) ; lighten,
alleviate, relieve (i. 330) ; assist, suppoH
(ii. 452). 7.
leirOi are, avi, atum, to polish, smooth
(v. 306).
lex, legis, f., a statute, a law (i. 507);
in pi., terms, conditions, stipulations (iv.
213). 7.
ttb&men, inis,^., a libation (vi. 246).
libens, ntis, part, (libet), generally used
adverbially, willingly, freeh/, cheerfully
(iii. 438).
XJber, eri, m., an Italian deity, identi-
fied with Bacchus, the wine-god (vi. 805).
IXbertas, atis, f., liberty, freedom (vi. 821 ).
llbo, are, avi. Stum, to take a little of,
taste 6f; w. osonla, kiss lightly (i. 256) ;
pour out as a drink-offering or libation,
make a libation, offer as a sacrifice (i.
736). 8.
libro, are, avi, atum, to poise or brandish
and hurl, launch (v. 479).
Libumi, orum, m. pi., a people of
Illyria, near the head of the Adriatic
(i. 244).
Iiibya, ae, f ., Libya or North Africa (i. 22).
Libycus, a, um, adj., Libyan, African
(i. 339).
Ijibystis, idis, f. adj., Libyan (v. 37).
licet, ere, licuit and licitum est, impers.,
it is permitted, allowed, lawful (i. 551) ;
as concess. conj., licet, although, even if
(vi. 802). 12.
lignum, i, n., uHX)d, wooden structure (ii.
45).
ligo, are, avi, atum, to bind, wind around,
pinion (ii. 217).
Ulium, ii, n., a lily (vi. 709). 2.
Lilybeius, a, um, adj., of Lilybaeum, a
promontory on the western coast of
Sicily, Lilybaean (iii. 706).
limbus, i, m., a border, hem, edge (iv. 137).
limen, inis, n., a threshold, sill (i. 448) ;
a doorway, an entrance (i. 707) ; a house,
palace, temple (i. 389) ; beginning of any-
thing, as, the barrier in a race-cowse (v.
316) ; realm, region (vi. 696). 41.
limes, itis, m., a path, track, trail (ii.
697).
limosus, a, um, adj., muddy, miry (ii.
135).
limus, i, m., mud, mire (vi. 416).
lineus, a, um, adj., of flax, flaxen, linen
(v 510).
lingua, ae, f., the tongue (ii. 211) ; speech,
language ; note, song, cry of any crea-
ture (iii. 361). 5.
linquo, ere, liqui (lictum), to leave,
desert, alxindon, forsake, quit, depart
^from, leave behind (i. 517). 22.
linteum, i, n., linen cloth ; a sail (iii. 686).
liquefactus, a, um, part, (liquef acio),
molten, fluid (iii. 576).
406
VOCABULARY.
liquens — Initrom ,
liquens, ntis, part, (liqueo), liquid^ clear ,
(impid (v. 238). 3.
liquens, ntis, part, (liquor), //^m/c/, dr\p-
piny (i. 432).
liquidus, a, um, adj., liquidfjluldf mobile
(V. 217); clear (vi. 202). 4.
Uquor, i, toffou\ mUydrip, distill (iii. 28).
lito, are, avi, &tum, to sacrijice (iv. 50) ;
make atonement^ apimise (ii. 118). 2.
Utoreus, a, um, adj., of the sea shore, on
the shore (iii. 390).
Utus, oris, n., the sea-shore, beach, coast,
strand (i. 3). 95.
lituus, i, m , a trumfiet, clarion (vi. 167)
Uvidus, a, um, adj., of a dark blue or
lead color, leaden, dusky (vi. 320).
loco, are, avi, atum, to place, put in place,
set (i. 213) ; build, found (i. 247); lay a
foundation (i. 428). 11.
liOQri, 5rum, m. pK, a colony from Naryx,
settled in Southern Italy (iii, 399).
loous* i, m. (pi. looi and loca), a place,
sfiot, reifion, localitt/ (i. 51 ) ; room, place,
ojipurtiinity, chance (iv. 319); position,
sltu(ition,condifion (ii. 322). 60.
lonRaevus, a, um, adj., aged (ii. 525). 9.
lonse, adv., /«r, afar, far off (i. 13). 15.
lonicinquus, a, um, adj., far off, remote;
lout] (iii. 415).
lonKius, adv. (conip. of longe), further
(i. 2C2) ; toitfir (v 461). 2.
Icnarus, a, um, adj., long (i. 159); lonq
continued, of long duration, ttdious (i.
217); deep, ratit\\. 749). 50.
loquela, ae, f., speech, uvrds, conversation
(V 842).
loquor, i, locutus, to speak, say (i. 614) ;
sing (vi. 662). 17.
ISrlca, ae, f., a leather cuirass, a coat of
mail, i^rselet, douNet (\\\. A67). 2.
ISrum, i, n., a leather thong (ii. 273) ; in
pi., reins (i. 156). 4.
lubricus, a, um, adj., smooth, slipjicry,
slimy (ii. 474). 3.
2Qceoi ere, luxi, to shine, beam, yleam (v.
664). 3.
lucidus, a, um, adj., bright, shining, dear .
(iii. 585). 2.
lucifer, era, erum, adj., light-brinqing ,
subs., Iiucifer, eri, ni., the light-bringer,
the morning-star (ii. 801 ). ,
luctor, ari, atus, to struggle, wrt&tit,
strive (i. 53). 4.
luctus, us, m., sorrow, lamentation, moitrn-
'X7. 9^1^/ (ii- 12) ; personified, Grief
(vi. 274). 8.
lucus, i, m., a sacred grove, a grove or
wood in general (i 441). 15.
ludibriiun, ii, u. , a sj)ort, a plaything (tI
75).
ludo, ere, lusi, lusum, to sport, ptaif,
frolic (i. 397); mock, delude, deceive {I
352). 4.
ludus, i, m., a game, contest, a public
show or play (iii. 280) ; play, sport, jest,
joke (v. 593). 7.
lues, is, f ., a plague, pestilence, blight (iii
139).
lugeo, ere, luxi, luctum, to mourn, la-
ment, Itewail (ii. 85). 2.
lumen, inis, n., light (ii. 683) ; light, qk\c
(i. 590) ; a lamp, a torch (vi. .594): /*«
light of da II, day (vi. 356) ; the light of
life, life (ii. 85) ; the light of the ejie,the
eye (i. 226) ; the air, atmosphere (iii-
600). 32.
luna, ae, f., the moon, (i. 742) ; moonliqhl
(ii. 340). 11.
lunatus, a, um, part. (ICino), moon-
shaped, crescent (i. 490).
luo, ere, lui (luitum or lutum), to udsh
away, atone for (i. 136).
lupa, ae, f., a she-wolf {\. 275).
lupus, i, m., a M'o//'(ii. 355). 2.
lustro, are, avi, atum, to purify btf fl"
expiatory sacrifice (iii. 279) ; surreif, '^'
amine, review (i. 453); traverse, senrcn
(i.577). 16.
lustrum, i, n.. (/ haunt, den, lair of wiW
beasts (iii. 647). 2.
lustrum, i, n., a purificatory sacri^fice'^
Inz — Maia
VOCABULARY.
407
period of Jive years; in general, a pe-
riod of years J an age (i. 283).
lux, ucis, f., light (i. 588) ; daylight^ day
(i. 306); light, glory (ii. 281); life (iii.
311). 23.
luxus, ua, m., excess, luxury (iv. 193) ;
magnijicence, splendor (i. 637). 3.
ZjyaeuB, i, m., a surname of Bacchus (iv.
58) ; adj., of Bacchus ; latioem Ly-
aeum, wine (i. 686). 2.
lynchnus, i, m., a lamp (i. 726).
Zjycia, ae, f., a district of Asia Minor
(iv. 143).
ZjycluB, a, um, adj., Lycian (iv. 346) ;
subs., m. pi., the Lycians (i. 113).
Iiyctius, a, unif adj., ofLyctiis, a town
in Crete, L'/ctian, Cretan (iii. 401).
Iiyoiirgus, i, in., an ancient king of
Thrace (iii. 14). lie prohibited the
worship of Bacchus in his kingdom.
Iiycus, i, m., a companion of Aeneas (i.
222).
XjydiuB, a, um, adj., Lydian (ii. 781).
Isrxnpha, ae, f., pure spring or river
water (i. 701). 3.
lynx, lyncis, m , f., a lynx (i 323).
M.
liachaSn, onis, m., a son of Aescula-
pius, and a famous surgeon among the
Greeks before Troy (ii. 263).
machina, ae, f ., a machine, engine of war,
device (ii. 46). 4.
macies, ei, f., leanness, emaciation (iii.
590).
maoto, are, avi, atum, to offer, sacrifice,
immolate, kill, slaughter as a victim (ii.
202). 7.
macula, ae, f., a spot (iv. 643). 2.
maculo, are, avi, atum, to spot, stain,
pollute (iii. 29).
xna9ul5sii8, a, um, adj., spotted, mottled
(i. 323). 2.
^ nade-facio, ere, feci, factum, to wet,
§Oak (v. 330). 2.
madens, ntis, part, (madeo), wet, moist,
dripping (iv. 216).
madesco, ere, dui, to become wet, soaked
(v. 697).
madidus, a, um, adj., wet, drenched (v.
179). 2.
Maeander, dri, m., a river in Asia Minor,
proverbial for its winding course ; any-
thing winding, a winding or waving
border (v. 251).
Maeonius, a, um, adj., ^faeonian, Lydian
(iv. 216). Maeonia was a province in
Lydia.
Maeotius, a, um, adj., belonging to the
Maeotians, a Scythian people, Maeotian
(vi. 799).
maereo, ere, to mourn, grieve, lament (i.
197). 3.
maestus, a, um, adj., sad, moHrnful, sor-
rowful, gloomy, melancholy (i. 202). 14.
magalia, ium, n. pi., huts (i. 421) ; the
suburbs of Carthage (iv. 259). 2.
magicus, a, um, adj., magic (iv. 493).
magis, adv., more, rather; magis atqua
magis, more and more (ii. 299).
magister, tri, m., a maater, leader, c<m^
mander (v. 562) ; nautical, a pilot,
helmsman, captain (i. 115) ; a teacher,
instructor, trainer (v. 391); a tutor,
guardian (v. 669). 8.
magistratus, us, m.,a mngiatrntp (i.426).
magnanimus, a, um, adj., great-sou I ed,
magnanimous (i. 260); high-spirited (iii.
704). 6.
magnus, a, um, adj., of physical propor-
tions, great, large (i. 497) ; of sound,
load (i. 55) ; of quantity, abundant,
plenteous; of time, long; of abstract
qualities, gre<it, noble, imjmrtant, grand,
momentous, strong, mighty (i. 171); of
persons, great, mighty, noble, illustrious
/i. 288) ; of age w. comp. and superlat.,
older, oldest (i. 654). 133.
Maia, ae, f , daughter of Atlas and
mother of Mercury by Juppiter (i.
297).
408
VOCABULARY.
mala — inaTiiBM
mala, ae, f., the cheek-bone , the jaw (iii.
257). 2.
male, adv., badly ; w. adjectives, equal to
a negative, giving the opposite mean-
ing, fida, unsafe (ii. 23) ; amicus, un-
friendly (ii. 735) ; sana, derajiged (iv.
8). 3.
Malea, ae, f , a promontory in the Pelo-
ponnesus (v. 193).
malesuadus, a, um, adj., persuading to
evil (vi. 276).
malisnius, a, um, adj., malignant, mali-
cious, wicked, spiteful (v. 654) ; smallf
scanty (vi. 270). 2.
malo, malle, malui, to wish rather, prefer
(iv. 108).
malum, i, n., an evil happening, a mis for-
tune, misery, woe (i. 198) ; an evil deed,
a crime, evil (vi. 527). 16.
malus, a, um, adj., evil, bad, wicked, false
(i. 352) ; noxious, harmful, poisonous
(ii. 471). 4.
malus, 1, m., a mast of a ship (v. 487). 5.
mamma,, ae, f., a breast (i. 492).
mandatum, i, n., a command, mandate,
charge, order (iv. 270). 3.
mando, are, avi, atum, to order, com-
mand, give commission to (iv. 222) ; com-
mit, consign, entrust to (iii. 50). 4.
mando, ere, di, sum, to chew, crunch,
gnaw, devour (iii. 627) ; champ the bit
^(iv. 135). 2.
maneo, ere, mansi, mansum, to remain,
stay, abide (i. 26) ; contrive, keep to, per-
sist in (ii. 160); await, wait for (ii.
194). 24.
manes, ium, m. pi., the souls of the dead,
the ghost or shade of a dead person, a
departed spirit (iii. 63) ; the gods of the
Loiver World, the infernal deities (vi.
896) ; the Lower World, the infernal
regions (iii. 565) ; the chastisements of
the Lower World (vi. 743). 12.
manicae, arum, f. pi , poetic use, mani-
rtes, chains that bind the hands (ii.
146). _
manifestos, a, um, adj., dear, evidat,
manifest f plain, apparent (ii. 309). 4.
mano, are, avi, atum, to J!ow, drip,
trickle, run, ooze out (iii. 43). 2.
mantele, is, n., a towel, napkin (i. 702).
manus, us, f., a hand (i. 187); handi-
work, workmanship, skill (i. 455) ; force,
power, might, valor, brave deeds (ii. 434) ;
a band of soldiers, a force, a crowd, (il
29). 62.
Marcellus, i, m., a Homan geoeral,
the taker of Syracuse (vi. 855); Ik
'* Younger Marcellus, '* the nephew and
adopted son of Augustus (vi. 883).
mare, is, n., the sea (i. 32). 33.
maritus, 1, m., a husband (iii. 297); a
lover, a suitor (iv. 35). 4.
marmor, oris, n., marble (iv. 45?). 3.
marmoreus, a, um, adj., made qfmarile,
marble (iv. 392) ; smooth like marUt,
glassy (vi. 729). 2.
Marpesius, a, um, adj., of Marpems,i
mountain in the island of Paros, in
which lay the quarries of Pariaa
marble; Marpesian, Parian (vi. 471).
Mars, rtis (old form Mayors), m., the
god of War (i. 274) ; (metou.) wr,
battle, encounter, martial spirit (ii. 335).
Massyli, orum, m. pi., 'a people d
Northern Africa (vi. 60).
Massylus, a, um, adj., Alassylian (ir*
132).
mater, tris, f., a mother, nurse, nurturer
(i. 314). 28.
matemus, a, um, adj., of a mother, ■«•
ternal, mother s (iv. 144). 4.
mature, are, avi, atum, to rijmi ; haste*,
quicken (i. 137).
matiirus, a, um, adj., n'/^e, mature, ad-
vnnced (v. 73).
Maurusius, a, um, adj., Moorish, Afntm
(iv. 206).
Mavors, rtis, v. Mars.
Mavortius, a, um, adj., of or belonginjtt
Mars, martial (i. 276). 2.
maximus, v. magnus.
1
aieattui — metuo
VOCABULARY.
409
V.
meatus, ^, m., a going, course, motion,
movement (vi. 849).
medicatus, a, lun, part, (medico),
sprinkled with the juices of herbs, medi-
cated, drugged {vi. 420).
"meditor, ari, atus, to reflect upon, medi-
tate, consider, design, intend (i. 674). 3.
inedius, a, um, adj., in the middle or
midst, mid, middle, intermediate (i. 109) ;
sabs., mediiun, ii, n., the middle, the
tnidst (ii. 218). 77.
Medon, ntis, m., a Trojan (vi. 483).
medulla, ae, f., the marrow, the innermost
part, the heart (iv. 66).
Megarus, a, lun, adj., of Megara, a city
in Sicily (iii. 689).
mel, mellis, n., honey (i. 432). 4.
Meliboeus, a, um, adj., of Melihoea, a
city in Thessaly, Melihoean (iii. 401).
melior, ius, adj. (bonus), better (ii. 35).
Melita, ae, or Melite, es, i., a sea-nymph
(v. 825).
melius, adv., better ; in melius, for the ,
better {I 2Sl). 3.
membrum, i, n., a limb, member of the
body, part (i. 92). 15.
memini, isse, to remember, recall, be mind-
ful of, make mention of {i. 203). 9.
Memmius, li, m., a Roman gens (v.
117).
Meinn5n, onis, m., the son of Tithonus
and Aurora, and king of the Ethio-
pians (i. 489).
xnemor, oris, adj., mindful, remembering
(i. 23) ; relentless, vindictive (i. 4). 11.
memorabilis, e, adj., memorable, note-
worthy (ii. 583). 2.
memoro, are, avi, atum, to mention, re-
count, relate, speak (i. 8). 15.
XkiendaZy acis, adj., false, deceitful (iL
80).
^Cenelaus, i, m., king of Sparta, brother
of Agamemnon, hasband of Helen (ii.
264).
"^ffonnntOB. is, m., a companion of Aeneas
(y.l61).
mens, ntis, f., the mind, intellect, reason,
judgment, heart, soul, disposition, plan,
design, purpose (i. 26). 36.
mensa, ae, f ., a table (i. 640) ; food, viands
(i. 216). 12.
mensis, is, m., a month (i. 269). 2.
mentior, iri, itus, to assert falsely, lie (ii.
540).
mentltus, a, um, part, (mentior), coun-
terfeit, feigned (ii. 422).
mentum, i, n., the chin (iv. 216) ; the
beard (vi. 809). 4.
mercer, ari, atus, to buy, purchase (i.
367). 2.
Mercurius, ii, m., son of Juppiter and
Maia, and messenger of the gods (iv.
222).
merens, ntis, part, (mereo), deserving
(ii.229). 2.
mereo, ere, ui, itum, and mereor, eri,
itus, to deserve, merit, be worthy of;
earn, gain by desert (ii. 434). 8.
merge, ere, si, sum, to plunge, sink, over-
whelm (vi. 342) ; hide, bury, conceal (vi.
267). 6.
mergus, i, m., a diver, a kind of water-
fowl (v. t28).
meritum, i, n., desert, merit (i. 74).
meritus, a, um, part, (mereo), deserved,
due, just, proper (iii. 118). 6.
merus, a, um, adj., pure, unmixed (v. 77);
subs., merum, i, n., pure wine, wine (i.
729). 3.
-met, a pronominal suffix attached to per-
sonal pronouns, meaning self.
meta, ae, f., a turning point, turning post\
(v. 129) ; a promontory to Im sailed
around (iii. 429) ; goal, limit, end, bound
(i. 278). 7.
metallum, i, n., a metal (vi. 144).
meto, ere, messui, messum, to reap, cut,
gather (iv. 513).
metuens, ntis, part, (metuo), fearing,
fearful, afro /W (i . 23 ) . 3 .
metuo, ere, ui, utum, to fear, be afraid
of{\v, 604). 3.
410
VOCABULARY.
metBS—
metus, us, m., fear, dread ^ apprehension
(i. 218) ; person., Fear (vi. 276). 20.
meus, a, um, poss. proa., my.
mioo, are, ui, to vibrate, daii (ii. 475) ;
(/leant, glitter, Jiash (i. 90). 3.
mig:ro, are, avi, atum, to go away, de-
part, migrate (iv. 401).
miles, itis, m., a soldier (ii. 7); soldiery
(ii. 20). 4.
mille, adj., a thousand (i. 499) ; in pi.
subs., xnllia, ium, u., thousands (i.
491). 13.
minae, anim, f. pi., projecting pinnacles
of walls (iv. 88); thrtats, menaces, curses,
perils (iii. 265). 4.
Minerva, ae, f., the goddess of wisdom,
arts, and sciences, corresponding to the
Greek Pallas Athene (ii. 31).
minime, adv., least (vi. 97).
minister, tri, m., a servant, attendant (i.
705); an accomplice (ii. 100). 3.
ministerium, ii, n , office, service, duty
(vi. 223).
ministro, are, avi, atum, to tend, serve,
attend to (i. 213) ; provide, furnish (i.
150). 4.
MinoiuB, a, um, adj., of Minoa, Minoan
(vi. 14).
minor, ari, atus, to jut out, project, tower
threateningly (i. 162); threaten to fall
(ii. 628); threaten, menace (iii. 540). 4.
minor, minus, adj. (parvus), less; of
age, younger ; minores, descendants (i.
532). 5.
Minos, ois, m., a famous king and law-
giver in Crete, and after death a judge
in the Lower World (vi. 432).
Minotaurus, i, m., a monster, with the
head of a bull and the bodv of a man,
shut up in the labyrinth at Crete, and
fed upon human flesh (vi. 26).
minus, adv., less ; w. nee or haud, no
less, none the less (i, 633). 7.
mirabilis, e, adj., wonderful (i. 439). 6.
mlrand^^^^pm, part, (miror), to be
won^^^^^^gpmge (i. 494).
miror, ari, atus, to wonder at,
admire (i. 421). 8.
mirus, a, lun, adj., toonderftd, mi
(i. 354). 3.
misceo, ere, cui, mixtum, to min
with (i. 440); unite, join (iv. 11:
up, excite, disturb, throw into cc
(1. 124). 17.
Mjsenus, i, m., the trumpeter of
(iii. 239).
miser, era, erum, adj., sad, tc
miserable, unfortunate, pitiable (i
35.
miserabilis, e, adj., miserable, dep
wretched (i. Ill ). 2.
miserandus, a, um, part, (misez
be pitied, pitiable, lamentable, xc
(iii. 138). 4.
misereo, ere, ui, itum, and mis
eri, itus, to pity, take pity on, ha<
passion for, commiserate (ii. 143).
miseresco, ere, to feel pity, have c
sion (ii. 145).
miseror, ari, atus, to compassionai
pity on, pity (i. 597). 10.
mitesco, ere, to become mild, grow
(i. 291).
mitigo, are, avi, atum, to soflen,^
appease (v. 783)
mitra, ae, f., a head-band, turban
Asiatics ; worn in Greece and
only by women, except occasiom
effeminate young men (iv. 216).
mitto, ere, misi, missuxn, to let g<
send off, despatch (i. 633) ; dismi
aside (i. 203) ; end, finish (v.
throw, hurl, launch, cast (iv. 254).
Mnestheus, ei, and eos, m., a 1
(iv. 288).
m5bilitas, atis, f., motion, speed, a
(iv. 175).
modo, adv., only (i. 389) ; merely, i
438) ; but now, a little while at
493). 9.
modus, i, m.. a way, method, man
354) ; an end, limit, bound (iv. 98)
moenia — mugio
VOCABULARY.
411
moenia, ium, n. pi., walls, ramparts (i.
7). 42.
mola, ae, f., a mill; coarseli/ ground spelt
used to sprinkle over a victim in sacri-
fice, meal (iv. 517).
moles, is, f., a shapeless masSy a bulk, a
huge mass (i. 61); a massive building or
structure (i. 421) ; a dam, mole (ii. 497) ;
a battering-ram or other engine of ivar
(v. 439) ; a task, difficulty, labor (i.
33). 18.
mdlior, iri, Itus, to labor upon, erect, con-
struct, build (i. 424) ; talia moliri, take
such precautions (i. 564) ; undertake, at-
tempt (iv. 233) ; cause (i. 414) ; prepare.
Jit out, get ready (iv. 309); w. iter,
pursue, continue (vi. 477). 9.
mollio, ire, ivi (ii), Itum, to sofien, soothe^
moderate, calm (i. 57).
mollis, e, adj., soft, pliant, tender, delicate,
gentle (i. 693) ; subtle (iv. 66) ; easy,
favorable (iv. 293). 6.
mollius, adv., more softly, gracefully, skil-
fully (vi. 847).
moneo, ere, iii, itum, to remind, admon-
ish, warn, advise, instruct (ii. 183); an-
nounce, predict (iii. 712). 8.
monlle, is, n., a necklace, collar (i. 654).
monitum, i, n., an admonition, warning
(iv. 331).
monitus, us, m., an admonition, warning
(iv. 282). 3.
Monoecus, i, m., a surname of Hercules ;
arx Monoeci, a promontory in Liguria,
so called from the temple of Hercules
Monoecus, which stood there (vi. 830).
xnons, montis, m., a mounta'm (i. 55); a.
huge or mountainous mass (i. 105). 30.
monstro, are, avi, atum, to show, point
out, inform, indicate, advise, teach, tell
(i. 321). 12.
monstrum, i, n., a prodigy, sign, omen,
portent (ii. 171); a monster, monstrosity
(ii. 245). 14.
montanusy a, um, adj., of a mountain,
mountain (ii. 305). 2,
monumentum, i, n., a memorial, monu-
ment (iii. 486) ; pi., records, chronicles
(iii. 102). 7.
mora, ae, f ., a delay, pause, cause of delay,
hindrance (i. 414). 16.
morbus, i, m., disease (vi. 275).
moribundus, a, um, adj., dying, ready
to die (iv. 323) ; mortal (vi. 732). 3.
morior, mori, mortuus, to die, perish (ii.
317). 13.
moritiirus, a, um, part, (morior), re-
solved to die, intending or about to die, to
die (ii. 511). 2.
moror, ari, atus, to delay, linger, wait,
tarry (ii. 102) ; trans., retard, hinder,
detain (i. 670). 15.
mors, rtis, f., death (i. 91). 28.
morsus, us, m , a biting, bite, fangs (ii.
215) ; an eating, gnawing (iii. 394); a
fluke of an anchor (i. 169). 3.
mortalis, e, adj., mortal, human, earthly
(i. 328) ; suhs., mortales, ium, m.,
mortals, human beings (ii. 142). 6.
mortifer, era, erum, adj., death-dealing,
deadly (vi. 279).
m5s, moris, m., custom, manner, way,
fashion f wont (i. 318) ; sine more, with-
out precedent, unparalleled (v. 694);
law, rule (i. 264). 17-
motus, us, m., a motion, movement, swift-
ness, agility (iv. 297). 2.
moveo, ere, movi, motum, to move,
shake, set in motion (iii. 91) ; remove
(iii. 519); arouse, disturb, trouble, in
physical sense (i. 135) ; move, nnft^ld,
bring to light (i. 262) ; move, mfluenre
(i. 714) ; excite, cause, produce (ii. 96) ;
revolve, ponder, meditate (iii. 34). 24.
mox, adv., soon, soon after, presently, then
(iii. 274) ; afterwards, at a later period
(v. 117). 5^
mucro, onis, m., the sharj) point or ed(fe
of anything, a sword point, a sword
(ii. 333). 2.
mugio. Ire, ivi (ii), itum, to bellow, rum-
ble^ roar, mutter, murmur (iii. 92\. ^.
412
VOCABULARY. ^
BUlgitlll — Mil
mugitus, us, m., a bellowing , a roaring
(ii. 223).
mulceo, ere, si, sum, to calniy soothe^ allay
(i. 66). 4.
multiplex, icis, adj., having many folds (v.
264) ; numerous, various (iv. 189). 2.
multo, adv., by much, by far, far (ii.
199).
multum, adv., much, greatly (i. 3).
multus, a, um, (comp. plus, saperl.
plurimus), adj., much, abundant (ii.
532) ; great, high (i. 412 ; iv. 3) ; sabs.,
u. pi., many things, much (i. 5). 9.
mimio, ire, ivi, (ii), itum, to fortify, de-
fend with a wall (i. 271).
munus, eris, n., an office, charge, duty,
task (v. 846) ; service, last service to the
dead, funeral rites, celebration in honor
of the dead (v. 652) ; a boon, favor,
service (iv. 429); a present, gifi, offer-
ing (i. 636). 24.
miirez, icis, m., the purple-fish ; purple
dye, purple (iv. 262) ; a sharp, pointed
rock, shaped like a fish (v. 205). 2.
murmur, uris, n., a murmur, murmuring,
humming, rumbling, roaring (i. 55) ; a
shouting, tumult of applause (v. 369). 8.
muTus, i , in . , a wall, city wall ( i . 423 ) . 20.
Musa, ae, i.,a muse, one of the goddesses
of the liberal arts (i. 8).
Musaeus, i, m., a famous Greek poet
of the time of Orpheus (vi. 667).
mutabilis, e, adj., changeable, fickle (iv.
569).
miito, are, avi, atum, to change, alter
(i. 674) ; intrans., change, alter (i 658) ;
change, exchange (ii. 389). 12.
Mycenae, arum, f., a city in Aj^olis, of
which Agamemnon was king (i. 284).
Myconos, i, f., one of the Cyclades (iii.
76).
Mygdonides, ae, m., the son of Mygdon
(ii. 342).
Myrmidones, um, m., the Myrmidons,
a people of Thessaly, governed by
Achi"-
myrteus, a, um, adj., of myrtle, uyrtk-
(vi. 443).
myrtus, i, and us, f., a myrtle tree (m.
23; a myrtle branch (v. '72). 2.
K.
nam, conj., for.
man^iaej^onj.,fbr,for indeed, for tmlf
narisTis, usballj in pL, f ., the nosftrik, tk
nose (vi. 497).
narro, are, avi, atum, to tell, relate, n-
port, recount (ii. 549). 2.
Narycius, a, um, adj., of Naryx, a dtr
of the Locri in Italy, Narycian (iii.
399).
nascor, 1, natus, to be born (i. 286);
nascens, ntis, part., newly foaled (iT.
515). 3.
nata, ae, f., a daughter (i. 256). ,4.
nato, are, avi, atum, to swim, float (it.
398); swim, overflow, be flooded viA
(iii. 625) ; swim, quiver of the ejw
when overcome with sleep or death
(v. 856). 4.
natus, i, m., one bom, a son, a child (l
407). 55.
natus, lis, m., used only in the abl siogt
by birth, old (v. 644).
nauta, ae, m., a sailor, a seaman (iii
207). 6.
Nautes, is, m., a Trojan soothsayer (t.
704).
nautious, a, um, adj., of sailors, naxUitol
(iii. 128). 2.
navalis, e, adj., naval, ship- (v. 493).
subs., navalia, ium, n. pi., a dockid^
(iv. 593). 2.
navifragnis, a, um, adj., cattstng skip
wrecks, dangerous to ships (iii. 553).
navigium, ii, n., a ship, a boat (v. 753).
navigo, are, avi, atum, to sail, set $d
(iv. 237) ; trans., sail upon or aetr (i
67). 2.
navis, is, £., a ship (i. 120). 30.
aavita — nidnf
VOCABULARY.
413
navita, ae, m., a sailor , a boatman (vi
315).
Naxos, i, f., an islaud in the Aegaean
sea, famous for its wines (iii. 125).
ne, adv. and conj., no, not ; with quidem,
not even, emphasizing the word placed
between the two; in expressions of
prohibition, not; in final clauses, that
not, lest; after verbs of fearing, when
it is feared that something will hai)pen,
thiit ; after verbs of hindering and the
like, yrom.
-ne, interrog. partic. enclitic; it is at-
tached to the first or most important
word of an interrogative sentence
which may be answered by yes or no,
and does not imply either answer ; it
is untranslatable into English ; in indi-
rect questions, whether.
nebula, ae, f., a cloud, mist, fog (i.
412). 3.
nee, conj., v. neque:
necdum, adv., nU yet.
necesse, indecl adj., n., necessary, un-
avoidable, inevitable (iii. 478). 4.
necnon, neo non, conj., and also, like-
wise.
nectar, aris, n., nectar ; any sweet pleasant
drink or liquid, honey (i. 433).
necto, ere, xui (xi), xum, to bind, fasten
(iv. 239); bind together, join together,
damp (i. 448). 4.
nefiandus, a, um, adj., impious, abomi-
nable, wicked (i. 543). 6.
ne£M, n. indecl., a sin, crime, transgres-
sion of the divine law, an impious art (ii.
184) ; an impious thing, an accursed
person or thing (ii. 585) ; impiety (ii.
658) ; as an adj., impious, wicked, not
permitted (ii. 719) ; horrible (iii. 365).
10.
neffo, are, avi, atum, to say no, deny,
refuse (ii. 78). 6.
nemo, inis, m., f., no one (v. 305). 3.
nienior5suii, a, lun, adj., full of u>oods,
woodg (iii. 270).
emus, oris, n., a wood, a grove (i. 165).
14.
Neoptolemus, 1, m., the son of Achilles,
called also Pyrrhus (ii. 263).
nep5s, 5tis, m., a grandson (ii. 320) ;
any descendant; pi., descendants, pos-
terity (ii. 194). 14.
Neptunius, a, um, adj., of Neptune,
Neptunian (ii. 625).
Neptunus, i, m., Neptune, the son of
Saturn, and god of the sea (i. 125).
neque or nee, adv., not; conj., and not,
nor ; neque — neque, neither — nor.
ne-queo. Ire, ivi (ii), itum, to be unable,
not to be able (i. 713). 2. •
nequiquam, adv., in vain, to no purpose,
uselessly (ii. 101). 16.
nequis, qua, quod or quid = ne quia,
iudef. pron., that not or lest any one (i.
413).
Nereis, idos, f., a Nereid, a sea-nymph,
a daughter of Nereus (iii. 74). 2.
Nereus, i and eos, m., a sea-god, husband
of Doris, and father of the Nereids (ii.
419).
Neritos, i, f., a mountain in Ithaca, and
an island in its vicinity (iii. 271 ).
nervus, i, m., a cord, string, bow-string
(v. 502).
Nesaee, es, f., one of the Nereids (v.
826).
ne-scio. Ire, ivi (ii), itum, not to know,
not to know of, to be unacquainted with
(i. 565) ; nescio quod, / know not what,
some or other (ii. 735) , to be ignorant,
in the dark (iv. 292). 4.
nescius, a, um, adj., ignorant, unaware.
(i. ^9). 2.
neu, ¥ neve,
neve, conj., and not, nor ; neve — neve,
neither — nor.
nex, necis, f., a violent 'death, slaughter
(ii. 85). 2.
nexus, a, um, v. neoto.
ni, conj., = nisi, if not (i. 58).
nidus, i, m., a nest (v. 214).
414
VOCABULARY.
xiiger — mta
niser, grA, smini, adj., black, dark,
dnsky, strarthi/ (i. 489) ; mournful^
ijlooinij (vi. 134) 9.
nigrans, ntis, part, (nigro), black (iv.
120). 2.
nign^esco, ere, grui, to become or grow
black (iv. 454).
nihil or nil, n., indecl., nothing: as adv.,
not at all, in no respect.
Nilus, i, m., the river Xile (vi. 800).
nimbdsus, a, um, adj., storing, raing (i.
535) ; cloud<'apped (ill. 274). 2.
nimbus, i, m., a rain-storm, rain-cloud, a
cloud {151). 14.
nlmlmm, adv., without doubt, doubtless,
certainlg (iii. 558).
nimius, a, um, adj., too much ; adv.,
nimium, too, used to intensifv an ad-
jective or adverb (iv. 657). 3.
nisi, coiij., (/ not, unless, except.
nisus, us, m., a striving, exertion, effort
(iii. 37); position of resistance (v. 437). 2.
Nisus, i, m., a companion of Aeneas (v.
i>94).
nitens, ntis, part, (niteo), shining, gleam-
itig. glistening, bright (1. 228) ; sleek (iii.
20). 6.
nitesco, ere, nitui, to begin to shine, shine,
g'eam (v. 135).
nitidus, a, um, adj., shining, sleek (ii.
473).
nitor, i, nisus and nixus, to rest upon,
lean upon (vi. 760) ; /tress forward, tread
or walk upon, mount, climb. Jig (ii.
380). 4.
nivalis, e, adj., snowg (iii. .538).
niveus, a, um, adj., <»/ snow, snoivg ;
snow-white (i. 469). 4.
nix, nivis, f., snow (iv. 2.50).
nixor, ari, atus, to strive, struggle (v.
279). *'
no, nare, navi, to su-im, float (i. 118). 2.
noceo, ere, nocui, nocitum, to harm,
hurt, injure, do mischief {v. 618). 2.
nocturnus, a, um, adj., of the night, noc-
turnal, nightig, bg night (iv. 303). 6.
nodo, are, avi, atum, to tie in a hut,
knot (iv. 138).
nodus, i, m., a knot, bond (i 296); a fold,
coil (ii. 220). 6.
Nomas, adis, m., a Numidian (ir.
320).
nomen, inis, n., a name (i. 248) ; namt,
renown, reputation (i. 609). 34.
Nomentum, i, n., a city in the coimtijof
the Sabines (yi."773).
n5n, adv , not.
nondum, adv., not yet (iii. 109). 6.
nSnus, a, um, adj., the ninth (v. 64). 2
nosco, ere, novi, notum, to become ac-
quainted with ; in perf., know, hatt
knowledge of bg experience (iv. 33);
know, recognize (vi. 809). 5.
noster, tra, trum, poss. adj., our, om
(i. 330). 9.
nota, ae, f., a mark, sign ; in pi., a letter,
writing, a written character of any kind
(iii. 444) ; a spot (v. 87). 2.
noto, are, avi, atum, to point out ; note,
take note of, observe (iii. 515). 2.
notus, a, um, part, (nosco), known, wdl-
known (i. 379). 15.
Notus, i, m., the south wind (i. 85); the
wind in general (i. 575). 7.
novem, num. adj., nine (i. 245). 4.
noviens, num. adv., nine times (vi. 439).
novitas, atis, f , newness (i. 563).
novo, are, avi, atum, to make new, re-
new, create, build (iv. 260) ; change, al-
ter (iv. 290). 3.
novus, a, um, adj., new, fresh, recent (l
298); neir, strange, unheard of, novtl,
different from previous experience (i.
450) ; novissimus, a, um, the /«sf,
latest (iv. 650). 25.
nox, Otis, f., night ; obscuritg, darkm^
(i. 89); death; the Lower World: slnp
(iv. 530). 52.
noxa, ae, t, fault, offence, crime (i. 41)-
noxius, a, um, adj., hurtful, harmful.
guiltg (vi. 731).
nubes, is, f., a cloud (i. 42). IQ.
nubUam — obmutesoo
VOCABULARY.
415
nubilum, i, n., cloudy weather ; nubila,
orum, n. pL, clouds (iii. 586). 6.
nudo, are, avi, atum, to strip, lay bare,
uncover (i. 211); expose, leave unpro-
tected (y. 586). 6.
nudus, a, um, adj., bare, uncovered, open,
unprotected, naked (i. 320) ; unburied
(v. 871). 3.
niillus, a, um, adj., no, none, not any, no
one (i. 184). 23.
niim, interrog. conj , in a direct qaestion,
signifying that a negative answer is
expected ; in an indirect question,
whether.
numen, inis, n., a nod of the head as
I showing the icill, the divine will or pur-
pose (i. 8) ; godhead, divinity, deity (i. •
\48); divine presence, aid, divine favor
(i. 447); a god or goddess, a deity (i.
603). 40.
erus, i, m., a number (i. 171); a
multitude, a throng (vi. 682) ; order (iii.
446) ; measure, rhythm, harmony, num-
bers (vi. 646). 12.
XiTuinidae, arum, m. pi., the Numidians
(iv. 41).
Humitor, oris, m., a king of Alba,
grandfather of Romulus and Remus
(vi. 768).
numquam or nunquam, adv., never (ii.
670). 4.
nunc, adv., now, at this time (i. 220) ; but
now, as it is (v. 55).
nuntia, ae, f., a female messenger (iv. 188).
auntio, are, avi, atum, to announce, re-
port, declare (i. 391).
nuntius, ii, m., a messenger (ii. 547) ; a
message (iv. 237). 4.
nuper, adv., lately, recently (v. 789). 2.
nurus, us, f., a daughter-in-law (ii.
501). 2.
nosquam, adv., nowhere, (ii. 438) ; on no
occasion, almost = numquam, at no
time (v. 853). 3.
'nuto, are, avi, atum, to nod, shake, sway,
p-emble^ totter (ii. 629^.
nutrtmentum, i, n., nourishment ; of fire,
fuel (i. 176).
nutrix, Icis, £., a nurse (i. 275). 4.
nympha, ae, f., a nymph (i. 71). 5.
Nysa, ae, f., a city in India, the birth-
place of Bacchus (vi. 805).
O.
6, inter j., an exclamation expressing all
kinds of feeling, 0 ! oh !
ob, prep. w. ace, towards, to ; at, about,
before ; on account of, for.
ob-duco, ere, xi, ctum, to draw before
or over, cover (ii. 604).
ob-eo, Ire, Ivi (ii), itum, to go towards
or against; w. puguas, engage in (vi.
167); go to,' visit, traverse (vi. 801);
surround, encompass (vi. 58). 3.
obioio, ere, ieoir iectum, to throw to on
before, put before, offer, pretmnt (.\% 200) ;
put before as a protection, oppose (&.'
444) ; expose, give up (iv. 549). 6.
obieoto, &re, &via &tum, to throw agaifui;
expose (ii. 751).
obiectus, iis, m., a casting before, oppo-
sition, interposition, projection (i. 160).
obiectus, a, um, part, (obioio), lying be-
fore, opposite (iii. 534).
obitus, us, m., a going down, downfall,
ruin, death (iv. 694).
obUquo, are, avi, atum, to turn, bend,
turn sideicays (v. 16).
obllquus, a, um, adj., sideways, across,
lying across (v. 274).
obllviscor, i, oblitus, to forget (ii. 148). 8.
oblivium, ii, n., forgetfulness, oblivion
(vi. 715).
ob-loquor, i, locutus, poet., to sing re-
sponsive to, to accompany in nmsic or
singing (vi. 646).
ob-luctor, ari, S.tus, to struggle against
(iii. 38).
ob-mutesco, ere, tui, to become dumb or
speechless (iv. 279). 2,
416
VOCABULARY.
oWtor— OOm
ob-nltor, i, nlsua and nixus, to push,
stntffgUf strive ai/ainst, resisty opftose (iv.
3.32). 4.
ob-orior, Iri, ortus, to spring up, arise,
rise (iii. 492). 3.
ob-mo, ere, mi, rutum, to bury, sink,
orerwhelm (i. 69) ; orercome, surjHiss,
orerwhtim, aitsfi (ii. 411). 6.
obscenus, a, um, adj., vile, foul, abomi-
nable (iv. 455) ; ill-omened (iii. 241). 4.
obscurus, a, um, adj., dark, dim, shady,
obscure (i. 411); unseen (ii. 135); ob-
saire, unknown (v. 302) ; uncertain, dark,
mysterious (vi. 100). 13.
ob-servo, are, avi, atiun, to watch, note,
absence (ii. 754). 2.
ob-sideo, ere, sedi, sesBum, to besiege,
blockade (ii. 332) ; occupy, Jill, possess
(iii. 400). 6.
obsidio, onis, f., a blockade, siege (iii. 52).
ob-stipesco, ere, pv\ to be astonished,
dumi'fudndefl, amazed, horror-stricken
"^ (i. 513). 9.
ob-sto, are, stiti, statum, to stand in
the way of, oppose, hinder, restrain (i.
746) ; be a .stumbling-block, an offence
(vi. 64). 5.
ob-struo, ere, xi, ctum, to block up, close,
stop (iv. 440).
ob-teeo, ere, xi, ctum, to cover up, pro-
tect, conceal (ii. 300).
ob-torqueo, ere, si, turn, to turn, twist
(v. 559).
ob-trunco, are, avi, atum, to cut down,
kill, slaughter (ii. 663). 2.
obtusus, a, um, part, (obtundo), blunted,
dull, unfeeling, unsympathetic (i. 567).
obtutus, us, m, a look, gaze (i. 495).
obuncus, a, um, adj., bent, curved, hooked
(vi. 597).
ob-verto, ere, ti, sum, to turn toward or
to, turn (iii. .549). 2.
obvius, a, um, adj., in the way, to meet
'V y (i. 314) ; exposed to (iii. 499). 3.
occasus, us, m., fall, destruction, ruin {\.
238). 2.
oo-cido, ere, eidi, cSsnm, to fdU dam,
fall, perish, die (IL 581).
oc-cubo, are, to resf, repose, lie (i. 547). I
oeculo, ere, etilui, etdtuin, tooooer,ki^
conceal (i. 312).
oeculto, are, avi, atum, to hide {n, 45).
occoltuB, a, um, part, (oeculo), kidda,
unseen,' secret (i. 688). 2.
oc-cumbo, ere, cubui, cnbitum, to/'
in death, die, meet death (i. 97). 2.
occupo, Sre, avi, atum, to seise, Uk
possession of, occupy (vi. 424) ; oroipjf,
JiU, OKerspread (iv. 499) ; occupjf, fii
reach (iii. 294). 4.
oc-curro, ere, curri and cucorri, (nI^
sum, to run to meet, go to meet, mut (iii.
82); present itself, appear (iii. 407);
_^ oppose, hinder, thwart (i. 682). 5.
Oceanus, i, m., the ocean (i. 287). 5.
5cior, lus, comp. adj., sunfter, fleeter (t.
319).
5ciuB, comp. adv., more swiftly, sooner (ir.
294). 2.
oculus, i, m., an eye (i. 89). 38.
5di, 5di8se, 5bu8, defect., to hate (il
158). 3.
odium, ii, n., hatred, hate (i. 361); fli-
mity, animosity, grudge (i. 668). 5.
odor, oris, m., odor, fragrance, smell {»•
403); stench (iii. 228). 2.
odoratus, a, um, part, {oddro) tfragnM
(vi. 658).
odSrus, a, um, adj., keen-scented (iv. 1«).
Oenotrius, and Oenotrus, a, um, adj..
of Oenotria, an old name for the «Mrtk-
eastern part of Italy, Oenotrian, Itatin
(i. 532).
oflfa, ae, f., a bit, a morsel, cake (vi. 420)
of-fero, ferre, obtuli, oblatum, to ft*-
sent, offer, show, put in the way of (i
450) ; w. reflex, or pass., meet, be met
(ii. 340, 371). 7.
officium, ii, n., a voluntary service, kind-
ness, kindly offices (i. 548).
Oileus, ei and eos, m., a king of the
Locri, father of Ajax the leas (i. 41).
OImim — Onu
VOCABULARY.
417
OlearoBt i» f« one of the Cyclades (iii.
126).
olemn, i, n., oil, olive-oil (iii. 281). 3.
OUm, adv., of past time, once.j formerly ;
in general, at timts (v. 125) ; of the
future, at some time, hereafter (i. 20).
oUtSs aa, f., an olive, olive-tree, oHv^e
branch (v. 309). 5.
oUvum, i, n., olive^il, oil (vi. 225).
olle, an archaism for ille.
Oljrmihu, i, m., a mountain between
Macedonia and Tbessaly, regarded as
the abode of the gods ; poet, heaven (1.
374). 4.
5inen, inis, n., a sign, token, omen (ii.
182) ; a solemn rite, marriage auspices,
wedlock (i. 346). 8.
omnlno, adv., altogether, wholly (iv. 330).
omniparens, ntis, adj., oil-producing (vi.
595).
oninipotens, ntis, adj., almighty, omni-
potent (i. 60). 7.
omnis, e, adj., all, every, the whole (i. 15,
passim).
onero, are, avl, atum, to load, lade,
freight (i. 363) ; burden, oppress, over-
whelm (iv. 549) ; load, stow away (i.
195). 6.
oner5suB, a, um, adj., heavy (v. 352).
onus, eris, n., a burden, weight, load (i.
434). 3.
onustus, a, lun, adj., loaded, burdened,
laden (i. 289).
opaco, are, avi, atum, to shade (vi. 195).
opaous, a, um, adj., dark, shadowy^ shady,
dusky, gloomy (iii. 508, 619); that casts
a shade, shady (vi. 208). 8.
operio. Ire, ui, ertum, to cover (iv. 352).
operor, ari, atus, to work at, be busy with,
devote one's self to, be engaged m (iii. 136).
opertus, a, um, part, (operio), hidden;
subs., operta, 5rum, n. pi., secret
places, dark recesses (vi. 140).
oiilmus, a, um, adj., rich, fertile, fruitful
(i. 621); rich, sumptuous (iii. 224);
spolia opima, arms won by a general
on the field of battle in single combat
with the general of the opposing forces,
sfjoils of honor (vi. 855). 4.
op-perior, iri, peritus and pertus, to
await, wait for (i. 454).
op-peto, ere, ivi (ii), Itum, to meet (sc.
mortem), die, perish (i. 96).
op-p5no, ere, posui, positum, to phice
against, before, in front of, opposite (v.
335) ; expose (ii. 127). 2.
oppositus, a, um, part. (opp5no), oppo-
site, opposing, placed over against (ii.
333). 2.
op-primo, ere, pressi, pressum, to weigh
dotvn, oppress, crush, overwhelm (i. 129).
op-pugno, are, avi, atum, to storm, as-
sault, besiege (v. 439).
ops, opis, f., in pi., wealth, resources, riches
(i. 14); power, ability (i. 601); help,
assistance, aid (ii. 803). 13.
optatus, a, um, part, (opto), desired,
longed for. welcome (i. 172) 7.
opto, ?.re, avi, atum, to choose, select (i.
425); wish, wish for, desire (i. 76). 13.
opulentus, a, um, adj., rich, wealthy (i.
447).
opus, eris, n., work, labor (i. 436) ; urbis
opus = ins tar urbis (cf. ii. 15), the
size of a city (v. 119); work, art (v.
284) ; a work, work of art, the product of
toil (vi. 31); opus est, theie is need
o/'(vi. 261). 15.
ora, ae, f., a border, boundary, coast, shore,
region, country (i. 1). 29.
Sraculum, i, n., an oracle (ii. 114). 3.
orbis, is, m., anything circular, a ring,orh,
circle (v. 584) ; the disk of a shield (ii.
227) ; the coils or folds of a serpent (ii.
204 ) ; the course of night or a heavenly
body (iii. 512) ; the circle or revolution
of months, a year (i. 269); orbis or
orbis terrarum, the world (i. 233). 15.
Orcus, i, m., Orcus, the Lower World,
the home of the dead (ii. 398) ; Pluto,
Orcus. the god of the Lower World
(iv. 699). 4.
27
418
VOCABULARY.
— "Xldiiim
ordior, Iri, orsus, to begin^ begin to speak
(i. 325). 4.
ordo, inis, m., a row, line, regular succes-
sion of things, order (i. 395) ; ex ordine,
without intermission or interruption (v.
773) ; a row or bank of oars (v. 120) ;
a class, rank, order (ii. 102). 19.
Oreas, adis, f., a mountain-nymph, an
Oread (i. 500).
Orestes, is or ae, m., the son of Aga-
memnon and Clytemnestra (iii. 331).
Orgia, orum, n. pi., a noctuinal revel in
worship of Bacchus, Bacchic orgies (iv.
303). 2.
Oriens, ntis, m., the dawn, the day (y.
739); the place where the sun rises, the
East, the Orient (i. 289). 3.
origo, inis, f., origin, birth, descent (i.
286) ; the beginning (i. 372). 5.
OriSn, onis, m., one of the heavenly con-
stellations (i. 535).
orior, Iri, ortus, to arise, rise, appear,
spring up, spring from, be born [\.y2^). 4.
. omatus, us, m., dress, apparel, an orna-
ment, adornment (i. 650).
ornus, i, f., a mountain-ash (ii. 626). 3.
6ro, are, avi, atum, to plead, speak,
argue (vi. 849); beg, entreat, pray, im-
plore (i. 519). 20.
Orontes, is or ae, m., a companion of
Aeneas (i. 113).
Orpheus, ei, and eos, a celebrated poet
and musician of Thrace, the husband of
Eurydice and son of Calliope (vi. 119).
ortus, us, m., the rising of the sun or
other heavenly body (iv. 118). 2.
Ortygia, ae, f., an old name for the
island of Delos (iii. 124) ; an island in
the harbor of Syracuse (iii. 694).
5s, oris, n., the mouth (i. 296); the face,
features, countenance (i. 95) ; voice,
speech, utterance of the mouth (i. 559) ;
a mouth, entrance (i. 245). 60.
OS, ossis, n., a bone (i. 660). 17.
osc^^lum, i, n., in pL, the lips (i. 256) ; a
kss (i. 687).
4
ostendOa ere« 4U nuB and taait Id Ak,
reveal, point out (▼!. 368) ;^off(Br,promie
(i. 206) ; diapiag (v. 876). la
ostento, are, ftTi* fttnm, to /wwi, ^
view, show, exkUnt (iii. 703); dispuof
boastingly, parcule (v. 521). 6.
OBtium, ii, n., a mouth, entrance of uy
kind (i. 14) ; a door (vi. 81). 7.
ostrum, i, n., purple, purple doth (i
639). 5.
OthryadeB, ae, m., the son of Othij^
Panthus (ii. 319).
dtium, ii, n., leisure, time (iv. 271) ; inac-
tivity, idleness, quiet, peace (vi. 813). i
ovis, is, f., a sheep (iii. 660).
ovo, are, avi, atum, to rejoice, exult (iii.
189); triumph, have an ovation (^i
589). 8.
P.
pabulum* i, i^., fodder, pasture (i. 473).
Pachy^T^TijSi.-r'ttre southeastern pro-
montory of Sicily (iii. 429).
pacisoor, i, pactus, to make a bargain,
barter ; hazard, stake (v. 230).
paco, are, avi, atum, to make peacefw,
subdue (vi, 803).
pactus, a, um, part, (paciscor), agreed
upon, covenanted (iv. 99).
Faean, anis, m., a festive song, a hymn of
praise, a pcean (vi. 657).
paenitet, ere, uit, it repents : it repeuit
one, he is sorry, he regrets (i. 549).
Falaemon, onis, m., a sea-god, the son of
Ino (v. 823).
palaestra, ae, f., a wrestling-jiiace, a
palcestni (vi. 642) ; a wi-estling-malrh
(iii. 281). 2.
Falamedes, is, m., the son of Naaplia-s
king of Euboea, who was put to death
by the Greeks at Troy, through the
artifice of Ulysses (ii. 82).
palans, ntis, part, (palor), uxindering,
disjyersed, scattei'ed, straggling (v. 265).
jPalinurus^ i^ m., the pilot of A^n^as (iii-
palla — partio
VOQABULARY.
419
202); a promontory of Lacania in
Italy, named after the pilot (vi. 381).
palla, ae, f., a long upper garment, a robe,
mantle worn by the Koman ladies (i.
648). 3.
Palladium, ii, n., the statue of Pallas,
supposed to have fallen from heaven,
at Troy (ii. 166).
Pallas, adis, f., the name of the Greek
goddess corresponding to tlie Roman
Minerva, goddess of wisdom and war
(i. 39).
palleus, ntis, part, (palleo), pale^ wan
(iv. 26). 4.
pallidus, a, um, adj., pallid ^ pale (i.
354). 3.
pallor, 5ri8, m., pallor, jKileness (iv. 499).
palma, ae, f., the palm of the hand, the
hand (i. 93) ; a palm-wreath as a sign
of victory, victory (v. 70) ; poetic, a
victor (v. 339). 19.
palm5sus, a, um, adj., abounding in palm-
ti'ees (iii. 705).
palmula, ae, f., an oar-blade, an oar (v.
163).
paler, ari, atus, to straggle, wander about
(v. 265).
palus, udis, f., a swamp, marsh, marshy
water^ bog, pool (vi. 107). 5.
IMunpineuB, a, um, adj., vine-clad, covered
or adorned with vine-leaves (vi. 804).
Fandarus, i, m., a leader of the Lycians,
and an ally of the Trojans (v. 496).
pando, ere, pandi, pansum or passum,
to spread out, extend, unfold, expand,
stretch out (iii. 520) ; open, throw open
(ii. 27) ; disclose, make known, reveal,
relate, explain (iii. 179). 13.
Fanopea, ae, f , a searnymph (v. 240).
Fanopes, is, m., a Sicilian youth
(v. 300).
FantagiSs, ae, m., a small river in the
eastern part of Sicily (iii. 689).
Fanthufl, i, m., a Trojan, son of Othrys,
a priest of Apollo (ii. 318).
papaver, erls, n., the poppy (iv. 486).
Faphos, 1, f., a city of Cyprus, sacred to
Venus (i. 415).
par, paris, adj., equal, well-matched (i.
705) ; like, similar to (ii. 794) ; even, out-
spread, balanced {iv. 2b2). 13.
paratus, a, um, part, (pare), ready, pre-
pared, furnished, equipped (i. 362). 13.
Farcae, arum, f. pi., the Fates, the Parcae
(i. 22).
parco, ere, peperci or parsi, paroitum
or parsum, to spare, refrain from using
(ii. 534) ; spare, refrain from injuring
(i. 526) ; spare, refrain from, cease from,
omit, forbear (i. 257). 8.
parens, entis, m., f., a parent,' father or
mother (i. 392) ; a father (i. 75) ; a mother
(ii. 591). 35.
pareo, ere, ui, itum, to obey, yield to,
comply with (i. 689). 8.
paries, ietis, m., a wall (ii. 442). 2.
pario, ere, peperi, paritum or par turn, "
to bring forth, bear ; produce, accomplish,
procure, cause (vi. 435).
Faris, idis, m., the son of Priam, who
carried off Helen from Greece, and thus
was the cause of the Trojan war (i. 27).
pariter, adv., equally, at the same time,
together, on equal terms (i. 572). 15.
Farius, a, um, adj., of Paros, one of the
Cy clades, Parian (i. 593).
parma, ae, f., a shield (ii. 175).
paro, are, avi, atum, to make ready, pre-
pare (i. 179). 18.
Faros, i, f., an island of the Cyclades,
famous for its fine white marble (iii.
126).
pars, partis, f., a part (i. 212) ; pars —
pars, some — others (i. 423) ; place,
quarter, side, direction (i. 474) ; part,
portion, share (i. 508). 29.
FarthenopaeuB, i, m., the son of Me-
leager, one of the seven against Thebes
(vi. 480).
partio, ire, Ivi (ii), itum, also deponent,
to share, distribute (i. 194) ; divide, sep-
arate (v. 562). 2.
420
VOCABULARY.
partofl— peesi
partus, A, urn, |An. (pario), obtainHi,
y.ifc-rtd .ii- 57>t; y.t^mired, jirondtd
(ii. ^^4) ; **'-k.?J, iroft (v. 229). 6.
IMtftus, US, m . 'I Uaring, a birtk (i. 274) ;
at* ojJi/n'f'j {\L 7S6). 2.
I, aAly-.-tcoiirtit, hot tnomnh (Ti. 862).
■, adv..yi> u irib//c (vL 382).
psrrulus, s, mn, julj . rery small, small,
tfiftmy (iv .32>).
parvus, s, um, adj., sjho//, //r6« (ii. 213).
13.
pasco, ere, pavi, pastum, to drict to
^Hifturi', puatuit:^ retd (vi. 655); Jeed,
nourish, sttftfort (L 608) ; fetd, feast ,
gnittftf (i. 464): intranet, in pass, or
mid. sense, /«*</, graze^ jtasiure^ browse^
f^cl: |i. 1>'6); feed on (ii. 471); of a
flame, fitd upon, fJay around, wander
a'-ouKc/ as an animal g:raziiig(ii 684). 9.
Paaiphae, es, f., the wife uf Minos, king
of Crete, and the mother of the Mino-
taur (vi. 25).
paisira. atlv.. in erer^ direction, here and
t!.» .. , » .-. rffichere (ii. 364). 10.
partftus. a. um, part, (pando), loose, di-
</if''{.,it, ri-u'iwf (i. 480); outstretched,
{■■'f:ij,yi'ul on. 263). 3.
pafiRus, us, in., a step, puce, footstep (ii.
724). 2.
pastor, 6ris, in., a shepherd (ii. 58). 4.
Fatavium, ii, n., a city founded by An-
tenor in the territory of the Veneti,
now Padua, famous as the birthplace
of Livy the historian (i. 247).
pate-facio, ere, feci, factum, to laijnppn,
throw open (ii. 259).
patens, ntis, part, (pateo), o/)€w, clear,
unobstructed (ii. 266). 3.
pateo, ere, ui, to he, lie, or stand open (i.
298) ;^y open (vi. 81); stretch, extend
(vi. 578); fte manifest, evident (i. 405). 6.
pater, tris, ra., a father, sire (i. .345) ; pi.,
parents (ii. 579); a forefather, ancestor
(i. 7) ; Feather, as a title of honor often
applied to the gods and sometimes to
men, especially Aeneas (i. 60). 129.
paters, ae« £, a broad, shallow, dTifkof
cup or libat^m-bawl (i. 729). 9.
patemufl, a, um, adj., belonging to a
father, paternal, afather^s (iii. 121). 1
patesoo, ere, patoi, to lie open, be receakd,
disclosed, become manifest (ii. 309). 3.
patiena, ntia, part, (patior), etHkrhi§,
smbmissice, patient, passive (v. 390). 2.
patior, pati, passus, to suffer, en/hat,
submit to (i. 5) ; suffer, permit (1 386).
11.
patria, ae, f ., a father-land, natiwlioi
home (L 51 ). 20. !
patrius, a, um, adj., belonging to a father,
paternal, ancestral (i. 620) ; belotujing to
a notice country, ncUice (ii. 180). 23.
FatrSn, onis, m., a companion of Aeneu
(v. 298).
patruus, i, m., a paternal uncle (vi.402).
paucus, a, um, adj., few (i. 538). 8
paulatim, adv., little by little, graduaBj
(i. 720). 3.
paulisper, adv., /or a little while (v. 846).
paulum, adv., a little, somewhat (vi
597). 2.
pauper, eris, adj., not wealthy, poor (il
87). 3.
pauperies, ei, f., poverty (vi. 437).
paviduB, a, um, adj., trembling, fearfid
(ii. 489) ; timid, anxious (v. 575). 4.
pavito, are, avi, atum, to tremble, ^uah
(ii. 107). 2.
pavor, oris, m., a trembling, quakiiHi,
dread, fear, alarm (ii. 229) ; a throbbihjj,
panting, from anxiety or excitement
(v. 138). 4.
pax, pacis, f., peace (i. 249) ; grace,
favor, jmrdon {in. 2&1). 9.
pecten, inis, m., a plectrum, an instru-
ment with which the strings of the
lyre were struck (vi. 647).
pectus, oris, n., the breast (i. 44); the
heart, feelings, disposition ; soul, mind,
thoughts (i. 36). 56.
pecus, oris, n., a herd, flock, drove (iii-
221) ; a swarm of bees (i. 435). 3.
peons — peredo
VOCABULARY.
421
1, udis, £., a beast, brutes animal as
opposed to man (i. 743) ; in particular,
u sheep (iii. 120). 10.
Iiedes,^ itis, m., a foot-soldier (vi. 880) ;
Molditn-y, infantry (vi. .516). 2.
ipelasus, i, n. (poetic for mare), the sea
(i. 138). 30.
ZPelAssi, 5rum, m. pi., the Pelasgians;
poet., tfie Greeks (ii. 83).
3elasgu8, a, um, adj., Pelasgian ; poet., .
Grecian (i. 624).
PeliSs, ae, m., a Trojan (ii. 435).
PSUdes, ae, m., son of Pete us, Achilles
(ii. 548) ; the grandson of Peleus, Neopto-
lemus (ii. 263).
peUSx, acis, adj , crafty ^ artful^ cunning,
(ii. 90).
penis, is, f., a hidcy a skin (ii. 722). 2.
pello, ere, pepuli, pulsum, to drive out,
exftely banish (i. 385). 7.
PMopeuB, a, um, adj., Pelopian; poet.,
Grecian (ii. 193).
Pel5ruB, i, m., a promontory on the
northeast coast of Sicily (iii. 411).
pelta, ae, f., a small shield shaped like a
crescent (i. 490).
Penates, ium, m. pi., the Penates, the old
Latin household gods, or guardians of
the home (i. 68). 16.
pendeo, ere, pependi, to hang, hang
doivn, he suspended (i. 106) ; overhang
(i. 166) ; hang over, lean forward (v.
147); hang around, loiter ^ linger (vi.
151). 13.
pendo, ere, pependi, pensum, to weigh
out, pay; w. poenam, pay or suffer
penalty (vi. 20).
Feneleus, ei, m., a Greek at Troy (ii.
425).
penetralia, e, adj , inner, innermost (ii.
297). 3.
penetralia, ium, n. pi., the inner, private
apartments of a house (ii. 484) ; a shrine,
a sanctuary (vi. 71). 3.
penetro, are, avi, atum, to penetrate,
make one's way into {u 243).
penitus, adv., far within (i. 200) ; far
away (i. 512) ; altoijether, utterly (vi.
737). 10.
penna, ae, f., a feather; in pL, wings (iii.
258). 7.
Fenthesilea, ae, f., a queen of the
Amazons, who fought at Troy against
the Greeks, and was killed by Achilles
(i. 491).
Pentheus, ei aud eos, m., a kiug of
Thebes who opposed the rites of
Bacchus, and was torn in pieces by
his mother and her sisters while they
were under the influence of the god
(iv. 469).
penus, €ls and i, m., f., also penum, i,
and penus, oris, n., food, provisions (i.
704).
pepliun, i, n., and peplus, i, m., the
peplum or robe of state in which the
statue of Minerva was invested at
the Pauathemea (i. 480).
per, prep. w. ace. ; of space, through,
throughout, all over; of time, through,
during ; of agent, or iustrumeut, through,
by means of; of cause, through, on ac-
count of; in oaths, by.
per-ago, ere, egi, actum, to pass through,
traverse, canvass (vi. 105); execute, finish,
accomplish, carry through, perform (iii.
493). 7.
peragro, are, avi, atum, to wander over,
traverse (i. 384). 2.
per-cello, ere, culi, culsum, to beat or
throw down, overthrow (v. 374) ; smite,
strike with consternation or astonishment
(i. 513). 2.
per-curro, ere, cucurri or curri, cur-
sum, to run through or over, mention
cursorily or briefly (vi. 627).
per-cutio, ere, cussi, cussum, to strike,
smite (iv. 589) ; of the mind (i. 513). 2.
perditus, a, um, part, (perdo), lost,
ruined, hopeless (iv. 541).
per-edo, ere, edi, esum, to consume, de-
vour, waste away (vi. 442).
422
VOCABULARY.
pereo—l
per-eo. Ire. ii (Ivi), itum, to pass away, he
Jestroj/tJ (ii. 660) ; perish, die (ii. 428) ;
be ruined, undone (iv. 497). 7.
I>er-erro, are, avi, atum, to toander
through or over (ii. 295); survey (iv.
363); try (v. 441). 3.
perfectus, a, um, part (perficio), fin-
ished, completed, fterjhrmed (iii. 178);
done in, made of, wrought from (v.
267). 6.
per-fero, ferre, tuli, latum, to bear
thruuyh; carry news, rejtort, aniwunce
(r. 665) ; w. reflex., betake one's self,
go (i. 389); bear, endure, suffer (iii.
323). 7.
per-flcio, ere, fSci, fectum, to yo through
with, execute, accomplish, Jinitih (iv.
639). 2.
perfidus, a, um, Sidj., faitltless, false, per-
Jidious (iv. 305). 3.
per-flo, are, avi, atum, to blow through or
over (i. 83).
per-fundo, ere, fudi, fusum, to pour over,
anoiul (v. 135); bathe, wash (iii. 397);
dn-hch (ii. 221); steep, dye (v. 112). 4.
Pergameus, a, um, adj., Trojan (iii.
110).
Fcrgamum, i, n., and Fergamus, i, f.,
also Fergama, orum, n. pi., the citadel.
of Trotj ; poet, for Troy (i. 466).
pergro, ere, perrexi, perrectum, to go om,
keep on, continue (i. 389) ; fig. (i. 372). 4.
per-hibeo, ere, ui, itum, to present ;
say, assert (iv. 179).
periculum, i, (contr penclum), n.,
danger, peril {i. Q\ 5). 9.
perimo, ere, emi, emptum, to ruin, de-
stroy, slay, kill (v. 787). 2.
Periphas, ntis, m., a companion of
Pyrrhns (ii. 476).
periilrium, ii, n., a false oath, perjury
(iv. 542).
periurus, a, um, adj., peijured, false (ii.
195). 2.
per-labor, i, lapsus, to slip through, glide
over (i. 147).
per-leso, ere, lesi, lectum, to u
thoroughly, scan carefully (vi. 34).
per-metior, Iri, mensus, to measm
travel over, traverse (iii. 157).
per-mitto, ere, misi, inissum,^^
surrender (iv. 104) ; consign, <
(iv. 640) ; permit, allow (i. 540).
permixtus, a, um, part, (permi
mingled with (i. 488).
per-mulceo, ere, mulsi, mulsm
mulctum, soothe, calm, appease (>
pemiz, Icis, adj., swif}, untiring (iv.
per-5di, Sdisse, osus, to hate tkor
detest (vi. 435).
perpetuus, a, um, adj., whole, entl
petual (iv. 32).
per-rumpo, ere, rupi, ruptum, U
doivn, burst through (ii. 480).
per-sentio. Ire, si, sum, to feel
(iv. 448) i see clearly (iv. 90). 2
per-solvo, ere, solvi, soliitum, >
give, render (i. 600). 3.
I>er-sono, are, ui, itum, to sound <
on an instrument (i. 741); caus
sound (vi. 171). 3.
per-sto, are, stiti, statum, to stai
persist, continue steadfast, rema
altered (ii. 650). 2.
per-taedet, ere, taesum, to Ite di
with, sick or weary of auythiu
18). 2.
per-tento, are, avi, atum, poet..
vade (i. 502). 2.
per-venio, ire, veni, ventum, U
through, reach, arrive at (ii. 81).
pervius, a, um, adj., passable, eat
cessible (ii. 453).
pes, pedis, m., a foot (i. 404);
attached to a sail, a sheit;
pedem, to veer out the sheet, hi
wind (v. 830). 26.
pestis, is, f., plague, pestilence, in.
taint (vi. 737) ; destruction, ruin (i
pest, scourge, curse, l>ane (iii. 215)
Fetelia, ae, f., a very ancient t(
the territory of Bruttium (iii. 4(
pinns
VOCABULARY.
423
sre, Ivi (ii), Itum, to fall upon,
kf seek, in hostile seuse (iii. 603) ;
go to, make for in good sense (i.
; aim, aim at (v. 508) ; ask, beg,
8t (iv. 127). 57.
368, um, m. pi., the Phaeacians,
fabled luxurious inhabitants of
sland of Scheria, afterwards called
yra, off the coast of Epirus (iii.
ra, ae, f., daughter of Miuos and
of Theseus ; she slew herself out
peless love for Hippolytus (vi. 445).
ion, ontis, m., a poetic surname
e sun (v. .105).
IX, angis, f ., a band of soldiers, a
m battle array, a fitet (ii. 254). 2.
ae, §.rum, f . pi., trappings for a
I (v. 310).
;ra, ae, f., a quiver (i. 323). 7.
us, i, m., a Trojan servant (v.
•
tetes, ae, m., son of Poeas, kinsj
leliboea, in Thessaly, and a com-
on of Hercules, who at his death
I him the poisoned arrows without
h Troy could not be taken (iii.
•
Lus, a, una, adj., of or belonging to
leus (iii. 212).
3th5n, ontis, m., a river of fire in
Lower World (vi. 265).
Tas, ae, m., a son of Mars, king of
Lapithae and father of Ixiou (vi.
•
►eus, a, um, adj., of Phoebus (iii.
»us, i, m., a name of Apollo, the
of light (i. 329).
iices, um, m. pi., the Phoenicians
44).
dssa, ae, f. adj., Phoenician (i.
; f. subs., a Phoenician ivoman,
? (i. 714).
dx, Icis, m., a Greek chief, a com-
on of Achilles (ii. 762).
Fholoe, es, f., the name of a female
slave (v. 285).
Phorbas, nils, m., a son of Priam (v.
842).
Fhorcus, i, m., son of Neptune and
father of Medusa and the other Gor-
gons, changed after death iuto a sea-
god (v. 240).
Fhrycres, um, m. pi., the Phrygians,
Trojans (i. 468).
Phrygius, a, um, adj., Phrygian, Trojan
(i. 182).
Phthia, ae, f., a city of Thessaly, the
birthplace of Achilles (i. 284).
piaculum, i, n., an expiatory or propitia-
tory sacrifice (iv. 636) ; an expiation of
crime or the crimz itself (vi. 569). 3.
picea, ae, f., the pitch-pine (vi. 180).
piceus, a, um, adj., pitchy, black as pitch,
pitch-black (iii. 573).
pictura, ae, f., a picture (i. 464).
picturatus, a, um, adj., embroidered (iii.
483).
pietas, atis, f., dutiful conduct, towards
the gods, one's parents, children, rela-
tives, friends, country ; piety, affection,
loyalty, patriotism (i. 10) ; justice (ii.
536) ; mercy, pity (v. 688). 15.
piget, ere, uit, it irks, displeases, afflicts^
disgusts one (iv. 335). 2.
pignus, oris, n., a pledge, token, assur-
ance, proof {'m. Q\l). 3.
pineus, a, um, adj., of pine, pine- (ii. 258).
pingo, ere, pinxi, pictum, to paint, em-
broider (i. 711); tattoo (iv. 146); pic-
tae volucres, "painted/' i. e., many-
colored, bright-plumaged birds (iv.
525). 6.
pinguis, e, adj., fat (i. 215) ; pingues
arae, rich altars, i. e., full of fat and
blood (iv. 62) ; rich, fertile (iv. 202) ;
pinguis pyra, rich, unctuous (vi.
214). 8.
pinifer, era, erum, adj., pine-bearing
(iv. 249).
pinus, us and i, f., a pine, pine-tree, fir,
3fiCi: *fl;
* fi^*. ^-IM
- X. -1 ---a
vrj.3L ^ X ' an
-■ !■ •rfi.r
i*^ 3-
;-3i. fcT*-. "•. a. .'^. -". j»-n-«—
- .i-:-.- — * *. — razt. -^
»r« i.^:- *r;=
. .« : r* I'*',
M. w«r.i<.
lou^ -a ti>t- r. *a?- •:• «- , vo r.c ■ ii. +S 7 1 . 3.
pUnta,ae, f, 'A* ->^ ■^rti.*r'>y > 259'.
pUado, ere, si, sum, r^ ^a/. c'a/'. r'7;'
^v r^ir,^ - }^ni the dance with the feet,
iifml the meaflore ' vi. 644). 2.
plftanMM, (ill, m., « b^^ating^ dappinn, tinf>-
p'mff iy. *z\:t)', a r.lfipphtq oi the hands
\tt uppf ohntinn, a pp/atixfi (\ 747). 6.
t^Amjrrhifn, ii, n., a promontory of
HIrll/, fioar Synu-UMi {in. 693).
aif.. niu, coaqJekf pbA-
or itain,to
u iT. 279).
; in pL, pl*wagi
(ti i» B^ Vfifi I V. 405).
fr viB. aij. (soperlat d
aij. ieomparaL of mnl-
■« .■•-«r /I,/, ,1./ 4 : 744 . . 2.
diraXm — x. z *i'''H.\-ih'f-'rHp, a goUfi
L r^ . £ jT-i-t-. dniH^tj a cup vi
r-M 'in. -154). 3.
L. -z i-iftV^w«eii/, eTpiatia^
irtfuri. ':?ir M- ,r, -.isn'jrtin^ (i. 136). H
lr=i, m. pi., f/ie- Cartkagi»kat
r. 31 . a 5«:-a of Priam (it 526).
r- eri, ims, .*■:. promise (i. 237).
ere, m, utuzn, to poflnte,d{0
5L £34 ; 'Z'.aK'r-rzr-, no^nte (hi. 61). 5«
m-. the son of Tyndarosind
LeiLft. izl r^la-broiher of Castor (n
lil -
pd.':=3<« i, TS^ 'T /JOiV. the north-pole, tkt
\' :•*'*.< :. ^i . 6.
P^aiydoms, i, m^ a son of Priam (iii-
4o .
PolTpheiniLBv i, m. a one-eyed giaot in
Sicily, the Cyclops. wh».'se eye Uhs**
aUi'i his companions had put cot (iii-
Polyphoetes, ae, tn.. a Trojan, a priest
of Ceres (vi. 4S4).
FQmetiA, ae, £., and Pometii, orum, m-
pi., an ancient town of the \ohc\ iQ
Latinm (vi. 775).
pompa, ae, f., o solemn procession as at
poblic festivals, games, funerals, etc
(v. 53).
pondus, eris, n., (abstract) weighty heart-
ness (v. 153) ; (concrete) wei^t, ntoa
(i. 359). 7.
pone — praeceps
VOCABULARY.
425
p5ne, adv., behind y after (ii. 208). 2.
p5no, ere, posui, positum, to put, place,
lay (i. 173); establish, build, erect (i.
264) ; propose as a prize (v. 292) ; serce
up, set before one at table (iv. 602) ;
place before ant/ one, place at his dis-
posal, share (vi. 611); lay out as for
burial (ii. 644) ; burj/ (vi. 508) ; recline,
lay down (iii. 631); somno ponere,
luU to sleep (iv. 527) ; put away, leave
off, lay ^aside, dismiss (i. 291); cast,
slough, of a serpent's skin (ii. 473). 28.
pontus, i, m., the sea, the deep (i. 40).
17.
popularis, e, adj., the people's, popular
(vi. 816).
pSpuieus, a, um, adj., poplar- (v. 134).
]>opiilo, are, avi, atum, to lay waste,
ravage, plunder (i. 527); mutilate, de-
prive of (vi. 496). 3.
populus, i,m.,a people, tribe, race, nation
(i. 21); a crowd, host, multitude, mob
(i. 148). 18.
porricio, ere, eci, ectum, to cast forth
as an offering to the gods, offer (v.
' 238). 2.
porrigo, ere, rexi, rectum, to stretch or
spread out, extend (vi. 597).
porro, adv., at a distance, afar off (vi.
711); afterwards, in course of time (v.
600). 2.
porta, ae, f ., a gate, passage, outlet (i. 83).
16.
portendo, ere, di, turn, to point out,
foretell, portend (iii. 184). 2.
porticus, us, f., a colonnade, gallery,
porch (ii. 528). 3.
portitor, oris, m., a carrier, a ferryman,
a boatman (vi. 298). 2.
porto, are, avi, atum, to bear, carry,
bring (i. 68) ; declare (iii. 539). 11.
Portunus, i, m., the god of harbors (v.
241).
portus, us, m., a harbor, port, haven (i.
159). 29.
posco, ere, poposci, to ask, beg, request.
demand (i. 414) ; call on, invoke (i.
666). 17.
possum, posse, potui, to be able, one can
(i. 38). 38.
post, adv., of place, after, behind ; of
time, after, aferwards, hereafter (i.
136) ; next (ii. 216) ; prep. w. ace, of
place, behind (i. 296) ; of time, after
(ii. 283).
posterus, a, lim, adj., the following, next,
ensuing (iii. 588). 3.
post-habeo, ere, ui, itum, to place after,
hold in less esteem (i. 16).
postis, is, m., a post, door-post, a door
(ii. 442). 6.
postquam, conj., after, as soon as, when
(i. 154). 19.
postremus, a, um, adj. (superlat. of
posterus), last, hindmost (iii. 427).
postumus, a, um, adj. (superlat. oi
posterus), last, latest-born, youngeU
(vi. 763).
potens, ntis, part, (possum), nuft^
powerful (i. 5ol) ; having power o^er^
ruling over, master of {i. 80). 10. "'•:■
potentia, ae, f., power, might (i. 664);
potestas, atis, f., power, ability, chance,
opportunity (iii. 670). 2.
potior, iri, Itus, (sometimes of the third
conjugation, iii. 56; iv. 217), to get,
gr ''», obtain, reach, get possession of, fiUf-
come luOBi^. '>/'({. 172). 7. "^
potis, e, adj., able (iii. 671); compaTSt:,
potior, preferable, better (iv. 287). 2.
potius, adv., comparat. (from potis),
rather (iii. 654). 2.
poto, are, avi, atum or potum, to drinic
(vi. 715).
prae, adv. and prep. w. abl., l>efore.
praecelsus, a, um, adj., very high, lofty
(iii. 245).
praeceps, cipitis, adj., headlong, head-
foremost (ii. 307) ; hurried, precipitate
(iii. 598) ; in haste, at once (iv. 573) ;
sul)S., a precipice, a verge, edge (ii.
460). 14.
y-J!^^
''t:
i
426
VOCABULARY.
pra60fl|itiiM — pns
prmeoeptum, i, n., a ftreceftt, ntle, eom-
litnndy u.d'.r, trarniuij (ii. 345). 5.
prae-cipio, ere, c^i, ceptom, to pre-
g^nU (\i 6.32) ; anticifnite (tL 105). 2.
praecipito, are, ivU atom, to throw
fittiiliunq, thruH- down (ii. 37) ; drive
headl'tw}. drive to madmss (ii. 317) ;
hittttN, fiHrr^, sink rapidly (ii. 9) ; /ail
h*tid.'ninf (vi. S.')!); rush or jiom d^wn
(i\. 231); dtt headlong, hasten awajf
(iv, r>»i5). 6.
praecipue, ail v.. fiti>eciaHy (i. 220). 5.
praecipuus, a, um, adj.. esjiecial, partic-
ular, Ittrul'mr (v. 249).
praeclarus, a, um, adj.. very bright:
mniiuiw'ent^ ill nstrious, famous (iv 655).
praeco, onis, m , a h'-nnd (v. 245).
praecordia, onim, n. pi., (poet.), the
hreaittf fit-art (ii. 367)
pracdn, ae, f., htntif^ s/.oil, plunder (i.
yj^i : pre//, tjame (i. 210). 8.
prae-dico, ere, xi, ctum, to/oretell, pre-
ihrt : iii. 252) ; advise, admonish , charge
(iii. 4.;6). 3.
pr:ir. lie turn, i, n., a pre dirt Ion, prophecy
.;i^.4^4).
pr«e-co. Ire, Tvi (ii), itum, fo fjn before,
pr;if.'-toro. feire, tuli, latum, to bear
• . •' > ; I •■■ u ,\ /i-'ii't K h,n- (v. 541 ).
pr-io-rioioi ere. foci, fectum. /•» S'f cv-c. ^
\"'-' />»'■■'//,//-..'.,// r>/ !vi.. 1 ' *i). 2.
prae-fifiTO, ere, xi, xum. t'fji.r in front,
.•I t'l , ti.ij^ to 'if. "iiti'f 'v. .'>.'>7).
prac ineiuo, ere. '" /.<;>• in ndvonce,
/'..", n-tin>]iiiiiti (ii. .')7.T).
prao-mitto, ere, misi, missum, to send
fnnriird, ahead, lu adrntire (i. 644). 2.
praemium, ii, n., a reward, jtrize, recom-
jittifii (i. 461). 9.
prae-nato, are, avi, atum, to glide by
(vi. 705).
praepes, etis, adj., sirift, fleet (iii. 361);
snbg., fl bird (v. 254). 3.
, praepinffuis, e, adj., very fat, rich, fertile
(iii. 698).
pma-ripio, ere, ripui, reptum, to
Jirst, smiick before some one elsi
516).
pmeraptua, a, tun, part, (praenua
broken off, broken, steep (i. 105).
praesaepe, is, n., poet., a hive (i 43
praesduB, a, am, adj., foreknowiwj
srieni (vi. 66).
praesens, ntia, adj., present, at hm
person, before one*s eyes (iii. 174]
time, present (v. 656) ; instant, i
diate, imminent (i. 91 ) ; powerful, e
rious (iii. 611); prompt, ready,
(v. 363). 5.
prae-sentio. Ire, sensi, sensum, ti
ceive beforehand, have a presentimo
divine (iv. 297).
prae-sideo, ere, sedi, sessum, to s
fore; protect, defend, preside over
35). 2.
praestana, ntia, part (praesto), e
lent, surpassing, iflustrioits, distiugul
(i. 71). 3.
prae^sto, are, stiti, statum or stit
to surpass, excel ; inipers., praesta
/*' l>€tter (i. 135). 3.
prae-tendo, ere, di, turn, to stretch jl
extend ; stretch in front, lie onr tvio
(iii. 692) ; coniugris praetendere t
das, stretch forth the man-iaije '"
make pretence of marriage (iv. 339).
praeter, adv., except, save : ]»rei». w a
of place, beyond ; of other rt^latit
beyond, contrary to, Itesides.
praeterea, adv., besides (i. 647) ; kr^
ter, henceforth (i. 49). 8.
praeter-eo. Ire, Ivi (ii), itum, to ^Hiit
(iv. 157). 3.
praeter-labor, i, psus, to glide or./
/>// (iii. 478). 2.
praeter-vehor, vehi, vectus, to k h
past, sail past (iii. 688).
prae-texo, ere, xui, ztum, to fri'
edge, border, line (vi. 5) ; cover, «''
conceal, hide (iv. 172). 3.
prae-verto, ere, ti, and prae-vertor.
praevideo — procedo
VOCABULARY.
427 '
(used only in present), to precede^ out-
strips outrun (i. 317) ; prepossess^ pre-
occupy (i. 721). 2.
prae-video, ere, vidi, visum, to foresee
(v. 445).
pratum, i, u., a meadow ; prata recentia,
fresh^ i. e. green meadows (vi. 674). 2.
pravus, a, um, adj., distorted, wrong,
wicked^ maficious (iv. 188).
precor, ari, atus, to pray, beg, supplicate,
implore, invoke (iii. 144). 10.
prehendo or prendo, ere, di, sum, to
lay hold of, seize, grasp, occupy, take
possession of {ii. 322). 5.
prehenso or prenso, are, avi, atum,
(frequent, of prendo), to grasp at, lay
hold of, clutch (ii. 444), . 2,
premo, ere, pressi, pressum, to press,
press upon, overwhelm (i. 2^6) ; tread
upon (ii. 380) ,/press hard after, pursue
closely (i. 32^) ; check, curb, hold in
check, a8>oi a wild horse (vi. 80) ;
press QT close tightly, as of the lips (vi;
155)Y ^^^P ^^ place by pressing, press
down (iv. 148) ; oppress, overwhelm,
weigh down (iii. 47) ; repress, hide, con-
ceal (i. 209) ; restrain, check, stop (vi.
197) ; poet., rule, control (i. 54). 21.
presso, are, avi, atum, (frequent, of
premo), (poet.), to press (iii. 642).
pretium, ii, n., price, vaJue, purchase
money, money (iv. 212) ; a bribe (vi.
622); (poet.), a reirarrf (v. HI). 5.
prex, cis, f., a prayer, supplication, en-
treaty (ii. 689) ; an imprecation, curse
(iv. 612). 11.
Friameius, a, um, adj., of Priam (ii.
403).
Frlamides, ae, m., a son of Priam (iii.
295).
Friamus, 1, m., Priam, king of Troy
(1. 458) ; Priam's grandson (v. 564).
pridem, adv., long ago, long since (i.
722). 3.
prime, adv., in the beginning, at first (i.
613). 3.
primum, adv., at first, first ; w. ut, cum,
etc., as soon as (i. 306). 6.
primus, a, um, adj. (superl. of prior),
first, foremost, earliest (i. 1); prima
ab origine, from the very beginning (i.
372) ; in primis, among the first, espe-
cially (i. 303) ; subs., primi, chiefs,
leaders (iv. 133). 41.
princeps, ipis, adj., first, in time or
space (v. 160) ; subs., a chief leader
(i. 488) ; head, author, ancestor (iii.
168). 4.
principium, ii, n., a beginning, commence-
ment ; adv., principio, in the beginning,
in the first place, first (ii. 752). 6.
prior, 5ris, adj. cgmp., before some one
else in time or order, first, former (i.
321); subs., priores, um, m. pi., an-
cestors, forefathers, men of olden time
(iii. 693). 16.
priscus, a, um, adj., old, ancient (v.
598) ; old-time, good old (vi. 878). 3.
pristinus, a, um, ad]., former (vi. 473).
Pristis, is, f., the name of one of Ae-
neas' ships (v. 116).
prius, adv., before, sooner (ii. 190). 3.
priusquam or prius quam, conj., before
that, before, until (i. 192). 5.
pro, prep. w. abl., before, in front of for,
in behalf of, in return for, in defence of
(ii. 17) ; instead of{\. 659).
pro or proh! interj. expressifl^«H,^onder
or lamentation, 01 ah ! (iv. 590). 2. .
proavus, i, m., a grent-grandfaJther ; in
gen., an ancestor (iii. 129). ^
probo, are, avi, atum, to try, test; ap-
prove, deem well or desirable (iv.
112). 2.
Frocas, ae, ra., n king of Alba (vi. 767).
procax, acis, adj., bold, insolent, violent,
boisterous (i. 536).
pr5-cedo, ere, cessi, cessum, to, go for-
ward, proceed, advance (ii. 760) ; pro-
cedere longius iras baud passus, did
not allow their rage to go any further
(v. 461). 5.
428
VOCABULARY.
— .|WP^»
procella, ae, f., a h/ast, storm, tem/fest
(i. h5). 3.
procer, eris, in., usually pi., chiefs, no-
Ues. print* s (i. 740). 4.
prd-clamo, are, avi, atum, to cry aloud,
priff'hiuii (V. .'145).
Frocris, is, f., ilie wife of Cephalus, who
»\n>t her ill a w<xMi. mistaking her for
a wild bea^t (vi. 445).
procul, adv.. /(/r o//, at a distance, afar
(i. 401»). 10.
prd-cumbo, ere, cubui, cubitum, to
b*u(i <»r kan fonoard, l*end (v. 198) ;
/a//, jal/ in death, sink down (ii. 426) ;
/a/7 fi/rward, fall in, be beaten down
(ii. 493). 7.
pro-curro, ere, cucurri and curri, cur-
sum, to run forward : of rocks, jut out,
project (v. 204).
procurvus, a, um, adj., crooked, curved,
ii-'ininnj (v. 765).
p roc us, i, m., a suitor, wooer (iv. 534).
prod -co, Tre, ii (ivi), itum, to <jo forward,
'.ulriiiii'c (vi. 199).
prodiKium, ii, n., an otnrji, portent, prod-
■ 'II, -iii. 300). 3.
proditio, onis, f., treason ; poet., a charge
t,f' tr>-(i.son (ii. 83).
pro-do, ere, didi, ditum, to hrinrj forth,
pnf fnth, produce ; betrat/ (i. 470) ; (jive
up, (ff'iindon, desert (i. 252) ; poet., to
ftro/HWf(te, hand down, transmit (iv.
231). ' 5.
pvo-duco, ere, xi, etum, to lead forth or
out: /ii-ohnff, draff out (ii. 637).
proelium, ii, n., a battle, Jight (ii. 334). 9.
protanus, a, um, adj., unholif, profane,
uninitiated in sacred rites (vi. 258).
pro-fero, ferre, tuli, latum, to carry
forward, extend (vi. 795).
proficiscor, i, profectus, to set out, de-
part, come from (i. 340). 4.
pro-for, ari, fatus, to speak out, speak
(i. 561). 2.
profusus, a, um, adj., fleeing, exiled,
banished ; subs., an exile (i. 2).
I profiiiidiiSy a, tun, adj., deep, profmad^,
vast (i. 58). 4.
prdgenies, ei» f., descent, race, stock, off-
spring, progeny (L 19). 4.
prS-ffisno, ere, eennl, senitom, bear,
produce, bring forth (iv. 180).
pr5-gredior, di, sressus, to go foncard,
advance, proceed (iiL 300). 2.
pro-hibeo, ere, ui, itmn, to hold bad,
keep off, ward off, avert (i. 525) ; dthar,
forbid, prohibit (i. 540) ; w. inf., kinder,
prevent (iii. 379). 8.
pr6-icio, ere, ieci, iectum, to throw forth,
fling away, throw down (v. 402) ; gitt
up, reject, renounce, throw aicay (tl
436). 5.
proiectus, a, um, part, (proicio), pro-
jecting, jutting out (iii. 699).
pr5-labor, i, psus, to glide forward, fd
down, fall to ruin (ii. 555).
proles, is, f ., an offspring, child, posteritif, '
progeny, race (i. 75). 12.
pr5-luo, ere, lui, liitum, to wash fofA ;
moisten, wet; se proluit, he drenched
himself, drank a deep draught (i. 739).
prSluvies, ei, f., an overflow, discJiarge,
excrement (iii. 217).
pr5-mereor, eri, xneritus, to deserve,
merit (iv. 335).
pr5missum, i, n., a promise (ii. 160). 3.
pr5-mitto, ere, misi, missum, to prom-
ise (i. 258) ; assure, put forth a declara-
tion, i. e. profess, vow (ii. 96). 9.
promo, ere, mpsi (msi), mptum, ^'
bring out, bring forth, bring forth to light:
w. se, come forth (ii. 260); put forth,
display (v. 191). 2.
pronuba, ae, f., an epithet of Juim a.<
the goddess of marriage, Juno being
re])resented as acting the part of
bridesmaid (iv. 166).
pronus, a, um, adj., bending or leanin'j
forward (i. 115); f)rone, inclined tloirn-
ward, downfowing (v. 212). 6.
propago, inis, f., stock, progeny, ract
(vi. 870).
prope — pugno
VOCABULARY.
429
prope, adv. and prep. w. ace, near.
propere, adv., speedily, quickly^ in haste
" (vi. 236).
propero, are, avi, atum, to hasten^ make
haste (i. 745). 4.
propinquo, are, avi, atum, to approach,
draw near to (ii. 730). 6.
propinquus, a, um, adj., near, neighbor-
ing (iii. 381 ) ; subs., a relative, a kins-
man (ii. 86). 3.
propior, ius, adj. comp., nearer (iii. 531 ) ;
subs., propiora,' um, n. pi., nearer
places (v. 168). 3.
propius, comp. adv. (prope), nearer,
more closely (i. 526). 2.
pr5-p5no, ere, posui, itum, to set before,
display, propose, offer (v. 365).
proprius, a, um, adj., one's own (i. 73) ;
lasting, abiding, permanent (iii. 85). 6.
propter, prep. w. ace, near, close to; on
account of, because of{iy. 320).
pr5pu£nmculum, i, n., a bulwark (iv. 87).
pr5ra, ae, f., the prow of a vessel (i.
104). 9.
pr6-ripio, ere, ripul, reptum, to snatch
forth ; w. se, or poet., without se, rush
forth, hasten away, hasten (v. 741). 2.
prS-rumpo, ere, rupi, ruptum, to cause
to burst forth, send forth, belch forth (iii.
.572).
prQruptuB, a, um, part. (pr5rumpo),
rushing, impetuous (i. 246).
prd-sequor, qui, secutus, to accompany,
attend, follow, follow after (iii. 130) ;
proceed in speaking (ii. 107). 5.
PrSserpina, ae, f., Proserpine, daughter
of Ceres and Juppiter, and wife of
Pluto (iv. 698).
pr5-silio, ire, ui, to spring, leap, or start
forth (v. 140).
prospectus, us, m., the prospect, the out-
look, the view (i. 181).
prosper or prosper us, a, um, adj., /a-
vorable, fortunate, prosperous (iii. 362).
pr5-8picio, ere, exi, ectum, to look out,
forth, or forward (i. 127); look forth,
peer (ii. 733); trans., see in the dis-
tance, descry, perceive, discern, see (i.
185). 6.
pr5-sum, prSdesse, prSfui, to be of as-
sistance or use, availf profit (v. 684).
pr5-tego, ere, xi, ctum, to cover in front,
protect (ii. 444).
pr5-tendo, ere, di, sum or tum, to
stretch forth (v. 377).
prStinus, adv., forthwith, immediately,
right on, from there on (ii. 437) ; contin-
uously, uninteiTuptedly (iii. 416). 7.
pr5-traho, ere, xi, ctum, to drag forth
OT forward (ii. 123).
pr6-veho, ere, xi, ctum, to bear forward ;
in pass., go, proceed, sail, ride, etc. (iii.
72) ; protract one's words, speak on, say
(iii. 481). 4.
proximus, a, um, adj. (super, of pro-
pior), nearest, next, in place (i. 157) ;
next, in time (ii. 311). 9.
prudentia, ae, f ., skill, knowledge, discre-
tion (iii. 433).
pruna, ae, f., a live coal (v. 103).
pubens, ntis, ad]., flourishing, exuberant,
luxuriant, juicy (iv. 514).
pubes, is, f., the groins, loins, the middle
(iii. 427) ; collective, youth, young men
(i. 399) ; offspring (vi 580). 10.
pubesco, ere, pubui, to grow up, grow
toward manhood (iii. 491).
pudeo, ere, ui or puditum est, to make
or he ashamed ; impers., pudet, one is
ashamed (v. 196).
pudor, 5ris, m., shame, modesty, de-
cency, chastity (iv. 27) ; scruples (iv.
55). 4.
puella, ae,^., a girl, a maiden (ii. 238). 2.
puer, eri, m., a child in general, a boy
(i. 267). 30.
puerilis, e, adj., boyish, youthful, com-
posed of boys (v. 548).
pugna, ae, f., a battle, combat (i. 456). 10.
pugno, are, avi, atum, to fight, contend
in battle (iv. 629) ; resist, oppose (iv.
38). 3.
430
VOCABULAKY.
pngnu — -fu
pasniis, i. m.. a^fist (iv. 673).
pulcher, chnt, chrum, adj.^/air, beanti-
Jnl (i. 72) ; uOKidijf^ n*jU(, t'llustriotts
{i. 75) ; p'orious (ii. 317) ; txctiient
{w 72^ L 19.
pulso, are, avi, atom, to Uat or striie
wjttin and a*/utn, Jjeat coH»tantl^., strike
f/^atedlif (iv. 249) ; beat, lash (iii.
555) : litnke aifainst, rearhy touch (iii.
619;: pulsans, jHintiHy, tJirohbing, pul-
surinw (v. 13^). 8.
pulsus, us. III., 'f striking J fixating, tramp
(\i. 591).
pulverulent us, a, um, adj., dHst^ (iv.
155).
pulvis, eris, m., f., dust (i. 478). 3.
puznex, icis, iii., a jm mice-stone ^ porous
rock of auy kind, rock (v. 214).
puniceus, a, um, adj., purple (v. 269).
Punicus, a, um, adj., Punic, Cariftagi-
nian (i. 338).
puppi8, is, f.. the stern of a ship (i. 115) ;
u >h.i> li. »i9). 28,
purge, are, avi, atum, to cleonse,
fturit}. : j»i»et. w. se, clear uwat/, rauish,
tH'<Ofi>, (It (i. 587).
purpura, ae, f., purple color, purple (v.
•j:a ).
purpureas, a, um, adj., jmrple (i. 337) ;
/•ri'i/if. li'tldii, yloiviny, beautiful (i.
591). 8.
purus, a, um, adj., rlpon, pure, clear (ii.
♦.■)90) ; n'itltont an iron head, headless
(vi. 7»;<>). 4.
puto, are, avi, atum, to f/iink, suppose
(ii. A'-i) ; /muder, consider, meditate, re-
!•! ri iiiKu, (vi. 332). 7.
Py :!n ili-in, onis, m., the brother of
Dido (i. 'ti, }.
pyra, ae, f., a pure, a funeral pile (iv.
494). 3.
P^rgo, us, f., the nurse of Priam's chil-
dren (v. 645).
Pyrrhus, i, ni., a son of Achilles and
Deidauiia, also called Neoptolemns
(ii. 526).
qoa^adT. lel., u^ere, how (ii. 463) ; int«-
rog., irAtfre ? howf (i. 676); indef., /»
anif waif (i. 18).
qpadTfg«e» anun, f. pL, a team offm
horses, a Jaur-harse chariot (vi. 535).
quadrapes, edis, m., a quadruped, animal
(iii. 542).
quaero, ere, sl^i (ii), situm, to seA,
search for (i. 380) ; seek to learn (L
309) ; ask, inquire (i 370) ; seek in rain,
miss (v. 814). 27.
qnaeaitor, Sris, m., a judge, an inquisitor
(\i. 432).
quaeso, ere, Ivi (ii), (old form of
quaero), to pray, beg, beseech (iii. 358).
qualis, e, adj., iDterrog., of what sort (i.
752) ; rel., o/' such sort, such as^ as
(i. 316). 21. '
quam, adv., in what way, now much, koic,
as much as ; after tarn, as ; with com-
parat., than : with superlat. it intensi-
fies the meaning, e.g. quam maziznum,
the greatest possible. 22.
quamquam, conj., although (ii. 12); W
yet (v. 195). 6.
quamvis, conj., although (iii. 454).
quando, adv. indef., w. si, //' ever (iii.
500); conj., since, because (i. 261). 8.
quantus, a, um, adj., iuterrog., hoiv great,
how much, how many (i. 719); rel, «<
great, as much as, such as (i. 368) 17.
quare, adv., wherefore (i. 627).
quartus, a, um, adj., the fourth (iii. 205).
quasso, are, avi, atum, to shake vio-
lently, brandish (v. 855) ; shake to pie-
ces, shatter {i. 551). 4.
quater, adv., /bwr times (i. 94). 5.
quatio, ere, quassum, to shake (ii.611);
shake, heat, flap (iii. 226) ; agitate, cause
to (purer or tremble (v. 200); torment
(vi. 571). 6.
quattuor, adj., indeed., /bi/r (iii. 537). 6.
-que, conj., enclit., and, expressing a
more intimate relation than et.
qaeo — rapidns
VOCABULARY.
431
queo, qi:^re, Ivi (ii), itum, to he able
(vi. 463).
quercus, us, f., an oak, oak-tiee, a garland
of oak-leaves (iii. 680). 3.
querela, ae, f., a complaint (iv. 360).
queror, i, questus, to complain, lament,
bewail (i. 385). 3.
questus, us, m., a complaint, lamentation
(iv. 553). 2.
qui, quae, quod, rel. pron., who, which,
what, that ; iuter. adj. prou., who i
which f what ? iudef. adj. pron., any
(passim).
quia, conj., because (ii. 84). 4.
quianam, adv., whj/ f where/ore ? (v.
13).
quioumque, quaecumque, quod-
comque, indef. rel. pron., whoeuer;
whatever (i. 330).
quidem, adv., indeed, at least, forsooth.
quies, etis, f., rest, quiet, peace, repose
(i. 691); pause (i. 723). 10.
quiesco, ere, evi, etum, to rest, repose
(i. 249) ; become quiet, cease, leave off,
desist (v. 784) ; become quiet, die down
(vi. 226): 5.
quietus, a, um, adj., quiet, peaceful,
calm, restful (i. 205). 5.
quin, conj., that not, but that ; adv., whij
not ? (iv. 99) ; nay, nay even, moreover
if^76S) ; nay but (i. 279). 6.
quini, ae, a, distr. num. adj., Jive each,
or in gen.. Jive (ii. 126). 2.
quinquaginta, num. adj., indecl., Jifty
(i. 703). 3.
quippe, adv., indeed, surelj/ (i. 59) ; iron-
ically, /brsoo/A (i. 39) ; conj., since, inas-
much as (i. 661). 4.
Quirinus, i, m., a surname of Romulus
(i. 292).
quis, quae, quid, iuterrog. pron., who f
what ? adv., quid, why f how f indef.
pron., any one, anything, any.
quisnam, quaenam, quidnam, who,
pray ? what, pray ?
quisque, quaeque, quodque, and subs.,
quidque or quicque, indef. pron.,
whoever, whatever, each; every.
quo, inter, and rel. adv., where, whither,
how far, where/ore ; conj., in order that,
qu5circa, conj., for which reason, where-
fore (i. 673).
quocumque, adv., whithersoever.
quod, conj., that, in that, because; with
other particles (si, nisi, ubi, etc.), but,
though; after verbs of declaring and
perceiving, that ; poet., therefore.
quomodo, adv., //) what manner f how f
(vi. 892) ; in the same manner, as (v.
599).
quonam, adv., whither, pray ? (ii. 595).
quondam, adv., once, formerly (iv. 307) ;
at times, sometimes (ii. 367); at some
future time, sometime, ever (vi. 876).
quoniam, conj., since now, because.
quoque, conj., (placed after the emphatic
word), also, too.
quot, adj., indecl., how many ? as many as.
quotannis, adv., annually (v. 59). 2.
quotiens, adv., how often ? as ojlen as,
quousque, adv., how far ? how long f
rabidus, a, um, adj., raging, furious,
savage, ferce (vi. 80). 3.
rabies, em, e, f., rage, madness, fury,
frenzy (i. 200) ; the madness or mad
craving for food (ii. 357). 4.
radius, ii, m., a staff or rod; a spoke of
a wheel (vi. 616) ; a rod or ivand used
for measuring o** drawing figures (vi.
850) ; poet, in pi., thb rzys of ^le suu
(iv. 119). 4.
radix, Icis, f., a root (iii. 27). 4.
rado, ere, si, sum, to scra/^, shave ; skim,
graze, sail close to, skirt (iii. 700). 3.
ramus, i, m., a bough, branch, twig (iii.
25) ; a wreath (v. 71). 15.
rapidus, a, um, adj., swij}, quick, rapid,
in rapid course or Jlight (i. 59) ; devour-
ing ^ consuming ^ jwcza. V^. ^a.^. W..
482
VOCABULARY.
rapio — reditu
rapio, ere, pui, ptum, to seize and carry
off] hurry f snatch aicay, take, snatch up
(i. 28) ; catch or catch up quickly (i.
176) ; snatch away, rsscue (i. 378) ; pil-
lage, plunder f rob, steal, ravish (i. 528) ;
scour, hasten over, range swiftly through
(ax 8). 16.
rapto, are, Svi, atum, to snatch, drag,
drag along (i. 48,3). 2.
raptor, 5ris, m., a robber, plunderer ; as
Sid j., plundering (ii. 356).
raptuxn, i, n., that which has been stolen,
booty, plunder (iv. 217).
raresco, ere, to grow thin ; begin to open,
grow wider, open up (iW. AW).
rarus, a, um, adj., loose in texture, thin,
with wide meshes (iv. 131); scattered,
here and there (i. 118) ; few in number,
few, faltering (iii. 314). 3.
ratio, 5ni8, f., a reckoning, calcula-
tion ; mode, manner, method, plan (iv.
115) ; judgment, reason, good reason as
shown by judgment, cause, sense (ii.
314). 2.
ratis, is, f ., a raft, a boat, ship in general
(i. 43). 12.
raucus, a, um, adj., hoarse, deep or
harshli/ sounding, as of metal (ii. 545) ;
hoarsely roaring or resounding, as of
rocks or water (v. 866). 3.
re- or red-, an insc^parahlc particle, hack,
again ; also witli intensive force.
rebellis, e, adj., insurgent, rebellious (vi.
858).
re-cedo, ere, cessi, cessum, to go back,
retire, withdrair, givj^ '^»V/> .V'^'^ place,
■■ J, I \-HL^haQl'- 7" uurny (ii. 595) ; stand
back or hn retired (ii. 300) ; go away,
leave, vanish, flee (iii. 311). 9.
recens, ntis, adj., fresh, young, green, re-
cent, new (i. 417) ; pure (vi. 635). 7.
re-censeo, ere, ui, sum and situm, to
count, reckon, review, examine, survey
(vj. 682).
recidlvua, a, um, Jidj., retuminci, re-
stored (iv. 344).
re-cingo, ere, nzi, nctum, to ungird,
unloose (iv. 518).
re-cipio, ere, oepi, ceptum, to bring,
take or get back, recover, rescue (i. 178);
admit, receive (ii. 187) ; poenas reci-
pere, take punishment from any one,
punish (iv. 656). 10.
re-cliido, ere, si, sum, to unclose, ofm,
disclose, reveal (i. 358) ; unsheathe (iv.
646). 4.
re-colo, ere, colui, cultum, to work
anew; think over, consider, survey (vi.
681).
re-condo, ere, didi, ditum, to lay up, stow
away, hide, conceal, bury (i. 681). 3.
re-cordor, ari, atus, to recall to mind,
remember (iii. 107).
rector, Oris, m., leader, master, helmsman
(v. 161). 2.
rectus, a, um, part, (rego), draicn
straight, straight, direct (vi. 900) ; subs.,
rectum, 1, n., that which is right, recti-
tude, virtue (i. 604). 2.
re-cubo, are, to lie back, lie doicn, recline
(iii. 392). 2.
recurso, are, avi, atum, to' run back,
keep coming back, recur, return (i.
662). 2.
recursus, us, m., a running back, a re-
treat (v. 583).
re-ciiso, are, avi, atum, to refuse, be re-
luctant (ii. 126) ; recoil (v. 406). 5.
re-cutio, ere, cussum, to strike again,
cause to resound (ii. 52).
red-do, ere, didi, ditum, to put or give
back, return, restore, give back words,
reply, answer (i. 409) ; give, render,
grant (ii. 537) ; make, render, cause to
be (v. 705). 20.
red-eo, Ire, ii (Ivi), itum, to go back, come
back, return (ii. 275). 6.
redimio, Ire, ii, Itum, to bind around,
encircle (iii. 81).
red-imo, ere, §mi, emptum, to buy back,
redtcm, ransom Vn\. \H\,
\
reAdeo — remitto
VOCABULARY.
488
red-oleo, ere, olui, to smell of, he redolent
o/(i. 436).
re-duco, ere, xi, ctum, to lead, bring or
draw back (i. 143). 5.
reductus, a, um, part, (reduce), deep,
receding (i. 161) ; deep, retired, secluded
(vi. 703). 2.
reduz, ucis, adj., brought back, returned
(i. 390). 4.
re-fello, ere, felli, to disprove, refute (iv.
380).
re-fero, ferre, rettuli, latum, to bear or
bring back, give back, return, restore (i.
390) ; report, relate (i. 309) ; w. reflex.
or in pass.; be borne back, go back, ebb
(ii. 165); recall, reproduce, remind one
of {iv. 329) ; in melius referre, bring
back into a better state, change for the
better (i. 281) ; speak, sag, utter (i. 94) ;
render, pet form (v. 598). 20.
re-tigo, ere, xi, xum, to unfix, unfasten,
tear down, pull off (v. 360) ; in pass.,
fall down (v. 527) ; tear down the tablet
on which a law was proclaimed to the
public, hence abolish the law ( vi. 622). 3.
re-flecto, ere, zi, xum, to turn or bend
back; w. animum, think of {n. 741).
re-fringo, ere, fregi, fr actum, to break
ojf (vi. 210).
re-fagio, ere, fugi, to fee back or away,
retreat (iii. 258) ; recoil (ii. 12) ; recede
(iii. 536); trans., ^ee back from, shun,
avoid (ii. 380). 5.
re-fulgeo, ere, si, to flash back, shine,
glitter (i. 402) ; gleam, shine refulgent
(i. 588). 4.
refiisus, a, um, part, (refundo), up-
turned, disturbed (i. 126) ; overflowing
(vi. 107). 2.
T§galis, e, adj., regal, royal (i. 637). 2.
regificus, a, um, adj., royal, magnificent
(vi. 605).
res^a, ae, f., a queen (i. 9) ; a princess
(1.273). 27.
regio, onis, f., direction^ quarter, region,
territory (i. 460). 6.
■nS
regius, a, um, adj., royal, (i. 443). 12.
regnator, oris, ra., a ruler, sovereign (ii.
557). 2.
regno, are, avi, atum, to reign as king,
be king, lord it (i. 141); trans., govern,
rule over (iii. 14). 7.
regnum, i, n., kingly government, sover-
eignty, power, seat of government, king-
dom, realm (i. 17). 71.
rego, ere, xi, ctum, to direct, guide, keep
straight (iii. 659) ; rule, govern, sway,
control (i. 153). 9.
re-icio, ere, ieci, iectum, to throw back
or o/f (v. 421).
re-lego, ere, legi, leotum, to collect
again ; travel over again, sail past again,
retrace one's course (iii. 690).
religio, 5nis, f., reverence, religious ven-
eration (ii. 715) ; form of religion, re-
ligious rites, worship, religion (ii. 188) ;
a divine revelation (iii. 363); a sacred
thing, an object of religious veneraium
(ii. 151). 5
religi5sus, a, um, adj., religious, holg,
sacred (ii. 365).
re-linquo, ere, Uqui, lictum, to leave
behind, leave, give up, surrender, desert,
neglect, forsake, abandon (ii 28). 39.
reliquiae, arum, f. pi., that which is left,
remains, relict, remnant, those who have
escaped from (i. 30). 6.
re-luceo, ere, xi, to shine back, shine,
glow, gleam (ii. 312).
re-meo, are, avi, atum, to return (ii.
95).
re-metior, iri, mensus, to measure back,
retrace (ii. 181) ; observe again (v.
25). 3.
remex, igis, m., a rower, oarsman (iv.
588); crew (v. 188). 2.
remigium, ii, n., the oarage, a rowing,
movement of oars (i. 301) ; that by
which the motion is effected, the oars,
oarage (vi. 19) ; a band of rowers (iii.
471)*. 4.
re-mitto, ere, ml<&i, xcASMsoscV'k \<> %«.t«A.
28
484
VOCABULARY.
bad' (ii. 543) ; return, repay (iv. 436) :
gire n/), resign^ yield (v. 419). 4.
re-mordeo, ere, morsum, to vex, torment,
disturb (i. 261).
re-moveo, ere, mSvi, mStuin, to more
airaji, clear away, withdraw, remove (i.
216). 2.
re-mugio. Ire, to bellow back, resound, re-
echo (VL 99).
remus, i, no., an oar (i. 104). 26.
Remuumi, m., the brother of Romulas
(i. 292).
re-narro, are, avi, atum, to tell again
(iii. 717).
re-nascor, i, natus, to be bom again, be
ever ra^ed (vi. 600).
re-novV, are, avi, atum, to renew, revive
(ii. 3). 2.
reor, reri, ratus, to believe, think, sup-
pose, deem (ii. 25). 7.
re-pello, ere, reppuli, repulsum, to
drive back, repel, repulse (ii. 13) ; re-
/use, reject (iv. 214). 3.
re-pendo, ere, ndi, nsiim, to weigh in
return ; pay back, requite (ii 161) ; bal-
ance over against, offset (i. 239). 2.
repente, adv., suddenly (i. 594).
re-perio, ire, repperi, repertum, to
,/ind, Jind out, discover, perceive (iv.
128). 7.
re-peto, ere, ivi (ii), Itum, to seek again,
return to, go back to (ii. 749) ; recall,
remember (iii. 184) ; repeat, renew, begin
over again (ii. 178) ; say again, repeat
(i. 372). 6.
re-pleo, ere, evi, etum, to refill, fill up,
fill (ii. 679). 2.
repletus, a, um, part, (repleo), full,
choked (v. 806).
re-p6no, ere, posui, positum, to put or '
place bark, restore, put or place in gen- '
eral (i. 253) ; lay aside, lay down, give
up (v. 484). 8. '
re-porto, are, avi, atum, to bring or :
carry back, bring back word, report or
relate (ii. 115).
re-poMo, ere, to demami ImA, damad,
require, exact (ii. 139). S.
- repoeitiia, a, uin, (contr. lepoatuB), ptit
(repdno), stored up, buried {I ^); re-
mote, distant (iii. 364). 4.
re-primo* ere, pressiy presBimi, topreu
back, check, restrain (iL 378).
re-quies, etis, f., rest, repose, reiaxatia,
respite (iv. 433) ; a place of red, a
resting-place (iii. 393). 4.
re-qoiesoo, ere, e^, etum, to rest [vl
100).
re-qulro, ere, nvi (ii), dtum, to seet
again, seek out, seek (iii. 170) ; ask, seek
to know (ii. 390) ; ask, inquire after,
mourn for (i. 217). 6.
res, rei, f., a thing, affair, event, circum-
stance, cause, reason, interest, advan-
tage, recdity,fact (passim).
re-scindo, ere, seidi, scissum, to tear
down, break down, demolish (vi. 583).
re-servo, are, avi, atum, to keep bad,
reserve, save up (iv. 368). 2.
reses, idis, adj., inactive, unoccupied, tor-
pid, idle, sluggish (i. 722), 2.
re-sideo, ere, sedi, sessum, to remain
behind (ii. 739). \
re-sido, ere, sedi, to sit down (i. 506); |
settle, settle down (v. 702) ; subside,
abate (vi. 407). 5.
re-Bigno, are, avi, atum, to unseal, oj>en
(iv. 244).
re-sisto, ere, stiti, to stand still, remain
standing, stand forth (i. 588); stop,
pause (iv. 76) ; resist, oppose, make re-
sistance (ii. 335). 4.
re-solvo, ere, solvi, soliitum, to unloose,
unbind (iii. 370); open (iii. 457); set
free, free, release (iv. 695); relax (vi.
422) ; unravel (vi. 29) ; cancel, break,
disregard (ii. 157) 7.
re-sono, are, Svi, to resound, re-echo (iv.
668) ; make to resound (v. 228). 2.
re-specto, are, avi, atum, to care for,
regard (i. 603).
re-spicio, ere, spezi, spectum, to look
respondeo — robnr
VOCABULARY.
435
back or around (ii. 564) ; look back for
or at (ii. 741 ) ; discerriy behold, be mind-
Jul of, regard, take into consideration,
consider (iv. 225). 13.
re-spondeo, ere, ndi, nsum, to answer,
res/)ond to (vi. 474) ; correspond to (i.
585) ; lie opposite (vi. 23). 3.
responsum, i, n., an answer, a response,
replj (ii. 376). 7.
re-stinguo, ere, nxi, nctum, to quench,
put out, extinguish (ii. 686). 2.
re-stituo, ere, ui, utum, to set up again,
restore, re-establish (vi. 846).
re-sto, stare, stiti, to be left, remain (i.
556). 5. /
resulto, are, atum, to re-echo, reverberate,
resound (v. 150).
resuplnus, a, um, adj., li/ing on the
back, supine (i. 476). 2.
re-surso, ere, surrexi, surrectum, to
rise again (i. 206). 2.
rete, is, d., a net, toils (iv. 131).
v,^j:<*^KO» ere, xi, ctuxn, to uncover, dis-
close, reveal (i. 356). 3.
re-tento, are, avi, atum, to retard, hold
back (v. 278).
retinacalum, i, n., a rope, a cable (iv.
580).
re-tineo, ere, ui, tentum, to hold back,
restrain (v. 669).
re-traho, ere, xi, ctum, to draw or drag
back, recall (v. 709).
retr5, adv., backwards, back (ii. 169). 7.
retrSversus (retrorsus), adv., back,
backward, in return, again (iii. 690).
reus, i, m., a defendant, one bound bg or
answerable for anything; reus voti,
bound bg {mg) vow (v. 237).
re-vello, ere, velli, vulsum or volsum,
to pluck, pull or tear off or awag (iv.
515) ; dig up, disturb (iv. 427). 6.
re-verto, ere, ti, sum, or re-vertor,
ti, sus, to turn back, revert, return (ii.
750). 6.
re-vincio. Ire, vinxi, vinctum, to bind
back, bind around, bind, fasten (ii.57). 3.
re-vlso, ere, to come or go back to, revisit
(i. 415). 8.
re-vGOO, are, avi, atum, to recall, call
back (v. 476) ; recall, regain, recover
(i. 202) ; restore (i. 235) ; retrace (vi.
128); collect again (iii. 451); call out,
call aloud (v. 167). 7.
re-volvo, ere, volvi, volutum, to roll
back ; in pass., w. deponent sense, fall
or sink back (iv. 691); send back, re-
turn (vi. 449) ; relate, repeat (ii. 101). 4.
re-vomo, ere, ui, to disgorge, vomit up,
spout forth (v. 182).
rex, reg:is, m., a king, chief, ruler, master
(i. 52) ; as adj., ruling (i. 21). 32.
Bhadamanthus, i, m., the brother of
Minos, and judge in Hades (vi. 566).
Bhesus, i, m., a Thracian king killed
before Troy by Diomede and Ulysses
(i. 469).
BhTpeus, i, m., the name of a Trojan (ii.
339).
Bhoeteus and Bhoeteius, a, utn, adj.,
pertaining to ^Rhoeteum, a promontory
on the Trojan coast, Trojan (iii. 108).
rideo, ere, si, sum, to laugh, smile (iv.
128); trans., laugh at, ridicule (v.
181). 3.
rigens, entis, part, (rigeo), stiJf(i.Q4S).
Tigeo, ere, to be stiff {\v. 2bl). 2.
rigo, are, avi, atum, to wet, moisten, be-
dew (vi. 699).
rima, ae, f., a cleft, crack, chink (i. 123).
rimor, ari, atus, to lag open, tear up as
if searching for something, dig deep for
food (vi. 599).
rimosus, a, um, SLd].,fuil of chinks, leakg
(vi. 414).
ripa, ae, f., the bank of a river (i. 498).
rite, adv., with proper religious rites (iv.
638) ; ftlg, correctlg, properig, well,
rightlg (iii. 36) ; in the usual manner,
according to custom (v. 77). 7.
rivus, i. m., a stream (iii. 350). 3.
rSbur, oris, u., an oak-tree, oak ; in gen-
eral, ang kind of hard wood Cji. V^<JA\
436
VOCABULARY.
vogito — SabnoBW
strength, vigor, potter, freshness (ii.
639). 12.
rogito, are, &vi, atuxn, to ask eagerly or
frequenthi (i. 750).
rogo, are, avi, atum, to ask, question,
rrfjuest (ii. 149).
roffus, i, m., a funeral pile (iv. 640). 4.
B5ina, ae, f., the city of Rome (i. 7).
B5m&nu8, a, um, adj., of or belonging to
Rome, Roman (i. 33).
BSmulus, i, m., the founder and first
kiii^^ of Rome (i. 276).
Bomulus, a, um, adj., poet, for Roman
(vi. 876).
r5ro, are, avi, atum, to drip (iii. 567).
r6s, rdris, m., dew, moisture, liquid (v.
854). 2.
roscidus, a, um, adj.,yM// of dew, dewy
(iv. 700).
roseus, a, um, adj., of roses, rosy, rose-
ro/ored (i. 402). 3.
rostrum, i, ii., the beak of a bird (vi.
.')97) ; the beak or prow of a ship (v.
U:i). 4.
rota, ae, f., a wheel (i. 147). 5.
rubeaco, ere, rubui, to grow red, redden
(iii. .521).
rudens, entis, m., a rope; in pi., the rig-
glvii or rnrdage of a ship (i. 87). 4.
rudens, entis, part, (rudo), roaring,
ncahiut} (iii. 561 ).
ruma, ap, f., a falling down, a fall, down-
fall, ruin, destruction, overthrow (i.
129). 9.
rumor, oris, m., rumor, report, gosaip (iv.
203).
rumpo, ere, rupi, ruptum, to break,
burst, force open, tear away, break
down, burst through (ii. 416)-; violate,
destroy, betray (iv. 292) ; cast off (iv.
569) ; give vent to, utter (ii. 129). 14.
ruo, ere, rui, rutum, to fall or rush vio-
lently down, fall in ruins (ii. 290) ; rush,
hasten, rush forth, rush up (!. 83) ; plow,
plow up (i. 35). 22.
rupes, is, f , a rock, cliff {I 162). 10.
mrsus and rursum, adv., backward; of
time, a^(i/;i (ii. 401). 3.
rfiui, ruris, n., the country ; in pi., ihejiel^
(i. 430). 2.
Butuli, Sruin, m. pi., an ancient people
of Latinm (i. 266).
S.
Sabaeus, a, mn, adj., Sabaean, poetic
for Arabian (i. 416).
sacer, era, erum, adj., consecrated, sa-
cred, holy through consecration to or
association with a divinity (ii. 167):
devoted to a divinitj for destrnctioD;
hence, accursed, abominable, \nfamm
(iii. 57). 22.
sacerdSs, Stis, m., f., a priest (ii. 201);
a priestess (i. 273) ; a bard (vi. 645). 17.
sacratus, a, um, part, (sacro), const-
crated, sacred, hallowed (i. 681). 6.
sacro, are, avi, atum, to consecrate or
dedicate to a sacred use (ii. 502). 6.
sacrum, i, n., used chiefly in pi, sacrtd
things, sacred rites (ii. 132) ; sacred songs
or hymns (ii. 239). 12.
saeculiun, i, n., generally in pi, sae-
cula, orum, age, ages (i. 291). 5.
saepe, adv., of en, frequently (i. 148).
saepio. Ire, psi, ptum, to hedge in, snr- '
round (i. 411); guard, protect (i. 506). 3.
saeta, ae, a bristle, a stiff hair {\\. 245).
saevio, ire, ii (ivi), Itum, to rage, be/if
rious,Jierce or angry (i, 149). 7.
saevus, a, um, adj., raging, furious, cnitl,
savage, fierce, dire, pitiless (i. 4). 21.
Sagaris, is, m., a Trojan servant (v. 263).
sagitta, ae, f., an airow, shaf, bolt (i.
187). 8.
sal, salis, m., n., salt ; nieton., salt treter,
the sea, the '* briny deep'^ (i. 35). 6.
Salius, ii, m., an Acarnanian (v. 298).
Sallentinus, a, um, adj., of the Snllentini,
a people of Calabria, Salient ine (iii. 400).
Salmoneus, eos, m., a son of Aeolns, who.
salfxiB — Scipiades
VOCABULARY.
437
wishing to be called a god, imitated the
lightning with buruiug torches, and for
this was hurled to 'I'artarus by a thun-
derbolt from Jove (vi. 585).
salsus, a, urn, part, (sale), salted^ salty,
salt (ii. 133). 7.
aaltem,iidy.,at/eastfCU all events (i.557). 3.
saltus, us, m., a leap, bound (ii. 565). 2.
Baltus, us, m., a forest pasture, woodland,
glade (iv. 72). 2.
salum, i, n., the open sea, the deep, the sea
in general (i. 537). 2.
•alus, litis, f., safety, ivelfare, deliverance
(i. 451). 8.
salute, are, avi, atum, to salute, greet with
a cheer (iii. 524).
salveo, ere, to be well ; usually in the im-
perative as a greeting, hail, welcome (v.
80). 2.
Same, es, f., an island off the western
coast of Greece (iii. 271).
Saxnos, i, f., an island off the coast of
Asia Minor, sacred to Juno (i. 16).
sanctus, a, uxn, part, (sancio), sacred,
inviolable, holy, venerable, august, pious,
just (i. 426). 10.
Bansuineus, a, um, adj., bloody, blood-
stained, blood-red (ii. 207) ; Wood-shot
(iv. 643). 2.
sanguis, inis, m., blood (ii. 72) ; descent,
race, stock (i. 19) ; a descendant, off-
spring (vi. 835) ; strength, (ii. 639). 8.
sanies, el, f., bloody matter, gore, bloody
venom (ii. 221). 4.
sanus, a, um, adj., sound, well; of the
mind, sane, rational, in one*s right mind
(iv. 8).
Sarpedon, onis, m., son of Juppiter, king
of Lycia, an ally of the Trojans (i. 100).
sat, adv., v. satis,
sata, orum, n. pi., standing grain, crops
(ii. 306). 2.
satio, are, avi, atum, to satisfy, appease
(ii. 587).
satis, adv., indecl. adj., and subst., enough,
sufficiently or sufficient (ii. 291).
sator, oris, m., a sower ; a creator, father
(i. 254).
Saturnius, a, um, adj., ofoT belonging to
Saturn (i. 569) ; as subs., Satumia, ae,
f., Juno (i. 23).
Satumus, i, m., Satwn, the most ancient
king of Latium, the god of agi'iculture
and civilization in general ; he was re-
garded as the father of Juppiter, Juno,
Neptune, Pluto, etc (vi. 794).
saturo, are, avi, atum, to Jill, glut, sat-
isfy, assuage (v. 608). - —
saucius, a, um, adj., wounded, pierced,
smitten, lit. and fig. (ii. 223). 3.
saxum, i, n., a rock, large rough stone,
reef (I lOS). 37.
Scaea porta, ae, f., the Scaean gate of.
Troy, the principal gate, facing tlM
west and the Greek camp (ii. 612). S: .
scaena, ae, f ., a stage scene, the backgrmmd
of the play on the stage, a backgrotmd .' -^
(i. 164); /Aes^oi^e (iv. 471). 3. ;-^
scalae, arum, f. pi., a flight of slspttjj^L<
ladder, scaling ladder (ii. 442). ^
scando, ere, to climb, mount, ascend^ ^fji^-'
237). 2. -^
sceleratus, a, um, part, (scelero), /m/^^
luted, profaned, accursed (iii. 60); isi- .:^^
pious, wicked, infamous (ii. 231). 4. ?w
scelero, are, avi, atum, to pollute, to df'JUik^ '"''^
(iii. 42). ""-^
scelus, eris, n., an impious deed, a crimBt. ' ^
a sin (ii. 535) ; abstr., wickedness, §ik' {^~ t ^'li
347). 15. ■ ;rV
sceptrum, i, n., the staff of iyiynliy, d
sceptre (i. 57) ; poet., rule, domin~'<fn, a%h
thonty, sway (iii. 296). 6.
scilicet, adv., no doubt, forsooth (ii. 577),
scindo, ere, idi, issum, to split, deaoe,
divide, rend (i. 161). 4.
scintilla, ae, f., a spark (i. 174).
scio. Ire, Ivi (ii), Itum, to know, in all
senses (i. 682) ; followed by an inf.,
know how (i. 63). 4.
Sclpiades, ae, m., one of the Scipio family
(vi. 843).
I
488
VOCABULARY.
soitor— lenex
ad tor, &ri, &tu8, to seek to knoir^ inquire
(ii. 105) ; w. oraoulnm, cotutdt (ii. 114).
2.
•oopuluB, i, m., a diff, crag, a ledge of
rvt'L' in the sea (i. 145). 18.
■orCLpeus, a, um, ailj., rough, rugged,
rocky (vi. 2,38).
aofltum, i, n., a shield, oblong iu shape
(i. 101). 2.
Scylacdum, i, ii., a towu on the coast of
Bruttiuiu (iii. 55.*)).
. Bcylla, ae, £., ii dangerous rock on the
iiuliau coast between Italv and Sicilv
(iii. 4!H)) ; the name of one of Aeneas'
shijis (v. 122).
Bcylloeus, a, um, adj., o/or belonging to
Srgila (i. 200).
Bcyriiu, a, um, adj., of Scgros, one of
the Sporadic islands, Sctprian (ii.477).
■(oesaus, ua, m., a retreat, recess (i.
159). 2.
BO-cludo, ere, si, sum, to shut up (iii.
44»>) : shut away, remocc, exclude (i.
:>r,:>). 2.
s^clusus, a, um, part, (seoludo), se-
rimhfl, remote (vi. 704).
seco. fire, ui, ctum, to cut (i. 212) ; cut
(fniniijh, i. 0., sail, ^fli/, swim, shim (iv.
2r>7) ; make or s^teed one's way (vi.
89<.»). 7.
secretuB, a, um, part, (secerno), re-
tind, remote, tourli/, secret (ii. 299). 8.
sectus, a, um, part, (seco), cut (ii. IG) ;
car ml (,ii. 404). 4.
secundo, are, to favor, farther, second,
/tmsi- r (iii. tM\).
•locuiidus, a, um, adj., following, next in
order, second (v. 258) ; swi/ilg .flying
(i. 150) ; following, favoring, favoraUe,
prosperous, fn'opitious (i. 207). 11.
securis, is, f , an are (ii. 224). 4.
securus, a, um, i\dj., free from care, com-
poaed, tranipiil (i. 290) ; care-dispelling
(vi. 715) ; careless, heedless, without re-
f/(ird (i 350). 3.
aecuB, adv., otherwise ; haud seoua, no»
otherwise, just so (ii. 382) ; haud secTU
ac, in like manner as, just as (iii. 236).
sed, coil]., but,
sedeo, ere, sedi, sessum, to sit, be seated
(i. 56) ; military, sit down iu siege, en-
camp around (v. 440) ; be Jixed, Jim,
steadfast (ii. 6C0). 15.
sedes, is, f., a seat, abode, jtalace, tem\i(,
foundation (i. 681) ; bottom (i. 84). 8.
sedlle, is, n., a seat, bench (i. 167).
seditio, onis, f., sedition, riot, insurrection
(i. 149).
se-diico, ere, zi, ctum, to lead airay;
divide, separate (iv. 385).
seges, etis, f., a com-Jield; standing com,
a crop (ii. 304). 3.
seffnis, e, adj., slow, sluggish, inactive (iii.
513). 2.
segnities, ei, f , sloth/ulness, tai'diness (ii.
374).
Sellnus, untis, f., a town on the sooth-
westeni coast of Sicily (iii. 705).
semel, num. adv., ottce, hut once (iii.
431). 2.
semen, inis, n., a seed (vi. 6) ; pi., the de-
ments of bodies (vi. 731 ). 2.
semianimis, e, adj., half-alive, half-daui
(iv. 686).
semiesus, a, um, adj., half-eaten, half-
con.wmed (iii. 244).
seminex, necis, adj., htdf-dead (v. 275).
semino, are, avi, atum, to produce, bring
forth (vi. 206).
semita, ae, f ., a nairow tvay, a foot-path
(i. 418). 2.
semiustus, a, um, adj., half-burned (iii.
578). 2.
semivir, i, m. adj., half man, effeminate
(iv. 215).
semper, adv., always (ii. 97).
senatus, us, m., senate (i. 426).
senectus, utis, f., old age (v. 416). 3.
senectus, a, um, adj., rery old : usod in
\'er|2[il as subs., senecta, ae, f ., old age
(v. 395). 2.
•A^V^ M. \ used chiefly as
seni — si
VOCABULARY.
m
snbfl., an old man (iv. 251) ; senior =
senex, an old man (ii. 509). 18.
seni, ae, a, distr. uum. adj., six each ; =
sex, six (i. 393). 2.
sensus, us, m., perception^ feeling, sensa-
tion; spirit, reason (vi. 747); in pi.,
feelings, affections (iv. 22) ; sensations,
emotions (iv. 408). 3.
sententia, ae, f ., an opinion, judgment, way
of thinking, view (ii. 35) ; purpose, inten-
tion, determination (i. 237). 7.
sentio, ire, nsi, nsum, to perceive hy the
senses, feel (i. 125) ; in somewliat broad-
er sense, perceine, see (ii. 377) ; under-
stand ^ knotv (iii. 360). 8.
sentis, is, m., mostly in pi., thorns, briers,
brambles (ii. 379).
sentus, a, um, adj , thorny, rough (vi. 462).
septem, num. adj., seven.
8eptems:eminus, a, um, adj , seven-fold
(vi. 800).
septeoi, ae, a, distrib. num. adj., seven
each : poet. = septem, seven (v. 85). 2.
Septimus, a, um, ord. num. adj., the
seventh (i. 755). 2.
sepulcrum, i, n., a tomb, grave (iii. 67);
burial (ii. 542). 7.
sepultus, a, um, part, (sepelio), buried
(iii. 41); buried in wine, drunk, besotted
(ii. 265). 6.
sequax, acis, adj., following, pursuing,
rapid (v. 193).
sequor, i, secutus, to follow, follow after
or behind (i. 185) ; chnse, pursue (iv.
384); follow, go towards, seek af\*>.r (iv.
361 ) ; follow a leader (ii. 350) ; folloiv an.
example, follow suit (i. 747); ol)ey (iv.
538) ; favor, attend (iv. 109) ; follow the
hand in pulling, come off (vi. 146) ; fol-
low the points of a story y touch upon (i.
342) ; follow an object, aim at, strive for
or after (iii. 188). 36.
serene, are, avi, atum, to make serene,
clear up, clear away (i. 255) ; spem
fironte serenat, she causes hope to beam
upon her brow (iv. 477). 2.
serenus, a, um, adj., dear, fair, doudfi
(iii. 518) ; serene, calm (ii. 285). 6.
Serestus, i, m., a follower of Aeueai
(i. 611).
Sereestus, i, ni., a follower of Aeneas
(i. 510).
Sergius, a, um, adj., Sergian ; domus
Serbia, the Sergian family (v. 121).
series, ei, f., series, succession (i. 641).
sermo, onis, ra., conversation, talk, dis-
course (i. 217) ; report, rumor (iv. 189). 7.
sero, ere, rtum, to join together, inter-
weave; converse about, discuss (vi.
160).
sero, ere, sevi, satum, to sow (vi.
844) ; beget ; in perf. pass, part., sa-
tus, begotten of, sprung from, the Mom.
of (ii. 540). 6.
serpens, ntis, m., f., a serpent (ii. 214): 3.
serpo, ere, psi, ptum, to a^eep, crawl
with a winding motion, wind (v. 91);
creep or steal upon (ii. 269). 2.
Serranus, i, m., a surname of C. AtilivA
Regulus, who was summoned to tlw ^
consulship when in tlie act of plowing .
(vi. 844).
sertfi, 5rum, n pi., ivreaths, garlandj 4lil^f
417). 3. ^^
serus, a, um, adj., late, too late (ii. 373). 4.
serva, ae, f., a female slave (v. 284).
servans, ntis, part, (servo), obtervant
(ii. 427).
servio, Ire,Ivi (jS^, Itum, to he a slave or
servant, serve (ii.*786). 2.
servitium, ii, n., servitude, slavery (i.
285). 2.
servo, are, Svi, atum, to give heed to,
watch, observe (v. 25) ; save (iii. 86) ; re-
serve, jrreserve, keep (i. 207); guard,
keep watch over (ii. 450) ; keep, cherish,
nurse (i. 36) ; sit by, keep close to (ii.
568). 26.
seu, conj., v. sive.
severus, a, um, adj., strict, stem, severe ;
dreaiY 1 , frightful , fatal (vi. 374).
si, conj., (/', in case ; if indeed, since (ii.
440
VOCABULARY.
gfldlllfl— fliVBMI
102) : wften (y. 64) ; whether (i. 578;
iv. 110) ; I/' on///, would that (vi. 187).
Bibilus, a, um, adj., hissing (ii. 211 j. 2.
Sibylla, ae, £., a sibifl, prophetess (iii.
452). 6.
sic, conj., thuSj so.
Sioani, Sruzn, m. pi., poet, the Sicilians
(v. 2y.3).
Sioania, ae, f., Sicily (i. 557).
sicco, are, avi, atum, to dry up, wipe
away (iv. 687).
siccus, a, um, adj., dry (iii. 135) ; thirsty
(ii. 358). 5.
sicubi, adv., if anywhere (v. 677).
Siculus, a, um, adj., Sicilian (i. 34). 4.
sldereus, a, um, adj., starry; aethra
siderea, starry sky (iii. 586).
8ldo, ere, tddi, to settle down on, perch,
uiif/lit OH (vi. 203).
Sldon, onis, f., a city of Phoeuicia (i.
619).
SXdonius, a, um, adj., of or belonging to
'*^VV/o7/, Tyrian (i. 678). 7.
Sid us, eris, n., a star, constellation (vi.
'J;j»j; sfason, weatjier ; hibemum si-
dus, irinler (iv. 309). 30.
Slice ua, a, um, adj., pertaining to Si-
gfitnu, the northwestern promontory of
tho Troud (ii. 312).
aifsno, are, avi, atum, to mark, notice
(ii. 42.S) ; mark, comuipmorate (iii. 287) ;
dlmhittjnish, signalizelyx. 780) ; indicate,
dfsif/nafe (ii. QAMp^.
siKnum, i, n., a mark, signal, sign, token
(i. 44.'J) ; carvings, figures; pallam
siRiiis auroque rigentem, a cloak em-
hroulcrfd with figures in gold (i. 648) ;
gonl (v. 130). 11.
silentium, ii, n., silence (i. 730). 4.
sileo, ere, ui, to he silent, remain silent
(ii. 120) ; be calm, still, motionless (i.
164). 7.
silex, icis, m., f., ajlint (i. 174) ; rock (vi.
602) ; crag (vi. 471). 3.
silva, ae, f., a wood, forest (vi. 444) , poet.
for tree, shoot (iii. 24). 18.
savins Aeneas, m., a king of Alba, t.
Silvius.
Silvius, ii, m., the name of several kin^
of Alba, in particular the first, Aemu
Silvius, the sou of Aeneas and LaWiiia
(vi. 763, 769).
similis, e, adj., like, similar (i. 186);
sup. aimill^Tirnin 23.
Simols, entis, ace. enta, m., a river d
the Troad (i. 100). 4.
simplex, icis, adj., simple, unmixed (li
747).
simul, adv., at the same time, when, at
soon, at once (i. 144) ; simul ac, at
soon as (iv. 90).
simulacrum, i, n., an image, likeness (S.
172); a ghost, shade, spectre (ii. 772|;
a representation (v. 585). 5.
simulo, are, avi, atum, to imitate (n.
591); pretend, feign, dissemble, cowifer
feit (i. 209) ; simulata mente, k^ dit
sembled purpose (iv. 105). 8.
sin, conj., but if (i 555). 3.
sine, prep. w. abl., without (i. 133);
sinsuli, ae, a, distrib. num. adj., one if
one, one at a time, one each ; each, tep-
arate (iii. 348) ; subs., sing^ila, orom,
n. pi., each separate thing, all things i»
detail (i. 453). 4.
sinister, tra, trum, adj., lef : simstn
so. manus, the left hand (ii. 443). 4.
sine, ere, sivi, situm, to permit, let, air
low (i. 18). 9.
Sinon, onis, ra., a Greek bv whose deceit
the wooden horse was admitted into
Troy (ii. 79). 2.
sinuo, are, avi, atum, to wind (ii. 208).
sinus, us, m , a fold of a robe (i. 320);
a gulf, bay (i. 243); a sail (iii. 455);
the bosom (iv. 686) ; stream (vi.
132). 10.
slqua, adv., if in any way (i. 18).
siquis, indef. pron., if any one : si quid^
if in any respect, if at all.
SIrenes, um, f pi., the Sirens, three fabu-
lous monsters in tlie form of beautiful
fltrliii — sordiduB
VOCABULARY.
441
maidens, who inhabited certain rocky
islands o&. the coast of Campania, and
by means of their sweet voices enticed
passing sailors to their destruction (v.
864).
SIrius, ii, m., the dog-star (iii. 141).
■isto, ere, stiti, statum, to cause to stand,
set, place (ii. 245); bring , produce (iv.
634) ; stop, stay anything (vi. 465) ;
establish, uphold (vi. 858) ; intrans.,
stop, stay, abide (iii. 7). 10.
BitiB, ia, f., thirst; drought (iv. 42).
situs, lis, m., place, situation (iii. 451) ;
Jilth, rust, mould; senta situ, dank
with mould (vi. 462). 2.
slve or seu, conj., or, or if; sive (seu) —
' sIve (seu) , whether — or, either — or.
socer, eri, m., a father-in-law (vi. 830) ;
in -^V, parents-in-law (ii. 457).
socio, are, avi, atum, to join, unite (iv.
16) J make partner, share (i. 600). 2.
•ocius, ii, m., a companion, an associate
(i. 194). 39.
socius, a, um, fid]., friendly, confederate,
allied (ii. 613). 4.
s51, s5lis, m., the sun (i. 742) ; the light of
day (i. 143); sunshine (i. 431); poet.
for day (iii. 203) ; person., the Sun (i.
568). 15.
BSlacium, ii, n., a comfort, solace, con-
solation (v. 367).
sSlamen, inis, n., a comfort, solace (iii.
661).
soleo, solire, solitus, to be wont, accus-
tomed (ii. 456). 8.
solidus, a, um, adj., s<did, firm, compact
. (vi. 69); sound, solid, firm, staunch (ii.
639) ; massive (ii. 765). 4.
solium, ii, n., a seat, a throne (i. 506).
soUemnis, e, adj., annual, yearly, stated,
appointed (iii. 301 ) ; solemn, festive, re-
ligious (ii. 202) ; subs., sollemnia, ium,
n. pi., a religious rite, ceremony , festival,
sacrifice (v. 605). 5.
Bollicito, are. avi, atum, to shake, agi-
tate, excity, disquiet, disturb (iv. 380).
sollicitus, a, um, adj., uneasy, anxious^
troubled, disturbed (iii. 389).
solor, ari, atus, to comfort, console (i.
239). 3.
solum, i, n., the bottom, base ; the ground,
earth, soil (i. 367) ; poet., the surface of
the sea (v. 199). 10.
'Solus, a, um, adj., alone, only (i.
597) ; solitary (iv. 82) ; Icmely (iv.
462). 23.
solvo, ere, Ivi, liitum, to loosen, unbind
(iii. 65) ; relax (iv. '^30) ; separate (v.
581); w. vela, set sail (iv. 574); pay
(vi. 510) ; dispel, banish (i. 562) ; free
(ii. 26) ; weaken, relax (i. 92). 14.
somnium, ii, n., a dream (v. 840). 2.
somnus, i, m., sleep, slumber (i. 353) ;
person., the god of Sleep (v. 838). 26.
sonans, ntis, part, (sono), sounding, rs-
sounding, noisy (i. 246). 5.
sonipes, edis, adj., noisy footed; as sabfl.,
a prancing steed (iv. 135).
sonitus, lis, m., a sound, noise (ii. 209);
thunder (vi. 586). 11.
sono, are, ui, itum, to sound, reaoumd,
ring, roar (i. 200). 9.
son5rus, a, um, adj., noisy, sonorous,
roaring (i. 53).
sons, ntis, adj., guilty ; as subs., a guilty
person, a criminal (vi. 570).
sonus, i, m., a sound,4ioise (ii. 728). 2.
sopitus, a, um, mrt. (s5pio), lulled to
sleep; quiet, JKuyi/, smoldering (L
680). 2. ^^F
sopor, 5ris, m., deep sleep, sleep, slumber
(ii. 253) ; person., Sleep (vi. 278). 5.
sop5rifer, era, erum, adj., sleep-bringing,
inducing sleep, narcotic (iv. 486).
soporo, are, atum, poet., to make sopo-
rific (V. 855).
soporus, a, um, adj., slumbrous, drowsy
(vi. 390).
sorbeo, ere, ui, poet., to suck in, swallow
vp (iii. 422).
sordidus, a, um, adj., filthy, dirty, foul,
squalid (vi. 301). *
/
442
VOCABULARY.
loror — iqiuuiieai
soror, Oris, f., a sister ^ female friend or
companion (i. 322). 17.
■ors, rtis, f., a lot cast for deciding a
chance (v. 490) ; a casting of lots, de-
cision by lot (i. 139) ; an oracle, proph-
ecy ^ prediction (iv. 346) ; fate, destiny
(ii. 555) ; lot, condition (vi. 114). 13.
BOrtior, Iri, Itus, to draw lots, yet by lot
(iii. 634) ; assiyn or distribute by lot (ii.
18) ; allot, determine (iii. 376). 6.
Bortltus, us, m., a drawing of lots, an al-
lotment (iii. 323).
spargo, ere, rsi, rsuin, to scatter, strew
(iii. 126); spatter, besprinkle (iv. 21);
separate, disperse, scatter (i. 602) ;
spread abroad, circulate (ii. 98). 16-
Sparta, ae, f., Sparta, the capital of
Lacouia (ii. 577).
Spartanus, a, um, adj., Spartan (i. 316).
spatior, ari, atus, to walkj walk to and fro,
proceed in a stately manner (iv. 62).
spatium, ii, n., a space (v. 203) ; a race-
course, course (v. 316) ; Sjuice, period,
time, opportunity (iv. 433). 8.
species, ei, f., a sight, spectacle (ii. 407) ;
form, look, appearance, aspect (vi.
208). 2.
spectaculum, i, u., a sight, spectacle,
show (vi. 37).
specto, are, avi, atum, to look at, gaze
at, eye (v. G55).
specula, ae, f., a place of observation, a
vatrh-tower (iv. 586); a height (iii.
239). 2.
speculor, ari, atus, to watch, watch to
discorer (i. 516); sight, catch sight of
(v. 515). 2.
spelunca, ae, f., a cave, cavern (i. 60). 6.
sperno, ere, sprevi, spretum, in despise,
disdain, spurn, rejert, slight (i. 27). 2.
spero, are, avi, atum, to hope for (i.
451); expect, look /or {u. SbA) ; in bad
sense, expect (i. 543) ; apprehend (iv.
419). e.
spes, ei, f., hope, expectation (i. 209). 18.
splcidum, i, u., a dart, arrow (v. 307 V ^•
spina, ae, f., a thorn (iii. 594).
Spio, us, f., a sea-nymph, daughter of
Nereub (v. 826).
spira, ae, f., poet., a fold, coil (ii. 217).
splrabilis, e, adj., that may be breathed,
vital (iii. 600).
splritus, us, m., a breath of air; spirit,
high or haughty spirit, air (v. 648);
poet., spirit, life, soul (iv. 336). 3.
splro, are, avi, atum, to breathe, Uw
(iv. 562) ; live, breathe ; of the exta of
a recently slain victim, quiver (iv. 64);
of a life-like statue, breathe (vi. 847);
tr., breathe forth, exhale (i. 404). 4.
spissus, a, um, adj., thick, dense (il
621) ; packed, compact, beaten hard (v.
336). 2.
splendidus, a, um, adj., bright, splendid, ,
magnificent, sumptuous (i. (537).
spolio, are, avi, fttum^ to rob, piUage,
plunder (v. 661); despoil, deprive (v.
224). 4.
spolium, ii, n., booty, plunder, sjwil
(i. 289) ; spolia opima. the plunder
taken in battle by a leader from a leader
(vi. 855). 6.
sponda, ae, f., a couch, bed (i. 698).
spondee, ere, spopondi, sum, to promise,
pledge (v. 18).
sponsa, ae, f., a betrothed wife (ii. 345).
sponte, f., (abl. sing. fr. ob.sr)lete spons),
of one's own accord, according to one\
own inclination or desire (iv. 341). 2.
spiima, ae, t, froth, foam (i. 35). 4.
spumeus, a, um, adj., frothy, foaming
(ii.419). 2.
spumo, are, avi, atum, to froth, foam
(i. 324). 12.
spumSsus, a, um, adj., foaming, full of
foam (vi. 174).
squaleo, ere, ui, to be Jilthy, neglected,
sijualid (ii. 277).
squalor, 5ris, m.,flth, squalor (vi. 299).
squama, ae, f., a scale of a serpent (v
88).
\ e,c^\\«AiieAx&,«L,\vca., a.dv, 4!C6'v (ii. 218).
stabilis — Stygiiu
VOCABULARY.
443
stabilis, e, adj., Jirnif enduring^ lasting
(i. 73). 2.
Btabulo, are, to have one's aI>ode (vi. 286).
stabulum, i, n., a stable^ stall (ii. 499) ;
habitation, abode, haunt (vi. 179). 2.
Btagno, are, avi, atuxn, to stagnate, be
stagnant (iii. 698).
stagnum, i, n., still water, a pool, lake (vi.
323J ; water in general (i. 126). 3.
static, dni£i, f ., a stopping or resting place,
haunt (v. 128) ; a roadstead, anchorage
(ii. 23). 2.
'statuo, ere, ui, utum, to put, set, place,
stand (i. 724) ; set up, erect, build (i.
573). 4.
Stella, ae, f., a star (ii. 694). 5.
stellatus, a, um, adj., poet., set with
stars, glittering, brilliant [iw. 261).
sterilis, e, adj., unfruitful, barren, sterile
(iii. 141). 2.
Bterno, ere, stravi, stratum, to stretch
ovU, extend (ii. 364) ; stretch on the
ground, overthrow, prostrate, lag low (i.
190) ; conquer (vi. 858) ; lay waste (ii.
306) ; make smooth, smooth out (v.
763). 12.
StheneluB, i, m., a charioteer of Dio-
mede (ii. 261).
stimulo, are, avi, atum, to prick; incite,
urge on, arouse (iv. 302).
stimulus, i, m., a goad, a spur (vi.
101).
stipes, itis, m., poet., the trunk or twig of
a tree (iii. 43). 2.
sUpo, are, avi, atum, to press together ;
stow away (i. 433); load, Jill fall (iii.
465) ; crowd or press around, throng,
attend (i. 497). 5.
stirps, pis, f., ra , the stock of a tree; of
men, stock, race, blood (i. 626) ; offspring
(iii. 326). 7.
sto, stare, steti, statum, to stand, stand
up, stand on end (ii. 774); of a spear,
stick (ii. 52); stand, continue, remain,
(ii. 5Vi) ; = esse, be (iii. 210) ; depend,
rest upon (ii. 163) ; impers. stat, it is
fixed, lam determined (ii. 750) ; endure,
continue, last (i. 268) ; center in (i.
646). 39.
strages, is, f., slaughter, carnage (vi.
829).
stratum, i, n., a bed, couch (i. 700) ;
poet., a pavement (i. 422). 6.
strepituB, us, m., noise, din, uproar,
clashing, rattling (i. 422). 4.
strepo, ere, ui, itum, to make any con-
fused noise, roar, hum, murmur (vi.
709).
strideo, ere, and stride, ere, di, to
make any inarticulate sound, whether
animate or inanimate ; whistle, roar,
howl (i. 102); flutter, flap (i. 397);
creak (i. 449) ; rustle (iv. 185) ; gurgle
(iv. 689) ; twang (v. 502) ; hiss (vL
288). 9.
stridor, 5ris, m., any inarticulate sound ;
a rattling, a'eaking (i. 87) ; a icAiV
tling, roaring (iv. 443) ; a clanking (vi.
558). 3.
stringo, ere, nzi, ctum, to draw ttgkt-f
pull or strip off, cut off, trim (i. 562) ;
of a sword, draw (ii. 334). 3.
Strophades, um, f . pi., two small islands
west of the Peloponnesus (iii. 209).
struo, ere, xi, ctum, to pile up; build,
erect, construct (iii. 84) ; set in order,
arrange, prepare, get ready (i. 704);
contrive, accomplish (ii. 60). 9.
studium, ii, n., eagerness, zeal, eager eh'
sire, wish (ii. 39) ; pursuit (i. 14) ; deep
attention (vi. 681); eager applause, mtt-
wardly manifested feeling (v. 148). 9.
stupe-facio, ere, feci, factum, to make
senseless, stun (v. 643).
stupeo, ere, ui, to be astonished, as-
tounded, amazed, stupefied (i. 495) ;
wonder stupidly at, be amazed at (ii.
31). 4.
stuppa, ae, f., tow, oakum (v. 682).
stuppeus, a, um, adj., hempen (ii. 236).
Stygius, a, um, adj., Stygian, infernal
(iii. 215).
444
VOCABULARY.
Btyz — wak
Styx, y«i8, f., a river of Hades (vi. 439).
suadeo, ere, si, sum, to advise, urge,
persuade (iii. 363) ; induce, impel (ii.
9). 3.
sub, prep. w. abl. and ace.; w. abl., under,
beneath (i. 100); in, within (iv. 332);
beneath, at the foot o/(i. 310) : of time,
in, durinij (vi. 268) ; of dependence, un-
der (ii. 188) : w. ace, of motion, under,
beneath (iv. 654) ; under , up to, up to-
wards (ii. 460) ; of time, towards, about,
at (i. 662) ; of subordination, under j
(iv. 618). 40. I
Bub-duco, ere, xi, ctuxn, to draw or haul
up (i. 551) ; remove, withdraw (iii. 565)
remove, take away by stealth (vi. 524). 5
Rub-eo, ire, ii, itum, to come or go under
'ii 7u8) ; come up to, approach (L 171)
hin:>:i:, succeed (vi. 812) ; come up before
tftf mind, rise up (ii. 560). 20.
8Ub-icio, ere, ieci, iectum, to throw or
f'.'iif under (ii. 37) ; take up in conver-
>:Ui<»n. answer (iii. 314). 4.
subiectus, a, um, part, (subicio), brought
ini(1>r, subjected, conquered ; subst., a
sw'.i/ct, a conquered nation (vi. 853).
siib-iico, ere, egi, actum, to bring or get
y/iiff-r or up to any pJnce ; propel (vi.
'MYl)', compel, force, induce (iii. 257);
roiitjuer, subjugate, subdue (i. 266). 6.
flubito, adv., suddenly (i. 88). 10.
subitus, a, um, part, (subeo), sudden,
unexpected (ii. 680). 9.
sub-labor, i, psus, to fall down, slip
away, fail (ii. 169).
sublimis, e, adj., uplifted, aloft (vi. 357) ;
on high (i. 259). 6.
sub-mergo, ere, si, sum, to sink, sub-
merge (i. 40). 3.
submissus, j^., um, part, (submitto),
humble, revert ut (iii. 93).
sub-mitto, ere, misi, missum, to send
under ; submit, cause to yield, debase (iv.
414).
Bub-moveo, ere, movi, mStum, to send
away, drive off {y^
L
8ub-nect6, ere, xui, xum, to bind mtk
under (i. 492). 3.
subnixus, a, uzn, &dj., supported by, ni-
ing or seated upon (i. 506) ; supporttd
or defended by (iii. 402). 2.
snboles, is, f., offspring (iv. 328).
sub-rldeo, ere, rial, to smile (i. 254).
sub-riso, V. surso.
sub-sldo, ere, aedi, sessum, to sit 9
settle down ; remain, stay (v. 498); tak
down, subside (v. 820). 2.
sub-sisto, ere, stiti, to stop, halt (n.
243). 2.
subtemen, inis, n., the woof of a k«6;
meton., thread (iii. 483).
Bubter, prep., below, under, beneath, w.
ace. (iii. 695) ; adv., below, beneath (ir.
182). 2.
sub-texo, ere, xui, xtam, to weave mder;
cover, obscure, conceal (iii. 582).
sub-traho, ere, xi, ctum, to drove fnm
under (v. 199); withdraw (vi.465). 8-
sub-urgeo, ere, to drive close up to (t.
202).
sub-vecto, are, avi, atum, to bring up,
carry, transport (vi. 303).
sub-vebo, ere, vexi, vectum, to bring
up; bring, bear, carry (v. 721).
sub-volvo, ere, to roil up, roll along (i
424).
suc-cedo, ere, cessi, cessum, to go or
come under, enter (i. 627) ; go under a
burden, take it up (ii. 723) ; go to oi
toward, approach (ii. 478). 6.
successus, us, m., a good result, succefi
(ii.386). 2
suc-cingo, ere, nxi, nctum, to gird or
tuck up ; gild about, gird (i. 323).
suc-cumbo, ere, cubui, cubitum, to fall
or sink down ; yield, submit, succumb
(iv. 19).
suc-curro, ere, curri, cursum, torun un-
der; run to the aid of, help, succor ii. 630):
impers., it occurs, seems (ii. 317 ). 3.
sudo, are, avi, atum, to sweat ^ be vt^
with, drenched with, reek with (iii, 582)<
I
sudor — rara
VOCABULARY.
445
sudor, 5ri8, m., sweat, perspiration (ii.
174). 3.
suesco, ere, suevi, suetum, to become
accustomed ; in perf., be accustomed, be
wont (iii. 541). 3.
suf-fero, ferre, sustuli, sublatum, to
endure, bear ; hold out against, withstand
(ii. 492).
suf-ficio, ere, feci, fectum, to dip in,
color, tinge, suffuse {ii 210) ; give, afford,
furnish, supply (ii. 618) ; intr. w. inf.,
suffice, be able (v. 22). 3.
suf-fundo, ere, fCldi, fiisum, to pour
under; overspread, suffuse, JUl (i. 228).
soi, sibi, se or sese, reflex, pron. 3d per.,
of himself, herself, itself, themselves ,- in
ace. as subj. of inf., se = he, she, it,
they.
sulco, are, avi, atum, to plow the sea,
sail, traverse (v. 158).
sulcus, i, m., a furrow made by a plow
(vi. 844) ; a track, trail (ii. 697). 3.
sulphur, uris, n., brimstone, sulphur (ii.
698).
sum, esse, fui, futurus, to be, exist, stay,
remain (passim).
suxnma, ae, f., the main thing, chief point,
sum, substance (iv. 237).
summus, a, um, adj. (superl. of su-
perus), the highest, top of, summit of, sur-
face of (i. 127) ; the tip of (i. 737) ; of
rank, the highest, supreme (i. 665). 25.
sumo, ere, sumpsi, sumptum, to take,
take up, assume (ii. 518) ; w. poenas,
inflict (ii. 103) ; employ, use (iv. 284). 8.
super, adv., above (iv. 507) ; from above
(v. 697) ; moreover, besides (i. 29) ; satis
superque, enough and more than enough
(ii. 642) ; lefl, ramaining (iv. 684) : prep,
w. ace, over, above, upon, beyond (i. 295) ;
w. abl. of space, above, over, upon (vi.
17); for de, about, concerning (i. 750).
24.
saperbia, ae, f., pride, haughtiness, in-
solence (i. 529).
superbus, a, um, adj., insolent, haughty.
proud (i. 523); elated by, glorying in,
proud oj (v. 268) ; magnificent, splendid
(i. 639); mighty (i. 21). 13.
super-emlneo, ere, to rise or tower above
(i. 501). 2.
super-imp5no, ere, positum, to place,
lay upon (iv. 497).
superne, adv., above, from above (vi. 658).
supero, are, avi, atum, to pass over, sur-
mount (vi. 676) ; tower above, overtop (ii.
219) ; mount, climb up, ascend (ii. 303) ;
pass by or beyond (i. 244) ; w. locum,
gain (v. 155) ; surpass, excel (v. 184) ;
surmount, overcome (iii. 368) ; slay (i.
350) ; be superior, overcome (i. 537) ; be
iejl, remain, survive, be alive (ii. 597). 17.
super-sum, esse, fui, to be lefl, remain,
survive (i. 383). 7.
superus, a, um, adj. (comp. sui>erior,
superl. supremus or summus), upper,
higher, above (ii. 91); subs., m. pi.,
Superi', 5rum, the inhabitants of heaven,
the gods (L 4) ; from the standpoint
Hades, the inhabitants of earth, morUds^
?n6n (vi. 481). 20.
suplnus, a, um, adj., lying an the hack;
of the hands, with palms up, extended^
outspread (iii. 176). 2.
suppleo, ere, evi, etuxh, to fill up; re-
cruit, furnish a supply of [iu. 471).
supplex, icis, adj., suppliant, humble (iii.
439) ; subs., a suppliant (i. 49). 13.
suppliciter, adv., humbly, as a suppliant
(i. 481).
supplicium, ii, n., punishment, penalty
(iv. 383) ; a shameful wound (vi. 499). 3.
sup-p5no, ere, posui, positum, to put
or place under (vi. 248) ; substitute falsely
or by stealth (vi. 24). 2.
supra, prep. w. ace, above, over (iii.
194). 4.
supremus, a, um, adj., of place, the high-
est ; of time, the last, final (ii. 11); adv.,
supremum, /or Me /a.s^ time (ii. 630). 6.
sura, ae, f., the calf of the leg, the leg (i.
337).
446
VOCABULARY.
forgo— tudB
sorso, ere, surrexi, surrectum (the an-
contracted furm, surrifo, is fooud bat
once j, to iiji up, pnck up (iv. 183); iutr.,
raise one's self up, arise (iii. 169); of
things, rt^ (i. 366). 22.
BUB, aula, m., f ., a hog ; a sow (iii. 390).
8ua-cipio, ere, cepi, oeptum, to take or
lift up (iv. 391); w. i^n^em, catch (L
175) ; beifet or bear children (iv. 327);
take, recti t'€, catch blood (vi. 249); take
upon one^s self assume, undertake (vi.
629) ; rejU'f (vi. 723). 6.
Bus-cito, are, avi, atum, to stir up, re-
kindle (v. 743) ; arouse, excite (ii.
618.1. 3.
suspectus, a, um, part, (suspicio), sus-
pected, heid in suspicion, mistrusted (ii.
36). 11.
suspectiis, us, m., upward view, height
(vi. 579).
siis-pendo, ere, di, sum, to hang up (vi.
859) : hang, suspend (i. 318). 3.
...^^uspensus, a, um, part, (suspendo),
hung up, suspended (vi. 741); of the
soul, inspired, eh ted, lifted m;? (iii 372) ;
uncertain, in suspense (ii. 114). 6.
Bu-spicio, ere, spexi, spectum, to look
up at ; look at with admiration, admire
(i. 438). 2.
t'tiu-spiro, are,avi, atum, to breathe deeply,
sigh (1371).
sutilis, e, adj., sewed (vi. 414).
Buus, a, um, poss. retlox. pron., his or
his own, hers, its, theirs (i. 277) ; appro-
priate (i. 461).
Sf^chaeus, i, the husband of Dido (i. 343)
syrtis, is, f., a sand-ba}d', quirk-sand ; pi.,
the Siptes, two sand-banks on the north-
ern coast of Africa (i. HI).
T.
tabeo, ere, to melt anxiy ; drip, be drenched
(i. 173).
tabes, is, f., a wasting awag ; of tbe mind,
pining, languishinq (vi 442).
tabidoB, a, um, adj., corrupting, infeo-
tious, wasting (iii. 137).
tabula, ae, f., a plank, hoard (i. 119).
tabulatum, i, n., a floor, storij (il
464).
tabum, i, n., corrupt mcUter or Woorf, gm
(iii. 29). 2.
taceo, ere, ui, itum, to be silent, say ntAk-
ing (ii. 94); meton., of animals and
things, be quiet, noiseless, at rest [n.
265). 2.
tacitUB, a, um, ^>art (taceo), concealed,
hidden, secret (iv. 67); silent, quiet (i
502); in silence (ii. 125). 9.
tac^s, us, m., a touch (ii. 683).
taeda, ae, f., pine-wood, pitch-pine (it.
505) ; a pine-torch (vi. 593) ; a nupticd
torch, marriage, wedlock (iv. 18). 5.
taedet, ere, uit or taesum est, impeis.,
it disgusts, wearies one ; one is disgusted
or wearied (iv. 451). 2.
taenia, ae, f., a fillet, head-band (v. 269).
taeter, tra, trum, adj , foul, loathsome
(iii. 228).
talaria, ium, n. pi., winged shoes or sandals
fastened to the ankles (iv. 239).
talentum, i, n , a talent, the Attic talent
of sixty niinae (v. 112).
talis, e, adj., such, of such a kind, nature
or qualitij ; talia, such things, as follows
or as aforesaid (i. 50). 61.
tam, adv., so, to such an extent (i. 539).
tamen, conj., nevertheless, however, yet,
still (i. 477). 12.
tandem, adv., at length, at last (ii. 76);
prag, prat/ now, now, then (ii. 523). 19.
tango, ere, tetigi, tactum, to touch (iii-
324) ; reach, arrive at (iii. 662); of the
mind, touch, move (i. 462) ; meet, en-
counter (iv. 551) ; overtake (iv. 596). 12.
tantus, a, um, adj., so great, so much (i.
11 ) ; n. tantum, w. gen., so much o/{n.
801 ) ; adv., tantum, so far (v. 162) ; so, so
much (i. 745) ; onlg, merely (ii. 23). 76.
tardo, are, avi, atum, to hinder, delay,
retard, impede (v. 395). 3.
18 — tentorium
VOCABULARY.
i
447
us, a, um, adj., slow, tardy, sluggish
(i. 746). 7.
Tarentum, i, n., a town of Lower Italy
(iii. 551).
Tarquinius, a, um, adj., qfthe Tarquhis,
Tarqxiinian (vi. 817).
Tartareus, a, um, adj., belonging to the
infernal regions, Tartarean, infeimal (vi.
395).
Tartarus, i, m., and pi. Tartara, drum,
n., Tartarus, the infernal regions, the
abode of the lost (iv. 243).
taurinus, a, um, adj., ^ or belonging to a
bull, a bull's (i. 368).
taurus, i, m., a bull, ox (i. 634). 12.
tectum, i, n., a roof; meton., a house,
dwelling, abode, home, habitation (i.
425). 31.
Tegeaeus, a, um, adj., of Tegaea, a town
in Arcadia, Tegean (v. 299).
tegimen, tegumen, tegmen, inis, n., a
covering, cloak, garment (iii. 594) ; skin
(i. 275). 2.
tegd, ere, xi, ctum, to cover (iii. 25) ;
shut up Tii^ 126) ; shelter (iii. 583) ;
conceal, keep secret (ii. 159) ; protect
from danger (ii. 430). 15.
tela, ae, f., the warp in a loom (iv. 264).
tellus, tiris, f., poet., the earth, globe ; the
earth, land, ground (i. 171); a land,
country, region, district (i. 34). 21.
telum, 1, n., a missile, dart, spear, weapon
of any kind (i. 99) ; poet., a blow (v.
438). 35.
temero, are, avi, atum, to violate^ dese-
crate, profane, defile (vi. 840).
temno, ere, to scorn, disdain, contemn (i.
542). 3.
tempero, are, avi, atum, to mix in due
proportion ; allay, calm (i. 146) ; restrain
(i. 57) ; intr., refrain from (ii. 8). 2.
tempestas, atis, f., time, season ; UKather ;
a storm, tempest (i. 53) ; person., Tempest
(v. 772). 11.
templum, i, n., a sanctuary, temple, shrine,
fane (i. 416). 18.
tempus, oris, n., timje, period of time {t.
278) ; the time at which anything hap-
pens, occasion (ii. 268) ; the right or
fitting time, proper occasion (iv. 294) ;
the tim68, circumstances (ii. 522) ; in pL,
the temples of the head (ii. 133). 27.
tenax, acis, adj., tenacious, persistent (iv.
188). 2.
tendo, ere, tetendi, tentum and ten-
sum, to stretch (ii. 29) ; stretch out, extend,
distend, swell (iii. 268) ; direct, aim (v.
489) ; reach out, stretch forth (i. 93) ;
strain the eyes (ii. 405) ; w. gressum,
iter, etc., direct one^s steps, hold one*s
course, take one*s way (i. 410) ; intr.,
go, proceed (i. 554) ; extend, reach (iv.
446) ; w. inf., try, strive (i. 18). 35.
tenebrae, arum, f. pi., darkness, ghom,
obscurity, shades, night (iii. 195) ; of the
mind, darkness, gloom (ii. 92) ; the shadeM,
gloomy abodes (vi. 545). 6.
tenebrosus, a, um, adj., dark, gloomy
(v. 839).
Tenedos, i, f., an island off the coast
Troas (ii. 21).
teneo, ere, ui, tentum, to have or hM
in the hand (i. 57); have, hold, po^
sess, inhabit (i. 12) ; hold in sway, ruU
over (i. 139) ; get or takx possession tf
(i. 132) ; held, keep the eyes fixed any*
where (i. 482) ; hdd, keep, detain %
person (iv. 380) ; hold, bind, keep fatt
a thing (i. 169); hold fast to, cling to
(ii. 490) ; restrain, keep back (ii. 159) ;^
reach, gain (ii. 530) ; w. iter or cur-
sum, hold on one's way or course, prO'
ceed (i. 370) ; intr., hold one's position,
hold possession (ii. 505). 75.
tener, era, erum, adj., tender, soft, deli-
cate (ii. 406). 2.
tento, are, avi, atum (or tempto), to
try, test, examine (ii. 38) ; try, attempt
anything (ii. 176) ; try to do something,
w. inf. (i. 721) ; try or seek for (iii.
146). 12. "
tentSrium, ii, n., a tent (i. 469).
448
VOCABULARY.
tenuis, e, »dj., of form, thin, Jine, slender
(iv. 264) ; of substance, thin, rare (iv.
278) ; of power, luffit, gentle (iil 448) ;
fig., weak, feeble (v. 690). 7.
tenus, prep. w. abl. (sometimes gen.), as
far aSy up to^ to {\. 737). 4.
tepiduB, a, um, adj., lukewarm^ warm (UL
66). 2.
ter, nam. adv., thrice, three times, mcmy
times (i. 94). 18.
terebro, are, &vi, atum, to bore through or
into, examine by boring into (ii. 38) ; boi-e
out (iii. 635). 2.
teres, etis, adj., rounded, smooth, polished
(V. 313). 2.
tergeminuB, a, uxn, adj., three-formed,
threefold, triple (iv. 511).
tergnm, i, and tercnis, oris, n., the back
of man or animal (i. 296) ; the hide or
skin of an animal (i. 211) ; meton., the
body of an animal (i. 635) ; a tergo, in
the rear, behind (i. 186). 22.
tennino, are, avi, atum, to bound, limit
(i. 287).
terminus, 1, m., end (iv. 614).
temi, ae, a, distr. nam adj., three each
(v. 247) ; in sing., triple (v. 120) ;
poet. = tres, three (i. 266). 5.
tero, ere, trivi, tritum, to rub ; graze (v.
324) ; wear awai/ or uxiste time, fritter
aumy (iv. 271). 2.
terra, ae, f., the earth, as opposed to the
sky (i. 133) ; the land as opposed to the
sea (i. 3) ; the ground (i. 107) ; a land,
country (i. 15) ; orbis terrarum, the
whole world (i. 233) ; person., Terra
parens, mother Earth (iv. 178). 90.
terrenus, a, um, adj., earthy, earth-born
(vi. 732).
terreo, ere, ui, itum, to terrify, frighten
(i. 2^0) ; frighten away ( vi. 401 ) ; frighten
one from doing anything (ii. 111). 9.
terribilis, e, adj., frightful, terrible, hor-
rible (iv. 465). 3.
terrifico, are, to terrify, alarm (iv.
210).
terrilleus, a, nm, adj., terror causing,
awe-inspiring (v. 524).
territo, are, to Jrighlen, alarm, affri^
(iv. 187).
textiuB, a, um, adj., the third (i. 265). 9.
testis, is, m., f., a witness (v. 789).
tester, ari, atua, to witness, bear lot^nest,
testify (iii. 487) ; calf to witness, ineoke,
appeal to, swear by (ii. 155) ; prog, ad-
jure (iii. 599) ; proclaim (vi. 619). &
testudo, inis, f ., a tortoise-shell ; an arch,
vault (I 505) ; a roof made of shields bj
soldiers, a testudo (ii. 441). 2.
Teucer, cri, m , the father-in-law of Dar-
danus, and early king of Troas (i.
235) ; the son of Telamon, and half-
brother of Ajax (i. 619).
Teucri, orum, m. pi., the Teucri ; poet,
the Trojans (i. 38).
Teucria, ae, f., Troy (ii. 26).
TeucruB, i, m., Teucer {iu. 108).
texo, ere, xui, xtumf* to weave^ inter-
weave, intermingle (v. 593) ; join together,
frame (ii. 186) ; build, construct (t.
589). 3.
textilis, adj., looven, the uxjrk of the loon
(iii. 485).
thalamus, i, m., a bed-chamber (ii. 503);
a marriage-bed, marriage, wedlock (iv.
18) ; a couch, place of abode, haUtatm
(vi. 280). 12.
Thalia, ae, f., a sea-nymph, one of the
daughters of Nereus (v. 826).
Thapsus, i, f., a peninsula and city of
Sicily (iii. 689).
theatrum, 1, n., a theatre (i. 427). 3.
Thebae, arum, f., a city of Greece, the
capital of Boeotia (iv. 470).
Thersilochus, i, m., an ally of the Tro-
jans (vi. 483).
thesaurus, i, m., a treasure stored up, a
hoard (i. 359).
Theseus, ei and eos, m., a mythii-al
king of Athens (vi. 122).
Thessandrus, 1, m., a Greek leader con-
cealed in the wooden horse (ii. 261).
/
totienB
VOCABULARY.
449
i
idis or idos, f., a daughter of
Nereas, and mother of Achilles (v.
825).
Thoas, antis, m., a Greek leader con-
cealed in the wooden horse (ii. 262).
Thracius, a, um, adj., Tkracian (v. 536).
Thrax, acis, adj., Thracian ; subs., a
Thracian (iii. 14).
Threicius, a, um, adj., poet., Thracian
(iii. 51).
Threissa or Thressa, ae, f. adj., Thra-
cian (i. 316).
Thybris, is or idis, m., poet, for Tiberis,
the river Tiber (ii. 782).
Thyias, or Thyas, adis, f., a female toor-
shipper of Bacchus^ a Bacchante (iv.
302).
Thymbraeus, i, m., the Thpnbraean, an
epithet of Apollo, one of his temples
being in Thymbra (iii. 85).
Thymoetes, ae, m., a Trojan (ii. 32).
thymum, i, n., thyme (i. 436).
Tiberinus, a, um, adj , of or belonging to
the Tiber (i. 13) ; subs., the Tiber (vi.
873).
tigris, is or idis, m., f., a tiger or tigress
(iv. 367). 2.
Timavus, i, m., a river of Italy, empty-
ing into the northern part of the
Adriatic Sea (i. 244).
timeo, ere, ui, to fear, be afraid of, dread
(i. 661); intr., fear, be fearful, apprehen-
sive, anxious (ii. 729). 9.
timidus, a, um, adj., fearful, timid (vi.
263). .
timer, 5ris, m., fear, dread (i. 202) ;
fear, cowardice (iv. 13). 5.
tinge, ere, nxi, nctum, to dip, wet, bathe
(i. 745). 2.
Tislphone, es, f., one of the Furies (vi.
571).
Titan, anis, m., son of Caelus and Vesta,
elder brother of Saturn ; also the
Sun-god, grandson of the above (iv.
119).
TithOnuB, i, m., son of Laomedon, and
husband of Aurora (iv. 585).
titubo» are, avi, atum, to totter, stagger
(V. 332).
Tityos, i, m., a giant slain by ApoUo for
offering violence to Latona.
TmariuB, a, um, adj., of Tmaros, a moun-
tain In Epirus, Tmarian (v. 620).
togatuB, a, um, adj., wearing the toga,
toga-clad (i. 282).
telerabiliB, e, adj., endurable, bearable
(V. 768).
telle, ere, Bustuli, sublatum, to lift, take,
raise up (i. 66) ; take up and bear away,
carry off (i. 692) ; raise a shout (vi.
492). 23.
tendee, ere, tetondi, tonsum, to shear,
cut closely (i. 702) ; graze, crop, feed upon
(iii. 538). 4.
tenitruB, us, m., thunder (iv. 122). 8.
tene, are, ui, itum, to thunder, resotm4^
roar, crash, rumble (iii. 571) ; invoke in
thunderous tone (iv. 510). 3.
TorquStuB, i\ m., T. Manlius Torq
so called because he wore the nei^^
chain or torques of a Gaul whom.lMI •
had slain (vi. 825).
terquee, ere, tersi, tortum, to tumftttm
about, turn around (iii. 532) ; cause l9
revolve, keep whirling (iv. 269) ; twiti
(iv. 575) ; throw up, lash up (iii. 208) ;
fling, hurl, whirl, drive with a rotary mo-
tion (i. 108). 17.
terrens, ntis, m., a torrent (ii. 305).
terree, ere, ui, testum, to parch, rw&t^
scorch (i. 179) ; intr., of water, boil, rush
(vi. 5.50).. 3.
tertus, lis, m., a twisting, coiling, winding
(v. 276).
terus, i, m., a couch, bed (i. 708). 12.
tervus, a, um, adj., lowering, grim, stem,
savage (iii. 636) ; shaggy (iii. 636). 3.
tet, num. adj., indecl., so many.
tetidem, num. adj., indecl., ji'usiC as many,
the same number.
Titanius, a, um, adj., Titanian (vi. 580). totiens, adv., so often, so many^ tinw.*
29
450
VOCABULARY.
total — Triaaeziu
tOtuB, a, uxn, adj., all, the whole, entire.
trabs or trabes, trabis, £., a beam, timber
(i. 449) ; a ship (iii. 191); a tree trunk
(vi. 181). 8.
tractabilis, e, adj., manarjenble; of the
weather, non tractabilis, inclement,
stormy (iv. 53) ; of the spirit, pliant,
jlieUling (iv. 439). 2.
tractus, us, m., a tract, region, quarter
(iii. 138).
tra-do (trans-do), ere, didi, ditum, to de-
liver over, surrender^ yidd (iv. 619). 2.
traho, ere, zi, ctum, to draw (i. 371) ;
drag, drag along (i. 477); drag down
(ii. 466) ; drag out (ii. 92) ; lead along
(ii. 321) ; draw out, deteimine bg lot (i.
508) ; draw out, prolong, protract (i.
748). 30.
tra-icio, ere, ieci, iectum, to throw ocer
or across ; pass or throw around (v.
488) ; go or jmss over or beyond (vi.
536) ; throw or strike through, pierce (i.
.355). 3.
tr&xnes, itis, m., a by-path, a path, way
(vi. 610). 2.
tra-no (trans-no), are, avi, atum, to
swim acroas ; sail or Jly through (iv.
245); cross (vi. 671). 2.
tranquillus, a, um, adj., quiet, tranquil,
calm (ii. 203) ; subs., tranquillum, i,
n., calm weather (v. 127). 2.
trans, prep. ^v^. ace, across, over, beyond.
tran-scribo (trans-scribo), ere, psi,
ptum, to transcribe; transfer (v. 750).
trans-curro, ere, curri or cucurri, cur-
sum, to run, shoot, or dart across (v.
528).
trans-eo, Ire, ivi (ii), itum, to go across ;
pass beyond, pass by (v. 326) ; of time,
elapse, pass (i. 266). 3.
trans-fero, ferre, tuli, latum, to lyear
across, transfer (i. 271). 2.
trans-figo, ere, flxi, fixum, to pierce
through, pierce, transfix (i. 44).
trans-mi tto^B^jaoIsi, missum, to send
across: ^^^^^■■mp reflex, meaning,
cross over, cross (iii. 403) ; transfer (iii
329). 4.
trans-porto, Sre, Svi, atum, to oarrif
across, transport (vi. 328).
transtrum, i, n., a bench or thwart for
rowers (iii. 289). 5.
transversus, a, um, adj., cUhwart, across;
of the wind at sea, across one*s courte
OT path (v. 19).
treme-facio, ere, feci, factum, to cause
to shake or tremble, appcUl (vi. 803).
tremeflactus, a, um, part., shaking, trem-
bling, quaking, appalled (ii. 228). 3.
tremendus, a, um, part, (tremo), to be
trembled at, dreadful (ii. 199).
tremesco, ere, to quake, tremble (v. 694) ;
tremble at (iii. 648). 2.
tremo, ere, ui, to tremble, quitter, totter,
stagger, quaver, shake (i. 212). 12.
tremor, oris, m., a trembling, shaking,
shudder (ii. 121). 2.
trepido, are, avi, atum, to be in a fturry
of alarm, be confused, agitated (ii. 685);
of hunters, be all astir, run to and fro
(iv. 121). 3.
trepidus, a, um, adj., confused, alarmed,
agitated, trembling, Ji'ightened (ii.
380). 7.
tres, tria, num. adj., three (i. 108). 10,
tricorpor, oris, adj., three-bodied (vL
289).
tridens, ntis, adj., three-forked, three-
pronged (v. 143) ; subs., a three -forked
spear, trident (i. 138). 5.
trietericus, a, um, adj., triennial (iv.
302).
trifaux, cis, adj., with three throats, triple-
throated (vi. 417).
triginta, indecl. num. adj., thirty (i-
269). 2.
trilix, icis, adj., of triple thread, woven
three-ply (iii. 467).
Trlnacria, ae, f., (three-cornered), the
island of Sicily (iii. 440).
Trinacrius, a, um, adj., Sicilian (L
196).
Triones — turbo
VOCABULARY.
461
TriSnes, um, m. pi., the constella-
tions of the Great and Little Bear (i.
744).
triplex, icis, adj., threefold ^ triple (v.
119). 2.
tripus, odis, m., a tripod (v. 110) ; the
divine revelation from the tripod^ the
oracle (in. 360). 2.
tristis, e, adj., sad, mournful^ gloonn/,
melancholy, dark, stern (i. 228) ; dire,
fell, atrocious (iii. 214^. 21.
trisulcus, a, um, adj , three-clejl, three-
forked (ii. 475).
Triton, 5nis, m., a sea god, son of Nep-
tune (i. 144) ; pi., Tritones, sea-gods
that serve the other gods (v. 824).
Tiitonia, ae, f., the Tritonian one, Mi-
nerva (ii. 171).
Tritonis, idis, f., Pallas, Minerva, so
named because of her fabled birth near
Lake Triton in Africa (ii. 226).
triumpho, are, avi, atum, to triumph
over, conquer (vi. 836).
triumphus, i, m., a triumph, victory (ii.
■ .578). 3.
Trivia, ae, f., Hecate or Diana, so called
because worshipped at cross-roads (vi.
13).
trivium, ii, n., a place where three roads
meet, a cross-road (iv. 609).
Troas, adis or ados, f., a Trojan woman
(v. 613).
Troia, ae, f., the city of Troy in Phryfm
(i. 1); a place founded by Helenus in
Epirus ( iii. 349 ) ; a Roman ^ame played
by boys on horseback (v. 602).
Trdianus, a, um, adj., Trojan (i. 19).
Troilus, i, m., a son of Priam, slain by
Achilles (i. 474).
Troiugena, ae, m., f., one born at Troy,
a Trojan (iii. 359).
Troius, a, um, adj , Trojan (i. 119).
TrSs, Sis, m., an ancient king of Phry-
gia, from whom Troy and the Trojans
were named ; n Trojan, used mostly
in the pi. (i. 30) ; adj., Trojan (vi. 52 )
trucldo, are, avi, atum, to slaughter ^
butcher, cut down, massacre (ii. 494).
trudis, is, f., a sharpened pole, a stake
(v. 208).
trudo, ere, triisi, trusum, to push (iv.
405).
truncus, i, m., the stem or trunk of a tree
(vi. 207) ; the body of a man (ii. 557). 2.
truncus, a, um, adj., stripped of its
branches (iii. 659) ; mutilated, disfig-
ured (vi. 497). 2.
tu, pers. pron., thou; you.
tuba, ae, f., a trumpet (ii. 313). 4.
tueor, eri, itus (tutus), to look at, gaze at,
watch, viejv, consider, examine (i. 713) ;
guard, defend, protect (i. 564). 10.
Tullus, i, m., Tullus Hoslilius, the third
king of Rome (vi. 814).
tum, adv., then, at that time, thereu^^on
(i. 64).
tumeo, ere, to swell or be swollen (iL
381). 2.
tumidus, a, um, adj., swollen, noeUinq
(i. 142) ; puffing up, causing to 9mt&^ "
inflating (iii. 357). 7.
tiunultus, us, m., tumult, uproar, wnM^
bustle (ii. 122); an uprising, ininrrm-
tion, rebellion (vi. 857). 6.
tumulus, i, m., a mound of earth, kiU^
hillock (ii. 713); a mound of a tomb^
grave, sepulchre (iii. 304). 20.
tunc, adv., then, at that time.
tundo, ere, tutudi, tunsum or tSbram,
to beat, strike, buffet (i. 481); impor-
tune, urge, drive (iv. 448). 3.
turba, ae, f , confusion, uproar (v. 152);
a crowd, throng, herd (i. 191). 9.
turbidus, a, um, adj., wild, confused,
disordered, stormy (iv. 245) ; troubled,
agitated (iv. 353). 5.
turbo, are, avi, atum, to disturb, agi-
tale, throw into confusion, throw out of
order (i. 395) ; trouble, perplex, agitate
(i. 515) ; intr., break out (vi. 857). 11.
turbo, inis, m , a whirlwind, hurricane
(i. 45) ; a storm, tempest (i. 442.) 7«
452
VOCABULARY.
tnmif — vsihro
tflrens, a, um, adj., of frankincense (vi.
225). .
tfirioremus, a, tun, adj., incense-burning
(iv. 453).
turma, ae, f., a troop, squadron (v.
550). 2.
turpis, e, 2A\., foul, filthy (v. 358) ; base,
disgraceful f unseemly (ii. 400). 4.
turris, is, f., a tower, turret (ii. 445). 6.
tunituB, a, um, adj , turreted, towered,
tower-crowned (vi. 785) ; high, lojly, tow-
ering (iii. 536). 2.
tU8, turis, n , incense, JraTikincense (i. 417).
tut&men, inis, n., a defence, protection
(v. 262). '
tutor, ari, atus, to guard, protect, defend
(ii. 677) ; befriend {v. 343). 2.
ttitus, a, um, part, (tueor), safe, secure,
out of danger (i. 164) ; in tutuxn, into a
place of safety (i. 391). 17.
tuuB, a, um, poss. pron., thy, thine, your,
yours.
TydeuB, ei and eos, m., father of Dio-
mede (vi. 479).
Tydldes, ae, m., the son of Tydeus, Dio-
mede (i 97).
Tyndaris, idia, f., the daughter of Tyn-
darus, Helen (ii. 569).
Typhoius, a, um, adj., of Typhoeus, a
giant overthrown by the thunderbolts
of Jove, Typhoean (i. 665).
tyramius, i, m , a king, ruler (iv. 320) ; a
cnid ruler, a tt/rant (i. 361). 2.
Tyrius, a, um, adj., Tt/rian (i. 12) ; subs.
Tyrii, oriun, m. pi., the Tynans (i.
338).
Tyrrhenus, a, um, adj , Tyrrhenian,
Etruscan, Tuscan (i. 67).
Tyrus or Tyros, i, f., Tyre, a city of
Phoenicia (i. 346).
XT.
uber, eris, n., a teat or udder (iii. 392) ;
the human breast, bosom (iii. 95 ; v. 285) ;
richness^/l/f^. 53 1 ) . 7.
fiber, eris, adj., rich, fertile, (iii. 106).
ubi, adv., when, as soon cus (L 81) ; inter-
rog., where 'i (iii. 312). 9.
uUque, adv., anywhere (i. 601); eoerf
_ where (ii. 368). 2.
UoalegSn, ontiB, m., a Trojan (ii. 312).
uduB, a, um, adj., wet, damp, moist, hu-
mid (y. 357). 2.
ulciBOor, i, ultus, to avenge one's self or ;
take vengeance for or in behalf of some
one, avenge (ii. 576). 4.
UlixeB, is, ei or i, m., king of Ithaca, son
\ of Laertes (ii. 7).
WUuB, a, um, adj., any ; subs., anyone.
ulmuB, i, f., an elm-tree (vi. 283).
ultimus, a, um,adj. (comp. ulterior), of
-piaceffurthest, most distant, remotest, last
(iv. 481 ) ; of time, latest, last (ii. 248) ; of
degree, extreme, utmost (iv. 537). 10.
ultor, 6ris, m., an avenger (ii. 96). 3.
ultra, adv., further, more, beyond (iii.
480) ; prep., beyond, more than (vi.
114). 3.
ultrix, IciB, adj., avenging (ii. 587). 5.
ultrS, adv., on the other side, beyond; be-
sides, too (ii. 145) ; of one* s self, of one's
oum accord, spontaneously, voluntarily
(ii. 59) ; without any design of my own,
by a power beyond my control (v. 55) ; of
his own weight (v. 446). 11.
ululatuB, TIB, m., a howling, shrieking,
wailing (iv. 667).
ululo, are, avi, atum, to howl, shriek, bat/
(iv. 168); ring, resound (ii. 488), rr.,
invoke with shrieks, cry aloud to (iv.
609). 4.
ulva., a^,t, sedge-grass (ii. 135). 2.
umbo, onis, m., the boss of a shield (ii.
546).
umbra, ae, i., a shade, shadow (i. 165);
a shade, ghost of the dead (ii. 772).
46.
umbrifer, era, erum, adj., shady, shade-
giving (vi. 473).
umbro, are, avi, atum, to shadow, over-
shadow, shade (iii. 508). 2.
nmeoto
VOCABtTLARY.
458
umecto, are, &▼!, fttom, to moi$Un, wet,
bedew (i. 465).
dmens, ntis, part, (flmeo), damp, humid,
moist^ dewtf (iii. 589). 3.
umerus, i, m., tlie shoulder (i. 318). 23.
uxniduB, a, um, adj., damp, deny, moist,
humid, of vapor, liquid (ii. 8). 7.
umquam (unquam), adv., at any time,
ever.
una, adv., together, at the same time, in
company (Hi. 634).
unanimus, a, um, adj.,. of the same mind
or feeling, sympathizing (iv. 8).
uncus, a, um, adj., hooked, crooked,
curved, barbed, bent (i. 169). 5
unda, ae, £., a wave, surge, billow, water
(i. 100). 60.
unde, adv., whence, whence? (i. 6).
undique, adv., yrom all sides, on all sides.
undo, are, avi, atiyn, to surge, rise in
w/iirling waves or billows (ii. 609) ; of
reins, undulate, wave or Jlow (v. 146) ;
of liquid in a vessel, boil, bubble (vi.
218). 3.
undosus, a, um, adj., full of waves, bil-
low//, stormy (iv. 313) ; wave-washed,
wave-beaten (iii. 693). 2.
unguis, is, m., a nail, talon, claw (iv.
67;3). 3.
unguo (ungo), ere, nzi, nctum, to smear
or anoint with oil, pitch, or any such
substance (iv. 398). 2.
unus, a, um (gen. lus, dat. i), num. adj.,
one, n, an (i. 15); = solus, alone, only
(i. 584). 40.
urbs, is, f., a city (i. 5). 97.
urgeo, ere, ursi, to press, push, drive, im-
pfil, force (i. HI); burden, oppress, weigh
down (ii. 6.53). '6.
uma, ae, i.,a jar, urn (vi. 22). 2.
uro, ere, ussi, ustum, to bum, bum up
(ii. 37) ; vex, onnoy, harass (i. 662) ;
pass., burn with passion, glow, be in-
flamed, be enamoured (iv.-68). 4.
ursa, ae, f., a she-bear, a bear (v. 37).
usquam, adv., anywhere (i. 604). 4.
usque, adv., constantly, continual^ (u.
628). 2.
U8US, US, m., use, employment, exerdm {iv.
647) ; intercourse, pervius usus, free
communication (ii. 453). 2.
ut or uti, adv., how, in what manner, as ;
in comparisons, just as, as ; of time, as,
when : couj., w. subj., that, in order that;
after vbs. of fearing, that not,
utcumque, adv., however, whenever.
uterque, utraque, utrumque, pron.
adj., each, both ; in utrumque paratus,
prepai'ed for either event (ii. 61). 10.
uterus, i, m., belly, cavity (ii. 20). 6.
utinam, conj., 0 that! would that! (i.
575). 3.
utor, i, usus, to use, make use of, emploff
(i. 64) ; enjoy (vi. 546). 3.
utrdque, adv., in both directions, fhm
side to side (v. 469).
uxoriuB, a, um. adj., fond of one*s wi/kf
too fond, doting, uxorious (iv. 266).
V.
vacoa, ae, f., a cow, heifer (iv. 61). t^
Taco, are, avi, atum, to be empty, firm
from, without (iii. 123) ; impers., thare i$
time, leisure (i. 373). 2.
vacuus, a, um, adj., empty, vacant, void,
deserted (ii. 528). 6.
vado, ere, to go, walk, proceed, rush, ad'
vance (ii. 359). 6.
vadum, 1, n., a shallow, shoal (I. 112);
the bottom of the sea, the depths (i. 126) ;
the waves, the waters (iii. 557). 9.
vagina, ae, f., a scabbard, sheath (iv.
579). 2.
vagltus, us, m., a waiting, crying (vi.
426).
vagor, ari, atus, to stroll about, roam,
wander, rove (iv. 68); spread abroad
(ii. 17). 4.
valens, ntis, part, (valeo), strong, power-
ful (v. 431).
454
VOCABULARY.
▼aleo — veno
valeo, Sre, ui, itum, to be strong^ be able,
avail (ii. 492); imperat., -vale, farewell
(ii. 789). 8.
▼alidus, a, um, adj., «^ou^, strom/j staunch,
vigorous, robust, sturdy (i. 120). 6.
valles (vallis), is, f., a vale, valley (i.
186). 6.
vanus, a, um, adj., empty ; idle, vain,
fruitless, groundless, unmeaning (i. 352) ;
false, delusive, untrustworthy (ii. 80). 5.
vapor, 5ri8, m., steam, vapor ; poet., Jire
(v. 683). 2.
varius, a, uxn, adj., variegated, many-
colored (iv. 202) ; different, various,
changing, ever-changing, diverse (i. 204) ;
Jickle, untrustworthy (iv. 569). 16.
▼asto, are, avi, atum, to make empty ;
lay waste, devastate, ravage (i. 471). 2.
vastus, a, uzn, adj., empty ; vast, immense,
huge, enormous, mighty (i. 52). 28.
vfites, is, m., f., a prophet, seer, soothsayer
(ii. 122) ; a bard, a poet (vi. 662). 27.
^^ •Ye, enclit. conj., or,
vecto, are, avi, atum, to carry, convey
(vi.391).
veho, ere, vexi, vectum, to bear, carry,
convey (i. 113); bring in, usher in (v.
105). 11.
.,.' vel, conj., or ; vel — vel, either — or.
velamen, inis, n., a covering, robe, gar-
ment (i. 649). 3.
Vellnus, a um, adj., (f Velia, a town on
the coast of Lucania, Veiian (vi. 366).
velivolus, a, um, adj., sail-covered,
studded or thick with sails (i. 224).
vello, ere, vulsi, vulsum, to pluck, pull,
tear away (ii. 480) ; pluck, pidl or tear
up (iii. 28). 3.
vellus, eris, n., a fleece, (vi. 249); aflllet
of wool (iv. 459). 2.
velo, are, avi, atum, to cover, wrap, veil,
envelop (iii. 405) ; hind around, crown
(v 72) ; deck, adorn (ii. 249) ; velatae
Sintenna,e, sail-clad yards (iii. 549). 8.
velox, ocis, adj , swift, flying, fleet,rapid
(iv. 174). 4.
velum, i, n., a sail (i 35) ; a canvaSfCur-
tain, tent-covering (i. 469). 25.
velut, velutiL, adv., even as, just as, as.
vena, ae, f., a blood-vessel, vein (iv. 2) ; a
vejn of rock or metal (vi. 7). 2.
venabulum, i, n., a hunting-spear (iv.
131).
venatrix, Icis, f., a huntress (I 319).
vendo, ere, didi, ditaxn» to seU (i. 484) ;
betray (vi. 621). 2.
venenum, i, n., poison, venom (ii. 221);
a charm, magical potion (i. 688). 3.
venerabiUs, e, adj., commanding venera-
tion, venerable (vi. 408).
veneror, ari, atus, to worship, venerate,
adore (iii. 34) ; beseech, implore (iii.
460). 6.
venia, ae, f., favor, grace, indulgence (i.
519); a favor, a kindness (iv. 435). 4.
venio. Ire, veni, yentum, to come (i.
2). 63.
venor, ari, atus, to hunt (iv. 117).
venter, tris, m., the belly, the maw (iii.
216) ; fig., hunger (ii. .356). 2.
ventosus, a, um, adj., /«// of ivind; wind-
swept, stormy (vi. 335).
ventus, i, m., the wind (i. 43) ; person.,
Venti, ye Winds {i. .133). 58.
Venus, eris, f., Venus, the goddess of
Love (i. 229) ; the passion of love, lov*'
(iv. 33).
verber, eris, n. (used mostly in pi.), a
lash, whip, scourge (v. 147). 2,
verbero, are, avi, atum, to lash, heat.
strike (iii. 423). 2.
verbum, i, n., a word (i. 710). 9.
vere, adv., truly, correctly (vi. 188).
vereor, eri, itus, tr. and intr., to fear,
he afraid of, be afraid (i. 671 ). 3.
ver6, adv., in truth, in fact, certainly ; but
indeed (ii. 438).
verro, ere, verri, versum, to sweep,
sweep over (iii. 208) ; sweep or drii^
along (i. 59). 3.
verso, are, avi, atum, tr., to turn, turn
over and over, roll over (v. 408) ; drirt
versus — victoria
VOCABULARY.
456
about (v. 460) ; turn the mind (iv.
286) ; think over, meditate, revolve, con-
sider (i. 657); carrt/ out, accomplish (ii.
62). 9.
versus, us, m., a line, row (v. 119).
vertex, ids, m., a whirlpool, eddy (i.
117) ; the crown of the head, the head (i.
403) ; the top, peak, summit of anything
(i. 163) ; a vertice, /row above (i. 114).
18.
verto, ere, ti, sum, to turn, turn around,
turn about (i. 391) ; terga vertere, to
flee precipitately (vi. 491); turn, drive,
earn/ (i. 528) ; turn or throw up (v.
141); w. se or cursum, iter, etc., to
turn or direct oue* a self ot course, go, pro-
ceed (iii. 146); w. se, tend fi. 671);
turn the ^)\^x, ply it (vi. 101) ; change,
alter, transform (i. 237) ; overturn, over-
throw, destroy (i. 20) ; in pass., w. re-
flex, sense, turn or direct one's self or
course, go (i. 158) ; is vertitur ordo,
this succession of things revolves, i. e., is
in accordance with the ordained cycle
of events, is ordained, fxed (iii. 376) ;
septima vertitur aestas, the seventh
summer rolls round, is at hand (v.
626). 23.
veru, us, n., a spit (i. 212). 2.
verum, adv., truly ; but, but yet, but in-
deed (iii. 448). 4.
verus, a, um, adj., true, genuine, real (i.
405) ; su1>s. verum, i, n., usually in pi.,
the. truth (ii. 78). 14.
vescor, i, to feed upon (iii. 622) ; w.
aura, feed upon the air, i. e. breathe,
enjoy (i. 546). 3.
vesper, eris and eri, m., the evening star
i. 374); the west (v. 19). 2.
Vesta, ae, f., the daughter of Saturn,
goddess of flocks and herds and of the
household ; in lier temple the holy fire
was kept constantly burning, attended
by Vestal Virgins ; she represents an-
cient purity and simplicity of life (i.
292).
vester, tra, trum, poss. pron., ^ur (t
132). 22.
vestibulum, i, n., an entrance-court, a
vestibule, entrance (ii. 469). 4.
vestigium, ii, n., a foot-step, step (ii.
711) ; the foot (v. 566) ; ti-ace (iii. 244).;
trace, sign, token (iv 23). 14.
vesUgo, are, avi, atum, to search aJUr^
seek out (vi. 145).
vestio. Ire, Ivi (ii),Itum, to clothe ^ctwer,
adorn (vi. 640).
vestis, is, f ., clothing, vesture, attire, a gor^
ment, robe, dress (i. 404); tapestrjf (L
639). 16.
veto, are, ui, itum, ti forbid, prohibit^
hinder, })revent (\. 39). 5.
vetus, eris, adj., old (i. 215) ; ancient (iL
448) ; former (i. 23). 13.
vetustas, atis, f., old age ; a long lapm
or period of time, time (iii. 415).
vetustus, a, um, adj., old, ancient ffi.
713). 2.
vezo, are, avi, atum, to shake, agitaie ;
molest, annoy, distress, vex, karats {W*
615).
via, ae, f., a ivay, path, road (i. 401f f^
street of a city (i. 422) ; a joumey^wotf'
age (i. 358) ; an entrance, pataagf^'W^
(ii. 494); a way, method, manner (iii.
395). 39.
viator, oris, m., a traveller (v. 275).
vibro, are, avi, atum, to quiver, vU/rate,
dart {[1.211).
viclnus, a, um, adj., near, neighborilig,
hard by, adjoining {iii. 382). 4.
vicis (gen., no nom.), vicem, vice ; jH
vices, vicibus, f., change, interchang
(vi. 535); the changes of fate, lot, fo
tune, fate (iii. 376) ; dangers (ii. 433
position, place, duty (iii. 634). 4.
vicissim, adv., in turn (iv. iSO). 3.
victor, 5ris, m., victor, conrjHeror (i. 19
adj., victorious, conquering, exultant
329). 22.
victoria, ae, f., victory, conqueM
584). ,
4
— THUS
'*.■
:. le
■_ h.T.
- •■ . I It:
.... .^ -^ n
3
I _
.-■■- fi--.-i.
- i s ;; . -
IW
- a
• ■ •■'•>■•
V I'fr... 21.
■jr.', J Mm 'vinclum , i, :... u«ei chiefly
il , '/ v,/''/, f'r.fj'n, '-/'.-, r\"f record,
i. .04) : 'A'y' vhirh '■•nds th£ feet.
ni.tlni 'iv. 51^): th^ thoTtQH of the
. »■ '11- 'v, jO'-j ; iuis;ali vinclo, thi mar-
• "'/'■ tit l\\, 10). 13.
.I'lico, aro, Jivi, atum, /o deliver^ res-
//, -.//r^ .'iv. 22Hj.
irn, i, n , wine (i. 10.5). 11.
thlliH, r;, julj., rioiaff/e (ii. 154).
. riiiiiM, a, um, adj., violent^ Ijoisterons
( '
•I'
i.'iOj.
T:i:iic. ftre, Stt, mtuzn, to viotate, injure^
ii'Ut:. --./.ri-i. :Vt t (ii. 189). 2.
k, sjx^ adj . '^,*'a rc/^r or snake,
*■•#.: *j T-L 2sl '.
T^- ir L, : w :a ii. S7|; u Au«tanf/ (iL
•++ ; . Li.-. L I;. 65.
'-■»-- 5=«, :> :•? p-«n (vi. 206). 2.
■"^=«»- *e- f . : :-a.»p»*/«. h'Owih^ twig (\i.
1+4 . - nz^d^iZirf (iv. 2A2). 3.
j^^i^iraa^ a, uxn, adj., of a imiiden^
Hi -z\'i. i.ziden'u lii. 16S). 2.
TzztSOt inij, :'.. j maiden^ virqin (i. 313).
13
Tirriilrcin, i, n.. a bush, thicket^ cop^e
± ii . 3.
TirtdJizs, nris, adj., '//■f^/i, verdant (v.
i^? . 2.
TiridiSv e, adj.. yr**n. v-^dant (ill. 24):
." ■•:?.i. > .-o.* «7 Tourh J V. 295) ; a tjrteii,
7 :.-: .* old age jvi. 304). 11.
Tfzilis, e, a.ij.. tuanl;-, brm-t, heroic (iii.
34i».
Tlrroj, 'z.tis, f.. fuanliness, couran*',sfr*.n(jth,
eri^s.-ir.--:, rirtuCf valor, brave or heroic
drfi :. 566). 12.
xis, via, f . 'crce, strength, jioitr (i 4):
'ie^r- ■ '.':■■: Torce, vio/enre (i. 69J ; a
r.'.7#t •-.'■. '.'lantityt force, fnick (iv.
132). 39!
Tiacuzn, i, n.. fke mistletoe, an evergreen
parasitic plaiit (vi. 205).
viflcns, eris, n.. generally in pi., the in-
terna^ ortjans, the vitals (vi. 599) ; fit><h
(i. 211 J : the bowels of a niountaiD (iii.
575): the vitals, the heart of tlie state
(vi. 833). 6.
vTbo, ere, si, sum, to view closely, get a
ii'ffid look aty examine (ii. 63). 2.
visum, i, n., a thing seen, a sight, apfnar-
anre, vision (iii. 172). 2.
visus, us, m., o seeing, looking, ivVtr, siffht
(iv. 277) ; the power of seeing, sight,
vision (ii. 605) ; a thing seen, sights vision
(ii. 212). 7.
vita — vnlgo
VOCABULARY.
m
vita, ae, f., life, existence (ii. 92) ; a shade,
soul, disembodied spirit (vi. 292). 23.
vltalis, e, adj., vital, life-giving (i.
388).
vito, are, avi, atum, to avoid, shun (ii.
433). 2.
vitta, ae, f., a band, chaplet, fiUet (ii.
133). 12.
vitulus, i, m., a he-calf, a young bullock
(v. 772).
vividus, a, um, adj., living, ardent, spir-
ited, eager (v. 7.54).
v5vo, ere, vixi, victum, to live, be alive
(i. 218); live on, pass one's life, live
(iii. 493) ; continue, endure, stay, last
(iv. 67). 8.
vivus, a, um, adj., alive, living (vi. 391 ) ;
w. vultus, life-like, natural, speaking
(vi. 848). 3.
vix, adv., hardly, scarcely, hardy, with
difficidty (i. 34). 12.
vociferor, ari, atus, to shout, exclaim,
cry aloud (ii. 679).
voco, are, avi, atum, to call or summon
(i. 131) ; call upon, invoke (i. 290) ; call
by name, name (i. 109). 53.
volatilis, e, ^.H]., flying (iv. 71).
Volcanus, i, m., Vulcan, the god of fire,
the son of Jnppiter aud Venus ; meton.,
^re(ii. 311). 2.
volens, ntis, part, (volo), willing, ready
(v. 712).
volito, are, avi, atum, to fly or flit
about (iii. 450). 4.
volo, velle, volui, to will, be willing (ii.
653) ; command, ordain, order, will (i.
303) ; wish, desire (i. 626) ; quid vult ?
what means? (vi. 318). 21.
volo, are, avi, atum, to fly, used of a
hird or any swiftly moving object in
the air (i. 150); of an object on the
surface of land or water (iii. 124) ;
of rumor, be afloat, spread abroad;
fama volat, the story goes (iii. 121);
subs., volantes, ixim or um, m., f.,
birds (vi. 728). 21.
volucer, oris, ere, adj., flying, unng$d
swift (i. 317) ; subs., volucris, is, f., a
bird (iii. 262) ; fleetirig, transitory, eiw-
nescent (ii. 794). 12.
volumenr inis, n., a coil, fold, roll (ii.
208). 3.
voluntas, atis, f., wish, desire, consent (iv.
125). 2.
voluptas, atis, f., pleasure, joy, ddi^
(iii. 660).
voluto, are, avi, atum, tr., to rtil
back and forth; reflex., roll {one*»
self) around, to grovel (iii. 607) ; <Ji
sound, roll the voice, send it rolling
(i. 725) ; roll back (v. 149) ; of men-
tal action, ponder, reflect, consider (i.
50). 6.
volvo, ere, volvi, volutum, tr., to roll,
roll along, sweep along (i. 101 ) ; roll tip,'
cast up (i. 86) ; hurl with rolling motion
(i. 116); unroll (i. 262); spin (i 22);
volvere vices, roll out destiny, appoint
or ordain in due succession (iii. 376);
volvere casus, go the round of misfoT'
tunes (i. 9) ; revolve, ponder, consider
(i. 305) ; roll round, revolve (i. 234) ;
pass. w. reflex, meaning, ro/l along,
glide (iv. 524) ; rdl down, flow (iv.
449). 24.
vomo, ere, ui, itum, to pour forth, dis'
charge (v. 682).
vorago, inis, f., an abyss, gtUf whirlpool
(vi. 296).
voro, are, avi, atum, to swallow up (i.
117).
vStum, i, n., a vow, solemn promise, sup-
plication (i. 290) ; a votive offering (ii.
17). 14.
voveo, ere, v5vi, v5tum, to vow, cf. v5-
tum, (a thing) vowed.
vox, vScis, f., the voice, cry, sound, tone
(i. 94) ; a word, saying, speech (i.
64). 60.
vulgo, are, avi, atum, to spread abroad,
make known, divulge, herald, publish
(i. 457).
158
VOCABULARY.
Tulgo — ZephyroB
vulffO, adv., everiiu'here., all around^ on
/!//</</<,< (in. G4.i). 2.
▼ulffua, i, II., tlw multitude^ the people^ the
Common people (ii. '.VJ) ; a mass, throntf,
croiril, lurd (i. 190) ; the rabble, mob (i.
149). 5.
vnlhus, eris, u., a wound, hurt, injury (i.
36); passim (iv. 2). 19.
vultur, uris, iii., a nilture (vi. 597).
vultus, us, III., the countenance, visa(/e,
fill tuns, (tsjtecf, expression, air, mien
(i. 209) ; eyes, sight (ii. 539). 22.
Xanthus, i, m., a river in Troas (i. 473) ;
a river in Epirus named after the Tro-
jan stream (iiL 350) ; in Lyda (iv. 143).
ZacynthOB, i, f., an island in the Ionian
Sea (iii. 270).
ZephyniB, i, m., the west wind (i. 131);
wind in general (iii. 120).
• ^1
LIST OF WORDS
FOUND TEN TIMES OR MORE IN VERGIL (AEN. I.-VI.). '
* I
abeo Y^^''*^ artus ' j*^ h
accipio"'^*'**-'**\^rvum -^
'^\ cerno
^-^-T^, certamen <^"^
3urru8 c t
t
acer -A*,!*--)? arx /tJc^-^-f^K certus
addo \'' *^ aspicio l^^^-^i^
arx /^'^^f^-f^y
adfor ^y-«^*-^
adsum -^ astrum t*-'^v-v^ cinis ^ -'^-v-> — ' dea
adversus^^^'^^a .ater '^-^'^ circum deii
aequo iL^-^~^^ attollo
aequor ;tf^jL-«-, audeo
aspicio ^^*-»^ — 1 cieo t-&\.V#tLf . daps * ^*^ ^
astrum t*-\o-'-v^ cinis ^ -'^-v-* — ' dei
^_^urrus c Is..««-aa<^ ' eguidexp i M '
' cursusA>-.H^ < ^eripio >vv*-<».*-^
custos \ '
»A4iAJ^
\>
circum
clamor
clarus
deinde
demitto
desertus
aes ''
aether
ager
asrmen
agnosco f^
ago A
-ala -• T\
aliterA^^-y ^^
alius ^Ciy-^
altus ^-^-^ -^
amicus I
amitto ^[^"^
amnis - " •v'^'^
amor
antiquus
imtrunic^*-''''*^
ara c\ ^-Lcc<\^
arbor --^Ji-t
arcus <^*'*-^
ardens
arduus
arm a
armo
ars
^jyJ-A
, deus
classis
claudo ^^^^^Jfi dexter
clipeus A^AAAcW' dlco^ , ^ uau
cogo I dictum Sw^*l ^^^jffts
c i coUum/y.-;;;<:5h dies ^ fe-ti
^ ^^.^'^m^^qqIq /c,«-oL^i ., t/^ dlru
t».d
auxlllum
averto
bracchium
cado
caecus
caelum
campus
cano
oapio /^-V" ^ *"
caput c^^-»-Mi
carina a^*.^ p
casus ^
causa ^ .
cavus^ ^ -^"O*
cedo «rLc/ <*' "^
celer,
celsus
centuir ^
coma
comes
L<A.v »«^
condo jL,\> < \
coniunx
consido a^V*
consisto ^
contra
cor
corpus ^.
corripio > '
creber
credo
crinis
crudelis
culmenLVw
cunctus' • ■ (
cura
eripio >vv*-^
erro
ex ^ ^
excutio
exerceo W. U ^M
extremus n J^
facies Py <; |
facio
factum v1 ^ Q^<i
fallow ^•■^*\-^'
ifama /I
.U Y^^^ fax -fclcU..
/W^ feroG*^'«- r?^0
ferrum A'*^ '"^ '•^
fessus » ^"< K^
ao \j fldes^aiV^i \i/\
doceo "v^ (i <^ J^ fidens ^l Al^ Y-^ #
dolor'*' . /I .figo ^ viVlX^
dims
diva
do
comes 'R^*"'^'^'^*^**"diversu8 . ferrumA'*^
comitorjL-v«-^'^V"divus/^<*'"'**n. fessus ♦ *'•
Lens ^l Ai^ ,
^ - — -° b .
dolus T. ic^flnis Vj/ A.~
rl.
domus "flamma
donum flume^ v
duco for -^ '. ■ ■ 1^
dulcis ^>«>« ( ( 1^ forma
duo fors r ' ■ ' « ' C
duruB-C' V< (; fortis
dux
ecce
(
I
fortuna
ecce ^ y / f rater
efferolr^^'j 1 1^^ frons
ensi8ywsr-Al«-<\ fuga
fugio
eo
/•'
460
..\
L!ST OF WORDS.
• ,..,.-W
ftalmen \
1
L iuvcncuB
mocnia
P ■
fund6, cro
iuvenis
moles "
paru
Ainus •
iuventuB
mons
pars
furo
iuvo
monstro'. •
parvus
furor, 6rlH i
J labor, vb.
monstmm «
, 1
jpassim
1
geminus
'labor, u.
mora
1
pater
genituti
lacrima
morior
pa*ior
genitor
laetuB
moror*-
patrH
gens
laevuB
mors
patriuB 3
genus
latus, :ulj.
mos
1
, pectus
gero
gravis
latuB, n.
laus
moveo
munus
pecuB, udjs
pelagui ' ■ 1
gurgcs'
latum
••
murus
Penates ' *
habco
licet
muto / ' -
pendeo
haereo .
limen
natus, i, n.<
. ^ penituB
harena
linquo
navis
pes
herba
litus
nefas . ,
peto
heros •
loco
ncpos
pietas
hicms
homo
locus
longe
nequi^uam
nimbus
plus
placidus
honor
longus
nomen
pono
horrcndus
loquor
notus i
populus
liostis
lucus
novus
porta
liK-eo
lumen
nox
porto
lacto
luna
nubcs
portus ■•*
':.v\
histro
nullus
posco
i;ziiiH
lux
numen
possum
inciKO
ma^nuH
numerus
postquam
tnimanis
mahim (an r-vil) obscurus
potens
itiiDcrium
maneo
ociilus
praeccps
iinplco
mancR
omnis
precor ■
KMpono
manuH
ops
prcmo ^ i
prex y'^ \
primus
mnre
opto
.r : cndo
mater
opus
'.:'ipio
mediuH
ora
prior
ivi.le
mcmbrum
orbis
prccul • J
iiiJeruH
mom or
ordo
proles JC> J* ^
iiiL'.eiiH
momoro
oro
pubcs ■
iiKluam
men.s
OH (oris)
pner
iiisequor
men Ha
OH (OHHis)
pufcna
irii
mctuH
OHtcndo
pulcher
iter
millo
palm a
puppis
il«?rum
miHCOO
pando
quaero
iiibeo
miser
pa r
■
qiialiH
I UK urn
miseror
pai'ut.us
quam
J miff 0
mitto
p'.lYCTVft
^.w^acuVws
quieH -j^
ramus Vr\
rapidus
rapio
ratis ,
reciiliQ ■
reddo f
refero
^/. regina
. rbgius '
. regnuxn
' relinquo
remus "^:- *-^-.
res *
respicio
robur ■
rumpo
\ ruo . >■'-
rupes
sacer
BacerdOB
sacrum
saevus
sanctus
sanicuis
saxum
scelus
scopuluB
secundus
'. scdco t
senex
soquor
servo
sidus
sifcnum
silva
^ similis
sino
sinus
socius
sol
/ 'i solum
solus
Bolvo
Bomnus - ^^
* »
n
(
LIST OF WORDS. 461
soror ^
„ ^ tamen^r/^^^^Uo uterque *-;>'^lyVinculum t>0 ^
sors ^ ■' *^ / ^tandem *v/torqueo ''^^ ^ ^'^ varius * vinuxn
spargo \^^^ ^.r'tango'^ ' f <^iA torus bC 0 yVaatus \/ *^ 5-f ^ vir
y spes / tantus t^otus vates '5^.'3;? T virgo
spumo y tauriiB ^traho veho ^- f\f; T \^ynx\6.\& fjf f -^
sterno •*^'n^'><') tectum '<• «r trema y/ velum ^<!( <* j virtus ^0*-t/"<^
^ sto tego CTrt'^'^^Wes i venio . vis
sub Hellus ^♦in^^^tristis ?*^C^ |Ventus i vita ^ t h U
subeo tcaum tueor V » 'iL wCvertex S<» ^n ^ ' fvitta rM^?^^?
V subito , vtemngstas**.' tumulus •^' \\ verto vix
^ summuJ^'J^^T^templiSi' turbo, are "^'^^^tXPfus . voco
super ,.^ tj^mpus j^j^^atus ^<iij^ vest"
surgo . tergum j^unda W*^ v^**. ..victor
suspectus^*'- i ji^fcerr^ . unus ^^ video
talis thalamus , urbs vinco
FS'
i!
'%
A:
THE BORROWER WILL BE CHARQED
AN OVERDUE FEE IF THIS BOOK IS
NOT RETURNED TO THE LIBRARY ON
OR BEFORE THE LAST DATE STAMPED
BELOW. NON-RECEIPT OF OVERDUE
NOTICES DOES NOT EXEMPT THE
BORROWER FROM OVERDUE FEES.
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11